av [ee a. ee all deal
janie te
ae See ni
deat
noe vor Eatin aie sate Heo
8 eo Rabe oR
ee esa icirentsote nil ae Bind
ae fe 8
Eoin ee writen nel
Ag Ae tsp YW
ry ti dr bin Fe HO
ile rp a> aa
ipvindeg
oo
~.
al
ia
ener:
re
i ay Aopen
ith te
Speak cep ae Ge
‘ Ao RP
ne
igh Nota othe Ts
reac RON OP ODL He
$40
Se Dh Rr een ie ot mere pH
ee ree
“Dvipedind ney tad tive tone
et
Tet i Het
Leah iaw aes
id
‘i Aa peasy
oy aT
bP
Dan Av) ti ee 2a
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
FOR. THE Y BAR
1912.
698.
a { elétezioo —
AGE Sa : eZ
mw GO, ent Q
SS iL 0 ay) 4 0 Ne : ee
See a
— ————
eteiinete nee ~
oe
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,
LONDON AND BUNGAY.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.
1912-1913.
\
Q Wi Al, \
f \ . z —
> oe
8
DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS.
Part I. (TRawns., p. 1-374) ; z - was published 12 July, 1912
er UE 375-475, Proc., i-lxxx) Fr 4Oct. ,
ge) ATG as 477-642, ,, \xxxi-xcvi) s 24 Dec. ,,_
shen IG whee 643-754, ,, xevii-cxlii) * 11 Feb., 1913
oe ee 31 Mar. ,,
4
y ,
} i
at Sfrua- ot
TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
hem
& ¥
ye
ape os
__{NcoRPORATED BY Royal CHarTER, 1885,
FouNDED, 1833.
OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1912-1913.
President,
Rev. FRANCIS DAVID MORICHE, M.A.
Vice=Presidents,
MALCOLM BURR, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S.
JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT.
ALBERT HUGH JONES.
Treasurer.
ALBERT HUGH JONES.
Secretaries,
CommManDER JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS.
Rev. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S.
Librarian.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S.
Otber Members of Council.
ROBERT ADKIN.
GEORGE T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS., F.ZS.
HORACE Sr. JOHN DONISTHORPE, F.Z.S.
STANLEY EDWARDS, F.LS., F.ZS.
A. E. GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.HLS.
W. E. SHARP.
ALFRED SICH.
J. R. we B. TOMLIN, M.A.
HENRY JEROME TURNER.
COLBRAN J. WAINWRIGHT.
Resident Librarian.
GEORGE BETHELL, F.R.H1st.S.
ay? Dear |
iva y en :
=
as 0 45) af i teenie ae a : a. | P? aa
pe MOMENT HO ETI PACE) TENE 4
; / a
SHES INR FOF - \ aad.
AAP 0 Cite Ye LAOS oe Med Hitveviony /
~
WVBR ASICS ad) SOP ORO. boa 2 Ob TA
TWnsehen a"
OTVACE ALGHT AAS oust
AANA Aas
7 cee ey iy? i ih ofty jae
AWE Via TAIL Fe
AIT OTA Th TCE Pe
TRIDSHOTD
SWAOR. FRU. THA
aoluisese
MOP A HR ee A bo
HSM cdytt SNS PLONO tal reas “
ain eet ; i) ct
SOI AO ea LO He OES a
MIAUOR IG arse 130dtm "
| ie) Ss
BT Malo SPRL Ae PGE Oe
rh BROW TSI KOU BIG et See
- BSA Ba SAN Fae
v
7 '
~ ie
ACI St 20) Bee ‘a
HAL £
; hia
hit! RAMU AT ae:
THOIWALAW .& WAmnIOG a
4
oo “
CMAN AUTO OED
a) =
CONTENTS.
PAGE
List of Fellows... as fan He ae 08 7 ae gsi ix
Additions to the Library we = ws ies i ds gC
MEMOIRS.
PAGE
I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus Acraea, Fab.,
with asupplement on those of the Oriental Region. ae Harry
EvtrincuaM, M.A., F.Z.8. 500 = “or 1
II. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera in the
Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.S. 375
III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African n Lepidoptera.
By Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., etc. ... 384
IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina Feces a Bemaeeo pales
Plebeiid blue butterfly. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... 393
V. An experiment on the development of the male is pasar in
Lepidoptera. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... : 407
VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. 409
VII. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two sueaes of Dacus. By F. M.
Howrert, BsA.; FES. -.. a ae see .. 412
VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from
South-East Brazil. By E. DuxinrieLp Jones, F.E.S., F.Z.S. 419
IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature
experiments on two Tropical butterflies. By Lieut.-Colonel
N. Manpers, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ... a 445
X. On the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H. Karny, of
Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A. Evxiott,F.Z.8., F. E.S.
Communicated by R. 8S. Bacnatt, F.E.S., F.L. S. ae a 70
XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera.
By D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S. kes we EL,
XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R.SHetForD, M.A. ... 643
XIII. An unrecognised European Lycaena, identified as Agriades
thersites (Boisd. MSS.),Cantener. By T. A. CHapMan, M.D. 662
XIV. The Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By R. C. L.
Perkins, D.Sc., M.A., Jesus College, Oxford AA bay GIES
( viii)
PAGE
XSViE PyRAposeman resemblance between Acraeine larvae. By
G. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.8., Member
of the Royal Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission coo Oz
XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi, Neave. By
G. D. H. Carrenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.S. . wo ©6106
XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By E. ERNEST
GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. sa shail les Botanic ee
Peradeniya ... 717
XVIII. On new Species of Fossortal Hymenoptera from Africa, peat
Elidinae. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.. 720
Proceedings for 1912 ee bie tee ae das “0 .. ext
Annual Meeting ... wae we an 6 i a oe exliii
President’s Address ide wee ee ire a ae nee clix
General Index aes Boe ae 53 so sie ses coe cei
Special Index ase iz ase 500 see ae ibs sss cevili
EXPLANATION OF PLATES, TRANSACTIONS.
Plates I-XVI. See ees 374 , Plates XLII-LXXVIII.
Plate XVII. 392 see pages 642
Plates XVIII-XXXVI.., 403 | Plates LX XIX, LXXX. ,, 661
Plates XXXVII, XXXVIIL. Plate LXXXI. 675
see pages 408 | Plates LAX XU-LKEKW,
Plates XXXIX, XL. _,, 418 see pages 676
Plate XLI. 6 458 | Plate LXXXVI. 5 719
Pist of Fellows
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
HONORARY FELLOWS.
ae Marked * have died during the year.
Election.
1900 AvuRiviLLivs, Professor Christopher, Stockholm.
1905 Bonivar, Ignacio, Museo nacional de Historia natural, Hipodromo,
17, Madrid.
1911 Comstock, Professor J. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York,
U.S.A.
1901 Fasre, J. H., Sérignan, Vaucluse, France.
1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland.
1912 Frey-Gessner, Dr. Emile, La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland.
1906 * GaNGLBAUER, Custos Ludwig, Hof-Musewm, Vienna.
1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.
1908 OxseErRtTHUR, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France.
1906 Reuter, Professor Odo Morannal, The University, Helsingfors,
Finland.
1911 Wasmany, Fr. Erich, 8.J., Valkenburg (L.) Ignatius Kolleg, Holland.
1893 Warttenwyt, Hoffrath Carl Brunner von, Schénbwrgstrasse
3, Vienna.
1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Freiburg, Baden.
FELLOWS.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.
Marked * have died during the year.
Date of
Election.
1908 AcKERLEY, F. B., c/o Imperial Tobacco Oo. P.O. Box 1159,
Johannesburg, South Africa.
1901 ¢ ApaiR, Sir Frederick E. 8., Bart., Flixton Hall, Bungay.
1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria-
street, S.W.
1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent.
1885 ADKIN, Robert, (Councit, 1911- ), Wellfield, Lingards-road, Lewis-
ham, S.E.
1904 Agar, E. A., La Haut, Dominica, B. W. Indies.
Hey)
1912 Aten, T. W., M.A., 30, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood, N.
1911 AwnpErson, T. J., Entomologist, Dept. of Agriculture, Nairobi,
British East Africa.
1910 f ANDREWES, H. E., 8, North Grove, Highgate, N.
1899 ANnprReEws, Henry W., Shirley, Welling S.O., Kent.
1901 Awninea, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C.
1908 } AnTRAM, Charles B., Somerdale Estate, Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills,
S. India.
1911 ArmstronG, Lionel, 25, Bourne Hall-road, Bushey, Herts.
1907 ARNOLD, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator, Rhodesia Musewm, Bulawayo,
S. Africa.
1899 + ARRow, Gilbert J., (Counctt, 1905-7), 87, Union-grove, Clapham,
S.W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road,S.W.
1911 AsHBy, Edward Bernard, St. Bernards, Bulstrode-road, Hounslow,
Middlesex.
1907 + AsuBy, Sydney R., 119, Greenvale-road, Eltham-park, Kent.
1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.
1850 + AvEBURY, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
etc., (PRES., 1866-7, 1879-80; V.-Prus., 1862, 1868, 1876, 1881,
1888 ; CounciL, 1855-7, 1859-61), High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.
1901 Bacot, Arthur W., York Cottage, York-hill, Loughton, Essex.
1904 t BAGNALL, Richard S., Oldstead, Park Town, Oxford.
1909 Bacwe.u-PureFoy, Capt. Edward, 34, Sloane-Court, 8.W.
1903 Baupock, G. R., Oakburn Villa, Enfield Highway, Middlesex.
1912 Bauuarp, Edward, Zomba, Nyassaland, Africa.
1886 Banxus, Eustace R., M.A.
1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer.
1886 Bareaatt, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1,
Florence, Italy.
1895 Barker, Cecil W., The Bungalow, Escombe, Natal, South Africa.
1902 Barravp, Philip J., Bushey Heath, Watford.
1911 Barrert, J. Platt, Westcroft, South-road, Forest Hill, S.E.
1907 Barruert, H. Frederick D., 1, Myrtle-road, Bowrnemouth.
1894 + Bateson, Prof. William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,
Cambridge, The Manor House, Merton, Surrey.
1908 Bayrorp, E. G., 2, Rockingham-street, Barnsley.
1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Messrs. Freeman, Castle-street, Framlingham,
Suffolk.
1912 Baynes, Edward Stuart Augustus, 120, Warwick-street, Eccleston-
square, S.W.
1896 | BEaRE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., (V.-PREs., 1910;
CounciL, 1909-11), 10, Regent Terrace, Edinburgh.
1908 BrcuErR, Major Edward F., Cranfield House, Polzeath, St. Minver,
Cornwall.
1908 Beck, Richard, Red Lodge, Porchester-road, Bowrnemouth.
1905 Berprorp, The Duke of, K.G., Pres. Z.S., etc., Woburn Abbey, Beds.
1912
1899
1904
1906
1885
1895
1891
1904
1904
1885
1909
1904
1886
1912
1903
1911
1907
1891
1902
1888
Cia 4
BeprorpD, Gerald, Entomologist to the Union of South Africa,
Veterinary Bacteriological Laboratory, Ondestepoort, Pretoria,
Transvaal.
BEDWELL, Ernest C., Bruggen, Brighton-road, Coulsdon, Surrey.
Benertsson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ;
Curator, Entomological Collection of the University.
Benratt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex.
BETHUNE-BakER, George T., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-PRes., 1910-11 ;
CounciL, 1895, 1910- ), 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, Birm-
ingham.
Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 38, The Common, Woolwich.
BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, Hove, Brighton.
Buack, James E., Nethercroft, Peebles.
Buair, Kenneth G., 23, West Hill, Highgate, N.
Buatuwayt, Lt.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Eagle House, Batheaston,
Bath.
BLENKARN, Stanley A., Norham, Cromwell-road, Beckenham.
Buiss, Maurice Frederick, Coningsburgh, Montpelier-road, Ealing, W.
BLooMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,
Hastings.
BopxIn, G. C., Govt. Entomologist, Georgetown, British Guiana.
Bogus, W. A., The Bank House, Watchet.
Borteav, H., 99, Rue de la Cote St. Thibault, Bois de Colombes,
Seine, France.
Bonnet, Alexandre, 54, Boulevard Bineau, Newilly-sur-Seine,
Seine, France.
Boots, George A., Whalley Range, Longton, Lancashire.
Bostock, E. D., Oulton Cross, Stone, Staffs.
Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst.
1894 + Bowtss, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross.
1912 + Bowrtne, C. Talbot, Acting Commissioner of Customs, Wenchow,
1910
China.
Boyp, A. Whitworth, The Alton, Altrincham, Cheshire.
1852 * Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.E.
1893 * Brapant, Hdouard, Chdteau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),
1905
1904
1877
1912
1870
1894
France.
BrackEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfrae Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth.
BRIDGEMAN, Commander The Hon. Richard O.B., R.N., 44, Lowndes-
square, S.W., and H.M.S. “ Drwid,” 1st Destroyer Flotilla, Home
Fleet.
Bricas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth S8.O.,
N. Devon.
Brieas, Miss Margery H., B.Sc., 7, Winterstoke-gardens, Mill
Hill, N.W.
Briegs, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth 8.0.,
N. Devon.
Bricut, Percy M., Fairfield, Wimborne-road, Bournemouth.
(. ii ))
1909 Brirren, Harry, Prospect House, Salkeld Dykes, Penrith.
1902 Broueuron, Major T. Delves, R.E., Rodney Hall, Filton, nr. Bristol.
1878 Broun, Major Thomas, Mount Albert, Auckland, New Zealand.
1904 Brown,Henry H., Sheriff Court House, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh.
1910 Browne, Horace B., M.A., Park Hurst, Morley, Yorks.
1911 Brurzer, Rev. Henry William, Great Bowden Vicarage, Market
Harborough.
1909 Bryant, Gilbert E., Fir Grove, Esher, Surrey.
1898 | Bucnan-Heppurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeaton-
Hepburn, Prestonkirk.
1907 Buuuetp, Arthur, F.S.A., Wimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somerset-
shire.
1896 | Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.G.S., A.R.S.M., Vicz-
PRESIDENT, (CoUNCIL, 1903, 4, 1910-12), Castle Hill House, Dover.
1909 Burrows, The Rev. C. R. N., The Vicarage, Mucking, Stanford-le-
Hope, Essex.
1868 + Butter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Src., 1875; Counc,
1876), The Lilies, Beckenham-road, Beckenham.
1883 Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 56, Cecile-Park, Crouch
End, N.
1902 Burier, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading.
1905 BurrerFie.D, Jas. A., B.Sc., Comrie, Eglinton Hill, Plumstead.
1912 Buxton, Patrick Alfred, M.B.0.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and Trinity
College, Cambridge.
1904 Byart, Horace A., B.A., Berbera (via Aden), Somaliland Protectorate.
1902 Cameron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., H.M.S. “ Formidable,” 5th Battle
Squadron.
1885 CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., ete, Byrnllwydwyn,
Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.
1898 CanbeézE, Léon, Mont St. Martin 75, Liége.
1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.
1889 Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, 8.W.; and c/o Fredk. Du Cane
Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 45, Pont-street, S.W.
1894 CaraccioLo, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British
West Indies.
1910 Cartier, E. Wace, M.D., F.R.S.E., Morningside, Granville-road,
Dorridge, and The University, Birmingham.
1892 CarpENntTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, S.W.
1910 CaRPENTER, Geoffrey D. H., B.A., Uganda Medical Service,
Uganda Protectorate.
1895 Carpenter, Prof. G. H., B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch., Royal College of
Science, Dublin.
1898 CarpEntTER, J. H., Redcot, Belmont-road, Leatherhead.
1868 CaRRINGTON, Charles, Meadowcroft, Horley, Surrey.
1911 Carson, George Moffatt, Entomologist to the Government of New
Guinea, Port Moresby, New Guinea.
1895
1912
1906
1900
1900
1903
( xiii)
Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Greycliffe, Lower Warberry-road,
Torquay.
CartER, Henry Francis, Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in
Medical and Economic Entomology, Liverpool School of Tropical
Medicine, University of Liverpool.
Carter, H. J., B.A., Ascham, Darling Point, Sydney, N.S. Wales.
CartER, J. W., 15, Westfield-road, Manningham, Bradford.
Cassat, R. T., M.R.C.S.
CattLE, John Rowland, The Priory, West Tarring, Worthing.
1889 + Cave, Charles J. P., Ditcham Park, Petersfield.
1900
1871
1891
1910
1897
1902
1908
1889
1909
1909
1908
1908
1908
1904
1899
1906
1911
1892
1867
1895
1909
1890
CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Westbourne, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., A.L.S., (CounciL, 1875-7; LIBRARIAN,
1891— ), Heatherside, Horsell, Woking ; and 45, Pont-street, S.W.
CuapMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1900, 1904-5,
1908 ; CounciIL, 1898-1900, 1903-5, 1907-9), Betula, Reigate.
CHARNLEY, J. R.
Cuawner, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants.
CHEESMAN, E. M., c/o Mr. John Garson, 150, Umbilo-road, Durban.
Cuerty, B. Chourappa, The Government Museum, Bangalore, India.
Curisty, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth.
Cuuss, Ernest C., Curator, Durban Museum, Natal, South Africa.
Crark, C. Turner, F.Z.8S., Hillcrest, St. Augustine’s-avenue,
S. Croydon.
Cuark, Edgar L., Congella, Natal.
CLUTTERBUCK, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathwville-road, Gloucester.
CiLurrerBucK, P. H., Indian Forest Department, Naini Tal, United
Provinces, India.
Cockayne, Edward A., 16, Cambridge-square, London, W.
Coutin, James E., (CounctL, 1904-6), Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.
Coutincr, Walter E., M.Sc, F.LS., 8, Newhall-street, Bir-
mingham.
Corton, Sidney Howard, 14, Chesterfield-street, Mayfair, W.
Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., Upcott House,
Taunton.
Cox, Herbert Ed., Claremont, Jamaica.
CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.
Craw ey, W. C., 16, Albany-mansions, Albert Bridge-road, S.W.
CREWE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.
1880 + Crisp, Sir Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P.
1907
1908
1908
1901
1900
1907
1886
Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D., 28, Clarendon-road, Leeds.
Cuupin, Millais, M.B., F.R.C.S., The Palace Hotel, Shanghai.
Curtis, W. Parkinson, Aysgarth, Poole, Dorset.
Danp, Edward Martin, Hohenzollernstrasse 18, Zehlendorf, bei Berlin.
Daue@uisH, Andrew Adie, 7, Keir-street, Pollokshields, Glasgow.
Dames, Felix L., 13, Humboldtstrasse, Steglitz, Berlin.
Dannatt, Walter, 45, Manor Park, Lee, 8.E.
1911
1905
1912
1910
1903
1898
1912
1875
1887
1895
1909
1905
1912
1906
1903
1906
1891
1908
1910
1884
1867
1900
1894
1906
1883
1910
1912
1890
1865
(C xiv)
Davey, H. W., Inspector of Department of Agriculture, Geelong,
Victoria, Australia.
Davinson, James D., 32, Drwmsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh.
Davis, Frederick Lionel, J.P., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Belize, British
Honduras.
Dawson, William George, Manor House, Abbots Morton, Worcester.
Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle.
Day, G. O., Sahlatston, Duncan’s Station, Vancowver Island, British
Columbia.
Dewirz, Dr. John, Director German Govt. Experimental Station,
Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine.
Distant, William Lucas, (V.-PRzs., 1881, 1900; SEc., 1878-80;
Councih, 1900-2), Shannon-lodge, Selhurst-road, South Norwood,
S.E.
Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Fellow and Bursar
of Wadham College, (PRES., 1909-10; V.-Pres., 1904-5, 1911;
CouNcIL, 1895, 1904-6), Wadham College, Oxford.
Dosson, H.T., Jvy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden S.O., Surrey.
Dosson, Thomas, 1, Grant-street, Farnworth, Bolton.
Dopp, Frederick P., Kuranda, vid Cairns, Queensland.
Dota, Capt. Kenneth Alan Crawford, R.A.M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,
c/o Messrs. Holt & Co., 3, Whitehall-place, London, S.W.
Dotiman, Hereward, Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W.
DotimaN, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W.
DoncastER, Leonard, M.A., The University Musewm of Zoology,
Cambridge.
DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1911;
CounciL, 1899-1901, 1910- ), 58, Kensington-mansions, South
Kensington, 8.W.
Doueias-CrompPtTon, Sydney.
Downes-Suaw, Rev. Archibald, Gt. Horton Vicarage, Bradford.
Drucez, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., (Councit, 1903-5), 43, Circus-
road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.
Drouce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counctn, 1885, 1892), 43, Circus-
road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.
Drory, W. D., Rocquaine, West Hill Park, Woking.
Dupeeron, G. C., Director General, Dept. of Agriculture, Cairo.
DUKINFIELD JonEs, E., Castro, Reigate.
Durrant, John Hartley, Vick-PREsIDENT, (CouncrL, 1911- ),
Merton, 17, Burstock-road, Putney, S.W., and British Museum
(Natural History), Cromiell-road, South Kensington, 8.W.
Eaes-WuitsE, J. Cushny, 47, Chester-terrace, Eaton-square, S.W.
Eart, Herbert L., 35, Leicester-street, Southport, Lancs.
Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.
Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., (Counctn, 1877-9), Rich-
mond Villa, Northam S.0., N. Devon.
€ xm )
1904 Ecxrorp, George, F.Z.S., c/o Sir Morgan Tuite, Bart., Ki/ruane,
Nenagh, Co. Tipperary, Ireland.
1902 Epertsten, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex.
1911 Epwarps, F. W., Kingswear, Cornwall-road, Harrow.
1886 Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham.
1884 Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counci, 1912— ),15, St. Germans-
place, Blackheath, S.E.
1900 Euiort, E. A., 16, Belsize Grove, Hampstead, N.W.
1900 Exuis, H. Willoughby, Holly Hill, Berkswell, Warwickshire.
1886 Exuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.
1903 Etrrinesay, Harry, M.A., F.Z.S8., Eastgarth, Westoe, South Shields,
and Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford.
1878 Enwes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (PREs., 1893-4 ;
V.-PreEs., 1889-90, 1892, 1895 ; CounciL, 1888-90), Colesborne,
Cheltenham.
1886 Ewnock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park Road, London, N.
1903 ErxHeEripes, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.
1908 Evustacr, Eustace Mallabone, M.A., Challacombe Rectory, Parra-
combe 8.0., N. Devon, and Wellington College, Berks.
1909 Evans, Frank J., Superintendent of Agriculture, Calabar, Eastern
Province, 8S. Nigeria.
1907 Feratuer, Walter, Voi, British East Africa.
1900 FerutuHay, H. L. L., P. 0. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal.
1861 Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E,
1886 Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher.
1908 Fernwick, Norman Percival, Junior, Hillside, St. Anmn’s-road,
Eastbourne.
1910 Fernyzs, A., M.D., 170, North Grange Grove-Avenue, Pasadena,
California, U.S.A.
1889 FerrRNaLpD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.
1900 Firtn, J. Digby, F.L.S., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds.
1874 * Fircn, Edward A., F.L.S., (Src., 1881-5 ; CouncriL, 1879, 1886)
Brick House, Maldon, Essex.
1905 Feet, Wilfred James, F.H.A.S., F.C.S., Toynton, Felixstowe, Suffolk.
1900 Fremyne, The Rev. W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, co.
Waterford.
1898 FuetcHer, T. Bainbrigge, R.N., Agricultural College and Research
Institute, Coimbatore, Madras, S. India.
1883 + FLETcHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor.
1905 FLoERSHEIM, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, 8.W.
1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.
1912 Fosrer, C.A., Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood, Iffley, Oxford.
1900 Founkss, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultwral College,
Newport, Salop.
1898 Fountatng, Miss Margaret, 1, The Studios, Sheriff-road, West
Hampstead, N.W.
Cire)
1880 FowimrR, The Rev. Canon, D.Sc, M.A., F.L.S., (Pres., 1901-2 ;
V.-Pres., 1903 ; Sc., 1886-96), Harley Vicarage, near Reading.
1908 Fraser, Frederick C., Capt., M.D., I.M.S., Assist. Superint., Govt.
Maternity Hospital, Madras, India.
1896 FRExkE, Perey Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone.
1888 FreEMuLin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Elms, Kingsbury, N.W.
1903 FreNcH, Charles, F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Melbourne,
Victoria, Australia.
1910 Frispy, G. E., 40, Windmill-street, Gravesend.
1908 Frogeartt, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, 138, George-
street, Sydney, New South Wales.
1891 Frouawk, F. W., Stanley House, Park-road, Wallington, Surrey.
1906 + Fry, Harold Armstrong, P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal
Colony.
1900 Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs.
1907 Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs.
1876 Funter, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,
Sydenham, S.E.
1898 Futur, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal.
1887 Gaunan, Charles Joseph, M.A., (SEc., 1899-1900 ; CounciL, 1893-5,
1901), 8, Lonsdale-road, Bedford Park, W.; and British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.
1910 Garcks, Emile, M.I.E.E., Witton House, Maidenhead.
1892 Garbk&, Philip de la, R.N., 8, Queen’s-terrace, Exeter.
1890 GarpneErR, John, Lawrel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool.
1901 + GarpneR, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales.
1910 Geary, T. H., Enderby, Leicestershire.
1899 GeLpaRT, William Martin, M.A., 10, Chadlington-road, Oxford.
1906 +t Grpps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Councin, 1912— ), Kitchener's
Meads, St. Albans.
1908 GrrFaRD, Walter M., P.O. Box 308, Honolulu, Hawaii.
1907 Gites, Henry Murray, Head Keeper of Zoological Gardens, South
Perth, W. Australia.
1902 GinuanpERS, A. T., Park Cottage, Alnwick.
1904 Gurwt1At, Francis, B.A., c/o Rev. G. Gilliat, Haselbury Vicarage,
Crewkerne, Somerset.
1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., (PREs.,
1891-2; V.-Prus., 1882-3, 1886, 1889-90, 1902; Counctn, 1880-
1, 1900), South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; and 45, Pont-
street, S.W.
1886 + Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Brislington House, near
Bristol.
1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent.
1898 Gorpon, J.G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.O., Wigtownshire.
1898 Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill 8.0., Wigtown-
shire.
( xvii)
1855 GoruaM, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., (Councin, 1882-3), High-
croft, Great Malvern.
1910 Gorrmann, A. M.S.,94, Niddastrasse, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany.
1909 Gowpey, Carlton C., B.Sc., Govt. Entomologist, Entebbe, Uganda,
Africa.
1911 Graves, P. P., Club de Constantinople, Constantinople, Turkey.
1891 + GreEn, E. Ernest, Government Entomologist, Mote Hall, Bearsted,
Kent; and Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon.
1910 Green, Herbert A., The Central Fire Station, Durban, Natal.
1894 Green, J. F., F.Z.S., 38, Pont-street, London, S.W.
1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood
aN, Wi
1893 + GrEENWwoopD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Whitsbury House, Salisbury.
1888 GrirrFitTHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol.
1894 GrimsHAw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh.
1905 Grist, Charles J., Elgin House, Knockholt, Sevenoaks,
1909 * Grosvenor, G. H., M.A., Blakedown, nr. Kidderminster.
1906 Gurney, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich.
1910 Gurney, William B., Asst. Govt. Entomologist, Department of
Agriculture, Sydney, Australia.
1912 Hacker, Henry, Bowen Bridge-road, Brisbane, Queensland:
1906 Hawt, Arthur, 7, Park-lane-mansions, Croydon.
1890 + Hatt, Albert Ernest, Cranfield House, Southwell, Notts.
1885 Hatz, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon.
1912 Hauiert, Howard Mountjoy, 13, Earl-road, Penarth, Glamorgan-
shire.
1898 Hamuyn-Harnris, R., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Director of the
Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Australia.
1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1898 ;
CounciIL, 1896-8), 62, Stanhope-gardens, 8.W.
1891 Hansoury, Frederick J., F.L.S., Brockhurst, E. Grinstead.
1905 + Hancock, Joseph L., 5466, Lexington Avenue, Chicago, U.S.A.
1903 Harz, E. J.,. Dunham, Boscombe, Hants.
1904 Harris, Edward, St. Conan’s, Chingford, Essex.
1910 Harwoop, Philip, 23, Northgate End, Bishop’s Stortford.
1910 Hawksuaw, J. C., Hollycombe, Sussex.
1910 Hepess, Alfred van der, Stoke House, Stoke Mandeville, Bucks.
1910 HENDERSON, J., Clifton, Ashbourne, Derby.
1898 Heron, Francis A., B.A., 16, Kenilworth-road, Ealing, W.
1903 Herron, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road, Luton, Beds.
1908 Hewirr, C. Gordon, D.Sc., Central Experimental Farm, Dept. of
Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada.
1876 + Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.
1907 Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Mercia, Albany-road, Leighton
Buzzard.
1912 Hopes, Harold, Chapel Place Mansion, 322, Oxford-street, yy
1888
1902
1910
1887
1898
1910
1901
1897
1903
(> xviii +)
Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive,
Lytham.
Hots, R. 8., c/o Messrs. King and Co., Bombay.
Ho.rorp, H. Oliver, Elstead Lodge, Godalming, Surrey.
Houianp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,
Penn., U.S.A.
Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Asst. Entomologist, Department of Agri-
culture, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States.
Houtmes, Edward Morrell, Ruthven, Sevenoaks.
Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S., R.C.S.Eng., F.LS., 64, Harley-
street, W.
Horne, Arthur, 60, Gladstone-place, Aberdeen.
Hoveuton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop.
1907 | Howarp, C. W., Entomological Division, College of Agriculture,
1900
1907
St. Anthony Park, Minn., U.S.A.
Howrs, W. George, 432, George-street, Dunedin, New Zealand.
How tert, Frank M., M.A., Wymondham, Norfolk.
1865 + Hupp, A. E., 108, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.
1888
1907
1912
1897
Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New
Zealand,
Hueues, C. N., 3, Wyndham Place, Bryanston-square, W.
Huis, Miss Lily, Hollywood, Colinton-road, Edinburgh.
ImaceE, Prof. Selwyn, M.A., (Councit, 1909-11), 20, Fitzroy-
street, Fitzroy-square, W.
1912 + IMs, A. D., D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt. of
1908
1891
1907
1907
1907
1911
1910
1869
1898
1912
1912
1886
1899
1909
India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India.
Irpy, Captain Leonard Paul, Brook House, Eastry S.0., Kent.
IsaBELL, The Rev. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen S.0., Cornwall.
Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Government Entomologist, Department
of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia.
Jackson, P. H., 112, Balham-park-road, S.W.
Jacosi, Professor A., Ph.D., Director of the R. Zoological and
Anthrop.-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Saxony.
Jacoss, Capt. J. J., R.E., 99, Bensham Manor-road, Thornton
Heath, Surrey.
Jacops, Lionel L., P. O. Box 445, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario,
Canada.
JANSON, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and 44,
Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.
JANSON, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.
JARDINE, Nigel K., 2, Casile-street, Ashford, Kent.
Jemmett, C., Ashford, Kent; and Agricultural College, Wye, Kent.
JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Hast Gate House, Lewes.
Jennines, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N.
JEPSON, Frank P., Department of Agriculture, Suva, Fiji Islands.
( Sais”) )
1886 Joxnn, Evan, Llantrisant S.0., Glamorganshire.
1907 Jonson, Charles Fielding, Mayfield, Brinington Crescent, Stockport.
1889 JoHNnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass,
co. Armagh.
1908 Jortcry, James J., The Homestead, Abbot's Brook, Bourne End, Bucks.
1888 Jones, Albert H., Vicn-PrEestpENT, (CouNcIL, 1898-1900 ;
TREASURER, 1904— ),Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.
1910 Jonss, Ernest P., 7, Sherwin-street, Nantwich-road, Crewe.
1894, Jorpan, Dr. K., (V.-PRes., 1909; Councin, 1909-11), The
Museum, Tring.
1910 JosrpH, E. G., 23, Clanricarde-gardens, W.
1910 Joy, Ernest Cooper, Eversley, Dale-road, Purley.
1902 Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Readina.
1884 KappEL, A. W., F.L.S., Linnean Society, Burlington House, W.
1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.
1896 f Kayz, William James, (Counctt, 1906-8), Caracas, Ditton Hill,
Surbiton.
1907 Ketty, Albert Ernest McClure, Assistant Entomologist, Department
of Agriculture, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, S.A.
1902 Kemp, Stanley W., The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
1890 Kenrick, Sir George H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.
1904 KersHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent.
1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Harvey-road, Cambridge.
1900 Krys, James H., Morwell, Freedom-villas, Lipson-road, Plymouth.
1911 Kuounan, Kunui, M.A., Asst. Entomologist to the Govt. of Mysore,
Bangalore, South India.
1912 Kine, Harold H., Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum,
Sudan.
1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., Lecturer on Economic Entomology at the West of
Scotland Agricultural College, 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvin-
side, Glasgow.
1861 * Krrsy, William F., F.L.S., (Snc., 1881-5 ; CounciL, 1886), Hilden,
46, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.
1889 KzuapALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia.
1887} KueIn, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., AHatherlow, Raglan-road.
Reigate.
1908 Kwyipsen, Jens Marius.
1911 Kune, Thien Cheng, Guardian Superintendent of Chinese Students
in British India, c/o The Curator, Mysore Govt. Museum, Banga-
lore, India.
1910 Larpiaw, William, The Cedars, Eustern-road, Romford, Essex.
1910 Lakin, C. Ernest, M.D., F.R.C.S., 2, Park-crescent, Portland-place, W.
1911 + Lamporn, W. A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Oni Camp, Lagos, W. Africa.
1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., O.B., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford.
( xx )
1912 Latour, Cyril Engelhart, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West
Indies.
1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.
1908 Lawn, G. W., Tudor House, Wealdstone, Harrow.
1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Musewm, Adelaide,
S. Australia.
1901 Lian, George F., 45, Cuthbert’s Buildings, West-street, Durban,
Natal.
1910 Leas, H.S., The University, Manchester.
1909 LeteH-Crare, Reginald L., c/o Messrs. Allen & Gledhill, Solicitors,
Singapore.
1900 LricH-PHILLIPs, Rev. W. J., Capstan House, Copse-road, Clevedon,
Somerset.
1892 Lustig, J. Henry, 84, Huron-road, Tooting Common, 8.W.
1898 LrtTuHeripeE, Ambrose G.
1903 ¢ Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks.
1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., (Councit, 1878, 1884), 87, Frant-road,
Tunbridge Wells.
1908 + Lewis, John Spedan, Spedan Towers, Hampstead, N.W., and 277,
Oxford-street, W.
1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.
1908 Lister, W. K., Street End House, Ash, near Dover.
1903 Lirrier, Frank M., Box 114, P.O., Launceston, Tasmania.
1865+ Lurwetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart. M.A., F.LS.,
Penllergare, Swansea,
1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Zhe Dome, Bognor.
1885 | Luoyp, Robert Wylie, (Counciz, 1900-1), I, 5 and 6, Albany,
Piccadilly, W.
1903 LorrHousr, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middles-
brough.
1908 Lonaspon, D., The Flower House, Southend, Catford, 8.E.
1904 + Lonestarr, George Blundell, M.D., (V.-PREs., 1909; CouNcIL,
1907-9), Highlands, Putney Heath, S.W.
1899 Lounspury, Charles P., B.Sc., Government Entomologist, Box 513,
Pretoria, S. Africa.
1894 Lows, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey.
1893 Lower, Oswald B., Argent-street, Broken Hill, New South Wales.
1901 Lower, Rupert S., Davonport-terrace, Wayville, South Australia.
1909 Lucas, Dr. T. P., Wakefield-buildings, Adelaide-street, Brisbane,
Australia.
1898 Lucas, William John, B.A., (Councin, 1904-6), 28, Knight’s Park,
Kingston-on- Thames.
1880 Lupron, Henry, Courtlands, Chelston, Torquay.
19038 LyELL, G., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia.
1912 Lyzx, George Trevor, Bank House, Brockenhurst.
1901 Lyman, Henry H., M.A., F.R.GS., 74, McTavish-street, Montreal,
Canada.
( ee
1909 Lyon, Francis Hamilton, 89, Clarence Gate-gardens, Upper Baker-
street, N.W.
1906 McCarrison, D. L., Indian Police Forces, Madras Club, Madras.
1887 M‘Doueatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, 8.E.
1910 Macpoucatt, R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh Uni-
versity.
1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.
1900 Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon.
1911 Macuiran, Dr. Ivan Clarkson, M.D., B.Sc., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,
28, Hill-street, Knightsbridge, 8.W.
1899 + Martn, Hugh, B.Sc., (Councin, 1908-10), Almondale, Buckingham-
road, South Woodford, N.E.
1905 Matty, Charles Wm., M.Sc., Graham’s Town, Cape Colony.
1887 Manpers, Lieut.-Colonel Neville, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., 4, South-road,
Curragh Camp, Co. Kildare, Ireland.
1892 Manssrin@g, William, 4, Norwich-road, Wavertree, Liverpool.
1894 | MarsHALtL, Alick, 18, Hazeldene-road, Chiswick, W.
1895 MarsHaut, Guy Anstruther Knox, F.Z.S., (Councit, 1907-8),
6, Chester-place, Hyde Park-square, W.
1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc, F.G.S., University School of Mines,
Dunedin, New Zealand.
1856 | MarsHALL, William, V.M.H., F.R.H.S., Auchinraith, Bexley S.O.,
Kent.
1897 Martineau, Alfred H., 54, Holly-lane, W. Smethwick.
1910 t Mason, C. W., St. Denis, Shaftesbury, Dorset.
1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester.
1865 MatHew, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N., (CouncIL,
1887), Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich.
1887 MarrHews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, S. Devon.
1912 Mauv.ix, Samarenda, c/o Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate-circus,
E.C., and Fitzwilliam Hall, Cambridge.
1900 Maxwe.t-Lerroy, H., Imperial College of Science and Technology,
South Kensington, 8.W.
1899 May, Harry Haden, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.
1904 MrapE-Wa.po, Geoffrey, Hever Warren, Edenbridge, Kent, and
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.
1872 ¢ MexLpoua, Professor Raphael, Hon. D.Sc. Oxon, Hon. LL.D. St.
Andrews, F.R.S., F.C.S., F.1C., F.R.A.S., etc. (PREs., 1895-6 ;
V.-PRES., 1881, 1884, 1897, 1903, 1908 ; Sxc., 1876-80 ; CouncIL,
1874-5, 1884-5, 1889-92, 1903, 1907-8), 6, Brunswick-square,
W.C.
1885 MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall, Shrewsbury.
1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, (PREs., 1905-6 ; V.-PREs., 1893, 1907 ; Suc.,
1897-8 ; CounciL, 1894, 1899), 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton.
1906 Merriman, Gordon, The Quick Laboratory, New Museums,
Cambridge.
( xx)
1905 Merry, Rev. W. Mansell, M.A., St. Michael’s, Oxford.
1912 Mercars, Rev. J. W., The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary, Devon.
1888 Meryer-Pacrnt, G., 5, Viale Poggio Imperiale, Florence.
1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A. F.RS., F.ZS., Thornhanger, Marl-
borough.
1894 Mraut, Louis Compton, F.R.S., (Councin, 1903, 1908), NortonWay
N., Letchworth.
1908 Mupp.eETon, Ivan E., 11, High-street, Serampore, Bengal.
1883 Mixes, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.
1910 Muintar, F. Grahame, The Tangga Batu Rubber Co., Malacca,
Straits Settlement.
1906 MircHEtt-Hepass, Frederic Albert.
1905 Mrrrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., 35, Redcliffe-square, 8.W.
1879 Mownverro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar,
Lisbon.
1902 Monrtcomery, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Pembridge-
road, North Acton, W.
1899 Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe.
1907 Moors, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Holmefield, Oakholme-rd., Sheffield.
1886 Moreay, A. C. F., F.L.S., 135, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W.
1889 + Moricg, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,
PRESIDENT, (V.-PREs., 1902, 1904 ; Councin, 1902-4), Brunswick,
Mount Hermon, Woking.
1895 + Mortey, Claude, F.Z.8., Monk Soham House, Suffolk.
1910 Morner, Count Birger, Consul for H.M. the King of Sweden,
Sydney, Australia.
1912 Morrett, R. D’A., Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall-court, S.W.
1907 Morrimur, Charles H., Royton Chase, Byfleet, Surrey.
1893 Morron, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh.
1910 MoseEty, Martin E., 21, Alexandra-court, Queen’s-gate, S.W.
1900 Moser, Julius, 59, Buloww-strasse, Berlin.
1882 Mostey, 8. L., The Musewm and Technical College, Huddersfield.
1911 Moss, Rev. A. Miles, Helm, Windermere.
1907 Movtrton, John C., The Hall, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts,
1911 Movnsgy, J. Jackson, c/o Messis. Booth & Co., Mandos, N. Brazil.
1901 + Muir, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Experiment Station, Honolulu, Oahu,
ET.
1912 + Muuian, Jal Phirozshah, M.A., Assistant Professor of Biology,
St. Xavier's College, Chunam Kiln-road, Grant-road, Bombay,
India.
1869 | Miuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., (CouncrL, 1872-3), c/o Herr A. Miiller-
Mechel, Grenzacherstrasse 60, Basle, Switzerland.
1906 Muscuamp, Percy A. H., Institut, Stiéfa, nr. Zurich, Switzerland.
1909 MusHam, John F., 53, Brook-street, Selby, Yorks.
1903 Neavs,S. A., B.A., Mill Green Park, Ingatestone.
1901 Nevinson, E. B., Morland, Cobham, Surrey.
¢ sam)
1907 Newman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent.
1909 Newstxap, Alfred, The Grosvenor Museum, Chester.
1890 NewsrEaD, Robert, M.Sc., A.L.S., Hon. F.R.H.S., Dutton Memorial
Professor of Entomology, The School of Tropical Medicine, Univer-
sity of Liverpool.
1909 NicHonson, Gilbert W., M.A., M.D., Cancer Hospital Research
Institute, Brompton, S.W.
1886 NicHoLson, William E., School Hill, Lewes.
1906 Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex.
1912 Noaxss, Alfred, The Hill, Witley, Surrey.
1878 Norriper, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.
1895 Norsz, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Timworth Hall, Bury St. Edmunds.
1908 Norsz, H. A., Botanical Department, Trinidad, B.W_I.
1877 Opertatr, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France.
1893 + OaLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.
1910 Onpaxker, Francis A., M.A., The Red House, Haslemere.
1873 O.iviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (A llier), France.
1895 Paax, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, S.E.
1912 Parerson, Edward J., Fairholme, Crowborough.
1907 Prapb, Clement H., Bow 252, Bulawayo, South Africa.
1911 Prarson, Douglas, Chilwell House, Chilwell, Notts.
1883 PsRINGUEY, Louis, D.Sc., F.Z.S., Director, South African Museum,
Cape Town, South Africa.
1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Park Hill House, Paignton,
Devon, and Board of Agriculture, Division of Entomology,
Honolulu, Hawait.
1879 PERKINS, Vincent Robert, Wotton-under-Edge.
1907 + Perrins, J. A. D., 3rd Seaforth Highlanders, Daxenham, Malvern.
1897 Puiuies, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 262, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde-
park, W.
1903 + PuiLuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., 22, Petherton-road, High-
bury New Park, N.
1901 Pickert, C. P., 28, Colwith-road, Leytonstone, S.E.
1891 PrERcE, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.
1903 PitcuER, Colonel Jesse George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester-
road, Kensington, 8.W.
1910 Prnuar, A. Raman, University Union, Edinburgh, and Trivan:
dram, India.
1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Driebergen, Netherlands.
1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Elm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield.
1884 + Pounton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford,
(PREs., 1903-4 ; V.-Pres., 1894-5, 1902, 1905 ; Councrn, 1886-8, —
1892, 1896, 1905-7), Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.
1905 PowsE 1, Harold, 7, Rue Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France.
( xa =)
1906 Prart, H.C., Government Entomologist, Federated Malay States,
Kuala Lumpur, Malay States.
1908 Pratt, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey.
1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.
1908 PripEaux, Robert M., Woodlands, Brasted Chart, Sevenoaks.
1904 Prisks, Richard A. R., 9, Melbourne Avenue, West Ealing.
1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, (CounciL, 1905-7), 62, Graham-road,
Dalston, N.E.
1910 Punnett, Professor Reginald Crundall, M.A., Caius College,
Cambridge.
1912 QueERctI, Orazio, Macerata, Marche, Italy.
1900 RatneBow, William J., The Australian Musewm, Sydney, N.S.W.
1912 Rart-Smitu, 86, Gladstone-street, Abertillery, Monmouthshire.
1907 Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, Rockford, Beechwood-road, Sanderstead.
1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding, Maidstone.
1898 Revron, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland.
1898 Revver, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.
1910 bE Rauxk-Puruipz, G. W. V., c/o Grindlay & Co., Hastings-street,
Calcutta.
1912 Ritey, Norman Denbigh, 94, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8. W.,
and British Museum (Natural History), S. Kensington, 8.W.
1908 Rippon, Claude, M.A., 28, Walton-street, Oxford.
1905 Roprnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpw,
Selangor.
1904 Rosinson, Lady, Worksop Manor, Notts.
1892 Ropinson, Sydney C., 10, Inchmory-road, Catford, S.E.
1869 + Roprnson-Doveas, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.GS.,
Orchardton, Castle Douglas.
1908 Rogers, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Rabai, Mombasa, British
East Africa.
1886 Ross, Arthur J., 1, Harewood-road, S. Croydon.
1912 Rosen, Kurt, Baron, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich.
1907 RosEnBERG, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W.
1868 RorHney, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper
Norwood, S.E.
1894 + RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
(CouncIL, 1904), Arwndel-house, Kensington Palace Gardens, W.
1888 ¢ RoruscHitp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S.,
(CounciL, 1900), Zoological Museum, Tring.
1890 RovurtLepaEx, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.
1887 RowLanD-Brown, Henry, M.A., (V.-PRes., 1908, 1910; Szc.,
1900-10), Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald.
1910 Rupex, Miss Carlotta, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St.
John’s Wood, N.W.
1910 Rupez, Charles Henry, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St.
John’s Wood, N.W.
(mv)
1898 Russet, A., Wilverley, Dale-road, Purley.
1892 RussEtt, S. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C.
1905 Sr. Quintin, W. H., Scampton Hall, Rillington, York.
1906 Sampson, Lt.-Colonel F. Winn, 74, Vineyard Hill-road, Wimbledon
Park.
1910 Saunvers, H. A., Brookfield-house, Swanage.
1886 SaunpDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.
1901 Scuauvs, W., F.Z.S., 97, Elm Park Gardens, 8.W.
1907 Scumassman, W., Beulah Lodge, London-road, Enfield, N.
1912 ScxHunck, Charles A., Hwelme, Wallingford.
1881 Sconuick, A. J., 8, Mayfield-road, Merton Park, Wimbledon.
1911 Scorer, Alfred George, Hill Crest, Chilworth, Guildford.
1909 Scort, Hugh, B.A., University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.
1911 Scort, Percy William Affleck, Chinese Imperial Customs Service,
Hangchow, China.
1912 Seirz, Dr. Adalbert, 59, Bismarckstrasse, Darmstadt, Germany.
1911 Sstovus, Cuthbert F., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Agra, Barton-on-
Sea, New Milton, Hants.
1911 + Sennett, Noel Stanton, 32, Bolton-gardens, S. Kensington, S.W.
1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Pres., 1887-8 ;
V.-Pres., 1889, 1891-2, 1896, 1902-3; Sxc., 1867; CouNcIL,
1893-5, 1902-4), Lawnside, Brockenhurst, Hants.
1902 SHarp, W. E., (Councin, 1912- ), 9, Queen’s-road, South Norwood,
S.E.
1886 SHaw, George T. (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),
William Brown-street, Liverpool.
1905 SHeELpon, W. George, Youlgreave, South Croydon.
1901* SHELFORD, Robert, M.A., F.Z.S., (CounciL, 1907-8), University
Museum (Hope Department), Oxford.
1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyn, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey.
1887 + Sicu, Alfred, (Counc, 1910-12), Corney House, Chiswick, W.
1911 Srmes, James A., Mon Repos, Monkham’s-lane, Woodford-green,
Essex.
.1904 Srmmonps, Hubert W., c/o. Messrs. Jas. Bruce & Co., Adderley-street,
Cape Town.
1902 Stapen, Frederick William Lambart, Dept. of Agriculture, Central
Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.
1902 St topsr, Gerard Orby, F.Z.S., J.P., Badminton Club, Piccadilly, W.
1907 Sty, Harold Baker, Mapledean, Ringley-avenue, Horley.
1906 Smatumay, Raleigh S., Eliot Lodge, Albemarle-road, Beckenham,
Kent.
1901 Swmirx, Arthur, County Museum, Lincoln.
1911 Swmira, B. H., B.A., Edgehill, Warlingham, Surrey.
1912 Situ, Roland T., 54, Osbaldeston-roud, Stoke Newington, N.
1898 Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.S., 16, Ivving-road, Bourne-
mouth.
1885
1908
1889
1910
1898
1898
1910
1910
1896
1900
1895
1882
1908
1884
1894
1876
1911
1910
1908
1911
1893
1911
1903
1909
1910
1901
1892
1907
1911
1897
1907
1907
() soxyi. *)
SoutH, Richard, (CounciL, 1890-1), 96, Drakefield-road, Upper
Tooting, S.W.
SPEYER, Edward R., Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts.
STaNDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., (Councit, 1906), Townlands, Lindfield,
Sussex.
Sranbey, The Rev. Hubert George, Marshfield Vicarage, Cardiff.
Srarss, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Limes, Swanley Junction,
Kent.
Srreppine, Henry, Chasewood, Round Oak Wood, Weybridge.
Srenton, Rupert, St. Edward’s, St. Mary Church, Torquay.
SronEHAM, Hugh Frederick, Lieut. E. Surrey Regt., Wellington
Barracks, Dublin.
SrrRIcKLAND, T. A. Gerald, Souwthecott, Poulton, Fairford.
Strupp, E. A. C., Kerremens, British Columbia.
Srupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.
Swanzy, Francis, The Quarry, Sevenoaks.
Swierstra, Corn. J., Ist Assistant, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.
SwINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1894;
CouncIL, 1891-3; 1902-4), 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington,
W.
SwinHog, Ernest, 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W.
Swinton, A. H., Oak Villa, Braishfield, Romsey, Hants.
Swynnerton, C. F. M., Gungunyana, Melsetter, S.-H. Rhodesia.
Tait, Robt., junr., Roseneath, Harborough-road, Ashton-on-Mersey.
Ta.pot, G., 17, Steeles-road, Haverstock-hill, N.W.
Tautz, P. H., Cranleigh, Pinner, Middlesex.
Taytor, Charles B., Gap, Lancaster County, Penn., U.S.A.
Taytor, Frank H., Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine
Townsville, Galore
TAYLOR, ian Harold, M.A., nies College, Leeds,
Terry, Alfred, M.A., 22, ee road, Scarborough.
THEOBALD, F. V., MEAS. Wye Court, Wye.
THompson, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosford-street, Middlesbrough.
THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., ‘‘ Hughenden,” Coppice-road,
Nottingham.
TittyarD, R. J., B.A., Kwranda, Mount Errington, Hornsby, New
South Wales.
Topp, R. G., The Limes, Hadley Green, N.
Tomutn, J. R. le B., M.A., (Councit 1911- ), Lakefoot, Hamilton-
road, Reading.
Tones, Alfred Ernest, Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey.
TRAGARDH, Dr. Ivar, The University, Upsala, Sweden.
1859 | TRImEN, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., (PRes., 1897-8 ; V.-PREs.,
1906
1896, 1899 ; CouNcIL, 1868, 1881, 1890), Fawley, Onslow-crescent,
Woking.
TRYHANE, George E., Pedro Miquel Canal Zone, Panama.
( xxvii)
1906 TuLLocH, Major James Bruce Gregorie, The King’s Own Yorkshire
Light Infantry; Head Quarters, South China Command, Hong
Kong.
1895 Tunatzy, Henry, 13, Begmead-avenue, Streatham, S.W.
1910 Turati, Conte Emilio, 4, Piazza S. Alessandro, Milan, Italy.
1898 TurneER, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia.
1893 TuRNER, Henry Jerome, (Counctn, 1910-12), 98, Drakefell-road,
St. Catherine’s Park, Hatcham, S.E.
1906 TurRNER, Rowland E.,(Councrt, 1909-10).
1893 Uricu, Frederick William, C.M.Z.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad
British West Indies.
1904 + Vauauan, W., The Old Rectory, Beckington, Bath.
1909 VuipLER, Leopold A., The Carmelite Stone House, Rye, Sussex.
1911 Vrrauis, R., Commis de le classe, Pnom-Penk, Cambodia, French
Indo-China.
1895 WacuHeEr, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.
1899 Wank, Albert, 12, Cadogan-place, Preston, Lancashire.
1897 WainwricHt, Colbran J., (Counctt, 1901, 1912- ), 45, Handsworth
Wood-road, Handsworth, Birmingham.
1878 Waker, James J., M.A., R.N., F.L.S., (Councrt, 1894; Secre-
TARY, 1899, 1905- ), Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown,
Oxford.
1863 | WatLace, Alfred Russel, O.M., D.C.L. Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS.,
F.Z.S., (PRES., 1870-1; V.-PReEs., 1864, 1869; CounciL, 1866,
1872), Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset.
1912 Watuacsz, Henry S., 17, Kingsley-place, Heaton-on-Tyne.
1866 ¢ WatsincHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, (PREs., 1889-90 ; V.-PREs.,
1882, 1888, 1891-2, 1894-5; CouncrL, 1896), British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.
1910 Warp, John J., Rusinwrbe House, Somerset-road, Coventry.
1908 WarREN, Brisbane C. 8., Villa Romaine, sur Clarens, Switzerland.
1886 WarREN, Wm., M.A., Hast Croft, Langdon-street, Tring, Herts.
1912 WaATERFIELD, Mrs. Ellen N., c/o. W. M. Crowfoot, Esq., Blyburgate
House, Beccles, and The Hospital, Port Sudan.
1869 WareErHouss, Charles O., I.8.0., (PREs., 1907-8 ; V.-PREs., 1900,
1909 ; CounciL, 1873, 1882-3; 1898-1900), Ingleside, Avenue-
gardens, Acton, W.
1901 + WaTERHOUSE, Gustavus A., B.Sc., F.C.S., Allonrie, Stanhope-road,
Killara, New South Wales, Australia.
1904 Warson, The Rev. N. Beresford, St. Martin’s Vicarage, St. Philip
Barbados, W. Indies.
1893 Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E.
1908 WE.LMAN, F. Creighton, M.D., U.S. Musewm, Washington, U.S.A.
1876 + WESTERN, E. Young, 24, Pembridge-square, Notting Hill Gute, W.
1906
1910
1907
1911
1911
1906
1903
1896
1910
1911
1894
1900
1881
1905
1912
1888
1892
( xxviii )
WHEELER, The Rev. George, M.A., F.Z.S., (SEcRETARY, 1911- ), 37,
Gloucester-place, W.
Wuitr, Edward Barton, M.R.C.S., Cardiff City Mental Hospital,
Cardiff.
Wuitt, Harold J., 42, Nevern-square, Kensington, 8. W.
WuitenHouss, H. Beckwith, M.S., F.R.C.S., 52, Newhall-street, Bir-
mingham.
WuirtineuaM, Rey. W. G., Knighton Rectory, Leicester.
Wickwar, Oswin 8., Charlemont, Gregory-road, Colombo, Ceylon.
Wiaains, Clare A., M.R.C.S., Entebbe, Uganda.
Witemay, A. E., H.B.M. Consul, Manila, Philippine Islands.
Wiuucocgs, Frank C., Entomologist to the Khedivial Agricultura]
Society, Cairo, Egypt.
Witutams, C. B., The John Innes Horticultwral Institute, Mostyn-
road, Merton, Surrey.
Wo tey-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. O0., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada.
Woop, H., Kennington, near Ashford, Kent.
Woop, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth
Common, S.W.
Woopsripe¢Ek, Francis Charles, The Briars, Gerrard’s Cross, 8.0.,
Bucks.
WoopRvuFFE-PEacock, Rev. E. Adrian, F.LS., F.G.8., Cadney
Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire.
YeERBURY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., (CounctL, 1896,
1903-5), 2, Ryder-street, St. James’s, S.W.
Youpauk, William Henry, F R.M.S., 21, Belle-Isle-street, Work-
ington.
( =xie )
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
DuRING THE YEAR 1912.
ApLERz (Gottfrid). Lefnadsférhallanden och Instinkter inom Familjerna
Pompilidae och Sphegidae, 1V.
[Kungl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handl. Band 47, No. 10, 1912.]
The Author.
ALFKEN (J. D.). Andrena frey-gessnert, eine neue alpine Andrena-Art aus
der Schweiz.
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904]. E. Frey-Gessner.
Arrow (G. J.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ]
Avrivitiius (Chr.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus and Lepidopterorum
Catalogus. |
AustEN (E. E.). British Flies which cause Myiasis in Man.
Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912]. The Local Govt. Bd.
Back (A. E,). [See Morritt (Ph.D.).]
Batxou (H. A.) Insect Pests of the Lesser Antilles. Barbados, 1912.
Imp. Dept. Agric. W.I.
Banks (Nathan). The Structure of certain Dipterous Larvae, with particular
reference to those in Human Foods.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 22, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Beare (T. Hudson). Retrospect of a Coleopterist for 1911.
[Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author.
BEMMELEN (J. F. van). Uber die Phylogenie der Flugelzeichnung bei
Tagschmetterlingen.
(Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Vol. XV. Bd. 3, 1912.] The Author.
BErIcutT uber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie
wahrend des Jahres 1909, Heft 1, 2, 1910, Heft 1-6. Published
in 1912.
[By G. Seidlitz, R. Lucas, K. Griinberg, H. Schouteden, W. La
Baume, E. Strand, and W. Stendell. ] Purchased.
BERNHAUER (M.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. |
Bituines (F. H.) and Gienn (P. A.). Results of the artificial use of the
White Fungus disease in Kansas, with Notes on approved
methods of fighting Chinch Bugs.
{U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 107, 1911.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
BisHopr (F. C.). [See Hooxer (W. A.).]
Boarp of Agriculture and Fisheries. The Warble Fly. Leaflet No. 246,
March 1911.
Isle of Wight Bee Disease. Leaflet No. 253, May 1911.
cot Board Agric. and Fisheries.
BorNEMANN (G.). Verzeichnis der Grosschmetterlinge aus der Umgebung
von Magdeburg und des Harzgebietes.
[Abhandl. und Berichte Mus. Nat. Naturw. Ver., Magdeburg,
Vol. II, Heft 3, 1912.] The Author.
Boucomont (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. |
(ee)
Breppin (G.). (See Wasmann (E.). |
Brunetti (H.). Fauna of British India. Diptera Nematocera (excluding
Chironomidae and Culicidae), 1912. The India Office.
Bureess (A. F.). Calosoma sycophanta: Its Life-history, Behaviour, and
successful Colonisation in New England.
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 101, 1911.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Burr (Malcolm). Contribution to our knowledge of Indian Earwigs.
(Journ. and Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (N. ser.), Vol. VII, No. 11,1911.]
———— Dermaptera (Harwigs) in Amber, from Prussia.
{Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XI, 1911.]
——-—— Die Dermapteren des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums in Wien.
{Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XXVI, 1912.]
———— Interesting Dermaptera in the Budapest Museum.
[Ann. Musei Nat. Hungarici, Vol. X, 1912.]
Nachtrage zu meiner Bearbeitung der Dermapteren des_ k.k.
naturhistorischen Hofmuseums.
[Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XX VI, 1912.]
—-— The Orthoptera of Madeira.
[Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.]
———— Uber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus dem konigl.
zoolog. Museum, Berlin.
[Sonder-Abdruck 8S. B. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, No. 5, 1912.]
The Author.
———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]|
Buscx (A.). Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Microlepidoptera
from Panama,
[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 4, 1912.]
The Smithsonian /nstitution.
Cameron (P.). On Parasitic Hymenoptera from the Solomon Islands,
collected by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]
—- On a collection of Parasitic Hymenoptera (chiefly bred), made by
Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., in New South Wales, with
descriptions of new Genera and Species. Pts. I, II.
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911, 1912].
W.W. Froggatt.
CARPENTER (George H.). Injurious Insects and other Animals observed in
Ireland during the year 1911.
[Economic Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., Vol. II, No. 5, 1912. ]
Royal Dublin Society.
Casey (Thos. L.). Memoirs on the Coleoptera. Vols. II, III, 1911, 1912.
The Author.
CasTEEL (D. B.). The Manipulation of the Wax Scales of the Honey Bee.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 161, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
CaTaLocuE of the Library of the British Bee-keepers’ Association. January
1912. W. Herrod.
Caupeti (A. N.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
CuEwyreEvy (Ivan). L’Enigme des Scolytiens.
1910.
———— Les insectes parasites et hyperparasites.
[Ed. du départ. forestier, St. Petersburg, 1911.] M. Burr.
CHITTENDEN (F. H.). A Little-known Catworm,
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. IV., 1912.]
—-—— Some Insects injurious to Truck Crops. Contents and Index.
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 82, 1912.]
( tsi - )
CHITTENDEN (F. H.). The Broad-bean Weevil.
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. V, 1912.]
———— The Cowpea Weevil.
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. VI, 1912.]
— The Larger Canna Leaf-roller (Calpodes ethlius, Cram.).
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 145, March 1912.]
———— The Potato-tuber Moth.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 162, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
CockERELL (T. D. A.). The Bees of the Solomon Islands.
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI,1911.] The Author.
Hymenoptera Apoidea (of the Seychelles).
{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Perey Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.
Names applied to Bees of the Genus Osmia, found in North America.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
——- Names applied to the Eucerine Bees of North America.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITII, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
CoLEOPTERORUM CarTatocus. Junk (W.) editus a Schenkling (8.). Berlin,
Pars 39. Aurivillius (Chr.). Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae.
», 40. Bernhauer (M.) et Schubert (K.). Staphylinidae, III.
» 41. Pic (Maurice). Ptinidae.
», 42. Schmidt (A). Scarabaeidae: Atgialiinae, Chironinae.
» 43. Arrow (G.J.). Scarabaeidae: Pachypodinae, Pleocominae,
Aclopinae, Glaphyrinae, Ochodaeinae, Orphninae, Idiosto-
minae, Hybosorinae, Dynamopinae, Acanthocerinae,
Troginae.
,, 44. Strohmeyer (H.). Platypodidae.
,, 45. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, I.
» 46. Boucomont (A.). Scarabaeidae: Taurocerastinae, Geotru-
pinae.
» 47. Dalla Torre(K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, IT.
» 48. Pic (Maurice). Anobiidae.
» 49. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, ITT.
Purchased.
CoLttn (J. E.). Diptera, Borboridae and Phoridae, from the Seychelles.
{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange.
Comstock (John Henry). The Spider Book. New York, 1912.
The Author.
Coorer (W.F.). [See Nurraut (G. H. F.).]
CORRESPONDENCE relating to the Development of Entomological Research
in the British Colonies and Protectorates. Published by His
Majesty's Stationery Office, Nov. 1912. Lord Avebury.
Cotron-worm and Boll-worm Commission, Egypt, 1912. Circular No. 1.
Dept. Agric., Egypt.
Coventry (B.). Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1909-10,
Calcutta, 1911. India Office.
Crawrorp (J. C.). Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 4.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 5.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII., 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
Curtis (W. P.). Remarks on Psilopleura haemasoma, D. Jones.
The Author.
[Proc. Bournemouth Nat. Science Soc., Vol. IIT, 1912.]
CusuMaN (R. A.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ]
( xxx ))
Datia Torre (K. W. von). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.]
[See WyTsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
Davis (J.J.). [See Puixxres (W. J.)].
Dr Cuarmoy (D'EMMEREZ). Report on Phytalus smithi (Arrow) and Other
Beetles Injurious to the Sugar Cane in Mauritius, 1912.
The Author.
Dewirz (J.). Kinstliche Verfarbung bei Insekten.
Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXVIII, No. 10, 1904. ]
———— Richtigstellung beziiglich der Auffindung der Kontaktreizbarkeit
im Tierreich.
[Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXX, 1906.]
—-— Uber die Entstehung der Farbe gewisser Schmetterlingskokons.
[Archiv f Entwicklungsmechanik, Bd. XXXI.] M. Burr.
Bericht iiber die Tatigkeit der Station fiir Schadlingsforschungen
in Metz fiir die Jahre 1910 und 1911.
[Bericht der Konig]. Lehr. Wein-, Obst- und Gartenbau Geisenheim
a. Rh. fiir 1911 (1912).]
———— Laptérisme expérimental des Insectes.
[Compt. rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, Vol. CLIV, Feb. 1912.]
Physiologische att erences en auf dem Gebiet der Schadlings-
forschung.
[Naturw. Zeitschr. Forst-und Landwirtschaft, X, 1912, Heft 11.]
The Author.
Doenin (Paul). Hétérocéres Nouveaux de L’Amérique du Sud. Fase. V, VI,
1912 The Author.
DonisTHORPE (H. St. J. K.). Myrmecophilous Notes for 1911.
[Entom. Rec., Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author.
Dupuis (Paul). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
Durrant (J. H.). Notes on the Tineina bred from Cotton-bolls.
[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] The Author.
Dyar (H.G.). Descriptions of New Species and Genera of Lepidoptera,
chiefly from Mexico.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
EpELsTEN (H. M.) and Topp (R. G.). Notes on the Life-histories of Tapztno-
stola concolor and T. hellmannt.
[Entom., 1912. ] The Authors.
Emery (C.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
EntomoLocicaL Cope: A Code of Nomenclature for Use in Entomology,
Washington, 1912. The Smithsonian Institution.
ERGEBNISSE der phaenologischen Beobachtungen aus Mahren und Schlesien
in Jahre 1906. Briinn, 1911.
[Insects referred to on pp. 14, 15.] By Exchange.
EscHericH (K.). [See Wasmann (E.)].
EXPEDITIONS organised or participated in by the Smithsonian Institution in
1910 and 1911.
[Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 11, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
Fett (Ephraim Porter). Elm-leaf Beetle and White-marked Tussock Moth.
[Educ. Dept. Bulletin, Albany, N.Y., No. 511, Jan. 15, 1912.]
New York State Mus.
Frernatp(C. H.). The Crambidae of North America.
[Massachusetts Agric. College, Jan. 1896. ]
———(C.H.). The Pterophoridae of North America.
[ Massachusetts Agric. College, July 1898. ]
On the dates of Jacob Hiibner’s Sammlung europaischer Schmetter-
linge and some of his other works, May 1905.
[Ambherst, Mass., U.S.A.]
a
( xxx )
FERNALD (C. H.). The Genera of the Tortricidae and their types, 1908.
The Author.
———— (C.H. and H.T.). Biographies of. d
[Entomology and Zoology at the Massachusetts Agric. College, 1911.]
Mass. Agric. Coll.
——— (H.T.) Descriptions of Certain Species of Wasps of the Family
Sphecidae.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIT, 1912. ]
The Smithsonian Institution.
FLeTcuer (T. Bainbrigge). A preliminary list of the Lepidoptera of Malta.
(Entomologist, 1904, 1905.]
On the larva of Prodenia synstictis, Hampson.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. V, April 1908.]
———— A new genus and species of Orneodidae (Lep.).
[Entomologist, Oct. 1909.]
— —_—— The Plume-moths of Ceylon, Pts. I and II.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pts. XXI and XXIV, 1909-10.]
———— Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Tortricidae and Tineidae, with some
remarks on their Distribution and means of Dispersal amongst
the Islands of the Indian Ocean.
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. |
The Orneodidae and Pterophoridae of the Seychelles Expedition.
{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Perey Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. |
—-— Economic Entomology: Pt. I, Agricultural Entomology; Pt. II,
Forest Entomology.
[Board Scient. Advice for India, 1910-11. ]
——— Four new Pterophoridae.
[Entomologist, Sept. and Noy. 1911.]
———— The Moth-borer (Chilo simplex).
[Dept. en Records and Agriculture, United Provinces, Lucknow
1911.
———— The Wax-moth.
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.]
Two insect pests of the United Provinces.
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. II, 1911.]
Weevil and dry Wheat.
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.]
———— Termites or White Ants.
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. III, 1912.]
The Cabbage White Butterfly (Pieris brassicae).
[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. I, 1912.] The Author.
Foret (A.). Hinige neue und interessante Ameisenformen aus Sumatra, etc.
[Zoolog. Jahrb., Suppl. XV, Band X, 1912.]
———— Ameisen aus Java beobachtet und gesammelt von Edward Jacobson,
Ill. Theil.
[Notes Leyd. Mus., Vol. XXXIV, 1912.]
Descriptions provisoires de genres, sous-genres et espéces de Formi-
cides des Indes orientales.
[Revue Suisse de Zool., Vol. XX, No. 15, Déc. 1912.]
Die Weibchen der “ Treiberameisen ” Anomma nigricans, Illiger,
und Anomma wilvertht, Emery.
[Mitteil. Naturhist, Mus., Hamburg, Vol. XXIX, 1912.]
————. Hinige interessante Ameisen.
[Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 3, 1912.]
——_—— Formicides Néotropiques, Pt. I.
[Ann, Soc. Ent, Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912.]
( exexiva 5)
Foret (A.). Formicides Néotropiques, Pts. II, III, IV, V, VI.
[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vols. XIX, XX, 1912.]
———- Fourmis des Seychelles et des Aldabras, recues de Hugh Scott.
[Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, Pt. II, 1912.]
H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute. Formicidae.
[Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 2, 1912.]
———- Quelques Fourmis de Tokio.
[Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912. ]
—— —— Quelques Fourmis de Colombie.
[Mém. Soc. Neuchateloise Sci. Nat., Vol. V, 1912.]
The Author.
[See Wasmann (E.).]
Fow ter (W. W.). Coleoptera. General Introduction and Cicindelidae and
Paussidae (Fauna of British India), 1912.
The India Office.
Frry-GEssNER (E.). Hyménoptéres du Valais.
[8 parts, from the Bull. de la Murithienne, Soc. Valaisanne des
Sci. Nat., Fasc. XXXI, etc. ]
——— — Tables Analytiques pour la détermination des Hyménoptéres du
Valais.
[3 parts from the Bull. Travaux de la Murithienne, Soc. Valais. Sci.
Nat., Fasc. XXII, etc.]
Bemerkungen iiber die Imhoff’schen Apiden-Arten in der “ Isis”
von Oken, 1832, 1834.
{Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 8, 9, 1901, 1902. ]
Leistus montanus, Steph. ( fulvibarbis, Hffsg., Heer).
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., III, Heft 4, 1870.]
eee Syrische Hemipteren.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VI, Heft 3, 1881.]
———-— Bombus agrorum, Fab., and variahilis, Schmdk.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VIII, Heft 5, 1890.]
——— — Plaudereien iiber einige zwei Binden tragende Lionotus-Arten.
[Mittheil. schweiz, entom. Ges., IX, Heft 1, 1893.]
——— Orthoptera gesammelt in der Provinz Oran in Nordafrika von den
Herren Prof. Dr. A. Forel und Dr. L. Zehntner in Frihjahr,
1893.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.]
——- — Nester von Chalicodoma muraria, Linn.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.]
- ——— Bemerkungen iiber einige schweizerische Andrena-Arten.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 5, 1895. ] '
____— Uber die Erkennungszeichen der hochalpinen dreifarbigen Hum-
melarbeiter alticola, derhamellus var. 3, mendar und lapponicus.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 3, 1898.]
—— a Beschreibung von zwei neuen Prosopis-Arten.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 6, 1900.]
——— Bombus grandaevus, Heer.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 9, 1902.]
———— Die Mannchen der Anthrena aenetventris, Mor., incisa, Evers.,
parviceps, Krchb., und rogenhoferi, Mor.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 1, 1903.]
Andrena nanula, Nylander.
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 18, No. 13, 1903.]
-———— Das Mannchen von Andrena parviceps, Kriechb.
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904. ]
——-— Die F. Chevrier’schen Heriades.
[Mitthiel. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 2, 1905. ]
———— Chelifer cancroides, Linn.
[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 21, 1906. ]
« xxuver )
FrryY-GESSNER (E.). Acanthaclisis occitanica, Vill.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 4, 1906.]
— — Osmia mucida, Dours.
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.]
——-— Saga serrata, Fabr. (Orthopt. ).
[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.]
————— Hymenoptera. Apidae, Vol. II, 1908-1912.
—-— Die Womada-Arten in L. Imhoff’s Arbeit tiber die Apiden in der
‘Tsis ’ von Oken, 1834.
[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 9, 1909.]
—-— Die Sammelstelle bei Etrembiéres.
[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 2, 1905.]
—-——— Osmia loti, Mor. und morawitz?, Gerst.
[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 10, 1909.]
——— Bombus confusus, Schenck.
[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.]
———— Das Mannchen der Anthrena parviceps, Krchb.
[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.]
——-— Observations entomologiques sur la vallée d’Hérens.
Berichtigungen zu den analytischen Tabellen der Apiden.
The Author.
Froceatr (W. W.). ‘Aphis Foot” of Horses in the Tamworth district
(Chorioptes equz, Gerlach).
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., Sept. 2, 1911.]
Description of a new Laccoccid (genus Tachardia) from New South
Wales.
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]
———— March Flies.
[Dept. Agric. N.S.W., Science Bull, No. 3, 1911.]
——— Insects infesting Woollen Tops.
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912.]
———— Parasitic Enemies of the Mediterranean Flour Moth (Ephestia
kiiehniella, Zeller).
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., April 2, 1912.]
——— The Fowl Tick (Argas persicus, Oken).
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., March 2, 1912.]
———— The Starling (and the Sheep-maggot Fly), a Study in Agricultural
oology.
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., July 2, 1912.]
———— Woolly Aphis, or American Blight (Schizoneura lanigera,
Hausman).
[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912. The Author.
Fryer (J. C. F.), The Lepidoptera of Seychelles and Aldabra, exclusive of
the Orneodidae and Pterophoridae and of the Tortricina and
Tineina.
(Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean,]} By Exchange.
Gatrs (Burton N.). Bee diseases in Massachusetts.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 75, Pt. III, 1908.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Gipson (Arthur), The Entomological Record for 1910.
[41st Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1910 (1911)].
—-— The Entomological Record for 1911.
[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912)].
——_—— Blister Beetles.
[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912%]
Dept. Agric., Ontario,
({ sox J
Gipson (Arthur). Cutworms and Army-worms.
[Canad. Dept. Agric. Div. Entom., Bull., No. 3, 1912].
Canad. Dept. Agric.
GuenN (P. A.). [See Brttines (F. H.).]
Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pt. CCXIs, 1912; Insecta,
by Lord Walsingham. The Editor.
Goucu (Lewis H.). Results obtained [in Trinidad] in the study of the Frog-
hopper during the Wet Season of 1910.
[Dept. Agric. Circular, No. 8, 1911.] Dept. Agric.
Grassi (Battista). Contributo alla Conoscenza della Fillosserine ed in
particolare della Fillosera della vite. Roma, 1912.
The Author.
GREEN (E. Ernest). Note on the occasional luminosity of the beetle, Harma-
telia bilinea.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VII, Pt, XXVIII, 1911.]
Note on a Web-spinning Psocid.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXIX, 1912.]
———— Notes on Ceylon Butterflies, etc.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.]
—_——_— Notes on the Collection of Coccidae in the Indian Museum. I.
[Records Indian Mus., Vol. VII, Pt. I, No. 5, 1912.]
—- On a Remarkable Mimetic Spider.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.]
———— On the Cultivated and Wild Forms of the Cochineal Insects.
[Journ. Econ. Biology, Vol. VII, Pt. IIT, 1912.] The Author.
Hammar (A.G.). Life-history Studies on the Codling Moth in Michigan.
U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. I, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Hampson (Sir G. F.). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae, Vol. XI
(text and plates), 1912. By Exchange.
Hancock (J. L.). Notes on Ceylonese Tetriginae (Orthoptera), with De-
scriptions of New Species.
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pt. XXIV, 1910.] The Author.
HarmzeEvt (F. Z.). A Preliminary Report on Grape Insects.
[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 331, 1910.]
——— The Grape Leaf-hopper and its Control.
[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 344, 1912. ]
' N. York Exper. Station.
Henpet (F. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |
Herms (William B.). The House Fly in its Relation to Public Health.
(Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 215 (Berkeley, Cal.,
May 1911).] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.
Hewitt (C. Gordon). Legislation in Canada to Prevent the Introduction
and Spread of Insects, Pests and Diseases destructive to
Vegetation.
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 12, Second Series,
Ottawa, 1912. ] Canad. Dept. Agric.
———. An Account of the Bionomics and the Larvae of the Flies, Fannia
(Homalomyia) canicularis, L., and F. scalaris, Fab., and their
Relation to Myiasis of the Intestinal and Urinary Tracts,
[Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.]
The Local Govt. Board.
——~—-— Report of, for Year ending March 31, 1911.
[Ann. Rept. on Exper. Farms for Year 1910-11.]
Canad. Dept. Agric.
———— On Coelopisthia nematicida, Pack., A Chalcid Parasite of the Large
Larch Sawfly, Lygaeonematus ertchsonii, Hartig.
(Canad. Entom., Vol. XLIII, Sept. 1911.]
The Author.
( ‘xxxva )
Hewitt (C. Gordon). Insect Scourges of Mankind. Thrips affecting Oats.
[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912), ]
Dept. Agric., Ontario.
—— — Fannia (Homalomyia) canicularis, Linn., and F. scalaris, Fab.
[Parasitology, Vol. V, No. 3, 1912.] The Author.
Investigations on Forest Insects and Forest Protection. Leaflet,
1912.
———— The Control of Insect Pests in Canada.
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 4, 1912.]
——w— The Honey Bee.
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 2, 1912.]
Canad, Dept. Agric.
———— The Large Larch Sawfly (Mematus erichsoniz).
(Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 10, Second Series,
1912.] Dept. Agric., Canada.
———— Observations on the Range of Flight of Flies.
[Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.]
The Local Govt. Board.
———— The Destructive Insect and Pest Act and Regulations Issued
Thereunder.
[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 1, 1911.]
Canad. Dept. Agric.
Hinps (W. E.). Zoology and Entomology at the Massachusetts Agricultural
College. 1911. The College, Mass.
Hirst (S.). The Araneae, Opiliones and Pseudoscorpiones [of the
Seychelles].
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. By Exchange.
HoimGRren (Nils). Termitenstudien.
[Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Band 48, No. 4, 1912.]
The Author.
Hoop (C. E.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ]
Hooxer (W.A.), BisHopp (F.C.), and Woop (H.P.). The Life-history and
Bionomics of some North American Ticks.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 106, 1912.]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Horr Report. Vol. VIII. Edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton.
E. B. Poulton.
Hopkins (A. D.). Damage to the Wood of Fire-killed Douglas Fir, and
Methods of Preventing Losses, in Western Washington and
Oregon.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 159, 1912.]
Insect Damage to Standing Timber in the National Parks.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 143, 1912.]
——-— The Dying Hickory Trees: Cause and Remedy.
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 144, 1912.]
—- The Dying of Pine in the Southern States: Cause, Extent, and
Remedy.
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 476, 1911.]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Hunter (W. D.). The Boll Weevil Problem, with Special Reference to
Means of Reducing Damage.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 512, 1912.]
-———— The Control of the Boll Weevil.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 500, 1912. ]
The Cotton Worm or Cotton Caterpillar (4 labama argillacea, Hubn.).
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 153, 1912.]
The Cotton Stainer [Dysdercus suturellus, H.-Schf.]. :
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 149, April 1912. ]
( xxxvili ))
Hunter (W.D.). The Movement of the Mexican Cotton Boll Weevil in 1911.
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 146, Feb. 1912.]
—-— Two Destructive Texas Ants.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Kntom., Circular No, 148, 1912.]
S. Dept. Agric.
——-— [See Pierce (W. Dwight). ]
Hystop (James A.). The Alfalfa Looper.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. VII, 1912.]
———— The False Wireworms of the Pauiic North-west [ Eleodes spp. ].
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. V, 1912.]
—-— The Legume Pod Moth. The vse Pod Maggot.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. OB, Pt. VI, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. ‘Agric.
Imms (A. D.). On the Life-history of Croce filipennis, Westw.
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol, XI, 1911.]
By Exchange.
INDEX TO BuLLETIN No. 91, Bureau of Entomology.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., 1912.] U.S, Dept. Agric.
InpEx Zootocicus: No. II, by C. O. Waterhouse. 1912.
[Published by the Zoological Society of London. ]
Purchased.
JANET (Charles). Organes sensitifs de la mandibule de |’Abeille (Apis
mellifera, L. 9).
[Compt. rend, hebdom. Séances de l’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLI, 1910.]
—-— Constitution morphologique de la bouche de l’insecte, Limoges,
1911.
——-— Sur l’existence d’un organe chordotonal et d’une vésicule pulsatile
antennaires chez l’Abeille et sur la morphologie de la téte de
cette espéce.
[Compt. rend. hebdom. Séances de 1’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLIT, 1911. ]
Le Sporophyte et le Gamétophyte du Végétal ; le soma et le germen
de l’insecte. Limoges, 1912.
The Author.
Jarvis (E.). Life-history of Heteronympha philerope, Boisd.
[Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXIV, No. 12, 1908.]
——-—— Notes on the Scorpion-fly, Bittacus australis.
[Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXV, No. 4, 1908. ]
NV. C. Rothschild.
JEANNEL (R. y et Racovitza (E. G.). Enumération des Grottes Visitées,
1909-1911
[Arch. de Zool. Expér., Paris, Vol. XLIX,1912.] The Author.
Joannis (J. de). Guide pratique de ]’Amateur de Papillons. Paris, 1912.
[French edition of Berge and Rebel’s work. ]
The Author.
JOHANNSEN (O. A.). The Mycetophilidae of North America. III.
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 196, 1911.]
———— The Fungus Gnats (Mycetophilidae) of North America. IV.
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 200, 1912. ]
———— and Patcu (Edith M.). Insect Notes for 1911.
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 195, Dec. 1911. ]
Maine Agric. Exper. Station.
JounstTon (Fred.). Arsenite of Zinc and Lead Chromate as remedies against
the Colorado Potato Beetle.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. V, 1912.]
———— Spraying experiments against the Grape Leaf-hopper in the Lake
Erie Valley in 1911.
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 116, Pt. I, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
(\{ xaxix ):)
JonxEs (Paul R.). Some New California and Georgia Thysanoptera.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. I, 1912. ]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Jorpan (K.). Contribution to our Knowledge of the Morphology and
Systematics of the Polyctenidae, a family of Rhynchota Parasitic
on Bats.
[Novitates Zoologicae, Vol. XVIII, 1912.] The Author.
KErREMANS (Ch.). Monographie des Buprestides, Vol. V, Livr. 19-21, 1911,
1912. Purchased.
Kerrisz (K.). Diptera, Stratiomyidae [of the Seychelles].
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange.
Kierrer (J. J.). Hymenoptera, Cynipidae; Diptera, Cecidomyiidae and
Chironomidae [of the Seychelles].
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ]
Hymenoptera Proctotrupidea [of the Seychelles].
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.
[See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |
Kirxman (Hon. T.). Animalcules known as Wheelbearers.
(Trans. and Proc. Natal Scientific Soc. Vol. XI, No. 3, 1912.]
The Socrety.
Kuunt (P.). Der Kafersammler. Leipzig, 1912.
Purchased.
LEPIDOPTERORUM CaTALocus. Junk (W.) editus a Aurivillius (Chr.) et
Wagner (H.). Berlin, 1911, 1912.
. Aurivillius (Chr.). Chrysopolomidae.
. Pagenstecher (A.). Callidulidae.
. Pagenstecher (A.). Libytheidae.
. Wagner (H.). et Pfitzner (R.). Hepialidae.
Strand (E.). Noctuidae: Agaristinae.
. Meyrick (E.). Adelidae, Micropterygidae, Gracilariadae.
Zerny (H.). Syntomidae.
Prout (L. B,), Geometridae: Brephinae, Enochrominae.
. Mabille (P.). Hesperidae: Subf. Pyrrhopyginae.
MecDonnough. Megathymidae.
», 10. Meyrick (E.). Tortricidae.
LonestarF (George B.). Butterfly-hunting in Many Lands. London, 1912.
The Author.
Pars
DAD IE bo
McGregor (EH. A.), The Red Spider on Cotton.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 150, 1912.]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
MALtLocH (J. ap New American Dipterous Insects of the Family Pipun-
culidae.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.]
—- — New Diptera from Panama.
[Smithson. Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 17, 1912.]
—— Three new Species of Pipunculidae (Diptera) from Panama.
[Smithson. Mise. Coll., Vol. LX, No. 1, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
Marcuat (Paul). Rapport sur les Travaux accomplis par la Mission a’ Etude
de la Cochylis et de |’ Eudémis pendant |’ Année 1911.
The Author.
Marsu (H. O.), The Sugar-beet Webworm.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt, VI, 1912. ]
Martin (René). [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
Mexican Cotton-boll Weevil: a Summary of the Investigation of this Insect
up to December 31,1911, Washington, 1912.
The Smithsonian Institution.
( xl )
Meyrick (E.). Exotic Microlepidoptera, Vol. I, Pt. 1 (dated March 1912);
Part 2 (dated October 1912).
The Author.
——-—— Tortricina and Tineina [of the Seychelles].
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen
Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. |
By Exchange.
———— [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. |
———— [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
Misra (C.8.). The Cultivation of Lac in the Plains of India (Tachardia
lacca, Kerr.).
[Agric. Research Institute, Pusa, Bull. No. 28, 1912.]
Imp. Dept. Agric. India.
MryaxX¥ (Tsunekata), The Life-history of Panorpa klugi, M’Lachlan.
[Journ. College Agric, Tokyo, Vol. 1V, No. 2, 1912.]
The Author.
Morean (A.C.). Insect Enemies of Tobacco in the United States.
[Yearbook U, 8. Dept. Agric. for 1910 (1911). ]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Morey (Claude), A Revision of the Ichneumonidae. Part I. Tribes
Opilionides and Metopiides. London, 1912.
By Exchange.
Mornritu (Ph. D.) and Back (E. A.). Natural Control of White Flies in
Florida.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 102, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Morris (Earl L.). New Control Methods for the Pear Thrips and Peach
Tree Borer.
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 228 (Berkeley, Cal.),
1912.
Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.
NerumMANN (L. G.). Le Pou d’Orycteropus afer et une nouvelle sous-espéce
d Amblyomma.
[Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Naturk. Wiesbaden, Vol. LXII, 1909, ]
——— Notes sur les Pédiculidés.
[Archives de Parasitologie, Vol. XIII. Paris, 1909.]
, The Author.
NewstTEapD (R.). Notes on Phlebotomus, with Descriptions of new Species.
art I.
[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.]
—-— On the Characteristics of the newly-discovered Tsetse-fly, Glossina
austeni, Newstead ; with Descriptions of the Genital Armature
of Glossina fuscipleuris, Austen, and Glossina longipennis, Corti.
[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.]
-On a Collection of African Coccidae collected by Prof. D. L.
Schultze in South and South-west Africa.
[Zool. und anthrop. Ergebnisse Forschungsreise im westlichen und
zentralen Siidafrika ausgefiihrt in den Jahren 1903-1905 (1912). ]
The Author.
———— [See SteruHens (J. W. W.).]
New York Srate Museum. Twenty-seventh Report of the State Entom-
ologist on injurious and other Insects of the State of New York,
1911. Albany, 1912.
New York State Museum.
Nurtatt (G, H. F.), Cooper (W. F.), and Ropryson (L, E.). On the
Structure of the Spiracles of a Tick, Haemaphysalis punctata,
Canestrini and Fanzago.
[Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors.
OseRTHUR (Charles), Etudes de Lépidoptérologie Comparée. Fasc. V, 1 et
2, VI, 1911, 1912. The Author.
( xli )
OsBoRN eas Leaf-hoppers affecting Cereals, Grasses, and Forage
Tops.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom,, Bull. No. 108, 1912.]
U.S. ’ Dept. Agric.
PAGENSTECHER (A.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. |
Parrot (P. J.). The Pear Thrips.
[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 343, 1912.]
WGI Agric. Exper. Station.
Parcu (Edith M.). Aphid Pests of Maine. Food Plants of the Aphids.
Psyllid Notes.
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 202, 1912. ]
———— Elm Leaf Curl and Woolly Apple Aphid.
[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 203, 1912.]
Maine Agric. Exper. Station.
———— [See Jonannsen (0. A.).]
Parton (W.S.) and Srrickianp (C.). A Critical Review of the Relation of
Blood-sucking Invertebrates to the Life Cycles of the Trypano-
somes of Vertebrates, etc.
[Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors.
PENNSYLVANIA HEATH BULLETIN. Insects.
[Pennsylv. Health Bull., Harrisburg, Pa., No. 32, Feb. 1912.]
Pennsylv. "State Dept. of Health.
PERGANDE (Theo.). The Life-history of the Alder Blight Aphis.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 24, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. "Agric.
PrFiITzNER (R.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ]
Purtuirs (E. F.) and Wuits (G. F.). Historical Notes on the Causes of Bee
Diseases.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 98, 1912.]
U. 8. Dept. Agric.
———— (W.J.). [See Wester (F. M.).]
——— (W. J.) and Davis (J. J.). Studies on a New Species of Toxoptera,
with an Analytical Key to the Genus and Notes on Rearing
Methods.
[U. SS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 25, Pt. I,
912. U. 8S. Dept. Agric.
Pic iid ce [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ]
Pierce (W. Dwight). Systematic Notes and Descriptions of some Weevils
of Economic or Biological importance.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
"The Smithsonian Institution.
———— [See Wyrrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
———— and Cusuman (R. A.), Hoop (C. E.), and Hunter (W. D.). The
Insect Enemies of the Cotton Boll Weevil.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 100, 1912.]
. 8S. Dept. Agric.
PorEnoE (C. H.). Insects injurious to Mushrooms.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular ae 155, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agrte.
Poprius (B.). [See Reurer, O. M.).]
Porter (Carlos E.). Estudios Elementales de Zoolojia. Introduccion al
estudio de los Miridpodos. Santiago de Chile, 1911.
The Author.
Prout (Louis B.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.]
———— [See SuHErxorn (C. D.).]
QuainTancE (A. L.). Notes on the Peach Bud Mite, an Enemy of Peach
Nursery Stock.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VI, 1912.)
( xiii)
QuaInTANCE (A. L.). The Leaf-blister Mite (Eriophyes pyri, Pagenstecher).
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 154, 1912.]
———\— The Mediterranean Fruit-fly.
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau qrertiorare Circular No. 160, 1912. ]
———— and Scorr (E. W.). The One-spray Method in the control of the
Codling Moth and Plum Curculio (Second Report).
[U. 8. Dept. Agric,, Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. II, 1912.]
—-—— and Scotrr (W. M.). The more Important Insect and Fungous
Enemies of the Fruit and Foliage of the Apple.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 492, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Quayie (H. J.) Citrus Fruit Insects.
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 214 (Berkeley, Cal.,
May 1911).]
———— The Black Scale.
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 223 (Berkeley, Cal.,
July 1911).]
——-—— The Purple Scale (Lepidosaphes beckii, Newm.).
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 226 (Berkeley, Cal.,
1912).]
———— The Red or Orange Scale.
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 222 (Berkeley, Cal.,
July 1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.
Racovitza (HE. G.). [See JEANNEL (R.).]
Rainzpow (W.J.). Two New Species of Collembola.
[Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1907. ]
———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of
Australian Araneidae.
[Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. V, 1907.]
————— Studies in Australian Araneidae (No. 5).
[Records Austral, Mus., Vol. VII, No. I, 1908. ]
———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of
Australian Araneidae, based on Specimens in the Australian
Museum.
[Records Austral. Mus., Vol, VII, 1909. ] The Author.
Raspait (X.). Perception a distance par la mouche bleue (Musca vomitoria,
Linn.) du passage de la vie a la mort chez les Animaux.
[Bull. Soe. Zool. France, Vol. XX XVII, 1912.] The Author.
Recorp of the Royal Society of London, 8rd. edit. London, 1912.
The Society.
Rerun (James A.). Notes on the African Orthoptera of the Families Mantidae
and Phasmidae in the United States National Museum, with
descriptions of New Species.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |
ReitrTer (E,). Fauna Germanica. Die Kafer des Deutschen Reiches.
Band III. Stuttgart, 1911. Purchased.
Report of the Dominion Entomologist for year ending March 31, 1911.
[Annual Rept. on Exper. Farms for 1910-11. |
Canad. Dept. Agric.
Report of the Mycologist for year ending March 31, 1911 (Part 1). Con-
taining Reports of the Entomologist, the Assistant Entomologist,
and the Secretary.
[Board of Agric., Trinidad, Circular No. 2, 1911.]
Trinidad Dept. Agric.
Report, Thirteenth, of the Michigan Academy of Science, May 1911.
The Academy, Michigan.
( xiii)
Reports to the Local Government Board on Public Health and Medical
Subjects (New Series, No. 66). Further Reports (No. 5) on
Flies as Carriers of Infection, 1912. Local Govt. Board.
Reuter (O. M.). Protoctmex siluricus, Mob., und meine Auffassung
desselben.
[Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XX XVIII, Nos. 14-15, 1911.]
—-— Studien iiber die palaarktischen Formen der Hemipterengattung
Notostira, Fieb. (Hemiptéra, Miridae).
[Revue Russe d’Entom., Vol. XI, 1911, No. 3.]
——-— Bemerkungen iiber mein Neues Heteropterensystem.
[Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.]
—- Hemipterologische Miscellen.
[Ofyv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.]
—-— Zur generischen Teilung der palaarktischen und nearktischen
_. Acanthiaden.
[Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Author.
and Porrius (B.). Zur Kenntnis der Termatophyliden.
[Ofv Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Authors.
Ricarpo (Gertrude). A Revision of the Oriental Species of the genera of
Family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Contributions to the
Fauna of Yunnan, Part VII, Tabanidae.
[Records Indian Mus., Vol. IV, Nos. VIII, IX, 1911.]
The Author.
Ricuter (M.C.). Honey Plants of California.
[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper, Station, Bull. No. 217 (Berkeley, Cal.,
1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.
Rosinson (L. E.). [See Nurratt (G. H. F.).]
Rouwer (8S. A.) Descriptions of New Species of Wasps in the Collections
of the United States National Museum.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLI, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
———— Studies in the Woodwasp Superfamily Oryssoidea, with Descrip-
tions of New Species.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.]
—— Sawflies from Panama, with Descriptions of New Genera and
Species.
[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 12, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
RoruscHiLp (Hon. Walter). Descriptions of New South American Arctianae.
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. IV, 1909.] The Author.
RowLaNnD-Brown (H.). A Butterfly Hunt in some parts of Unexplored
France.
[Entomologist, Oct. 1911-Feb. 1912.] The Author.
Russevt (H. M.). An Internal Parasite of Thysanoptera.
U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. II, 1912.]
—- The Bean Thrips.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 118, 1912.]
—-— The Greenhouse Thrips.
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 151, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Sasscer (E. R.). Catalogue of recently described Coccidae, Vol. IV.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Series, No. 16, Pt. VI, 1912.]
—-—— The Genus Frorinza in the United States.
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Ser., No. 16, Pt. V, 1912.]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Scumipt (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.]
SCHMIEDEKNECHT (Otto). Opuscula Entomologica. Fasc. XXIII-XXXII
1909-1912. A, E. Gibbs.
ScHuBERT (K.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. |
Scort (HE. W.). [See Quatnrance (A. L.).]
( iv °}
Scott (W. M.). [See Quarnrance (A. L.).]
Srtys-Lonecuames (Baron Edm.). Collections Zoologiques, Fasc. III,
Embiidinen; IV, Plecoptéres, I, Fam. Perlodidae; XIV,
Libellulinen, 1912. Purchased.
SemENOFF (A.). Dermaptera brought home by N. A. Zarndny from a Travel
in 1900-1901 in Eastern Persia.
[Horae Soc. Ent. Ross, Vol. XXXVI, 1902. Malcolm Burr.
SHELDON (W.G.). Lepidoptera of the Swedish Provinces of Jemptland and
Lapland.
[Entomologist, 1911 and 1912.] The Author.
SHERBORN (C. D.) and Prout (L. B.). Note on the Date of Publication of
the Works of Jacob Huebner on the Lepidoptera.
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. IX, 1912.]
The Authors.
Surprey (A. E.). The Ectoparasites of the Red Grouse [Lagopus scoticus].
[Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1909.] The Author.
SHUGUROFF C M.). Notes on the Species of the Genus Callimenus, Fisch.
aldh.
[Revue Russe d’Entom., 1906. ] Malcolm Burr.
SIGNATURES in the First egenal! Book and the Charter-Book of the Royal
Society. 1912.
[1660-1912.] The Society.
SizvestRi (Filippo). Contribuzioni alla conoscenza biologica degli Imenotteri
Parassiti. I. Biologia del Litomastix truncatellus (Dalm.).
[Annali R. Scuola d’Agric. Portici, Vol. VI, 1906. ]
The Author.
SxinnER (Henry), Mimicry in Boreal American Rhopalocera.
[Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Vol. XV, 2nd Ser., 1912.]
The Author.
Srapen (F. W. F.). The Humble-Bee: its Life-history, and How to
Domesticate It. 1912. Purchased.
SLEEPING Sickness Bureau. Bulletin No. 3, 1909.
[Contains an account of Glossina palpalis,etc.| Royal Society.
SmitH (Harry S.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite
Laboratory. The Chalcidoid Genus Perilampus, and its Rela-
lations to the Problem of Parasite Introduction.
[U. BS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 19, Pt. IV,
912.] U.S. ’ Dept. Agric.
SNYDER (T. ar Insect Damage to Mine Props, and Methods of Preventing
the Injury.
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 156, 1912.]
ass Dept. Agric.
Spriser (P.). Stechmiicken.
[Insekten-Borse, Vol. XVII, 1901.] The Author.
SrepHens (J. W. W.) and Newsteap (R.). The Anatomy of the Proboscis
of Biting Flies.
[Ann. Trop. Medicine and Parasitology, Vol. I, 1907.]
JW. W. Stephens.
Sticuet (H.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. |
Stires (Ch. Wardell). The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature
as applied to Medicine.
[U. S. Hygienic Laboratory, ere Bull. No. 24, 1905.]
U.S. Hygienic Laboratory.
Srranv (E.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ;
Srrickianp (C.). [See Patron (W. 8.).]
SrrickianD (E. H.). Some New Culcidae from Western Australia, South
Queensland, and Tasmania.
(Entomologist, April—-Aug., 1911.] The Author.
StrRoHMEYER (H.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ]
(sly. )
SWAMMERDAM (Jo.). Ephemera vita: or the Natural History and Anatomy
of the Ephemeron, a Fly that Lives but Five Hours. London,
1681. R. W. Lloyd.
SwynnertTon (C.F. M.). Remarks on the Stomach-contents of Birds.
[Ibis, Oct. 1912.] The Author.
SzepticETi (Gy. V. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.]
TurKonoLp (F. V.). The Culicidae of Fiji, including two New Species.
(Entomologist, June 1910. ]
Springtails (Collembola). Their Economic Importance, with Notes
on some Unrecorded Instances of Damage.
[1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910. ]
—-— The Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito (Stegomyia fasctata,
Fabricius), and General Notes on its Bionomics.
[1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910.]
——— Culicidae of the R. Zool. Soc. “ Natura Artis Majistra,” Amsterdam,
and Description of three New Species.
[Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.]
—— —— Preliminary List of Aphididae found in Kent.
(Entomologist, Jan. 1911.]
-—_——— A Second List of the Aphididae found in Kent.
[Entomologist, Nov., Dec. 1911, and Jan. 1912. ] The Author.
Diptera, Culicidae [of the Seychelles].
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen
Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.
TIMBERLAKE (P. H.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite
Laboratory. V. Experimental Parasitism: a Study of the
Biology of Limnertwm validum (Cresson).
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 19, Pt. V,
1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric.
Topp (R. G.). [See Eprtsten (H. M.).]
Toruitt (J. D.). Systematic Notes on North American Tachinidae.
[Canad. Entomologist, Vol. LXIV, Jan. 1912. ] The Author.
TownsEND (Charles H. T.). Descriptions of New Genera and Species of
Muscoid Flies from the Andean and Pacific Regions of South
America.
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITI, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
TuckER (E. 8.). The Rice Water-Weevil and Methods for its Control.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 152, 1912.]
U.S. Dept. Agrve.
TURNER Gowan E.). A Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus
ercerts.
[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]
The Author.
Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Seychelles and other Islands in
the Indian Ocean.
[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Perey Sladen
Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.
ViereEck (H. L.). Contributions to our Knowledge of Bees and Ichneumon-
flies, including the Descriptions of twenty-one New Genera and
fifty-seven New Species of Ichneumon-flies.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
— Descriptions of five New Genera and twenty-six New Species of
Ichneumon-flies.
[Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]
New Genus and Species of Hymenoptera of the family Braconidae
from Panama.
[Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 5, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
Wacner (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ]
(xiv)
WaGNneEr (Hans). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]
Watker (James J.). A Sketch of the Entomology of the Oxford District.
[Issued by the 2nd Intern. Congress Entom., 1912.]
—— Third Supplement to the Preliminary List of the Coleoptera of the
Oxford district, 1911. The Author.
Watsincuam (Lord). [See Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
WasMann (E). Neue Termitophilen und Termiten aus Indien.
[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXVI, 1896. ]
Neue Myrmecophilen aus Madagascar.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1897. ]
———— Die Ameisen- und Termitengaste von Brasilien.
[ Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1895. ]
———— Uber einige Myrmecophile Acarinen.
(Zool. Anzeig., No. 541, 1897.]
———— Ein neuer Fustigerodes aus der Capkolonie.
[Wien. ent. Zeit., XVI, 1897.]
——__—— Einige neue Termitophile Myrmedonien aus Birma.
[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XX XVIII, 1897.]
——-—— Hinige neue Myrmecophile Anthiciden aus Indien.
[Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1898. ]
——-—— Hin neuer Termitodiscus aus Natal.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ]
——— Zwei neue Lobopelta-Gaste aus Siidafrika.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ]
——-— Zwei neue Myrmekophile Philusina-Arten aus Sitidafrika.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.]
———— Uber Atemeles pubicollis und die Pseudogynen von Formica rufa, L.
{Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. }
——-— Hin neuer Gast von Eciton carolinense.
{Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.]
—— Ein neuer Melipona-Gast (Scotocryptus goeldiz) aus Para.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ]
———— Neue Paussiden mit einem biologischen Nachtrag.
[Notes Leyd. Mus. X XT, 1899.]
——_——— Zur Kenntniss der bosnischen Myrmekophilen und Ameisen.
[ Wiss. Mittheil. Bosnien und der Hercegovina, V1, 1899.]
——— Zur Kenntnis der Termitophilen Myrmekophilen Cetoniden Stid-
afrikas.
[Illustrierte Zeitschr. fiir Entom., Bd. V, Heft 5, 1900.]
———— Termitoxenia, ein neues fligelloses, physogastres Dipterengenus
aus Termitennestern, II. Theil.
[Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., LXX, 2, 1901. ]
—-—— On some genera of Staphylinidae described by Thomas L. Casey.
[Canad. Entom., 1901.]
Zwei neue Liometopum-Gaste aus Colorado.
[Wien. ent. Zeit., Bd. XX, Heft 7, 1901.]
———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila).
[Natur und Offenbarung, XLVII, 1901. ]
———— Biologische und phylogenetische Bemerkungen iiber die Dorylinen-
gaste der alten und der neuen Welt.
[Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.]
—— Neue Bestiatigungen der Lomechusa-pseudogynen-Theorie.
[Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.]
———— Riesige Kurzfliigler als Hymenopteren-gaste.
[Insekten-Boérse, XTX, 1902. ]
———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila).
[Insekten-Boérse, XIX, 1902.]
if xivir }
Wasmann (E.). Zur Brutpflege den blutroten Raubameise (Formica sanguinea,
Ltr.).
[Insekten-Borse, XX, 1903.]
—_——— Zur Mimicryptus der Dorylinengaste.
[Zool. Anzeig., XXVI, 1903.]
___.__ Zur Kenntniss der Giste der Treiberameisen und ihrer Wirthe am
obern Congo.
[Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. VII, 1904.]
—__—— Ein neuer Atemeles aus Luxemburg.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1904. ]
—__— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in
Termitengaste.
[Compt. rend. 6me Congrés intern. Zool., Berne, 1904 (1905). ]
—_—-——— Neve Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Paussiden, mit biologischen und
phylogenetischen Bemerkungen.
[Notes Leyd. Mus., XXV, 1904. ]
—__-_ Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and White
Nile, 1901: Termitophilen aus dem Sudan, by E. Wasmann,
Aug. Forel, K. Escherich, and G. Breddin.
[Jagerskidld Exped., 13, 1905.]
————— Versuche mit einem brasilianischen Ameisennest in Holland.
Zur Myrmecophagie des Griinspechts.
(Tijdschr. voor Entom., XLVIII, 1905.]
———— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in
Termitengaste.
[Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Ges., Bd. XI, heft 2, 1905. ]
———— Esempii di recenti neoformazioni di specie tra gli ospiti delle
Formiche e delle Termiti.
[Rivista di Fisica, Matem. e Sci. Nat., Pavia, VII, 1906.]
-——— Beispiele rezenter Artenbildung bei Ameisengasten und Termiten-
gasten.
(Biol. Centralblatt, Leipzig, XX VI, 1906.]
— Zur Lebensweise von Atemeles pratensoides, Wasm.
[Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1906. ]
———— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg.
Luxemburg, 1906.
———— Uber einige Paussiden des Deutschen Entomologischen National-
Museums.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1907. ]
~———— Sur les nids des fourmis migrantes (Eciton et Anomma).
[Atti della Pontificia Accad. Romana dei Nuovi Lincei, anno LX,
- 1907.]
-—_—— Myrmechusa; eine neue Gattung zwischen Myrmedonia und
Lomechusa.
[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XLIV, 1908.]
——-— Weitere Beitrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei
den Ameisen.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ]
———— (Nachtrag zu) Weitere Beitrige zum sozialen Parasitismus und
der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ]
———— Zur Kastenbildung und Systematik der Termiten.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXVIII, No. 3. 1908.]
-———— Myrmecosaurus, ein neues Myrmekophiles Staphylinidengenus.
[Zool. Anzeig. XXXIV, 1909. ]
Uber den Ursprung des sozialen Parasitimus, der Sklaverei und
der Myrmecophilie bei den Ameisen.
| Biol. Centralblatt, X XIX, 1909.]
( xlviii_ )
WasMann (E.). Uber gemischte Kolonien von Lasius-Arten.
(Zool. Anzeig., XX XV, 1909.]
——— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg,
III. Teil. 1909.
———-— Die psychischen Fahigkeiten der Ameisen. Stuttgart, 1909.
— Zur Kenntniss der Gattung Plewropterus und anderer Paussiden,
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., LIV, 1910.]
—— Nachtrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den
Ameisen.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.]
———— Nils Holmgren’s neue Termitenstudien und seine Exsudattheorie.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.]
———— Die Doppelwirtigkeit der Atemeles.
[Deutsche ent. Nat.-Bibliothek, I, 1910.]
——— Staphylinus-Arten als Ameisenrauber.
(Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1910. ]
———— Uber das Wesen und den Ursprung der Symphilie.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.]
———— Die Ameisen und ihre Gaste.
[let Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910.]
—— — Die Anpassungsmerkmale der Atemeles, mit einer Ubersicht tiber
die mitteleuropiischen Verwandten von Atemeles paradoxus,
Grav.
[ler Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910 (1911). ]
——_— Termiten von Madagaskar, den Comoren und Inseln Ostafrikas.
[Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, III, 1910. ]
———— Modern Biology and the Theory of Evolution. London, 1910.
[Translated from the third German edition by A. M. Buchanan, M.A. ]
——_—— Gibt es erbliche Instinktmodifikationen im Verhalten der Ameisen
gegeniiber ihren Gasten ?
[Zool. Anzeig. XX XVII, 1911.]
Ein neuer Paussus aus Ceylon, mit einer Uebersicht iiber die
Paussidenwirte.
[Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.]
———— Tabelle der Revabieonkiji und Xenogaster-Arten.
[Zool. Anzeig. XX XVIII, 1911. ]
——-—— Termitophile Coleopteren aus Ceylon.
K. Escherich, Termitenleben auf Ceylon.
[Biol. Centralblatt, XX XI, 1911.]
——— Atemeles siculus, Rottbg., und seine Verwandten.
[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1911.]
——w— Zur Kenntniss der Termiten und Termitengaste vom belgischen
Congo.
[Revue Zool. Afr., I. fasc. 1-2, 1911.] The Author.
———— The Rev. Simon FitzSimons’ Ideas on Evolution.
[Catholic Fortnightly Review, 1912. ] The Publisher.
WATERHOUSE (C. O.). Index Zoologicus. II. Compiled for the Zoological
Society of London by C. O. Waterhouse, and edited by Dr. D.
Sharp. 8vo. London, 1912. Purchased.
—— — [See Index Zoologicus. ]
Wess (J. L.). A Preliminary Synopsis of Cerambycoid Larvae.
[U. As Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. ser. No. 20, Part V,
12.] U.S. Dept. Agric,
WEBSTER es M.). Preliminary Report on the Alfalfa Weevil.
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No, 112, 1912.]
(xl )
Wesster (F.M.). The Alfalfa Gall Midge (Asphondylia miki, Wachtl).
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 147, 1912.]
———— The Clover Mite.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 158, 1912. ]
—— The so-called ‘‘ Curlew Bug ” (Sphenophorus callosus, Oliv.).
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Part IV, 1912. ]
——— and Parties (W. J.). The Spring Grain Aphis or “ Green Bug.”’
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 110, 1912. ]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
Weise (J.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |
WHEELER (George). On the Dates of the Publications of the Entomogical
Society of London.
[Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911 (1912). ] The Author.
WHEELER (W. M.). Insect Parasitism and its Peculiarities.
[Popular Science Monthly, Nov. 1911.] The Author.
WuirtsE (G. F.). The Cause of European Foul Brood.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 157, 1912.]
— [See Puitries (E. F.).] U.S. Dept. Agric.
Wicknam (H. F.). On some Fossil Rhynchophorous Coleoptera from
Florissant, Colorado.
[Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI, Art. IV, 1912.]
The Author.
Wutson (Charles Branch). Dragon Flies of the Cumberland Valley in
Kentucky and Tennessee.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.]
The Smithsonian Institution.
Witson (James). The Department of Agriculture in Relation to a National
Lee to Prevent the Importation of Insect-infested or Diseased
Plants.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 37,1911.]
- ———— The Present Outbreak of the Grass Worm or Fall Army Worm, and
Recommendations for its Control.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 40, revised, 1912.]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Woop (H. P.). [See Hooxsr (W. A.)].
Wricut (Albert E.). The Macrolepidoptera of North-East Lancashire.
[Ann. Report and Trans. Manchester Entom. Soc., 1911.]
The Author.
Wyrsman (P.). Genera Insectorum. Fase. Vols, CXII-CXXX, 1910-1912.
A. E. Elliott.
Zerny (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. |
ZIMMER (James F'.). The Grape Scale.
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VII, 1912. ]
U. S. Dept. Agric.
Zootoaicat RecorD, Vols. XLV-XLVIII, 1908-1911.
Purchased.
Periodicals and Publications of Societies.
AMERICA (NORTH).
CANADA.
Lonpon, OnrarIo. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XLIV, 1912.
By Exchange.
Ontario. Entomological Society of Ontario. 42nd Annual Report. 1911.
By Exchange.
UNITED STATES.
Micuican. Academy of Science. 18th Report. 1911. The Academy.
New Yorx. New York Entomological Society. Journal. Vol. XIX,
Part 4, 1911; Vol. XX, 1912. Purchased.
PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings.
Vol. LXIII, Part 3, 1911; Vol. LXIV, Parts 1 and 2, 1912.
By Exchange.
American Entomological Society. Transactions. Vol. XXXVIII,
Parts 1 and 2, 1912. By Exchange.
Entomological News, Vol. X XIII, 1912. By Exchange.
Wasuinctron. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report, 1911.
United States National Museum. Proceedings. Vols. XXXIX,
XL and XLI, 1912.
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Vol.
XIII, Part 1, 1912. Purchased.
AMERICA (SOUTH).
CHILE.
SANTIAGO DE CHILE. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, Ano XIV. 1910.
The Society.
WEST INDIES.
Barpapos. West Indian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul-
tural Department for the West Indies. Vol. XII. Parts 1-4,
1912.
Agricultural News. Vol. XI, 1912.
The Agricultural Department.
Third Report on the Introduction of Improvements into Indian
Agriculture, 1912. Imperial Dept. of Agric., India.
ASIA.
INDIA.
Bomsay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XXI, Nos. 2, 3 and 4,
1912. By Exchange.
Caxcurra. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletin. Nos. 28-30,
1912.
Gris)
Records of the Indian Museum. Vol. IV, Parts 8 and 9, 1911.
The Museum.
Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1910, 1911 (1912).
India Office.
Agricultural Journal of India. Vol. VII, Parts IIT, IV, 1912.
Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India. Entomological
Series. Vol. II, Nos. 8, 9 (1910-12) ; Vol. IV, Nos. 1, 2 (1912).
Agric. Research Institute, Pusa.
Cotompo. Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. VIII, Parts 1 and 2, 1912.
The Colombo Museum.
BORNEO.
Sarawak. Tenth Report on the Sarawak Museum. 1911.
The Museum,
Journal of the Sarawak Museum. Vol. I, Nos. 1 and 2, 1912.
The Museum.
AUSTRALASIA.
BrisBANE. Annals of Queensland Museum. No. 10, 1911.
The Director.
New Zeavanp. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.
Vol. XLIV, 1911 (1912). The Institute.
PertH. Journal Agricultural Department of West Australia. Vol. XX,
190. Agric. Dept. W. Australia.
Sypney. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, Vol. XXXVI,
1911-12; Vol. XX XVII, Parts 1, 2, 1912. By Exchange.
EHUROPH.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.
Bupargst. Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici. Vol. X.
912. By Exchange.
Brtnn. Verhand. der naturf. Vereines in Briinn. Bd. XLIX.
By Exchange.
Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.
Verhandlungen. Band LXI, Hefte 7-10. Band LXII, Hefte
1-7. By Exchange.
Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Bd. XXXI, 1912.
Purchased.
BELGIUM.
BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. Vol. LVI, 1912.
Mémoires. Vol. XX, 1912. By Exchange.
Annuaire de |’'Academie Royalide Belgique. 1912.
The Academie.
1** Congrés International d’Entomologie. Vol. I, 1911, Mémoires.
Subscribed for.
FRANCE.
Carn. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 6e Ser., 2e Vol.
1908-9 (1910). The Society.
Paris. Soc. Entom. de France. Annales, Vols. LXXX, Parts 3, 4;
LXXXI, 1, 2. By Exchange.
Bulletin. 1910-12.
TovuLousE. Bulletin de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat.de Toulouse. Tome XLIII, Part
3 and 4,1910. XLIV,1911. XLV,1912,1. By Exchange.
( lit)
GERMANY.
BERLIN. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift. Bd. LVI, 1912. By Exchange.
Deutsche entomologische National-Bibliothek. Band 3, 1912.
By Exchange.
Entomologische Mitteilungen. Band I. Nos. 1-12 and Supplement.
By Exchange.
BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische
Zeitschrift. Band 56, Hefte 3 and4,1911. Band 57, Hefte 1
and 2, 1912. By Exchange.
Dresven. ‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band XXVI.
Heft 1, 2 and 3, 1912. By Exchange.
Mounicu. Mitteilungen der Miinchner entomologischen Gesellschaft, 1912.
Heft 3. The Publisher.
Srerrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahr. LX XIII,
1912. By Exchange.
WIrsBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahr.
LXV, 1912. By Exchange.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1912. Purchased.
Atheneum. 1912. The Publishers.
Bulletin of Entomological Research. Vol. III, Parts 1-4, 1912.
Purchased.
Entomologist (The). 1912. R. South.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1912. The Editors.
Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vol. XXIV, 1912,
Purchased.
Entomological Society of London. Transactions, 1912, Parts I-III.
Ent. Soc. London.
Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and
Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange.
Naturalist (The). 1912. By Exchange.
Nature. 1912. The Publishers.
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1912. The Club.
Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol. LXXII, 1911,
The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1912. By Exchange.
Royal Society. Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange.
Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. 1912.
South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings.
1911-12. The Society.
Zoological Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1912.
By Exchange.
Zoologist (The). 1912. The Publisher.
MancHEsTER. Manchester Entomological Society, Reports for 1911.
The Society.
HOLLAND.
Tar Hague. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1912. By Exchange.
Entomologische Berichten, Vol. III, Parts 61-66. 1911-12.
By Exchange.
( lit )
ITALY.
Portici and Frorence. Redia, Giornale de Entomologia. Vol. VIII.
Fasc. 1, 1912. Purchased.
RUSSIA.
Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Parts
1-3, 1911. By Exchange.
Sr. Pererspurc. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique. Tome XVI, Part 3,
1911. F. D. Godman.
Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae. Tome XL, Part 3, 1912.
By Exchange.
Revue Russe d’Entomologie. Tome XI, 1911, Part 4. Tome XII,
Parts 1-3, 1912. The Society.
SWEDEN.
Srockuotm. Arkiv for Zoologi. Vol. VII, Hefte 1-3, 1911-12.
By Exchange.
Entomologisk Tidskrift. Arg. 33, 1912.
By Exchange.
SWITZERLAND.
ScHAFFHAUSEN and Berne. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft.
Mittheilungen. Bd. XII, Hft. 3, 1912. By Exchange.
Saar. -
\ sifei hemline
bre)
ERRATA,
TRANSACTIONS.
Page 12, top line, and page 14, line 10 from bottom, for oncea read oncaea.
Page 144, transfer lines 1 to 5 (under f. bel/a) to precede line 5 from bottom,
under A. acrita bellona.
Page 394, line 19 from top, for C. orbitulus read L. orbitulus.
Page 440, line 10 from bottom, for SAo Pavto read SAo Pavto.
Page 497, line 17 from bottom, for jointed read pointed.
Page 501, line 10 from bottom, for isde read side.
Page 507, line 12 from bottom, for thorica read thoracica.
Page 550, line 4 from top, for RHYSOPAUSIDAE read RHYSOPAUS-
SIDAE.
Page 561, line 13 from bottom, for Jongimanus read longimana.
Page 573, line 7 from bottom, for parryi read parryanus.
Page 579, line 21 from top, for mnizecht read mntszechi.
PROCEEDINGS.
Page xlvi, line 16 from top, for wranius read wuranus.
Page xlviii, line 15 from top, for caenia read coenia.
Ailladey
fre
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS
Page 57, line 20. Add Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).
Page 94. Under f. wrungensis read GERMAN E. Arrica (Kitu-
ngulu, Urungu).
Page 129. For Manaxarta R. read (Mahakata R.),
Page 129. Under A. nohara punetellata read NYASSALAND
(Angoniland, Zomba).
Page 154, line 3. Read Tancanyika; N. RHopEsIA; CoNnco
(Katanga) ; NYASSALAND (Zomba) ; GERMAN E. AFRICA.
Page 169, line 13. Lowombwa is usually spelt Lawumbu.
Page 169, line 28. Witu should be wnder British E. AFRICA.
Page 327, line 34. For Kisuma read Kisumu.
Plate 10, f. 9. For ambiga read ambigua.
Plate 12, f. 5. For oncea read oncaea.
’
rh iat A “hy
, eel aya
“ete tf sai
ait yaa
ed tee
bevit Oy é
ach # ee
iiewin?) Avaine tar) : | ett? mie “a
a ‘VY antl de SS
tial Ta ae vi
oa 4 aia
4 1 =) OS
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
FoR. TEE. -Y¥ Rar EOS:
I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus
Acraea, Fab., with a supplement on those of the Oriental
Region. By Harry ELTrRinGcHAM, M.A., F.ZS.
[Read November Ist, 1911.]
PLares I—XVI.
INTRODUCTION.
In the study of biological problems, it is of the utmost
importance that adequate information should be available
in regard to the affinities, variability, and geographical
distribution of the forms of life which may be useful as
material for such investigations. A mere list of described
“species,” without any more intimate knowledge of the
inter-relationships of the forms so designated, can be but
of small service as a storehouse of reference, just as a
collection of specimens, however extensive, unless accu-
rately labelled with essential data, can furnish little more
than an exhibition of the beautiful or curious in nature.
The older naturalists, secure in the comfortable belief in
the fixity of species, occupied themselves with the com-
pilation of voluminous catalogues of all the forms then
known to them, the result being a mere list of
names, which in too many cases leave considerable doubt
as to the identity of the forms to which they are as-
signed. The necessity for specialisation having once been
realised, no facts concerning the creatures studied are
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) B
tw
Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
now deemed too small or unimportant to be worthy
of record. We aim at minute and careful classification,
and though such classification is an artificial process of
segregation having convenience as its aim, it is based on
natural features, the study of which reveals those very
facts which can enlarge our knowledge of nature’s methods.
Such considerations indicate the desirability of carefully
compiled monographs of natural groups, and of such works
there are, fortunately, many splendid examples. To
students of the Lepidoptera the publications of Messrs.
Rothschild and Jordan have furnished an example of
perfection, which others may well find difficult of imita-
tion; but those who, like the present writer, are conscious
of a lesser capacity for achievement, may at least en-
deavour to follow, to the best of their ability, the path
which has been thus so fully indicated.
To the comfort of those who would undertake such
labours, naturalists are ever ready to place at each other’s
disposal, the resources which they individually possess, and
it is thus that the pleasant duty devolves upon me of
thanking most sincerely the many friends who have fur-
nished me with material and assistance. It has been my
privilege to carry out the present work under ideal con-
ditions provided by the kindness of Professor Poulton in
the Hope Department at Oxford, where I have had the
free use of the whole of the vast store of material there
accumulated. To him also I am indebted for kindly
reading portions of the proofs, and for many valuable sug-
gestions. Mr. Walter Rothschild has generously placed the
whole of his collection of Acraeas at my disposal, not only
for examination, but also for dissection and anatomical
study. The authorities of the Natural History Museum
at South Kensington have allowed me to make microscopic
‘ preparations from many valuable duplicates, and I am also
deeply indebted to many other collectors and workers
amongst whom I would especially mention Mr. G. T.
Bethune-Baker, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. G. C. Dudgeon, Mr.
Herbert Druce, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr. C. J. Grist, Mr.
J. J. Joicey, Dr. Karl Jordan, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall,
Mr. 8. A. Neave, Miss E. M. Bowdler Sharpe, Mr. Roland
Trimen, and Commander J. J. Walker.
Continental authorities have been no less generous in
their assistance, and permission was granted me to work
through the whole of the large collection in the Berlin
African Species of the Genus Acraea. )
Natural History Museum, where Dr. Brauer, Professor
Karscb, Dr. Strand, and Dr. Griinberg gave me much
useful help. Herr Wichgraf permitted me to examine his
extensive collection ; Herr Ertl of Munich has sent me
many interesting examples, including some types, whilst
Professor Aurivillius at Stockholm, and M. Charles Ober-
thiir at Rennes, have rendered constant and ungrudging
assistance. To all I would tender my heartfelt thanks
for having thus rendered my work a pleasure rather than
a labour.
The genus Acraca was founded by Fabricius in Ilhger’s
Magazine (1807). His definition is, “Taser zwei, lang,
wefranct, dreigliedrig ; drittes Glied klein, nackt. Fiihler
geknopft. (Putzfiisse, )*
He gives as types Pap. horta, terpsichore, and brassolis,
and states that there are 34 species. The P. brassolis here
referred to appears in Kirby’s catalogue as a synonym of
the Pierine butterfly Archonias bellona, Cram.
Latreille in the “ Encyclopédie Méthodique ” defines the
genus as follows :—“ Borde interne des ailes inférieures
wembrassant presque le dessous de l’abdomen; palpes
inférieurs greles et presque cylindriques; antennes peu
allongées et terminées brusquement en bouton.”
Doubleday, Hewitson, and Westwood in the “ Genera of
Diurnal Lepidoptera” having given a preliminary descrip-
tion, divide the species into six groups or subgenera,
viz. Hyalites, Planema, Gnesia, Telchinia, Actinote, and
Pareba. The definitions of these subgenera are quite
useless, as may be gathered from the fact that A. lycia
is included under Hyalites, whilst A. sganzini is included
in Telchinia, although both forms belong to the same
species, 4. ‘encedon. The definition of Zelchinia differs
only from that of Hyalites in the statement that the latter
has the second joint of the labial palpi “considerably
swollen and but little scaly,” whilst in the former the same
structure is “considerably swollen and clothed in front
with scales,” much being thus left to the imagination of the
observer. Moreover the distinctive features of the genus
Planema are not recognised, since it is divided into two sub-
sections, one of which contains A. lycoa, and A. jodutta.
Mabille, in his article on the genus in the “ Histoire
Naturelle de Madagascar,” states that the Acraeas are well
divided into groups, perhaps genera, by the male and
female genital organs, but ea conclusions seem to be
B2
4 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
based on an inadequate study of these structures. His
groups are, (1) Solenites, in which the ventral part of the
termination of the male abdomen is occupied by a chitinous
plate curved round in the form of a tube, the orifice of
which is closed by the uncus. He gives A. wgati as a
type of this formation. (2) Phanopeltis, which includes
A. ranavalona. (3) Aphanopeltis, 1 which the plate
is reduced to a structure of variable form. This group
includes hora, zetes, egina, and pseudegina. (4) Acraea,
The impossibility of these groups is evident from the
instability of the characters suggested. Schatz and
Rober recognise five groups but admit that they are
but shghtly separated. The characters given are for the
most part inconstant. Careful examination of all the
features which have been utilised in the past for the
purpose of subdividing the genus convinces me that they
do not in fact provide grounds for such subdivision.
Acraea is distinct from Planema, as Professor Aurivillius
has pointed out in his “ Rhopalocera Aethiopica.” The
latter genus may be known by the palpi, which are black
with a lateral grey line ; by the position of the first branch
of the fore-wing subcostal, which is given off at or beyond
the end of the cell; and by the relatively much smaller dis-
coidal cell in the hind-wing. The pupae of Planema are
also distinguished by the presence of long hooked spines
which appear never to be present in Acraca. As to the
genus Pardopsis, the only reason for associating it with
the Acraeinae seems to be the closed condition of the hind-
wing cell. The one known species of the genus was
originally included in Acraea because it looked like a
member of that genus—the worst of all possible reasons.
Trimen separated it and founded the genus Pardopsis,
pointing out the very curious neuration of the fore-wing,
That author, however, states that the legs are as in Acraca,
an error very easily made, even by an acute observer, if
opportunities were unavailable for the microscopic study of
these appendages. The fore-feet are of the usual Nymph-
alid kind, but the middle- and hind-feet have the tarsal
extremities of a structure quite different from that in
Acraea. ‘The claws are-slender and without the character-
istic lobes, whilst there is a well-developed pulvillus, and
peculiar curved and flattened spines on each side some-
what resembling true paronychia. Unless the closed
hind-wing cell can be shown to be of special taxonomic
~
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 5
significance, it would almost appear that Pardopsis puncta-
tissima should have a sub-family to itself.
The South American genus Actinote is less distinct
from Acraea than is Planema. The distinguishing features
are black palpi, the presence of a rudimentary nervule in
the hind-wing between the submedian and the first branch
of the median,* and the heavily marked black nervules and
internervular rays on the underside of the hind-wing. The
neuration in Actinofe is similar to that in Acraca but is
more unstable, the sixth and seventh nervules being
sometimes stalked in both fore- and hind-wings. In other
respects the genus resembles Acraea. The female has the
peculiar wax-like seal after pairing, and the male tarsal
claws are unequal. The pupae also are white, with black
lines and yellow-centred black rings.
The characters of the genus Acraca may be stated as
follows :—Fore-wings either rounded or elongate, the
inner-margin straight or very slightly concave. The palpi
ochreous, very rarely blackish, the short terminal joint
usually set with black hairs. No lateral greyish white
line. The fore-legs rudimentary, their tarsi in the female
with much reduced jomts, and spined beneath; in the
male hairy and brush-like with rudimentary joints.
The second and third pairs of legs are of normal size and
their tarsi terminate in the female in two equal and similar
claws, lobed at the base. In the male these claws are also
equal and similar in a few species, but in the majority they
are unequal, one being long and regularly curved, the other
short and bent down almost at right angles to the upper or
anterior edge of the basal lobe (in one species, servona, with
normally equal claws, unequal claws are occasionally found).
In the fore-wing the discoidal cell is of medium Jength.
The upper discocellular is very short, and the subcostal
nervure is five-branched, the first branch being given off
before the end of the cell. In the hind-wing the discoidal
cell is usually longer than in Planema and reaches to
about the middle of the wing. The sixth and seventh
nervules usually arise from independent points, but in
some species from a common stalk. In one species, A.
burnt, they vary in this respect in different individuals,
and even in the two wings of the same individual. In
others such as A. itwrina the stalked condition appears
to be constant. In some species nervules 3 and 4 arise
* This feature is also present in Acraea mirijfica.
6 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
from a point at the end of the cell. The scales are nor-
mally of uniform size and nearly round. In those species
which exhibit transparency of the wing, this result is
attained by a variety of different methods. The scales
may be reduced in width, may be mere hairs, may be
normal in size but reduced in number, normal in size but
raised up so as to allow the light to pass between them, or
they may be absent altogether. In a few species large
special scales are found on the median nervure on the
underside of the fore-wing. The antennae are short and
rather abruptly clubbed. The male genital armature
varies from a state of extreme complexity, to one of primi-
tive simplicity, but in the majority of species exhibits
little individual variation. In most if not all species
special scales are found attached to the underside of the
last abdominal tergite. These scales are sometimes
present in enormous numbers. They are easily detached
and may be scent-producing organs. The female
usually possesses a chitinous plate on the seventh sternite
surrounding the external orifice of the bursa copulatrix.
The form of this plate is specifically constant in most
species. Those females which possess such a plate have
upon it after pairing a hard wax-like structure (see p. 7),
often containing scales and hairs from the body of the male.
The larvae * have two dorsal, two lateral, and two sub-lateral
rows of branched spines, and the pupae are white or
whitish with black spots, often in the form of rings
enclosing yellow or pink centres. The neuration of the
wings and the position of the other appendages are more
or less outlined in black on the pupal skin. In many
cases the pupa bears short blunt spines or processes, but so
far as is known never has long hooked spines as in Planema.
The genus Acraea is almost confined to the Ethiopian
region. In the Oriental region there occur four or perhaps
five species, according as to whether we regard A. meyert
and A. moluccana as one species or two. Of these A. vesta
is interesting as appearing to be closely allied to the
African A. anacreon. A. andromache, which extends into
the Pacific Islands as far as Samoa, shows in the structure
of the male armature a close alliance with A. igati from
Madagascar. I have dealt. with the probable synonymy of
the Oriental species in the Supplement to the present
monograph.
* See F. Miiller, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 492, ete. (1877
African Species of the Genus Acraea. ‘|
Observations in the field show that the larvae of Acraca
are gregarious. The perfect insects are slow of flight and
indifferent to pursuit. Many emit an acrid juice when
injured, and all appear to be remarkably tenacious of life,
being not only protected by the extreme toughness of their
integuments from any mechanical injury, but also exhibiting
a great power of resistance to the effects of toxic substances.
Some small and apparently delicate species have been
observed to remain in full possession of their faculties after
more than half-an-hour’s confinement in a cyanide bottle.
Such species as have been utilised for experiments in
palatibility provide evidence of a high degree of distaste-
fulness. Some of Marshall’s experiments with a butterfly-
eating Mantis, suggest that when driven by the absence of
other food to an “exclusively Acraeine diet, a diseased
condition, followed by death, ensued. In habits, some
Acraeas are fond of the open, whilst others are woodland
and forest species, and one or two are partial to marshy
districts. Trimen in his work on the South African Butter-
flies describes them as of a peculiarly quarrelsome disposi-
tion, fighting desperately for the possession of a particular
leaf on which to roost or to deposit their ova. From
Marshall’s observations in his well-known paper on the
“Bionomics of South African Insects” the courtship of
Acraeas would appear to be carried out on the principle, as
he expresses it, of “marriage by capture,” the male seizing
the female in the air.
A very remarkable feature of the genus is the presence
on the female, in the majority of species, after pairing,
of a mass of hard wax-like material on the underside of
the abdomen. This secretion or seal * as it may be called,
occurs also in Planema, Actinote, Amauris, Parnassius, Thais,
Hurycus,and Huryades. It seems to be composed of similar
material in all the genera mentioned, though im Acraca and
Actinote it frequently also contains a mass of hairs and
scales derived from the abdomen of the male, these being
often arranged in a beautifully symmetrical manner. What-
ever may be the purpose of this secretion in Parnassius and
in the other genera mentioned, its object in Acraea would
appear to be, 2 as originally suggested by Professor Poulton,+
* T submit the word sphragis as a technical term for this structure
(Gr. oppayls = a seal). The term has been kindly suggested to me
by Professor Poulton after consultation with Mr. Arthur Sidgwick.
t See Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 539, 1902.
8 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
the prevention of the amorous attentions of subsequent
males after once the female has been paired. In this
view Marshall concurs (/. ¢.), pointing out that if courtship
always takes place in the forcible manner he has observed,
some such provision would appear to be a necessity. In
another note on the subject * Marshall records that such
protection is not, however, absolute, since he has taken
three female Acraeas in which the sac has been dupli-
cated, though in these cases both sacs were more or less
distorted in shape indicating that the second pairing must
have taken place immediately after the first and whilst
the first secretion was still in a viscous condition. This
being so, as the author points out, the exceptions need
not ivaladate the theory that the secretion, when hardened,
would offer a sufficient obstruction to the use of the com-
plicated male claspers. I am further inclined to believe
that the sphragis may act in another way. As a result of
a recent observation Mr. W. A. Lamborn has recorded + that
a female Planema alcinoe was observed to have four males,
all clinging to it at the same time, some even holding on
to its wings and endeavouring to attach their claspers
to its body. Now such behaviour appears to argue the
emission by the female of some powerful sexually exciting
scent, and if such be the case, the sphragis may well serve
to inhibit the emission of this odour and thus free the
female from further attentions.
From the investigations of Elwes on Parnassius we may,
I think, conclude that this “seal” is formed by a secretion
from the male, and this view is confirmed by an interesting
note by Dr. Fritz Miiller? who has studied the matter in
the genus Actinote. Speaking of the appendage the quo-
tation is as follows: “The female of Acraca (Actinote)
thaiia has this appendage. It is shaped something like
a hollow tile, and is fastened by one end, close behind the
female orifice, then directed forward, usually at a very
acute angle with the body, rarely standing out at right
angles. Ever since I first bred this species from the larvae
many years ago, I have known that the female does not
emerge from the pupa bearing this appendage but. that
as in Parnassius it is a sign of. completed copulation. It
* See Entomologist, p. 73, 1901.
{ Proc, Ent. Soc; p. xcv, 1911.
t Carus, Zool. Anzeiger, p. 415, 1893. (I am indebted to Professor
Poulton for kindly calling my attention to this reference.)
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 9
is only during this last season that I have been able to
inquire into its origin. By pressing the abdomen of the
Acraea males, one can force out from under the posterior
margin of the last dorsal plate a very large gland, which
is entirely similar to that which the females of the ‘Mara-
cuja butterflies’ (eliconius, Hucides, Colaenis, and Dione)
exert at the same spot when seized. This gland is some-
times bare, sometimes covered with brown or blackish
scales and hairs, which fall off at the shghtest touch. The
appendage of the female, when treated with hot soda-lye
and crushed between glass plates, proves to be composed
of hairs and scales of the same form. Among hundreds of
males which J examined for this purpose, almost all showed
the gland either entirely covered or entirely bare : twice only
I found the hairs stuck together in small isolated patches,
and twice joined together in a structure similar to the
female appendage but thinner and more fra gile. Probably
in the act of pairing one of the sexes emits a rapidly drying
fluid which gives it the subsequent thickness and solidity.”
At one time I hoped to find in Acraea some correlation
between the inequality of the male tarsal claws, and the
occurrence of the sphragis in the female. I find however
that in some species in which the male claws are unequal,
the sphragis is not formed in the female, at least so far as
I am able to judge from the extensive material which has
been at my disposal. I have examined the claws in the
other genera mentioned, and find that whilst the male
Parnassius has unequal claws, those of Hurycus, Huryades,
and Amauris are equal. Thais has only a slight develop-
ment of the sphragis, and has unequal claws in the male,
whilst. the genus Doritis has unequal claws in the male,
but I can find no secretion in the female.
The peculiarity of the male tarsal claws is one to which
I am still unable to assign a satisfactory explanation. The
few species of the genus which have the claws equal, do
not present any other feature which would serve to sepa-
rate them, however slightly, from the remaining members
of the genus. Moreover if, as seems inevitable, we are to
regard all the examples of the servona form as of one
species, we have in this one case an instance of unequal
claws appearing occasionally as a reversion, in a species in
which the claws are normally equal.
Whilst the meaning of this structure must for the
present remain unexplained, a knowledge of it is of
10 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
material assistance in determining the sex of a specimen,
in the event of the abdomen and front-feet being missing,
as in a damaged example. In the great majority of
species the male claws are unequal, and thus if a single
leg remains, the sex can in those species be determined.
Probably in no genus is the question of sex more easily
decided. ‘The female cloacal valves are very different in
appearance from the arched and hirsute tergite of the
male. Should this test fail the difference of structure
between the fore-feet of male and female is easily observed,
in many cases even with the unaided sight. Finally the
tarsal claws are, as stated, a certain guide in the majority
of species. In spite of these facts, which are by no means
new, many published works abound in errors as to the sex
of the species therein described, such errors adding greatly
to the difficulties of the systematist, more especially in
cases of unique types difficult of access.
A phenomenon common to many Lepidoptera and
kuown as “seasonal dimorphism” is exhibited to a greater
or less extent by many species of Acraea, especiaily those
which may be said to belong to the acrita and caldarena
groups. I do not propose on the present occasion to enter
upon a discussion of this interesting and complicated sub-
ject, which constitutes a special study in itself. It is,
however, necessary briefly to allude to the phenomenon as
manifested in this genus.
A. atolivis presents a dry-season male in which the spots
are exceedingly small, and a female, the ground-colour of
which is yellowish brown. The corresponding wet forms
are a male, in which the black marks are all more highly
developed, and a female which is actually black, often
with a whitish subapical bar. Seventeen examples of
the species taken at the Victoria Falls in September are
all distinctly of the dry-season form. The only record I
have for that locality is 1906-7 when Sept. 1906 showed
barely 6 in., whilst in the previous May, June, July, and
August the fall was nil. The maximum occurred in
February 1907 when 14°7 in. of rain fell. Of five males
taken on the Lualaba R. in October, one is of the dry form,
one intermediate and two wet, whilst of five specimens
taken in May, four are wet and oneintermediate. In this
region May, June, July, and August are the dry months
and March and November have the maximum rainfall, viz.
7:9 in. and 8'6 in. respectively, so that the specimens, having
African Species of the Genus Acraea. TT
occurred at the beginning and end of the dry season, show
a variable and intermediate condition. In Angola wet and
dry examples have been taken together in September which
is the begimning of the rains, so that the correspondence of
the forms is here not well marked. Black females bear
date January to April, and September to November.
February, March, and April are the wettest months, but
the rainfall is extremely variable in different years, and
also differs greatly in different localities. Thus inner
Angola is within the 40-inch line, but towards the coast
there are three distinct belts of decreasing rainfall, the
mean at Loanda being only one-sixth of that at Comber
Station (6° 16° 8., 15° 17’ E., alt. 3,100 ft.).
A. petraea and A. aglaonice correspond fairly well with
the seasons, the latter tending to lose the subapical
translucent fore-wing spots in the dry season. A. equator-
ialis varies very little in the male sex, but the females
may be either yellow like the male, or grey, with an
incipient fore-wing subapical pale bar. ACH)
(f) F.-w. with ground-colour of basal half white
pseudolycia pseudolycia (102)
F.-w. without white on basal half. ; ; : 2 4@)
(g) F.-w. hind margin at least in areas 1b and 2 without marginal
spots of ground-colour or of yellow enclosed by black . (m)
F.-w. hind margin with spots of ae. or of yellow
enclosed by black . : : ; . (hk)
(h) Subapical area of f.-w. not ete’: nor to a paicreat shade,
from the ground-colour which is rose pink or yellow . (i)
‘Subapical area of f.-w. separated and containing a patch of
colour which is either rather paler than the smedi or
is bright orange. Pe ll)
(i) F.-w. hind margin riety an antlised Spb i orange in area 6
zetes barberi (84)
F.-w. area 6 with such spot. y a = 9)
(j) Base of f.-w. cell upperside suffused with hee R. -w. spots
large and partly confluent =. : 3 oscar? (91)
Base of f.-w. cell upperside not suffused wah black. F.-w. spots
smaller and well separated. For 2 see Section IIT. chilo (89)
(k) F.-w. with a small subapical patch of red or reddish white
zetes jalema (84)
F.-w. with a large orange subapical pateh , : : ~ -@
(1) H..w. without a white patch ; : . zetes acara (84)
26 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
H.-w. with a white patch . 5 . xzetes acara f. caffra (84)
(m) Discal portion of h.-w. red. . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101)
Discal portion of h.-w. dusky ochreous
pseudolycia f. brunnea (102)
(m) Discal portion of h.-w. reddish . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101)
Discal portion of h.-w. ochreous. — pseudolycia f. brunnea (102)
VT.
Ground-colour white or cream. H.-w. hind-marginal border
black, or sepia, with asubmarginal row of white dots followed
inwardly by yellow spots. I.-w. hind-margin markedly
concave. : : : ; . ; : - (a)
Not so : E 5 : 5 5 , : 1 (0)
(a) Ground-colour w ae : ' ; : ‘ turna (105)
Ground-colour cream : : . turna f. marmorata (105)
(b) F.-w. apex on underside with well-marked black internervular
rays which reach margin . ‘ : st ©
F.-w. apex beneath without such Heck TAYS: ic F ae)
(c) H.-w. with three spots in area 7 : : . cephews (111)
H.-w. with two spots in area7 . ‘ i : - id)
(d) H.-w. marginal border beneath with green Menie
egina egina (part) (106)
H.-w. marginal border beneath with orange spots perenne (part)
(e) F.-w. with submarginal spots at least in lb and2.. oe S60)
F.-w. without submarginal spots . é : : -. &
(f) F.-w. nervules at apex well marked with black : en)
F.-w. nervules at apex not specially black : : 1B
(q) Ends of h.-w. nervules well marked with black —_petraea (114)
Ends of h.-w. nervules not specially black . biittneri (118)
(4) H.-w. marginal black border on upperside with little or no
trace of pale spots : Peed
H.-w. marginal border on AMS eat disiinets cinnen some-
times small, pale spots . : a GH
(i) H.-w. marginal border about 2°5 mm. wade End of abdomen
whitish . : . : - omrora omrora (124)
H.-w. marginal border 3-5 mm. wide. End of abdomen
yellowish 5 : omrora wumbrata (124)
(j) Black spots of both ae [eres sal well developed violarwm (120)
Black spots of both wings comparatively small. — asema (122)
(k) H.-w. with a broad black marginal border nearly reaching
middle of wing and having on underside, small, submarginal,
greyish white triangular spots : : : lofua (127)
H.-w. without such border 5 , : ; er)
(1) Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies nearer 0 cell than that in 3
or 5 : ; 5 , : : ; : 5 Pec)
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 27
Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies not nearer to cell than that in
J ori5), : ; (a)
(m) F.-w. without discal spothir in area ifilb , arena hee (128)
F.-w. with discal spot in area 1b A i ae (a)
(n) Ends of nervules at apex of f.-w. not markedly lark on the
ground-colour 1 : E ey)
Ends of nervules in f.-w. ‘istkediy luok : ‘ np)
(0) A fairly broad black apex inf.-w. Extremity of abdomen white
leucopyga (157)
A fairly broad jblack apex in f.w. Extremity of abdomen not
white : : i . intermedia (part) (159)
F.-w. apex narrowly niece Tames, of abdomen not white
mansya (134)
(0) F.-w. apex broadly black, with a white subapical patch
intermedia (part) (159)
F.-w. apex broadly black, no subapical white — . leacopyga (157)
F-w. apex narrowly black, no subapical white . mansya (134)
(p) H.-w. margin above, with well-marked black arches on wings
enclosing spots of ground-colour . i : ; al)
H.-w. margin above, black, with at most a trace of pale inter-
nervular marks. : ~ (7)
(q) Black spots of both wings large Suid sve ao ala
guillemei (117)
Black spots very small ; : : . onerata (135)
(r) H.-w. nervule ends markedly eek for some distance from
margin . ‘ : : ; . atolmis (part) (137)
H.-w. nervule ends ae so ‘ ; : ts)
(s) F.-w. discal spots rounded and not rontenreut
nohara punctellata (129)
F.-w. discal spots more or less quadrate and confluent . (t)
(¢) Spot in h.-w. area 4 touches that in 5. Expanse about 48 mm.
nohara pseudatolmis (129)
Spot in h.-w. area 4 nearer base than, and not touching that
in 5. Expanse about 56 mm. ‘ . nohara nohara (128)
(w) F.-w. black, rather thinly scaled in middle, and having a scarlet
inner marginal patch in la, 1b, and part of 2. No subapical
red patch : ; 5 : : : . : 21 @)
F.-w. not so marked : ‘ : F - (w)
(v) F.-w. at apex without red streaks . egina egina (part) (106)
F.-w. at apex with red streaks . . egina f. harrisoni (107)
(w) H.-1w. beneath with quadrate greenish spots on the black border (1)
H.-w. beneath with spots on the black border which, inwardly, are
either pointed or rounded . : E ; ; - |
(1) Black spots large, quadrate and confluent. egina medea (107)
Black spots rounded and separate ; : : ; eae (2)
28 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
(2) F.-w. ground-colour blackish or dusky . egina egina (106)
F.-w. ground-colour reddish ; : . _ egina areca (107)
(w) H.-w. margin on underside encloses square spots the inner edge
of which is neither rounded nor pointed ; : Ge)
Spots of h.-w. underside margin rounded or hae on inner
edge : F . : i, Ky)
(w) H.-w. spots large, aaa oe sets egina medea (107)
H.-w. spots small, rounded, and separated . — egina areca (107)
(y) F.-w. underside ground-colour orange ochreous with a white
subapical patch. H.-w. underside ground-colour white
hypoleuca (92)
Underside not so coloured : . : : , i)
(z) On h.-w. underside the discal spots form a regular row which
proceeds from costa to area 4 ina line parellel to apical margin,
then bends sharply inwards at an angle of less than 45°, and
runs straight across to inner margin. Between this row and
the more basally placed spots are red splashes which form a
more or less broken though characteristic red band =. (a’)
Spots of h.-w. underside not forming such a pattern ae (36)
(a’) F.-w. with a white subapical patch . : . wigginsi (206)
F.-w. without a white subapical patch —. ; : ce (28)
(’) F.-w. apex broadly black without spots anacreon f. induna (198)
F.-w. apex narrowly black with spots or streaks of ground-colour
or paler . 3 é : : hit)
(c’) F.-w. apical spots or afenalka so sian as alent to displace the
black, leaving such colour only on nervule ends and on
margin . , ; - anacreon speciosa (198)
Apical spots or ne sell surrounded with black . - @)
(d’) Pale apical spots but slightly developed. Black spots of rest of
wings very small . : ; ; anacreon bomba (198)
Pale apical spots (streaks) well developed. Black spots of both
wings large. : ‘ . anacreon anacreon (198)
(e’) F.-w. with either faintly abe or very small spots . (f’)
F.-w. with well-developed spots. ; : «= @)
(f’) H.-w. margin rather broad and formed a large black rings
enclosing more or less distinct spots of ground-colour (orange
red). Discal spots of f.-w. absent or exceedingly faint
acrita pudorina (144)
y¥ may be orange red to greyish black.
H.-w. margin narrower and black, with, at most, microscopic
indications of paler spots. F.-w. discal spots small but quite
black and distinct - 5 . chambexi (132)
(q’) F.-w, nervules in apical region very disciactly blackened — (h’)
F.-w, neryules in apic al region not blackened , , i @
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 29
(h’) F.-w. without discal subapical spots periphanes f. acritoides (140)
F.-w. with discal subapical spots : : : : enti)
(v’) F.-w. with black apical patch i : : : LT Ga)
F.-w. without black apical patch f é ‘ a1)
(j’) H.-w. margin narrowly black, with spots of ground-colour
periphanes periphanes (139)
H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour
periphanes f. melaina (139)
(k’) H.-w. margin narrowly black with spots of ground-colour
periphanes f. beni (139)
H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour
pertphanes f. wmida (140)
(’) F.-w. with discal subapical spots. , : : : (m’)
F.-w. without discal subapical spots ‘ c ; Bees fs)
(m’) F.-w without black apical patch . acrita manca (part) (144)
F.-w. with black apical patch é : . lualabae (155)
(n’) Apical black 9-10 mm. deep. F.-w. spots, especially the outer
spot in area 1b, very small or absent. chaeribula * (153)
Apical black patch very variable but at most not so deep as in
the above. Outer spot in f.-w. 1b well developed 2 Hi(o')
(o’) Spots in f.-w. cell, on discocellular, and in area 2 are so large as
to be almost or quite confluent . . acrita bellona (144)
These spots not so large : : : (p’)
(p’) F.-w.with a white or whitish subapical band acrita ambigua (143)
F.-w. without such band : : : . ; ia)
(q’) Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate short
acrita littoralis (144)
Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate long
acrita acrita + (143)
acrita manca (part) (144)
acrita bella (144)
(p’) Genital plate in the form of a short chitinous cylinder
acrita manca (144)
Genital plate broad, carinate, and bifid . acrita ambigua (143)
acrita littoralis (144)
acrita acrita (143)
Vis.
F.-w. with hind marginal spots at least in 1b and 2 . 5) «@)
* Owing to the variability of acrita it is not possible to give
absolutely constant characters of difference between it and this
species. Occasionally some examples of acrita have no spots in f,-w.
1b, but in these the apical black is only about 5 mm. deep.
{ It is not possible to completely separate the forms of A. acrita
on merely outward characteristics, or indeed in any other manner,
with absolute certainty. See under A. acrita in descriptive portion.
30
Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
[Occasional examples of stenobea have f.-w. hind marginal spots ;
see (f).]
F.-w. without hind marginal spots. ‘ ; : i) @
(a) F.-w. with distinct black internervular rays on the apical
region . : 5 : : t : ee (2)
F.-w. without such internervular rays : 5 é es
(0)
()
(d)
©)
Spots of h.-w. margin underside (if present at all) are whitish,
narrow, and streak-like, being enclosed by fine black trans-
verse internervular lines which are straight and not arched
atergatis (part) (188)
Spots of h.-w. margin underside large, their inner edges rounded,
being enclosed by black well-arched lines. oncaea (174)
[ A. equatorialis anaemia sometimes has f.-w. submarginal spots,
but can be distinguished by its pale, very delicately scaled
f.-w. |
H.-w. marginal border above, not sharply defined, merely dusky
with an indication of blackish rings : : a)
H.-w. with well-defined dark hind-marginal bor nee Ae)
F.-w. sepia-black (sometimes with yellowish subapical marks)
natalica pseudegina (192)
dull red (greyish towards apex, with yellow markings)
natalica abadima (192)
F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell . rea a |
F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell . (h)
F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell. Aan (2)
F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell
natalica natalica (192)
F.-w. apical black narrow and well defined
caecilia pudora (182)
[Occasional examples of stenobea would be entered here, but they
would be distinguished from caecilia by the much broader
basal black and the absence of a spot in h.-w. area 3.]
-]
F.-w.
F.-w. apical black broad and inwardly suffused ; -. te
Ground-colour white to pink or dull red caecilia caecilia (182)
Ground-colour uniformly clay-yellow. . marnois (184)
A grey transverse band in apical area beyond discal spots
natalica umbrata (192)
Without such grey band ; ; . natalica natalica (192)
F.-w. with black internervular streaks in saad area -)
F.-w. without such streaks : : : j « iit)
Inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is very markedly sinuous,
and fii margin between nervules is somewhat indented,
especially towards anal angle, so that the border has an
undulating appearance , : : : , .
Border not having such appearance . ; : : . (m)
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 31
(k) Without a whitish or partially transparent subapical patch
doubledayt sykesi (171)
With such whitish or partly transparent patch . - on
(l) Ground-colour dark brick-red_. . doubledayi arabica (172)
Ground-colour orange red - doubledayi doubledayi (171)
(l\) Ground-colour chocolate brown. doubledayi arabica (172)
Ground-colourdullreddishtogrey doubledayi doubledayi (171)
(m) H.-w. marginal border above, black, well defined, and without
spots, or at most with a faint indication of such spots . (1)
H.-w. marginal border above, formed of delicate black arches not
always complete at inner edge 3 : 7p)
(n) Ground-colour of f.-w. red . braesia é esis (part) (169)
Ground-colour of f.-w. not red. : 4 : ; : (e)
(0) F.-w. very thinly scaled. Ground-colour faintly ochreous. Spots
small ; d . equatorialis anaemia (177)
F.-w. generally fully relede Ground-coiour pinkish-ochreous.
Spots large : : . axina (part) (180)
(0) F.-w. very thinly eat Gaie sca faintly ochreous. Spots
small : , : . equatorialis anaemia (177
F.-w. generally fully phen: Ground-colour pinkish ochreous to
grey. Spots small or large . equatorialis equatorialis (177)
axina (180)
[I can find no perfectly constant character to distinguish these two
9 9, bul in axina the inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is
almost always more sharply defined than in equatorialis
equatorialis. |
(n) A well-marked grey submarginal band in f.-w. 5, 4, and 3.
Ground-colour red. Expanse about 60 mm.
braesia f. regalis (part) (169)
Without such grey band. Ground-colour not red. Expanse
about 50 mm. or less ‘ : . axina (part) (180)
(p) Line of discal subapical spots in ff -w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out-
wardly, an acute angle with costa. Wings thickly scaled
ella (179)
Line of discal subapical spots in f.-w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out-
wardly, aright or obtuse angle with costa. Wings very thinly
scaled : A ‘ . equatorialis equatorialis (177)
(q) F.-w. discal spots close ms or confluent with end of cell. PisG@h)
F.-w. discal spots smaller and well removed from end of cell (3)
(1) F.-w. spots beyond end of ceil not contiguows intermedia (part) (159)
F.-w. spots beyond cell contiguous ‘ : é . tE5(2)
(2) F.-aw. subapical patch white . , * - 4 mima (167)
F.-w. subapical patch pale but not sah . rhodesiana (166)
(3) F.-w. apical black narrow . ; ‘ : < : ae (2)
F.-w. apical black broad. : 2 ; . . . (5)
32 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
(4) F.-w. ground-colowr, where not suffused with black, very uniform
right wp to margin : : stenobea (190)
F-w. with more ov less distinct ‘site y to orange spots towards
hind margin. A : aglaonice (186)
(5) H.-w. discal spot um 2 some anes a om base of that area
caldarena (161)
H.-w. discal spot in 2 in angle at base of that area
pudorella detecta (164)
(y) Distal half of abdomen white : : : ; : sea)
Distal half of abdomen not white . 3 ; .
(r) F.-w. witha well-defined subapical white natch mint (part) (167)
[Some forms of caldarena have distal part of abdomen white,
but there is no white patch in f.-w.]
F.-w. without white patch . 5 : . rhodesiana (166)
(s) A broad smoky black basal suffusion reaching at least to middle
of cell in both wings ‘ . . ‘ . stenobew (190)
Without such suffusion : ; f p . a)
(¢) A broad white subapical patch in of: Ww. - mima (part) (167)
Without such patch . : ‘ - ()
(wu) Only two h.-w. discal spots Grad in 6 ana one in 7). A V-shaped
black spot in middle of cell on underside, apex outwards
aureola (142)
More than two h.-w. discal spots. Central spot of h.-w. cell
not V-shaped . : : - (v)
(v) H.-w. spots almost always snail ind aheoleseaae and in any
case far removed from outer margin ‘ . aglaonice (186)
H.-w. spots always well developed, at least on underside, and
the most distally placed are nearer to margin than to cell (a)
(w) Discal spots in f.-w. areas 4 and 5 are close to cell and the spot
in 3 much more distally placed . intermedia (part) (159)
Discal spots in f.-w. 4 and 5 are much further removed from cell,
and lie almost, or quite, in a straight line with that in 3. (a)
(a) Wings fully scaled and quite opaque. Spot in h.-w. area 2
is somewhat removed from the base of that area caldurena (161)
Wings thinly scaled and somewhat translucent. Spot in h.-w.
area 2 is in the angle at base of that area. 5 ; - Cy
(y) F.-w. with a broad blackish apical patch pudorella detecta (164)
F,-w. without such patch (only slightly blackened at apex)
pudorella pudorella (163)
VIER
H.-w. margin on underside black, with a sharply defined inner
edge and pale triangular marginal spots (no submarginal
spots), no striation . : : . kay
H.-w. margin on underside not nae ees ath only marginal
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 3:
spots. Striated, or the dark colour produced inwardly as red
or black internervular marks, at least in areas2and3 . (c)
(a) Little or no basal black in f.-w.area lb. . lumiri (219)
With basal black in f.-w. area 1b, at least buys lower half of
that area . : 5 = (6)
(b) Basal black of f.-w. ee a monks i ils outer bats of which is
more or less continuous with that of the h.-w. basal black, and
is not deeply indented, on the median, by the reddish ground-
coloyr ~~: : ; .uvui uit (217)
Basal black of f.-w. is hee aulented on the median by the
ground-colour . ‘ 5 : . bonasia alicia (221)
[Also bonasia banka, and ene ee ey bonasia, but the
latter is distinguished by character q’.]
(b) A. uvui Q has the h.-w. border beneath bearing broad brown
internervular marks and very faint indications of marginal
pale spots.
A. bonasia alicia 2 has the border deeply striated, but may usually
be recognised by the paucity of basal black in f.-w.
(c) F.-w. with a broad black apical patch bearing three small semi-
transparent subapical spots in areas 4,5, and 6 — fornaa (309)
F.-w. not so marked . F ‘ ; , ‘e (a)
(7) H.-w. underside bears at costa a crimson ieanale enclosed by a
black line. Base of triangle on costal nervure. Ground-
colour of h.-w. lemon-yellow . ; : . excelsior (215)
H.-w. underside not so marked . i , . (e)
(e) H.-w. margin beneath bears broad red seen hele marks.
That in area 4 is not, or very little, shorter than that in 3,
and is not heavily bordered with black . : : eer)
H.-w. margin beneath without broad red internervular marks,
or if with such marks that in area 4 is very much shorter
than that in area 3, or at least is heavily bordered with
black z ; eG)
(f) F,-w. without a aparaied fatianiteal ath & tie deatiia colour,
and h.-w. with a well-developed row of discal spots
zitja (part) (204)
F.-w. with a separated subapical patch of ground-colour, and
h.-w. without discal spots. P : . — goetzi (213)
(g) H.-w. border beneath bears long internervular rays which are
bifurcated at margin and enclose pale spots, such spots being
for the most part wider before than at the margin althoffi (251
(This species is polymorphic. For the various forms see de-
seriptive portion.)
If h.-w. border beneath bears long bifurcated rays, the pale spots
they enclose are triangular and widest at the margin . (h)
TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1912.— PARTI (JULY) D
3d Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
(h) The edges of the pale h.-w. discal band are practically parallel,
the outer edge showing no arnt to be angulated at
nervule 3. : : ‘ . . oberthiiri (249)
The edges of pale h.-w. rand are not parallel, the outer edge
being slightly or greatly angulated at nervule 3 . » 2)
(4) di-w, has little or no basal black). fa “i. |) ay
F.-w. with basal black : , : 2 (p)
(j) F.-w. with a completely separated shtaical patch of oroanel
colour (or paler) . 3 : . « 1)
F,-w. with ground-colour (or paler) act 3 separate off to form a
patch : : : : ‘ - (m)
(k) Apical patch in the form a one narrow streaks pales, than
ground-colour . : 2 . _ terpsichore rangatana (240)
Apical patch same tint as ground-colour and not in long narrow
streaks . : F slaty
(l\) H.-w. underside ar a peal band co sel more or less defi-
nitely enclosed by narrow transverse black streaks
terpsichore f. ventura (240)
H.-w. underside with rounded and separated black spots
terpsichore terpsichore (239)
® 9 of this species excessively variable. See description.
(m) Ground-colour of both wings pale creamy ochreous
terpsichore ochrascens (240)
Ground-colour not pale creamy ochreous. : . (n)
(n) No discal spots in h.-w 5 . terpsichore f. sibeorene (239)
With discal spots in h.-w. . ’ : 5 « @)
(o) H.-w. underside suffused in centre saith ‘ido seitish scales
terpsichore f£. intermediana (240)
H.-w. underside not so suffused . terpsichore f. rougeti (239)
(p) F.-w. basal black with outer edge regular and not deeply
indented at median : : é «ey
F.-w. basal black deeply ndented at t median, or at least the
median nervure not blackened ; «1 M3)
q) Paler patches of both wings red . ‘ . wut aden (217)
Paler patches of both wings yellow . : . . ay
(r) Pale patches very large. Outline of f.-w. basal lade not forming
an angle with that of h.-w. ditto. ; . viviana (233)
Pale patches small. Outline of f.-w. basal black makes an angle
with that of h.-w. ditto . ; . .cabira karschi (230)
(s) H.-w. upperside with little or no black at base, or if with an
appreciable amount of black, then also having a deep orange
triangular marginal spot in neh internervular space . ()
H.-w. upperside with a triangular basal black patch . » (wv)
(t) Ground-colour pale creamy ochreous or nearly white
acerata tenella (235)
African Species of the Genus Acraca, 35
Ground-colour yellow to red brown . ; wit ACB
uw) F.-w. without apical patch separated off for ground-
colour . ‘ : . acerata acerata (235)
F.-w. with erred Rees match ; ; d ‘ ‘ (v)
(v) Ground-colour yellow to orange. . acerata winidia (235)
Ground-colour red brown : : . acerata brahmsi (235)
(w) F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along
nervure 1, does not bend upwards towards the cell . (a)
F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along
nervure 1, bends upwards towards cell : ; i CS)
(x) The subbasal black spots on underside of h.-w. do not form a
double row enclosing spots of scarlet . ‘ “4 fy)
Subbasal black spots of h.-w. underside form a douule row con-
taining scarlet spots. : 5 : ft (2)
(y) Ground-colour very pale. H.-w. margin on underside narrow
bonasia alicia f. tenelloides (221)
Ground-colour not so pale, underside with a deep striated
margin . : : : bonasia alicia f. cabiroides (221)
(z) Pale patches of both wings yellow . . cabira cabira (229)
F.-w. inner marginal patch and h.-w. central band red or
reddish . ‘ ; : . cabira apecida (229)
(a’) F.-w. with a yellow sebenresl phi : ; ; ; ve 1)
F.-w. with a red subapical patch : P : : 7 Ee)
(b') H.-w. central band red. ‘ . sotikensis sotikensis (227
H.-w. central band, or at least its inner marginal half, pale
yellow . : : . sotikensis rowena (227)
(c’) On h.-w. idetentes ee large black spots at bases of
areas 6, 5, and 4 beneath the outer spot in 7
sotikensis supponina (227)
H.-w. with spots not so arranged. : . a4 (dr)
(d’) F.-w. basal black after extending along nerv fle 1 ends in an
upwardly directed point (which rarely reaches cell)
bonasia bonasia (220)
F.-w. basal black after extending along nervule 1 has a blunt or
bifurcated termination . : : sotikensis katana (227)
IX.
F.-w. with transparent or partially transparent areas or spots, at
least in 6, 5, and4. ; : : : - (a)
F.-w. without transparent or ernie Gneenenent areas |
buschbecki (291)
(a) F.-w. with three very small, well-defined, semitransparent spots
in 6, 5, and 4, A rather larger similar spot at base of 2,
Remainder of f.-w black brown . : . newtoni (285)
F.-w. not so marked , . : ; : : £0 Gt
D2
36
(0)
(¢)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(9)
Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
F.-w. with a large well-defined spot in cell, distinctly separated
from subapical spots. : ‘ ; ‘ : 3 EY
F.-w. without such spot in cell . ; : : : 4
The f.-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 fully scaled with
lemon-yellow. The h.-w. underside internervular rays reach
the margin ina fine point . : . melanoxantha (288)
F,-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 are transparent or very
sparsely scaled with whitish. The h.-w. underside rays end
well before margin ; ; 5 : : : «* (@)
H.-w. central band yellow. ; . mairessei mairessei (286)
H.-w. central band red ‘ : . mairesset dewitzi (286)
F.-w. with cell and most of areas 2 and 1b fully sealed with
red . : : : a. : : , ; eee
F.-w. basal red, if any, much broken up and obsolescent . (A)
F.-w. area 3 transparent, not scaled with red — igola (part. (302)
F.w. area 3 scaled with red or black . : . ; : ite)
Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly black with short thick
black rays between : ‘ . conradti (289)
Nervule ends on h.-w. anhieneitie ahve oly black with narrow
rays between . A : : : : . aubyni (304)
(hk) Black margin of h.-w. very narrow (not more than 2 mm.)
(h)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(i)
peneleos (part) (268)
[A. peneleos rarely comes into this section, the rays nearly
always fully reaching the margin. |
Black margin of h.-w. more than 2 mm. wide (usually about
4mm.) . : : : : : |
F.-w. cell transparent ‘ : penelope ironelueita (281)
F.-w. cell not transparent . : ‘ » ily
H.-w. central band yellowish white pele ip pepe (281)
H.-w. central band red. : : - 4
Base of h.-w. wnderside reddish Wala penslepet: penella (281)
Base of h.-w. beneath, but little, if at all, darker than central
band. ‘ ; == (3
Grownd-colow of h.-a. | Binadith veltoucan : sae penelope
Ground-colour of h.-w. beneath silvery grey
penelope f. argentea (281)
F,-w. with a large red spot in areas 1b and 2, and a very small
transparent spot in 3 (sometimes absent). Three small trans-
parent subapical spots. Rest of f.-w. black brown
penelope penelope (281)
F.-w. spots in 1b and 2 nage and a very large trans-
parent spotin3. : > 1)
F,-w, cell also transparent, a. an eaien ef a pide spot in
middle. H.-w, central band of medium width
penelope translucida (281)
(k)
(¢)
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 37
F.-w. cell fully scaled with black, except ceria at extreme
end : : ’ oe Qe)
H.-w. conibral band very narrow GibéuL 4 mm.)
penelope derubescens (281)
H.-w. central band so broad as to leave a black margin of only
about 3mm. . ; . ‘ : . penelope vitrea (281)
F.-w. with a peculiar pattern formed as follows. Cell and a short
distance beyond it sepia. A central band of tawny brown
outwardly deeply identate on the nervules. Outer half of wing
sepia. An irregular spot near base of area 2 and a V-shaped
spot beneath it in 1b 3 : . . alciope alciope (322)
F.-w. with a similar pattern, but with a white suffusion of the
central band . : é i . alciope f. cretacea (323)
F.-w. bears subapical spots in 6, 5, and 4, and discal spots in 1b
and 2, just as in species of Sections VI or VII : 14 (a)
F.-w. not bearing such spots. : . (m)
F.-w. bears use submarginal spots in 1b a 2, aad the h.-w.
ditto at least in le, 2,and3 . : : : F oe 0G)
No submarginal spots : ‘ : : : ‘ «= 1@
Central band of h.-w. red . ‘ : . rogersi rogersi (61)
Central band of h.-w. not red. : . ; ye)
H.-w. with a whitish central band. rogerst lamborni (62)
H.-w. central band not differentiated, the whole ground-colour
of both wings being sepia-brown . — rogersi f. salambo (61)
H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands nearer to cell than that in 3 or 5 (e)
H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands not nearer to cell than that in 3
or 5 ; 2 : : ee)
H.-w. underside atl a black arden peaute orange spots (ff)
H.-w. margin without orange spots. : ; : GD)
(f) Red of f.-w. not extending beyond subapical spots
(9)
(h)
perenna perenna (261)
Red of f.-w. extending beyond subapical spots
perenia thesprio (262)
H.-w. with a white inner marginal patch = pharsalus vuilloti (257)
H.-w. without white patch ; ; F , . (h)
F.-w. with a white or whitish band beyond the subapical spots,
the red ground-colour not extending into apical area
pharsalus pharsalus (256)
F.-w. without white subapical band, the corresponding area
being occupied by an extension of the red ground-colour
pharsalus f. pharsaloides (256)
38 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
(i) F.-w. with a white subapical band. é ; : 2)
F.-w. without a white subapical band ; : : =. a)
(j) Ground-colour of f.-w. white. , encedon f. lycia (210)
Ground-colour of f.-w. tawny . ; ; Pe (3)
(k) H.-w. with a white patch . ; vended f alcippina (210)
H.-w. without a white patch. : encedon encedon (209)
(1) Nervules ending in broad black triangles at margin. H.-w.
with a white patch . : : . encedon f. radiata (211)
Nervules not so. No h.-w. white patch encedon f. daira (210)
(m) F.-w. may be brown or black with a subapical pale patch or
spots and an inner marginal pale patch, or the inner mar-
ginal and subapical pale patches may be confluent forming a
broad angulated pale central band : : ; - (”)
F.-w. not so marked . : : : . ay
(n) F.-w. with a broad angulated corinee pane ; elec (322)
F.-w. with subapical me inner marginal pale marks separated (0)
(n) F.-w. with a broad confluent pale band ‘ ; 3 a HD
F.-w. with subapical and inner marginal pale marks separated (2)
(1) F.-w. band orange, h.-w. band white alciope 2 f. aurivillii (3238)
Both bands orange : : ; . alciope f. tella (323)
alciope Q f. macarina (322)
[In macarina the pattern, especially of f.-w. is much less definite
than in tella. |
(2) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4,
well separated from a series of three spots close to costa . (3)
F-w. subapical pale spots only separated by the nervules, and so
forming a patch. ; ; , : ; “ - (x)
(3) H.-w. with a broad dark border. 3 ; conjuncta (319)
H.-w. without a broad dark border ‘ : . ansorgei (318)
(0) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4
well separated from a series of three spots close to costa
conjuncta (319)
F.-w. subapical spots only aie by the nervules, and so
forming a patch. ; . (p)
(p) Expanse not exceeding 48-50 mm. The dae cee baad
from costa to hind margin in f.-w. which cuts off the sub-
apical patch is reduced towards margin to so fine a point
that the subapical patch is only just separated from the
inner marginal : : : , disjuncta (821)
The f.-w. subapical patch is peered from the inner marginal
by a dark transverse band of considerable width, and though
the end of the band may be somewhat broken by a whitish
streak it is not reduced to a point as above. Expanse almost
always much morethan 50mm. . ; re (2)
(q) H.-w. dark border fairly sharply defined jnvyaiedlee or in the
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 39
forms in which it is not so, then the f.-w. subapical patch
is very narrow, rarely exceeding about 3°5 mm. in width.
Border in h.-w. never so broad as almost to reach end
. dell. : ; . esebria * (331)
H.-w. dark border if aien is dt fee defined inwardly
amet in forms in which it is so broad as almost to touch
cell, and in such cases the f.-w. subapical patch is much
more than 3°5 mm. in width . : : . jodutta * (327
(r) F.-w. perfectly transparent and scaleless except for a narrow,
intensely black apical and hind marginal border and a very
little black at base . ; , , 2 semivitrea (300)
F.-w. not as above : ; : a)
(s) H.-w. cell beneath with natn more than one at , : « oA)
[Some examples of Jycoa have a second spot in cell, but this is
usually accompanied by a blackish streak. Or the streak
may be broken up giving the appearance of several spots.]
H.-w. cell beneath with more than one spot : : (w
(t) F.-w. with a subapical a of three elongated openers
spots : : : . servona (part) (292)
[A. servona nearly aay ie more than one spot in cell. See
under (1). }
F.-w. without such subapical transparent patch . . ~ (uv)
(w) H.-w. beneath with a narrow elongated central yellow patch
and an inner marginal red brown patch oreas (298)
H.-w. beneath not so marked 2 : z (8)
(v) Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch has a teabanteys to be angulated
at area 4, giving the patch a somewhat quadrate appearance.
This angulation is most easily seen beneath johnstoni (339)
(A. johnstoni is polymorphic. For forms see descriptive section. ]
Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch is regularly rounded
lycoa (part) (336)
[ A. lycoa is also polymorphic. See descriptions, ]
(w) Both wings fully scaled without any partially or wholly trans-
parent patches or spots . : > ‘ , : eS)
Transparent or partially transparent areas in one or both wings (z)
(x) F.-w. without any red or orange marks . —__lycoa (part) (336)
F.-w. with red or orange marks . F ‘ d : = Cy)
(y) F.-w. with elongated red patches between the nervules . rig 8)
(1) H.-w. discal spots large and forming a band which extends well
beyond cell : é orina orina (263)
H.-aw. discal spots not extending swell beyond cell. : erie)
* For the various named forms of esebria and jodutta see descrip-
tive portion. It is scarcely possible to give concise characters which
constantly differentiate between them, and some little experience is
required before the two species can be separated at sight,
40 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the
(2) H.-w. spots confluent in a large black basal patch
orina orineta (264)
H.-w. spots though obscured bu basal suffusion are obviously
not confluent. : : . parrhasia f. oppidia (278)
(y) F.-w. with elongated red pate te between the nervules orina(263)
F.-w. with orange spots between the nervules . insularis (345)
(z) B-w. fully and thickly scaled with the exception of three small
quadrate well-defined transparent or semitransparent sub-
apical spots in 6, 5, and 4 : : . Safie antinori (316)
F.-w. not so . : : ‘ : - : “Gh
(1) On the wnderside the ae and margin of ie -w. are dark brown
enclosing between them a narrow ochreous central band
peneleos pelasgius (269)
H.-w. beneath not so marked : : : ; Sa)
(z) The transparent areas are confined to fies or four very small,
very sharply defined subapical spots in f.-w. . ‘ . (a)
Transparent areas not so confined or at least considerably
elongated : : : ‘ ; ‘ : é 2 a
(a’) F.-w. ground-colour reddish brown. : amicitiae (317)
F.-w. ground-colour brown black ‘ : : ‘ . (@)
(b’) H.-w. with a red band : s < ae pelasyius (269)
H.-w. without a red band. : i ; Aca)
(c’) H.-w. with a fairly broad yellow central pad aft safie (315)
H.-w. with a very narrow, or no band. . sufie antinorti (316)
(d’) Large forms with an expanse of wing of about 60-90 mm.
F,-w. for the most part transparent but having two irregu-
larly outlined transverse oblique dark bands, one from costa
at a point just beyond middle of cell, to the hind angle.
The second just beyond cell. (These bands may be rather
faint.) Apex and hind margin usually somewhat darkened (e’)
Expanse of wing al en less. In any case pattern not
as above . : ‘ F P : : (Gg)
(e’) H.-w. fully Rael all over . : ; 5 . vesperalis (48)
H.-w. partly transparent. : , : ? 2 . Ge
(f’) F.-w. dark bars and h.-w. basal scaling heavily developed
pentapolis epidica (46)
F.-w. dark bars and usually h.-w. basal sealing lightly developed
pentapolis peutupolis (46)
(q’) H.-w. with a quite well-defined transparent or semitransparent
marginal border more or less dusted with black scales . (h’)
H.-w. with margin at least as fully scaled as rest of wing . (7)
(h’) H.-w. border broad and the blackish dusting quite evenly dis-
tributed. (Tarsal claws equal) : ; quirinalis (808)
H.-w. border narrow, the blackish dusting concentrated towards
anal angle. (Tarsal claws unequal) ; » — orestia (305)
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 41
(i) Base of h.-w. above not broadly blackened and discal spots
well developed ; ‘ ‘ ah Ge)
Base of h.-w. above broadly ee or if not Pied without: well-
developed discal spots. : : : . (Vv)
i’) Base of h.-w. above not suffused with Bb or bese 2 % 2¢L)
Base of h.-w. above suffused with black or brown . : ae (8)
(1) H.-w. with a central pale yellowish band
peneleos helvimaculata (269)
H.-w. without such band —. : ¢ 3 - 5 (4)
2) At h.-w. margin on wpperside the dark ei ee rays project
inwardly for some distance. : ; . . (3)
H.-w. margin without such well- Lgebeliped rays on upperside (A)
(3) H.-w. discal spots well developed . . peneleos peneleos (268)
H.-1. discal spots not developed . . parrhasia f. leona (278)
(4) H.-w. border not continuously black but bearing black triangles at
nervule ends. : : ; ; sambavae (314)
A-w. marginal border re black. : 3 ah oT),
(5) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of nervile 2
strattipocles (311)
Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies distinctly before origin of nervule 2
masamba (312)
(6) H.-w. without a red, yellow, or white central area
peneleos f. sepia (269)
H.-w. with such area. : : : ; Ge)
(7) Central area almost white. Vestetehs f lactimaculata (269)
Central area yellow. : : , é - . aes)
Central area red ; : ; : 5 (0),
(8) Yellow area narrow with nearly ens ges « eireeis (297)
Yellow area broad with outer edge curved . : : >
(9) F.-w. with patches of lemon yellow in areas 1b, and 2
servona f. limonata (293)
F.-w. areas 1b and 2 sparsely scaled with white
servona servona (292)
(10) H.-w. with V-shaped black spots on underside midway between
cell and border. Uswally with w pink central band
baxteri (part) (267)
A.-w. without such V-shaped spots and never with a pink
band. ; d 5 (ut)
(11) F.-w. with lonielad rediibah sireues in 1b, 2 2, and 3
Hie ee. parrhasia (277)
F.-w. with aw rounded reddish spot in 2 but no streaks
servona rubra (293)
(/) H.-w. marginal border not continuously black but bearing
black triangles at neryule ends, P . sambavae (314)
42 Mr. H., Eltringham’s Monograph of the
H.-w. marginal border continuously black : : (k’)
(k’) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of eS 2
strattipocles (311)
Outer spot of h.-w. cell les distinctly before origin of nervule 2
masamba (312)
(l’) H.-w. without a yellow or red central patch or band
lycoa lycoa (336)
H.-w. with a yellow or red central patch or band. . (m’)
(m’) H.-w. with a yellow central patch or band 3 ; . @’)
H.-w. with a red central patch or band. ‘ j i
(n’) H.-w. central patch narrow, its edges nearly straight circeis (297)
H.-w. central patch broad, at least its outer edge curved
servona (292)
(o’) Transparent portion of f.-w. confined to three large elongated
subapical spots : : : : . baxtert (part) (267)
Transparent portion of f.-w. not so confined. ‘ (po)
(p’) Tarsal claws equal. ; ‘ ; : : ; £5(Gs)
Tarsal claws unequal . : , ‘ : (7’)
(q’/) F.-w. with an even and regular aah a flush axtendine to
end of cell. : : . igola (part) (302)
F.-w. with basal red Gf mera at all) much broken up
especially by a black mark in middle of cell parrhasia (277)
(r’) Central portion of h.-w. on underside is not paler than base or
margin. : 5 grosvenori (276)
Central portion of i -w. ndede is paler than base or
margin . : : ‘ (s’)
(s’) Nervule ends on h.-w. nadeeaile: not broadly duced with plask
so as to haveaswollen appearance peneleos peneleos(part)(268)
Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly dusted with black
so as to have a swollen appearance
peneleos pencleos (part) (268)
pelopeia (274)
GROUP
1, ACRAHA ZONATA? “Pl. VILL £11.
Acraea zonata, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag.,
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898).
= makupa, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889);
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea), p. 3, pl. 1, £6
(1889).
GeRMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Mikindani); Bririsa E.
Arrica (Rabai, Witu, Wasin, Zanzibar, Pemba I.).
¢. Expanse about 55mm. Wings thinly scaled, orange brown.
Nervures well marked, dark brown, F.-w, costa and base, black,
xiv, p. 154 (1877);
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 43
A large transverse black spot about middle of cell. An irregular
band of black spots crossing the discal area at the discocellular
nervules and extending to the hind angle. Apical area and hind
margin rather broadly dusted with black and bearing eight rather
suffused spots of the ground-colour. H.-w. black at base and
slightly dusted with black on margin. A very minute black dot
at point where nervure 5 leaves the cell. An irregular zigzag
discal band of black extending from the costa to the anal angle,
Thorax black, spotted with pale brown beneath. Abdomen black
above, brown beneath, and bearing segmental spots of pale brown,
Claws unequal.
The underside resembles the upper but has a vitreous surface
and the markings are less distinct.
@. I have seen only two 2 9 of this species. One is in the
general collection of the Berlin Museum and differs from ¢
examples only in the fact that in the f.-w. the space between the
central bar and the apical brown is transparent.
The other is in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection and resembles
the g but is larger, paler, and duller.
Acrea zonata appears to be a rather rare insect. The
type in the Hewitson collection was taken at Zanzibar.
The example figured by Grose-Smith is from Mombasa,
one specimen in the Oxford collection is from Rabai, whilst
the Tring collection contains examples from Dar-es-Salaam
and Pemba I., and the British Museum specimens are from
Zanzibar and Witu. A. zonata is certainly closely allied to
rabbaiae. The claspers in the # armature are without the
large processes so characteristic of that species,
2. ACRAEA RABBAIAE. PI. VIII, f. 10.
Acraea rabbaiae, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 152 (1873);
Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 3, p. 25, pl. 2, f. 1 (1878); Trimen,
S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 133 (1887) ; Monteiro (metam.), Del. Bay
p. 219 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898).
PortucursE E, Arrica (Delagoa Bay, Mozambique) ; GERMAN
E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama) ; Raopusta (Chirinda).
A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp.
Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889); Smith & Kirby,
Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 14, pl. 4, f. 9, 10 (1892) ;
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898).
British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar, Sabaki R. Witu) ;
GrerRMAN E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama).
44 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the
A. rabbaiae rabbaiae.
6. Expanse about 64 mm. F.-w. transparent. H.-w. trans-
sparent or thinly scaled. Nervures well marked, dark brown.
A inore or less well-marked series of black spots across centre
of f.-w. confluent round the discocellulars. One crescentic
spot in 2, below junction of 3 and the median. One spot below
this and slightly nearer base, in 1b, and another, more rounded
spot in same area, near junction of 2 and the median. One
spot in area 11 just before end of cell. Apices slightly dusted
with brownish ochreous. H.-w. more or less sealed with
whitish. Margin with large internervular ochreous spots bor-
dered inwardly with a blackish suffusion. Underside the same,
Thorax black with a few reddish spots above and spotted with
pale ochreous below. Abdomen black with pale lateral spots
and brown beneath. Claws unequal.
Q. Resembles the ¢.
The extent of the scaling of the h.-w. in rabbaiae varies
from a condition approaching transparency to a fairly
thickly scaled surface. These scales are, in all ‘the exam-
ples I have seen, distinctly paler in colour than in the
subsp. mombasae.
A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp.
This form resembles rabbaiae but the black markings in the
f.-w. are less well defined: and the h.-w. is always thickly
scaled with creamy brown scales distinctly darker than in
rabbaiae. The apices of the f.-w. are darker and frequently bear
traces of a marginal band of pale spots.
The example of this form figured and described by Grose-Smith
has both wings moderately scaled and this is apparently the
case in the remaining examples in his collection. Most of the
specimens I have seen show a greater transparency in the f.-w.
The form appears to be confined to the neighbourhood
of Mombasa, Rabai, and Zanzibar. I have seen no speci-
men of the typical rabbaiac taken so far north as this. The
latter occurs at Delagoa Bay and inland to Chirinda.
The genital armature is the same in both forms.
The type is in the collection of M. Oberthiir. The larva
of rabbaiae is briefly referred to by Mrs. Monteiro in
“Delagoa Bay” as “bright red with black spines.”
3. AcRaEA satis. Pl, XIV, ff. 14, 14a, 14b, 14c.
Acraea satis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 35 (1871); Af. Lep.,
p. 6, pl. 6, f. 1 (1875); Mabille, Hist. Nat, Mad, Lep., 1, p,
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 45
115, pl. 10, f. 10, 11 (1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.
p- 90 (1898); Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909).
= corona, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885).
GERMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Lindi, Bondu, Bagamoyo,
Saadani, Mafia I.); British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar,
Witu); RuopxEsia (Chirinda) ; ZULULAND.
g. Expanse 55-70 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled. Base and
costa black, area 1b sometimes yellowish. A short black basal
streak in 1b. From base to end of cell, base of area 2, two-thirds
of 1b, and a slightly less extent of la, bright red. The red area
bounded by an irregular discal band of black from subcostal to
hind angle, and darkest on end of cell. A rather broad sinuous
transverse black mark in cell near end. Areas 4, 5, and 6, from
transverse band to middle of discal area, red, followed by a slight
dusting of blackish scales. All the f.-w. black markings may
be very faint, the spot on discocellular being the least liable to
obsolescence. Remainder of f.-w. semitransparent, scales being
slightly reduced, scattered, and sometimes replaced by bifid
hairs. H.-w. red, yellowish at inner margin. A hind marginal
black border bearing a variable number of internervular spots of
the ground-colour. An irregular discal band of black sometimes
enclosing spots of the ground-colour. Base black, with a sub-
basal spot in 7, one in cell, and one in la.
Underside, f.-w. scaled only at base and costa. H.-w. as
on upperside, but scaled only at base, margins, and discal band.
Costal and inner marginal scales dull ochreous, black spots as on
upperside. Hind margin as on upperside but with seven large
rounded dull ochreous spots. Thorax black spotted with
yellowish beneath, and with two to four whitish spots above.
Abdomen black above, paler below, and laterally and ventrally
spotted with yellowish. Claws unequal.
Q. Expanse about 84mm. Markings similar to those of g but
the red colour everywhere replaced by white. In f.-w. the cell
spot may coalesce with discal band, or may enclose a small white
spot. Abdomen white spotted.
Acraea satis is aremarkably distinct species not only in
the character of the markings but also in the structure of
the genitalia. A very peculiar modification of the parts
has taken place. The true uncus and claspers have
become much reduced, whilst the dorsal and ventral
abdominal plates have become greatly modified, so as to
resemble false uncus and claspers respectively.
46 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
Mabille describes this species as occurring in Madagas-
car, but I have been unable to find any authentic example
from that island. M. Oberthiir has specimens so labelled,
but informs me that in this case the labelling is not
reliable, and that he is of opinion that the species occurs
only on the mainland.
GROUP If
4, ACRAEA PENTAPOLIS. Pl. XIV, f. 2.
Acraea pentapolis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 60 (1871) ; Af.
Lep., p. 7, pl. 6, f.2 (1873) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111
(1898); Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903); Neave,
Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904); Aurivillius, Ann. Mus.
Genov., p.3 (527), (1910).
= thelestis, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 17, pl. 3, f. 33 (1893) ;
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898).
S. Leone; Gotp Coast; ASHANTI; NigERIA; ToGo ; CAME-
ROON; GaBoon; ConcGo (Bopoto, Luebo, Leopoldville) ;
UGANDA.
A. pentapolis epidica, subsp.
= A epidica, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 18, pl. 3, f. 27
(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p 111 (1898).
German E, Arrica (Pangani, Usambara, Ukami Mt.).
A, pentapolis pentapolis. Pl. VI, f. 1. (larva).
¢. Expanse 60-76 mm. ‘Wings semitransparent, due to ab-
sence of scales. F.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin powdered
with brownish. Several ill-defined dusky marks varying much
in intensity but usually consisting of the following. A broad
irregular mark in cell over origin of 2, a blackish mark on
discocellulars, a series of rudimentary marks beyond cell in
the form of an oblique discal band of spotsin 6, 5, 4, and
3, a mark at base of area 2 and beneath it running downwards
and outwards a mark in 1b. In the same area a short indistinct
longitudinal streak at base,
H.-w. with a dusky powdering round hind margin, and more
or less evident darker internervular rays showing their greatest
development in 2, lc, and 1b. Lower half of cell, base of 3,
basal half of 2, and the greater part of 1c, 1b, and la covered
with seales which vary in colour from pale lemon-ochreous to
brick red. In some cases this patch is very fully developed
and of definite outline, whilst in others it is merely indicated.
Numerous black spots corresponding to those on underside
but varying much in size and number.
— eee
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 47
Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales. H.-w. as above
but the yellow or red patch paler and less developed. Black
spots very variable in number. In the case of maximum
development the following may be observed. A spot in 9, a sub-
basal and a central (very small) in 7, one at extreme base of 5,
and a double spot at base of 4, two in cell before middle, three or
four discal spots progressively larger in size, in 6, 5, 4, and 3, a
large spot at base of 2 followed by a spot in le and 1b, these
three nearly in a straight line, but that in 1c slightly nearer base.
A basal and a subbasal in 1c, ditto in 1b, and a basal and two
other spots in la,
Head black with a few whitish dots and two tufts on collar,
thorax black with whitish marks, abdomen black above with
whitish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal.
Q like the ¢ and presenting the same variations of pattern.
In some examples of this species there is a faint reddish
or yellowish flush in the fi-w. especially along the main
nervures. Long series have lately been bred by Mr. Lam-
born near Lagos, and presented by him to the Oxford
Museum. It is clear from these examples that Oberthiir’s
thelestis cannot be distinguished from pentapolis even as a
form. From that author's description the principal dis-
tinction between thelestis and pentapolis is the presence in
the former of a tawny rather than yellowish patch in h.-w.
In the series before me every gradation of colour may be
observed, from a mere whitish appearance to a definite
brick-red patch.
A. pentapolis epidica, subsp.
This is the extreme eastern form of the species and differs in
the following respects. It is generally much larger, having an
expanse of 80-90 mm. The blackish markings in f.-w. are
much darker and more definite. In the h.-w. the basal spots are
large and confluent, forming a conspicuous basal black mark.
The patch of pale scales is lemon-ochreous and well developed,
and there are usually a few tawny scales on the hind margin on
underside.
The larvae of the specimens received from Lagos may
be described. as follows :-—
Upper half dark umber brown with a few irregular dark
markings on the upper part of each segment, and a whitish
lateral mark on segments 4-12. Head reddish brown with a
white, ventrally bifurcated, white line. Legs yellow at base,
48
Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
extremities black. Pro-legs yellow. Spines all black. The dorsal
pair on segment 2 longer than the rest and somewhat curved.
Pupa whitish with black lines representing nervures, antennae,
legs, etc. A ventral, two lateral, and two dorsal rows of seg-
mental black marks, each with a yellowish centre. From the
inner or dorsal side of each of these centres in the two dorsal
rows of spots, there arises a short blunt black process or spine.
The general appearance of the pupa is as variable as that of
the imago, sometimes the white and sometimes the black
predominating.
A dipterous parasite emerged from one of the pupae.
. ACRAEA VESPERALIS. Pl. XIV, f. 3.
Acraea vesperalis, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 466 (1890) ;
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acrueu), p. 7, pl. 3, f. 1, 2
(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898) ; Griinberg,
Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). (2 pentapolis.)
S. Leone; Conco (Zongo, Mokoanga, Zambuiya to Albert
Nyanza, Kassai R., Usongoda) ; UGANDA (Sesse I.). (?)
A, vesperalis catori, subsp.
Bethune-Baker, Ann. Nat. Hist., 14, p. 223 (1904); Dudgeon
(vesperalis), Proc, Ent. Soc., p. liv (1909).
S. Leone (Mano-Ronietta).
A, vesperalis vesperalis.
¢. Expanse 70-76 mm. F.-w. slightly brownish at base.
Costa dusky brown passing into sepia at apex. From end of cell
to apex, the whole of area 3, and the marginal part of areas 2, 1b,
and la, sepia. A discal band of elongated transparent spots in
6, 5, and 4, and a trace of a transparent mark in 3. Cell, greater
part of 2, nearly the whole of 1b, and la, transparent and devoid
of scales. An irregular sepia patch in cell above origin of 2,
Beginning at base of area 2 and ending at hind angle a sepia band
about 2 mm. wide.
H.-w. black at base and having a hind marginal border of sepia
brown about 4-5 mm. wide, its inner edge interrupted by the
extension of the brown along the nervules and internervular
rays. The remainder of the wing brownish ochreous of some-
what variable depth. Indications of the black spots of the
underside are visible in the discal area.
Underside. F.-w. resembles upperside but the apical and hind
marginal areas dusted with chestnut brown. H.-w. chestnut
brown, of a rather richer tint towards base and inner margin
Nervules and internervular rays well marked, brownish black,
—_—s— Te
ce)
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 49)
Black spots very variable. When attaining maximum develop-
ment, usually as follows, One in 9, one in 8, two (small) in 7, the
outermost just beyond origin of 7. Three just beyond cell in 5.
4, and 3. One at base of 5, and 4 on discocellulars, two in cell
before the middle, one at base of 2 followed by one in le and 1),
all three in a straight line. A basal and a subbasal in le, a sub-
basal in 1b, and two spots near middle of la. Some irregular
black at base of nervures.
Head and thorax black with a few pale dots. Abdomen black
above, with pale segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal.
? resembles the ¢.
A, vesperalis catori, subsp.
Differs from typical vesperalis in having the ground colour of
h.-w. pale instead of brownish-ochreous.
A. vesperalis is so nearly allied to pentapolis that but for
the fact that the h.-w. patterns are so consistently dif-
ferent, and also that both species occur in the same place
without intermediates, I should have regarded them as
two forms of the same species. ‘The male armatures are
in this case somewhat unsatisfactory guides though they
do seem to show slight differences. Such differences are,
however, much less than would appear from the figures
on Plate XIV.
GROUP III.
6. Acraka I@aTi. Pl, VII, f. 12.
Acreea igati, Boisduval, Faune Mad.,* p. 29, pl. 4, f. 3, pl. 5, f. 3
(1833); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885) ;
Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., p. 82, 89, pl. 10, f. 1, 2
(1885-7) ; Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 13, pl. 4, f. 22
(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898).
MapaGascar (Ambinanindrano).
¢. Expanseabout 60mm. Wings transparent, the transparency
being caused by reduction in number and size of the scales.
F.-w. slightly smoky towards costa and apex and with an orange
brown basal suffusion extending to about the middle of the wing.
H.-w. with about the same amount of basal orange suffusion.
Some irregular black spotting at base, including a large well-
rounded spot at base of area Ic, and an elongated narrow black
spot at base of arealb. In area 6 and 7 and between end of cell
and margin, two large confluent black spots, and two somewhat
* The text is published separately. The plates are in the
“Nouvelles Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.”
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (JULY) E
50 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
similar but more elongated spots in areas 2 and 3, In some
examples there is a small spot in area 5. Thorax black, spotted
with white beneath. Abdomen black with white lateral seg-
mental spots. Claws unequal.
Q. Expanse about 65 mm. ‘The spots on the h.-w. are
similar to those in the g¢ but that in area 5 is often larger.
The orange suffusion in the f.-w. is replaced by pale yellow and
that in the h.-w. by white. In some examples the coloured
areas are entirely replaced by white.
Acraca wyatt is found only in Madagascar. Boisduval
and Mabille describe it as frequenting wooded districts,
and producing two broods, the first in April and May, the
second in July and August. Boisduval states that it is
found on Ste. Marie I. and on the mainland. He appears
to have confused the sexes, describing the orange suffused
form as the female. His figure is that of the male.
The male armature is peculiar, as will be seen from a
reference to the figure in Plate VII. The velum is much
larger than in A. danvii and both uncus and claspers are
more highly developed. The entire structure resembles
that of the Australasian A. andromache.
7. AcRaga Damir. Pl. VII, ff. 11a, b, c.
Acraea damii, Vollenhoven, Pollen and Van Dam, Faune
Mad., 5, Ins., p. 12, pl. 2, f. 4 (1869); Mabille, Hist. Nat.
Mad. Lep., 1, p. 83, 88, pl. 10, f. 3, 4 (1885-7); Oberthiir,
Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 12, pl. 3, f. 11-16 (1890); Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898).
= percussa, Keferstein, Jahrb. Akad, Erfurt (2), 6, p. 13, pl. 1,
#1524870):
= masonala, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix, p. 3 (1872); Af.
hep., p. 10, pl. 7, £15 (1874),
Mayorra I.; Comoro I.; MADAGASCAR.
A. damii cuva, subsp.
Gr. Smith (4. cwva), Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889) ; Smith
& Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), p. 2, pl. 1, f. 5 (1889);
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898); Smith & Kirby,
Rhop. Exot., 3 (Acraea), p. 24, pl. 7, £. 4 (1901).
British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar); GurmMan E. Arrica
(Dar-es-Salaam) ; (2) KATANGA.
f. nidama. Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904).
Type from Dar-ns-Sanaam. (Liable to appear wherever cuva
occurs.)
African Species of the Genus Acraea. ou
A, damit damii.
¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings transparent owing to re-
duction in number and size of scales. F.-w. slightly suffused
from base to about middle with brick red. Nervures reddish
brown. H.-w. more densely scaled with brick red from base to
about midway between end of cell and margin. Five black spots
at base more distinct on underside. One behind the precostal, 2
in area 1c, and one in la and 1b, respectively. One large rounded
spot in area 7 near middle of costa, one rather larger and nearer
margin in area 6, one very small spot below this, in area 5. Two
large spots somewhat produced distally and placed in areas 2 and 3
respectively. Underside similar but spots smaller and more
sharply outlined. H.-w. dusted with whitish scales. Thorax
black, with a few pale spots above and below, abdomen black
above and yellow beneath, with whitish lateral segmental spots.
Claws unequal,
2 similarly marked but wanting the brick red suffusion, this
being replaced by a dusting of white scales. Expanse 65-75 mm.
Acraea damit is a very variable insect. The above
description is taken from an average pair in the Oxford
collection. M. Oberthir (/.c.) figures one $ and five ? 9.
The # example has an elongate spot in the h.-w. cell; in
the 22 the number of discal spots varies from four to
eight, and in some cases the spots are different in opposite
wings of the same individual. The author further points
out that in two examples the neuration is abnormal, and
occasionally the two § 2 have the reddish colouring of the
‘fg. In one f example in the National collection the
brick red suffusion extends completely over both wings,
whilst the hw. spots are reduced in number to three.
M. Oberthiir states that the type of Ward’s masonala is in
his collection and that there is no doubt that it is an
example of damit.
Keferstein’s figures (/.c.) are of J and 9 examples taken
in Madagascar by Herr Tolin in 1862. The gf comes
nearest to Oberthur’s fig. 11, and the ? to fig. 16.
The species is probably extremely distasteful. It is
described as settling on certain trees in large numbers,
when it can easily be picked off with the fingers.
It occurs in Mayotta, Comoro, and Madagascar, examples
from the latter region being usually smaller than those
from Comoro.
The # armature is quite distinctive, especially in the
BE 2
52 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
possession of two small horn-like processes on the margin
of the velum, or ventral abdominal plate.
Acraea damii cura, subsp.
¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles damii but the red suffusion
is usually of greater extent, sometimes extending nearly to the
margin in the f.-w. In the h.-w. it is often rather sharply
defined leaving a transparent margin of moderate width,
The black spots on the h.-w. are more sharply outlined than in
damit damti, but exhibit as in the latter considerable variation
in size and number, Grose-Smith’s type, which is described in
the text and on the plate asa 9, appears in fact tobea ¢. It
has eight black spots on the h.-w. An example before me
from the Tring collection has five spots (= nidama, Suff.), whilst
others have rather conspicuous basal spots, notably a large rounded
one in area le,
?. Resembles ¢, but is rather larger and has the red
replaced by creamy yellow. The black spots are larger, and
the base of the h.-w. is much suffused with black. An example
before me has a small black spot in the h.-w. cell near the
base, and in one wing another spot near the end of cell.
Occasionally the 9 is red like the ¢.
I have followed Aurivillius in regarding cuva as a form
of danvii, though in view of its geographical distribution it
must be considered a subspecies of the Madagascar form.
It occurs only on the mainland and Zanzibar. There are
fifteen examples in the National collection, five of which
are @ and the localities given are, Zanzibar, Dar-es-
Salaam, and Rabai. The type was received from
Mombasa, and there are examples in the Tring collection
labelled “ Katanga, Tanganyika,” and though the exact
meaning of the locality is rather vague, 1t would appear
that the species has a considerable westward range. I
have dissected out the genitalia of one of these examples
and find no difference from those of dami taken in
Madagascar.
8. ACRAEA KRAKA. PI. VII, f. 15.
Acraea kraka, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 272, pl. 6, f. 3
(1893) ; Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).
CAMEROON (Bibundi, Bonge); FERNANDO Po.
¢. Expanse about 50 mm. Wings transparent. Transparency
caused by the scales being reduced to fine hairs. F.-w. black
at base and dusted with black for a short distance along the
~~ ee
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 53
costa. Slightly darker suffusion at apex caused by a reappearance
of scales which however are still very narrow and elongated.
A reddish basal suffusion (probably bright red in fresh
examples) extending to nearly half the length of the cell and
distally to nearly the whole length of area la. A black spot
in the cell about the middle, and two spots in area 1b, one near
the base and one about the middle. H.-w. black at base and
with a basal reddish suffusion extending a little beyond the end
of cell. Numerous black spots arranged as follows. Two in area
7, two in cell, and two in 1b, and 2, three in 1c, one in 3, 4, 5, and
6, and one near the base in la.
The underside is similar but without the reddish suffusion
which only shows through from the upperside. A fourth spot is
visible in le at the base.
Thorax black, abdomen black above and brown beneath, with
brown lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal.
Q. Expanse about 62 mm. According to Aurivillius’ figure
(l.c.) there is a small additional spot in area 2 in the f.-w.
The basal suffusion is described as ochreous.
The three 2 2 from which Aurivillius described the
type were taken in May and July (1891) at Bibundi and
Eonge in N.W. Cameroon, and are in the Stockholm
Museum. There are six ~ examples in the National
collection taken at Fernando Po, and a few specimens in
the Tring collection.
The above are the only examples known to me. The
female genital armature is sufficiently distinct in form
though showing a fairly close resemblance to that of
A. cerasa. The transparency of the wings in this latter
species is however produced in a different manner.
Aurivillius regards kraka as a near ally of quirina, and in
support of this it may be noted that in both species the
transparency is caused in the same manner, though on the
other hand the structure of the respective male armatures
is very different.
9. AcRAEA EuGENIA, PI. IV, f. 13 (9).
Acraea eugenia, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893)
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).
ToGOLAND (Bismarckburg) ; ANGoua (Canhoca).
d. Expanse about 49 mm. Wings translucent and well
rounded. F.-w. with yellow nervures and nervules and very
sparsely dusted with sepia, and a few yellowish white scales.
54 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
These are of the normal size and the transparency is due to a
reduction in their number. H.-w. with an ill-defined basal area
of whitish or light yellowish scales shaded into a dusky marginal
border. Black spots as on underside.
Underside, f.-w. almost devoid of scales, H.-w. as above but
with fewer scales. Black spots as follows. Four spots graduated
in size in 7, 6, 5, and 4 lying beyond cell and parallel to apical
margin. A larger spot at base of 3, and of 2. Beneath the latter
a spot in le followed by a smaller spot in 1b rather further from
margin. A subbasal in 7, two in cell, the second over origin of
nervule 2, a large subbasal in le, and beneath it a small spot in
1b, and a subbasal in la. A little irregular black at base.
Head black with two white dots between the eyes and two
yellowish tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale marks,
Abdomen black above with white lateral spots. Claws unequal.
resembles ¢ but larger (about 54-60 mm.). One @ in the
Berlin Museum has the spot in area 5 of h.-w. almost obsolete.
The only example I have seen besides those in the
Berlin Museum is a single ? in the Tring collection. The
species appears to be rare, and [| have had no opportunity
of making a preparation of the f armature. The @ plate
is of peculiar structure and the orifice of the bursa
copulatriz appears to be somewhat eccentric, as in A.
horta.
10. AcrArs cerasa. Pl, VII, fat BeEsVik i
Acraea cerasa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 10
(1861); Trimen, 8S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 139 (1887); Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 11, pl. 4, f. 1 (non
f. 2), (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).
Navan; GERMAN E. Arrica; British E. Arrica (Nairobi,
Kikuyu, Machakos).
¢d. Expanse 37-52 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to
reduction of scales to hairs; black scaling at base and for a
short distance along inner margin. Costa and hind margin
dusted with brownish black scales. A brick red basal suffusion
extending to end of cell and downwards and outwards nearly
to hind angle, A variable number of black spots, usually one
a little beyond middle of cell and one at extremity of cell
on discocellulars. Sometimes a small spot near base below
median, and rarely two on edge of red area, one on each side
of nervure 2. H.-w. brick red, thinly scaled, and more trans-
parent towards margin. A variable number of spots arranged,
when all present, as follows. A submarginal row of six or
——
African Species of the Genus Acraea, 55
seven parallel to hind margin and becoming very minute towards
apex. A discal row of seven, the first in 1b and in a straight
line with the next two which are much larger, the fourth in
area 3 and somewhat variable in position, the next three in
areas 4, 5, and 6, the middle one more distally placed. Two
spots in area 7, two in cell, and one basal spot in la, 1b, and
le. Some of these spots, especially the submarginal,row, may be
absent. Underside devoid of scales but spots in h.-w. smaller
and blacker. Thorax and abdomen black above and paler below,
with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal.
@. Usually resembles ¢ but is somewhat larger and has the
red areas paler and duller, One example from Nairobi has all
the red replaced by pale ochreous.
The larva and pupa are fully described by Trimen (J. ¢.).
From this description the following is taken.
Larva, livid purplish above, with a dull greenish dorsal streak
edged by a series of small white marks, followed by a second
lateral series of similar marks at edge of purplish area. Below
this, olive greenish, underside pale green. Head black, striped
with white. The usual dorsal and lateral spines.
Pupa, orange yellow, with bright orange black-ringed spots,
neuration of wings and a dorsal stripe, black.
A. cerasa is very variable in the number and size of the
black spots. The submarginal spots in h.-w. are often
entirely absent, whilst many of the others may be absent
or very small.
ii. Acrawa cenrra. Pl. TV, f-9°¢¢ ).
Acraea cerita, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist., 7, xviii. p. 75
(1906).
Toro REGION.
¢. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. basal half brick red, extending
not quite toend of cell, projecting into the basal part of area 2,
and occupying about half of areas 1b and la. This red area is
sharply defined and is enclosed outwardly by a dusting of black
scales forming a transverse bar right across the wing from costa to
inner margin which it meets just before inner angle. Costa and
apex also dusted with blackish. Outer half of wing transparent
and very iridescent, the scales reduced to fine hairs. The hind
margin very slightly darker. In the cell a small black spot over
origin of nervule2. In area 1b a small spot lying in the line be-
tween the cell spot and the hindangle. In the same area another
56 Mr. H. Eltringhain’s Monograph of the
spot midway between base and nervule 2. H.-w. brick red with
a very little blackish at base and a narrow grey-black hind
marginal border. A few black spots as on underside.
Underside. Both wings almost scaleless. H.-w. spots as
follows. Two in 7, the second just beyond origin of
nervule 7. Two in cell on one wing and one on the other, the
second spot just before origin of nervule 2. In areas 3, 2, le,
and 1b a row of discal spots lying almost in a horizontal line
and beyond these in 3, 2, and le traces of submarginal dots are
visible with a lens. A subbasal spot in lc, 1b, and la, that in
1b more distally placed than the others.
Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, abdomen black
above with yellowish white lateral dots. Claws unequal.
The foregoing description and the figure on Plate IV are
from the type now in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection. This
example is the only one I have seen and_ bears the
label Entebbe 1906, though I have reason to suppose it was
taken in the Toro region. I strongly suspect it to be a
form or aberration of A. cerasa. I have not seen an ex-
ample of the latter from Entebbe, although I have handled
many thousands of specimens from that locality. The
specimen of A. cerita remains unique and until further
material becomes available I must allow it to stand as a
species.
12, AcRAEA UnIMacuULaTA. PI, VII, f. 16.
Acraea unimaculata, Gr. Smith, Novit. Zool., v. p. 350 (1898) ;
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. (= humilis), p. 86, 1898 ; Smith &
Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi. pl. 6, f. 1, 2, 3 (1901).
British E. Arrica (15 m. N. of Kisumu, Kabras, Nandi).
¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc-
tion of scales to hairs. Costal margin and apex slightly dusted
with black scales. Basal area dull red (probably brighter in
life) extending nearly to end of cell, just beyond origin of first
median, and nearly to hind angle. Base slightly dusted with
black. H.-w. of the same red as f.-w. A semitransparent
margin, slightly dusted with black scales, nearly § in. wide at
apex and tapering to nothing at inner angle. Base blackish.
Underside devoid of scales and vitreous. Two black spots in
cell, one in le and two or three basal spots at junction of wing
and thorax. All except the inner cell spot may be absent.
Thorax and abdomen black above, paler beneath, with yellowish
lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal.
——
—— ee
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 57
2. Expanse 56 mm. Resembles ¢ but red areas paler and
duller and less well defined outwardly. Spots of h.-w. underside
may be entirely absent.
The types which are in the Tring collection were taken
at Kabras in British E. Africa. Co-types from Rau, Nandi
country. In his catalogue of the African Rhopalocera Prof.
Aurivillius placed this species as a synonym of 4. humilis,
not having then seen either insect. Its nearest allies are
A. cerasa,and A. kraka. he similarity between the male
armature and that of the latter species entitles waimaculata
to be regarded as the eastern representative of kraka,
though at the same time the differences are sufficient to
give the two forms specific rank. Until recently the only
example known to me besides those in the Tring Museum
was a ? in the Oxford collection, taken by Dr. Wiggins on
the Uganda Ry. 15 m. N. of Kisumu. Latterly, however,
the species has been taken in some numbers by Neave in
British E. Africa, on the Yala R., N. Kavirondo.
iS, eACRAHAN IT URINAS PIP WE tf 3.
Acraea itwrina, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 465 (1890);
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 12, pl. 4, f. 3,
4 (1892) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910).
S. CamMERoon ; BetGtan Conco (near Ft. Beni); UGanpa
(Sesse I, Albert to Victoria Nyanza),
A. iturina kakana, subsp.
Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii. p. 150 (1911).
AByssINIA (Adie Kaka, Kaffa).
A. iturina iturina,
dg. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. rather transparent clouded
with smoky brown along costa and hind margin. This cloud-
ing varies in intensity in different examples. Transparency
caused by narrowing of the scales. The basal area having a
brownish red suffusion (probably bright red in fresh specimens)
extending nearly to end of cell and two-thirds of length of inner
margin. A large black spot in the cell somewhat beyond the
middle, and varying considerably in intensity. (One example
before me has a minute black spot in area 2, near the cell, and a
black powdering on the discocellulars.) A small black linear
spot at base of area 1b.
H.-w. red with semitransparent smoky brown margin con-
siderably widened near apex. Base black. Two black spots in
area 7 rather close together. A discal row of seven spots, the
first four usually smaller than the rest and the fourth nearer the
58 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
margin. Two spots in the cell, that nearer the base often very
small. One basal spot in la, 1b, and 1c, the second of these
sometimes confluent with the last discal spot. Nervures 6 and
7 arise from a common stalk. Underside vitreous and without
coloured scales, the h.-w. spots repeated. Thorax and abdomen
black above, pale below, and with lateral pale spots. Claws
unequal.
?. The only 9 I have seen resembles the ¢ and is of the
same size, but the wings are more transparent and the spot in
f.-w. cell is almost divided longitudinally.
A. tturina kakana, subsp.* Pl. IV, f. 14 (2).
¢. F.-w. base and costa blackish. Apical half semitrans-
parent, basal half including cell, dull orange red ; apex, hind
margin, and distal edge of red area rather more thickly scaled
with black than the remainder. he transparency is caused by
reduction in width of the scales. The red colour extends slightly
into area 3, about half the length of areas 1b, and 2, and nearly
to hind angle in area la.
H.-w. dull orange red ; a basal aggregation of confluent black
spots ; a discal band of large confluent spots, the first in area 7
about the middle, the remainder le almost in a straight line
across the wing, except that in area 3, which is more distally
placed ; a blackish hind marginal border about 2 mm. wide at
apex, becoming rather suddenly narrower at nervule 5, and
tapering to anal angle.
Underside resembles the upper, but is sparsely scaled, and the
red areas are dull pink; the h.-w. basal spots are somewhat
less confluent and can be resolved into a large subbasal spot in
7, two confluent subbasal spots in cell, one in Ic, 1b, and la;
in the latter area also a minute dot beneath end of nervule Ja ;
a little black at origin of main nervures.
Head, thorax, and abdomen black, the latter with indistinct
brownish lateral spots; tarsal claws asymmetrical. In f.-w,
nervures 6 and 7 arise not from cell but from a common stalk
about 1 mm. long as in itwrina. :
This form differs from itwrina in the absence of the spot in
f.-w. cell, the deeper colour and greater extent of the red areas,
and the larger size of the spots.
* Since the above was printed I have bad an opportunity of
making a further careful comparison of the type with specimens of
iturina, with the result that I incline to the belief that ctwrina
kakano may ultimately prove to be a distinct species. Pending the
acquisition of further material there seems, however, no objection to
allowing it to retain the above position.
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 59
The type of A. iturina, now in the Joicey collection,
isa f. The locality in Grose-Smith’s original description
is somewhat vaguely given as the “great forest of Central
Africa.” Two g¢ ¢ in the Tring collection are labelled “2
days from Fort Beni,” and a third “15 days” from the
same locality. A 2 in the Oxford collection was taken in
1905 in Uganda between Lakes Albert and Victoria Nyanza.
The species may readily be distinguished from other some-
what similar forms by the peculiarity of the h.-w. neuration.
This feature is faithfully represented in the figure in Rhop.
Exot. The claspers of the ~ armature have a peculiar
toothed structure on the imner edge. Aurivillius (/. ¢.)
suggests that iwrina may be a variety of cerasa. It 1s
however quite a distinct species, as shown by the structure
of the male armature and the complete reduction of the
scales to hairs in the latter species.
4. AORAHA QuIRINA. PI, VII; £18. Pl XVI, f. 6.
Acraea quirina, Fabricius (Pap.), Spec. Ins., 2, p. 36 (1781) ;
Godart (A.), Enc. Méth., 9, p. 231 (1819) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent.
Zeit., 38, p. 193 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86
(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Aurivillius,
Ann. Mus. Genov., p. 19 (512), (1910).
= dice, Drury (Pap), Il. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 23, pl. 18, f. 3, 4 (1782) ;
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 24, pl. 83, f. 3, 4 (1792).
Trimen (A.), Rhop. Afr., Austr., p. 95 (1862).
SENEGAL; 8S. LEoNE; Lagos; Lipertra ; ToGoLAND; GABOON ;
Coneo (Mukenge, Kassai, Kwidgwi I.); GERMAN EK. AFRICA
(Dar-es-Salaam) ; British E. Arrica (Kisumu).
A, quirina rosa, subsp. nov.
British E. Arrica (Kitui, Rabai).
A, quirina quirina.
d. 34-50 mm. F.-w. transparent, the transparency caused
by the scales being reduced in width in the discal area and
represented by hairs in the marginal area. Base powdered
with black, and beneath the median a basal black streak extend-
ing nearly to a point below the origin of nervure 2. (Drury
describes the f.-w. as having a round black spot below this streak
but I have not seen an example with any spots on the f.-w.)
The h.-w. is rosy red dusted with black at the base and having
a broad well-defined transparent margin. Upon the red area
are numerous black spots usually better defined in the ? (for
position of these spots see description of 9). The underside
resembles the upper but there is a whitish basal suffusion in
60 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
the h.-w. Thorax and abdomen black above with lateral pale
spots, and paler beneath. Claws unequal.
9. Expanse 37-53mm. Resembles the ¢, but the red of the
h.-w. usually replaced by dull brown, though occasionally the
9 is almost as brightly coloured as the g. In brown 9 ?
the underside of the h.-w. is whitish ochreous. The h.-w. black
spots as follows. On the margin of the coloured area a row of
seven internervular spots nearly parallel to the hind margin,
those near costa sometimes obsolete. A discal row of eight inter-
nervular spots, the first in area 7, the spot in area 2 much nearer
base than the rest. Eight basal spots, one in area 8, one inarea 7,
two in cell, two in area 1c, and one each in la, and 1b.
A common and widely distributed species occurring from
Sierra Leone to the Kikuyu Escarpment.
A, quirina rosa, subsp.
Distinguished from the typical form by the greater extent
of the red suffusion in the f.-w., reaching to end of cell and
nearly to hind angle. Eight ¢ examples in the Hope Depart-
ment, from British KE. Africa (Kitui and Rabai). The male
armature in qwirina and its subspecies is characterised by the
modification of the uncus into two hooks as large as the
claspers. The ventral abdominal plate is large and contains a
dense mass of hairs, probably of a glandular nature,
Speaking of A. quirina (or its subspecies), (Proc. Zool.
Soc., p. 928, 1900) Butler quotes from the MS. of the col-
lector Mr. R. Crawshay. “All these Acracinae were taken
in the gloom of the forest, flitting about feebly, and
settling on the bushes. Spherical yellow ova.” The
locality was Ruarka R., Kikuyu, 5,500 ft. (April 1900).
15 Acraka Hova. PI. VII, f. 17.
Acraea hova, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 29, pl. 4, f. 1, 2
(1833) ; Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438, pl 11), ia
(1840) ; Lucas in Chenu, Ene. Hist. Nat., p. 3, f. 6, pl. 27,
f.3 (18&2) ; Guendée, Vinson Voy. Annex., p. 35 (1864); Ward,
Af, Lep., p. 10, pl. 7, f. 6 (1874) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad.
Lep., 1, p. 94, pl. 9, f.1-3, pl. 9a, f. 6(1885-7) ; Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898).
MaDAGASCAR.
¢. Expanse about 75 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to
scales being reduced in number but not in size. Base and basal
part of hind margin black. Costa and hind margin slightly
dusted with blackish. Basal area to slightly beyond end of cell,
and extending downwards to hind angle, suffused with brick red.
|
African Species of the Genus Acraea, 61
A large ovate black spot in cell slightly beyond middle, a sub-
linear spot on l.d.c., sometimes extending to u.d.c, A discal
row of two to three spots, (sometimes absent) beyond cell in 4,
5,and 6. A spot in 2 and another in 3 near cell, and a larger
spot in 1b near middle. H.-w. brick red, blackish along costa
and creamy at inner margin. Black spots arranged as follows.
On margin, indistinet spots at end of nervules, a submarginal
row of seven spots parallel to margin, the first in le. A discal
row of eight, the first in 1b, very small, and those in 2 and 5
much larger than the rest, seven or eight spots at or near base
five of which form a subbasal row, the first and second (in la
and 1b) small or obsolete, the fourth in the cell, the fifth in 7.
Underside of f.-w. devoid of scales. H.-w. thinly scaled with
milky white, spots smaller than on upperside, many absent
altogether. Thorax black, spotted with reddish yellow beneath.
Abdomen black above, reddish or yellowish beneath and with
white lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal.
2. Expanse 901m. Most examples resemble the ¢ but the
red areas are paler and duller. Rarely the red is absent in f.-w.
and replaced by creamy white in h.-w.
Mabille figures (/.¢.) a curious aberration of the f in
which the spots are coalescent, forming curved and zigzag
lines. The figure in Chenu’s Encyc. of Nat. Hist. (un-
coloured) apparently shows a very dark hind-winged
aberration. Ward’s figure, a 9, is near Mabille’s fig. 3,
but has two black spots beyond cell in f.-w. which are
absent in Mabille’s figure.
This very distinct species is one of the largest of the
genus. itis described by ‘Mabille as comparatively rare,
inhabiting wooded regions in Eastern Madagascar, and
flying with rapidity in the glades. The structure of the
df armature is quite distinctive.
IGSsAGRARA, ROGHRSI*, “POST Vs £17.
Acraea rogersi, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., x. p. 57 (1873) ;
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898).
= ehmckei, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., 15, p. 103, pl. 1, f. 6-8 (1889).
S. LEonE; Gotp Coast; CAMEROON; ANGOLA ; ConGo (Kassai,
Aruwimi, Bopoto, Stanley Pool).
f. salambo. Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 19, p. 62 (1887) ;
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraea), p. 5, pl. 2, f. 3, 4
(1889) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 194 (1893). Auriv-
illius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898).
(Localities as above.)
* The position of this species is difficult todecide. I am inclined
to modify my original view and isolate it altogether.
Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
A. rogersi lamborni, subsp. n.
Laos.
A, rogersi rogersi.
g. Expanse 70-82 mm. F.-w. Sepia black, darker at base,
costa, and in apical area. A red patch at hind angle occupying
outer third of la, outer half of 1b (except just at margin), and
extending slightly into 2. Large black spots as follows. One in
cell above origin of 2, one on discocellulars occupying whole
width of cell. Just beyond cell three subquadrate spots (the
uppermost sometimes missing) divided by nervules 5 and 6, and
beneath them a spot in 3. Beneath this and rather further from
margin a large spot in 2, and in same area a second spot nearer
margin. In 1b, a submarginal, a central, and a subbasal spot.
H.-w. Base dark sepia, obscuring a mass of large black spots
which correspond to those beneath. Beyond this a broad red
band on which at inner edge are sume spots lying beyond the
basal black. On outer edge of the red area are eight round inter-
nervular black spots. In Some examples only those in 3, 2, and
lc are present, in others each is produced outwardly into a broad
black internervular mark. A dark sepia hind marginal band of
variable width, its inner edge rather suffused. Underside f.-w.
Dull ochreous sepia, with spots as above. Reddish at hind angle.
Between the discocellular spot and the discal spots, and also
beyond the latter, whitish. H.-w. Base as far as the inner edge
of discal band dull red. Discal band greyish in 7 and 1b,
remainder pale brown dusted with greyish, and with an outer
row of spots as above but smaller. Margin dark sepia brown.
The red basal area has the following black spots. One in 8
against precostal, two in 7, one in 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, two in cell before
the middle, one on discocellulars, two in 1c, 1b, and la; those
in 1b further from base than those in le and la. Some black at
base of nervures.
Head black with a few white marks, thorax black, abdomen
black above at base, with ochre yellow lateral spots, remainder
ochre yellow. Claws unequal.
Q. Upperside resembles ¢ but the red is much fainter
amounting usually toa mere tinge of colour. On the underside the
h.-w. ground-colour is dusky ochreous with very little indication
of hind marginal black. Some of the spots of outer row may be
absent.
f. salambo.
¢. Like the typical form but without the red, though the
basal part of f.-w. and the discal area of h.-w. have a rather
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 65
warm brown tinge. Underside pale sepia ochreous somewhat dark
on f.-w. apex, and h.-w. base and margin.
©. Like the ¢.
A: rogersi lamborni, subsp. n. Pl. VI, f. 2 (larva), f. 16 (pupa).
Long series of this form have lately been bred by
Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos and presented by him to
the Oxford Museum.
The ¢ has the f.-w. sooty black, rather paler in the central
area. H.-w. base and marginal border sooty black with a broad
discal band of dusky cream colour. The spot near base of 3
usually absent. Underside f.-w. apical area to end of nervule 2
sepia grey with darker internervular rays, remainder pale greenish
erey. H.-w. pale creamy grey with a yellowish tinge, and a faint
pinkish tint at base of 1c, 1b, and la.
Head and thorax black with some whitish spots. Abdomen,
basal half black with whitish segmental lines and lateral spots,
remainder pale creamy grey.
@ resembles the g.
The larva of A. rogersi lamborni is dark brown somewhat
blacker on the dorsal area, with a few irregular rather paler
dorsal transverse markings, and has the usual spines which are
all black and arise from black-brown tubercles. The base of the
legs and prolegs is yellowish, remainder black. Head black
with a white central line bifurcated ventrally, and a posterior
white line where it joins segment 2.
The pupa differs from other Acraea pupae which I have
examined. It is light brown in colour, and the usual black
lines are wanting, except those outlining the antennae, and a
trace of some of the nervular lines. There are two dorsal and
two lateral rows of small black markings consisting of minute
dots and short fine transverse streaks, and a ventral row of
dots and streaks, the latter longitudinal. On the head are two
short, blunt, widely separated, outwardly curved processes giving
the pupa a “horned” appearance. ‘There are very slightly
raised dorsal abdominal tubercles visible only with a lens.
The species is not uncommon and is easily distinguished
from other Acraeas by the large round black spots in
h.-w.
There is one % example in the Staudinger collection
labelled German E. Africa, but the occurrence of the species
in that region is extremely doubtful.
64 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
17. ACRAEA RANAVALONA. < Pl. VII, f. 7. . Pl. XVI, f. 2.
Acraea ranavalona, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 30, pl. 6,
f. 3, 4, 5 (1833) ; Geyer, Hiibner Zutr., 5, p. 31, f. 925, 926
(1837); Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438 (1840);
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Mabille, Hist.
Nat. Mad. ep., 1, p:, 92: pli s9) fs 14.:5, pl. 9a, 1. .b (vane)
(1885-7); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 25-30
(1890); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87, 88 (1898) ;
Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909).
= manandaza (part), Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix: p. 147 (1872).
f. maransetra, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix. p. 2 (1872).
Q f. manandaza, Ward, Af. Lep., p. 9, pl. 7, f. 1, 2 (1874) ; Ober-
thiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 28-24 (near) (1890)
(nec Mabille lL. c., pl. 9a, f. 5).
Mapbacascar (Audranohinaly, Ste. Marie, N. Mahafaly, and
generally) ; Comoro I.
A. ranavalona ranavalona.
g. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. nearly transparent owing
to reduction in width of scales. These modified scales are
rarely bifid and are attached to the wing in a partially upright
position. A bright basal red suffusion bounded by a hne drawn
from costa about half way along the cell to a point just short
of the hind angle. A slight dusting of black scales along costa
and in apical region. Base slightly black. H.-w. bright rose-red
with a very narrow semitransparent dusky margin ending at
1b and bearing five or six spots in areas 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (7) ; the
outer half of these spots is red and the inner half black, the black
portion lying mainly on the red discal ground colour. In area
le a somewhat smaller black spot in the red ground colour. A
discal and basal series of black spots, placed as follows ;—five
discal spots beyond cell in 7, 6, 5, 4,and 3 respectively, and 1oughly
parallel to hind margin, followed by three, more basally placed,
in 2, le, and 1b. In addition to these, two in cell, one in 8 and 9,
one in 7, two in le, one in 1b, and two in la. Underside
resembles upper but f.-w. is devoid of scales, and h.-w. discal
area is pinkish, due to white scales on the background of the red
of the upperside. Thorax black with faint reddish lateral, and
pale yellowish ventral spots. Abdomen shading into reddish,
with red lateral spots and pale yellowish beneath. Claws un-
equal. The spots in the ¢ h.-w. are somewhat variable, es-
pecially those of the discal and basal area, these being more or less
confluent in most examples but fairly well separated in others.
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 65
@. Expanse 40-50 mm. (very variable). F.-w. like that of
¢d but red suffusion replaced by yellowish. H.-w. usually
powdered with white scales, having the dusky marginal border
bearing half black and half red spots as in ¢@, though the
border extends a little further towards the inner margin and
has a well-developed black and red spot in area le. The discal
black spots are well separated leaving an extra dot at base’ of
nervure 5 (this dot is occasionally recognisable in ¢ examples).
The basal spots and those of the cell are in various degrees of
obsolescence, some of those nearest the base being altogether
wanting.
From this normal appearance of the 2 a long series shows
practically every degree of red suffusion to a form which has as
much red as the ¢. Ward’s mananduza is a 2 presenting the
minimum amount of red.
A, ranavalona f. maransetra.
In this form the basal and discal spots are confluent. It
would appear to be if anything commoner than the typical
form.
Boisduval describes the species as generally found in
the forest in Ste. Marie and on the mainland of Madagas-
ear in April and May, reappearing in July and August.
Fond of settling on grasses,
Mabille states that it is common all over Madagascar,
flying during a large part of the year in woods and
cultivated places, and having several broods.
The male armature is of. very peculiar form and re-
sembles that of no other Acraca except its near ally
machequena.
It is a matter of some difficulty to unravel the confusion
which has arisen in the synonymy of this species, owing to
Ward’s description of his Acraca manandaza. Boisduval’s
original description of the 2 states that the base and ner-
vules of the f-w. are rufous and the h.-w. white or very
rarely flushed with a reddish tinge. Ward received two
alleged pairs of the species, stated to have been taken 7
coitu. Of the first pair both # and 2 were of the red type
of coloration and this red @ is now known to be a some-
what rare variety, a figure of which will be found on Plate
Ya, m Mabille’s volume (Hist. Nat. Mad.). To this pair
Ward assigned the original name ranavalona. His second
“pair” (subsequently proved to be two $ 2) he describes
as having the “f-w. transparent suffused with carmine,”
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) F
66 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
“hind-wing powdered with white, the outer margin
bordered with carmine,” “ ? colour and markings the same
as f.” These he regarded as a different species and gave
them the name manandaza. Unfortunately his figures do
not agree with his descriptions, but M. Oberthiir (who
possesses the types) states that one of them (the supposed
2 of the “ pair”) is a large example rather less accentuated
in coloration than fig. 23 of his Plate V, whilst the “ ?” is
an ordinary though small 9. Now Oberthiir’s fig. 23 has
an extremely faint pink tinge at base of f.-w. and a slight
pink suffusion in h.-w. and therefore the true “ manandaza”
of Ward is a very faintly pink-tinged 2 of ranavalona.
18. ACRAEA MACHEQUENA. PI. VII, f. 8.
Acraea machequena, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 9, p. 62
(1887); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea,) p. 2,
pl. 1, f. 3, 4 (1889); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 377 (1889) ;
Monteiro, Del. Bay, Frontispiece, f. 9 (1891); Auri-
villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).
PortuacuEseE E. Arrica (Delagoa Bay); RHoprEsta (Chi-
rinda) ; NyassALAND (Mlanji Boma).
¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F’.-w. semitransparent owing to
reduction in width of scales, these are set in a partially upright
position, and rarely bifid. Costa, apex, and sometimes discal
area more or less faintly powdered with scales. Basal suffusion
of dull or bright red extending from the costa at end of cell to
the hind angle. Base black. H.-w. dull red or reddish
ochreous, never so bright as in ranavalona, with a very narrow
marginal border of blackish, much more heavily scaled than in
ranavalona. Six internervular marginal spots half black and
half red, the red portion lying on the black border and some-
times very indistinct, the black portion projecting into the
discal ground colour. Black discal and basal spots arranged
as in ranavalona but well separated, that at base of nervure 5
being usually quite distinct. The basal spot in area 7 of h.-w.
often absent. A marked black basal suffusion not present in
ranavalona.
The underside of h.-w. resembles the upper, but is very thickly
sealed. Thorax and abdomen blacker than in ranavalona.
Abdomen with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal.
Q. Expanse 50-60 mm. _ F.-w. either almost transparent, or
with a brownish basal suffusion corresponding in area to the red
of the g. H.-w. varying from semitransparent white (the
normal form) to pale reddish, a shght black basal suffusion (not
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 67
present in ranavalona). Spots as in ¢ but smaller. Discal
spot in area 7 sometimes absent. Underside as upper but
almost devoid of scales except at the spots. Lateral abdominal
spots white.
In distinguishing between machequena and its near ally
ranavalona, Trimen states (/. c.) that in both sexes of the
former the basal spot in area 7 is absent, and that in the
? the discal spot in the same area is also wanting. I find
however that these characteristics are variable. One ¢
now before me has the basal spot well defined, whilst one
2 has the discal spot. Some 2 ? of ranavalona have both,
though the basal spot seems to be always wanting in
machequena. Perhaps the most constant features by which
machequena may be distinguished from raxavalona are the
greater extent of red or brown suffusion in the f.-w., the
black basal suffusion in h.-w., the duller red of the h.-w. in
the f and of the hind marginal spots in both sexes.
The male armature is very like that of ranavalona but
the claw-like claspers are slightly stouter, and the penis-
sheath shorter.
19. AcRAEA LIA. Pl. VII,.f. 10.
Acraea lia, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), 3, p. 132 (1879) ;
Hist... Nat. Mad. Lep., I, p. 9%, pl., 9a, f& §..8a
(1885-7) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 29 (Acraea), p. 15,
pl. 5, f. 1-38 (1894) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).
S. W. Mapacascar (Andranohinaly, Morondava),
6. Expanse 30-40 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc-
tion in width of scales which are very rarely bifid. Costa,
apex, and hind margin dusted with blackish. A basal red flush
to a little beyond middle of cell, not extending into area 2,
but slanting outwards from origin of 2 nearly to hind angle.
H.-w. red with a narrow brownish marginal border, the
dark colour extending slightly along each nervule. Black spots,
more or less confluent, as follows :—A discal series of eight, the
first large, in area 7, the second much smaller, in 6, and the next
three gradually increasing in size, the fifth being as large as the
first. These five are parallel to the hind margin. The sixth
much nearer base, the seventh and eighth nearer margin. Two
small spots on end of cell on discocellulars. Basal spots, one in
area 8, one in 9, two in cell, two in le, one in 1b, and la.
Underside f.-w. devoid of scales except in basal area which is
nearly as red as on upperside. H.-w. ground colour pink,
pez
68 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
narrow marginal border of black spots and whitish spots arranged
on and between nervules respectively. Within this border a
series of seven red internervular spots, that in le more or less
doubled. Black spots as on upperside, and three conspicuous
red spots, one near base in area 7, and two in le. A few red
scales at other points notably in cell near end. Thorax and
abdomen black above and brownish below with lateral brownish
yellow spots. Claws unequal.
Q. Expanse 40-46 mm. Resembles the ¢ but red colour
may be replaced by tawny, h.-w. underside has the ground
colour much whiter and the red submarginal spots duller and
more elongate. The red colour would appear to vary consider-
ably. Mabille’s figure, stated to be that of a 2, is nearly as red
as an average ¢, Grose-Smith’s figure is much paler, whilst an
example before me from the Tring collection is intermediate
between these.
The male armature is of a very simple character. A. lia
would appear to be a rare species, and I have seen but few
examples. Owing to its small size and the peculiar pattern
of the h.-w. underside it is not difficult to distinguish from
its nearest allies.
~ ACRAEBA OBEIRA. ‘Pl. VII, £9. PL XvVI. & 21.
Acraea obeira, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1863) ; Ma-
bille, Hist. Nat. Mad., 1, p. 95, pl. 9a, f. 7, pl. 10, f. 5, 6
(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).
= piva, Guenée, Vinson Vog. Mad. Annexe, p. 34 (1864).
= andromba, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 7, p. 124 (1891) ;
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 13, pl. 4, f. 6-8
(1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).
MADAGASCAR.
A, obeira burni, subsp.
Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 18, p. 467 (1896); Proc. Zool.
Soc., p. 841, pl. 50, f. 3 (1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,
p. 88 (1898).
Nata.
A, obeira obeira.
d. 50-56 mm. F.-w. almost transparent, the scales very
slightly reduced in width and never resembling hairs. Costa,
apex and hind margin dusted with blackish. A rusty yellow
basal suffusion reaching a little beyond middle of cell, just .
beyond origin of nervure 2, and not quite to the hind angle.
H.-w. with a basal suffusion of the same rusty yellow, its outer
African Species of the Genus Aecraea. 69
limit in some cases nearly parallel to hind margin and extending
a little beyond end of cell, in other cases almost reaching the
margin at apex and anal angle, whitish on inner margin.
Remainder of discal area transparent, A narrow dusky marginal
border beset with internervular red spots. These vary in
number from 3 or 4 to 7 and become less distinct towards the
apex. That in area le may be doubled. Basal and discal
black spots as follows. A discal row of eight, the first three (in
7, 6, and 5) lying parallel to margin, the fourth nearer to base,
the fifth nearer to margin, and the sixth, seventh, and eighth
nearer base and in a straight line which, if produced, would pass
through tip of cell and apex. Two small spots, sometimes
indistinet, on end of cell at origin of 6 and 5. Basal spots, two
in cell close together, one in 7, one in le, 1b, and la, that in 1b
more distally placed. One or two black spots against the
thorax. These spots are often large and more or less confluent.
A slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Underside
f.-w. not sealed, h.-w. as on upperside but basal suffusion pale
pinkish, creamy white along inner margin. Thorax black with
yellowish lateral spots. Abdomen black above, paler beneath,
with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots © Claws unequal.
The size of the h.-w. spots is very variable. In some cases
they are small and well separated, in others large and confluent.
9. Expanse 63 mm. The rusty yellow of the ¢ replaced by
yellowish white. The h.-w. spots sometimes larger than in the
d¢, the red marginal spots of the h.-w. ochreous and obsolescent.
The examples figured by Mabille (/. c.) Plate 10 appear to be
2 9 and not ¢ ¢ as there indicated.
Mabiile states (/. c.) that he has examined Guenée’s type
and that the Acraea piva of that author is synonymous
with A. obeira. Further I cannot separate Grose-Smith’s
A. andromba. The distinguishing feature of this form is
the possession of six rounded red marginal spots, instead of
three or four elongate spots in obeira, but even a smail
series of the latter species shows these spots to be extremely
variable in number, shape, and depth of colour.
A curious feature of Acraea obcira is the instability of
structure in the origin of nervures 6 and 7 in the h.-w.
These may arise independently, or from a common stalk at
some distance from the cell. They may even be stalked
in one wing and independent in the other in the same
specimen.
In 1891 (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 172) Trimen described
70 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
two @ Acraeas from Natal and Zululand and referred them
to this species. Also in 1894 (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 23) a
similar 2 from Manicaland. These examples have been
subsequently found to be 29 of A. igola Trim., so that
true obeirva would appear to be confined to Madagascar.
Mabille describes the species as rare, and occurring in the
east and north of Madagascar, Grose-Smith’s examples
(andromba) were from the N.W. coast of that island.
Examples in the Tring Museum are from Morondava, so
that the species must be distributed practically over the
whole island.
A. obeira burni, subsp.
¢. Expanse 38-50 mm. _‘F.-w. semitransparent, scales being
few in number and slightly reduced but never resembling hairs.
Costa, apex, and hind margin dusted with brownish-black scales.
A pale ochreous basal suffusion extending to end of cell, slightly
into area 2, and thence diagonally to hind angle. A blackish
longitudinal streak in cell, and a black powdering at end
of cell on discocellulars. A black basal streak in 1b. Some-
times a suggestion of submarginal yellowish spots, especially
in 1b, and submarginal blackish spots in la and 2. H.-w., pale
ochreous. A narrow blackish hind marginal border bearing seven
reddish ochreous internervular spots, that in le doubled. Discal
and basal black spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first
three in 7, 6, and 5 nearly parallel to margin, the fourth in 4
nearer base, the fifth in 3 nearer margin, and the sixth, seventh,
and eighth in 2, 1c, and 1b nearer base and in a straight line
which, if produced, would pass through tip of cell and apex.
Two spots, coalescent at end of cell on discocellulars, one sub-
basal in 7, two in cell close together, one in Ic, 1b, and la, that
in 1b more distally placed. One or two spots against the thorax.
These spots are smaller than in oleira and not confluent. A
slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Thorax black
with yellowish lateral spots, Abdomen black above, paler
beneath, with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots. Underside.
F.-w. not scaled, h.-w. as on upperside but paler.
Q. Expanse 55-65 mm. Much paler. H.-w. spots, especially
those nearer, base smaller or obsolescent, hind marginal border
paler and spots larger.
After the most careful consideration I cannot give more |
than subspecific rank to Butler’s Acraea burnt. The ground-
colour of the wings and the size of the black spots is the
African Species of the Genus Acraca. el
only distinction between it and obeira. Even the peculiarity
of the irregular structure in relation to nervules 6 and 7 is
equally noticeable in both forms, and the male armatures
are also similar.
The subspecies burnt appears to be not uncommon on
the Tugela River, Natal, from whence all the examples in
the Oxford and National collections have been received.
21. AcRAHA MAHELA. Pl, VII,f.6. Pl. XVI, f. 3.
Acraea mahela, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 31, pl. 6, f. 1 (1833) ;
Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad., Lep., 1, p. 90, pl. 11, f. 13
(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898).
= A. madhela, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885).
Mapacascar (Jahora, Andranohinaly, Menabe, Marovoai)
JUAN DE Nova I.; ? MozaMBIQUE.
d. Expanse about56mm. F.-w. Semitransparent owing to
substitution of elongated bifid scales for the usual rounded form.
A basal suffusion of pale or medium ochreous extending some
distance beyond cell and a little beyond hind angle. A slight
dusting of pale ochreous at the apex. Black spots as follows,
one transverse spot in cell beyond middle, one irregular spot on
discocellulars, a row of three in 4, 5, and 6, not quite half way
between end of cell and apex, one small spot in 3 and 2 near the
cell, and in 1b a somewhat larger spot usually rather nearer
margin than base. Occasionally there is a second spot in
1b half way between the base and the origin of nervure 2.
H.-w. moderately thickly scaled with ochreous and _ spotted
with black as follows. Six coalescent spots on hind margin on
ends of nervules beginning with 2. An irregular discal band of
eight, the first four in 7, 6, 5, and 4 respectively, and lying
parallel to margin, the fifth in 3 and nearer to base, the sixth
im 2 close to origin of nervule 3, the seventh in le and on a
level with the fifth, the eighth in 1b and on a level with
the sixth ; one spot on end of cell at origin of nervule 5.
Sometimes also a very small one at origin of 6. One spot near
middle of cell and five basal spots, one in la, one in Lb more
distally placed, one larger in 1c, one in cell, and one in area
7. These spots and also the lowest of the discal row are really
on the under surface but are visible through the wing membrane.
Underside resembles the upper. Thorax black, spotted above and
below with ochreous. Abdomen black above for about half its
length, the remainder and underside ochreous. Claws unequal.
2. Resembles the ¢, sometimes rather larger and paler,
Abdomen with less black and of a paler ochreous,
72 Mr. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the
Acraca mahela is very closely allied to A. neobule, the
position of the spots is precisely similar, though mahela
lacks the spotted hind wing margin and basal black ringed
white spots which characterise the former species. There
is little constant difference in the male armatures of the
two species. Mabille describes it as somewhat rare,
having a swift flight, and inhabiting the eastern slopes
of Madagascar. Specimens in the Oxford collection were
taken in 8.W. Madagascar. There is an example in the
general collection in the Berlin Museum labelled “ Mozam-
bique,” but the occurrence of the species on the mainland
seems doubtful.
22. ACRAEA NEOBULE. PI. VII, f.3. Pl. XV, f. 18.
Acraea neobule, Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., pl. 19,
f. 3 (1848) ; Guérin, in Lefeb. Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 378 (1849) ;
Reiche, in Ferret et Galinier, Voy. Abyss. Ent., p. 466, pl. 33,
f. 3, 4 (1849); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 345 (1870) ;
Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 137 (1887); Butler, Proe. Zool.
Soc., p. 66 (1888) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ;
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192 (1898); l. c. p. 401 (1898);
Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1900); Butler, Proc. Zool,
Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., xi. p. 346 (1904) ;
Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Reise. Lep., p. 315 (1909); Neave,
Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910).
= matuapa, Gr.-Smith, Ann, Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889) ;
Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraeq), p. 6, pl. 2, f. 5, 6
(1889).
2= mhondana, Vuillot, Ann. E. Fr. 60 Bull., p. 115 (1891).
DAMARALAND ; AnGcouLA ; Conco (Kassai) ; N.E, RHopEsIA ;
BaAROTSELAND ; NATAL; TRANSVAAL; CAPE CoLony ; Portvu-
GuESE E. Arrica; GreRMAN E, Arrica; Britisa E. AFRICA ;
SUDAN ; SOMALILAND ; ABYSSINIA ; GRAND Comoro I.; PemBa I.
f. sokotrana.
Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28 (1907).
=neobule, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p.177, pl.18, f.5 (1881); Dixey,
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374 (1898); Grant, Nat. Hist. Sokotra,
p- 304 (1903) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910) (part).
Soxorra I.; N.E. Rooprsta (Luangwa Rh).
A. neobule seis, subsp.
Feisthamel (A. seis), Ann. Ent. Fr., p. 247 (1850) ; Aurivillius
(neolile, var. seis), Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898).
= calyce, Godman & Salvin, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 221, pl. 17,
f. 1, 2 (1884).
African Species of the Genus Acraca. 73
SrenecaAL; S. Leone; Liperta; Toco; Danomey ; Lacos;
AsHAntiI; Gotp Coast; NicertIA; ? OLp CALABAR ; FRENCH
Supan (Bammako to Wagadugu).
A. neobule arabica, subsp.
= A. arabica, Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28,
p. 29, f. 1, 2, p. 30, £. 3, 4, 5, pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1907).*
S. ARABIA.
A, neobule neobule.
¢. Expanse 50-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, scales being
reduced in number and width, and near margins becoming
slender and bifid. Costa and apex more or less dusted with
black. A red basal suffusion, pale or bright, extending a little
beyond cell, slightly into area 3, and thence in a nearly straight
line to hind margin just beyond the angle. Often a slight
ochreous suffusion at apex. Black spots more or less distinct,
three beyond cell in 6, 5, and 4, one at end of cell on disco-
cellulars, one in cell rather beyond middle, one small in 3 near
to cell, one larger in 2 just below median, two in 1b, one discal
and one subbasal, and a linear basal spot in same area. H.-w.
pale to bright red. A narrow hind marginal black border bear-
ing seven small spots of the ground-colour (the last in 1c doubled)
which are more completely enclosed than in horta, and may even
be obsolete. Basal and discal black spots varying greatly in size
and arranged as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first four in
7, 6, 5, and 4 approximately parallel to margin and decreasing in
size, the fifth slightly further from margin in 3, the sixth much
further from margin in 2, the seventh in 1c and in line with the
fifth, the eighth in 1b in line with the sixth. A minute spot just
outside cell at origin of 6, a larger one on lower discocellular at
origin of 4, a subbasal spot in 7, one median and one subbasal
in cell, the rest confused on upperside in a basal suffusion. Near
inner margin the spots may be absent on upperside and only
showing through from beneath. Underside f.-w. scaled only at
costa. H.-w. as upperside but powdered with whitish scales.
Marginal border edged inwardly with reddish and spotted with
white. Basal aggregation of spots enclosing three or four whitish
marks. Thorax black with whitish lateral spots. Base of
abdomen black with lateral yellow spots, remainder orange and
rather paler beneath. Claws unequal.
9. Expanse 50-70 mm. Resembles ¢ but red replaced by
dull ochreous. Spots on h.-w. border usually larger.
* A previous reference is given in this publication to the Sitz-
berichtigungen Akad. Wiss. Wien., p. 359 (1899). There is no trace
of such reference at the page and date given.
74 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
A. neobiule, f. sokotrana.
Specimens of A. neobule from Sokotra have been described
by Butler and by Dixey (/.c.). These differ from the normal
form principally in the increased amount of black scaling at
apex, little or no ochreous scaling in the same region, the ground-
colour a richer red, the black spots larger, and the dark
h.-w. borler blacker and smoother in outline, its spots being
less distinct. This Sokotra form has been named neobile,
subspecies sokotrana by Prof. Rebel (l.c.) and in the absence
of similar examples from other regions such a distinction
would be quite justified. Examples however, taken by Neave
in N.E. Rhodesia, are not distinguishable from these Sokotra
forms. It is one of those cases in which a form or variety in
one locality becomes the dominant race in another.
A. neobule seis, subsp.
Differs from the typical neobule in the following points.
Average size generally smaller, f.-w. much less transparent,
apical black more pronounced, a submarginal row of inter-
nervular orange ochreous spots joining the much-extended
reddish basal suffusion. H.-w. with marginal border much
indented inwardly. The 9 much nearer the ¢ in colour, often
with a considerable black powdering along median and nervure
1 in f.-w.
A. neobule arabica, subsp.
Wings with the exception of transparent apical part of
f.-w. uniform orange ochreous. Spots as in neobule but
smaller. H.-w. marginal border formed of shallow black arches
on a black marginal line enclosing internervular spots of ground-
colour.
The h.-w. beneath is powdered with chalky white scales
and the black spots at base are not confluent and therefore
do not enclose white spots as in the typical form.
The @ is slightly larger and duller in colour, and the
f,-w. transparent apical patch rather broader.
This form is represented by a f and 2 from Wadi Bagrén
near Makalla and by four ? ¢ from Wadi Dhawrtiten near
Ras Fartak taken in March 1899. Prof. Rebel’s description
is accompanied by five excellent text tigures showing the
structure of the genitalia. These leave no doubt as to the
specific identity of the form with neobule.
Acraea neobule is somewhat variable though none of the
variations show sufficient constancy to enable the forms to
be separated into races other than those above indicated.
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 75
The species is recorded (Trans. Ent. Soe., p. 330, 1902) as
having been untouched after death by ants which had
eaten every other specimen in a box except A. admatha.
Mr. Bennett’s note (Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374, 1898)
describes the species in Sokotra as “ mostly seen in the
hills, at an elevation of about 2,000 ft. Not hard to get,
the flight being slow and bold.” Mr. Crawshay describes it
at Nairobi (Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923, 1900) as “ com-
mon and fond of perching on a violet-coloured ‘ Devil’s
Bit’-like flower which grows on the plains.”
The male armature shows a certain amount of individual
variation, the length of claspers and uncus being somewhat
inconstant. In the subspecies seis there is a tendency for
the claspers to be shorter. Neobule is undoubtedly the
mainland representative of mahela, from which it is rather
doubtfully separable. Curiously enough the 2 armature
of the latter approaches more nearly the usually shorter
structure shown in neobule seis.
23, ACRAEA ZAMBESINA.
Acraea zambesina, Aurivillius, Arkiv. for Zool., 5, No. 5,
p- 123 (1908); Mendes, Brotéria. Ser. Zool., ix, fas. in,
p: 160; ply, t. 1 (91e).
PortuGUESE E. Arrica (Zumbo on Zambesi R.),
I have not had an opportunity of examining this
specimen and can therefore only give Prof. Aurivillius’
description of it.
9. Expanse 56mm. Allied to A. neobule, Doubl., but having
the f.-w. fully clothed with scales and so devoid of transparent
areas ; 1t also differs from neobule in that the white centred basal
spot of area Ic of the h.-w. underside is much smaller than in
neobule, and scarcely larger than the basal spot in la,
F.-w. above dull reddish yellow with narrow border (only
1 m. broad), triangularly marked at the ends of nervules, the
nervules near margin more or less black. F.-w. with the
following black spots. One in middle of cell, two coalescent at
end of cell, and five discal spots (in 1b, 3, 4, 5, and 6). The
basal spot in 1b and the discal in 2 wanting in the present
example. Spots arranged quite as in neobule, but larger, and
somewhat as in the form sokotrana, Rebel. On the underside
the f.-w. is coloured and marked quite as above except that
it is more or less powdered with whitish yellow scales at the
margin. The h,-w, is almost exactly like that of neobule but
76
Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
the marginal border is a little broader and the pale spots more
distinct. Beneath, the h.-w. has a still wider border and very
large pale marginal spots. Discal spots arranged as in neobule.
The black, white-centred, basal spots in la, le, and cell are
smaller, (especially in 1c) and almost of equal size.
One 2 from Zumbo on the Zambesi R. in Portuguese E
Africa. Mus. Colleg. St. Fiel.
A. neobule is a variable species, and the present exrmple
differing from it but slightly, will probably prove to be
merely a local form of the same. The figure (/.¢.) is a
rather poor photograph which however shows the specimen
to
differ from both neobule and seis in having the f.-w.
fully scaled, and in the h-.w. a broader black border and
fewer spots.
24,
Acrana normal PlLiVil-h ae XYt 16,
Acraea horta, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Mus. Lud. Ulv., p. 234 (1764) ;
Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 755 (1767); Fabricius, Syst. Ent.,
p- 459 (1775) ; Sulzer, Ges. Ins., p. 143, pl. 15, f. 1 (1776) ;
Cramer, Pap. Exot., 4, p. 18, pl. 298, f. F, G. (1780);
Drury, Ill.. Exot. Ins, 3, p. 3% pl. 28, £1, 2 (116g
Wulfen, Ins. Cap., p. 31 (1786); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett
5, p. 22, pl. 83, f. 1, 2 (1792); Fabricius, in Illiger’s Maga-
zine (Acraea), 6, p. 284 (1807); Godart, Enc. Méth., 9,
p. 231 (1819); Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep.,
p- 140 (1848); Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 93 (1862) ;
Trimen, S. Af. Butt. (metam.), 1, p. 184-6 (1887) ; Staudinger
Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 82, pl. 33 (1885); Brunner v. Watten-
wyl, Farbenpr. der Ins., p. 5, pl. 4, f. 43 (1897) ; Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 192
(1908) ; Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 337 (1902).
Care Conony; Navan; ZuLULAND ; TRANSVAAL ; PonDo-
LAND.
g¢.Expanse about 50 mm, F.-w. semitransparent, the discal
scales being modified into a narrow bifid form. Some hairs
present and the membrane of the wing speckled with brown at
points of attachment of scales. Costa and hind margin slightly
dusted with blackish, frequently a suggestion of red internervular
spots at apex. Base black. A bright red (brick red in old
specimens) basal suffusion extending a little beyond end of cell,
very slightly into area 3, half way across 2, and almost com-
pletely filling la, and 1b. A transverse black spot at end of
cell on discocellulars. A spot in cell beyond the middle, one
African Species of the Genus Acraea, We
immediately below median in area 2, and two in 1b, the first
immediately below the median, the second much larger near
the middle. These may be fused into one large longitudinal
mark. All these spots except that on the end of cell may be
very faint or in some examples absent altogether. The h.-w.
bright red (duller in old specimens) with a narrow border of
blackish not quite enclosing seven internervular spots of the
ground-colour, that in lc being doubled. Black discal and
basal spots as follows:—A-discal band of eight, the first
rather larger than the next three, lying parallel to the hind
margin in 7, 6, 5, 4, the filth larger and nearer cell in area 3,
the sixth still nearer base in 2, the seventh in le in line with
the fifth, the eighth in 1b and in line with the sixth. In
addition to the discal spots, two at end of cell on discocel-
lulars, two in cell, one subbasal spot in 7, a large subbasal spot
in le, a small one in 1b, and another in la. Internervular
spaces at extreme base, black, usually coalescing with subbasal
spots. The spots in la and 1b are also frequently confluent.
Underside f.-w. devoid of seales, h.-w. dull ochreous. A
narrow black margin set with ochreous spots, followed by a
narrow red submarginal border. Some red also in areas 9, 8, 7,
lc, 1b, and la. Spots as on upperside, those at base usually
confluent and enclosing spots of the ochreous ground colour.
Thorax black with a few indistinct pale spots. Abdomen black
above, orange ochreous beneath, and bearing small ochreous
lateral spots. Claws unequal.
Q. Expanse about 60 mm. Resembles ¢ but has the red
replaced by dull ochreous and the f.-w. spots are more frequently
absent.
A description of the larva and pupa will be found in
Trimen’s 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 135-6, from which the
following is abstracted.
?
Larva.—About 32 mm. long; with strong branched black
spines. Dull brownish ochreous, closely striped with black trans-
verse streaks. A pale ochreous dorsal line. A broad ochreous
lateral band not crossed by the black streaks. Legs bright
shining yellow; head shining black. Two spines on second
segment, four on the last, and six on each of the other
segments. Feeds on Kigellaria africana and on various passion-
flowers.
Pupa.—About 20 mm, long. Head blunt, hardly bifid; lateral
angles at base of wing covers prominent and acute, Back
78 My. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the
of thorax rather blunt and rounded. Pale creamy ochreous.
Wing covers streaked with black along position of nervures,
Two dorsal, one ventral and two lateral lines of black ochre
centred spots.
“The silk to which the tail is attached often covers an area
of an inch in diameter.”
Trimen states that the species is extremely common in
and about Cape Town. It flies slowly, and the larvae
frequently do much damage to passion flowers. Fowls
will not eat the larvae, which have a strong and dis-
agreeable odour more perceptible than that of the pupa or
even of the butterfly. Its distastefulness does not how-
ever preserve it from the attacks of parasites, as Marshall
records (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 337, 1902) that five out of
eight pupae were killed by a dipterous parasite. The
male armature, though almost indistinguishable from that
of insignis, to which species it bears, in pattern, but little
resemblance, is of very different structure from that of
A. neobule, although in other respects horvta and neobule
bear an extremely close resemblance.
A, horta appears to be an essentially S. African
species. ‘Trimen gives S. Leone as a locality on the
authority of the British Museum, but the specimens so
labelled must have been removed as the twenty-six
examples in the present series bear the labels Cape
Colony, Natal, Zululand, and Transvaal.
Trimen (/. c.) thus describes the pairing of this species :
“The ? rested on the ground with expanded wings,
and the ¢ rested on the 2 with his wings also flatly
extended. In this position (which was maintained) the
heads of the two were held in the same direction, and the
extremity of the 7 abdomen was twisted sideways as in
the union of the saltatorial Orthoptera.”
It is interesting to note in this connection that the
orifice of the bursa copulatrix is at one side of the chitinous
plate and not central as in most species.
25. ACRAEA ADMATHA. | Pl, VII, f. 5.
Acraea admatha, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 16, 17
(1865) ; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 171 (1891); Aurivillius
Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898) ; Gordon, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 330
(1902).
S. Lronrt; ASHANTI; GoLD Coast; OLD CALABAR;
African Species of the Genus Acraea, 79
NIGERIA ; CAMEROON; GaBoon ; Conco Recion (Bena Bendi
Zongo, Mokoange); Nata; ZuLunanp; British E. AFRIcA
(Witu).
f. leucographa.
Ribbe (A. leucographa), Iris., 2, p. 181, pl. 4, f. 1 (1889) ;
Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 38, p. 13 (1895); Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).
S. Leone; Cameroon (Bitjé); Nyam Nyam Country ;
Conao (Sassa) ; UGanpa (Unyoro, Nandi, Entebbe, Semiliki R.,
Kitala) ; British E. Arrica (N. Kavirondo); GErman E.
ArFrica (Ukerewe I.) ; AByssinrA (Scheko).
A. admatha admatha.
6. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, thinly
scaled with scales of normal size standing partially erect,
narrow bifid scales and fine hairs appear at hind margin.
A rosy red basal flush (brick red in old specimens) extending
nearly to end of cel] at subcostal and median, but more basal in
the middle, passing slightly beyond origin of 2 and just reaching
the hind angle. Base, costa and apex dusted with black, and a
small linear basal spot below median. A faint black spot in
middle of cell and sometimes a blackish dusting at end of cell
on discocellulars. A little beyond end of cell two faint black
spots in4 and 5, and sometimes a third nearer to cell in 3. Just
below median in 2 a faint spot, and one in Ib rather nearer
margin. These spots are very variable in intensity.
H.-w. rosy red (brick red in old examples) dusted with black
at base, whitish in area la, and having a moderately broad black
marginal border bearing six rounded red internervular spots.
Black discal and basal spots as follows :—A discal series of eight,
the first (large) in area 7 near the middle, the second in 6,
rather nearer base (this spot is often wanting), third and fourth
in 5 and 4 and lying in a straight line with the first, the fifth in
3 close to cell, the sixth, seventh, and eighth in 2, le, and 1b,
large, nearer to base, and almost in a straight line (some of the
discal spots are sometimes small or wanting), in addition to these
two small spots at end of cell, one spot in 9, one in 7, two in
cell, two in le, one in 1b (close to eighth of discal row), and two
in la. Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales but dusted with
yellow near base, h.-w. pink with black border as on upperside,
bearing six red spots outwardly edged with pinkish white.
Black spots as on upperside but much more distinct. Thorax
black, spotted above and below with yellowish white. Abdomen
basal half black above with lateral orange spots, remainder
orange, underside yellowish white. Claws unequal.
80 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
Q. Expanse 60-75 mm. F.-w.asin ¢ but red replaced by
rusty yellow varying to brownish cream colour, and spots faint
or absent. H.-w. colour modified in the same way. Spots often
less distinct than in the ¢. Underside dusky white, marginal
spots yellow, edged with whitish.
A. admatha f. leucographa.
This form differs from the above in having a white patch
at anal angle of h.-w. This patch extends from the discal
spots in 1b, le, and 2 to the black border, with sometimes a
few white scales in area 3. On the upperside of h.-w. the first
three or four discal spots may be faint or absent. The 9? is a
little larger, less brightly coloured, and has the white on h.-w.
more suffused. I have before me a small series of examples from
Entebbe showing a beautiful gradation in the extent of the white,
one specimen having only a faint white scaling near the anal angle.
Though A. admatha is a somewhat variable species
having a wide range, I have been unable to assign any of
the variations to definite localities. Trimen states (/.¢.)
that his southern examples differ from typical W. African
specimens in having less rounded spots in the h.-w., and
also that the subbasal spot in the cell is wanting, also that
in the f.-w. the red area is more extended and the discal
spots wanting in the f but presentin the f. A pair before
me from Zululand, show a tendency to confluence in the
h.-w. spots especially in the 2, but the spots in h.-w. are
quite as rounded as in other examples, the second cell spot
is not absent, the f.-w. red is of the usual extent and the
f.-w. discal spots are present in the f and wanting in the @.
We must conclude therefore that these features are in-
constant. The form lewcoyrapha is characteristic of the
central area of the species’ range. It has been taken in
the Nyam Nyam country north of the Ubangi River,
at Sassa in the extreme North of the Congo State, and
at Kitala in Uganda. In Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 977, 1899,
Butler mentions it as having been taken in the Nandi
District by Captain Hobart, who found it quite common
there. Examples occur sporadically in other parts of the
species’ range. The typical form with slight variation
occurs from Ashanti to the Congo State, and southwards
to Natal.
A. admatha is recorded by C. J. M. Gordon in Old
Calabar (/. ¢.) as being untouched after death by ants
which had eaten all the other specimens in a box except
A, neobule.
—
owe
-
La
i
See eae ee a
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 81
The male armature is fairly distinctive having a
characteristic dentate edge to the claspers.
26. Acraga INsienis. Pl. VII, f.2. Pl. XV,f.17. Pl. XVI, f. 20.
Acrae insignis, Distant, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 184, pl. 19, f. 6
(1880); Godman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 538 (1885) ; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888); Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus.
Wien., 6, p. 457 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89
(1898) ; Sjdstedt’s Expedition, p. 3 (1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb.
Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910).
= balbina, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 12, p. 6, pl. 3, f. 8 (1888) ;
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900).
= buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 155 (nec Butl.)
(1877).
NyassaALAND; GERMAN E. Arrica (Bukoba, L. Kivu) ;
British EK. Arrica (Kikuyu, Kangasi) ; Ucanpa (Entebbe).
f. siginna, Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s
Expedition, p. 3 (1910).
German E, Arrica (generally, and especially Kilimandjaro) ;
British E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills, Entebbe).
A, insignis insignis.
¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. F.-w. semitransparent. The scales
in apical area being of normal size but few in number and
set partially upright. Near margin numerous narrow forked
scales. Base slightly blackish; costa from end of cell to
apex, and sometimes apical portion of hind margin, often
dusted with black scales. A brick red basal suffusion ex-
tending a little beyond end of cell and to hind angle. A black
transverse spot on end of cell, and a black linear basal spot
below median. H.-w. brick red with a narrow black marginal
border the inner edge of which may be smooth or undulating.
The base of wing has a black suffusion occupying lower half of
cell, base of 2, 1c, and 1b, followed by a large oblique spot lying
on the discocellulars. Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales.
H.-w. as on upperside but with the discal area pink, separated
from the marginal black by a narrow red submarginal band.
Often one or two white spots near base. Thorax black with
lateral and ventral yellowish spots. Abdomen black above,
orange laterally and towards extremity and paler beneath.
Claws unequal.
Q. Resembles ¢ but the red is replaced by a colour varying
from slightly paler than that of the g, to a dull pale brown.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912,— PARTI. (JULY) G
82 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the
A, insignis f. siginna.
Differs from the typical form in having all the h.-w. basal
black coalescent, forming a large black patch extending beyond
cell with an irregular distal outline from costa to inner margin.
Aurivillius records the siginna form as occurring almost
to the exclusion of the type, at great elevations (2,000 to
3,000 metres) on Mts. Meru and Kilimandjaro. Inter-
mediates however appear to occur everywhere. When
Distant described and figured this species, he pointed out
that it was the same as that described by Hewitson
as A. buetont. That name had however been pre-
viously used by butler, and as Godman points out,
Hewitson must have suppressed the species as 1t does not
appear in Kirby’s catalogue of his collection, its place
being taken by four undetermined forms from Zanzibar.
These are the same as the species described and figured
by Distant. Butler records A. insignis as taken by Mr. R.
Crawshay at Roromo, Kikuyu Forest in February 1900,
that collector remarking that the species frequents the
primaeval forest and that it is capable of resisting the
fumes of strong cyanide for half-an-hour. The species
is very nearly allied to A. horta, the f armatures being
with difficulty distinguishable. That of insignis is of a
rather more slender construction.
27. ACRAEA CAMAENA. PI. VIT, f. 4.
Acraea camuena, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 2, p. 12, pl. 7. f. 2
(1773); Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775) (?); Herbst,
Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 9, pl. 81, f. 3 (1792); Godart (Acraea),
Ene. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,
p. 89 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 185 (1903).
= murcia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Spec. Ins., 2, p. 33 (1781).
S. Leone; Gou~p Coast; Liseria; ASHANTI; LaGos;
NIGERIA ; FERNANDO Po,
(There is apparently some confusion under camaena in the
1775 edition of Fabricius. Camaena is stated to have red on
h.-w., and to be allied to zetes. Then follows a fuller
description, which agrees with Drury’s figure of camaena. In
the Species Insectorum (Vol. II, p. 32) camaena is again
described with red on h.-w., and on p. 33, “ Papilio murcia”
is described, the account and the type agreeing with Drury’s
figure of camaena.) _
¢g. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. smoky brown, partially trans-
lucent, one black spot at end of cell on discocellulars. H.-w.
African Species of the Genus Acraea. 83
same colour as f.-w. A blackish marginal border the inner edge
of which is deeply indented. Onthis margin seven internervular
spots of dull ochreous, that in le being doubled.
‘ 3 i f ‘
rise ¥ ad ‘ :
%, : vat h ‘
i
i ty om
haat ; ! SOLE Bs 6% Si
se rw te | Roi wey syiela Gee Leh
c Pele Mang oes
wey dae wo bth) Bo OF ae
é riko
eV as, Larder ao
ihe
nat! heals . i> aos
lak eet ee yitads
1)
owe
rai wi Yh hs.
EXPLANATION OF PLaTeE VI.
1. Larva of A. pentapolis pentapolis.
Fic.
Bel"
2 Se
4. ”
5. ”
6. ”
LG »
Ore
Ne es
KON aes
1 ea,
2 aes
13o Ss
Teo
ik, Aol
16. Pupa
”
A, rogersi lamborni.
A. parrhasia parrhasia.
A. peneleos peneleos.
A. zetes zetes.
A. perenna perenna.
A. pharsalus pharsalus.
A. lycou lycoa.
A, natalica pseudegina.
A, alciope alciope.
A. bonasia bonasia (pale form).
ie - », (dark form).
A. acerata vinidia.
A. oberthiivi oberthiiri.
A. egina egint.
A, rogersi lamborni.
All the above are drawn from specimens taken and preserved by
Mr, W. A. Lamborn at Oni near Lagos, and are now in the Hope
Department at Oxford. Some of the larvae are probably not quite
fully grown,
a
Trans.Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. VI.
el aes 2
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr.
LARVAE OF ACRAFA.
a a *
EXPLANATION OF Piates VII-XVI.
The accompanying figures of genitalia are for the most part drawn
as viewed from the side. In cases where they appear symmetrical
about a central line they are viewed either from above or below.
In many cases, as on Plates XI and XII, the view is from above,
with the uncus cut away in order to give an uninterrupted view of -
the structure of the claspers. In almost every case the penis has
been removed and drawn separately.
The following explanations may be noted :—
Pl. VII. 1le the ventral abdominal plate or velum. — Figs. 5, 7,
8, 11b, 17, are viewed from below.
Pl. VIII. Figs. 1, 12, 18 viewed from above, Figs. 10 and 11
from below. Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5 appear to show considerable differences,
but examination of a series of preparations shows such differences to
be inconstant. The same applies to Figs. 6 and 7.
Pl.IX. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16 viewed from above
(uneus removed in f.9). Fig. 6 is the dorsal abdominal plate spread
out and viewed from beneath. Figs. 7 and 13 are viewed from
below. Fig. 15 is the dorsal abdominal plate viewed posteriorly to
show the peculiar manner in which it is folded. Fig. 18 is the
dorsal plate viewed from. below.
P]. X. Figs. 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 14 are the dorsal plates viewed
from below. Figs. 15 and 16 are viewed from above with the uncus
removed.
Pl. XI. All viewed from above with the uncus removed.
Pl. XII. Ditto.
Pl. XIII. Figs. 3, 22, 23, 24, ditto.
Pl. XIV. Figs. 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, ditto. Fig. 14 isa
side view of the genital armature with the dorsal and ventral plates
in situ. Fig. 14a is the dorsal plate viewed from below, Fig. 14c the
ventral plate viewed from above, and Fig. 14b is the armature alone
viewed from above.
Pl. XV. Figs. 4, 13, 14, 15 are viewed from above with the
uncus removed. Figs. 16-28 are the ventral chitinous plates which
surround the orifice of the bursa copulatrix. all showing the ventral
side,
Explanation of Plate XVI
Pl. XVI. Figs. 1-13 are further examples of ? chitinous plates,
viewed in the same way. The posterior end of these plates is in
each case uppermost.
Figs. 14 to 21 are views of the copulatory seals found on the 2 ?
after pairing. Though these structures exhibit a certain degree of
constancy in each species they are often scarcely distinguishable in
species which are closely allied and therefore are of little use in just
those cases where small recognisable peculiarities would be of value.
The magnification varies from about eight to twelve diameters, but
as the actual size of the organs illustrated is not of much systematic
importance I have not thought it necessary to state the magnification
in each case.
Trans. Fint. Soce.Lond., 1912. PL. V1.
2. insignis. 3. neobule. 4, camaena.
1. horta.
5.admatha. 8. machequena.
7. ranavalona..
6. mahela.
9. obeira.
14. cerasa.
12. igati. 13. iturina.
om”
15. kraka. 16.unimaculata. 17. hova.
|
18. quirina.
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAFA.
‘
ithe, ap
) 2 Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. VI.
3. hypoleuca.
5.o0scari.
4. chilo.
7. welwitschii.
h
10. rabbaiae. 11. zonata. a 2
13. petraea.
14. cepheus.
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.
¥
f.
toh
“ Trans.Ent. Soc. Lond., 19172. Pl. IX.
#2. guill emél.
1. biittneri.
da
a ER
6.periphanes.
9.atolmis. vq
ener eG
pe onare: 10.chambezi. 1i.mansya.
‘16. lualabae. 17, chaeribula. 18. chaeribula.
H.Eltringham del. West,Newman lith.
GHNITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.
»
~ rr : 5
-
= : »
\
i
{
i
{
'
.
7 :
“i
bes
ead
‘
Z
: j
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912. PL. X.
j.acrita acrita 2.acrita manca
‘
-
4. acrita acrita
13. a. bella.
te
14.a bella
15.stenobea. 16. aglaonice
Be tng ham del. West, Newman lith.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAFA.
‘
&,
Eee
é
.
|
i
’
’
be
en
‘
bal »
-
-
’
ei 7
re Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond.,1912. Pt. X1.
1.caldarena.
5. pudorella.
6.doubledayi arabica. 7. braesia.
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.
.
Trans.Eint. Soc. Lond.,1912. PL. X11.
4,asboloplintha
2.atergatis.
3.leucopyga.
) natalica.
\Wiy:
6. equatorialis,
| H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.
. GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRABA.
Trans. Fint. Soce.Lond., 1912. Pl. X11.
4.wigginsi. \
-3.anacreon induna.
5.mirifica. 6.terpsichore. 7.acerata. 8 sotikensis.
9 cabira. 10. viviana. 11.bonasia. 12 excelsior.
17.oberthiiri. 18.pene —— 19. mairessei. 20.buschbecki.
22.servona. 23.circeis
a
—— ati
conracti. 24. grosvenori.
Eh Gs
en ) = ——
25.oreas. 26.semivitrea. 27.peneleos. 28. pelopeia.
H.Eltringham del West,Newman lith
N GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.
ry
Trans.Lint. Soc. Lond., 1912. Pl. XIV.
2.pentapolis.
*
ee, ——
4. encedon.
5. johnstom .
7.rogersi.
\
\
13. conjuncta.
J
i1.alciope.
12. disjuncta.
10. jodutta.
14, i i
Basie. 14a.satis. 14b. satis. oe:
H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRABA.
Zi Trans.Eint. Soc.Lond.,1912. Pl. XV.
—
{.safie.
6.igola. 7. quirinalis. 8.cinerea.
oe
F'10.orestia ~
11.fornax. 12.amicitiae.
Ny.
hum Tis) fly
16. horta 2.
15.sambavae.
és
ue insignis Q. 18. neobule 9. 19. asema Q.
al.omrora 22.anacreon, 23.asboloplintha @
(umbrata ?) induna @. ;
20.violarum.
24: poder
detecta @.
28.equatorialis °.
‘25.oncea Q. 26.althoffi 2.
27.atolmis.
H.Eltringham del. West,Newman lith.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEFA.
Trans. Fint. Soc. Lond.,1912. Pl. XVI.
oy
1. cerasa %. 2.ranavalona &. eee ok
v7) a
]
a |
ae
aed ictal
>a 6.quirina ¢ 7. leucopyga 9%. 8.chaeribula °.
5.amsorgei 9.
Yr
12.acrita
tt.acrita
manca .
peoteetie. 10.acrita
bellona @.
humilis 9. acrita ?.
15. mivifica, °.
13.diogenes @.
~
18.anemosa @.
16. wigginsi .
20. insignis 9. 21.oheira &.
West, Newman lith.
12) noha, =
H.Eltringham del.
GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEFA.
a
a
( 375)
Il. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera
in the Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T.
Bincuaw, F.Z.S.
[Read May 8rd, 1911.]
THE following paper forms the concluding section of the
lamented author’s memoir published in these Transactions
for 1911 (No. XXII, p. 528). When the proofs of this
memoir were received from the printers, it was realised
that the concluding portion was wanting. Publication
could not well be delayed, and the paper appeared with
the introductory note adjusted to suit the circumstances.
The missing manuscript—mislaid as the result of a curious
accident—having been lately recovered, it is obviously de-
sirable that the memoir should be completed as soon as
possible, and that its second part should appear in as close
proximity as possible to the first.
The following paper contains the description of one
Aculeate captured by Dr. F. A. Dixey, and four by Dr,
G. B. Longstaff, in South Africa in 1905. It also includes
descriptions of five Australian Aculeates in the Hope
Collection. I had long been interested in the peculiar
types of synaposematic pattern found in all large groups
of Australian Aculeates, and reproduced in many non-
Hymenopterous mimics. Col. Bingham very kindly deter-
mined the species in an illustrative collection, and wrote
the following descriptions of those which were new to
science.
The types of all descriptions are in the Hope Depart-
ment of the Oxford University Museum.
In this, as in the first part of the memoir, I have acted
under the kind and skilled advice of Mr. Rowland E.
Turner,
E. B. PouLton.
Family SPHEGIDAE.
1. CERCERIS CUCULLATA, sp. nov.
N. AusTRALIA: Port Essington.
¢. Black, the front of the head below the base of the antennae,
the scape, a spot behind the eyes, a spot on each side of the pro-
notum, the scutellum and postscutellum, a spot on each side of the
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1912—PaRT It. (OCT.) CC
376 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian
median segment, the legs, the base above of the 2nd abdominal
segment and the whole of the 4th and 6th segments, chrome
yellow ; the basal two-thirds of the mandibles and the underside
of the basal three or four joints of the flagellum fulvous. Head
thorax and abdomen finely punctured, rugose and opaque. Head
broad transverse above, broader than the thorax. Thorax subglobose,
the enclosed space at the base of the median segment smooth tri-
angular convex, and divided medially by a broad longitudinal
furrow. Abdomen elongate narrower than the thorax, the basal
segment subpetiolate, the constrictions between the segments well-
marked ; pygidial area flat, punctured and laterally margined.
Wings hyaline slightly infuscate towards the apex.
Length ¢ ll mm. Exp. 23 mm.
Described from a single example.
Nearest to C. australis, Saussure, but the enclosed space
at the base of the median segment of C. australis is closely
punctured like the rest of the median segment ; the punc-
tation of the abdomen much coarser and the distribution
of the black and yellow colours especially on the abdomen
quite different.
2. GORYTES AUSTRINUS, sp. nov.
Locality doubtful. The specimen originally belonged
to Prof. Westwood’s private collection and it bears in
pencil the following words written by him: “N. H.
Hunter’s R. or V. D. L. [Horsley].” The Australian
type of pattern suggests that the first-named locality is
correct. “N.H.” stands for “ New Holland.”
9. Black, the clypeus pale yellow, the scape and basal joint of
the antennae, the pronotum, the tegulae and a short broad line
on the mesonotum above them, the scutellum, postscutellum, legs,
basal abdominal segment a small spot on either side of the 2nd,
the apical margins broadly of the 8rd to the 5th and the whole
of the apical segment orange red; the coxae and femora of the
legs variegated with black ; wings fusco-hyaline darkening towards
the costal margins of the forewings. Head above and the thorax
semewhat coarsely punctured, rugose and pubescent, abdomen
pubescent, the apical margin of the 1st segment widely emarginate
in the middle above, the apical three segments strongly curved
downwards, a well-marked constriction between the basal two
Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 377
segments. Legs stout and powerful, the tibiae furnished with strong
spines.
Length 9 13mm, Exp. 26 mm.
Described from a single example.
NOTOGONIA DIXEYI, form n,
Nata: The Bluff, near Durban: Aug. 16, 1905 (fF. A.
Dixey).
2. Black, the scape of the antennae, and the tarsi of the legs dull
red, the claw-joint of the latter more or less blackish above ; on the
anterior legs the red spreads to the apex of the tibiae. Head, thorax
(except the median segment), and abdomen smooth unpunctured ;
on the head the inner orbits of the eyes and the sides of the clypeus
clothed with dense golden pubescence, very rich and shining in
certain lights; wings fuscous with a rich purple effulgence ; the
apical margins of the abdominal segments above with transverse,
minutely pubescent, whitish narrow bands; pygidial area well
defined covered with stiff black hairs. Head: the anterior margin
of the clypeus with a few coarse punctures ; the flagellum of the
antennae dull and opaque, 2nd and 3rd joints subequal, each
twice the length of the basal joint. Thorax: massive, the meso-
notum slightly convex, with a short longitudinal carina on each
side above the tegulae ; median segment long rounded above, finely,
but irregularly, transversely striate, abruptly truncate posteriorly,
the apex above slightly projecting in the middle above at the edge
of the truncation ; legs with strong short spines on the tibiae and
tarsi, the tibial calcaria long, on the posterior tibiae as long as the
basal joint of the tarsi, claws long and curved. Abdomen short,
not longer than the thorax, moderately massive, basal ventral
segment with a preapical, transverse, strongly marked groove,
2nd segment with a basal broad shallow depression on each side
of a bluntly raised medial carina that does not extend to its apical
margin.
Length 216mm. Exp. 26 mm.
Described from a single example. Figured in Dr. Long-
staff’s “ Butterfly Hunting in Many Lands,” Plate II, fig. 4
(1912).
Notr,—The name given in the manuscript of this memoir was
“vafra,” but a label on the type specimen records “ diveyi,” and not
“vafra.” Dr. Longstaff tells me that he knew of Col. Bingham’s
intention to alter his MSS. to “ dixeyi.”—E. B. P.
cc2
378 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian
Family KUMENIDAE.
ODYNERUS LONGSTAFFI, form n.
CapPpE CoLony: Creek on the Buffalo River, near East
London: Sept. 28, 1905 (G. B. Longstaff).
do. Dull red, base of the mandibles, the clypeus, the front
immediately above it, the inner orbits of the eyes from the base
of the clypeus to the middle of the emargination in the eyes, a
line along the scape of the antennae in front, a transverse band
along the apex of the postscutellum, two obliquely placed oval
spots one on each side on the middle of the basal abdominal seg-
ment, two larger spots one on each side at the base of the 2nd
segment, and transverse preapical bands on the 2nd and 3rd seg-
ments bright yellow; a cone-shaped large patch above the clypeus
extends up to the vertex including the ocelli, the mesonotum and
the middle of the posterior face of the median segment, black, the
mesonotum with a central, short, longitudinal red line. The red
of the antennae and legs is of a paler tint verging on orange, the
tibiae and tarsi of the latter still paler. Wings flavo-hyaline, the
radial cell and terminal edge of the forewings lightly fuscous.
Head above, pro- and mesonotum, scutellum, postscutellum and
median segment very closely and finely punctured. Head: the
clypeus slightly convex, its posterior and side margins above
rounded, the sides below straight, inclined obliquely inwards, the
apex truncate and circularly emarginate; emargination of the eyes
deep ; antennae slender, circularly curled at their apices ; head from
above transversely rectangular, broader than long and as broad as
the thorax. Thorax massive, the median segment short, its
posterior face concave with a slender groove down the middle,
posteriorly the sides are rounded, and tuberculate or subdentate
in the middle. Abdomen: sessile, basal segment campanulate,
slightly strangulate before the apex, 2nd segment as broad as
long; 7th broadly rounded posteriorly and fringed with brown
hairs.
Length ¢ 13mm. Exp. 26 mm.
Described from one example in the British Museum
and one at Oxford: figured in “ Butterfly Hunting in
Many Lands,” Plate II, fig. 6.
Comes nearest to 0. mutans, Sauss., from Senegambia,
which however has two tubercles between the antennae,
the median segment transversely striate, the apical margin
Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 379
of the basal abdominal segment angulated posteriorly
and bears transverse yellow bands on the 1—4 abdominal
segments.
ODYNERUS DECORATUS, sp. nov.
W. AustTRALIA: Towranna Plains between Yule River
and Sherlock River: Jan. to May, 1898 (A. Clement).
dg. Lemon yellow, the mandibles, the bases of the antennae, the
apex of the scape, the flagellum, a large square mark on the vertex
surrounding the ocelli and reaching the upper margin of the eyes
on each side, a square mark on the collar, the mesonotum, scutellum
and postscutellum, an oblong mark on the 2nd abdominal seg-
ment, the base of the 4th and 5th narrowly and the apical two
segments black, a spot at the base of the mandibles, two minute
spots on the vertex at the upper angles of the eyes, a square mark
at the base of the mesonotum, a transverse mark on the scutellum
divided medially by a fine black line and the middle of the post-
scutellum yellow. Head, thorax and abdomen punctured rugose
and covered with a minute, short, silky pubescence ; clypeus pyri-
form truncate at apex ; prothorax vertically truncate in front, almost
concave, the pronotum margined anteriorly ; mesonotum slightly
convex, scutellum and postscutellum not prominent, median eseg-
ment rounded at the sides, the apex slightly concave. Wings hyaline
brown along the costal margin, nervures brown, tegulae yellow
with a faint brown spot in the middle. Abdomen massive, sessile,
longer than the head and thorax united, the apical margin of the
2nd segment crenulate,
@. Similar to the ¢ but in the two specimens before me the
ground-colour is reddish (in one specimen certainly, and in the
other probably darkened by cyanide). It differs in being larger
and more strongly built than the ¢ and has the apical two
abdominal segments reddish brown, not black: the shape and
character of the black markings however are very similar.
Length ¢ 10 mm.; @ 11°5 mm. (to apex of second abdominal
segment). Exp. ¢ 23 mm.; 9 27 mm.
Described from a single example of each sex.
Belongs to Saussure’s subgenus Lionotus.
I have preferred to give a full description of the ¢
rather than of the @ because, as noted above, I consider
the ground-colour of the two female specimens I have
before me altered, by cyanide.
380 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian
RHYNCHIUM NIGROLIMBATUM, sp. nov.
W. AUSTRALIA: Towranna Plains: 1898 (Clement).
2 . Chrome yellow, the head above and the 2nd abdominal segment
black, the clypeus, the front below the anterior ocellus extending
into the emargination of the eyes, and the antennae chrome yellow,
mandibles reddish yellow ; wings dark fuscous purple, hyaline along
their posterior margins. Head above closely and coarsely rugose
punctate, the punctures on the front in certain lights running into
striae, clypeus sparsely and very shallowly punctured almost smooth,
the apex transversely truncate not emarginate, eyes large reaching
the base of the mandibles; these latter coarsely longitudinally
striate and punctured. Thorax longer than broad finely punctured,
the prothorax vertically transversely truncate anteriorly, mesonotum
convex, scutellum and postscutellum flat, the former almost square
the latter transverse, both separated from the mesonotum anteriorly,
from each other, and from the median segment posteriorly by well-
marked transverse sutures ; median segment long, concave posteriorly
bearing a medial fine longitudinally impressed line, and with the
lower posterior angles somewhat produced. Wings ample, the 2nd
cubital cell in the forewing trapezoidal receiving both recurrent
nervures; legsshort slender pubescent, claws unidentate. Abdomen
massive, the basal segment narrow, beneath with a triangular
depression and a subapical transverse groove, above convex and
rounded ; 2nd segment elongate broadening posteriorly.
Length 9 14 mm. (to apex of 2nd abdominal segment). Exp. 30mm.
Described from a single example.
ALASTOR ABNORMIS, sp. Nov.
W. AustTrALIA: Towranna Plains: 1898 (Clement).
¢. Orange yellow, head and the 2nd abdominal segment black, the
clypeus, a mark somewhat in the shape of a chess pawn above it on
the front, and the scape in front orange yellow ; wings fuscous,
hyaline along the posterior margins. Head from above transverse
as broad as the thorax, closely and somewhat coarsely rugose
punctate above and behind the eyes more finely and sparsely punc-
tured on the front and clypeus, the latter covered with a fine silky
short white pubescence, somewhat pyriform with the apex truncato-
emarginate. Front with the orange macula raised carinate. Eyes
large reaching to the base of the mandibles, mandibles long toothed
on the inner margins. Antennae subclavate somewhat like that of
Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 381
Masaris. Thorax broad and rounded coarsely punctured, the
prothorax vertically truncate anteriorly, the pronotum margined in
front; mesonotum convex; scutellum and postscutellum raised
gibbous separated from the mesonotum in front from each other
and from the median segment by well-marked sutures; median
segment very short somewhat suppressed under the scutellum and
postscuteJlum, the sides rounded not produced posteriorly. Wings
ample, the 2nd cubital cell of the forewing petiolate; legs stout
pubescent, claws unidentate. Abdomen sessile the Ist segment
somewhat compressed and campanulate posteriorly, 2nd segment
long broadening gradually from front to back.
Length g 12 mm. (to apex of 2nd abdominal segment). Exp. 27 mm.
Described from four examples.
This remarkable and handsome species may afterwards
have to be separated generically. I have seen only four
males, and they are strikingly aberrant, differing from all
known wasps, fossorial or social, in having only 9 joints in
the antennae. The closest scrutiny under a microscope
reveals no more than 9 joints, the apical joint being
exceedingly small and sunk in the apex of the subapical
joint.
There can be no question of the insect belonging to the
Diploptera ; and in the rest of its structure, particularly in
the venation of the forewing, it closely resembles Alastor,
under which genus I have provisionally placed it.
ANTHOPHILA.
Family COLLETIDAE.
PROSOPIS SIMPLEX, form n.
CapE CoLony: Queen’s Park, East London : Sept. 26,
1905 (G@. B. Longstaf,).
2. Black immaculate, the tibiae and tarsi turning to slightly
reddish brown, the flagellum of the antennae except the basal joint,
beneath maroon. Head and thorax closely but not very coarsely punc-
tured, the abdomen smooth and slightly shining in certain lights, but
not polished. Head broader than the thorax, flat in front, clypeus
large, broad, anteriorly truncate antennae short, robust, their apices
roundly blunt. Thorax : pronotum transverse, forming a mere narrow
ridge ; mesonotum convex with an anterior medial and a lateral,
impressed, short longitudinal line which are short and shining ;
382 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian
median segment compressed posteriorly, the apex truncate, the face
of the truncation crossed by a vertical, well-marked carina and
bordered on each side by similar carinae, the basal concavity on the
segment lunate and edged anteriorly and posteriorly by a series of
large punctures or pits ; wings hyaline, slightly fuscous, legs slender,
minutely pubescent. Abdomen about as long as the head and
thorax united, the 2nd segment with traces on each side of a fringe
of white hairs.
Length 95mm. Exp. 9 mm.
Described from a single example.
Easily distinguishable from all described forms of
Prosopis by the sculpture and by its uniform black colour
entirely devoid of yellow markings.
Family APIDAE.
HALICTUS INORNATUS, form n.
Carre Cotony : Zwartkops,near Port Elizabeth: Aug. 11,
1905 (G@. B. Longstaff).
@. Dull black, covered with soft long reddish-brown erect hairs,
the 2nd to the 5th abdominal segments with lateral transverse short
bands of whitish-yellow pubescence at their bases, the anal rims
ferruginous, the legs covered with yellowish pubescence which turns
to ferruginous on the inner side of the posterior metatarsi, the tibial
calcaria of the posterior legs yellowish-white at base, ferruginous
towards their apices, the claw joint and claws of all the tarsi fer-
ruginous. Head as broad as the thorax, flat in front, closely
punctured, the clypeus slightly convex transversely and broadly
truncate anteriorly. Thorax more sparsely and finely punctured,
the depressed area at base of the median segment lunate and
very closely punctured, the punctures running into longitudinal
striae. Abdomen very minutely and sparsely punctured, shining
above.
Length 10 mm. Exp. 18 mm.
Described from a single example.
CERATINA VITTATA, form n.
ORANGE RIVER Cotony : “ Wonderboom,” near Pretoria :
Aug. 31, 1905 (G. B. Longstaff).
?. Black, two large coalescent spots on the labrum, a very broad
i-shaped mark on the clypeus and a narrow line on the front of
Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 3838
the anterior tibiae pale yellow ; the humeral angles of the pronotum
and transverse laterally broadened bands on the 2nd to the 5th
abdominal segments fringed with short stiff white hairs. Head,
thorax and abdomen very closely and uniformly punctured and
granulate. The median segment of the thorax is very short
abruptly sloped downwards from the postscutellum, the usual
depression at the base of the segment very ill-defined, scarcely
perceptible. Abdomen stout and comparatively massive, the 6th
segment with a sharp longitudinal carina towards apex. Wings
hyaline, nervures and tegulae dark brown.
Length 97mm. Exp. 12 mm.
Described from a single example.
(8840)
III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African
Lepidoptera. By RoLAND TRIMEN, M.A., F.R.S., ete.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
PuaTE XVII.
THE few forms here figured are.such as need illustration
either from their close alliance to congeners or from their
rarity.
Mycalesis ena, Hewits., Pyrgus zebra, Butl., and P. se-
cessus, Trim., form. aestiv., have been received from my
friend Mr. H. L. Langley Feltham, of Johannesburg ; the
Mycalesis and P. secessus being now for the first time
recorded from extra-tropical South Africa.* Pseudo-
nympha d’urbani, Trim., and Leptonewra bowkert, Trim.,
?, are figured from examples collected in N.E. Cape
Colony by Mr. F. Graham in 1891; and Ps. hippia
(Cram.), from one taken on Table Mountain in 1890, by
Mr. R. M. Lightfoot.
The Smerinthine hawkmoth, Platysphiney bowrket,
Trim., is figured from the type (a 2) captured in Zululand
by Admiral E. Bourke, in 1909.
Fam. NYMPHALIDAE.
Sub-fam, SATYRINAE,
Mycalesis ena, Hewits.
Mycalesis ena, Hewits., Ent, Mo. Mag., p. 107 (1877).
Plate XVII, figs. 1 (¢), la ().
This form is, as Hewitson (/.c.) pointed out, very close
to the West African Jf miriam (Fab.), but readily dis-
tinguished by its larger size and paler colouring, and by
having on the upperside, as well as on the underside, of
* Mr. Feltham also sent another interesting addition to the extra-
tropical South African list of Hesperidue, vid. Platylesches robustus,
Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, p. 83, pl. iii, f. 7, ), hitherto
recorded from N. and S. Rhodesia onJy, but taken (three examples)
by Mr. A. T. Cooke at White River in the Transvaal, in August
1907.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (OCT.)
Some imperfectly known S. African Lepidoptera 385
the forewings the ordinary two ocellate spots well
developed. Hewitson’s type specimens are from Lake
Nyassa,* but the form has since been found as far to the
southward as the Transvaal. The first examples from the
latter region that came under my notice were taken in the
Barberton District in the year 1888 by Mr. J. P. Cloete
and Mr. C. F. Palmer; and the specimens now figured are
a dry-season f, captured at Nelspruit by Mr. H. L.
Feltham on May 10, 1904, and a wet-season 9, taken by
Mr. A. T. Cooke at White River, near Nelspruit, in 1909.
Mr. Feltham writes that he met with this M/ycalesis very
sparsely, flying in wet, grassy spruits or hollows in com-
pany with Ypthima asterope, and notes the resemblance
between the two butterflies when on the wing.
I think it likely that JZ ena will prove—when a good
series of it can be compared with one of JZ. miriam
throughout its range—to be not separable as a distinct
species.
Pseudonympha @urbant, Trim.
Pseudonympha durbani, Trim., 8.-Afr. Butt., 1, p. 80
(1887).
Plate XVIL, fig. 2 (2).
This butterfly is nearly allied to P. neita, Wallengren,t
but it is constantly recognisable by the absence on the
underside of the hindwing of the basal fulvous, and by
the presence there of a third (ante-median) dark transverse
streak as well as of a paler discal fascia. On the upper-
side, too, as well as on the underside, all the ocelli are
smaller and in much duller rings, especially those of the
hindwings.
The sexes differ scarcely at all, except that the 2 has
blunter forewings, and is usually rather paler. As regards
the ocellate spots there is a good deal of variation in both
sexes, the ocellus of the forewing varying in size, and
being in many examples rather ovate than circular, and
the two minute ocelli of the hindwing being seldom both
present. On the underside the ocelli of the hindwing
* Mr. S. A. Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1910, p. 9) notes M. ena as
occurring throughout N. Rhodesia, and being especially common in
the Luangwa Valley.
+ K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl., 1875, p. 84, n. 3 ; see also Trimen
(J. c.), p. 79, pl. 7, f. 2 (1887).
386 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto
are usually all represented, but are rarely more than minute,
and in some cases one or two are barely indicated or
actually wanting, while in three ff I found all four com-
pletely obsolete. The three dark-brown irregular trans-
verse streaks on the underside of the hindwing, and the
paler fascia between the middle and outer streaks, are also
variable in their definition.
This Pseudonympha was discovered near King William’s
Town, as far back as the year 1861, by my friend Mr.
W.S. M. D’ Urban, and I had the pleasure of naming it after
him in my work quoted above, and of recording the few
other specimens that had reached me from other localities
in Eastern Cape Colony, vid. Grahamstown (Mrs. M. E.
Barber), and the north of the Albert District (Col. J. H.
Bowker). It was not until 1891-93 that I received a fine
series of the insect, from Dordrecht, in the Wodehouse
District of N.E. Cape Colony, taken by an ardent and
successful entomological observer, Mr. Francis Graham,
then resident magistrate of the district. He reported it as
occurring numerously from October to January, but as
being almost exclusively confined to the higher hill-
slopes.
Pseudonympha hippia (Cramer).
Papilio hippia, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. cexxu, ff. C, D
liga):
Pseudonympha hippia, Trim., §.-Afr, Butt., 1, p. 82 (1887).
Plate XVIII, fig. 3 (2).
In my work above cited I was able to mention only
two examples which agreed satisfactorily with Cramer's
rough figures, and to a less extent with the equally rough
woodcut given by Burchell * of the upperside of his
Papilio (Hipparchia) montana. These examples were
taken by myself on the summit of the southern projection
of the Table Mountain range, respectively in February
1864, and January 1865; and Burchell’s insect is similarly
recorded as having been taken on the summit of the
eastern side of Table Mountain on January 24,1811. In
the Appendix to Vol. iii of my work, I noted (p. 395) the
capture by Mr. H. L. Feltham of a third example in the
same locality in January 1888, and of three others at a
* “Travels, Int. S. Africa,” i, p. 45 (1822).
imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera, 387
somewhat lower elevation, by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot in
February 1889. Subsequently, on December 28, 1889,
Mr. Feltham met with four hippia, and on January 2,
1890, with four more ; these occurred on the lower plateau
of the same mountain, above the top of Hout Bay gorge.
On the last-named date Mr. Lightfoot in the same place
took no less than twelve specimens.
There is good reason for considering this Psewdonympha
to be confined to the higher levels of the Cape Promon-
tory, in marked contrast to its nearest congener and
companion P. vigilans, Trim.*—with which at first I
confused it—the latter extending in range (and under
some variation as regards the tint and ocellate marking of
the underside of the hindwings) over the greater part of
South Africa.
Leptoneura bowkert, Trim.
Leptoneura bowkeri, Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870,
p. 847, pl. vi, f 2(f); and S.-Afr., Butt., 1, pp. 98-9
(3 9) (1887).
Plate XVII, fig. 4 (2).
Only the ¢ of this very distinct form of Leptonewra was
known to me when [I first described it, and in 1887 (op.
cit.) I could record but a solitary 9, sent in 1879 from the
Lydenburg district of the Transvaal by Mr. T. Ayres. It
was not until 1891-93 that an extensive series of both
sexes was secured, at Dordrecht, in N.E. Cape Colony, by
Mr. Francis Graham, who forwarded to me no fewer than
twenty-seven 929 and sixty-nine ff; and I am glad to
have the opportunity of giving here a figure of one of
these 99, and of indicating the variation exhibited by
both sexes in so numerous a series all collected in one
locality.
The $f vary much, on the upperside of the fore-
wing, in the size and distinctness of the whitish sub-
marginal spots, and the extent to which the lower three
spots are reddish-tinged—in thirty-one ff there exists a
seventh spot (often indistinct) below the first median
nervule; and there is considerable instability as to the
number of ocelli, twenty-four specimens having only a
single ocellus, twenty having also a minute second ocellus
* Fora figure (¢) of this form from the Weenen District of Natal,
see Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, pl. 1, f. 1 (1898).
388 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto
on outer edge of the third submarginal whitish spot, and
two having besides a minute third ocellus asin the @. A
similar variableness prevails as regards the ocelli on the
upperside of the hindwing ; though usually four in number,
no fewer than fourteen examples exhibit a more or less
ill-defined fifth ocellus (as in ¢) below the first median
nervule; in one ¢ these markings are so small as to be
only just visible, while in another they are reduced to
minute rufous rings. The 9? vary on the upperside as
follows, vid. in the forewing, nine want the third ocellus;
and, in the hindwing, six want the small inferior fifth
ocellus, but eight have another (usually more distinct)
additional ocellus between the subcostal nervules. On
the underside of the hindwing there is variation in the
development of the greyish scaling—in two examples this
is exceptionally strong—between the two median dark
transverse stripes and about the upper three of the
ocelli.
This Leptonewra ranges widely over eastern South
Africa, from the Bedford District of the Cape to the
Lydenburg District of Transvaal, but appears to be strictly
confined to elevated areas and lofty hill-ridges. Mr.
Graham, who carefully observed this species in the neigh-
bourhood of Dordrecht, found that, in its principal locality
(“The Kloof”), and in other similar spots, 1t was confined
~ to the bush growing below the bare crest of the slope on
the north (shady) side of the ravine, and was found chiefly
among long wiry grass in the open spaces between the
thickets. He was struck with the apparent excess in
number of the f2, but estimated it as very much less than
I had judged it to be in Z. clytus (Linn.), and not more
than from twelve to fifteen for every 2 met with.
Fam. HESPERIIDAE.
Sub-fam. HESPERIINAE.
Pyrgus zebra, Butl.
Pyrgus zebra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 1,
p. 207 (1888).
Plate XVII, fig. 5 (9).
The type of this species was recorded by Dr. A. G. Butler
as a native of India—‘Campbellpore and Chittur Pahar
(Major Yerbury)”—but I referred to it in my “S.-Afr.
imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera. 389
Butt.” (ai, p. 290, 1889) because it was described as
nearest to P. sataspes, mihi, a common South African
species. In 1897 (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 856) Dr.
Butler noted the interesting fact that Mr. G. A. K. Mar-
shall had taken specimens of P. zebra on the River Tugela
in Natal in November 1896, and remarked, “ These Natal
examples cannot be distinguished from those of N.W.
India, excepting in their slightly blacker ground-colour
(which, by the way, is probably due to the superior fresh-
ness of the specimens).” It is also from Weenen, in Natal,
that Mr. H. L. Feltham’s specimen, which I here figure,
was obtained.
I have compared this example with three others, in the
Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, which
appear to be referable to the same species, and which
were taken in N.E. Rhodesia (2) and Makanga, Tette (1),
by Mr. S. A. Neave early in 1908. The Weenen example
differs in being considerably smaller, and in having on the
upperside the three median white spots of the forewing
distinct instead of faint, and the median white band of the
hindwing more even and continuous. Mr. Neave (Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, p. 93) notes that the few individuals
from Fort Jameson and the Luangwa Valley in Rhodesia
are “considerably larger than Mashonaland specimens in
the National Collection, which are in their turn larger
than the type from India.’ P. zebra is not closely allied
to P. sataspes, mihi, but comes nearest to the East African
P. diomus, Hopff., especially in the conspicuous feature of
an additional outer narrow white stripe from apex to near
anal angle on the underside of the hindwings.
Pyrgus secessus, Trim.
Pyrgus secessus, Trim., Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 102,
pl. ix: fi 22 (1).
Plate XVII, figs. 6 (3), 7 (2).
Since I described and figured (/.c.) this Pyrgus from two
examples taken by A. W. Eriksson at Omrora,S.W. Africa
(about 15° 15’ S. Lat.), it does not seem to have been
much noticed till Mr. S. A. Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1910, p. 73) recorded it as not uncommon in N.E.
Rhodesia, especially in the Lake Bangweolo District. But
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall met with it near Salisbury and in
390 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto
the Mazoe District, Mashonaland, as far back as 1894 and
1895. Among the few specimens received from Mr.
Marshall there were several which differed strikingly from
typical secessus in presenting on the underside of the hind-
wing a conspicuous creamy-whitish median band and other
markings, instead of the very faint ones characteristic of
secessus, which are scarcely distinguishable from the pale
dull brownish-ochreous ground-colour. I thought that
these white-marked individuals represented a very distinct
variety or possibly a closely allied species; and it was not
until the year 1905 that my attention was again recalled
to them by receiving from Mr. H. L. Feltham and Mr.
A. T. Cooke two quite similar but larger examples taken by
the latter in the Transvaal. The occurrence of this con-
spicuously-banded form so much further southward rather
confirmed my impression that it might be distinct from
secessus; and Mr. Feltham and Mr. Cooke kindly promised
to endeavour to secure more material towards deciding the
question. This endeavour has been successful, and I have
received from them thirteen examples (8 $2, 5 2?)—four
taken at Nelspruit, and nine at White River (about
eight miles from Nelspruit). All these are of the same
conspicuous white marking on the underside of the hind-
wing, presenting no variation in the direction of the obscure
colouring of typical secessus. Eleven of them bear dates
of capture, ranging from October to January; and the
dates of Mr. Marshall’s three Mashonaland examples of
the same form were respectively October 21 and 30 and
November 4. Similarly, in a series of thirteen N.
Rhodesian examples collected by Mr. Neave, which are
in the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum,* the only one with the underside of the hind-
wings white-banded is dated November, while three with
the band much paler than in typical secessus are dated
respectively September 18, October 29, and December 1.
The remaining nine specimens are dated as captured in
July and August, and though varying in depth of tint all
present the dull underside colouring of typical secessus;
and I have recorded (/.c.) that Mr. Eriksson took the
South-Angolan type examples in August 1887.
The dates given by the several captors appear to indicate
* T am indebted to my friend, Mr. H. Eltringham, for supplying
these dates of capture of Mr. Neave’s specimens, which in a rather
hurried examination I had omitted to note.
imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera. 391
clearly that the case is one of seasonal dimorphism, quite
akin to those presented by many species of the Pierine
genus Zeracolus in the same regions, in which the con-
spicuous white or whitish underside of the hindwings
during the wet season is replaced during the dry season
by one more or less obscured with paler or deeper tints of
reddish-ochreous or even brownish-ochreous.
I have not hitherto found recorded any other instance
of seasonal modification in the species of Pyrgus, either in
Africa or elsewhere; but—considering how large a genus
this is, how very widely dispersed over the tropical and
temperate regions of the globe, and how many of its forms
are so variable and so closely allied as to be with difficulty
distinguishable—it seems by no means improbable that
“dry” and “wet” phases are not rare among them, but
until now have been mistakenly regarded as distinct
species. The phenomenon has indeed been recognised as
occurring among some species of other genera of the
Hesperiinae; Mr. Neave mentioning (/.c. pp. 68 and 71)
specially two cases in N. Rhodesia which came under his
notice, vid. those of Kagris jamesoni, E. M. Sharpe, and
‘Abantis venosa, Trim. The latter instance is closely com-
parable with that of Pyrgus secessus, for Mr. Neave writes
of this species of Abantis: “Extreme dry specimens are
of a golden-brown colour, losing all the white discal area
and black margin of the hindwing underside.”
Fam. SPHINGIDAE.
Sub-fam. SMERINTHINAE.
Platysphinx bourket, Trim.
Platysphinz bourket, Trim., Ent. M. Mag. (2), xxi, p. 209
(1910).
Plate XVII, fig. 7 ($).
I take this opportunity of giving a figure of the only
example (a 2?) known to me of this very striking Smerin-
thine hawkmoth, which was taken in Zululand in 1909 by
my friend Rear-Admiral Edmund Bourke, as noted in my
description above cited. In pointing out the relation of this
form to the Los Islands P. phyllis, Rothsch. and Jord., and
the larger Congo P. stigmatica, Mab., I omitted to mention
that a specimen of the latter species, taken on grass near
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) DD
392 Mr. Roland Trimen on South African Lepidoptera.
trees at Cowie’s Hill, Pinetown, Natal, by Mr. T. L.
Ayres, was in May 1891, lent to me by the captor for
determination. The circumstances of the discovery of
this example of P. stigmatica are remarkably similar to
those recorded (/.c. p. 210) in the case of P. bowrkei; and
of neither species does any other South African specimen
appear to have been noticed.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
[See Explanation facing the PLATE. |
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Figs. 1, la. Mycalesis ena, Hewits, ¢, 9. Hab. Nelspruit,
2.
3.
5.
Transvaal.
Pseudonympha Ciurbani, Trim., ¢. Hab. Dordrecht,
Cape Colony.
Pseudonympha hippia, Cram, ¢. Hab. Table Moun-
tain, Cape Town.
Leptonewra bowkeri, Trim., 9. Hab. Dordrecht, Cape
Colony.
Pyrgus zebra, Butl., 9. Hab. Weenen, Natal.
6, 6a. Pyrgus secessus, Trim., ¢, 9. Hab. White River
ce
and Nelspruit, Transvaal.
Platysphinew bourkei, Trim., 9. Hab. Etshowe, Zulu-
land.
Trans. bint. Soc._Lond., 1912. PL. XVI.
ett re,
5
Horace Knight del.et lith.
OUTH AFRI
dp)
——
(0vg08)
IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, a Myrme-
cophilous Plebetid blue butterfly. By T. A. CHAPMAN,
M.D.
[Read February 7th, 1912. ]}
Puates X VIJI-XXXVI.
In November 1910 I reported to the Society that the
larva of Latiorina orbitulus was without the honey-gland
so usual in the group of Zycaenids to which it belongs,
agreeing therein with the larva of Vaccintina optilete.
There seemed some reason to suspect that the unrecorded
larva of Albulina pheretes might be a third species in this
section. I determined, therefore, if possible, to learn
something of the life history of A. pheretes. In this I
had some success last summer, and found that LZ. pheretes
does possess the larval honey-gland and does not therefore
belong to the group of orlitulus and optilete.
All that was previously known of the larva was told me
by Mr. St. Quintin, to the effect that he had seen the
imago ovipositing on Phaca alpina, and had got the larvae
to about their second instar when his supply of the food-
plant gave out. |
By aslip of the pen Mr. St. Quintin led me somewhat
astray in my search for larvae; the plant he meant was
not Phaca alpina, but Astragalus alpinus, known also as
Phaca astragalina. A search for larvae in June on Phaca
alpina and on Phaca frigida was naturally unavailing,
though I found afterwards that Phaca frigida at least was
welcome to the imago to lay her eggs on.
It was not therefore till well into July that I found a
locality where Z. pheretes occurred sparingly, and obviously
in association with a plant that proved to be Astragalus
alpinus.
I had about the same time obtained some eggs from a
butterfly taken in a locality where the Astragalus did not
grow within a long distance. This specimen laid on Phaca
frigida, and not unwillingly on Z'rifolium pratense.
In the Heuthal the butterfly was very strictly confined
to two patches of the Astragalus alpinus, one specimen
only being found at a considerable distance amongst Phaca
Jrigida. Amongst various plants given to the butterflies
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) DD2
394 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the
to tempt them to oviposit and by way of flowers for food,
they refused to lay except accidentally on any plant but the
food-plant (Astragalus alpinus), Phaca frigida and common
red clover. The Astragalus was preferred, but clover was
well patronised. Except a very few on flowers of the
Astragalus, all the eggs were laid on the leaves and green
petioles of the plants, apparently indifferently as to upper
or under surface ; but this was of course in confinement.
My attempts to rear the larvae might have had no more
success than Mr. St. Quintin’s, as the Astragalus, though
it keeps alive, fails under the ill-usage of being brought to
England to provide an adequate supply of pabulum, but
that it so happened, that in view of this danger I tried
my larvae with clover and various other plants, and found,
that though they refused all my other offerings, they took
to the leaves of Colutea arborescens quite as readily as to
their proper fodder.
I may observe here, that the amyrmecophilous larvae of
V. optilete and of C. orbitulus have eccentric food-plants,
ERICACEAE and PRIMULACEAE, but that A. pheretes is
more normal to the group it belongs to in having Papilio-
naceous food-plants, and is also mere normal in possessing
a honey-gland.
The egg is about 0°60 mm. wide and 0°30 mm. high, rather flat
above and below, the sides almost a semicircle in vertical section,
but a little more rounded above than below. The colour is white,
modified by green when fresh so far as the bases of the cells of
the covering are seen, therefore (when the egg is new) always
with a green tone as one looks down the nearest cells, Towards the
top the cells are very deep, deeper than wide, and of a very honey-
comb aspect, being sometimes arranged hexagonally; in other places
they are square, as many as thirty-five together may be found
arranged as squares towards the sides, where however they are
shallower and the knobs at the angles more prominent.
The cells are about ‘025 mm. across, and the white material has a
solid look as if carved out of ivory. The depth of the cells is such
that in some empty egg-shells the shell proper is eaten away by the
escaping larva, beneath a width of several cells, whose walls are left
as an open network.
The micropylar area is in a deep hollow, owing to the high walls
of the surrounding cells, and is about 0:03 mm. across, The cells
are very small, a third of the diameter of the general cells and all
nearly round, with no definite “rosette.”
Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 395
Mr. Clark’s photographs of the egg and portion includ-
ing the micropylar area will supplement these notes.
Photographs of the egg and similar area in V, optilete are
added for comparison ; the difference in size of the micro-
pylar area is remarkable in two eggs otherwise so similar.
The newly hatched larva is a bare mm. long, of white or faintly
straw or ochreous colour, with black head and black hairs—when
full grown in this instar is perhaps rather white, but still with faint
ochreous tint on the first segment, more definitely ochreous towards
the middle segments, and again paler on the posterior ones, but darker
than in front—in a few there is a tendency to almost yellowish
colouring laterally, but not amounting to a lateral line or band.
They eat small mines in the leaves, in the narrow leaves of Astra-
galus alpina they amount to the whole width of the leaflet, but in
Phaca frigida and Oolutea the mines are small circles about 1°6 mm.
in diameter with a central hole only just large enough to admit the
larval head. The measurements suggest that the length of the head
and larval neck are together equal to half the diameter of the mine,
viz.0°8 mm, The larva makes a succession of these little mines and
never attempts to enlarge one.
In the second instar the larva works in the same way and makes
a mine differing only in its larger size and larger entrance opening,
the width of the mine may be 3°3 mm, In the third instar mining
may occur, but the usual method is to attack the leaf from above or
below and eat the whole thickness except the opposite cuticle. The
size and shape of these patches is irregular, but are often bounded
by the secondary veins of the leaf.
In the second instar the larva reaches a length of 3 mm., and is
green in colour, with dark (black ?) hair bases and head, a rather
darker green dorsal line. The upper part of the slope pale, as if
overshaded with white, in the middle of this the pair of lenticles
on each segment are conspicuous, along the middle of the slope is a
brownish line, thicker in the middle of each segment, suggesting
what is perhaps the case, that it represents the diagonal markings of
so many Lycaenid larvae. There is some difference of tint along
the lateral region, like a faint superficial brownish wash, but nothing
to call a lateral line.
In the third instar the larva is a clear apple green, fairly uniform
until a lens is used, when there appears a darker green dorsal line ;
on the slopes are two diagonal white lines (downwards and _ back-
wards) and traces of a third, so that in three following segments the
three lines form one. In another specimen, the general tone is
ochreous due to the green being largely overlaid by brownish
396 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the
especially the dorsal line or band and the median line on the slope
noted in second instar, which to a great extent breaks up the white
diagonal line.
There are a good many larvae intermediate between these two.
One for instance has the brown most pronounced on the fourth, fifth
and sixth abdominal segments and paler behind and fading to green
only on the prothorax ; the pale green forms are, however, the most
numerous.
One of these larvae observed feeding presented a rather
astonishing and weird object. The larva was absolutely
at rest and immovable on a leaf, a Jittle over 4 mm. long
and 15 mm. broad; round its prothorax was on the leaf
a halo consisting of the pale area of the mine the larva
had nearly completed. Through the transparent leaf
cuticle was seen the “neck” of the larva stretching from
the margin of the prothorax to the black head, the neck
looking like a transparent hose. The weird item was to
have, in connection with the immobile larva and the ap-
parently structureless and water-like hose, the head, at
the end of the latter, and quite at a distance from the
larva, moving rapidly to and fro and from side to side, the
jaws actively at work devouring the parenchyma and ex-
tending the mine. As the latter was nearly completed,
the larva left it a minute later. The neck was fully
stretched, and the contrast between the robust thickset
larva and the structureless neck, flattened to an almost
invisible nothing in the mine, and the black active head
working strenuously in the most purposeful way with so
vague a connection with the larva, was quite uncanny. Not-
withstanding the hundreds of mines, I happened to see
this curious spectacle only on one occasion, yet it must
occur as the normal process in the making of each mine.
In the third instar there is a great variation in colouring,
several with the markings most pronounced are shown
on Plate XX; fig. 4 presents the most highly-coloured
specimen ; others are simply green, much as in figures of
fourth and fifth instar, but with the yellow lateral line
still undeveloped. In the second instar a few specimens
show traces of the darker markings seen in the third, and
in the fourth they are present still more rarely and faintly.
The few last instar examples seen showed no trace of dark
marking; they are, however, possibly present in rare
instances.
Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 397
The full-grown larva (described Sept. 10th), 14 mm. at rest, 17
when moving, in length, 4°3 mm. wide from thoracic 8rd to abl. 6th,
tapering at each end, usual Lycaenid form, but rather rounded, of the
rutilus character, rather than angular in cross section. There are
no definite dorsal ridges, and the lateral flange is not very marked,
but sufficiently to give a transparent margin when seen from above.
The colour is a lively apple green with darker dorsal band (dorsal
vessel ?). This area is flattened a little (between evanescent rounded
dorsal ridges, part of the darkness is due to abundant black hair bases
of very short hairs). The whitish oblique streaks are hardly to be
made out. On the slopes the hairs are short, dark with black bases.
Viewed laterally, there is a yellow lateral line, apparently sunk
deep in the tissues, so far from the surface as to be invisible except
on a perpendicular view. The head is small, black. x
ms S
RY) a
Ss 1S)
s fe}
fo)
x Bis]
a)
N x ¢
Sy cee
%
aS} Sw
i es
Ss au
N =
= be 6
S) S op
a) aa
. a
S =
GS uw
9] o°
a an
R Ae
8 Bali
x 5 o
N a=
tot
CS
&
iracu
pheretes,
Sp
A
Photo, F. N. Clark
wah
Xx.
7¥
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate 2
entschel.
(Ez
Photo, F. N. Clark.
A. pheretes, head and prolegs, last stage larva I00.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Piate XX XIT/.
Flentschel.
(Ce
Photo, F. N. Clark.
A, pheretes.
gments of pupa X 16.
Fig. 33.—Abdominal se
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXXIV.
Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.
A. pheretes, pupa, (34) portions of head ( Xx 100) and (35) cremastral area X 60.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XV.
EPhoto, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel.
. A. pheretes, portions of pupa. (36) Mesothorax 30. (37) 9th segment x 100.
Photo, F. N. Clark.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XVI.
C. Hentschel.
A. pheretes, pupa. Lenticles X 400.
38
( 407 )
V. An experiment on the development of the male appendages
in Lepidoptera. By T. A. CHapman, M.D.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
Puates XXXVII, XX XVIII.
In the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1910, p. 1x, and more at length
in the Proc. South London Ent. Soc., 1910-1911, p. 50,
I described (with photographs) a remarkable and so far as
I yet know a unique specimen of the f genitalia of Acronycta
tridens found by Mr. Burrows. I thought it desirable to
investigate the matter more fully, and instituted some
experiments the results of which I report.
Assuming the f appendages to be internal in the larva
and that they come to the surface at the pupal moult, not
of course becoming external as in the imago, but present-
ing on the surface the well-known two tubercles of the
pupa, it seemed that some abnormal result would appear
if such emergence from the interior could be prevented.
In order to attain this result, I produced in certain larvae
of Z. dispar a small cicatrix at the critical position between
the ninth and tenth abdominal segments in the midventral
line. The result was what I anticipated, the production
of specimens almost identical with Mr. Burrows’s example
of A. tridens. The clasps, penis-sheath (penis-tasche) and
penis (aedoeagus and vesica) form a mass in the interior of
the abdomen.
The several organs are more or less recognisable, though,
for want of the usual position in which to develop, more or
less pressed together and distorted. These specimens show,
as did Mr. Bu rrows’s, the parts that remain external, as being
the actual ninth and tenth abdominal segments apart from
the special developments of which the appendages consist.
So far asI can ascertain from the literature bearing on
the development of the male appendages, the parts
imprisoned thus in the interior develop from a_ body
described nearly a hundred years ago by Herold, and
called by him a Koérperchen (a small body, a corpuscule).
This corpuscule, though apparently a single mass, consists
really of two parts, one of which is strictly internal and
arises at the extremity of the seminal ducts, the other is
external and is an invagination of the posterior margin of
the ninth abdominal segment, and some trace of the line
of invagination connects Herold’scorpuscule with the surface
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (OCT.) EE
408 Development of the male appendages in Lepidoptera,
to guide its emergence at pupation. The invaginated
constituents of Herold’s corpuscule forms the clasps, which
present evidence of being ectodermal structures. The
portions of the corpuscule of internal origin form the penis
and penis-sheath, which never show any evidence of
dermal origin, such as hairs, scales, etc.
I have also seen Professor Meisenheimer’s recent essay
on experiments by way of excision, transplantation, etc.
Liparis dispar as a very abundant and hardy insect was
the subject of his experiments as it was of mine and
many others. The species being the same, the interesting
result is that where Professor Meisenheimer excised the cor-
puscule of Herold in the larva, the imago presented precisely
the same development of the ninth and tenth segments as
it does in my specimens with the corpuscule imprisoned,
but of course in his specimens there is a vacancy where
mine show the internally developed appendages.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXVII, XXXVIII.
Fic. 1. Last three abdominal segments of ¢ L. dispar x 10.
Fic. 2. Last segment x 25 showing normal structure and disposition
of the ¢ appendages.
Fic. 3. Specimen in which the point of exit of the ¢ appendages was
occluded in the larval state x 10.
Fic, 4. Portion of the same specimen x 25. These compared with
figs. 1 and 2 show the ninth and tenth abdominai segments
as in figs. 1 and 2,but without the special sexual appendages,
which form a mass lying in the sixth abdominal segment.
In this mass the aedoeagus is obvious, as also the clasps,
the latter enlarged by still possessing their pupal enve-
lopes. The organs so conspicuous in the seventh segment
are merely the spiracles, as may be seen by comparing
with other segments and specimens.
Fic. 5. Is a similar specimen x 10, in which the mass has made a
nearer approach to the outlet without however breaking
through.
Fic. 6. An intermediate specimen with the mass in the eighth
segment.
It is very possible that the position of the mass (Herold’s corpuscule
developed) within the abdomen is accidental and due to movements
during preparation of the specimens, figs. 3 and 4 being perhaps least
disturbed thereby.
Within one of the clasps in each specimen (figs. 3, 5, 6) is a dark
body whose nature I have not determined. In fig. 6 is a separate
portion, which is probably a detached pupal covering.
}
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXX V1.
Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.
Liparis dispar, Male appendages.
‘sasvpuodde aie yy
"J0YISJUIET *D
TITAXXX vi ‘ELOL “puoT 90S yu ‘suvsy
‘redsip stredry
{01D ‘N “x ‘070UT
( 409)
VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis.
By T. A. Cuapman, M.D.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
I TooK my first specimen of Callophrys avis at Hyeres in
1906 and a second in the same district in 1907. In 1909
I took it at Amelie-les-Bains and there found its food-
plant to be Coriaria myrtifolia; Prof. Reverdin took a
specimen near Cap Negre (some 20 km. east of Hyeres),
so that the capture of three specimens in the Hyeres
region of the Riviera made me feel sure that Coriaria
must grow there, and the statements of the botanists that
it did not, led me to think it might be possible they had
overlooked some restricted colonies of the plant.
In 1910 and 1911 I visited Hyeres at the proper season
in hopes of solving the questions raised, did Coriaria grow
near Hyeres ? had avis some other food-plant in that region?
In 1910, I utterly failed to meet with a single specimen
of C. avis, and though bad weather might account for this
to some extent, it proved that C. avis was very rare there,
for I certainly worked over the ground where I had pre-
viously taken it, though, as a matter of fact, I did not
know the spots with any precision. I satistied myseif
that there was no Coriaria anywhere near where I had
taken the butterfly nor anywhere in the district in which
Prof. Reverdin’s specimen was taken. There was there-
fore certainly an alternative food-plant. In 1911 J again
tried to investigate this point, but again bad weather may
take some blame for my failure to secure the first step in
the investigation, viz. to meet with C. avis. At the end
of the season, with fear of being too late, I went to
Amelie-les-Bains and succeeded in obtaining a few eggs
of C. avis, with a view to approach the problem in another
way.
A point by the way is interesting.
I brought home two C. avis 9° taken on April 28. One
of these proved to be infertile and died on May 28.
The other one laid two eggs about May 22, and three
afterwards (about May 30), was still alive on June 1, but
died by June 8. It thus lived five weeks in captivity.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) EE2
410 Dr. T, A, Chapman on the
Amongst the Coriaria, both growing and that gathered
for food for C. avis, a noctua larva spinning the leaves
together was not uncommon, these were assumed from
their appearance to be Orthosia fulvago (cerago), but on
emergence proved to be 0. Jota, of very large size and
highly variable in colouring. Milliere records the larvae
of OQ. lota as common at Cannes on the “Roudou”
(Coriaria).
Assuming these larvae to be fulvago (and had I known
they were Jota the result would have been the same), I
concluded that Coriaria as a food-plant must have some-
thing in common with sallow. On trial, the dota took
sallow readily, but C. avis would not try it, but seemed to
find osier (Salix viminalis) with which I also supplied
them, as much to their taste as the Coriaria. The question
of providing them with food at Reigate was thus much
simplified. Had I also answered the question of the
alternative food-plant ? I felt quite sure that I had not,
because in that part of the Riviera, sallows and willows of
all sorts are rare, osiers perhaps especially, and are quite
absent in the places where C. avis had been taken. I
offered the larvae of C. avis many other plants, trees and
shrubs, with the result of uniform refusal to look at them,
until I offered them Arbutus, the young shoots of which
they took to with great readiness and fed and throve on
them as well as they did on Cortaria or osier. C. rubi
took both osier and Arbutus but not very willingly, and
on Arbutus failed to thrive and finally refused it.
Admitting that I may be in error, I feel satisfied that
the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera is Arbutus wnedo,
which grows in each of the spots where C. avis has been
taken.
An interesting point arises here in regard to the dis-
tribution of C. avis. Both Coriaria and Arbutus are
plentiful enough about Cannes, yet I think we may assert
that C. avis has never been taken there. Cannes has been
well-worked by many entomologists, foremost amongst
whom stand Milliere and Constant. J never met with
it there myself nor in the Esterel where Ch. jasiws occurs
freely, and one would attribute a more southern constitu-
tion to Ch. jasius than to C. avis. There is something
still to be discovered as a governing fact in the distribu-
tion of C. avis. I found, for instance, that large areas of
Coriaria in the valley of the Tet, only a few miles from
Food-plant of Callophrys avis. 411
Amelie-les-Bains as the crow flies, seemed to be entirely
uninhabited by C. avis. Of course this may not be so, my
last two years’ researches at Hyeres would of course lead
to the erroneous conclusion that the species does not occur
there, and further examination may show that it occurs
though rarely in the Tet Valley.
Vernet-les-Bains is in the Valley of the Tet, but much
higher up than the Coriaria ground, or than one would
expect C. avis to appear at.
P.S.—Mr. H. Powell writes under date April 7, 1912,
that over a dozen C. avis, of which he took some, have
been taken at Cap Negre, “all near one place flying round
and settling in large Arbutus trees;” he also took an odd
specimen some distance up the hill near Cavaliere, flying
round an Arbutus. The butterflies are reported as being
confined to a very smal] area. This seems to give the
required confirmation to the conclusion I drew from my
observations that the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera
is Arbutus.
It is, of course, quite possible there may be still another
one,
( 412 -)
VIL. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus.
By F. M. How tert, B.A., F.E.S.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
PLATES XXXIX, XL.
THE observations which form the subject of this paper
were made in the course of work on fruit-flies at the Pusa
Research Institute.
The common fruit-flies of Pusa are Dacus diversus, Cogq.,
and D. zonatus, Saund. (Rivellia persicae, Big.). Of these
the latter is a serious pest of peaches and mangoes, and
like other fruit-flies it 1s a pest whose attacks are particu-
larly difficult to combat.
With the idea of attracting the females of zonatus to
lay eggs, by imitating the smell of ripe peaches or
mangoes, a large number of essential oils were experi-
mented with. In the course of these experiments I heard
that a neighbour had been troubled by some kind of fly
settling on him at a time when he was using oil of
citronella, sprinkled on his handkerchief, as a mosquito
deterrent. Since the smell of this oil in no way resembles
that of mangoes or peaches, its effect on Dacus had not
been tried, but as soon as a handkerchief wetted with the
oil was exposed in the neighbourhood of the peach-orchard
it became evident that the smell exercised an extraordin-
arily powerful attraction. In less than half an hour the
handkerchief, lying in a crumpled heap, was almost hidden
by a crowd of D. zonatus, and presented a very striking
appearance. I jumped at once to the conclusion that the
economic problem of how to destroy female fruit-flies had
found an easy solution, but on examination it was soon
apparent that all the flies on the handkerchief were males ;
they almost refused to leave the neighbourhood of the
handkerchief, and a considerable number of them followed
me home when I removed it. A handkerchief was pinned
to a sheet of cork and exposed in the peach-orchard for
twenty minutes, the centre of the handkerchief being
moistened with citronella. Plate XX XIX shows the male
flies assembled. The cork sheet was then removed for
TRANS. ENT. SOC LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.)
Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 413
a distance of about five yards and vigorously shaken and
waved in the air to dislodge and disturb the flies; it was
then replaced, and the flies which had returned to it are
shown in Plate XL, which is a photograph taken exactly
three minutes after its first removal, or perhaps two
minutes after it was replaced.
In both the photographs it will be noticed that the flies
are congregated not actually on the moistened patch but
round its margin. This is their usual custom, and was
taken advantage of in catching the flies with fly-papers.
If citronella is put in the middle of the fly-paper (on the
gummy substance) many flies escape capture by sitting on
the edge of the paper which is free of adhesive ; if, instead
of this, the citronella is put on the edge of the paper, they
will not sit on it, but settle on the sticky surface: a very
sensible difference is thus made in the number of flies
caught. Fly-papers treated with citronella were exposed
in the orchard during the months of March, April, May
and June. A careful estimate of the number caught
during part of this period gave approximately eighteen
thousand, and among these not more than fifty females
were seen, or 03 per cent. Since the reaction was con-
fined to the male sex and did not appear to be in any
way connected with feeding habits, it seemed most reason-
able to suppose that the smell might resemble some
sexual odour of the female which in natural conditions
served to guide the male to her.
Six or seven freshly killed females were therefore
placed in a clean glass tube which was closed for about an
hour with clean cotton-wool. On smelling the tube a
faint odour resembling that of citronella was just per-
ceptible, but although the presence of the smell was
confirmed by my assistant, it was so faint that I feared
the influence of unconscious “auto-suggestion ” on our
judgment, and repeated the experiment with about twenty
living females which had emerged from the pupa from 6
to 24 hours previously. In this case the smell was
distinctly perceptible and closely resembled the citronella
smell; its presence and nature were confirmed by an
independent observer who did not know what smell was
being looked for or expected. When a similar number of
males were tried in the same way, no smell of citronella
was detected.
It seems probable, therefore, that this smell is the
414 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of
sexual attracting smell of D. zonatus. It is noteworthy
that the oil also has an attraction for males of the species
D. diversus, and a considerable number of them were
caught on the fly-papers in March and April; the attrac-
tion in this case, however, seems to be perhaps a trifle
less powerful than with zonatus, though it is difficult to be
certain on the point. The number of diversws caught
probably did not exceed 25 per cent. of the total of the
two species, as towards the end of April diversus became
scarce and zonatus very abundant up to the end of June.
The quality of the oil affected the result, old oil being
more effective than new; I have been unable to get
analyses which would show wherein the difference lies,
and what is the precise constituent which is of most
importance. Some samples of eucalyptus oil seemed also
to possess some slight attraction for zonatus males, but
they never came to it in large numbers, nor did they come
when there was any oil of citronella exposed in the neigh-
bourhood. The distance at which the flies are able to
perceive the smell of citronella is doubtful, but seems to
be considerable; half a mile is probably not an extrava-
vant estimate if the wind be favourable. By exposing a
rag moistened with oil for half an hour or so in places
where ordinary collecting fails to reveal the presence of a
single fly, it is often possible to catch considerable
numbers.
The smell is in all probability perceived by means of
the antennae. ‘To test this a rag wet with citronella was
exposed, and of the visiting flies six or eight were caught
and their antennae were carefully amputated at the base
of the second joint; they were then liberated, seeming
none the worse for the operation, and the rag was watched to
see whether they again visited it. None of the flies operated
on returned to the rag, though normally flies caught
and liberated anywhere near such a rag will always return
to it sooner or later, and generally quite quickly (cf. Plate
XL). On one occasion a marked fly was driven away five
times, but:returned almost immediately after each repulse.
A curious fact is that the oil has an actually poisonous
effect on the fly when the latter is exposed to its vapour
in a fairly concentrated form, this effect being independent
of the presence or absence of the antennae.
Four male zonatus were taken and the antennae of two
of them were amputated ; they were then confined in glass
Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 415
vessels, each of the vessels containing a fragment of
blotting-paper wetted with citronella oil. Four others
similarly treated were confined in vessels without any
citronella. The result was as follows:
With citronella. 2 amputated f put in 10.40 a.m., dead
at 11.0.
2 normal # put in at 10.20 am., dead at
11.0.
Without citronella. 2 amputated f put in at 10.30 am.,
June 16th. Both lively 7.30 a.m.,
17th. Both found dead at 7.0
a.m., 18th.
2 normal f put in at 10.25 a.m., 16th.
One dead 7.30 am., 17th. Other
dead 7.0 a.m., 18th.
This poisonous action may account for the fact that the
attractiveness of a rag is not proportional to the amount
of citronella with which it is wetted, a rag thoroughly
soaked being a less effective trap than one merely moist-
ened with a few drops of the oil. The flies prefer the
smell to be not too strong, but even when this is the case
it seems to have a stupefying effect on them, making them
dazed and lethargic, and quite impervious to ordinary
alarms. A very effective trap for them isa clean kerosene-
tin nearly filled with water to which ten or twenty drops
of citronella oil are added. The flies sit on the sides of
the tin, now and then approaching the water; as they sit
they get more and more stupid, and finish by falling into
the water and getting drowned. This way of catching
them is quite as effective as using citronella fly-papers,
and cheaper. On one occasion I exposed a glass tube of
half-inch bore and about three and a half feet long, in-
serted a piece of cotton-wool wet with citronella at one
end and corked it, leaving the other end open. Seven
zonatus entered the narrow mouth of the tube and there
remained until they died, sitting in a line with their heads
toward the closed end of the tube.
When in the neighbourhood of citronella the flies sit or
move here and there with wings expanded, often quickly
extending the proboscis, and now and then cleaning the
head with the fore-legs and rubbing them together. Not
infrequently they stand and rock their bodies to and fro,
416 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of
a movement which seems to be associated with “ court-
ship” in all species of Dacus that occur at Pusa.
On two occasions a number of males and females have
been confined together in order to see whether the citron-
ella smell would induce copulation, but without success.
Too much importance must not be attached to this result,
however, as the conditions were abnormal, and I have
never succeeded in getting D. zonatus to copulate in the
laboratory. These observations atford at least another
argument that the olfactory sense of Diptera, or at any
rate of D. zonatus, is not dissimilar in kind from our own :
smells which in us give rise to similar sensations (7. e.
citronella and 2 zonatus) affect the male zonatus in the
same way, though its perception of them is far keener than
ours.
Among well-known instances of attraction by smelis re-
sembling the food of the larva or adult is the case of certain
evil-smelling Aroids which are attractive to various flies
and beetles accustomed to infest putrescent matter. It
has been found that a mixture of certain proportions of
acetic acid and ethyl alcohol is most attractive to Droso-
phila ampelophila, whose larvae live in over-ripe fruit.
Similarly, I have myself observed Sarcophaga to be very
strongly attracted by a flask containing a solution of
skatol, a substance normally present in faeces; many
larvae were laid in the flask and were drowned in the
liquid. The same fate attended the eggs of Stumoxys
calcitrans which I have obtained in numbers on cotton-
wool soaked in valerianic acid, one of the acids present in
the fermenting vegetable stuff in which the eggs of this
species are naturally deposited ; both valerianic and butyric
acids have a similar attraction for an Ortalid fly of the
genus Ulidia (?) which is not uncommon at Pusa.
Our own sense of smell seems to be practically limited
to substances having a molecular weight of about 30 or
over; those with molecular weight less than this have
no smell or only a very faint one, though they may have
an irritant effect on the mucous membrane of the nose.
The fact that house-flies will suck freely a dilute solution
of formaldehyde (mol. wt. 30) may perhaps indicate that
their sense is limited in the same way (Alex. Hill,
Nature). I have found that they will sometimes take a
solution of hydrocyanic acid (mol. wt. 27), and this might
be regarded as evidence supporting this supposition.
Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 417
Another suggestion is that the olfactory sense of flies may
be highly developed in certain directions and within
certain narrow limits, while outside these limits it is com-
paratively inoperative. We should on this hypothesis
expect to find instances where the males were very
sensitive to the smell of the females or vice versa, the
sensitiveness being, however, probably confined to one
sex; the smell of the food of the adult fly would attract
both sexes if they fed on the same substances, while the
food of the larva would, by its smell, direct the female in
oviposition. Other smells, unless very strong, would have
little effect.
Regarding the matter as thus crudely put, we might
look on each species as tuned to respond to three or four
notes on the scale of smell, and we should expect to find
the most delicate adjustment and most accurate “tuning ”
in the direction of the sexual smell, since errors of per-
ception would here be most disadvantageous to the species.
There would be a correlation between the degree of
specialisation of the larva in the matter of diet and the
definiteness of the smell which would prompt the female
to lay eggs. In many cases the food-smell of the adult
fly would be least narrowly adjusted. At all times other
senses such as those of sight and touch might play a more
or less important part as auxiliaries or controls.
If we accept for the moment some such view as this,
then among those species in which the male finds the
female by smell we must regard each one as an assemblage
of individuals in which one sex is tuned to respond to a
certain definite kind of molecular vibration corresponding
to some compound or mixture of compounds emitted by
the other sex, and these compounds would thus constitute
definite specific characters. We might even perhaps go
further and define some of the larger groups by those
“generic” smells which characterise certain kinds of
chemical substances, such, for instance, as the organic acids,
the alcohols, amines, terpenes, etc., and which depend on
the presence of certain atoms or of atomic groups of some
particular configuration.
In any case it seems a very remarkable fact that two
species such as D. zonatus and D. diversus which live in
the same district, and have always been regarded as quite
distinct, should have exactly the same sexualsmell. There
is, of course, the possibility that citronella does not repre-
418 Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus.
sent the sexual smell, but owes its attractions to some
other cause: the proof is at present incomplete. There
remain at least two other solutions of the difficulty. One
is that the samples of citronella used contained two or
more active ingredients which appealed respectively to
zonatus and diversus, and the other is that zonatus and
diversus are not really distinct species at all, but varieties.
I hope to be able to give further attention to these points.
If my conclusions are correct regarding the nature of
the phenomena, they afford an interesting example of the
imitation by artificial means of a sexual attraction probably
similar in kind to that which operates in most cases of
“assembling.” It has occurred to me as possible that the
curious predilection of another fruit-fly (Ceratitis capitata)
for kerosene oil might perhaps be explained in the same
way, but I do not remember to have seen any record of
the relative numbers of males and females captured by
this method.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIX, XL.
Prate XXXIX. Males of Dacus zonutus attracted to handker-
chief moistened with oil of citronella.
Puate XL. The same three minutes after the flies had been
dispersed.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., rgr2, Plate XX XIX.
Rae Wh Hien teie | Bae . (C. Hoitone:
EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS.
4
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL.
a
:
.
Photo, F. M. Howlett. ‘ C. Hentschel.
EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS.
; es
|
{ . ¢
(@ 419")
VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera
From South-East Brazil. By E. DUKINFIELD JONES,
FESS. 22:5.
[Read February 7th, 1912. ]
Fam. SYNTOMIDAE.
Psilopleura sanguinea, n. sp.
Palpi and antennae fuscous ; head brown ; tegulae brown edged
with silvery white ; thorax brown with some crimson and scattered
white scales anteriorly ; patagia with broad edge of crimson in-
wardly and in front ; a crimson spot edged with white on shoulder
and on breast ; coxae inwardly crimson ; legs brown; abdomen crim-
son, first segment brown with lateral crimson and white spot ; a dorsal
brown stripe, lighter in centre; subdorsal patches of silvery white
scattered scales on segments 4-6. Forewings yellowish, slightly
hyaline, suffused with black; base black, followed by yellow sub-
costal streak; a large yellow spot at end of cell, extending from
costa to origin of veins 2 and 3, shaded with black inwardly and
outwardly. Hindwings from costa to median fold black, from
median fold to tornus hyaline, termen black.
Expanse ¢ 20 mm., 2 22 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Rhynohopyga castra, n. sp.
gd. Palpi brown, white hairs at base; frons brown with white
scattered scales ; antennae brown with white scales at base ; central
and lateral white points at back of head ; tegulae brown edged with
white ; thorax brown with scattered white scales, some crimson and
white underneath ; patagia crimson in front ; abdomen brown above,
crimson and white beneath ; large lateral crimson patches irrorated
with white on segments 2 and 3; a series of lateral white spots on
remaining segments; coxae and femora streaked with white. Fore-
wings semihyaline, the inner and postmedial areas heavily suffused
with black-brown; a yellow spot from costa to median fold beyond
the cell. Hindwings semihyaline, costally and terminally broadly
suffused with black.
Q. The coxae less white and the femora none at all ; abdomen
brown underneath from segment 4 to anus; wings more heavily
suffused with black.
Expanse ¢20 mm.,? 20 mm.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.)
420 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Closely allied to &. meisteri, Burm., but readily distin-
guished from it by the very narrow base of the wings and _
the absence of basal yellow spot.
Fam. ARCTIADAE.
Amaxia collaris, n. sp.
2. Palpi crimson-pink ; frons white, surrounded by fawn and
red scales; vertex light brown; antennae darker brown, terminal
third greyish white ; cheeks and pectus crimson-pink; fore femora
brown, striped with crimson-pink ; tegulae white, anteriorly edged
with crimson-pink ; thorax light brown shaded with pink ; a white
spot at base of patagia; underneath ochreous white ; abdomen
crimson-pink, ochreous beneath. Forewings greyish brown, irror-
ated with crimson on outer half; a basal white spot on costa,
followed by crimson ; a geminate, broken, crimsun antemedial line,
widening out at costa, the space between the lines pale yellow
forming two small spots between cell and vein 1 and a large trun-
cate triangular spot at costa; two small medial spots between cell
and vein 1; a postmedial line from inner margin to just above vein
2, enclosing yellow spots ; the ante- and post-medial lines joined on
inner margin by yellow ; a subterminal very irregular crimson-pink
line from just below vein 2 to apex, the space beyond to termen
pale yellow; terminal row of spots between the veins ; termen pale
yellow ; a large yellow patch on medial third of costa extending
nearly to vein 2; a minute dark grey spot at end of cell and two
beyond cell; a few crimson scales on subcostal at end of cell; two
confluent yellow subapical spots ; all the veins on the brown portion
of the wing and a streak at base of cell crimson-pink. Hindwings
rose-pink ; costa ochreous ; termen irregularly brown.
Expanse 37 mm.
Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, S.E. Brazil.
Castronia, gen. nov.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, not reaching vertex of
head ; antennae bipectinate with branches long, slightly dilated at
extremities and ending in a bristle ; tibiae with spurs short. Fore-
wings: vein 3 close to angle of cell ; veins 4 and 5 from angle,
separate at base ; 6 and 7 from upper angle ; 10 and 11 from cell.
Hindwings: vein 3 from close to angle; 4 from angle; 5 from
well above [angle; 6 and 7 from upper angle; 8 from middle of
cell.
Type of genus, C. collaris.
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 421
Castronia collaris, n. sp.
¢@. Brownish black ; antennae, abdomen, and a streak on patagia
black ; back of head, tegulae and anal tuft golden brown. Fore-
wings semihyaline, the veins dark. Hindwings semihyaline suffused
with black, the margins lighter.
Expanse, 26-30 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Opharus paulina, n. sp.
@. Brownish black, Palpi with two orange spots ; head with
orange points before and behind antennae ; coxae orange and black ;
orange points on shoulders and patagia; tegulae suffused with
orange; thorax with posterior tufts of orange hairs; abdomen
orange, dorsally black, narrowing down to a thin line on last seg-
ment, segments 1-5 rough ; laterally black with series of sublateral
orange spots ; underneath brown. Forewings black brown ; a diffused
basal black line containing orange point at costa, a diffused ante-
medial line strongly excurved and containing orange points in cell,
on submedian fold and just above vein 1 ; medial area darker than
the rest of the wing; an indistinct subterminal line of diffused
black spots. Hindwings black brown, the basal half in and below
cell, and a spot beyond cell semibyaline.
Expanse 54 mm.
Hab. SAo Pavuto, 8.E. Brazil.
Antarclia uniformis, Nn. sp.
?. Body and wings light brown; antennae shaft white ; abdomen
dorsally brown, laterally yellow, anal segment white. Forewings
uniform light brown, the scales brown and the hairs light greyish
brown ; a dark discocellular spot; cilia brown. -Hindwings very
thinly scaled at base and medially, the margins more heavily
clothed ; veins darker ; cilia ochreous.
Expanse 45 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Differs from A. paula, Schaus, in the lateral yellow
stripe and white termination of abdomen.
Fam. NOCTUIDAE.
Sub-fam. HaDENINAE.
Chabuata nephroleuca, n. sp.
¢. Head, palpi, antennae and abdomen light reddish brown ;
tegulae and thorax dark purplish brown. Forewings brown, suffused
422 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
with darker purplish brown in and below cell ; basal line indistinct,
geminate ; antemedial indistinct, wavy, geminate, clearly marked
at costa; posimedial similar, the outer member represented by
black points on the veins ; a pale subterminal line from vein 2-7,
preceded by three wedge-shaped black spots between veins 4-7 ;
termen finely dark, cilia light ; orbicular light brown enclosed in
black ; reniform almost obliterated by large, grey, oblique discocel-
lular spot, preceded and followed by dark shade ; a light, triangular
apical spot. Hindwings uniform brown. Underneath: forewings
ochreous brown; postmedial line darker. Hindwings ochreous,
irrorated with brown; postmedial line darker; an indistinct
discocellar spot.
2 darker.
Expanse ¢ 33 mm., 2? 35 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Eriopyga velutina, n. sp.
¢d. Head, palpi and thorax purplish brown, the scales tipped with
grey ; pectus and legs red brown; tarsi ringed with ochreous ;
abdomen ochreous suffused with brown, except at base ; lateral and
anal tufts rufous ; underside red brown. Forewings glossy purplish
brown, suffused with greyish gloss; an indistinct subbasal line
from costa to vein 1 ; some ochreous hairs at base on inner margin ;
antemedial line oblique, wavy, dark brown, excurved below costa,
incurved in cell, strongly angled outwards below vein 1 ; outer half
of medial area dark brown; postmedial geminate, dark brown,
filled in with greyish, the inner member fine, diffused, the
outer broader, diffused, followed by dark shade to near sub-
terminal line which is dark brown, wavy, almost broken into spots
between the veins ; terminal line fine, crenulate; cilia greyish with
outer fine brown line. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and outer area
heavily suffused with brown ; cilia ochreous. Underside ochreous ;
forewings centrally suffused with brown, costa, apex and termen
suffused with pinkish brown ; hindwings, costa and apex suffused
with pinkish brown irrorated with fuscous.
Expanse, 38 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil,
Closely allied to #. mediorufa, Schaus, but readily dis-
tinguished from it by the difference in the antemedial
line.
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 423
Sub-fam, ACRONYCTINAE.
Trachea viridirena, 0. sp.
¢. Palpi light brown, a fuscous shade at side of second joint ; legs
reddish brown ; frons yellowish brown ; vertex of head, tegulae and
thorax light brown mixed with dark brown and grey ; patagia light
purplish brown with a black streak followed by purplish brown
fringe on inner side ; abdomen brown. Forewings purplish brown ;
a pale green streak at base of cell; a black streak above inner
margin from near base to antemedial line ; antemedial line gemin-
ate, straight from costa to median nervure, excurved to vein l,
where it is sharply angled inwards, then excurved to inner margin,
the inner member diffused brown, the outer black ; postmedial line
very wavy, excurved from costa to vein 5, where it is slightly angled
outwards, then slightly incurved to vein 3, excurved to submedian
fold and incurved to inner margin ; a subterminal line of indistinct
diffused dark spots, large and distinct below vein 2; claviform
black ; orbicular and reniform pale olive green suffused with brown
and slightly defined by black ; a dark medial shade through reni-
form to postmedial line; space between claviform and antemedial
and between orbicular and antemedial fuscous; an indistinct green
shade above vein 8 ; terminal line dark brown, whitish points at end
of veins ; cilia dark brown with lighter line at base. Hindwings
white thickly irrorated with brown on costal area, apex, veins and
termen. Underside white, suffused with ochreous on costal and
brown on terminal areas.
? similar, but hindwings darker and the underside more heavily
suffused with brown.
Expanse 29 mm.
Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Macapta lydia, n. sp.
¢. Palpi, legs and antennae brown ; pectus ochreous ; head red
brown ; tegulae red brown mixed with yellow posteriorly ; thorax
red brown mixed with yellow, a white dorsal spot at base ; abdomen
light brown with indistinct darker transverse bands; anal tuft
purplish. Forewings dull yellow thickly irrorated with red and
purplish brown ; a dark subbasal line; antemedial line diffused
purplish brown, wavy, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards in
cell, outwards on median nervure, inwards on vein 1, then strongly
excurved to inner margin, a yellow space follows the line across
median fold; postmedial broad, geminate, filled in with yellow
irrorated with red, excurved at vein 5, then incurved to inner
margin, the inner member diffused purplish brown, outer member
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) FF
42.4 Mr. KE. Dukinfield Jones on Mew Species of
strongly dentate, black, followed by some grey scales, the points of
the teeth forming subterminal line of black points on veins ; orbicu-
lar minute, white defined by dark brown ; reniform almost invisible ;
a pure white discocellular streak ; widening out at lower end: a
white spot on median nervure below orbicular and touching ante-
medial line ; terminal line dark brown, cilia reddish. Hindwings
ochreous suffused with purplish brown; a diffused, broad, dark
brown postmedial line; a lunular discocellular spot; the inner
and outer margins broadly suffused with dark brown. Underside
ochreous suffused with purplish brown ; a broad diffused brown
postmedial line ; fine lunular subterminal and fine terminal lines ;
a dark discocellular spot.
Expanse 27 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Sub-fam. ERASTRIANAE.
Cydosia hyva, n. sp.
. Black, suffused with dark glossy green; palpi with white
spot on second joint; some white on frons and a white spot on
vertex ; fore coxae and legs spotted with white ; large white spot on
tegulae ; five white spots on thorax; patagia shot with purple, a
coppery spot in centre, a few white scales in fringe ; abdomen with
three broad white bands beneath, anal tuft orange. Forewings :
three small white spots at base ; subbasal line represented by
coppery spot on costal area; three white spots between subbasal
and antemedial; antemedial line wavy, coppery suffused with
purple ; excurved on subcostal, incurved in cell, excurved below
cell, angled inwards on submedian fold ; a narrow diffused white
streak on medial part of costa ; a broad white streak on submedian
fold ; orbicular and reniform white, the latter distally excavated
and followed by minute white spot beyond cell; postmedial line
represented by coppery spot between veins 2 and 3 and followed by
white band from vein 3 to 8 and a minute white spot on submedian
fold; a broad coppery subterminal band, suffused with purple, very
oblique at costa, then parallel with termen to near tornus, where it
is slightly bent outwards ; the band is followed by a series of white
spots; cilia white, interrupted by black at tornus, below vein 2 and
at veins 5 and6. Hindwings: cilia black except at apex and above
veins 2 and 3, where they are white. Underside black suffused with
green ; a white discocellular spot on forewings and a minute apical
spot on hindwings.
Expanse 32 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 425
Sub-fam, DELTOIDINAE.
Stellidia juno, n. sp.
¢. Palpi ochreous and fuscous ; vertex of head ochreous ; an-
tennae shaft ochreous sprinkled with fuscous, the pectinations
fuscous; body fuscous. Forewings fuscous ; antemedial line wavy,
pale yellowish brown; postmedial pale yellowish brown, fine,
dentate, excurved from costa to vein 2, incurved on submedian fold,
followed by series of rather large indistinct lunular spots; a light
brown discocellular spot containing two fuscous spots; a curved
brown spot on costa immediately above ; four brown points on costa
before apex ; a terminal row of minute brown spots at ends of veins ;
cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ; a fine, wavy, dentate postmedial
line, followed by diffused spots as in forewings ; a discocellular
spot containing two fuscous spots ; terminal row of minute spots at
ends of veins; cilia fuscous,
Expanse 32 mm.
Hab, Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro.
Stellidia estella, n. sp.
¢. Palpi dark fuscous brown, 3rd joint tipped with white ; legs
and frons dark brown; vertex brown with white band between
antennae and two white spots behind ; antennae ochreous speckled
with brown, fuscous at base; tegulae brown edged with ochreous
white; thorax brown irrorated with grey, a white dorsal spot on
pro- and metathorax ; abdomen light brown. Forewings dark
brown; a white spot at base of costa; two white spots below
median nervure ; antemedial line of white spots ; a white spot at
base of cell and one in middle of cell; a cluster of four spots
below origin of vein 2; two spots below origin of vein 3; two
spots in end of cell, a spot on costa immediately above ; white spots
on discocellulars and a cluster of three spots beyond ; a postmedial
line of white spots ; a subterminal line of white spots between the
veins, incurved above vein 5; cilia fuscous, with white spot at ends
of veins and submedian fold. Hindwings not so thickly scaled ;
indistinct postmedial and subterminal lines of white spots; cilia
as in forewings. Underside ochreous irrorated with brown ; post-
medial pale line strongly angled inwards on vein 5 and outwards
on vein 2; an indistinct pale terminal line.
Expanse 25 mm.
Hab. SA0 Pavto, S.E. Brazil.
Near S. nivosita, Schaus.
FF 2
426 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
Fam. NOTODONTIDAE.
Phedosia riachuela, n. sp.
Q. Palpi and legs dark brown; frons dark brown with posterior
white band; tuft on head, tegulae and thorax dark brown mixed
with ochreous; antennae light brown; abdomen brown. Fore-
wings brown ; subbasal line dark brown, geminate from costa to
median nervure, enclosing ochreous, forming dark shade in base of
cell and below median nervure, followed by white point on costa ;
antemedial line dark brown followed by white point on subcostal,
geminate from cell to inner margin, enclosing ochreous, with dis-
tinct spots on median nervure and vein 1; an indistinct, dark,
diffused postmedial line ; medial area from subcostal to vein 2 very
dark, containing two creamy white spots below subcostal, a small
one in cell distally excavated and forming streak below subcostal
almost to a second and larger spot beyond cell from subcostal to
cellular fold, with streak running to vein 8; a subterminal very
wavy line of dark lunules; terminal line fine, dark, interrupted
at veins; ochreous points on costa before apex; cilia brown.
Hindwings brown ; cilia lighter. Underside brown; forewings, an
indistinct subterminal row of dark spots ; ochreous points on costa
before apex ; cilia interrupted with ochreous at ends of veins in
both wings.
Expanse 28 mm.
Hab. CuriryBa, Parana, Brazil.
Poresta folwa, n. sp.
¢. Palpi reddish brown ; legs brown; frons ochreous ; tufts on
head pale stone green; tegulae brown mixed with ochreous and
tinged with green; thorax brown mixed with ochreous; patagia
pale stone green with posterior brown streak ; abdomen brown,
anal tuft greenish, underneath ochreous. Forewings ochreous suf-
fused with green and irrorated with black and brown; base black
with a few greenish hairs; antemedial line indistinct, broken into
spots below median nervure, angled outwards in cell, thence straight
and very oblique to inner margin, followed by dark shade from
inner margin to cell, in which it forms a fuscous patch; a post-
medial very dark shade from below vein 2 to near apex, very broad
from vein 2 to 5 where it is violently reduced in width to apex,
limited by very wavy line excurved on the veins; a subterminal
line of short black lunules, preceded by light green shade; terminal
ae
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 427
line fine, dark, widening at ends of veins; three ochreous points
on costa near apex; cilia brown tinged with green. Hindwings
ochreous suffused with brown. Underside ochreous suffused with
reddish brown : forewings, terminal area greyish, broadly at apex
and narrowly at tornus.
Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.
Farigia curita, n. sp.
gd. Palpi ochreous grey, 2nd joint black above; legs ochreous
grey ; antennae shaft grey, pectinations brown ; frons grey irrorated
with brown ; thorax thickly clothed with ochreous grey and dark
brown hairs, ochreous beneath ; abdomen ochreous grey; the dorsal
tufts brown, ochreous beneath. Forewings creamy white thickly
irrorated with black and pale stone green; very indistinct basal
and antemedial lines ; a more definite geminate lunular postmedial
line, the lunules below veins 1 and 2 broadly black followed by
dark green shade; a black streak on submedian fold projecting
just beyond the lunule; the space enclosed by streak and _ post-
medial line dark green near base shading into grey at postmedial ;
a terminal line of oblique lunules. Hindwings ochreous ; the inner
margin clothed with light brown hairs. Underneath ochreous, the
costa of forewing suffused with brown.
Expanse 46 mm.
Hab, CurityBa, Parana, Brazil.
Symmerista corcova, n. sp.
Q. Palpi fawn-colour, whitish in front; head, tegulae, patagia
and thorax fawn-colour mottled with ochreous ; abdomen ochreous
thickly mottled with fawn-colour. Forewings ochreous thickly
mottled with red brown and suffused with lilacine ; an indistinct,
wavy, red brown, geminate subbasal line from costa to vein 1,
forming dark point below base of cell; a red brown geminate
antemedial line, the inner member being very dark, the outer
lighter, nearly straight from costa to submedian fold, angled
inwards on vein 1 where it encloses a whitish spot, preceded by
brown shade suffused with violaceous and followed by brown
shade, narrow at costa and broadening out in and below cell to
tornus; postmedial line red brown, geminate, strongly dentate,
enclosing light shade; some dark streaks between the veins on
medial area, forming a V-shaped mark at end of cell; a sub-
428 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
terminal row of dark red brown spots surrounded by lighter shade,
the spots large and heavy above veins 3, 6, and 7 ; terminal line
fine, red brown, preceded and followed by light shade between the
veins; outer half of wings suffused with lilacine gloss; cilia dark
brown with light shade at base. Hindwings ochreous suffused with
reddish brown, darkest on costal and terminal areas. Underside:
forewings ochreous centrally suffused with brown, costa and margins
lighter ; a well-defined brown terminal line ; hindwings lighter.
Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro.
Heterocampa nigriplaga, un. sp.
d¢. Palpi ochreous and white, outwardly black; head ochreous
and white; antennae brown; tegulae ochreous and white tinged
with olivaceous ; thorax olivaceous and white; ends of patagia
dark brown; abdomen olivaceous and white. Forewings ochreous
irrorated with olivaceous brown and black; a black discocellular
spot ; a dark subbasal line, excurved on subcostal and forming black
spot below base of cell; antemedial line dark, geminate, slightly
excurved ; postmedial dark brown, geminate, sinuous, strongly
excurved beyond cell and incurved at veins 2-3, followed by
white spot on costa; a dark triangular shade on costa from post-
medial to apex, terminating on vein 4; two short black strigae
on the dark patch between veins 4 and 6; a subterminal series
of diffused olivaceous spots ; termen olivaceous interrupted at veins ;
cilia olivaceous and white interrupted by black and ochreous at
veins ; a large black patch at base from median nervure to vein 1;
the space between veins 3 and 4 thickly irrorated with olivaceous. °
Hindwings ochreous irrorated with brown on veins and at costal
and terminal areas ; a diffused light brown, geminate postmedial
line ; the hairs on inner margin suffused with reddish brown ; cilia
ochreous suffused with brown.
Expanse 38 mm.
Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil.
Heterocampa viridiana, nu. sp.
d. Palpi olivaceous, laterally brown; legs, head and thorax
olive green, a black band round middle of fore- and mid-tibiae ;
abdomen brown. Forewings yellowish olive green; base light
brown; a wavy dark basal line; antemedial line wavy, black,
geminate, filled in with light brown, the inner member heavier
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 429
than the outer, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median
nervure and on vein 1; a diffused narrow dark shade between basal
and antemedial lines ; postmedial line very wavy, double on costa
and between veins 6 and 7, below vein 6 to inner margin single,
dentate, angled outwards on the veins, followed by light brown
shade ; a narrow dark medial shade; a subterminal double row of
black spots separated by grey between the veins, incurved from
apex to vein 3, then straight to above tornus; termen olive green ;
cilia olive green with black spots at ends of veins. Hindwings
ochreous, medially suffused with red, costally and terminally suf-
fused with olive green; a broad, suffused brown subterminal band.
Underside ochreous: forewings suffused with pale olive green on
costa and apex and red on cellular area.
?. Hindwings wholly suffused with red except the extreme
margin. Underside uniformly suffused with red.
Expanse ¢ 38 mm.; 9 47 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Rifargia wneurvata, n. sp.
¢. Palpi dark tawny, the 2nd joint tawny and white in front ;
head white and brown; antennae brown; tegulae and thorax
tawny and white; patagia anteriorly tawny, posteriorly tawny and
white with a dark streak; abdomen brown. Forewings white,
irrorated with black and light brown; base ochreous thickly
irrorated with black ; subbasal line black, geminate, nearly straight
from costa to inner margin; antemedial line fine, black, geminate,
the inner member barely visible except at costa, wavy, excurved
in cell, incurved below median nervure, excurved above vein 1
where it angles inwards, then strongly bent outwards and again
inwards to inner margin; a faint diffused light brown medial
shade ; postmedial line black, geminate, the inner member heavy
and distinct, the outer more diffused, evenly incurved from vein 7
to tornus, followed by reddish brown shade to subterminal line;
a terminal series of fine black strigae at right angles to the ends
of the veins from 1 to 4, then lunular to apex. Hindwings ochreous
suffused with brown; a dark fascia of hairs above inner margin.
Underside ; forewings white, suffused with reddish brown below
costa and at apex; hindwings suffused at costa and on inner
margin.
Expanse 47 mm.
Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro,
430 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
fifargia castrena, 0. sp.
Q. Palpi and frons dark grey ; vertex and back of head black ;
tegulae pale red brown with transverse black stripe ; thorax black
with anterior light ochreous dorsal spot, and two posterior spots ;
patagia black ; abdomen brown, the first segment dorsally black.
Forewings ochreous, heavily suffused with reddish brown and
fuscous ; a strongly excurved, dark, geminate antemedial line, the
outer member much stronger than the inner, excurved below costa,
strongly angled inwards on subcostal, excurved in cell, strongly
angled inwards on median nervure at origin of vein 2, excurved
below median and running horizontally to vein 1 near base where
it is inwardly and again outwardly angled before reaching inner
margin; basal area to antemedial line suffused with reddish brown ;
postmedial black, geminate, indistinct from costa to vein 4, well
defined below vein 4, enclosing light shade, incurved between the
veins ; a subterminal row of reddish brown lunular spots ; terminal
line black, well defined between veins 2-4, the rest somewhat
diffused ; cilia reddish brown at base, fuscous at tips; a red brown
space at end of cell, extending to postmedial from vein 4 to 6 ;
crossed by strong black discocellular streak joining double dark
medial shade on costa to very dark medial shade between veins 2
and 4; two black lunular spots preceding subterminal lunules
between veins 2 and 4; outer half of wing heavily suffused with
fuscous except below apex and at tornus; veins on terminal area
irrorated with black. Hindwings ochreous suffused with brown.
Underside; forewings fuscous brown with suffusion of ochreous
near apex : hindwings ochreous suffused and irrorated with fuscous
brown. ;
Expanse 40 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Lunotela bipunctata, n. sp.
¢. Palpi brown, whitish in front and dark brown behind ; frons
white ; vertex of head dark brown mixed with white; antennae
light brown, the shaft white; tegulae dark brown ; thorax ochreous
sprinkled with black; patagia white, a dark streak in centre ;
abdomen ochreous white, anal tuft light brown. Forewings ochreous
white, the basal area suffused with pale yellowish brown, a slightly
darker yellowish brown space beyond postmedial near apex;: a
white spot at base of subcostal ; a dark basal line from costa to
below median nervure ; antemedial line wavy, geminate, the inner
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazl. 431
member diffused light brown, the outer black ; a black streak on
submedian fold from antemedial towards base ; a line of four spots
in cell ; a triple postmedial line of black spots on the veins ; a dark
discocellular streak ; a fine brown subterminal line throwing off
internal spurs on veins 2 and 3, below vein 2 the line is preceded
and followed by small diffused black spot, on vein 5 preceded by
large black spot and followed by geminate spots above and below
vein, a large black spot before line at apex ; cilia ochreous white
with black spots between the veins. Hindwings ochreous, the veins,
costa and termen brown ; cilia ochreous white.
Expanse 34 mm.
Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.
Dylomia suavis, n. sp.
Q. Palpi, legs, head and antennae light yellowish brown ;
tegulae light yellowish brown with fawn-coloured fringe; thorax
darker brown ; abdomen reddish brown. Forewings light yellowish
brown ; extreme costa fawn-colour; antemedial line narrow, oblique,
slightly excurved, ending in a tuft of long scales on inner margin,
inwardly brown shading to light fawn-colour outwardly; post-
medial heavier than antemedial, nearly straight from near apex,
approximating to antemedial and ending in a tuft of short scales on
inner margin, inwardly pale fawn-colour, outwardly brown ; an in-
distinct subterminal row of diffused lunular dark spots ; terminal
and apical areas slightly suffused with ‘darker shade; two disco-
cellular dark spots, joined by fine line and surrounded by fawn-
coloured scales ; cilia reddish brown, very heavy on inner margin.
Hindwings slightly iridescent, ochreous, suffused with yellowish.
Underside ochreous suffused with yellowish fawn-colour, heavier on
costal and terminal areas.
Expanse 31 mm.
Hab. Sio PAvLo, S.E. Brazil.
Fam. GEOMETRIDAE.
Azelina flora, n. sp.
¢. Body uniform grey; legs speckled with fuscous ; hind tibiae
with a central band of black; an ochreous dorsal thoracic crest ;
patagia with some scattered fuscous scales posteriorly. Forewings
lilacine grey, slightly irrorated with fuscous ; a dark antemedial line
from median nervure to inner margin ; a dark, oblique curved fascia
from one third on costa to cell, shading to buff at discocellulars ; a
432 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
round black discocellular spot suffused with lilacine ; postmedial
line very wavy, reddish brown, excurved between the veins, pre-
ceded by buff beyond the cell; on medial area the veins are buff
speckled with brown and there is a buff patch between vein 1 and
inner margin crossed by dark strigulae; an indistinct buff sub-
terminal fascia from vein 3 to 6; a subterminal series of minute
white points above veins 3 to 6; cilia buff suffused with brown.
Hindwings pale ochreous grey, irrorated with fuscous, especially
between vein 1 and inner margin; an indistinct, geminate post-
medial line with some buff scales at inner margin ; a diffused, dark
discocellular spot ; terminal area suffused with fuscous ; cilia grey.
Underside greyish white irrorated with fuscous; forewings with a
brown postmedial line, well defined from costa to vein 4; medial
area from vein 2 to 4 suffused with fuscous ; a diffused black dis-
cocellular spot ; hindwings with interrupted postmedial line and
black discocellular spot.
Expanse 38 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Herbita pacondiaria, n. sp.
¢. This species is very close to H. capnodiata, Gn., but differs
from that species in the absence of black surrounding the grey dis-
cocellular spot on the forewings and in the costal apical spots on the
underside being white instead of black. The differences being so
slight led to examination ef the male ancillary appendages, which
at once separated the species, the juxta in capnodiata being V-shaped,
while in the present species the arms are vertical and parallel, with
pointed spatulate ends.
Expanse 48 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Fam. COSSIDAE.
Langsdorfia tessellata, n. sp.
¢. Palpi reddish brown; legs ochreous, barred with reddish
brown ; tegulae light brown; thorax ochreous; patagia ochreous
with transverse brown bars; abdomen brownish ochreous, dorsally
brown. Forewings light brown, pale, covered with dark purplish
brown spots surrounded by ochreous white, the spots on costal area
and in cell small and very dark, a group of large spots beyond cell
between veins 4 and 6, two of them confluent above vein 5 ; termen
brown ; cilia light brown. Hindwings ochreous, traces of indistinct
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 433
spots between the veins. Underside ochreous: forewings indis-
tinctly as on upperside ; hindwings the spots well defined on costa
above vein 8 and more distinct than on upperside on rest of wing.
Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Fam. LASIOCAMPIDAE.
Echedorus medialis, n. sp.
Q. Palpi brown ; legs, head and antennae reddish brown ; tegu-
lae and patagia ferruginous; abdomen brown, dorsally ferruginous :
the terminal tuft of down black with longitudinal white stripes.
Forewings light brown; a darker antemedial line angled out-
wards on the veins, followed by light shade ; an indistinct dark
subterminal line; termen crenulate, pale; cilia dark brown, in-
terrupted at veins ; medial area suffused with dark brown, centrally
thinly sealed, black, a central light space on costal area ; apex black
above vein 8. Hindwings dark brown ; a diffused fuscous medial
shade, followed by grey ; termen grey ; cilia brown.
Expanse 63 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Titya suffusa, n. sp.
¢. Palpi and legs dark brown ; head, thorax and abdomen dark
grey, suffused with brown. Forewings dark grey; basal third
lightly and terminal third heavily suffused with brown; a broad
somewhat diffused dark brown postmedial band angled outwards
below costa; indistinct, wavy, dark subterminal shade and dark
discocellular spot; cilia dark brown. Hindwings brown; base
grey ; cilia dark brown.
Expanse 58 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Titya serralta, n. sp.
?. Brownish grey. Antennae dark brown ; legs fuscous; anal
segment of abdomen golden brown. Forewings brownish grey; a
rather broad light grey antemedial line ; a dark discocellular spot ;
postmedial line light grey, narrow, wavy, broader at costa, excurved
at vein 8, incurved on cellular fold, excurved below vein 4, in-
curved above vein 2; a diffused light grey, wavy subterminal line;
434 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
termen dark grey; cilia dark brown. Hindwings dark brownish
grey : an indistinct pale medial band ; a pale subterminal band ;
termen and cilia dark brown.
Expanse 64 mm.
Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, Brazil.
Near 7. undulosa, Walker, but differs from it in the
colour of legs, antennae and the anal segment of the
abdomen, the position and form of the postmedial line, and
in the absence of the dark shades following the antemedial
and preceding the postmedial lines.
Titya castralia, n. sp.
d. Body very dark purplish brown ; a few whitish hairs mixed
with the dark brown on frons and patagia ; antennae tawny. Fore-
wings thinly scaled, black, suffused with tawny shade darker at
costa ; a trace of a pale antemedial line at costa and in cell ; post-
medial line wavy, whitish, straight from costa to vein 6, where it
curves inwards to vein 4, outwards below 4 and inwards on vein 2 ;
a diffused black discocellular spot ; avery slight indication of a sub-
terminal light shade; termen dark interrupted at the ends of the
veins by whitish points; cilia dark. Hindwings: a slight indica-
tion of lighter postmedial band; a dark diffused discocellular spot.
Underside paler than upper ; costal area and cell of forewings very
dark ; hindwings darker on basal half ; a diffused dark discocellular
spot ; a pale postmedial band.
@. Body and wings pale greyish brown; legs and palpi much
darker ; antennae tawny ; head, tegulae and base of abdomen slightly
darker ; anal segment very dark purplish brown, almost black.
Forewings, basal and medial areas light grey; a slightly excurved,
diffused dark antemedial line; a large black discocellular spot ; post-
medial line wavy, diffused, dark, the curves as in male, followed by
about the same width of grey and a rather obscure dark shade, more
distinct towards apex ; terminal area greyish brown; cilia dark
brown. Hindwings with indication of darker ante- and postmedial
bands.
Expanse ¢ 39 mm., 2 62 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Sphinta schausiana, n. sp.
¢. Palpi and pectus dark brown; legs ochreous grey; frons
ochreous ; vertex grey ; antennae ochreous ; tegulae grey, suffused
with brown posteriorly ; patagia grey suffused with brown ; a black
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 435
dorsal stripe from back of head to base of abdomen ; abdomen dark
brown, base black, anal tuft grey ; beneath ochreous. Forewings
white, the veins brown; costal area and cell dark brown thickly
clothed with greenish grey hairs and scales ; a diffused dark brown
streak below median nervure from vein 1 to vein 4, and below this
three elongate dark brown lunules below veins 2, 3, and 4; a
diffused dark streak between veins 5 and 6 and three dark sub-
terminal spots below apex ; termen ochreous white; cilia dark brown.
Hindwings white suffused with pale brown on costa and inner
margin; a diffused brown spot at tornus; cilia white.
Expanse 43 mm.
_ Hab. CurityBa, Parana, Brazil.
Fam. PEROPHORIDAE.
Perophora albescens, n. sp.
¢. Head, palpi and antennae ochreous; legs ochreous irrorated
with black ; a white tuft at base of antennae; tegulae white with
some ochreous and a few scattered black scales, thorax white suffused
with ochreous and irrorated with black ; abdomen dorsally white
suffused with ochreous and irrorated with black ; dark dorsal tufts
on segments 4,5 and 6; ventrally ochreous and white. Forewings
white, sparsely irrorated with black ; costa ochreous; a diffused
ochreous, wavy antemedial line, more distinct from vein 2 to inner
margin ; an irregular diffused postmedial line, ochreous from inner
margin to just below vein 3, then reddish brown to costa, a projection
at veins 7 and 8; preceded by ochreous suffusion which fills the
medial area below vein 2, with the exception of triangular space
between origin of vein 2 and antemedial line; terminal area suffused
with ochreo-fuscous with the exception of narrow line following post-
medial ; a darker Junular patch beyond postmedial from veins 3 to5 ;
a fuscous patch on costa close to apex ; discocellular ochreous ;
cilia ochreous white. Hindwings white, outwardly suffused with
ochreous and irrorated with black ; a very indistinct diffused
ochreous antemedial line, heavily suffused with reddish brown at
inner margin and at veins 3 and 4. Underside ochreous white
irrorated with black: postmedial line on both wings distinct ;
terminal area paler.
Expanse 30 mm.
Hab. SA0 Pauto, S.E. Brazil.
436 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
Perophora fenestrata, n. sp.
6. Palpi brown; legs light ochreous brown sprinkled with —
black, fore tibiae pinkish ; frons and tegulae creamy pink ; antennae
ochreous ; thorax and abdomen pale brown sprinkled with black
scales and slightly tinged with pinkish. Forewings light brown,
slightly irrorated with black and suffused with a pink shade ; costa
tawny ; a diffused, indistinct, double, dark medial shade from costa
through end of cell to inner margin ; trace of postmedial dark shade,
forming diffused spot above vein 8; a dark discocellular bar, followed
by minute hyaline spots above and below vein 5; a small pink sub-
terminal suffusion between veins 6 and 8 ; cilia dark brown. Hind-
wings similar to the forewings, but the medial dark shade is beyond
the cell and becomesa single line from vein 2 to inner margin ; dark
discocellular bar and hyaline spots larger than on the forewing.
Underside : forewings light brown suffused with pink and irrorated
with black ; veins, cell and subapical patch heavily suffused with
red; a narrow, dark brown, diffused postmedial shade; dark disco-
cellular bar; hindwings with the red suffusion on the veins only;
dark postmedial shade and dark discocellular bar.
Expanse 46 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Perophora jaruga, n. sp.
¢d. Palpi red-brown shaded with fuscous; frons and antennae
yellowish brown ; tegulae centrally paler ; anal tuft fuscous at tip.
Forewings : a very indistinct fuscous antemedial line well defined,
black, oblique from costa to vein 7, thence nearly straight to middle
of inner margin, followed by narrow light shade and broad, black
suffusion forming large triangular space at tornus from inner margin
to vein 4 crossed by pale band from inner margin to vein 3, straight
from vein 4 to near termen on vein 8, above vein 8 reaching apex ;
a pale discocellular bar, slightly defined by fuscous ; termen pale ;
cilia dark. Hindwings;: a black medial band and obscure sub-
terminal shade. Both wings and abdomen are sparsely sprinkled
with white scales tipped with black.
Expanse 60 mm.
Hab. GuarusA, Santos, S.E. Brazil.
Fam. MEGALOPYGIDAE.
Megalopyge nivosa, n. sp.
¢. Frons, pectus and inner side of fore and middle femora and
tibiae dark brown; outer side white; hindlegs brown; all tarsi
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 437
brown; antennae ochreous, shaft white; vertex of head white ;
tegulae dark brown; thorax brown ; a large white spot on front
of patagia, some white subdorsal hairs on metathorax ; abdomen
brown, underside ochreous and brown. Forewings white ; base of
costa, veins and medial area below median nervure brown ; terminal
area suffused with brown; a group of dark brown spots at base ;
two dark brown streaks in cell ; a brown fascia on median ner-
vure, broadening at end of cell from vein 3 to 5; a triangular dark
brown spot on discocellulars ; a small brown mark at origin of vein 8 ;
a diffused brown terminal line ; cilia brown. Hindwings ochreous ;
veins and hairs on inner area brown. Underside ochreous white,
suffused with brown on costal area ; veins brown.
Expanse 36 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Near M. albicollis, Walker.
Megalopyge lanocrispa, n. sp.
d. Frons and pectus dark brown ; tarsi fuscous brown banded
with ochreous ; vertex of head ochreous ; back of head light brown ;
antennae dark ochreous ; tegulae ochreous in front, brown behind ;
thorax ochreous and light brown ; abdomen light brown. Fore-
wings ochreous white; costa and inner margin ochreous ; veins light
brown ; a diffused dark discocellular spot ; a postmedial brown band
followed by lighter shade, excurved from vein 9 to vein 2, where it
is slightly bent outwards and straight to vein 1b; five wavy black
fasciae from base, one on subcostal nervure, two in cell, the lower
one reaching to above origin of vein 2, one slightly shorter just
below median nervure and one above 1b; a short dark streak at
each side of veins on terminal area: a brown terminal line, broken
at the veins ; cilia similar. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and inner
area suffused with yellowish brown. Underside ochreous ; fore-
wings, costa and veins suffused with brown; hindwings, basal half
and veins suffused with brown.
Expanse 40 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Allied to MZ. fieldia, Schaus.
Edibessa ferugina, n. sp.
g. Head and body bright orange tawny ; frons and antennae dark
fuscous ; a pinkish white dorsal spot on prothorax ; patagia inwardly
fringed with pinkish white ; two pinkish white spots merging into
patagia. Forewings fuscous ; base pinkish white followed by suffused
band of orange rapidly fading into fuscous; costal area orange at
438 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species
base, shading to yellowish grey at apex ; an orange fascia through
lower half of cell, extending to apex, diffused beyond cell; a dark
space on terminal area below apex ; termen narrowly dark cream-
colour from near tornus to vein 5; inner margin suffused with
orange; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Hindwings
fuscous ; base rose pink ; inner half of wing, costa and inner margin
orange ; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Underside: fore-
wings the same as upper, excepting that the fascia in the cell does
not extend beyond it; the base of both wings rose pink.
?. The colours are paler and there is no fuscous on frons.
Expanse, ¢ 37 mm, 2? 50 mm.
Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.
Edibessa placida, n. sp.
¢. Head, pectus and thorax dull orange ; frons heavily suffused
with fuscous ; legs fuscous, the tarsi white at extremities of joints ;
antennae dark fuscous ; tegulae and patagia fringed with pinkish
white ; two large black subdorsal spots on metathorax ; abdomen
dark fuscous. Forewings light fuscous ; base pinkish white followed
by suffused fuscous shade, more defined at base of cell ; costa dark
fuscous at base fading to pale fuscous at apex ; subcostal area creamy
white ; termen narrowly creamy white from tornus to vein 5; cilia
creamy white, suffused with fuscous below apex. Hindwings pale
fuscous; costal area creamy. Underside the same as upper, except
that the costa of forewing is creamy.
Expanse 30 mm.
Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.
LEdibessa rufa, n. sp.
3. Body bright brick red ; frons brick red ; vertex of head red
brown ; antennae brown, shaft dark ; tegulae red brown tinged with
brick red anteriorly ; thorax red brown ; abdomen bright brick red,
anal tuft brown. Forewings.red brown thinly scaled ; a postmedial
diffused fuscous band, broad beyond cell, more defined and broken
into three spots near inner margin ; ciliafuscous. Hindwings bright
brick red. Underside uniform brick red.
Expanse 28 mm.
Hab. SAo Pauto, S.E. Brazil.
Edibessa vubrivena, n. sp.
2. Head, pectus and legs bright red; tarsi fuscous; antennae
fuscous ; thorax light brown with two anterior tufts of red ; patagia
light brown, outwardly red ; abdomen bright red; anal segment
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 439
light greyish brown. Forewings light brown, thinly scaled ; costa
and veins, with the exception of subcostal nervure and submedian
veins, red ; cilia red; a postmedial row of fuscous spots angled
outwards beyond cell between veins 4 and 5, thence incurved to
middle of inner margin. Hindwings rose pink ; cilia red. Under-
side uniform red.
Expanse 30 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Possibly this may be the female of the preceding species.
Norape undulata, n. sp.
¢. Pure white ; frons, pectus and upper side of forelegs fuscous ;
antennae shaft white, pectinations buff; abdomen indistinctly
banded with buff. Forewings: basal third of costa fuscous; a
geminate fuscous spot in end of cell ; a subterminal row of fuscous
spots above veins 2-5 ; an antemedial bar of raised scales from cell
to inner margin ; a similar medial bar and postmedial band, the
latter reaching indistinctly to costa. Hindwings pure white.
?. Antennae white with the pectinations slightly ochreous ;
abdomen more distinctly banded than in male. Forewings: costa
entirely white ; the fuscous spots as in male but much fainter.
Expanse ¢ 27 mm., 2 33 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Fam. LIMACODIDAE.
Asbolia chica, n. sp.
3. Pale yellowish brown ; palpi, fore tibiae, antennae and patagia
tawny. Forewings tawny, slightly suffused with grey on costa; a
whitish line from base below median nervure to apex, where it is
joined by a similar subterminal line ; a dark shade above the white
from base to origin of vein 2; just before vein 2 the white line
throws off a spur towards tornus ; beyond the spur the space between
the white lines is fuscous, from base to spur tawny ; on costal area
at apex a patch of reddish tawny, diffused on inner side; cilia
tawny. Hindwings ochreous; a fine tawny terminal line; cilia
ochreous yellow.
Expanse 31 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
This species is very close to A. cicur, Schaus ; but differs
from it in the more definite fuscous shade between the
white lines and in the form of the scales on costal area,
which are broad and lustrous in A. cicur and dull and
hair-like in this species.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT II. (OCT.) GG
4.40 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
Fam. PYRALIDAE.
Sub-fam. CHRYSAUGINAE.
Chrysauge aurantia, n. sp.
Palpi black ; frons brown in front and black behind ; Jegs and
antennae dark brown ; tegulae black with anterior line of orange ;
thorax and abdomen black ; wings black. Forewings with broad
orange band from costa near base, following above vein 1 to tornus,
where it is violently curved backwards to meet costa at two-thirds
from base. Hindwings with broad orange space from base, including
lower half of cell. Underside the same as upper.
Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Acrodegmia gigantalis, n. sp.
Q. Palpi, legs and abdomen dark brown; head, thorax and
antennae a lighter shade. Forewings light yellowish brown ; ante-
medial line geminate, diffused, ferruginous, enclosing lighter shade,
oblique across cell, angled outwards on median nervure, slightly
incurved to vein 1, scarcely visible on costa and inner margin, pre-
ceded by broadly diffused ferruginous ; postmedial line similar to
antemedial, outwardly oblique from costa to vein 8, strongly excurved
to vein 2, then incurved to inner margin, followed by ferruginous
shade fading to yellowish brown at termen ; a rufous fascia on inner
margin from near base to a little beyondpostmedial ; cilia rufous.
Hindwings brown with diffused darker medial shade. Underside
brown ; a fuscous patch at costa beyond cell of forewings ; a diffused,
geininate postmedial line, the inner member broad and the outer
narrow.
Expanse 76 mm.
Hab. Sko Pavio, S.E. Brazil.
The type is somewhat faded, being originally inclined
to olivaceous on the forewings.
Hurypta flammalis, n. sp.
¢. Palpi, legs and antennae dark brown ; head, thorax and abdo-
men black. Forewings bright orange, the base, costa, apex and
termen black ; a narrow black fascia from below middle of cell to
tornus. Hindwings black.
Expanse 18 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 441
Tosale lugubris, n. sp.
2. Head, thorax and abdomen brown. Forewings greyish brown
suffused and irrorated with dark brown ; base greyish brown ; ante-
medial line dark brown, geminate, strongly excurved, filled in with
greyish brown ; the outer half of inner area thickly irrorated with
dark brown ; postmedial diffused, dark brown, followed by ochreous,
strongly excurved from costa to vein 2, where it bends violently
outwards to tornus, forming acute angle on vein 2, the ochreous line
broken into dots on veins 2-6 ; outer half of medial and inner half
of terminal areas olivaceous with slight metallic sheen ; an indistinct
subterminal row of dark points; cilia dark brown Hindwings
brown ; an indistinct ochreous postmedial line, more defined from
vein 2 totornus. Underside brown; an indistinct, diffused, geminate
postmedial line filled in with ochreous.
Expanse 23 mm.
Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil.
Axamora pyrochroma, n. sp.
2. Head, palpi, legs and thorax purplish brown; abdomen
brown. Forewings rich chestnut brown, veins and lines dark purple
brown ; base purplish brown ; antemedial line dark purplish brown
followed by pure white line broadening out to white spot on costa;
postmedial line incurved from costa to vein 7, then strongly excurved
to vein 4 from which it runs straight to inner margin ; a triangular
white spot on costa beyond postmedial ; an indistinct, broken sub-
terminal line, more distinct from veins 4—7 ; a dark terminal line ;
a dark medial shade suffused with purplish white in and below cell
to near inner margin ; cilia dark purplish brown, pale at base, a few
white scales at apex and below vein 2. Hindwings golden yellow
suffused with brown on costal and apical areas; very indistinct
postmedial and subterminal lines; terminal line brown, cilia paler
than in forewings.
Expanse 22 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Sub-fam. EpIPpASCHIANAE.
Stericta basalis, n. sp.
?. Proboscis, fore and middle femora and tibiae and head pale
reddish brown mixed with ochreous; palpi pale reddish brown,
2nd joint ochreous in front, 3rd joint black ; antennae grey ; tegulae
GG 2
442 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of
pale reddish brown; thorax black with some ochreous scales;
patagia ochreous ; abdomen ochreous irrorated with black, anal tuft
black ; underneath, 1st segment white. Forewings ochreous white
jrrorated with black ; basal third pale reddish brown, heavily
shaded with black on inner margin and before antemedial line;
antemedial line black, geminate, enclosing white band, inner member
heavy, outer finer and diffused, angled inwards on vein 1; an indis-
tinct diffused black medial shade, the medial area being lighter
within and darker beyond the shade; subterminal line black,
dentate, followed by ochreous white, oblique from costa to vein 4,
then bent inwards to vein 2 and outwards to inner margin ; termen
black ; cilia ochreous, suffused with brown, a dark brown band near
base. Hindwings ochreous ; veins, costa, apex and termen suffused
with brown; cilia ochreous with brown band.
Expanse 26 mm,
Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Deuterollyta francesca, n. sp.
¢. Antennal processes black ; palpi 1st joint white, 2nd joint
white with a few tawny scales at base and black at end, 3rd joint
black with minute white tip; pectus white ; fore-femora olivaceous
with white at base and extremity ; tarsi fuscous ringed with white ;
mid- and hind-femora white with olivaceous patch on outer side ;
head ochreous white ; thorax ochreous with some black dorsal scales ;
abdomen ochreous anteriorly irrorated with brown, some black
scales underneath. Forewings ochreous; costa, base and medial
area from costa to a little beyond median nervure pale olive green ;
a white point at base of costa ; a white band from one-third on costa
crossing cell and fusing with white streak above median nervure ; a
patch of raised white scales below cell ; beyond this a smaller white
patch crossed by black striga; a white fascia from middle of costa
to near apex, crossed by olive green band near the end; the olive
green and white space surrounded by black irroration, narrow from
base to vein 3, where it broadens out to subterminal line as far as
vein 7; from above vein 7 to apex black; terminal area from 7 to 4
white, from 4 to tornus ochreous slightly tinged with green ; a tri-
angular black point at lower angle of discocellulars ; termen black,
broken at veins ; cilia white. Hindwings iridescent white, some
fuscous irroration at apex.
Expanse 23 mm.
Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil.
Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 443
Macalla sinwalis, n. sp.
¢. Proboscis, palpi, fore-femora and head fawn-colour with some
white scales intermixed ; fore- and middle-tibiae fawn with black
band round middle ; antennae dark brown, a few whitish scales on
the shaft ; antennal processes fawn-colour with some white and a
few black scales, the middle portion of brush very dark grey ;
tegulae fawn with some black scales; thorax ochreous and fawn,
two large black subdorsal, posterior spots; patagia fawn, white and
very dark grey ; abdomen ochreous, two large black subdorsal
spots on Ist segment; a dorsal and two lateral black spots on 2nd
segment, the remainder heavily suffused and irrorated with black
and a few fawn scales, underneath ochreous. Forewings creamy
white, suffused and irrorated with fawn and black; base black,
followed by fawn irrorated with black; a black triangular patch
before antemedial line below median nervure; antemedial line black,
sinuous, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median nervure,
followed by white below median nervure; postmedial black, in-
curved below costa, excurved on veins 4-5, incurved on vein 2
followed by white below costa ; medialearea centrally suffused with
bright fawn-colour, a few black irrorations on costa, beyond and
below cell, and an inner margin; a round black discocellular spot ;
terminal area suffused with fawn and irrorated with black ; a heavy
dark shade before apex from costa to below vein 5, a smaller dark
shade below veins 2 and 3; a terminal row of dark spots between
the veins; cilia ochreous interrupted by dark points at veins.
Hindwings opalescent, creamy white ; apex broadly black ; small
fuscous spots at tornus and at end of vein 2.
Expanse 34 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
Macalla regalis, n. sp.
¢. Proboscis, palpi, pectus and femora reddish brown; tibiae
dark brown mixed with whitish ; tarsi fuscous ringed with ochreous,
antennae grey ; antennal processes reddish brown, the base of the
brush with long fuscous scales, top of brush reddish brown; head,
tegulae and abdomen reddish brown mixed with ochreous ; thorax
anteriorly ochreous, posteriorly fuscous ; patagia reddish brown and
fuscous ; abdomen ventrally ochreous, anal tuft light brown tipped
with fuscous.. Forewings white ; basal third reddish brown heavily
suffused and irrorated with black ; terminal third suffused with
reddish brown, a very dark circular patch below apex : antemedial
line black, sinuous, excurved on subcostal, incurved below median
444 Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil.
nervure, angled outwards on vein 1, followed by white ; postmedial
brown, wavy, wide at costa, excurved at veins 5-3; a patch of
raised white scales on discocellulars, with a few black scales on
median nervure ; medial area centrally lightly suffused with light
brown, costa and subcostal irrorated with dark brown, the other
veins with light brown ; a terminal line of brown spots between the
veins ; cilia ochreous with central dark line, red-brown at tornus
and dark brown at apex, outwardly brown opposite the veins.
Hindwings white, the margins dark fuscous, broad at apex, narrow
at tornus and inner margin ; cilia fuscous with dark central line.
Underside : forewings, base black ; medial area white; terminal
area black; a black discocellular streak ; hindwings, base of costal
area black, medial costal area ochreous irrorated with fuscous; ter-
minal area black, wide ateapex, narrow at tornus; a short black
streak on upper portion of discocellulars.
Expanse 35 mm.
Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.
( 445)
IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by
temperature experiments on two ‘Tropical butter-
flies. By Lizur.-CoLoneut N. MANDERS, R.A.M.C.,
F.Z.S., FES.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
PiaTe XLI:
THESE experiments were undertaken when I was becom-
ing impressed with the conviction that Natural Selection
was not the prime factor in causing those remarkable
resemblances among certain tropical butterflies which are
usually classed as instances of Batesian or Miillerian
mimicry.
They are not so numerous as I could wish, but as I am
unlikely to be able to continue them, I bring them forward
as they may be of assistance to others in future work in
what I believe to be a fruitful field.
The insects dealt with form the best known case of
mimicry among butterflies; the classical example of
Batesian mimicry, viz. Danais chrysippus (model), and
its two forms dorippus and alcippus, and Hypolimnas
misippus (mimic) with its trimorphic female resembling
D. chrysippus, dorippus, and alcippus respectively.
I have chosen these two butterflies as they are almost
universally known to entomologists; they are not subject
in any way to seasonal dimorphism; and they were com-
mon at Colombo where these experiments were carried
out. The material of these experiments has been pre-
sented to the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum, where it will be accessible to all naturalists.
It will be as well to devote a few words to the life-
history of these butterflies as I have observed them in
Ceylon.
Danais chrysippus.
Though the natural enemies of the perfect insect are
few in number it is by no means exempt from destruction
in its earlier stages. It is difficult to estimate the pressure
of enemies during the egg stage, but I believe there is a
gradual decrease “of mortality “from egg to imago in all
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (ocr.)
446 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by
butterflies—from birth to maturity—thus following the
general law among living beings.
The parasitic Hymenopteron Zvichogramma evanescens is
excessively common, and large numbers of eggs are found
parasitised. Ants destroy them largely, more especially
when fresh laid, and from these two causes alone I am
inclined to consider that the damage to the chrysippus
population is greater than in the succeeding stage. The
larva which, on account of its striking appearance, is fre-
quently selected as an example of aposematic or warning
coloration, has at least two parasites; a Tachinid and a
species of ichneumon (Apanteles ?), both these are very
common. ‘They are preyed on also by a small green
spider and ants, but these latter do not readily molest
them unless they have been previously injured. The
larvae themselves are addicted to cannibalism if over-
crowded or there is a deficiency of food. In its early
stages it secretes itself beneath the leaves of its most
usual food-plant, Calotropis gigantea, eating out circular
holes which readily disclose its proximity. Whether it
occupies the under surface for concealment or because
this is more easily masticated is uncertain, probably both
factors combine; when half-grown and thence onwards it
feeds exposed, and is then a conspicuous object when on
the leaves, but it matches well with the purplish-green
flowers on which it readily feeds. As a pupa it has fewer
foes, though undoubtedly immediately after the larval skin
has been cast and before it hardens it is liable to be
attacked by ants and also by larvae of its own species;
but otherwise it is apparently immune. It is dichroic,
some being pale apple-green, the colour of the leaves, and
others pale pink. The colour is not wholly susceptible to
its environment as it is not unusual to find a pink pupa
conspicuously suspended beneath a green leaf of the food-
plant. The perfect insect has few enemies, as far as my
own observations extend; lizards of the genus Calotes
prey upon them, as they do upon any species of butterfly,
and they are liable to be eaten by birds when injured.
It is one of the most widely distributed tropical butter-
flies and has two well-marked forms: D. dorippus, in which
the white subapical band and black apex are replaced by
the same red colour as the rest of the wing, and D. alcippus
with its sub-form aleippoides in which the hindwing is
more or less white.
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 447
Inspection of this series brings out the following poimts—
First.—The crippled condition of many of the specimens.
This is due no doubt to the weakening effects of the
abnormal conditions to which the pupae were subjected ;
the mortality varied from one in four to over fifty per cent.
Secondly.—The large number with more or less red on
the apex of the forewing, which is normally black. No
selection of any kind has been made, all the specimens
bred, whether normal or otherwise, are represented.
Thirdly—The marked increase of red in those treated
with excessive dry heat. The 29s, as in all cases, are more
affected than the ffs.
Fourthly.—The conspicuous red apex of two specimens
treated with dry heat at 90° F., a temperature common at
Colombo, where, however, the atmosphere is humid.
Fifthly.—The slight but still perceptible red on one
specimen treated with dry cold.
It is probable that if as great a shock could be produced
by cold as by heat the same changes would occur, show-
ing that such are due to internal conditions rather than
external causes. There is no approach, except very slightly
in two specimens, to the form alcippordes, it is all towards
dorippus. Two females (No. 26, No. 28) which were sub-
jected to moist heat show an inclination to the deep dull
red which is so characteristic of the species in the hot,
damp climate of Sumatra and Java.
Comparing these butterflies with a large representa-
tive collection, such as the National Collection at South
Kensington, one is at once struck with the almost total
absence in the latter of specimens which I may call inter-
mediate, that is, between the type chrysippus and the form
dorippus. In the very large series at South Kensington I
could only find two or three, though the breadth of the
white subapical bar and the number and size of the white
spots on the forewing is greater than in my series, and in
China they are developed to such an extent as to form a
well-marked local race named by Moore Danais bowringii.
Out of the hundreds of Ceylon specimens that have passed
through my hands, I have only seen one that has any red
scaling on the apex, and this one I captured myself at
Colombo after a long drought. Professor Poulton writes,
“This variety (dorippus) is sharply cut off from the type
form. Although faint traces of a former white bar can be
made out in dorippus, I have never seen, among thousands
448 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by
of individuals, the material out of which a good transitional
series between it and chrysippus could be constructed”
(“Essays on Evolution,” p. 70).
As to the factor which produced these intermediates,
Professor Poulton, in a letter to me, writes, “The species
(chrysippus) has a double constitution A and B, developed
from internal causes (viz. within itself, and hereditary),
but they are not so far crystallised out but what some
effect in the direction of A or B may be produced by
external causes; but not apparently the whole effect—at
least so far as you have gone.” And again, “I do not
change my view that the ultimate cause is internal and
not external. That the internal condition can be modified
to some extent your experiments certainly seem to show;
although you do not produce the full dorippus effect, what-
ever you do. The full dorippus form is a dominant one
on Kilimanjaro, with all its mountain moisture, showing,
I think, that it is not heat and dryness that produce it.
The same conclusion is supported by the fact that dorippus
is extremely rare south of the Zambesi, although there are
vast tracts of land that are dry, hot, and desert, for a large
part of the year. Hence, although the germ-plasm seems
certainly alterable by heat, that does not seem to be the
way that usually works in nature. It may be so in the
desert area of Ceylon, accounting for the isolated indi-
viduals that occur there of dorippus. Inaria is even more
clearly independent of climatic causes, for its proportion
is considerable all over Africa; yet the climate varies
immensely. It is a common form on the West Coast.”
I quite agree that the cause is internal and hereditary,
but rather consider that the constitution 1s simple and
that an external cause such as shock to the developing
pupa throws it back to an earlier form of its internal
development. That external conditions have in them-
selves power to produce some effect is indicated by the
approach to the Sumatra form by the agency of moist
heat, and Mr. Merrifield has shown by his experiments on
Chrysophanus phioeas, that that buttertly is ready to assume
a different colouring according to the temperature at which
the larva is reared. But in the present state of our know-
ledge it is frequently impossible to say what is due to in-
ternal causes and what to the pressure of external conditions.
The question arises which is the ancestral form, chrysippus
or dorippus? Most entomologists, I believe, consider the
Temperature Hupervments on two Tropical Butterflies. 449
former to be the older, chiefly on the grounds that the
latter is widely different in appearance from any now
existing member of the group, and that in certain speci-
mens the remains of a former bar are more or less visible.
I do not know that either of these objections is insuperable,
but if so, I can only assume that the germ-plasm has now
become so fixed by inheritance that no form of shock can
throw it backwards to an earlier type, but only disturbs it
to such an extent as to cause it to produce the easiest
variation of which it is now capable.
On the other hand, all experimenters on the earlier
stages of European Lepidoptera, Weismann, Merrifield,
Standfuss, and others, lay great stress on the fact that
shock tends to throw the imsect towards the ancestral
type, and I certainly know of no detailed experiments to
the contrary. It is scarcely reasonable that the same
agent would throw one insect back to the type, and another
to the form towards which it is tending. There is one fact
recently brought to my notice by Mr. Doncaster of great
importance. He tells me that he has received from
Coimbatore, in the Madras Presidency, a brood of bred
chrysippus in which were a considerable number of dorip-
pus, the parent being the type. This is the first instance
of such an occurrence, and it is the more interesting as
dorippus has never to my knowledge ever been taken in
Madras. I regard these dorippus as a throw-back to the
ancestral form. We shall see that we shall be confronted
with precisely the same difficulty when dealing with
Hypolimnas misippus. It is, however, clear that neither
form is a sudden mutation, but has been formed gradually
the one from the other.
Hypolimnas masippus.
Few remarks are needed regarding its life-history, but
I give the following from my note-book to show the rapid
growth of the larvae, and the remarkably short time during
which Natural Selection can have any influence on the
mature butterfly. It will be noticed that the female lays
the whole of her eggs in about ten days.
“17.10.09. Captured diocippus 2 in cabinet condition.
20.10.09. Noticed a considerable number of eggs laid.
24.10.09. Several larvae are hatched and evidently a
day or two old, if not older. Transferred
2 to another cage,
450 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by
29.10.09. Many of the larvae are half-grown. She is
still ovipositing. To-day I collected over
100 eggs, laid since the 24th. Transferred
to another cage.
2.11.09. No more eggs laid.
4.11.09. Found dead, apparently from natural causes.
Two larvae pupated to-day ; the pupation
of larvae from eggs first laid is practically
coincident with the length of oviposition.”
It only appears in Ceylon directly after the rain, at the
burst of the North-East Monsoon, and dies out with it.
It has occurred the last four years with extraordinary
regularity; in 1908 early in October; 1909 on October
12th; 1910 on October 12th; 1911 on October 7th. They
always appear in considerable numbers and in the finest
condition, and are no doubt bred on the spot. It flies
commonly in November, gets scarce towards the end of
December, by which time the females have mostly dis-
appeared, and the last few males die out towards the end
of January, not to be seen again until the following October.
Males and females are equally numerous, the males fre-
quenting flowering shrubs, and the females more open
ground in the neighbourhood of the food-plant, Portulaca
oleracea. It is in such country that its presumed model,
D. chrysippus, occurs, and it is not uncommon for the
chrysippus § to mistake the misippus 2 for one of its own
species. Butterflies recognise each other by sight as well
as by scent; the smell of a crushed mzsippus is very differ-
ent from that of chrysippus. It is not rare for misippus f
to court for a few moments D. chrysippus.
The form of female which represents D. chrysippus, form
dorippus, known as inaria, Cram., is distinctly rarer than
the female of the type diocippus, Cram., which resembles
chrysippus. In Colombo, in eight years, I have not seen a
dozen specimens; but Mr. Ormiston tells me that in his
part of the country at 4,500 ft. the proportion is about
one of inaria to six of the type. Intermediates are
rare ; I picked out one in a collector’s box which had the
white apical bar thickly covered with reddish scales, but
have never taken one myself or known of one taken by
others.
It was advisable to ascertain the normal number of
inaria in a batch of eggs laid by diocippus and vice versa,
but unfortunately I was unable to find a single specimen
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 451
of inaria. In October 1909 from a normal diocippus 2 I
obtained 250 eggs; there were 50 deaths from one cause
or other and 197 resulting butterflies, 110 ffs and 87 $9s,
all without exception of the diocippus form. In October
of the following year I bred 225 from another female of
the same form; the result was 84 ffs and 76 92s, all
typical diocippus, except five which were slightly speckled
with red on the three small apical spots on the forewing ;
the remainder of the brood, 65 in number, I experimented
with. (C1, Cla, etc.)
These results contrast in a most remarkable manner
with those of the Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers in East Africa.
He writes to me, “From an intermediate between the
type and inaria form, but on the whole nearer the former,
I obtained about 50 ffs and 49 99s, but all inaria, some
slightly aleippoides. In the following year an inazva laid
100 eggs, resulting in 60 ffs and 36 99s, the whole
diocippus! Weather dry.” He added, “If cnaria is the
dry weather form (as I had surmised it being so uncommon
in damp Ceylon), the offspring should be inaria.” *
Mr. G. F. Leigh in Natal obtained from an intermediate
female 8 ffs, 5 diocippus and 3 inaria.
These results probably have a Mendelian interpretation,
but they throw no light on the origin of these two forms.
Turning now to the results obtained; the butterflies
exhibited are labelled A, B, C, Cla, ete.
Those labelled A, consisting of 9 ~fs and 55 99s, the
parent of which is also shown, form dzocippus, are part of
the brood of 197 bred in October 1909, and show the
normal appearance of the species as it occurs in Ceylon.
They are in no way selected.
Those labelled B were from a similar parent to A, and
only a few eggs were laid. They were all treated artificially,
but as it was open to any one to say that they might have
produced these abnormal forms under natural conditions,
I took a third brood C, which I divided into two. One
half was reared under natural conditions and produced
all normal ffs and diocippus 22s; the other half I again
divided into two, treating one portion artificially in the
* In a subsequent letter dated 23.11.1911 he writes, “I got a
? of the type form from which I bred 73 ¢ gsand 56 9 Qs, of
which 38 were of the type form and 18 of the znaria form and no
intermediates.” See Proc. Ent, Soc., 1911, p. xliv, and also 1912,
p. |xxiii.
452 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by
early stage of pupal life, and the other in the later stage.
I should say the parent was of the type form. The whole
of the abnormal specimens can be treated collectively.
The first noticeable point is the large number of cripples
and malformed individuals. The mortality among those
artificially treated was very high. Jisippus is very hardy,
and easy to breed, and there is no difficulty in obtaining
large numbers of normal butterflies, but abnormal condi-
tions have a great effect on them. The difference between
the two was very marked, the latter often dying just before
emergence, or with very little power of breaking through
the pupa case; their movements after emergence were
excessively feeble compared with the others. ‘l'aking the
females first, the number of intermediates, 7.¢. with the
apices and white band of the forewing speckled with red,
is very large. Though such are not unknown in East
Africa, it is significant of their rarity that in the National
Collection I could only find one from Aden, one from
Muscat, and one from Berhampore. In this series there
is a gradual increase of red, from a few scattered scales in
the black apex, to a complete change from one form to the
other. I would also call attention to the character of the
subapical band. Normally it is a slight curve from the
costa to the outer margin, and is composed of separate
spots divided by the black veins, but in these it is distinctly
broader, longer, and more circular, and the spots are united
into one continuous band. This is the normal appearance
of the 2 in certain areas of its distribution, for instance, at
Port Darwin, the Cocos Keeling Islands, Java, and Sumatra,
and in the latter islands the forewings are often of the
same deep red colour as D. chrysippus. There are three
noticeable features in the males. First, the appearance of
a small white spot in the cell of the forewings, and in two
or three specimens there is a second. These are extremely
rare in the normal butterfly, which is exceedingly constant
in colouring. Secondly, the rather more prominent and
extensive lunular subterminal lines on the upper side of
the hindwings. Thirdly, the less intense black of the
tornus in the forewing underside, which in one specimen is
distinctly red. In none is there any red on the forewing.
Comparing these males with those in the South Kensing-
ton Museum, I find a solitary specimen from the Silaki
Valley, British East Africa, with a small amount of red
at the base of the forewing upperside, and the lunules well
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 453
marked on the hindwing. From the island of Formosa
there are two males like the above, and the tornus beneath
is red. Whether this is the usual form of the insect in
that island I am unable to say. In constructing the
ancestral type, we should probably be on safe ground by
assuming that it had more white and a certain amount of
red on the forewing, a lunulated band completely round
the outer margin of the hindwing, and more red on the
underwing. Anything beyond this is conjectural.
Referring for a moment to the females, it will be seen
that in the forced specimens there are in the blue costal
margin of the cell, two spots, sometimes red, sometimes
white, in precisely the same position as the two white
spots in the cell of the males. These are absent, or
nearly so, in normal specimens, and we may conclude that,
at one time in its history, the female had more white on
the forewing than it has at present. This would rather
incline us to the view that diocippus is the earlier form,
but, as in chrysippus, we are confronted with the difficulty
that shock throws back the insect to the earlier stage, in
which case, judging by these intermediates, inaria is the
more ancient type, and we must account for these addi-
tional spots by the not improbable conjecture that the
evolution of such a variable butterfly has not been uniform.
The study of the closely allied species Hypolimnas bolina
may help us in our determination of this question. It is
difficult in a few words to give a brief, and at the same
time lucid, account of the innumerable variations of this
protean butterfly. The male, throughout its immense
range, is very fairly constant, being very similar in general
appearance to that of H. misippus. In Fiji the spots are
very small, and a very deep blue. The females in their
western area do not vary greatly, being generally plain
brown and slightly blue on the costa, with a variable
number of marginal yellow spots. In Formosa the colour
is also plain brown, sometimes tinted with blue, and with
a white band as in misippus. Further east, in the
Loochoo Islands, the brown is replaced with glistening
blue. But it is in Australia and the Fiji Islands that the
butterfly reaches its maximum development both of size
and variability. In the Godman-Salvin Collection, now
in South Kensington, there is a series of some two dozen
females, taken at Suva, Fiji, on the same day and on the
same flower bed. All are different, and vary from plain
454 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by
brown, or plain brown with yellow or white discal
band, to others with bluish white discal spots, and
red on the forewing. In Australia, very much the same
sequence is observed. It varies from a plain brown
butterfly with slight blue on the costa and disc, to a highly
variegated metallic red, white, and blue butterfly. We
can, in this extensive series, trace the gradual change from
a few scattered red scales, to a well-developed red band or
patch.
There is an intimate relation between the colours brown
and blue in all butterflies. So far as my own knowledge
extends, there is no blue butterfly in the world that, in
one or the other sex, has not some traces of brown. Blue,
if I may so express it, is a later colour than brown. It is
well exemplified in the European Lycaenidae. This being
so, we may consider ourselves justified in assuming that
the plain uniformly brown female represents the oldest
known form of that sex of bolina at present existing. It
seems a natural conclusion that the uniformly coloured
inaria is also an older form, from which the more varie-
gated diocippus has been evolved. As in the case of
D. chrysippus, it is clear that it is not a sudden muta-
tion.
Now as to the factor which has caused the resemblance
between the two species; is it Natural Selection, or
what ?
The argument for the former, that is, Mimicry, has been
elaborated by Prof. Poulton, in his well-known work,
“Kssays on Evolution,” and it is unnecessary to recapitu-
late or to discuss whether this is a case of Miillerian or
Batesian mimicry. But further, there are the two forms
dorippus and alcippus, which are also held to be due to
Natural Selection, and I will consider them first.
Danais chrysippus form dorippus.
In the above Essays (p. 320), Prof. Poulton has put
forward the view that dorippus has been evolved from
chrysippus as a form of cryptic defence; that is, though
it is an unpalatable insect, the struggle for existence is so
great in the desert areas in which it is usually found, that
it has been necessary for its survival to discard the con-
spicuous white band and black apex, and make itself as
near as may be to the colour of its environment.
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 455
I am doubtful as to this interpretation. In the ex-
tremely hot dry weather of the desert, the butterfly, like
the majority of other insects, altogether disappears ; birds
shift their quarters; and reptiles and predatory insects
become scarce. During the short rainy season, or, for
that matter, after a few showers, insect and other life
becomes very abundant for a short time, during which I
doubt there being a greater struggle for existence than in
other places where the type is found. Insects, though
few in species, are particularly numerous in individuals, the
members of the genus Zeracolus, for instance, are frequently
excessively common.
If dorippus is a desert form particularly fitted for such a
life, we should expect it to be dominant in the Punjab,*
Bikanir, and Rajputana deserts, where, if it occurs at all
in the latter places, it is exceedingly rare, though the type
is common enough. We should also expect it to be com-
mon on the hot dry plains of Mashonaland and other
similar localities south of the Zambesi, but on the contrary,
it is very rare, though the type is abundant.
Again, presuming that it is a later form, it is difficult
to account for the absence of intermediates. The accepted
interpretation would be, I presume, that they are not so
fitted for a desert life. If this be so, we must assume an
esthetic eye tor small differences in colour and pattern, on
the part of birds and other enemies, for which the evidence
is at present deficient.
I hold the view that the sporadic character of much
of its distribution, the production by artificial means of
intermediates, and that it has been bred from chrysippus,
clearly show that it is the ancestral form; and though we
are ignorant as to its origin, and the nature of its evolu-
tion, the proof that it has been guided by Natural Selection
has not been satisfactorily demonstrated.
D. chrysippus form aleippus.
Prof. Poulton, in the above mentioned work, considers
that the white hindwings of the form alcippus have been
developed on the West Coast of Africa, where in some
localities it is dominant, to give it greater conspicuous-
ness where there is abundance of food, and thus warn
* Colonel Yerbury took two or three specimens at Campbellpore,
in the north of the Punjab. They are now in the National Collection.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) HH
456 Lieut-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by
off a possible enemy; in other words, it comes under
that form of mimicry known as aposematic or warning
coloration.
There are, however, certain features in its area of dis-
tribution, which, to my mind, render this doubtful. I
certainly found it, or its sub-form aleippoides, commonly in
North-East Sumatra, where rain falls every week in the
year, and it is also common and very variable in the
Andaman Islands, where the general conditions are also
like those on the West Coast. But it is absent from a
similar environment in Ceylon, yet is found, though rarely,
in the arid northern district of the island. Alcippordes is
by no means uncommon in the bare plains of the Deccan
and Madras, where the country is totally different from the
West Coast.
The view that an aposematic colouring is necessary in
one region and a cryptic colouring in another, both pro-
duced by the same factor, is complicated and not easy to
understand, and I know of no direct evidence to support
such a conclusion. The necessity for it in an insect so
unpalatable, as chrysippus is generally held to be, is not
lessened when we remember that the cryptic form is not
uncommon in Bombay, and the conspicuous one is common
in the adjoining Presidency of Madras, where the local
conditions are almest identical.
These experiments throw little light on the origin of
this form, though there is one specimen which shows an
approach to it ; dorippus also sometimes shows white on
the hindwings, and it is possible, though this is a little
more than conjecture, that it is the earliest form from
which chrysippus has branched off in one direction and
the white winged forms in another. The evidence that
either has been influenced by Natural Selection is at
present, to my mind, unconvincing.
Finally, as to the main question; the relationship of
these two butterflies to each other; whether they have
arrived at their present appearance by any form of
mimicry; or whether their resemblance can be otherwise
accounted for.
There is in this case, as in all similar examples of
mimicry, the primary difficulty of understanding how
small variations of colour or pattern in one butterfly
could be so elaborated by the attacks of birds as to
resemble the colour or pattern of another unrelated to
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 457
it. In the example before us, remembering the short ten
days in which Natural Selection has to act, and presuming
that in some time past the misippus 2 was somewhat
similar to the ancient type of the ¢, we may ask, how
could a specimen, or specimens, with a few red scales
scattered over the wing, be noticed and subsequently
avoided by birds, by any lesson they may have previously
learnt from the capture of Danais chrysippus ?
On the assumption that this is a case of Batesian
mimicry, a bird tasting a red speckled specimen, would
ascertain at once that it was palatable, and the red scales
in others would not save them from destruction. The
likeness towards chi'ysippus, therefore, could not progress.
If it is a case of Miillerian mimicry, where both species
are unpalatable, a red speckled unpalatable one, as also its
unspeckled companions, after a few experiments, would be
left, severely alone and nothing would be gained, for if the
bird could discriminate it would neglect them, and if it
could not, both would equally suffer.
Lastly, if the resemblance is due to the experimental
attacks of young birds, the emergence of the butterflies
should coincide with the time that tasting experiments
are taking place, but in Ceylon it so happens that the
young birds are oif the nest and foraging for themselves
in May, and misippus is not on the wing until October.
We could the more readily understand the process if
the mutation was sudden and large, but the specimens
exhibited negative such a supposition.
Some supporters of the mimicry theory, among others
Mr. Pocock and Prof. Poulton, consider “that the first
steps towards a mimetic likeness are not caused by a few
differently coloured scales,” but “by a large colour varia-
tion which was enough to produce a rough resemblance,
and that Natural Selection gradually produced out of this
a detailed resemblance.” At first sight this looks like
mutation pure and simple, but it is not necessarily so.
The evolution of the species is internal, and the large
variation Prof. Poulton speaks of may be the cumulative
effects of an increasing number of differently coloured
scales in many generations. We have only to assume
the disappearance of such intermediates to arrive at a
“large colour variation.”
I see nothing that prevents our believing that if internal
evolution can produce a large variation, a continuance of
HH 2
458 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by
the same process would in the course of time produce a
butterfly quite unlike the type from which it arose. This
may be so in the case of these two butterflies, but the
evidence here produced rather supports the conclusion that
the changes in them have been caused by the gradual
accumulation of small variations; this being so there
would seem to be no necessity for bringing in the compli-
cated theory of mimicry to account for the resemblance
between these ,two species of butterfly.
I have recently published a paper* on Batesian and
Miillerian Mimicry, in which I examined the subject from
the point of view of my own personal knowledge of certain
tropical countries. I can only say here, and as briefly as
possible, that I was unable to throw anything but a nega-
tive light on the premises on which those theories are
based, and that some of the conclusions I arrived at were,
that though butterflies are more generally eaten by birds
than was generally believed, yet no discrimination was
shown in their capture; that the presumed unpalatable
Danaines were as readily eaten as other species of butterfly,
and that the few species of birds I could experiment on
in a wild state eat Danats chrysippus as readily as Hypo-
limnas misippus.
The circumstance that in life the 2 misippus frequently
consorts with chrysippus, and may thus lead one pre-
disposed to believe in mimicry that he had before him a
Miillerian combination, is explained by the fact that the
food-plants of both butterflies grow together in the same
sandy soil. Should any observer watch them in such
situations, as I have done for hours at a time during the
last three years, he will find that they are practically
unmolested by birds, young or adult.
I conclude that dovippus and inaria are the older forms
from which have descended chrysippus and dtocippus re-
spectively. Both survive to the present day, practically
all over the wide distribution of the species, because like
their descendants they are for the time being almost
exempt from the struggle for existence. If it were possible
to dissect a pupa in the same way as we can the embryo
of a mammal, we should find traces of these intermediates
and regard them as the remains of a stage beyond which
the species has now progressed.
* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May 1911.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.
All the figures are about } natural size.
Fi.
1. Danais chrysippus, 3.
2. D. chrysippus, 3 form dorippus.
3. Hypolimnas misippus, 2 form diocippus.
4. H. misippus, 2 form inaria.
5. Danais chrysippus, 2, No. 87 intermediate.
The apex of forewing is red, the white spots are diminished
in size and the costa is lighter than normal.
6. Hypolimnas misippus, 9, No. 19 intermediate, or reversion.
The white subapical band and apex of forewing are thickly
covered with red scales.
7. Hypolimnas misippus, ¢.
7a. H. misippus, 6, No. 1, C 1. 1
The specimen shows a white spot in cell of forewing,
increased size of white spots in both wings with lunular band
in hindwing. A reversion to older type ?
8. H. misippus, 2, No. 4, C la.
The specimen shows an uninterrupted white lunular band
and a white spot in cell of forewing; the apex is thickly
covered with red scales. A reversion to older type?
ve
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL.
Photo, A. Robinson. C. Hentschel.
DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS AND HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS
Exposed to heat in the pupal stage (Figs. 5, 6, 7a, 8) compared with examples bred under natural
conditions (Figs. I, 2, 3, 4, 7):
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 459
Conclusions.
1. D. dorippus and H. inaria are the older forms of
D. chrysippus and H. misippus (diocippus) respectively.
2. That the latter have been produced by the gradual
accumulation of small variations.
3. That these small variations (intermediates) have now
largely died out as being no longer required.
4. That they can be reproduced by shock (heat and
cold) to the pupa.
5. That there is nothing to show any interdependence,
or anything in common between the two species.
6. That though this is so with these two species it is
difficult to believe that such is the case with all instances
of mimetic resemblance.
7. That though no doubt the mimetic theory gives a
logical explanation of them, the premises on which it rests
have not been proved, but rather the contrary.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.
[See Huplanation facing the Plate. |
‘payeortdnp [ao puofeq yodg -
“c .
= ‘S is 60 ‘9 °L1 > a
= 6 | 60°9°L6 ; ; x €1
5 "euuion’ * 6 : ; : 3 GB
‘3 *“yovtq AToatsu9y |
S -x9 a10Ul UISIeW puTy ‘payeortdup q[eo puosaq jods - | : Fe 609 °S1 i FZ
eer £3
~ ‘[BULION 6 " iu | ‘60°9r21 2 BZ
= ‘TeNsh UvY} Jepeoiq SuIApuTY Jo ulsieur uo y~oeT_ °S é fs | 60'9 ‘SI xe IZ
(a3 . “ “ | “O° “co
3 Pl 60 °9 “LT 0%
= [RWION “2 | 60°9'1S | 60°9'8T | 2 61
= ‘payeottdup [joo puodaq yodg * 6 | af . a SI
= ce . if “ an O°? “
S 73 i | (73 oe 60 9 ul “co eb
§ (73 ° 5 | 60 ‘9 "QZ : “ | “<“ cl
6 . | 6 | “cc it
z 6c . ° | “ce “ce ce | it él
a) 6 | cc ‘ | I
3 "BULLION . ~P | ‘ ‘ ‘74 19 OL
= "yoryq you ‘ystpper ApySrs xeody *4 | 60'°9'LZ 60 ‘9 ‘1G 60°9°8I | ‘a .o¢ ‘edng | 6
: yor) Bose 80°ZI'TS’ | SO'SL EL | PAIR] poz [INA | VG
4 : com BO Vey: 80 'Z1L'8S | 80°31 ‘93 DE
: “6 . P ce “ 73 | 66 DE
ro) “ =P | 80°21 °9 6é 80 SL 73 VG
oe pemon P| i 80 G1 "9 80 GL 'F “A 089 OT
=) |
—— = a ee = ate ee
g aietaan | voxaowana | "1va0RaH | aiyg pert | ie
= | (‘TeAOUIAI 1aqye SUOT}IpUOD oTMOYydsowy [eWUIOU JepuUN pode[g) ,“aTOD AUC,,
+
SAddISAYH) STVNVA HALIM SLINGWTAad Xd
two Tropical Butterflres. 461
Ss On
ts
cperriren
E.
Temperature
““ . £ i “é ce “cc “ 6Z
re ol 6OCk T ‘: 60 9 8 és 83
"[RUIIO NT . Pp (79 4é 74 (a3 1G
‘yqozed yeorde youTq jo uorq10d
JOMOT JB SAINALOU BY] SuoTe pat JO vovd} JUILF kiaa *5 60 °9 ‘08 609 '9% 60°9 ‘1G "1 00S 9G
“‘SHUVNaY eh VES eee “aLva "NI GaOV1a ‘ON
(‘Teaowor 194Jv SUOTIIPUOD olteydsourye [eUIIOU JepuN pode[g) ,“a10D LSIOY{ »,
=>
OS
=>
&
BS
>
>
—
eS
©
~~
~
~4
Ss
n
a
eo
g
3
S
Zi
a
o
+
=
o
-_
ni
4.62
‘pag ATJQUTYSIp xedy
*[BUIIO NT
‘ayy OU
‘yov[q A[MOdIvU SelLBpUOdES JO UISIVUL PUTA] ‘“[BUION
“yor[q ATaayue ysowye
SoTJepuodes JO UISIRW pUTy] ‘pol ATUNsIp xedy
‘par ATQYSIs
uortod racy ‘ATyYsTs Arar xedv jo uoysod seddq
"BULLION
ia ONG:
"SUIDA
[eorde Suoje per jo uoTyworpul 4YySts ¥ ydeoxe ‘[euLoyy
"yov|q A]eitque 4sowy[e SSULApUIY jo ulsie yy
"[[29 JO Jey TaMO] OFUL spUsyx9 osIP pue oseq
JO ANo][Oo avg ‘sezystuq xede ye par ynq ‘ge ‘ON SY
‘[BUIOU UBYY Jejed 1eyyeI INOTOo-punoIy)
‘sodnadou oy} Suoye par Apounstp yoqed peorde youltq
‘pea Aq paovidar Ayperzed xode yo youyq °
"[BULIO NT
oe
‘[nyquop ‘duay, *jeuroyy
“‘SHUVAGY
es (0) ae ole’ Olé
: °8 FL
. ~P Te) ‘SI (79 (74
a SLT ‘gue "8°G
“$1 606'L 60 6" 606 'T
. 1 “ co oe
. g oe 79 79
*} a 60 ‘9 '1Z 60 ‘9 ‘02
. 4 “ “ce 74
“P| 60°99 a os
4 79 79 (79
ee GOcd oc i bi
"P| 60'9 FZ 60 “9 Iz 609 ‘61
“ (74
49 ce
= 608 &1
60'8 ‘FI 60 ‘8 “ZI
Pal 60 26 60°L ‘FI 60°L ‘EI
ee cae es eee
“
“
‘Hd 0S67-“ 06
“cc
cc
“ce
“A OIL
‘A SIL
“NI GHOV Td
([BAoWAad Joye SUOTZIpUOD oIeYydsouNye [eUILOU JepuN pode[g) .LVEH ACL,
"quaosayosqo xade 4e sjods : aaoqe 03 avpiuis AraA * P
“ “ 179 “
oA)
= peat ee
“yuasqe
4 | MoTeq sjods [eulsieuiqns ‘pueq [eordeqns utr {ease}
SS | “UE snoayny ‘paysturup sods oyya [TY “snoayny
S| wystaq Aq xode 4v yovtq Jo yuousoedas orto ysouy *4
= 6c 66 . A
a ‘pax APJOuTWsSIp xedy >
E a ae
= a
= : ae
S ‘par qysuq «6 |
= (79 19 . g
= ‘por Apysys “7S
—) 6 “c “ . P
3 ‘par Aouystp “ °—P
s ‘por Aysys xody ° P |
S ‘yeuLION * P
S iz “ . Ps
5 _peraqsuq “P|
Ss ‘pox Apysis Aton “SS P
S ‘par Apysys
= : Pie “ . ~P
3 . “4 .
Ss Ca ds Dp gc “ i
> ‘par Apyysys Ataa “OS
= "ysippar “8
“par qystiq xody * 6
OL 6 4A
OL’6 €1
OL € “GI
OL ’s ‘OL
OL '€ 6
OLE ‘8
Ol ‘€ ‘Ol
OL ’€ TI
Ole GI
OL‘ °8
OL € ‘OL
OL '€'6
OL € ‘TI
OL 6
OL '€ SI
Ole 'IL
OL '€'8
OL’€'8
OL € GI
OL € '€I
Ol € 6
OL’ 8
OL '€ “GI
(=)
ee
nes
ve)
oo S'S
See
ROD OD 9 09
519 16
6
OL ‘6 °¢
(=)
ae
205 od
Ke)
reir
oe
=
=
3
=
~
>
>
s
=
B
ie)
~
~S
S
S
mM
~
o
ins)
q
tas]
=
Z,
x)
=
15)
b>)
5
a
=
te)
—
“[BUILO NT
ae
ze
:
p
“‘ystppas xedy * P
‘OPIYM OU “HOVTG
ATMOIVU salIepUOdas JO UIZIVUT pul ynq ‘jemMIONT * P
‘P2G
"TeuIoN * 6
“
“
OL 8 ‘8ST
OL ‘8 “LT
iT
Ol 8 “61
OL '8'T
“SHUVNGY
“GONGOUANE
410 HLYa
“
(73
iT
O18 ‘OL
6
O18 6
“cc
OT ‘L ‘9%
“"IVAOWGH
dO ALVYa
OL ‘8 “61
OL 8 °¢
OTL 'F%
“aLVa
‘A LOT
iT
‘A GOL
“NI GaOvVId
(‘[BAOWAL 10qJe SUOTIIpUOD oILoYdsowmye ;eUIOU JopuN peor)
«VGH LSIOPZ ,,
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 465
% parc
“
}
“ « . ie Ol ‘OI ze)
"par Apysys xedy “P OL O19
‘saproddioyy Suryovoidde ssurmputy Jo sures
SUOTS o}IYA JO UOTJVOIpUT fpURq oqIYM Jo opis JEUUL
0} ATpetoedsa “sated ssurm jo anojoo-punois £ psonp
-al pueq az1yM jvordeqns ‘par Ayaityue ysouye xody °4 o
6c “ (9 . te) | ce
‘per Aysys xedy “POLL “IE
"YsIppar OsTe |
pueq ety yeordeqns ‘por yy poyrem [jam xedy °s | u
cs 6 be . 4 6c
‘por Apysts xody * P &
oe . cc
oe . : ing
[eUON “P| OL OE
“cc
‘pad =
[euoN "S| OL OL 8S
"pag (73
79 . ~P «6
(79 . ~P 66
‘Tyems Azoa aoddn ‘{[a0 puodaq sjods omy ynq = “§ | i
6c . P | “
‘euIoN “5 | OL ‘OT ‘03
ohek Ma |
“SHUVNGU opel eiaes
ce
OI ‘OL *%
OT 6 “82
“s
“
0) ‘Ol ‘SI
“cc
OL ‘OL *%
OT 6 ‘86
66
OL ‘2 61
c.
«6
Ol ‘Ol ‘SI
9801 soil /
6c
‘A GOL “Sinoy EF
"[euILOU sINOY FZ)
a SOL _SInoy er)
ae
Cat
“ ¥G\
‘sINOY FZ J
6c
6c
"sINOY F
“cs
oOL
8G
“A OTL
|
|
sar Oi Gre Ol ee }
OL ‘OL 'St | OL‘O1 “St HX: a 6. Ganon
“ (aq | 79
‘“ (a4 | “ce
6 “ cs
“ “ | iG
OL ‘OL “€1 OL ‘OL €T {2 ee ae \
‘H 09 Bae P
wa na ‘A 801
OL 6 8% OL 6 8G ee 09 *Sanoqyy G }
ane veian ‘aLva ‘NI agov1d
|
(‘[eAOUlel 1aqye SUOIZIPUOD oIMaYydsowye [eUIIOU JepuN pede)
« SNOILIGNO() ONIAUV A ,,
eV
(4
“ON
— -
uo jods [eOsIp a}IYM-oN]q oY} JO WOISHe}xXe JOUTISIC,
‘yiep pus [etus rayyes Sod Ay, *
466 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by
g “cc ( cc “se Ol
“JOUT|STP OS JOU Iq EAoge 04 AepTUMIS * P ce e0er 8 ane “aH 009 6
“BUTMOIOJ JO BJSOD 0} “1 09
“P| gO°SL'ST | %'80'S1 Z| 80°SI'T "A oG% 8
"'SHUVRAU ee Caer. ‘aLva ‘NI GHOVTd ‘ON
‘snddvoorp yueieg "q = ,,@10 AUC»,
cys 0. perc ‘oo7. “ 63 L
*/BULIO NT fo) | ce - (9 6z : 9
reddy, °5 | 80°31'8 “ 2 " g
‘yeulon “P 80 'LL 83 i t
“mupur *& | ed se ¢
CO ne ie) “ “ «“ Z|
‘[RUION “P 80°11 63 80 “IT “1% me ed, I
suv sguebees aoe ere een
‘snddroorp yuoreg “ate (WT ,1,) [RUOM ,, AUC,
‘SAddISIN SVNWITOCAH HIM SLNAWNTUadxXd
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 467
s "paid “ ee ‘CT 4c
“Peqsrarmarp
YOUU IsIp pu puvq waaMjaq vare yoryq : xode ye |
SurpeVos pel sqeieptsuoo ‘az Ystpper purq Teoidy °4 | e | : ay 4
“ ais) c ‘or “ 61 “ "CI “c
“ . £P | “c ae “ “ ‘FI “
“ . ~P | (3 ‘1S oe “ al its
. . . ¢: . “ss . “c . “cc
g ‘ON 8V 'P 61 LI v1
2h) ‘ON SV . g | “ec | ce id en cc
“‘pueq [eysoo yourq ut syods | |
pet oA} 043 Systpper xede ‘ystpper pueq yeody °s ~ bs | OTe gt ig
‘Ystpper xode ouraajxo ‘saoqe se purq yeoidy * 4 eC “ eer :
“YOR JOU O}ITM SUTAA “a “2 | |
‘snonutjuod pue Japeoiq pueq oztyM jeotde £ apdduyg *& = | es eo eT =
“BULMIIOJ ‘T[I0 Jo 91990 yods ay1yM TreUg a : 02 E ‘SI : eI é
: BG es! 6I
HOON, 2 -GOVTE ST | ET | oe ‘
"ped | ee ‘El } ac at | “
‘eUoN “P| GO'ILLL | 6O'IT IT | 6O‘TL‘OT | ‘aaoqe sy
peo eg eS & =! eet es |
“SUUVWNAY Bacto Boke Sides “aLVd "NI GwOVId
(061 904 “7 o€8 q[nq Arp ave episyng) ‘f8 9oM “WA 066 Ging Aq “LVaH AUC,
‘ON
by
umucry
M
468 Lieut.-Col.N.Manders on the Study of
|
"65 93 “PP be e0L
‘sjods oy1ya eorde uo por
‘OVIPOULIJUT poyeUl-[[aam vB
f
| pepyoeds ATyysI]s 6 euo qdooxe ‘Teumou & gt “P €3 |
—per Ajoatyue ysomye sjods yeorde pue pueq jeody ° 4
‘xede yor[q
‘BUIMPULY Jo apIsiapun uo yoeTq e10u pue ‘yoryq
JOU pad SULMIIOJ SNUIOZ JO apIstapun yng A ‘On ey”
‘Tj20 ut yods suo ATUO ynq i ‘ON SY"
‘ON 8V °
Padduig,
GUN SV:
"GON SY *
oroFOTOOHOFO toroto
| ul sareos pax 4avd zaddn par peryoods Ayyoryy pueg «zt
‘T]90 ur yods ayy YsmMyq T[euUTg °
‘EON BY 6 |
‘ped YIM pepyoeds xody og ‘ON
se advys ‘snoyna pueq ‘ oyvrpeutreyur poyxreur [eA *
‘ayddiiy oh
eerie jou { AqIUIAI}XA TOMO] JV SpAVMUL Paarmno
eee apis IOUUL UO o4VJUep elow pueq e4Ty AA ‘edAyT, *
‘ajddrio { [[a0 ut 4yods {yeus aug *
‘par qystt ATpeploep spueq [euruejyqns pure peseq
“‘Burpeos Yoryq W{tM aqry oind you ‘ystmorpad purqg
[e4jueo ‘Surmpury epistepuy, * 4 Ul sv out] avpnuny
JO UOTJOIPUL JOUTISIP PUL BAISU}XO BIOUI SNUIOY 4e
Burywos anyq ‘Surmpury oprsueddn sae77eus sour oy)
+O+
onl
6
P
‘Tao ur sjods ojtyM YsmTq omg ‘Burmesoy optsseddy * P
“perp 10 [enttou 4 } pue P P rzapureuery
«“
1G TL
“ erate «
‘0G Al Tall
“ rT | “ |
| |
| |
|
i tc “ |
|
|
ve 73 eo
Care | 7 Cie
PeOions| al) a
“ Ts 73
“ “ “
i | ““ “
“cb | vb “ |
|
ic | “ &c |
|
oe ue 3
{
OL LL ri OD SLESOn (OM TI
“SMUVINGA
‘aSueyo ednd 103j3% samoy re “a sI0L
“AONDTOYANG “TVAOWAU
10 ALVaG 40 ALVa
“ALY |
“
3
“cc
“c
“aA0ge SY
“NI GHOV1d
"ON
LVGH AUC,
‘snddhoowp yuareg 68)
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 469
‘aA0q” SW
‘perp 10 [eMAOU OF Jnoqe JepureMary
‘eaoqe sy '4
‘T1790 ur sjods omy, ‘atdduy - P
‘Surjeos antq Aq peyvorpur
Io “ysinyq are es0yq4 ATjeutZou ! Ysa pus sadiey |S
Tayno ayy “yourystp Ages [90 UL pueq [eysoo yortq [4
ur sjods omy oy, ‘selvos pat qyta pareaoo Apyoryy [° S
Susumoeds om} ul ‘[euou uegy sefnomo orom |- | OL ‘IL '2s | OL ‘TI Te ONL SI
youu pue sesuoy ‘1epeorq ‘oy1yM MOUS pueq [eody
‘SHUVARU sigs, Hath fee “ALva
‘gouaSr0ure arojoq skepe “7 o1OL . LVI AU», “PIO
‘NI GaOWTd
(+ 470 )
X. On the genera Laothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H.
Karny of Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A.
ELLIoTT, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Communicated by R.S
BAGNALL, F.E.S., Palcs.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
In my work on the Zhrips-galls and the Gall-Thripidae* I
mentioned incidentally that Uzel’s genus Liothrips could
not be so sharply separated from the Cryptothrips group as
is frequently assumed. In the Cryptothrips group, s. str.,
I include the genera Mesothrips, Zimmermann ; Smerintho-
thrips, Schmutz; Gynarkothrips, Zimmermann; Hoodia,
Karny ; Cryptothrips, Uzel; and Dermothrips, Bagnall. All
the above-named genera have the wings of equal width
throughout, and are thus distinguished from the otherwise
similar Leptothrips, Hood, and Androthrips, Karny, in which
the wings are somewhat constricted near the middle.
According to Uzel’s synoptic table, the essential differ-
ence between Liothrips and Cryptothrips lies in the
formation of the mouth. In Liothrvips the mouth-cone is
“narrowed towards the apex and pointed”; in Cryptothrips
and the allied genera it is “apically broadly rounded.”
These contrasts may, indeed, be easily recognised in
extreme cases, but there are many intermediate types.
Compare the three figures of Gynaikothrips uzeli, G.
chavicae and Mesothrips jordani.t All three certainly have
the mouth-cone “apically rounded,” yet they show (especi-
ally in Mesothrips) a decided approach to the pointed
type. It is evident that, in such cases, it is often difficult
to define any distinct boundary between Liothrips and
the Cryptothrips group.
Of all the European genera, Hoodia, Karny, is, in my
opinion, undoubtedly the most closely allied to Liothrips,
Uzel; I will therefore say a few words as to these two
genera, The special inducement to this is found in the
publication by R. S. Bagnall of an English species as
Liothrips hradecensis,t whereas I consider it to be a new
* Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Parasit. u. Infektionskr., ii, Abt. xxx,
1911, pp. 556-572.
T i.e. p- 562.
t Ent. Mo. Mag., ii Ser., vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ.
Biol., vi, 1911, p. ae
TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IL (OCT. )
Dr. H. Karny on the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. 471
species, belonging to the genus Hoodia. I will first give
a tabular view of all the known species of both genera,
and then add a few remarks upon them.
Revision of the known species of Liothrips.*
1. Fore tarsi toothed in both sexes,
2. Third to fifth joints of antennae yellow; the latter often centrally
brownish ; sixth basally yellow; thence brown; seventh
entirely brown. Tarsal tooth small, pointed, only visible in
one position of the tarsus. L. seticollis, nov. spec. (Paraguay).
2’. Third to sixth joints of antennae entirely, seventh mostly
yellowish. Tarsal tooth blunt, stout.
1. L. tarsidens, Trybom (Madagascar).
1’, Fore tarsi without tooth in female.
2. Wingsentirely wanting. 2. Liothrips, sp. Trybom (Madagascar).
2’. Wings present.
3. Basal half of forewings black or light brown.
3. L. wmbripennis, Hood (North America).
3’. Forewings, at most, brown at extreme base, then hyaline, or with
only a central dark stripe.
4, Antennae yellow ; at most, joints, one, two and eight dark.
5. Eighth joint of antennae yellow.
4. L. citricornis, Hood (North America).
5’, Eighth joint of antennae dark.
6. Fore tibiae dark . : : 5. L. major, Buffa (Erithraea).
6’. Fore tibiae yellow. . 6. L. setinodis, Reuter (Europe).
4’, Seventh joint of antennae also entirely and at least the apical
half of sixth dark.
5. First and second joints of antennae dark, third to fifth yellow,
the sixth basally yellow, apically dark, seventh and eighth
dark.
6. Fore tibiae entirely yellow; intermediate and hind tibiae black,
apically suddenly yellow.
7. L. hradecensis, Uzel (Central Europe).
6’. All tibiae uniform dark brown.
8. L. seticollis, nov. spec.t (Paraguay).
5’ Sixth joint of antennae entirely dark.
6. Fourth and fifth joints of antennae at least partly yellow.
* When this table was written I did not yet know the description
of Liothrips glycinicola, Okanoto, from Japan.
+ I have again inserted this species because the tarsal tooth is not
visible in the normal position of the tarsus.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (OCT.) II
472 Dr. H. Karny on the
7. Third and fourth joints of antennae entirely and basal half of
fifth yellow ; all the other joints brown.
9. L. meconellii, Crawford (Mexico).
. Third joint of antennae entirely yellow, fourth and fifth only
centrally yellow ; all the other joints dark brown.
10. L. ocellatus, Hood (North America).
6’. Antennae dark, only third or also second joint yellow.
7. Cheeks divergent posteriorly.
11. L. fasciculatus, Crawford (California).
7’. Cheeks parallel or convergent posteriorly.
8. Cheeks almost parallel, or only constricted at the extreme base.
All the prothoracic bristles present.
9. Two large stout bristles in front of the eyes.
12. L. intermedius, Bagnall (Venezuela).
9’. No bristles in front of eyes . 13. ZL. similis, Bagnall (Venezuela).
8’. Cheeks distinctly convergent posteriorly. Prothorax with bristles
only on the posterior angles and hind margin.
14. L. elongatus, Bagnall ( Venezuela).
Revision of the known species of Hoodia.
1. Sides of head parallel, or slightly divergent posteriorly. Antennae
yellow, except the two first joints; the last two joints are dark
only in the exceptionally dark-coloured individuals. Mouth-
cone at first almost rectangularly convergent, apically broadly ~
rounded, : : 1. H. austriaca, Karny (Austria).
2’. Sides of head distinctly convergent posteriorly. The last two
joints of the antennae dark brown. Mouth-cone laterally
acute-angularly convergent, but apically distinctly rounded.
2. H. bagnalli, nov. spec. (England).
Remarks.
Liothrips bakeri, Crawford, does not belong to Livthrips,
but probably either to Mesothrips or Smerinthothrips. The
fore tarsi are armed with a large setigerous tooth as in
Mesothrips ; it agrees with the Javanese genus also in its
mode of life, living in the leaf-galls of Ficus. On the
other hand, the formation of the fore-femora inclines to
Smerinthothrips.
Hoodia bagnalli, nov. spec.
Syn. Lrothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Ent. Mo. Mag.,, ii Ser.,
vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, p.
11 (nec Uzel, 1895).
genera Lrothrips and Hoodia. 473
Lnothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911,
p. 1 (vitio typog.).
Length of body in ¢ 2’7-3 mm.; in ? 3’3-3’8 mm.
Black-brown to black. Only the fore tibiae and the apices of the
intermediate and hind tibiae and all tarsi yellow. Antennae yellow,
only the two first, the two last, and often also the apices of fifth and
sixth joints dark.
Head about half as long again as broad. Cheeks distinctly con-
vergent posteriorly, very finely granulate and with several short, fine
hairs ; a long, stout bristle on each side behind the eyes, no such
bristle in front. Mouth-cone rather long, reashing beyond the middle
of the prosternum, at first laterally acute-angularly convergent, but
apically distinctly rounded. Antennae about twice as long as the
head ; third joint as long as the first and second together ; fourth
joint as long as the third; all the following each shorter than the
preceding one ; eighth joint as long as the first.
Prothorax about half as long as the head, half as broad again as
long, distinctly widened backwards; all bristles present and fully
developed. Fore femora scarcely thickened. Fore tarsi without
tooth. Pterothorax scarcely longer than broad. Wings extending
to the apex of the sixth abdominal segment, of equal breadth through-
out, the median vein often brownish. Forewings at the extreme
base brownish and there furnished with three long, stout bristles ;
on the distal part of the hind margin 15-20 cilia are duplicated.
Wing retaining spines on second to sixth segments slender and
weak, those on seventh still weaker and shorter than on the pre-
ceding ; two on each side of each segment, the anterior very small
and weak, about the middle of the segment, the posterior quite close
to the hind margin ; laterally from each of these a long, stout bristle,
and then another, rather shorter and straight. Tube rather longer
than the prothorax; its basal breadth is about one-third of its length
and almost twice its apical breadth; the adjacent scale basally
apparently withered (¢).
Piercebridge, near Darlington, and Gibside, co. Durham,
England. On leaves of elm. Bagnall /eg.
The colour of the antennae and of the legs in Hoodia
bagnalli is similar to that of Liothrips hradecensis. The
shape of the head is the same as in Liothrips seticollis ; *
it is laterally distinctly convergent posteriorly, but in
L. hradecensis (also in Hoodia austriaca) almost parallel,
* The detailed description of this new species is reserved for future
publication.
pie
474 Dr. H. Karny on the
very slightly divergent posteriorly. On the basal third of
the third to sixth joints of the antennae there is in
L. hradecensis a transverse raised line, which is wanting
in all the other species of Liothrips and Hoodia known to
me. J. bagnalli has, in common with most of the allied
species, a long bristle behind the eyes, which is wanting
in L. hradecensis.
The arrangement of the prothoracic bristles is the same
as in most species of Liothrips (e.g. citricornis, ocellatus,
seticollis); in L. hradecensis, on the contrary, bristles are
present only on the posterior angles. In ZL. setzcollis all
the wings are characterised by a distinct brown median
longitudinal streak ; in H. bagnalli this is ill-defined and
indistinct; in Z. hradecensis it is entirely wanting.
The duplication of the cilia on the posterior margin of
the forewing, as far as known to me, is characterised by
the following figures :—
SPECIES. NUMBER OF INTERPOLATED CILIA.
Hoodia austriaca . : ; . 14-23 (coll. mea).
» bagnalli . : ‘ . 15-20 (coll. mea).
Liothrips seticollis ; : . 14-20 (Mus. Berol.).
35 setinodis ‘ : . 12-14 (Agram, coll. mea).
+ - pragensis . . 15 (Bohemia, Mus. Vindob.).
is ocellatus : : . 14 ~— (teste Hood).
48 tarsidens : : . 15 (teste Trybom).
a umbripennis . f . 13. (teste Hood).
» . meconellit . : . 7 (teste Crawford).
I was unable to ascertain this with respect to Z. hrade-
censis without endangering the unique specimen in the
Vienna Hofmuseum.
Turning now to the generic character—the shape of the
mouth-cone—it is to be noted first that Liothrips agrees
in this respect with Hoplothrips and Phlocothrips, having
therefore an apically pointed mouth-cone, as is apparent
from Uzel’s generic diagnosis. On the other hand, we
find in Hoodia forms of the mouth-cone which occur also
in Gynaikothrips and Mesothrips ; the lateral margins of
the cone first converge rectangularly or acute-angularly,
but are then apically rounded. In this point the two
species of Hoodia differ from all true Liothrips.* But
* It has been already pointed out that Liothrips bakeri, Crawford,
has a differently formed mouth-cone, and therefore does not belong
to Liothrips.
genera Lnothrips and Hoodia. 475
these two differ also considerably from each other in the
shape of the mouth-cones. I have already briefly described
this difference in the table, and think I can best visualise
it by saying that, in this respect, Hoodia austriaca recalls
Gynaikothrips wzeli, whereas Hoodia bagnalli recalls
Mesothrips jordani.*
I believe that I have now demonstrated that Liothrips
hradecensis, Bagnall, is not identical with Uzel’s species,
but represents a new species, which can be clearly differ-
entiated from all known species of Liothrips, and is most
closely allied to my Hoodia austriaca. I hawe allowed
myself the pleasure of naming this interesting new species
after its discoverer.
* Compare the figures Centralbl. f. Bakerteriol., Parasit. u.
Infektionskr. 1i, in Abt. xxx, 1911, p. 562.
Oct, 4, 1912.
© arr)
XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in
Coleoptera. By D. SuHarp, M.A,, F.R.S., and
F. Moir, F.E.S.
[Read February 7th, 1912.]
PuaTes XLIT-LXXVIII.
ARRANGEMENT OF MEMOIR.
I. INTRODUCTORY.
II. OrISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE.
Ill. MorpHouoey.
A. ANATOMY.
B. GENERAL.
IV. FUNCTION.
V. TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY.
VI. ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO FAMILIES.
VII. EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
I. INTRODUCTORY.
THE object of this memoir is to review the structure of
the male genital tube throughout the Order Coleoptera.
This is not equivalent to a review of the male copulatory
organs. The modifications of the abdomen itself are
extremely extensive and varied, but we have perforce
omitted them, because the time at our disposal was
scarcely adequate for the accomplishment of the work,
the results of which are here presented.
Mr. F. Muir, having returned to England for a year’s
vacation in order to recruit his health after a long period
of arduous entomological work in the tropics, joined the
senior author at Brockenhurst, and the two combined
their efforts for the production of this memoir.
A work of the kind is almost indispensable in the
present state of Coleopterology, and the authors hope
that it will be received as a much needed contribution to
a great subject. A subject too as to which, notwith-
standing its slight advancement, great misconception is
prevalent.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTIII.(DEC.) KK
478 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
The work has nearly all been carried out in the little
laboratory attached to the residence of the senior author
at Brockenhurst, and in a period of little more than
twelve months. Each of the authors has devoted some
independent work to it since Mr. Muir’s departure for
Honolulu, and it is hoped that this fact will be accepted
as some excuse for certain inconsistencies that may be
discovered by a severe critic.
The drawings that form so important a part of the
work have all been made by the junior author, and
consequently on him has fallen the difficult task of
deciding as to the ventral and dorsal aspects of the
structures. This is far from easy; it is, in fact, beset
with sources of deception, as may be seen from the note
(as to a discovery made by the junior author) placed in
front of our descriptions of the family Scarabaeidae.
A primary object of the authors being to make a
review extending over all the Order, they could only
hope, in the too short time at their disposal, to get
together the necessary material by the aid of their friends.
Appeals were therefore issued with this object, and met
with the most obliging responses; and we naturally desire
to tender our warmest thanks to all those who have
helped us in this and in other ways. We must mention
first of all Mr. G. J. Arrow of the British Museum of
Natural History; the only limit to whose kindness has
been the reluctance we felt as to taking his attention
from more important duties.
Mr. Antwerp E. Pratt made over to us a considerable
collection of Coleoptera from New Guinea. ‘This enabled
us to examine a number of specimens in the case of
certain species, and has been most useful, though, for our
purpose, it has been subject to the drawback of several
of the forms being new or little-known species.
Mr. J. C. Moulton of Sarawak, Mr. T. Bainbrigge
Fletcher of Pusa, Mr. Arthur M. Lea of Tasmania, Mr.
W. W. Froggatt of Sydney, sent us useful material. Herr
Edmund Reitter of Paskau was so good as to select from
his stores and send to us several forms we specially
needed. Jn our own country Commander Walker and
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall provided important material. Mr.
Geo. Lewis has given us a few interesting forms. Mr.
Ford of Bournemouth, and Mr. Janson of London gave
themselves considerable trouble in the selection of speci-
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 479
mens for us. Mr. Hugh Scott of Cambridge University
assisted us in every way that we asked.
Mr. G. C. Champion and Mr. C. J. Gahan have been
very good by helping us in the disagreeable task of
naming our heterogeneous material.
As regards the taxonomical and phylogenetic portions
of the memoir it is desirable that we should say that they
are drawn up to display the part that a knowledge of the
fertilising structures should have in these two departments
of Coleopterology. The senior author has for many years
taken an interest in the taxonomy and phylogeny of
Coleoptera, and it would therefore be absurd to pretend
that, apart from consideration as to the sexual organs, he
is in complete ignorance as to the bearings of other
branches of anatomy, of physiology, of ethology and of
ontogeny on the two departments mentioned. But the
junior author is comparatively a recent student of these
departments; and the senior author, therefore, gave him
a free hand in drawing up the tables, and has modified
them but little. They represent, therefore, fairly well the
results that may be obtained in taxonomy and phylogeny
from a preliminary study of the male genital tube. We
hope that we have made it clear, in other parts of the
paper, that our work is only a very imperfect introduction
to this comparatively narrow field of inquiry. But we
believe the subject will prove to be of great importance
when combined with the results derived through other
lines of investigation. There is one point, however, in
the memoir that has not been based on study of the
aedeagus, viz. the families we have made use of. Though
we shall have in the course of this memoir to propose
several changes as to the families of Coleoptera, it must
not be supposed that the families here dealt with have
been decided on from the point of view of the structure
of the genital tube. The forms studied were selected in
the first instance simply by our desire to study these
structures throughout the whole Order. We may, how-
ever, say that though certain changes will have to be
made, yet our impression is that most of the families at
present in use in Coleopterology will have their validity
substantiated by a continuance of this study.
The second part of our morphological section deals with
the nature of the male organs; and under the heading
Phytophagoidea in the section phylogeny some more
KK 2
480 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
speculative opinions on the same subject are given; but
a brief elementary statement on this point will probably
be found useful here. Two simple diagrams (figs. 239
and 239) have been made with the same object. They are
really diagrammatic and do not represent any particular
form. .
Let a glove be taken, a hole pierced in the tip of one
of its fingers, a slender tube attached around this hole,
this tube being placed inside the finger and prolonged
into the hand-part of the glove: and we have before us
a rough model of the genital tube.
This structure lends itself to modification in the readiest
manner. By traction on the slender tube the finger of
the glove can be entirely drawn into the hand, with the
result that the distal orifice becomes proximal. Let the
glove finger be restored to its natural position and some
hard patches be put on it, and the operation of invagina-
tion be again repeated, and it will be noted how protean
this simple arrangement can become. Further make some
small folds on the finger, andisuppose these to grow out
(after the fashion of the horns and processes on the heads
of Lamellicorn beetles) and the reader will then have a
general idea of the structures we are about to consider.
The finger of the glove can be made by some folds to
collapse in several layers, like a shut-up nautical telescope,
and this telescopic arrangement can be carried to such an
extent that Straus-Durckheim (Melolontha vulgaris, pl. vi,
f. 1) shows in a section of the telescopically collapsed tube
no less than eleven superposed layers.
We scarcely need to remark that the retraction and
eversion of the genital tube are not brought about by
force applied to the duct.
We have had considerable difficulty in arranging our
matter i a comprehensible sequence, and the different
sections of the memoir are not conformable in this respect.
We have endeavoured to diminish the inconvenience
resulting from this by means of an alphabetical index
of the names of families and groups placed immediately
before the explanation of the figures.
In the course of this memoir we have occasion to refer
the reader to a passage of the historian Gibbon, relating
to the Empress Theodora, the consort of the Emperor
who rebuilt the great cathedral of Saint Sophia at
Constantinople. We may fittingly close our introductory
mi ————
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 481
remarks by a quotation from the same chapter of this
immortal author. He says, “A magnificent temple is a
laudable monument of national taste and religion, and the
enthusiast who entered the dome of St. Sophia might be
tempted to suppose that it was the residence, or even the
workmanship of the Deity. Yet how dull is the artifice,
how insignificant is the labour, if it be compared with the
formation of the vilest insect that crawls upon the surface
of the temple !”—Gibbon, “ Decline and Fall of the Roman
Empire,” chap. xl.
II. ORISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE.
The following is a list of some of the terms we have
applied to parts of the male genital tube, and we add a few
synonyms used by other writers. The letters in brackets
are those made use of in the plates.
This section is concluded by some critical remarks.
AEDEAGUS. The median lobe and tegmen together. It is
the Edeagophore of Blaisdell.
AzyGOos, or the azygotic portion of the male genital tube.
It comprises all the unpaired portion of the tube from
the body wall to the divergence of the seminal ducts,
where the zygotic portion, or efferent ducts, ends
(b-d and 5-1, fig. 239).
BASAL-PIECE (bp). The basal part of the tegmen. It is
the “basale” (Blaisdell); external lobes (Packard) ;
basalplatte (Verhoeff); tambour (Straus-Durckheim),
EJACULATORY DUCT (¢) or stenazygos is the slender
portion of the genital tube from the seminal ducts
to the internal sac or eurazygos.
EuraAzyaos (c-d and 5-1, fig. 239). The enlarged portion
of the genital tube.
“FIRST CONNECTING MEMBRANE ((cm1l). The membrane
connecting the median lobe to the tegmen.
INTERNAL SAC (is). The enlarged portion of the azygos
which is more or less evaginated during copulation.
It is the sac interne (Jeannel); praeputialsack (Ver-
hoeff), and forms part of the ejaculatory duct of most
- writers.
LATERAL LOBES (//). The distal portion of the tegmen.
In the generalised trilobe type they form two free
processes lateral of the median lobe and often en-
482 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
veloping it. They are the “deux branches de la
pince” (Straus-Durckheim) ; mesostili in Procrustes,
ipofallo in Lucanus and perifallo in Dytiscus (Berlese) ;
apicale (Blaisdell), lateral lobes (Packard), Parameren
(Verhoeff).
MEDIAN FORAMEN (m/). The aperture, or lumen, at the
base of the median lobe through which the ejaculatory
duct passes.
MEDIAN LOBE (m/l). The central portion of the aedeagus
upon which the median orifice is situate. It is the
penis of Straus-Durckheim, Verhoeff, Packard and
many other writers, Korper (Lindemann), body
(Hopkins), ipofallo in Procrustes etc, and penis in
Oryctes (Berlese).
MEDIAN ORIFICE (mo). The opening, or area, on the median
lobe through which the internal sac is evaginated. It
is the “Mundung ductus ejaculatorius” (Verhoef),
fornix edeagi (Blaisdell) and apical opening (Hopkins).
MEDIAN STRUT (ms). A single strut, or a pair of struts,
proceeding from the basal part of the median lobe.
In some cases they are articulated to the median
lobe, in other cases they actually form part of the
median lobe without articulation or line of demarca-
tion.
PoINT OF ARTICULATION (pa). The point on the median
lobe to which the lateral lobes are attached. In
many cases the median lobe and tegmen are con-
nected by intervening membrane and there is no
point of articulation.
SECOND CONNECTING MEMBRANE (cm2), The membrane
connecting the tegmen to the termination of the
abdomen. It is the prepuce of Straus-Durckheim
(Melolontha vulgaris).
SPICULE (sp fig. 224). A sclerite attached by one end
to the second connecting membrane. In many cases
it is Y- or T-shaped. It is the Stengel (Lindemann),
spiculum gastrale (Verhoeff), rod or fork (Hopkins),
and is considered by some as being the last sternite.
It is not infrequently similar in shape to another
sclerite that pertains to another layer of the genital
tube.
Srenazycos. Is the stenazygotic or slender portion of the
azygos (b-c, fig. 239).
TEGMEN (tg). The term applied to the lateral lobes and
— = 4 ee ell
—it® > Oa, he
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 483
basal-piece together. It is the ring (Hopkins), Gabel
(Lindemann).
VENTRAL PLATE (vp, fig. 19, etc.). A sclerite on the
anterior ventral surface of the basal-piece in some
Lamellicorns. In some cases the lateral lobes are
consolidated to its anterior edge. The chitinisation
of this part varies much.
Zycos. Zygotic portion of the male genital tube; and is
formed by the two seminal ducts (a—, fig. 239)
proceeding from the testes.
METHOD EMPLOYED.
In preparing this memoir it was necessary to make use
of a great deal of dried material, some of it fifty and
sixty years old, as our time was limited and we could not
procure fresher specimens. In such cases we found the
following methods acted very well and, if care was used,
did not destroy the specimen. The dried specimens were
placed in water and allowed to soak for a time according
to the size and condition of the specimen, the water being
heated if necessary ; when thoroughly relaxed the aedeagus
was dissected out, either through the opening between
the last dorsal and ventral plates, or the last segment was
taken off, or the abdomen was taken off at the base, the
aedeagus extracted through the basal foramen and, when
necessary, the abdomen stuck on to the thorax again. The
aedeagus was then placed in weak caustic potash for a
time when the muscles would swell up and could then be
dissected ; in cases where it was necessary to clear off all
the muscles the caustic potash was used very strong. To
get the internal sac evaginated was a more difficult, matter ;
but with care it was possible to do this by the use of
localised pressure, and with the aid of a very finely pointed
syringe. By inserting the fine point into the median
foramen and gently applying pressure the internal sac can
be forced out in a manner, if not quite natural at least
near enough to study its shape and structure.
With fresh material it was a much easier matter, espe-
cially with bulbous forms such as are found among the
Staphylinidae; by placing the aedeagus in water and
gently pressing upon the bulb the internal sac can be
made to evaginate in a perfectly natural manner.
To study the position taken up by the internal sac
484 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
within the uterus during copulation it was necessary to
take the beetles in copula, kill them in a strong killing-
bottle and then dissect out the whole female organ with
the internal sac of the male still in situ.
We may here emphasise the great importance of extract-
ing the structures without injury to the basal parts. It is
necessary to give this caution because it too often happens
that the dissections of these parts that exist in various
collections have been made only with a view to examining
the apical portions of the structures. Hence the basal
parts are often found to have suffered serious injury.
As there can be no doubt that the nature of the genitalia
is destined to play a prominent part in the systematic
study of Entomology, the terms to be used in it should
be carefully considered. At present great confusion pre-
vails. This is not a matter for surprise when the difficulties
that exist are grasped. The male structures form parts
and accessories of a genital conduit of which the female
genitalia are the continuation and completion. Hence the
male parts are really only comprehensible when studied in
connection with the female parts ; and this, moreover, when
the two are functioning. The parts, in fact, have to be
restored to the condition they are in during copula.
The terms used in this memoir were of necessity selected
soon after the commencement of our work, and we consider
it advisable here to state how they appear to us at the
conclusion of our undertaking.
AEDEAGUS. This is a most convenient and useful term for
the combination of sclerites in the two adjacent
layers of the male tube. The term was, we believe,
introduced by M. A. C. M. E. Foudras (Altisides,
1859, p. 32). It is probably derived from the Greek
ta aidoia, signifying the genitals. The use of the
Greek word may be seen in the notorious passage of
Procopius quoted by Gibbon in footnote 24 of chap. x1
of “The Decline and Fall” We doubt whether a
better term could be found for this middle complex
of male sclerites, and we expect that a word will have
to be invented for the corresponding (if not homo-
logous) female sclerites.
MEDIAN LOBE. This term is not free from serious objec-
tions, but it is far superior to that of “penis,” which
applied to Insecta is totally fallacious. The part in
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 485
Insecta that most nearly approximates to the Verte-
brate penis is the internal sac, the knowledge of
which has been almost nothing until its recent in-
auguration by Jeannel. The median lobe appears to
be sometimes a complex or amalgamation of more or
less individualised sclerites. (Cf. Hydrophalus.)
LATERAL LOBES. Though a very suitable term for the
parts in the various trilobe forms, it is inappropriate
in cases where the projections (if homologous at all)
are medianly situate. Paramere is quite as good as
lateral lobes. Cornua (meaning cornua tegminis) is
also not free from objection, and accessory process
is rather cumbersome. Tegminal lobes might do if
the term tegmen be itself accepted.
BASAL-PIECE. Perhaps this term may stand till more is
known about the cases in which it is two pieces, and
those in which it appears to be absent.
INTERNAL Sac. Probably the term Vesica might be prefer-
able. But this part of the conduit is so protean in
form and development that it might be better to
invent a term indicating a structure that is pre-
dominantly membranous.
TEGMEN. This term seems convenient and adequate for
the layer of sclerites external to the median lobe.
The elytra of grasshoppers are frequently called
tegmina, but we do not think this objection to our
use of the term a serious one.
CoNNECTING MEMBRANES. This term cannot be com-
mended. It gives the idea that the sclerites are the
important structures. But the tube may exist without
sclerites and is it then a connecting membrane ?
Other terms (such as Prepuce) that have been used for
various parts are totally unsuitable. We consider that it
is premature to endeavour to establish permanent terms
for the parts of the complex genitalia of Insects till the
various Orders have been more thoroughly examined and
compared.
486 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
III. MORPHOLOGY.
A. SpecIAL ANATOMY.
Family CICINDELIDAKE.
Forms examined: Manticora tuberculata Deg., S. Africa.
Omus californicus Esch.,N. America. Cicindela tortuosa
Dej., N. America. TZherates labiatus Fabr., New Guinea.
Tricondyla aptera Ol., New Guinea.
Figs. 29-31 of Pl. XLVII.
Manticora tuberculata (Pl. XLVI figs. 31, 31a, 310).
Median lobe curved, tubular ; median orifice at distal end on ventral
side, about one-fifth the length of lobe ; median foramen at basal end,
as large as circumference of lobe ; dorsal edge forming a projection to
which lateral lobes are articulated. Lateral lobes broad at base, with
slender, free tips. Basal-piece shield-shape, connected to lateral lobes
by a curved band broader in middle ; the lateral lobes are slightly
asymmetrical and the distal end of each lobe lies on the left side of
the median lobe. The internal sac is nearly as long as the median
lobe ; at the point where the ejaculatory duct enters the sac there is
a small chamber with chitinous walls (fig. 316) drawn out into a
long, slender flagellum, with the external opening at its tip. Only
the baso-dorsal part of the sac is evaginated, as a tongue, with
the lateral edges turned down to form a groove, along which the
flagellum passes (fig. 3la); the rest of the sac is crushed up like
a concertina and the flagellum is pushed out.
Omus californicus.
Median lobe as in Cicindela but irregular in outline ; basal half
of lateral lobes wider than in Cicindela, distal half tapering to a
point. Basal-piece forming a thin V-piece on ventral side of median
lobe. Internal sacswell developed, a thin, long, curved chitinous
spine rising from the apex.
Cicindela tortuosa (P]. XLVII fig. 30).
Median lobe curved, tubular, swollen along the distal two-thirds ;
median orifice forming a slit along ventral side of the distal fourth
of lobe ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes slender, two-
thirds as long as median lobe. Basal-piece V-shaped, connected to
lateral lobes about one-third from their base, Internal sac large,
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 487
and, when invaginated, coiled up, with a long, slender flagellum
arising from apex with external opening of duct at tip (not shown
in figure).
Therates labiatus (Pl. XLVII fig. 29).
Median lobe tubular, curved, thick, smaller and slightly flattened
perpendicularly at base, median orifice at distal end, median foramen
at basal end. Tegmen consisting of a pair of thin symmetrical
lateral lobes, reaching to near tip of median lobe, and a wide
V-shape basal-piece. Internal sac large with chitinous plates and
two chitinous spines on sac, one curved and thin, the other short,
thick and straight ; the duct enters at apex but not through spine
(i, e. the spine is not of the nature of a flagellum).
Tricondyla aptera.
Median lobe curved, and tubular as in Manticora. The tegmen
consisting of slender lateral arms and V-shaped basal-piece, as in
C. tortuosa. Internal sac median size with large diverticula near
apex and a large, strong bent spine on sac which is not traversed
by the duct, the duct opening on apex of a small membranous
tongue at the tip of the sac.
Obs.—The Cicindelid aedeagus is similar to that of Cara-
bidae in structure ; but is distinguished from all the Carabid
types we are acquainted with by the presence of a basal-
piece in the form of a sclerite on the ventral side of the
median lobe. In this respect they resemble other Coleoptera
more than the Carabidae do; but in the development of
the internal sac with spines and a long flagellum they are
more highly specialised. A great number of the Carabids
are asymmetrical, whilst the Cicindelids are generally sym-
metrical or nearly so. The diagnostic of the family is the
same as that of the other families of the Caraboid series,
except as regards the basal sclerite, which appears to be
various in the series.
Family CARABIDAE.
Forms examined: Carabus violaceus L., Brockenhurst.
Cychrus ventricosus (teste Leconte), California. MJetrvus
contractus Esch., California. SBlethisa multipunctata L.,
England. Nebria brevicollis Fabr., Brockenhurst. Mor-
molyce phyllodes Hag., loc.? Pheropsophus agnatus Chd.,
China. Clivina fossor L., Brockenhurst. Anthia sexgut-
488 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
tata Fabr., India. Teflus difficilis Sternberg, Nyasa-
land. Pterostichus niger Sch., and oblongopwnctatus
Fabr., Brockenhurst. Ophonus sabulicola Panz., Southsea.
Laemosthenes complanatus De}., Southsea. Bembidium
biguttatum Fabr., Brockenhurst.
Figs. 32-35 of Pls. XLVII and XLVI relate to
Carabidae.
Carabus violaceus (Pl. XLVII figs. 32 and 32a).
Median lobe long, tubular and well chitinised; median orifice
extending about one-third along ventral side, the chitin of lobe
thinning out into membrane of sac; median foramen running
across basal end of lobe, the edge of which projects on dorsal side
for attachment of lateral lobes. Lateral lobes thin, especially at
distal end, nearly reaching to tip of median lobe. Internal sac well
developed, covered with short dark spines on basal half; folds of
membrane around opening of duct (od) complex (Fig. 32a). The
figure shows a depression along the dorsal side which under fluid
pressure becomes everted.
Cychrus ventricosus.
Somewhat like C. violaceus but median lobe more curved, especi-
ally at base. Lateral lobes stouter and developed more perfectly,
with tips slender and bearing a few hairs. Internal sac short
(about one-third the length of median lobe) with long thread-like
diverticula immediately ventral of opening of duct ; surface of sac
studded with minute papillae.
Nebria brevicollis (Pl. XLVII fig. 34).
Median lobe curved cone-shape, the median orifice being situated
at the small distal end, the median foramen at the large basal end.
Lateral lobes attached to dorsal edge of median foramen, left lobe
broad, flat, reaching to tip of median lobe, right lobe broad and
flat, reaching about two-thirds along median lobe. Internal sac
small and undifferentiated.
Metrius contractus
Median lobe short, deep, flattened ; the distal end produced into
a curved blunt spine; median orifice narrow, running along one-
fourth of ventral side of lobe, near distal end ; median foramen on
basal end somewhat dorsal. Left lateral lobe narrow, spatulate at
end, with fringe of long hairs along dorsal side, a little longer than
median lobe; right lobe shorter, broader and produced to point,
without hairs along edge. Internal sac large and complex.
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 489
Blethisa multipunctata.
The aedeagus of this species is remarkable by the small area
of the median lobe that is chitinised, the larger part of the lobe
being membranous. This species has also a very peculiar feature,
inasmuch as a long strut extends forwards. This strut appears to
be a process of the internal sac, and has nothing in common with
the strut of Dytiscidae that at first sight appears to be similarly
placed. It is unfortunately too late to add a drawing of this
interesting structure to our plates.
Mormolyce phyllodes (P1, XLVII figs. 33 and 33~).
Median lobe very short, stout, and funnel shaped ; median orifice
large, across distal end, the edge of left side being drawn out
into a narrow tongue; median foramen large, across base of lobe,
with lateral lobes attached to edge on dorsal side. Left lateral
lobe small and flattened, right lobe double the size of left. Internal
sac when evaginated twice as long as median lobe, with blunt short
diverticula near apex and the apical part granulated. It is possible
that the sac as figured is not entirely evaginated near apex.
In this paradoxical insect, the articulation between the lateral
lobes and the median seems to be imperfect, but our preparation is
from an immature example.
Pheropsophus agnatus (Pl. XLVIII fig. 35).
Median lobe short, pointed ; median orifice occupying median
portion on ventral side of lobe ; median foramen basal. Lateral lobes
small, irregular and sub-equal. Internal sac large, with blunt, short
diverticula near base and on ventral side.
Anthia sexquttata.
Median lobe forming an irregular tube, abruptly bent up dorsally
near base ; median orifice a narrow slip along one-fourth of tube on
ventral side near apex, continuing as a depression to near bend at
base ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes small, thick and
irregular, right larger than left.
Tefius difficils.
Very solid tubular median lobe, somewhat asymmetrical, with
short thick lateral lobes attached to its dorsal basal point, the
right lateral lobe larger than the left; median orifice at distal
end, median foramen at basal end, slightly dorsal. Internal sac
large, complex, covered with chitinous granulations.
490 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
The Carabid aedeagus consists of a more or less
asymmetrical median lobe, with small but very varied
lateral lobes attached to the dorsal side of the base of the
median lobe, often very asymmetrical and often very much
reduced. The basal piece absent, or rather not to be
distinguished from the second connecting membrane.
Internal sac often complex and well developed, contained
in median lobe when invaginated (not passing through
median foramen). When withdrawn into abdomen the
aedeagus lies on its side.
The absence of a basal sclerite separates this family
from the Cicindelidae.
Family PAUSSIDAE.
The form examined appears to be the S. African Ortho-
pterus smitht Macl. Our specimen has no locality label.
Fig. 41 Pl. XLIX.
Orthopterus smithi (Pl. XLIX fig. 41).
Median lobe a chitinous curved tube, thinner at distal end than at
base ; median foramen as large as the lobe, with the lateral lobes
attached to its dorsal edge ; median orifice formed by an asymmetrical
slit at distal end, the right edge being produced into a small curved
knob, the left into a curved flattened’ point. Right lateral lobe
broad, and flattened, reaching to near apex of median lobe, left
lateral lobe narrow and slightly shorter ; a small thin sclerite is
attached to connecting membrane between the lateral lobes on
ventral side (not shown in figure) and appears to be homologous to
the basal-piece in Dytiscus. Internal sac fairly large and when
evaginated funnel shape.
This aedeagus is distinctly Caraboid and strongly reminds
one of Nebria. If we may judge from a single dissection
the family differs from Carabidae by the possession of a
scleritic basal-piece.
Family RHYSODIDAE.
Form examined is a species from Queensland, not con-
tained in the British Museum Collection. It is a large
form somewhat resembling the European &. sulcatus.
Fie, 36' PXLvay,
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 491
Rhysodes sp.? (Fig. 36).
Median lobe a strongly chitinised, curved tube, with median
orifice on ventral side of apex and median foramen at basal end.
Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the right large, flat and subtriangular,
the left small and irregularly oval. Internal sac well developed,
a large lobe arising from the apex armed with patches of hairs and
chitin plates.
This is a characteristic Caraboid type and must be placed
near that family.
Family PELOBIIDAE.
Pelobius tardus Herbst, from Brockenhurst has been
examined.
Fig. 40 Pl. XLIX.
Pelobius tardus (Pl. XLIX fig. 40).
Median lobe strong, curved, somewhat flattened, produced into
blunt barb at tip, with a shallow groove along the ventral side (or
the lateral edges turned down ventrally), a membranous tongue
(a) covers the basal four-fifths of the groove, the median orifice
being covered by this tongue. Lateral lobes large, produced into
filament at apex ; articulated to median lobe on dorsal side of base.
Basal-piece forming a T-shape sclerite, with a large head. No
differentiated sac.
Family HALIPLIDAE.
The form examined is the common European H. fulvus
Fabr.
Big.voOi PL XLV IL.
Haliplus fulvus (Pl. XLVIIT fig. 39).
Median lobe a flattened curved body, deeply grooved along the
ventral side, with a membranous tongue (a) covering the basal
three-fourths of groove; the basal part expanded, with lateral lobes
articulated to dorsal edge. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, left one short
and broad, with hairs on inner surface near distal end ; right lobe
longer and narrower, with slender tip, inner surface covered with
long fine hairs. Basal-piece forming a wide V-shape sclerite joining
lateral lobes across the ventral side. No differentiated sac,
492 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Family DYTISCIDAE.
Forms examined: Dytiscus punctulatus Fabr., and D.
marginalis L., England. Jlybius aenescens Th., England.
Figs. 37 and 38 Pl. XLVIIL.
Dytiscus punctulatus (Pl. XLVITI figs. 37 and 377).
Basal half of median lobe forms a tube, the distal half projecting
as four prongs, the dorsal one chitinous, the ventral and lateral ones
membranous (fig. 37a, a. b. b.). The dorsal half of lobe forming a
strong chitinous plate, broader and turned down in the middle (c)
and bearing hairs at the apex, the basal part being curved upward
and expanded ; the ventral half is membranous (m). Lateral lobes
large and broad, bearing hairs at the tip and attached to the base
of the median lobe on the dorsal side (pa). A thin strut (bp) broad
at the end where it supports the membrane between the bases of
the lateral lobe, on the ventral side, represents the basal-piece.
This functions as a lever to which the muscles for turning the
aedeagus are attached. When invaginated the aedeagus rests on its
side, but when evaginated it takes a turn and the dorsal becomes
ventral. Our figure shows it in its true dorso-ventral position. Sac
undifferentiated.
Dytiscus marginals.
This only differs in details from D. punctulatus, the median lobe
is expanded into a small flattened disc at apex ; the lateral lobes are
longer.
Tlybius aenescens (Pl. XLVIII fig. 38).
Median lobe consisting of a strong, curved, thin sclerite, broad-
ened at the base and turned down to form a short groove, the ventral
side of this groove being covered by a membranous tongue (qa), thus
forming a very short tube where the undifferentiated sac opens.
Lateral lobes broad at base, flattened and slightly twisted at tips
and attached on dorsal side of the base ; the inner dorsal surface
being studded with short stout sense-hairs, the rest of inner surface
with long fine hairs. Basal-piece (bp) broad at the end where it
partly surrounds the base of the median lobe but narrow beyond.
This appears to be a more perfect structure than the
aedeagus of Dytiscus.
The three families, Dytiscidae, Haliplidae, and Pelo-
biidae, are closely allied as to the aedeagus, the median
lobe being on the same plan, and differing from Carabidae
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 493
and Cicindelidae. In the latter two families the median
lobe is a more or less perfect tube with the median orifice
at or near the distal end, and the median foramen at the
basal end; in the three other families it forms a chitinous
organ, grooved along the ventral surface (or the lateral
margin turned down), with a membranous tongue cover-
ing the basal part of the groove. There being no differ-
entiated sac it is impossible to say how much of the
ejaculatory duct is evaginated during coition.*
Unfortunately the only Amphizoidae we could procure
were females.
Family GYRINIDAE.
Forms examined: Hnhydrus sp. n., aff. HL. atratt, Lita,
4000 ft. Gyrinus natator and wrinator, England. Orecto-
chilus dispar Walker, Ceylon.
Figs. 42, 48 and 43a Pl. XLIX.:
Gyrinus natator (Pl. XLIX fig. 42).
Median lobe slightly flattened and curved; tip truncate ; dorsal
and lateral parts chitinous ; median orifice forming a narrow slit on
the membranous ventral side near tip; median foramen at base.
Lateral lobes flattened horizontally, narrow at base and gradually
widening to truncate apex, which bears long hairs; consolidated
along ventral basal half and near base on dorsal side. Median lobe
articulated to base of lateral lobes on dorsal side. Basal-piece large,
forming a large chitinous plate on ventral and lateral sides ; mem-
branous on dorsal side; membrane connecting it to lateral lobes
large and allowing great movements of parts. No differentiated
internal sac.
Enhydrus, sp.
This is the same type as G. natator, the median lobe being
pointed and the lateral lobes pointed on the inner side of a widened
tip. Basal-piece large, but connecting membrane not so large as in
G. natator, and not allowing so much movement between basal-piece
and lateral lobes, No differentiated internal sac.
Oretochilus dispar (Pl. XLIX figs. 43 and 43a).
Median lobe tubular, drawn to a point on the ventral side of the
apex ; median orifice situated on dorsal side of apex; median fora-
* F. Netolitzky (Deut. Ent. Zeitschr., 1911, p. 271) has discussed
the Adephaga from the point of view of the lateral lobes.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IIL (DEC.) LL
494 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
men at base. Lateral lobes narrow and bluntly pointed, the distal
half bearing fine hairs along edge. SBasal-piece long and narrow.
No differentiated internal sac.
The aedeagus of the Gyrinidae is of the trilobe type with
well-developed basal-piece, and they should not be placed
with the Dytiscidae, but near to the Hydrophilidae. The
comparatively simple trilobe form and undifferentiated
internal sac indicate a form of low specialisation (accom-
panied by extreme adaptive characters of the body). In-
formation as to the mode of fertilisation in this family is
very desirable.
Family HYDROPHILIDAE.
Forms examined: Hydrophilus (Hydrous of recent
authors) piceus L., Europe; H. ater Fabr., Paraguay.
Anacaena ovata Reiche, England. Berosus luridus L., and
B. signaticollis Charp., Brockenhurst. Laccobius ytenensis
Sharp, Brockenhurst. Helophorus aquaticus L., Brocken-
hurst. Dactylosternum subdepressum Cast., Panama.
Figs. 44-46a Pl. XLIX.
Hydrophilus piceus (Pl. XLIX fig. 44),
The aedeagus of this insect is the best known of any, as it has been
figured and described by many writers. See especially Escherich,
Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. lvii. The’median lobe is well developed, mem-
branous, strengthened by three sclerites. A ring-like one (a) sup-
ports the median orifice, a thin rod-like one runs down the ventral
surface, and a large one (b) covers the dorsal surface ; the latter is
narrow at the tip and broadens out basally, where it extends into a
pair of median struts (ms), a keel runs down the centre, bifurcates
about the middle and the keels continue on to the median struts.
The lateral lobes are broad at the base, where they meet both dorsally
and ventrally and embrace the base of the median lobe; from the
base they taper off to a point at the apex. ‘The basal-piece is
formed by a large, shield-shaped sclerite (bp) with its lateral edges
turned up, the dorsal side being membranous. When the muscles
acting upon the median struts force the median lobe outwards, the
fact of it being articulated to lateral lobes (at the point of articula-
tion pa) causes it to turn dorsally upon that point, this at the same
time forces the lateral lobes apart. This appears to be the action of
all the trilobe types in which the lateral arms are free (not con-
solidated together) and the median lobe is articulated to the lateral
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 495
lobes. We have not examined one of these forms during copula-
tion, but it is most likely that the lateral lobes are used to keep
open the external orifice of the female. The internal sac is
undifferentiated.
Laccobius ytenensis (Pl. XLTX fig. 45).
This is a trilobe form. Median lobe chitinous on dorsal side,
membranous on ventral side whereon the median orifice is situate.
Lateral arms curved, surrounding median lobe. Basal-piece large,
membranous on dorsal side. Internal sac undifferentiated.
Berosus signaticollis (Pl. XLIX fig. 47).
Median lobe thin, tubular, slightly curved and pointed at apex;
median orifice on ventral side of apex; median foramen at base; basal
edge continued into two curved median struts (ms). Lateral lobes
large, consolidated into one piece on the ventral side, forming a
flattened trough into which the median lobe falls when at rest ;
point of articulation at base. Basal-piece large, forming a flattened
trough into which the lateral lobes fall when at rest, the distal
edge of the basal-piece being articulated to the middle of the ventral
part of the lateral lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated.
In B. luridus the median lobe is slender and long, the
lateral lobes slender and long and quite free. Basal-piece
small and jointed to the lateral lobes in normal manner.
Internal sac undifferentiated. The profound difference
between these two otherwise allied species is of great
interest.
Helophorus aquaticus.
The median lobe is short, broad at base and bluntly pointed at
tip, where the median orifice is situate. Lateral lobes about same
length as median lobe, broad at base and bluntly pointed at apex.
Basal-piece longer than median lobe, shield-shaped, membranous on
dorsal, chitinous on ventral side. Internal sac undifferentiated.
Dactylosternum subdepressum (Pl. XLIX figs. 46, 467).
Median lobe flattened, broad at base, pointed at apex, the dorsal
aspect being chitinous, the ventral membranous; the median orifice
towards the base on ventral aspect (mo). Lateral lobes meeting
together at base on ventral face, but wide apart on dorsal] ; tapering
to a point atapex. Basal-piece small, chitinous all round, but narrow
on dorsal aspect, and extending basally on ventral side, there some-
what shield-shaped. Internal sac undifferentiated.
LL 2
496 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
The Hydrophilidae possess an aedeagus of the trilobe
form, with well-developed median and lateral lobes and
basal-piece, but with undifferentiated internal sac. This
is a generalised type. Berosus departs from it furthest
in Bb. signaticollis.
Family STAPHYLINIDAE.
Forms examined: Gyrophaena pulchella Heer, England.
Homalota londinensis Sh.; H. elongatula Gr., and H. pavens
Er., Brockenhurst. TZachinus subterraneus L., Brocken-
hurst. Tachinoderus grossulus Lec. (? North America, no
locality ticket). Ocypus cupreus Rossi, Brockenhurst.
Staphylinus cacsareus L., Brockenhurst. Philonthus and
Gabrius, numerous species. Creophilus erythrocephalus
Fabr., Australia. Quedius ventralis Ar., Brockenhurst.
Pinophilus rectus Sh., and P. mimus Sh., Amazons. Platy-
prosopus sp., India. Othius fulvipennis Fabr., and 0. melan-
ocephalus Grav., Brockenhurst. Aantholinus glabratus
Gray., Brockenhurst, and X. phoenicopterus Er., Australia.
X. (Lulissus) chalybews Mann, Brazil. Paederus riparius L.,
Brockenhurst. Lathrobium brunnipes Fabr., L. fulvipenne
Grav., and JZ: boreale Hochh., Brockenhurst, Stenus
speculator Lac., Brockenhurst. Osorius sp. near ater Perty,
Trinidad. MNodynus leucofasciatus Lew., Japan. Olophrum
piceum Gyll, Brockenhurst. Leptochirus edax? loc. dub.
Zirophorus bicornis Ol, Amazons. Micropeplus fulvus
Er., England.
Figs. 61-74 of Plates LII, LIII and LIV are devoted
to Staphylinidae.
Gyrophaena pulchella (Pl. LII figs 61, 61a).
Median lobe chitinous, tubular, flattened near tip and twisted and
swollen slightly at base ; median orifice narrow, on ventral side near
apex ; median foramen at base small. There are two pairs of spines on
ventral side close behind median orifice. Lateral lobes large, broad
and flattened; inner surface membranous, outer chitinous, and
divided into several large sclerites; near apex there is a small
articulated lobe bearing two stout hairs. The lateral lobes are
attached to median lobe near base on ventral side of median
foramen (pa). Internal sac medium size with a long flagellum (fg)
arising from apex of sac and passing through median orifice.
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 497
This is a highly developed form of the Aleocharid type.
The structure is very large in comparison with the size of
the insect.
Homalota londinensis.
Median lobe broad and flattened ; tip on ventral aspect curved
downward, and drawn out into a fine point, tipped with a fine
pin-head knob. Lateral lobes large and broad; on the lower
margin, near base, arises a long curved flattened spine. Sac not
examined.
Homalota elongatula.
Median lobe bulbous at base, membranous on dorsal side,
chitinous on ventral, the distal chitinous edge prolonged into a
laterally compressed curved tip. The lateral lobes large, flat, and
rounded at apex.
Fomalota pavens.
Median lobe swollen at base, chitinous on ventral side, mem-
branous on dorsal, distal end not twisted. Lateral lobes large. Sac
not examined.
Tachinus subterrancus (Pl. LIT figs. 61, 61a).
Median lobe short and bulbous, the ventral aspect formed by a
chitinous sclerite jointed at apex, the dorsal by a circular sclerite,
with a semi-membranous connection between (m), The median
orifice has a dorso-distal position and the median foramen is small
with a ventro-medial position. The lateral lobes joined together to
near tips, attached to median lobe near median foramen on
posterior (ventral) side. Internal sac large and complex, with a
flexible, chitinous sclerite (a) supporting each side; at the distal
end there is a large egg-shaped chitinous body (6) with a short
tube on one side on which the ejaculatory duct opens. The use
of this hollow egg-shaped body we are unable to conjecture.
Tachinoderus grossulus,
Distal half of median lobe tubular, basal half bulbous; median
orifice distal ; median foramen on ventral aspect in median position ;
semi-membranous:-around middle portion of bulbous base. Lateral
lobes small, amalgamated to near tip. Internal sac large, with
bilobed diverticulum on ventral face, and small chitinous process
at apex where the ejaculatory duct opens.
498 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Ocypus cupreus (Pl. LIT figs. 68, 65a, 680).
In this form the median lobe is a strong, chitinous tube with a
bulbous base, a semi-chitinous band (m) running round the bulb;
the median orifice is distal; the median foramen small and ventral,
at the junction of bulb and tube. The lateral lobes are amalgamated
and form a broad, slightly-curved plate on the ventral aspect of the
median lobe, the tip being slightly cleft. The internal sac large, with
four large, round diverticula near base, covered with curved spines ;
the dorsal side covered with long strong hairs, the ventral with large
curved spines, similar to those on the diverticula ; the apex is drawn
out thinner and has two constrictions near the end and the opening of
the ejaculatory duct (0) near the tip on the ventral side is supported
by two flat chitin sclerites ; a small spine rises just beyond it. The
sac shown in the figure is drawn from a specimen taken in copula ;
it had the position figured,
Creophilus erythrocephalus, has a median lobe somewhat like
O. cupreus, but the lateral lobes form a single broad prong on the
ventral face, Internal sac medium size with a short curved
flagellum arising from apex.
Quedius ; has a similar form of median lobe to Ocypus, and the
lateral lobes form a single piece on its ventral side. In Q. ventralis
(Pl. LII fig. 64) the internal sac is figured evaginated. In
Q. brevicollis the internal sac has a pair of small diverticula near
apex and the opening of the ejaculatory duct below them, also a
larger pointed pair on the dorso-lateral part of the middle, and a
round diverticulum on the ventral side near base, covered with
semi-chitinous pegs.
Q. vexans (of our British collections) has median and lateral lobes
of the same type, the internal sac being swollen at base and thin for
the distal two-thirds ; a pair of blunt diverticula arise from the side
near the middle, and a backward-pointing one nearer the base on a
median-ventral line.
Pinophilus rectus (Pl. LIV figs. 71, 71).
Median lobe large, bulbous at base, with semi-membranous strip
(m) running across to near apex; apex with dorsal edge projecting
beyond ventral; median orifice on ventral side of apex ; median
foramen small, on ventral side about one-fourth from base. Lateral
lobes thin narrow strips, articulated to median lobe on ventral
edge of median foramen. Internal sac about 15 mm. long, thin,
tubular, coiled up in median lobe when invaginated. Arising from
apex of sac is a fine chitinous flagellum as long as the sac, with
the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip, At the base of the
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 499
sac are three irregular chitin plates (b) with a narrow strip of chitin
(a) running some way along the sac. These appear to form guides
for the flagellum.
P. mimus has a similar sac and flagellum which make ten complete
coils in the median lobe, like a coil of rope, and measure 20 mm.
In Pinophilus where there is an enormously long sac
and flagellum, coiled up within the median lobe, it is not
likely that the sac is evaginated, but the flagellum is
thrust out and the basal part of the sac folded up like a
concertina bellows; nor is it likely that the whole of the
long flagellum is everted, but the muscles acting upon the
coils cause it to operate like a coiled spring, the distal end
being thus thrust out and retracted when the muscular
pressure is relaxed.
Othius fulvipennis (Pl. LIIT fig. 65).
Medium lobe bulbous with ventral distal edge projecting ; median
orifice dorso-distal, median foramen small, ventro-medianal ; a semi-
membranous band running round bulbous part of median lobe.
Lateral lobes thin, separate, attached to median lobe on ventral edge
of median foramen, Internal sac large, apex forming two diverticula ;
on the larger diverticulum the ejaculatory duct opens; a small
bilobed diverticulum on dorsal side and a pair of large diverticula
on ventral side ; between these last processes and the base are two
pairs of curved chitinous spines.
Othius melanocephalus (Pl. LIII fig. 66).
Very much like O. fulvipennis, but the internal sac differs greatly ;
on each side near apex is a fine long diverticulum (q).
Xantholinus glabratus (Pl. LIM figs. 67, 67a, 670).
In this species the bulbous median lobe is of an extreme form,
being egg-shape, with a small membranous distal portion to which
the greatly reduced lateral lobes are attached. The median lobe is
formed of dorsal and ventral sclerites, round, and connected by a
semi-membranous band (m); the median orifice (mo) is at the distal
end, and the median foramen (m/) slightly in front (or basal) on the
ventral face. These two openings are separated only by a chitinous
plate () formed by the basal part of the lateral lobes which are
extremely reduced. The internal sac is three times the length of
the median lobe, tubular, and studded with large teeth, curved
basally,
500 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
A less modified form is found in Xantholinus (Hulissus)
chalybeus (Pl. LIII figs. 68, 68a) from Brazil ; in which the distal
end of the median lobe is short and tubular, drawn out into a point
on the ventral side, the median foramen being situate in the ventral
chitinous sclerite at the base of the short tubular distal end,
X. phoenicopterus is also less modified than X. glabratus, the
lateral lobe being much larger and the median foramen on the
ventral sclerite,
Paederus viparius (Pl. LIT figs. 69, 69a).
The median lobe broad, slightly flattened and slightly bulbous
at base, the dorsal distal margin projecting beyond the ventral,
the median orifice being on ventral face beneath this projection; the
median foramen small, near base slightly dorsal. The lateral lobes
broad, flattened, with curved pointed apices projecting beyond end
of median lobe, closely applied to sides of it, and attached to it near
the ventral edge of median foramen. Internal sac with large
curved spine (a) at base. Apex of sac not examined,
Lathrobium brunnipes.
The median lobe bulbous and membranous, except on the ventral
basal part which is chitinous ; median orifice at tip ; median foramen
small, about the middle. Lateral lobes consolidated into a single
body, broad at base and narrow at apex where there are two small
points; a groove runs along the ventral side. They form the
strongest part of the aedeagus and are consolidated to the ventral
face of the median lobe from the edge of the median foramen to the
tip. Internal sac not examined.
L. fulvipenne is of the same type as L. brunnipes, but the left
lateral lobe appears to be absent and the right is large and projects
as a curved spine ; there is also a chitinous support on the dorsal
side of the median orifice.
L, boreale.
The same type as L. brwnnipes, the lateral lobes being consolidated
into a single piece, the tip being pointed and turned down like a
small hook, the median ventral line being keeled, not grooved.
The dorsal margin of the median orifice is supported by a small
chitin plate and a strong chitin piece with two hooks at the end
projects from the basal part of the internal sac. On each side of
the internal sac, near the base, is a patch of chitinous flat scales,
prolonged into prongs on the basal edge. When the sac is evaginated
the two-hooked piece on the dorsal side of the base turns over and
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 501
points basally. The aedeagus in Lathrobiwm is extremely irregular
and asymmetrical in structure.
Stenus speculator (Pl. III figs. 70, 70a).
Median and lateral lobes on same plan as Paederus riparius.
Internal sac large, with two chitin strips (a). These chitin strips
are continuations of the chitin of the ventral surface of the median
lobe.
Osorius sp. (Pl. LIV fig. 72) from Trinidad, apparently has the
lateral arms entirely missing, or reduced to a narrow, small band
slightly distal of the median foramen on the ventral side (Jl), The
median lobe is bulbous with the dorsal side semi-membranous and
the ventral distal edge pointed. The internal sac is large with two
diverticula near base, one bearing short hairs on the tip, and a large
curved diverticulum at end, ventral of the opening of ejaculatory
duct.
Nodynus lewcofasciatus,
Median lobe bulbous at base, chitinous on ventral side and drawn
out distally to a point, the dorsal side being membranous ; median
orifice at distal end on dorsal side ; the median foramen small, on
ventral side and about the middle. Lateral lobes fairly broad,
pressed against sides of the median lobe and projecting slightly
beyond tip, attached to median lobe on ventral side of edge of
median foramen. Internal sac without chitinous armature.
This is very Silphid-like, but the absence of the basal-piece
separates it from that group.
Olophrum piceum is very like Nodynus, the lateral lobes being
flattened and curved. Internal sac long, flattened and coiled up in
the median lobe ; its surface covered with hair-like scales.
Leptochirus, sp.
Median lobe tubular, curved ventrally near the base ; semi-
chitinous on dorso-basal part. Median orifice on dorsal side of tip ;
median foramen small, near base on ventral isde. Lateral lobes
small, about one-fifth the length of the median lobe, Internal sac
large, but not examined.
Zirophorus bicornis (Pl. LIV fig. 73).
Has a thin, slightly flattened median lobe, strongly chitinised
and curved at the base, and semichitinous along the dorsal basal
part (m). The lateral lobes are articulated to the curved base and
consist of narrow lobes free along their whole length. Median
orifice at distal end, median foramen at base. Internal sac short
and without armature,
502 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Micropeplus fulvus (Pl. LIV fig. 74).
This is a Staphylinid type, the median lobe being large and
bulbous at the base; the median orifice at the apex large, the
median foramen small and one-fourth from base on ventral side.
The lateral lobes are so completely amalgamated to the median lobe
that it is very difficult to distinguish them, but they are of fair size
and lie along the ventro-lateral portion of the median lobe, The
internal sac is large, complex, covered with small chitinous spines
and supported by chitinous patches,
It is among the Staphylinidae that we have found the
greatest modification of a single type. In this family the
internal sac reaches a high state of specialisation and the
modification of the median lobe for the evagination of the
sac by blood-pressure is carried to perfection. This is
brought about by modifying the tubular median lobe into
a bulb having chitinisations on the dorsal and ventral
aspects, with a band of membrane between, so that the
dorsal and ventral sclerites can be brought together by
muscular contractions and so exert pressure of a fluid on
the sac and turn it out.
The Staphylinidae are distinguished from the Silphidae
by the absence of a basal-piece. Since our paper was
written Dr. L. Weber of Cassel has published a very
valuable paper on the male genitalia of Staphylinidae
(Festschr. Ver. Cassel, 1911). We are, however, not pre-
pared to accept his interpretation of the very abnormal
genus Habrocerus, as to which he himself speaks with
considerable diffidence.
Family SILPHIDAE (= families Silphidae, Liodidae,
and Clambidae, Reitter).
Forms examined: Silpha (Phosphuga) atrata L., Eng-
land. SS. obscura L., England. S&S. japonica Motsch.,
Japan. S.? analis Chevr., Panama. Necrodes osculans
Vig., Woodlark Island. Necrophorus mortworwm Fabr.,
England. Astagobius angustatus Schm., Carniola. Ba-
thyscia (sp. not in Brit. Mus.), Piedmont. Liodes (Anisotoma
of certain authors) humeralis Fabr., England. Clambus
minutus St., England.
Figs. 48-54, Plates XLIX and L, are devoted to this
group.
eee
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 508
Silpha atrata (Pl. XLIX fig. 48).
Median lobe flattened, broad, with ventral side chitinous and
dorsal membranous ; median orifice at distal end ; median foramen
small, situate in the basal part of the ventral chitinous plate.
Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to rounded point at apex. A
thin ring of chitin runs over the base of median lobe (bp) and
joins the bases of the lateral lobes; this represents the basal-piece.
Internal sac large, rounded at the apex, with three large, round
diverticula at base (b), covered with long, fine hairs, thickest on the
dorso-basal surface.
The median lobe is not consolidated to the basal-piece and can be
dissected away.
The figure shows the apex of sac collapsed, the broken lines (c)
show the more normal shape.
Silpha obscura (Pl. I figs. 49, 49a).
Median lobe large, extending beyond the basal-piece ; the ventral
and lateral faces of the distal half chitinous, the dorsal side and all
the basal half membranous, except a small strip of chitin (a) extend-
ing from the median foramen (mf) towards the base. The median
orifice on dorsal side of tip ; the median foramen small, placed about
middle of ventral side. Lateral lobes fairly broad, curved at tips
and bearing a small knob, they are pressed closely to the latero-
ventral surface of the distal half of the median lobe. The basal-
piece is ringlike (bp). Internal sac large ; details not examined,
Silpha japonica.
Of the same type as S. atrata, The internal sac is flattened
horizontally and constricted in the middle, the dorsal surface is
covered with long, silky hairs.
Silpha analis (Pl. L fig. 50).
Though probably a different genus this is similar to the various
species we have already remarked on. The basal-piece is of rather
larger extent. Internal sac large with a large curved prong (a) on
each side near the base, basal part covered with short hairs, distal
part with granulated surface.
Necrodes osculans.
The aedeagus is of the Silpha obscura type. The median lobe
broad, with distal half chitinous, especially on the ventral aspect,
the ventral half membranous ; the median orifice dorso-distal, and
the median foramen ventro-medial. The lateral lobes each broad
504 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
at’ base, the apex slightly curved. The basal-piece consists of two
small narrow sclerites, attached to the base of the lateral lobes,
but they do not meet on the dorsal side.
Necrophorus mortuorum (Pl. L fig. 51).
Median lobe chitinous on ventral and lateral aspects, membranous
on dorsal aspect ; median orifice large, on dorsal aspect of apex ;
median foramen small, on ventral aspect about one-fourth from
base. Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to blunt point, bearing
several hairs, Basal-piece (bp) slender and ring-shaped, Internal
sac large, but details not examined.
Astagobius angustatus.
The median lobe large, slightly flattened and curved ; the median
orifice on the ventral face of apex, the dorsal edge being pointed ;
median foramen large, at base. Lateral lobes long and thin ; basal-
piece formed by a small curved sclerite on ventral face, but not
meeting on dorsal. Internal sac large, armature not observed.
Bathyscia, sp. (Pl. L figs. 52, 52a).
Median lobe tubular, slightly flattened towards apex on dorsal
face where it graduates to a point ; median orifice at apex on dorsal
face; median foramen (mf) at base, as large as the diameter of
the median lobe, the edge being strengthened by a thickening of
the chitin (a). The tegmen consists of a broad ring-shaped basal-
piece (bp) with a pair of thin lateral lobes lying along each side of
the median lobe, the basal-piece being slightly posterior of the base
of the median lobe. Internal sac large, extending through the
median foramen. Arising from the apex of the sac is a short, stout
flagellum (c), along which the ejaculatory duct continues and opens
at its tip. The dorsal face of this flagellum is chitinous (a) and
broadened at the base where the corners articulate with a Y-shaped
(y) support (Jeannel’s Y-piece) ; the ventral face of the flagellum is
membranous, except at the tip where the chitin forms a short fine
tube.* Fig. 52a represents the internal flagellum (c of fig, 52) on a
much higher scale of magnification.
Liodes humeralis (Pl. L figs. 53, 58a, 538b) is of the same type
as Bathyscia. The median lobe is chitinous, strongly bent at the
basal third, swollen at base and pointed at apex; the median orifice
is at apex on ventral face; the median foramen at base, and as large
as the enlarged base of median lobe. The tegmen consists of a
* On this group reference may be made to an important memoir
by Jeannel, Arch. Zool. exp. v, 1910.
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 505
ring-like basal-piece, broader on dorsal than on ventral aspect, with
a pair of narrow, pointed lateral lobes pressed close to the sides of
the median lobe. The internal sac not large, but with complex
armature at apex (53a, 53b). A flat, curved median chitin-piece (0)
is attached to the internal sac by a large chitin knob (c) through
which the ejaculatory duct runs and opens on the end of the median
piece ; a chitin plate (d) with asecond chitin knob (e) gives it greater
support. To each side of the chitin knob (c) is attached a flattened
pointed process, thickened at its base at the point of attachment, one
is slightly longer than the other.
Clambus minutus (Pl. L fig. 54).
Median lobe a thin, partly flattened, tube, with the dorsal distal
part drawn out into a curved process hooked at the tip, the ventral
distal part into a semi-membranous tongue. The lateral lobes are
amalgamated for two-thirds of their length and form a broad shallow
plate with the distal third forming unequal points, bearing a couple
of stout spines. The basal-piece ring-shape (bp). Internal sac not
examined.
Among the Silphidae s. 1. that we have examined there
are three distinct types of aedeagus. The first is repre-
sented by Silpha, in which the median foramen is small,
the median lobe collapsible on the dorsal aspect and forms
a collapsible bulb by means of which the internal sac is
evaginated by fluid-pressure, and the sac bears no chitinous
armature. In the second the median foramen is large,
and the median lobe is not collapsible and does not function
as a bulb for the evagination of the sac, and the sac bears
chitinous armatures.
The third type has the lateral lobes amalgamated to-
gether to form one piece, and the median lobe is tubular
and not collapsible.
These characters do not quite agree with the divisions
into families of the Silphid allies. As, however, the recent
authorities are not in accord on this point, and as we have
studied a very small percentage of the known forms, we
have treated the assemblage as one family. But we hope
our doing this will not be interpreted as supporting either
one view or the other.
The Silphid type approaches the Staphylinid type, but
the presence of a reduced basal-piece serves to distinguish
the two.
506 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Family LEPTINIDAE.
Form examined: Leptinus testaceus Miill., Brockenhurst.
L. testaceus (Pl. LI figs. 55, 55a).
Median lobe large, chitinous on dorsal aspect, where it is drawn
out into a point and on the sides, semi-membranous on the ventral
aspect ; median orifice on the ventral aspect of the distal end (mo) ;
median foramen large at basal end, and proceeding somewhat along
dorsal side (b). Lateral lobes thin narrow bodies lying along the
dorso-lateral parts of the median lobe and projecting somewhat
beyond its tip. Basal-piece well developed, forming a ring through
the base of which the median lobe passes and projects beyond,
basally. Point of articulation on dorsal side. This basal-piece is
distinct but of a semi-chitinous nature. Internal sac large, project-
ing through the median foramen; it bears a patch of hairs near its
apex, and about the middle a long slender chitin rod (a) attached
to the sac by a broad square base ; the ejaculatory duct does not
pass through it. This differs but little from certain Silphidae.
Family PLATYPSYLLIDAE.
Form examined: Platypsylla castoris Rits., N. America.
P. castoris (Pl. LX XVII fig. 229).
This comes near to Leptinus from which it differs only in details.
Median lobe tubular, pointed at apex and greatly enlarged on
basal two-fifths; median orifice on ventral face near apex; median
foramen large at base. Tegmen consisting of a basal-piece surround-
ing the median lobe anterior to the basal enlargement, and a pair of
narrow lateral lobes situate on the dorsal face. Internal sac smaller
than in Leptinus and not passing through the median foramen when
at rest, covered with hairs and flattened pointed scales; a thin
flagellum arises from the apex.
We are indebted to Mr. E. A. Schwarz for the
opportunity of examining this interesting species.
Family SCAPHIDIIDAE.
Form examined: Scaphidiwm quadrimaculatum OL,
Brockenhurst.
S. quadrimaculatum (Pl. LIV fig. 76).
This is a characteristic Staphylinid type. Median lobe with distal
half forming a wide tube, basal half bulbous, with a membranous
— SS
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 507
band round the bulb (m) ; median orifice large, at distal end, with
ventral edge projecting beyond dorsal; median foramen small on
ventral face, about one-third from base. Lateral lobes attached to
median lobe on ventral aspect, at the ventral edge of the median
foramen. Internal sac large, with patches of short hairs; details
not studied.
Family TRICHOPTERYGIDAE.
Form examined: Zrichopteryx grandicollis Mann., Eng-
land, and some others.
T. grandicollis (P]. LXXVII figs. 231 and 2312).
The aedeagus consists of a short tube with a pair of hooked struts
on the ventral side of the base, the median orifice large, with the
ventral edge produced into a blunt point. Internal sac large,
bearing small spines and a small chitin-plate (a) on the dorsal face
and some chitinisation on the ventral (b) which we have not definitely
made out. The position of the opening of the duct on the sac was
not observed.
We could find no trace of tegmen. A small plate with a central
strut exists below the aedeagus, but it appears to be a body sclerite
and not the tegmen.
At present we are unable to associate this with any
other form.
Euryptilium marginatum has the organ longer, with the
ventral margin of the median orifice projecting, pointed,
and turned down.
Mr. H. Britten has submitted to us for examination
dissections of 7’. grandicollis, T. thorica, T. bovina, T. brevis,
Luryptiium marginatum, Ptiliolum spencei and an un-
identified species. These are each and all easily recog-
nised by the aedeagus.
Family CORYLOPHIDAE.
Forms examined: Saciwm politwm (coll. Matthews),
hab.? Corylophus cassidioides Marsh., England.
Bigs (o PI, LIV.
Sacium politum (Pl. LIV figs. 75, 75a).
Median lobe a large flattened tube, the median orifice at the distal
end, the ventral edge extending beyond the dorsal and pointed; the
median foramen very small at the basal end. Tegmen forming a
508 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
“ring-piece,” the cap (a) or lateral lobes forming a wide curved plate
slightly emarginate; the basal-piece forming a large shield-shaped
plate with a deep keel down the centre (b). Internal sac large, with
complex armature.
Corylophus cassidioides is of the same type. At present
we cannot directly connect this to any other type; the
small median foramen with the internal sac contained in
the median lobe is unique among the “ring” forms, where
it is the rule to have a large median foramen and the
internal sac passing through it, when not evaginated.
Family SCYDMAENIDAE.
Forms examined: Stenichnus collaris Miill., England.
Eumicrus (recently Scydmaenus) tarsatus Miill., England.
Leptomastax coquereli Fairm., Corfu.
Figs. 56, 56a, b and c, 57 Pl. LI.
Stenichnus collaris (Pl. LI figs. 56, 56a, 560, 56c).
The distal portion of the median lobe forms a short thick irregular
tube ; the basal part being curved under and prolonged into a flattened
narrow process (f), a band of membrane (m) connecting the two
portions ; the median orifice is large, at the distal end ; the median
foramen small, situate on the dorsal face about two-thirds down the
tubular distal end of the median lobe. Lateral lobes narrow flat pro-
cesses, attached to the median lobe at the dorsal edge of the median
foramen. Internal sac short but very complex (56c). On the dorsal
face there is a membranous surface bearing a pair of keels studded
with chitinous teeth (g) which converge together in the centre above
the opening of the ejaculatory duct ; on the ventral half is a broad
chitinous plate somewhat shoe-shaped in lateral view (a and b),
bearing a pair of small toothed processes (h).
We would like to call attention to the great importance
of recognising the mobility of the internal sac and con-
comitantly the variation in the position of the sac armature,
especially when it closes the median orifice. Unless this
is understood the shape of the aedeagus will appear to vary
greatly in certain species. In the figures we give, fig. 56
shows a side view with sac invaginated, 56) shows the sac
partly evaginated, and 56c with it entirely evaginated, or
nearly so; 56a gives a ventral view of 560.
ee ee
ie Si a ae i alla ei i Be
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 509
Humerus tarsatus (Pl. LVI fig. 57).
Median lobe tubular, slightly curved, with large median orifice at
distal end and small median foramen at base. Lateral lobes large,
broad and closely pressed to sides of median lobe; they extend
beyond the end of the median lobe where the tips are consolidated
into a single point, entirely enveloping the ventro-apical portion of
the median lobe. Although the lateral lobes are pressed very closely
to the median lobe, yet they are not consolidated thereto, and can
be parted without damage. Internal sac small with a curved chitinous
process (a) bearing the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip.
Leptomastax coquereli,
Median lobe similar to Eumicrus tarsatus; the lateral lobes are
broad and flat but do not meet and become consolidated at their
tips. Internal sac small, with a chitinous process ending in a short
flagellum on which the ejaculatory duct opens.
The family Scydmaenidae exhibit a great diversity of
form, but all appear to be of one type. Median lobe more
or less tubular with a large median orifice and a small
median foramen more or less inclined to the dorsal face.
The lateral lobes articulated to the base of the median
lobe on the dorsal face of the median foramen. Internal
sac bearing armature. The point of articulation being on
the dorsal side of the median foramen distinguishes this
family from the Staphylinidae wherein the point of
articulation is on the ventral side.
The distinguished French entomologist, M. de Peyerim-
hoff, has published a memoir on the male structures of
Scydmaenidae, in which he expresses the opinion that the
structures are in some species variable. We would point
to our remarks under Stenichnus collaris as possibly
explaining the discrepancies he remarks on.
Family PSELAPHIDAE.
Forms examined: Sagola sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New
Zealand. Trichonyx sulcicollis Reich., Brockenhurst. Lry-
axis impressa Panz., and B. juncorum Leach, Brockenhurst.
Physa inflata Sharp, New Zealand. Palimbolus sp. (not
in Brit. Mus.), New South Wales.
Figs. 58, 59, 60 and 230 Pls. LI and LII.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART UI. (DEC.) MM
510 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Sagola sp. (Pl. LIT fig. 59).
Median lobe long, slender, tubular and slightly curved, the
median orifice at apex, the ventral edge projecting beyond the
dorsal. Lateral lobes large, flattened laterally and lying on each
side of median lobe, with their base in intimate union with the
base of the median lobe. The piece we call basal-piece (bp)
appears to belong to the lateral lobes and not to be a true basal-
piece, but this point is obscure. Internal sac undifferentiated.
Trichonyx sulcicollis,
Median lobe bulbous with circular, membranous patch on dorsal
face; median orifice at distal end, closed by a chitin plate which is
attached at the base of the internal sac; this plate moves when the
sac is evaginated; median foramen small, about two-thirds from
base. Lateral lobes short, flattened, applied closely to the ventral
face of the distal end of the median lobe. Internal sac large,
armed with strong chitinous plates.
Bryaxis impressa (Pl. LXXVII figs. 230, 230a and 0).
This appears to be much on the same plan as Sagola, but the lateral
lobes in their basal part are consolidated to the sides of the median
lobe, and their more median portions apparently meet, while their
outer portions remain free, divergent and pointed. If a section be
taken through the middle of the aedeagus it should include three
lumens, in the middle that of the median lobe (d of fig. 230b) and
another on each side, c, the lumen of the lateral lobe. Internal sac
undifferentiated. There is considerable difficulty in the interpre-
tation and delineation of this structure, as regards the distal portions
of the median strips of the lateral lobe.. In the figures 230 and 230a
it is assumed that they pass beyond the median orifice and then
meet at the point a.
Bryaxis guncorum.
The aedeagus is on the same plan as B. impressa, but is shorter
and more bulbous; the lateral lobes are consolidated to the median
lobe.
Physa inflata (Pl. UI fig. 58).
Median lobe bulbous, ventral and dorsal walls chitinous with a
membranous band (m) around the middle, median foramen small,
ventral and nearly median. The lateral lobes hard to distinguish
from median lobe but appear to be the two pointed sclerites on
each side of median orifice (Il), but it is possible that the median
sclerite (a) on the ventral distal part of the median lobe represents
———
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 511
the consolidated and reduced lateral lobes. Internal sac large,
swollen towards the apex where it is produced into two small
diverticula, between which the ejaculatory duct opens, the apical
dorsal part bearing spines, and a large spine on each side a third
from the base.
Palimbolus sp. (Pl. LII fig. 60).
Median lobe bulbous with right edge of median orifice prolonged
into point; except fora batch of membrane on dorsal side (m) the
median lobe is chitinous; median foramen small, on ventral face.
Lateral lobes small, subcircular bodies applied closely to median
lobe slightly posterior of the median foramen. Internal sac well
developed with two chitin rods (a) supporting the ventral surface
and forming two rounded projections beneath the opening of the
ejaculatory duct.
The few forms of Pselaphidae that we have examined
show very interesting differences which future investiga-
tion will probably show to be characteristic of distinct
groups, unless connecting forms should be found. The
type is closely allied to the Staphylinid. The possibility
of Bryaxis having a true basal-piece included in the
aedeagus requires Investigation, as the possession of such
a structure would prevent their being regarded as direct
offshoots of the Staphylinidae.
Family SPHAERITIDAE.
Form examined: Sphaerites glabratus Fabr., Scotland.
Fig. 78 Pl. LV.
Sphaerites glabratus (Pl. LV figs. 78, 78a).
Median lobe thin, only the tip visible; median orifice at tip.
Lateral lobes large, consolidated together for the greater part of
their length on the ventral, and for half their length on the dorsal
face, thus forming a tube in which the median lobe lies. Basal-
piece small and asymmetrical, the chitinisation forming a broad
circular band. Internal sac undifferentiated. This is very like
Syntelia.
Family SYNTELIIDAE.
Form examined: Syntelia histeroides, Japan.
Syntelia histeroides (Pl. LV figs. 77, 77a).
Median lobe well developed, long, curved, tubular, with a pair of
median struts. Lateral lobes very long and curved towards their
MM 2
512 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
pointed apices, consolidated together for the greater part of their
length. Basal-piece small, symmetrical, with the opening on the
ventral (?) face.
This comes near to Sphaerites.
Family NIPONIIDAE.
Form examined: Niponius canalicollis, Japan.
Fig. 82 Pl. LV.
Niponius canalicollis (Pl. LV figs. 82, 82a).
Median lobe tubular, slender and long ; lateral lobes longer than
median lobe and enveloping them. Basal-piece forming a long tube,
constricted near its base and bent. Internal sac undifferentiated.
This form of aedeagus is nearest to Syntelia but differs
in having the tubular basal-piece long, a character in itself
not of family importance.
Family HISTERIDAE.
Forms examined: Hister cadaverinus Hoffm., England.
Pachylister chinensis Quens., China. Macrolister maximus
OL, Africa. Oxysternus maximus L., Guiana. Hololepta
elongata Er. Andaman Islands. H. arcifera Mars.,
Cameroons. Saprinus nitidulus Fabr., England. Teretri-
osoma stebbingt Lewis, India.
Figs. 79, 80 and 81, Pl. LV, relate to Histeridae.
Hister cadaverinus (P). LY figs. 79, 79a).
Median lobe well developed, chitinous, slightly curved, with a
large flange running round the lateral and distal edges of the
apical half (a), forming a cavity in which the apical armature lies
when the median lobe is at rest. This median armature is a pair
of two-pronged structures, amalgamated at their bases and articu-
lated to the base of the median lobe; when the median lobe is
withdrawn between the lateral lobes at rest, the armature lies in
the cavity, but when it is thrust out the armature turns back.
There is a pair of short median struts. Tegmen consisting of a
small basal-piece with very large lateral lobes amalgamated on
their ventral side to the tip, and on the dorsal side along the basal
half. Internal sac undifferentiated.
Macrolister maximus.
A figure is given of this with the median lobe erected (Pl. LV
fig. 80).
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 513
Oxysternus maximus.
Median lobe rod-like, dilated at the tip into a cleaver-shaped
process. Basal-piece moderately long, slightly asymmetrical, with
a large membranous area on one aspect, just anterior to its junction
with the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes very long, coalesced on their
basal portions to form a very hard tube, the apical two-fifths
forming a half tube, or trough, at the basal portion of which is
the articulation of the median lobe. The rod-like, very hard
median lobe renders it pretty certain that the sac remains un-
differentiated. The aedeagus is here a beautiful structure with
very solid chitinisation.
Hololepta elongata (Pl. LV figs. 81, 81a).
The aedeagus is flattened and thin, the basal-piece more than
two-thirds the length of the lateral lobes; the lateral lobes amal-
gamated along the dorsal surface to the tip and along the ventral
surface for the basal two-thirds, The median lobe is greatly reduced.
Saprinus nitidulus.
Median lobe small, only the tip visible. Lateral lobes very
large, consolidated together along their entire length, with the tips
slightly flattened and turned down; this forms a complete tube
with an opening atthe tip on the dorsal side. Basal-piece very small,
asymmetrical. Internal sac small, apparently not differentiated.
Teretriosoma stebbingi, Weare indebted to Mr. Lewis
for the opportunity of examining this rare and interesting
Histerid. The individual was in a very decayed con-
dition and the preparation was not very successful, but
it shows that this form departs from the other Histeridae
we have examined by the shape of the lateral lobes,
which are flattened divergent laminae. Their conjunc-
tion with the basal-piece seems to be more intimate than
usual.
The four families Histeridae, Synteliidae, Sphaeritidae
and Niponiidae are so closely related by the aedeagus, that
they might form one family, in which the Histeridae would
include the higher developments. Its characteristics are
the existence of a basal sclerite having no power of move-
ment over the median lobe, and extremely large lateral
lobes more or less amalgamated to forma tube. The
type is extremely different from Staphylinidae. But the
approximation to the Byrrhidae is clear.
514 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Family PHALACRIDAE.
Forms examined: Phalacrus grossus Er., Spain. Lzto-
librus obesus Sharp, Panama. Olibrus corticalis Panz.,
England.
Figs. 83 and 84 Pl. LVI are Phalacridae.
Phalacrus grossus (Pl. LX figs. 83, 83a).
Median lobe broad and flattened ; median orifice on dorsal face
at apex; median foramen large. Tegmen forming a ring-piece.
The “cap-piece” formed of the two flattened lateral lobes consoli-
dated on the dorsal side to near their apices, and a large flat
plate, turned down along the lateral edges, the basal corners
meeting together on the ventral side of the median lobe, where
the ring is asymmetrical. Internal sac large and complex.
There is a pair of long tubular glands which open on the apex
of the sac, one on each side of the opening of the ejaculatory duct.
As our specimens were dried we could not examine the testes to see
if these glands were extra, or if there were the usual ones having
an abnormal opening. In Olibrus corticalis these glands are not
present in this position.
Intolibrus obesus (Pl. LVI fig. 84).
Median lobe broad and flattened, slightly bent near the base
where a flange (a) runs along the dorsal face ; median orifice on
dorsal aspect at tip; median foramen large, on ventral side of
base. Tegmen forming ring-piece. Lateral lobes small, consoli-
dated’ together and forming a pointed, flattened plate bearing a
pair of small curved hooks ; basal-piece long and narrow on dorsal
side, broadened at the base where it encircles the median lobe,
having two deep emarginations causing the median central portion
(b) to project as a tongue. Internal sac large, bearing a pair of
double claws and a pair of small plates, as armature.
Family MONOTOMIDAE.
Form examined: Monotoma conicicollis Guér., England.
Fig. 85 Pl. LVI.
Monotoma conicicollis (Pl. LVI figs. 85, 85a).
Median lobe short, broad, flattened, and slightly curved;
median orifice at tip, the dorsal edge projecting beyond the ventral
and pointed; median foramen at base and of large size. From the
ventral edge of the median foramen proceed two long struts (ms).
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 515
Tegmen (fig. 85a) forming a ring-piece, the dorsal part being a hood-
shaped body, with a thin piece proceeding from each basal corner and
consolidating on ventral side of median lobe. Internal sac very
large, bearing armature near base (b) and towards apex (a).
Family NITIDULIDAE.
Forms examined: Psilotus atratus Reitt., Chiriqui.
Cychramus luteus Fabr., England. Jps (Glischrochilus of
various authors) yaponius Motsch., Japan.
Figs. 87 and 88 Pl. LVI.
Psilotus atratus (Pl. LVI fig. 87).
Median lobe tubular, broad and flat, with single median strut.
Tegmen forming a large broad curved plate or hood, on dorsal
face, with a small dorsal median projection (a) from base, the basal
corners meeting and consolidating on ventral side of median lobe.
Internal sac large, the opening of ejaculatory duct at apex, where it
is supported by two chitin rods consolidated together at tip (b) round
the duct opening.
L[ps japonius (Pl. LVI fig. 88)
is of the same type as P. atratus; and so is Cychramus, the “hood”
being much larger than the median lobe.
The family Monotomidae comes near to these forms,
as also does Helotidae. On the other hand, Rhizophagus
does not belong to Nitidulidae. Whether it can be
satisfactorily placed in Cucwjidae (where we have treated
of it, cf. fig. 101), can only be determined by a much
more extensive survey of the Cucujidae than we have
made.
Family BYTURIDAE.
Form examined: Bytwrus tomentosus Fabr., England.
Fig. 86 Pl. LVI.
Byturus tomentosus (Pl. LVI fig. 86).
Median lobe long, ‘slender, and pointed; median orifice at tip on
dorsal face; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a close-
fitting sheath, the distal half chitinous, the basal half membranous,
with a strip of chitin supporting each side (a); and a Y-piece
with a long stalk (b) supporting the ventral aspect. Internal sac
undifferentiated.
This type is similar to Trogositidae.
516 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
Family TROGOSITIDAE (or Ostomidae, or Temno-
chilidae).
Forms examined: TYemnochila virescens Fabr., Mexico.
Alindria grandis Serv., Africa. Leperina, sp. n.? aff.
adustae Pase., Australia. Thymalus limbatus Fabr.,
Brockenhurst.
Figs. 89 and 90 Pls. LVI and LVII.
Temnochila virescens (Pl. LVI figs. 89, 89a).
Median lobe long, flattened laterally, formed by a trough-shaped
chitin plate (a) on ventral aspect and membrane on dorsal aspect (b),
with a chitin strut round median orifice at distal end (c). Tegmen
formed into a sheath; lateral lobes distinct and only amalgamated at
base ; basal-piece large and tubular, chitinous on dorsal and ventral
aspects, membranous on sides. Internal sac undifferentiated.
Alindria grandis is of the same type, but the division between
lateral lobes and the basal-piece is obliterated.
Thymalus limbatus (Pl. LVIT figs. 90, 90a).
Median lobe long, straight, flattened laterally. Tegmen forming
a sheath with lateral lobes consolidated together on the ventral aspect,
basal-piece long, tubular, with a strong strut on the dorsal aspect
at base (a).
Leperina aff. adustae is of the same type but has the lateral lobes
free.
It is possible that this type is a development of a trilobe
type through such a form as Aulonium. Byturus belongs
near this family.
Family COLYDIIDAE.
Forms examined: Hnarsus bakewelli Pasc., New Zealand.
Tarphiomimus indentatus Woll., New Zealand. Auloniwm
bidentatum Fabr., Guatemala. Deretaphrus ignavus Pasc.,
Australia. Cerylon histeroides Fabr., England.
Figs. 91-95 of Pl. LVII relate to the above-named
forms.
Enarsus bakewelli (Pl. LVII figs. 92, 92a, 920).
Median lobe nearly as long as tegmen, chitinous on dorsal and
lateral aspects, membranous on ventral (a); median orifice on ventral
aspect near apex. Tegmen consists of a large basal-piece formed of a
ventrally-placed sclerite, the dorsal aspect membranous, and a pair of
——_—
=
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 517
lateral lobes joined together on their ventral aspects and forming a
large plate ; the median distal portion of the plate projecting between
the distal ends of the lateral lobes as a free process, truncate at
tip (b). No differentiated internal sac.
In this species there is a distinct abdominal plate between the
anus and aedeagus (lv), which we think must be the last ventral
sclerite of the body.
‘Tarphiomimus indentatus is of a similar type (Pl. LVIT fig. 98).
Aulonium bidentatum (Pl. LVIT figs. 91, 91a).
Median lobe large, somewhat flattened ; median orifice near tip
on ventral face. Tegmen formed of a large basal-piece, chitinous on
ventral and membranous on dorsal aspect, and a large piece, formed
of the lateral lobes consolidated together to near their tips, on the
ventral face.
Deretaphrus ignavus (Pl. LVII figs. 94, 94a).
Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with median orifice at tip
on dorsal side, median foramen at base, which is slightly swollen.
Tegmen consisting of two short, broad lateral lobes, rounded at tip
and bearing a strong curved spine at base, between which the median
lobe passes, Basal-piece short, projecting as two short struts (a) at
base. Internal sac undifferentiated.
Some other species (which cannot be determined but are not
D. piceus, the type of the genus) are of the same construction with
slight difference in details.
Cerylon histeroides (Pl. LVII fig. 95).
The aedeagus consists of a long, tubular median lobe, swollen at
its apex, across which is the median orifice; and a small ring-
shaped tegmen articulated at the base of the median lobe. Internal
sac complex.
Obs.—There is great diversity among the few forms
of Colydiidae we have examined.
We might perhaps associate Hnarsus and Aulonium,
though there is much difference between them. Hnarsus
is one of the connecting links of the trilobe aedeagus with
the sheath-forms (Trogositidae, etc.) that we have at
present placed in Cucujoidea. We have therefore in our
table also given this genus a place in Byrrhoidea.
Aulonium is more definitely Trogositoid,
Deretaphrus is not thoroughly elucidated. There may
518 Mr. D, Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative
be an affinity with Rhizophagus. It is very different from
the trilobe form.
Cerylon is extremely difficult. If the ring at the base
of the long tubular median lobe be really the tegmen as
we have assumed, the genus might be said to be a trilobe
form with tegmen greatly reduced, with concomitant
great development of the median lobe in the tubular form.
This in fact would then be a form of development in some
respects parallel with what we find in Chrysomelidae.
A thorough study of the forms at present associated in
Colydiidae would probably lead to the dismemberment of
the family, and would in addition throw a considerable
light on Coleopterous taxonomy.
Family CUCUJIDAE.
Forms examined: Passandra fasciata Gray, Central
America. Hectarthrum cylindricum Sm., Queensland.
Cucujus mniszechi Grouv., Japan. Brontopriscus pleuralis
and B. sinuatus Sharp, New Zealand. Srontes lucius Pasc.,
Queensland. Diagrypnodes wakejieldi Wat., New Zealand.
Chaetosoma scaritides Westw. (?), New Zealand. LRhizo-
phagus depressus Fabr., England.
Figs. 96-101 Pl. LVIII relate to these forms.
Passandra fasciata (Pl. LVIII figs. 96, 96a).
Median lobe short and fairly broad, with the median orifice at tip, on
dorsal aspect ; the basal dorsal edge is continued as a broad strut (a),
which suddenly narrows and continues as a long fine strut (b). The
tegmen forms a ring, the dorsal side is formed by a pair of long
lateral lobes, wide at their base, where they are consolidated together
into a plate, and narrow for the distal three-fourths where they are
free ; the ventral portion of the ring is formed by a broad plate
attached to the outer basal corners of the lateral lobes. Internal sac
very long and narrow, except at its base where it is complex ; the
basal complex part of the sac evaginates easily and then forms a
cross-shape body (fig. 96«) ; the distal portion (c) has the opening at
its apex and forms a semi-chitinous trough ; the lateral portions (d)
are semi-chitinous ; two small diverticula (e) turn basally, and basad
of these are two more that bear hairs, The rest of the long internal
sac is narrow. At the apex of the sac there is a semi-chitinous
tongue (f) through which the ejaculatory duct passes. The enlarged
part of the ejaculatory duct forms a chitinous tube. It is possible
that this part of the duct passes through to apex of the sac and forms
a flagellum.
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 519
Hectarthrum cylindricum
is on a similar plan, but the consolidated basal part of the lateral
lobes is constricted off from the free portion and forms a distinct
plate. :
From certain specimens that we have examined it appears probable
that the chitinous ejaculatory duct forms a flagellum, and is capable
of being thrust right through the tongue at apex, and entirely up
the internal sac.
This type (Passandra and Hectarthrum) differs from the
rest of the Cucujidae we have examined in having a large
plate on the ventral side of the ring-piece instead of the
consolidated tegminal struts (¢9).
Cucujus mniszechi (Pl. LVIII fig. 97).
Median lobe well developed, cylindrical, slightly flattened laterally ;
median orifice on dorsal aspect near apex, the ventral edge continued
into a small point ; dorsal basal edge continued into large median
strut (ms). Tegmen forming slender ring-piece, with small cap-
piece, bearing small laterallobes. Internal sac very long, with long,
slender flagellum arising from the apex, at the tip of which the
ejaculatory duct opens.
Brontopriscus sinuatus (Pl. LVIITI fig. 100).
Median lobe small, tubular, with median orifice at tip, the basal
part continued asa large flat strut, narrowing in middle and spatulate
at the end (a). Tegmen consisting of a ring piece with dorsal cap,
the cap being formed by a curved plate produced into two flattish
lateral lobes; there is no line of division between the plate and
the lateral lobes. Internal sac very long, with a long fine flagellum
rising from the apex; about the middle the sac is swollen and its
surface studded with fine, short spikes.
In Brontopriscus plewralis the aedeagus is very similar, but the
flagellum is longer, and there are four broad, short spines on the sac
about a third from its base.
Brontes lucius is very near to Brontopriscus, but the median strut
is longer and more slender; the middle of the internal sac slightly
dilated and covered with long strong hairs and the rest of the sac
sparsely covered with stout hairs.
Dagrypnodes wakefieldc (Pl. LVIII figs. 99, 99a).
Median lobe slender, curved and membranous, with a thin chitin-
rod on each side to support it; median orifice on ventral aspect
near tip. The tegmen forms on dorsal aspect a large cap, which is
520 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F..Muir on the Comparative
formed by two pieces articulated together, the distal one bearing
two small lateral lobes. It is possible that the distal piece is the
basal part of the lateral lobes, and the basal plate is the basal
piece. The basal corners of this basal plate meet under the
median lobe, No differentiated internal sac.
Chaetosoma scaritides (Pl. LVIIT fig. 98).
Median lobe slender, chitinous on ventral aspect, membranous on
dorsal ; median orifice on dorsal aspect of tip, ventral edge pointed
and projecting beyond dorsal edge. Tegmen forming a ring, with
large dorsal cap-piece formed of a large curved plate with a pair of
broad lateral lobes at apex; the ring is broad and continued as
a strut (tg) on ventral side. Internal sac small, not differentiated.
There are probably more than one species of Chaetosoma
in New Zealand, and if so the one here dealt with is
not the C. scaritides of Westw. Ours is a comparatively
large, black form, found by Commander J. J. Walker at
Wellington.
Rhizophagus depressus (P|. LVIIT fig. 101).
Median lobe large, tubular and slightly curved ; median orifice
at apex, the base prolonged into a long dorsal strut. Tegmen
forming a slender ring round the median lobe, the dorsal part
slightly enlarged into a very small cap-piece. Internal sac large,
with stout, twisted flagellum arising from apex.
This differs from Nitidulidae by the large, exposed
median lobe, the cap-piece of the tegmen reduced so as
not to cover the lobe.
This family is of great interest and requires much
greater investigation than we have given it before any
definite conclusions can be arrived at. It will eventually
have to be divided. Whether or not certain divisions that
have already been proposed are adequate we cannot say.
Chaetosoma is of interest as it shows a probable transition
from the sheath type (Trogositidae) to the true ring type.
In Diagrypnodes we have a type nearer to Pythidae than
to Cucujus. The degree of differentiation of the sac and
the condition of the lateral lobes must be considered
in adjusting the relationships in this family. Thus
Hectarthrum has a more generalised tegmen than Lhizo-
phagus wherein its reduction to a mere ring is very
Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 521
considerable. There are several other Cucujus-forms
(Prostomis, etc.) that we have not been able to examine,
although they are probably taxonomically important.
Family HELOTIDAE.
Form examined: Helota gemmata Gorh., Japan, and a
second species from Assam.
Figs. 106, 106a and 1060 Pl. LX.
Helota gemmata (Pl. LX figs. 106, 106a, 1060).
Median lobe broad, flattened ; the ventral face forming a plate
of which the lateral edges project slightly ; the base prolonged into
two broad struts; median orifice at distal end. The tegmen formed
of a large “ cap-piece” on the dorsal aspect and a Y-piece on the
ventral. The edges of the cap-piece are turned in and form a
groove in which the projecting edges of the median lobe run. In-
ternal sac large with complex armature at apex. This armature
(fig. 106b) consists of a stout chitinous block (a), on the end of
which the ejaculatory duct opens; the ventral face of this piece
forms a shallowly curved plate (b), on the dorsal aspect are two
curved plates, both deeply cleft at the tips (c).
This type must be placed somewhere near the Niti-
dulidae. It is an instance—and far from a solitary one—
of an aedeagus within an aedeagus.
Family OMMADIDAE.
Form examined: Omma stanleyi Newm., Australia.
Omma stanleyt (Pl. LIX figs. 102, 102a).
Median lobe well developed, tubular with median orifice on the
smaller distal end and the median foramen at the larger basal end ;
two short median struts; point of articulation on dorsal face.
Lateral lobes large, concave on the inner surface, where this
envelops the median lobe to near its tip, the basal part of the lateral
lobes consolidated together. No defined basal-piece. The internal
sac is simple and of medium size.
In this species the anus opens at the end of a chitinous
tube (a) which either represents the last segment (tergite
and sternite) or a chitinisation of the rectum, more
probably the former,
522 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr, F. Muir on the Comparative
Family CUPEDIDAE.
Form examined: Cupes clathratus Motsch., Japan.
Figs. 103, 103a, 104, 104a, 1040 Pl. LIX.
Cupes clathratus (Pl. LIX figs. 108, 103a, 104, 104a,
1040).
Median lobe small with median orifice on ventral aspect, forming
a longitudinal opening along the distal two-thirds. Tegmen com-
plex without distinct division between the basal-piece and lateral
lobes. On the dorsal side there is a plate (a) bilobed at tip, which
covers the median lobe. A pair of large lateral lobes with complex
tips, and from near their bases, on the ventral face, two long, slender
spines (b) are given off. Internal sac undifferentiated.
There is a unique structure pertaining to the dorsal plate of the
last visible abdominal segment (104, 104a, 104b). Asin Omma the
anus opens at the end of a chitinous tube (c), from below it there
rises a pair of flattened chitinous processes (d). The last visible
dorsal plate is deeply cleft at its distal margin, its basal part con-
tinues into the abdomen, curves under and ends in a point, a
hole (e) being left just before the bend, through which the gut
passes,
Obs.—As regards Omma and Cupes; though very peculiar
they are by no means closely allied, and form two families
more naturally than a single one. It is by no means
impossible that the peculiarities of these two Coleoptera
are indications of an old relationship with Insects of
another Order (perhaps something that preceded the
existing Sialidae). We really, however, know very little
about the creatures and generalisation is premature. We
find that their wings even have been but imperfectly
studied.
Family CRYPTOPHAGIDAE.
Form examined: Tsb po a Kua gs A F A
F - Ss oar, 1 j i
Oi ak ad n cy an ne
es 7 white i ‘ at See ee rey
Mer g '
a p .
i
.
a
«
‘
*
i Ary tis ee LS ae
ee a « eyind ici
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL VIT1.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.
Fic, 35. Pheropsophus agnatus, lateral view, with sac evaginated
(reversed).
36. Lhysodes, sp,n.? Australia, lateral view.
37. Dytiscus punctulatus, end of body with aedeagus pro-
truded.
37a. Dytiscus punctulatus, lateral view of median lobe.
38. Ilybius aenescens, lateral view. .
39. Haliplus fulvus, ventro-lateral view (reversed).
Descriptions on pp. 491 and 492. Explanation of the letters
used uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.
Fic. 40. Pelobius tardus, lateral view.
41. Orthopterus smithi, lateral view (reversed).
42. Gyrinus natator, dorsal view.
43. Orectochilus dispar, ventral view.
43a. ee 5», lateral view of median lobe.
44, Hydrophilus piceus, dorsal view.
45. Laccobius ytenensis, dorsal view.
46. Cyclonotwm subdepresswm, dorso-lateral view.
46a. < - , median lobe (ventral face up).
47. Berosus signaticollis, lateral view.
48. Silpha atrata, lateral view, with sac evaginated.
Descriptions on pp. 491-495 and (Silpha atrata) p. 503. Explana-
tion of the letters used uniformly on pp, 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLIX.
mt Aa
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate L.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.
Fic. 49. Silpha obsewra, dorsal view.
49a. » » ventral view of median lobe.
50. Silpha analis, lateral view, with sac evaginated.
51. Necrophorus mortuormm, dorso-lateral view.
52. Bathyscia, sp. Piedmont, lateral view.
52a. E , apex of sac with armature.
53. Liodes humeralis, lateral view.
baa: 5 ‘ , apex of sac with armature.
Baur 5 - , lateral view of median piece of armature.
54. Clambus minutus, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 503-505. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-4183.
BiG sob:
55a.
56.
56a.
56D.
56c.
57.
58.
EXPLANATION OF PuATE LI.
Leptinus testaceus, lateral view.
FA » 5 dorsal view.
Stenichnus collaris, lateral view.
fe » » ventral view of apex of median lobe
with sac slightly evaginated.
Stenichnus collaris, ditto, lateral view.
3 5, » lateral view with sac wholly evagin-
ated, or nearly so. j
Eumicrus tarsatus, lateral view.
Physa inflata, lateral view, with sac evaginated.
Descriptions on pp. 506-510. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LI.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 7912, Plate LI.
Woy
\ i he
WSs gS Ss
SN
ae
as
eV a
was
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.
Fic, 59. Sagola, sp. New Zealand, lateral view.
60. Palimbolus, sp.n.? lateral view.
61. Gyrophaena pulchella, lateral view.
6la. Pa » 5 dorsal view.
62. Tachinus swbterraneus, lateral view with sac evaginated.
62a. os 4 , armature at apex of sac.
63. Ocypus ewpreus, lateral view.
63a and b. i “ armature at apex of sac.>
64. Quedius ventralis, lateral view, with sac evaginated.
Descriptions on pp. 510, 511 and 496-498. Explanation of the
letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Fia. 65.
66.
67.
67a.
67D.
68.
68a.
69.
69a.
70.
70a.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LITT.
Othius filvipennis, lateral view, with sac evaginated,
» melanocephalus, do.
Xantholinus glabratus, lateral view.
5 » , distal end of aedeagus, latero-distal
view.
Xantholinus glabratus, distal end of aedeagus, ventral view.
Xantholinus (Hulissus) chalybeus, dorso-lateral view.
” x + , ventral view of distal
end.
Paederus riparius, lateral view.
i. 5 , dorsal view.
Stenus speculator, ventral view.
a ‘5 , lateral view.
” ”
Descriptions on pp. 499-501. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
: Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LILI.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
é + +
b
Fee | hy
. eau ja, a ah ea
he iter
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LIV.
V2
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
des 7
71a.
~j
1.
2.
3.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.
Pinophilus rectus, lateral view.
», , lateral view of base of sac and end of
flagellum.
Osorius, sp. (Trinidad), lateral view, with sac evaginated.
Zirophorus bicornis, lateral view.
Micropeplus fulvus, lateral view.
Sacium politum, lateral view.
a » » ventral view of tegmen.
Scaphidium 4-maculatum, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 498, 501, 502, 507 (Saciwm), 506 (Scaphi-
diwm).
Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.
Fic. 77. Syntelia histeroides, ventral view.
77a. % 5 . lateral view.
78. Sphaerites glabratus, dorsal view.
78a. A = , lateral view.
79. Hister cadaverinus, lateral view.
79a. <3 » » lateral view of median lobe.
80. Macrolister maximus, lateral view.
81. Hololepta elongata, lateral view.
8la. Bs » , dorsal view.
82. Niponius canalicollis, lateral view.
82a. n re , dorsal view.
Descriptions on pp. 511-518. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LV
B2 a V2,
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LV.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
7"
:
ee le a
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.
Fig. 83. Phalacrus grossus, lateral view.
83a. - » », dorsal view of tegmen.
84, Litolibrus obesus, lateral view.
85. Monotoma conicicollis, lateral view of median lobe and sac.
85a. re 9 , jateral view of tegmen.
86. Bytwrus tomentosus, lateral view.
87. Psilotus atratus, lateral view.
88. Ips (Glischrochilus) japonicus, lateral view.
89. Temnochila virescens, lateral viéw of tegmen.
89a. = - , lateral view of median lobe.
Descriptions on pp. 514-516. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Fic. 90.
90a.
91.
9la.
92.
92a.
92b.
93.
94.
94a.
98:
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIL.
Thymalus limbatus, dorsal view.
s » » lateral view.
Aulonium bidentatum, dorsal view.
5 a , ventral view.
Enarsus bakewelli, ventral view of tegmen.
, ventral view of median lobe.
. 3 , ventral view of end of body with
aedeagus turned under.
Taphiomimus indentatus, dorsal view.
Deretaphrus ignavus, lateral view.
i » » dorsal view of tegmen.
Cerylon histeroides, lateral view.
” ”
Descriptions on pp. 516 and 517. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LVII.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
‘Tiegh O ar,
Wie ay Lis. ee
rad ee ey
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LVILI.
a
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Fic. 96.
96a.
97.
98.
99.
99a.
100.
101.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII.
Passandra fasciata, lateral view.
is » » dorsal view of median lobe with sac
partly evaginated.
Cucujus mniszechii, lateral view.
Chactosoma scaritides, dorso-lateral view.
Diagrypnodes wakefieldi, lateral view.
= i , lateral view of median lobe.
Brontopriscus sinuatus, lateral view.
Rhizophagus depressus, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 518-520. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF Phate LIX.
Fig. 102. Omma stanley, lateral view, with last abdominal segment.
102a. A »» 5 dorsal view, with sac evaginated.
103. Oupes clathratus, ventral view.
102a. 5 ‘ , lateral view.
104. - 5 , lateral view of aedeagus surrounded by
last two abdominal segments,
104a. Cupes clathratus, lateral view of last segment of abdomen.
104b. re Be , dorsal view of last segment of abdomen.
105. Antherophagus nigricornis, dorso-lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 521 and 522. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LIX,
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
we SRP REE wns
at.
-*
oe, eee be al
4, ,
a
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX,
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.
Fic, 106. Helota gemmata, ventral view.
106. 7s 43 , lateral view.
106b. " A , armature at apex of sac.
107. Camptocarpus prolongatus, lateral view.
108. Cryptodacne vittata, lateral view.
108a, >. »» » armature at apex of sac.
109, Notiophygus, sp.?, lateral view.
109a. * » » lateral view of median lobe.
110. Mycetophagus quadripustulatus, dorsal view.
Descriptions on pp. 521, 523, 524, and 529 (Mycetophagus).
Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.
‘Sp
Fig. 111.
112;
its
114,
114a,
115.
116.
116a.
Te
117a.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXI.
Lasia globosa, lateral view.
Mysia oblongoguttata, lateral view.
Eumorphus, sp, aff, E. profani, Borneo, lateral view.
Eumorphus, aff. E. tetraspiloti, Borneo, lateral view, left side.
3 » » lateral view, right
side.
Mycetaea hirta, lateral view.
Lathridius lardarivs, ventral view.
" 3 , lateral view.
Corticaria punctulata, lateral view of median lobe.
i, 55 , lateral view of tegmen.
Descriptions on pp. 524-527. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
|
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXI.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII.
Fie. 118, Adimerus crispatus, dorsal view.
119. Aglycyderes setifer, lateral view.
120. Proterhinus validus, lateral view.
121. Dermestes murinus, dorsal view.
122. Chelonariwm zapotense, dorsal view.
122a, = 5 , lateral view of median lobe,
123. Cyathocerus horni, lateral view.
123d. 7 », » lateral view of median lobe.
124, Georyssus pygmaeus, dorsal view.
Descriptions on pp. 527-531. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIII.
Fig. 125. Heterocerus flexwosus, ventral view.
1254. 5 a , lateral view.
126, Pelonomus palpalis, lateral view.
127. Parnus luridus, lateral view.
127a. 5 »» lateral view of median lobe and right
lateral lobe.
128. Laricobius erichsoni, ventral view.
129. Cis boleti, lateral view.
129a. ,, 4, » ventral view.
130. Aspidiphorus orbiculatus, lateral view.
131. Apate terebrans, dorso-lateral view.
132. Lyctus canaliculatus, lateral view.
132a. a i , dorsal view.
Descriptions on pp. 531-533. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXT1.,
125.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
=
ety Ales ail a fe
Muh SHCA
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, Plate LXIV.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.
Fic. 133. Ptinus fur, lateral view.
134. Ernobius mollis, lateral view (reversed).
134a. “ 4» , dorsal view.
135. ctrephes, sp., dorsal view.
136. Lycostomus gestroi, lateral view.
137. Cratomorphus diaphanus, lateral view.
138. Drilus flavescens, dorsal view.
138a. 55 i , lateral view.
139. 1% Chauliognathus, sp., dorso-lateral view.
140, Silis rwficollis, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 534-538. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV.
Fic. 141. Telephorus limbatus, lateral view.
141a. - 5 , lateral view of median lobe.
142. Malachius bipustulatus, lateral view.
143. Balanophorus mastersi, lateral view.
144. Phloeophilus edwardsi, ventral view.
145. Danacaea, sp. ? Piedmont, lateral view.
146. Psilothrix cyaneus, lateral view.
147. Natalis porcata, dorso-lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 538-541, Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX V.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Gt
om a ee
= eke |
(2.
<1
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX VI.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
EXPLANATION OF PLatTe LXVI.
Fic. 148. Trogodendron fasciculatum, dorso-lateral view.
148a. 5 . , ventral view of apex of
median lobe and tegmen.
149. Atractocerus valdivianus ?, lateral view, including last two
abdominal segments.
150. Atractocerus africanus, dorsal view.
150a. 5 », , lateral view with end of abdomen.
151. Ptilodactyla, sp. ?, ventral view.
152. Dascillus cervinus, ventral view.
153. Callirrhipis philiberti, dorsal view.
153a. ES », » lateral view of median lobe.
154. Agrypnus sp. ? ventral view.
Descriptions on pp. 541-545. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVII.
Fie. 155. Anisomerus hacqarti, lateral view.
155a. er & , dorsal view.
156. Chalcolepidius albertisi, ventral view.
157. Throscus dermestoides, dorsal view.
158. Lissomus bicolor, ventral view.
158a. 5 », » Jateral view.
159. Hemiopsida mastersi, lateral view.
160. Chrysodema aurofoveata, ventral view.
161. Polybothris quadricollis, dorsal view.
161la. % - , ventral view of median lobe.
Descriptions on pp. 545-547. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX VII.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., r9r2, Plate LXVIII, —
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Fia, 162,
163.
163a.
164,
165.
165a.
166.
166a.,
167.
168.
169.
169,
Descriptions on pp. 548-550. Explanation of the letters used
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVITI.
Pediris, sp. n.?, ventral view.
Eleodes dentipes, ventral view.
, median lobé, dorsal view.
. » » lateral view of oviduct.
Chiroscelis digitata, ventral view.
ey » , dorso-lateral view.
Cossyphus insularis, lateral view,
” ”
” ”
abdomen.
Zopherosis georgti, dorsal view.
Rhysopaussus, sp. (Australia), lateral view.
<5 =F , ventral view.
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
, ventral view of apical portion,
Stenosis angustata, dorso-lateral view with end of
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIX.
*Fia.170. Omophlus lepturoides, lateral view.
171. Prostenus dejeani, lateral view.
17la. 3 » , ventral view.
172. Othnius lyncea, lateral view.
172a. ‘5 » » Ventral view.
173. Aegialites debilis, lateral view, with sac partly evaginated.
174. Monomma gigantewm, dorsal view of tegmen.
174a. s 9 , lateral view of median lobe,
175. Orchesia micans, ventral view.
176. Phloeotrya rufipes, ventral view.
177. Melandrya caraboides, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 550-552. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXIX.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
a.
fi.
4h
4
a
=
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX.
178 ¥
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Fig. 178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184,
184a.
185.
185a.,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXX.
Pytho depressus, lateral view.
Pyrochroa pectinicornis, dorso-lateral view.
Anthicus maritimus ?, lateral view.
Oncomera femorata, lateral view.
Copidita (Sessinia) punctum, dorso-lateral view.
Dohrivia miranda, lateral view.
Trochoideus desjardinsii, lateral view.
7 , ventral view of tegmen.
Endomychus coccineus, lateral view.
- » , Ventral view of tegmen.
Descriptions on pp. 553 and 554, Endomychus p. 525, Trochoideus
p. 526. Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXI.
Fic. 186. Metriorrhynchus thoracicus, lateral view.
187. Microcara livida, ventral view.
188. Cyphon coarctatus, ventro-lateral view.
189. Anaspis frontalis, dorso-lateral view.
190. Pelecotomoides conicollis, lateral view.
191. Tomoxia biquttata, lateral view.
192. Hmenadia, sp., lateral view.
193. Horia (Cissites) debyi, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 536 (Metriorrhynchus), 543 (Microcara), 544
(Cyphon), and 355, 356 (Anaspis, etc.). Explanation of the letters
used uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXJ.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXII.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Fig. 194.
194a.
195.
195a.
196.
197.
198.
199.
199a.
1996.
200.
200d.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXILI.
Trictenotoma thomsoni, lateral view.
- ss , ventral view.
Bruchus rufimanus, lateral view.
a », » dorsal view of tegmen.
Caryoborus, sp. n. ?, lateral view.
Bs nucleorum, lateral view.
Orsodacne nigriceps, dorso-lateral view.
Donacia sericea, lateral view with sac evaginated.
, armature on apex of sac.
- », » lateral view of median piece and right
lateral piece of armature on apex of sac.
Donacia comari, armature on apex of sac.
, lateral view of median and lateral pieces
” ”
” ”
of armature.
Descriptions on pp. 557-560. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIII.
Fig. 201. Donacia bidens, armature at apex of sac.
202, 53 semicupred, yy 5 x
203. oe lemnae, % i 5
204. Curpophagus banksiae, lateral view.
204a. 1 as , armature at apex of sac.
205. Diaphanops westermanni, _ ,, a 5
206. Sagra amethystina, lateral view.
DO0G0ss , evaginated sac.
207. Eumolpus swrinamensis, lateral view.
2074. 3 ss , armature on apex of sac.
208. Clythra laeviuscula, lateral view.
209. Orina elongata, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 560-563. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XIII.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXIV.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Fig. 210.
210a,
211.
212.
212a.
212b.
213.
214.
215.
2150.
216.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIV.
Paropsis variolosa ?, lateral view.
3 3 , dorsal view.
Timarcha geniculata, lateral view.
Phyllodecta vitellinae, lateral view, with sac evaginated.
a M4 (sandhill variety), base of median
lobe.
“ rs , base of median lobe.
Spilispa imperialis, lateral view.
Cephaloleia, aff. nigropictae, lateral view.
Mesomphalia pascoei, lateral view.
a4 » » armature at apex of sac.
Aspidomorpha 4-maculata, lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 564-567. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXYV.
Fira. 217. Aromia maschata, dorso-lateral view.
218. Chloridolwm dorycum, lateral view of armature on sac.
218a. 55 3) arontall ;, “ is
219. Parandra, sp. n.?, dorso-lateral view.
220. Gnoma ctenostomoides, dorso-lateral view.
Descriptions on pp. 568 and 569. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1912, Plate LXX V.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX V1.
225.
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVI.
Fig. 221. Monohammus longicornis, dorso-lateral view.
221a. $ a , Opening of ducts on apex of
sac.
222. Hupholus chevrolati, dorso-lateral view of median lobe.
222a. Pa » » dorsal view of tegmen.
223. Belus bidentatus, lateral view.
224. Sphenophorus obscwrus, lateral view.
224. s » , dorsal view of tegmen.
225. Phloeobius alternans, dorso-lateral view.
225a. =p - , armature on apex of sac.
Descriptions on pp. 569-571. Explanation of the letters used
uniformly on pp. 481-483.
EXPLANATION OF PuatTeE LXXVII.
Fig. 226. Tomicus laricis, lateral view.
227. Baryrhyncus miles, dorso-lateral view.
228. Crossotarsus barbatus, dorso-lateral view.
229. Platypsylla castoris, lateral view.
230. Bryaxis impressa, lateral view.
230a. 5; » » dorsal view.
230b. % » 3 cross section near middle.
231. Trichopteryx grandicollis, lateral view.
231a. és +A , ventral view.
Descriptions on pp. 572 and 578, 506 (Platypsylla), 510
(Bryaxis), 507 (Trichopteryx). Explanation of the letters used uni-
formly on pp. 481-483.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX VII.
AL.
YS. 230a
y N
230l
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
AAs
*
. aay tats |
* Hoo
x See F
4
i
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX VIII,
GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.
Fig. 232.
233.
234,
234a.
235.
236.
237.
37a.
238.
239.
239.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVIII.
Stenus speculator, ¢ and @ in copula, extremities of
abdomen.
Mualthodes marginatus, and @ in copula, extremities
of abdomen.
Cistela atra, ventral view.
FA » » dorsal view.
Malthinus flaveolus,* ¢ and ? in copula.
Telephorus nigricans, ?,* ,, : +s
Rhagonycha fulva, uterus with internal sac of ¢ in situ.
as 5, » internal sac evaginated.
Malthinus flaveolus, ?,* last abdominal segment with
aedeagus turned as during coition.
Diagram of g genital tube (diagrammatic, testes mis-
placed purposely).
Diagram of male tube with one invagination of the distal
end.
* The pair from which this drawing was prepared has unfortunately been
mislaid, but we believe it was of this species.
Descriptions on pp, 610, 612, etc. Full explanation of Figs. 239
and 239a on pp. 603, 604.
ss a.
: TLV RAE west yh MONA Wadtxe |
: | Pe a
| rey,
to sabliatans? nliads “of 9 Pea 7 Hiolghusnes Bibi ae"
; andnhh xS
2 agilliistise Lalande nS hae yy aii ashiod iyi pea
arercukhda 19
wwaorh latino? wtin wise)
A t swale [eatohi, +. atk
. aie aRitos. we bia % ¥ subs aly, eaanlthodl
*t ‘2 a pr. ; 7 a - hy iss eae. ALETHRN TK isy
i, Ai ve Fy, 1 “i lenvatak eibvadtser rie, ie Ayala
ataniuan ope Terre +
hanger faittiotolata: @ nf 3% P ewer suecsily
; qoltose hb te" Barley Bil heen
. f R iid Beal, CLITA: uly slik fedinon an ta” thee
rei A cloacapip: inl
: Iniuih adh to iOhadtivavot ano ew sUof ofact Yoel ee
. iT) hae :
dosh yboicivdayl maedd Doiaqong caw ys teats ably etter coal ez .
gas recone ai) to goae Perotti ae
\ es
O89 not f la ethowaliad od sie AE O10 dy ae suhhy riait
; : 0 BOB it ai ee
“a
i
av n ; SC)
e-
hind ORE ) rl ie ee tuk’
R iy
a <4 ae
Trans. Tint. Soc.Lond., 1912. PL. LXXTIX.
West, Newman Jith.
R.S. del.
DETAILS OF BLATTIDAE.
Fig. 1.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIX.
Theganopteryx fantastica, Shelf—Abdomen of ¢ from
above, showing the long process of the first abdominal
tergite.
Theganopteryx nitida, Borg.— Apex of abdomen of ¢ from
above.
Theganopteryx witida, Borg.—Wing. Note the distorted
ulnar vein. M.D. = medio-discal area. M.U. = medio-
ulnar area.
Theganopteryx gambiensis, Shelf.—Wing. Note the ulnar
vein impinging on the apical triangle and failing to reach
the outer margin of the wing.
Theganopteryx notata, sp. n.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ from
above.
Theganopteryx lucida, Br.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ from
above.
Theganopteryx lucida, Br—Wing. Note ulnar vein similar
to that of 7. gambiensis,
Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss, & Zehnt.—Apex of abdomen
of ¢ from above. Note the horseshoe-shaped left style.
Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss. & Zehnt.—Apex of
abdomen of ¢ in profile view.
Fig. 10.
11.
12.
13.
14,
15.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXX.
Hemithyrsocera fallax, Sauss.—Wing (drawn from all that
remains of the type in the Geneva Museum) showing the
small apical triangle and undistorted ulnar vein ; one’
extreme of the range of variation in wing-structure in
this genus, The wing of H. masswae is practically
identical with this.
Hemithyrsocera circumcincta, R. & F.—Tegmen, showing
venation characteristic of this genus and of Thegano-
pterya.
Hemithyrsocera cirewmeincta, R. & F.—Wing. Note the
conspicuous apical triangle with well-defined boundaries
and ulnar vein very slightly upturned at apex: the
other extreme of variation in wing-structure shown by
this genus.
Hemithyrsocera circumeincta, R. & F.—Apex of abdomen
of ¢ from beneath.
Hemithyrsocera neavei, sp. u.—Apex of abdomen of ¢
from beneath.
Hemithyrsocera ridleyi, sp. n.—Apex of abdomen of ¢
from beneath,
|
ae ee : st rm” af a i - ee ae:
Kee’ oe
>
2
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,1912. PLLIXXX.
West, Newman lith.
DETAILS OF BLATTIDAE.
( 643)
XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R. SHELFORD, ©
M.A.
[Read June 5th, 1912. ]
Prarie LX EX XX.
A REVISION OF THE GENUS J'AHEGANOPTERYX, BR., TO-
GETHER WITH REMARKS ON SOME SPECIES OF
HEMITHYRSOCERA, SAUSS.
THE great numbers of obscure and still undescribed species
of cockroaches belonging to the subfamilies Ectobiinae and
Pseudomopinae have convinced me that much more accn-
rate and detailed diagnoses of genera must be drawn up
if any order is to be introduced into the chaos at present
existing. This is a task of no mean difficulty, for whilst
the differences between the males of the various species
are patent enough, the females resemble each other very
closely, and the presence of characters which will enable
the entomologist to brigade the species into genera can
only be demonstrated after the most meticulous examina-
tion of all the external anatomy of the insects. But a still
greater difficulty confronts the student. The characters
hitherto employed to separate the subfamilies Lctobiinae
and Pseudomopinae are so variable and so interchangeable
that the allocation of a species or genus to this subfamily
or that is as often as not dependent almost entirely on
the personal opinion of the entomologist. So intimately
do the subfamilies interlock that more than once I have
considered the advisability of merging the two subfamilies,
and I think that I would do so had I not a lingering con-
viction that further study of the species, both described
and undescribed, will bring to light some really reliable
diagnostic characters. Not one of the characters usually
employed to distinguish the Hetobiinae from the Pseudo-
mopinae is peculiar to the former subfamily. The transverse
supra-anal lamina of the male, the sparse armature of
the femora, the well-defined apical triangle of the wings
occur sporadically in the Psewdomopinae. When these
three important characters are shown by one species it is
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) XX
644 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
easy to recognise that species as a typical Ectobiine. But
what of the species that exhibit, let us say, two of the
above-mentioned features, whilst the third character is
typical of the Psewdomopinae? It is true that the Lctobiinae
as a whole have a general facies which enables the expert
to recognise them almost at a glance, but it is impossible
to define this facies in cut-and-dry phrases. For example,
it would be folly to remove “ Theganopteryx” malagassa
Sauss., from the Zctobiinae, or the two species of Chrasto-
blatta from the Psewdomopinae. Yet in the former species
the apical triangle is not sharply marked off from the rest
of the wing, and the two latter species have the femora
most sparsely armed. Quite apart from this difficulty of
expressing in words the Kctobiine facies, there is the
difficulty of placing the genera which present neither
an Kctobiine nor a Pseudomopine facies; these baffle even
the specialist. Jallotoblatta, Sauss., and Escala, mihi are
cases in point,* they present some Kctobiine characters
but do not look like Ectobiinae, and to include them in the
Ectobiinae renders a diagnosis of the whole subfamily
more difficult than ever, and the same happens if they
are included in the Psewdomopinae.
It is perhaps the irony of fate that in this, my last
serious contribution to the taxonomy of the Blattidae,
I feel compelled to recant some of the opinions expressed
in my first essay on the same subject. In that paper
(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906) I, with all the rashness
of inexperience, rushed in where such authorities as
Brunner von Wattenwyl and de Saussure had feared to
tread, and declared with no uncertain voice that the
simple or bifurcate ulnar vein of the wing was a char-
acter of the greatest reliability whereby to separate the
Eectobiinae from the Psewdomopinae. The position cannot
be held. Reliance on this character involved the removal
of Hemithyrsocera from the Pseudomopinae to the Ectobiinae,
but further knowledge has shown me that its genus is
akin to blattella, in fact the two genera grade into each
other. Moreover, when the wings of a cockroach become
reduced in size or semi-aborted the first wing-veins to
disappear are the branches of the ulnar vein, consequently
nearly all the species of Ceratinoptera, a truly typical
* It is some comfort to know that de Saussure was evidently as
puzzled about the correct systematic position of Mallotoblatta as 1
um.
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 645
Pseudomopine, would, following my erroneous views, fall
into the Eetobiinae. It is perfectly true that the simple
or bifurcate ulnar vein of the wings is an Ectobiine
character, there being but few exceptions (Anaplectoidea
and one or two species of Anaplecta), but it occurs so
often amongst the Psewdomopinae, that taken by itself
it has no great diagnostic value.
It was my intention to write a complete revision of the
Kctobiine genera, but circumstances over which I have no
control prevent me from accomplishing this piece of work,
either now or in the future, and I must content myself
with giving a definition of the Hctobiinae, a revision of
one characteristic Ectobiine genus, Zheganopteryx, Br., and
descriptions of a few critical species of Hemithyrsocera,
Sauss. I hope that my researches will enable other
orthopterists to recognise clearly the differences which
separate the two genera—a point in classification which
was never very clear before, and by that means to discern
the characters of the two subfamilies to which the two
genera belong.
i. DIAGNOSIS OF THE SUB-FAMILY ECTOBIINAE.
Fully winged, or tegmina and wings reduced, or aborted, or
absent. Sexes similar or dissimilar. Vertex of head not covered
by pronotum, which is transversely elliptic or trapezoidal. Tegmina
with discoidal sectors longitudinal or oblique. Wings nearly always
with simple or bifurcate ulnar vein; a triangular apical area is
invariably present except in those forms in which it has developed
into a large apical field, reflected when the wing is folded; the
triangular apical area is typically defined very clearly and easily
distinguished from the rest of the wing. Supra-anal lamina of the
male generally short and transverse. Subgenital lamina of the male
and the styles generally asymmetrical. Femora usually very sparsely
armed, Ootheca chitinous and carried with the suture uppermost.
iil. REVISION OF THE GENUS THEGANOPTERYX, Br.
I was led to a revision of this genus by an examination
of its type, 7. lucida, Br., which was kindly lent to me
with several others by Dr. Dohrn of the Stettin Museum.
The type has lost its abdomen and never was provided
with a locality label, for the describer hazarded the
opinion that the species came from Australia. On seeing
2
646 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
the specimen I recognised its identity with a long series
of the same species in the Genoa Museum collection, then
in my hands, which came from West Africa, and I have
no doubt that Brunner’s type was taken, as were many
other species in the Stettin Museum described by the
same author, in Old Calabar. The genus being a critical
one I made a very careful examination of the type and
of the Genoa specimens, and in course of time arrived at
the conclusion that the genus was far more limited in
scope and in its geographical distribution than had
been supposed by the authors who followed Brunner.
Theganopteryx is in fact confined, so far as our present
knowledge goes, to Tropical Africa. The majority of
species which by other authors as well as by myself have
been referred to this genus belong in reality to the almost
cosmopolitan genus Hemithyrsocera, Sauss., but for the
Malagasy species of Zheganopteryx I have recently erected
the new genus Hutheganopteryx. In the following revision
I have thought it advisable to describe at some length
every species of the genus, it is certainly convenient to
have under one cover a complete conspectus of a genus.
Genus THEGANOPTERYX, Br.
Theganopteryz, Brunner v. Wattenwyl, Nouv. Syst. d.
Blatt., p. 53 (1865); Saussure, Mém. Soc. Se. Phys. Nat.
Geneve, xx, p. 229 (1869); Saussure and Zehntner, Biol.
Centr.-Amer. Orth., i, p. 16 (1898).
Sexes similar. Antennae setaceous. Pronotum trapezoidal.
Tegimna extending beyond the apex of the abdomen; costals
regular, radial vein simple, discoidal sectors longitudinal, anterior
ulnar usually simple, posterior ulnar multiramose. Wings fully
developed; mediastinal vein 3- 5-ramose, rarely simple, costals
regular, incrassated, radial vein simple, ulnar vein simple or
bifurcate running close to the vena dividens, the interspace seldom
crossed by transverse venules, its apex bent up and frequently
failing to reach outer margin of wing impinging on the boundary
of the apical triangle, medio-discal area 3-4 times broader in the
middle than the medio-ulnar area. Triangular apical area well-
defined, prominent, clearly marked off from rest of wing. Supra-
anal lamina variable but typically trigonal. Sub-genital lamina
(3) more or less asymmetrical, Femora moderately armed beneath ;
front femora on the anterior margin beneath armed according to
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 647
Type B. Tarsi long, posterior metatarsi longer than the succeeding
joints,
Type of the genus—7’ lucida, Br.
Distribution of the species—Wersr Arrica, Congo
region and N.E. Rhodesia.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
1. Unicolorous, testaceous or castaneous,
2. Eyes close together on vertex of head
(almost touchingin ¢). . . . . YT. fantastica, Shelf,
2’. Eyes not close together on vertex of
head.
3. Species barely exceeding 10mm, in
Hewett? re ase . . TL. camerunensis, sp. n.
3’, Species much peaisae 10 mm, in
length,
4, Uniform castaneous . . . . . JT. nitida, Borg.
4’, Uniform testaceous . . . . . YT. obscwra, Shelf. (¢).
1’. Not unicolorous.
2. Pronotum without darker vittae,
3. Pronotum unicolorous . . . . . JT obscwra, Shelf. (9).
3’, Pronotum not unicolorous’ but
piceous, marginal with hyaline . 7’. gambiensis, Shelf.
2’, Pronotum with 2 castaneous vittae or
blotches.
3. Pronotum with 2 castaneous blotches
ati bases. \ssc hs . . ©. affinvis, sp. n.
3’. Pronotum with 2 Ee iuedee erie
4, Tegmina uniform testaceous . . T. rhodesiue, sp. n.
4’, Tegmina not uniform testaceous.
5. Apex of anal field of tegmina
hyaline; sub-genital lamina
(g) scarcely asymmetrical . ’. notata, sp. n.
5’, Anal field concolorous; sub-
genital lamina (3) very
asymmetrical. . . suse 2 ducida, Br.
Theganopteryx fantastica, Shelf. (Plate LXXIX, fig. 1.)
Theganopteryz fantastica, Shelford, Mem. Soc. espafi.
Hist. Nat. 1, No. 27, p. 476 (1909).
¢. Pale tlavo-testaceous. Head and antennae unicolorous ; eyes
piceous, almost touching on vertex of head. Pronotum unicolorous.
648 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the blattidae.
Tegmina with 19 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple,
posterior ulnar 5-ramose. Wings hyaline, costal margin faintly
suffused with flavid, mediastinal vein simple, 18 costals the more
proximal slightly incrassated, medio-discal area nearly four times
broader in the middle than the medio-ulnar area, crossed by about
13 transverse venules, a prominent apical triangle, 1st axillary 4- to
5-ramose. Ist abdominal tergite produced as a flat narrow process
extending nearly to the apex of the abdomen, grooved along its
dorsal aspect and slightly spatulate at its extremity ; 8th tergite
depressed and punctate in the middle, the posterior angles triangularly
produced. Supra-anal lamina quadrately produced, apex slightly
bilobed, covering the bases of the cerci which are short and situated
close together. Subgenital lamina produced, asymmetrical, apex
concavely emarginate, two minute styles. Femora moderately
armed, front pair with 3 stout spines on the anterior margin
beneath, succeeded distally by piliform setae (Type B).
9. Similar, eyes less close together on vertex of head. Wings,
uniformly suffused with pale flavid. Supra-anal lamina produced,
trigonal ; subgenital lamina semi-orbicular, ample. Cerci longer
not situated close together.
Total length (¢) 9 mm.,(?) 11 mm. ; length of body (¢) 8°1
mm., (?) 9°6 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 7 mm., (?) 9°5 mm. ;
pronotum (4) 2°9 mm. x 32 mm.,(?) 3mm. x 45 mm.
Hab. S.E. and N. Kamerun (Conradt) (Berlin Mus.,
types; coll. Bolivar); Brarra, Cabo S. Juan (Hscalera)
(Madrid Mus.; Oxford Mus.)
Theganopteryx camerunensis, sp. n.
Differs from 7’. fantastica by the greater distance apart of the
eyes in both sexes, the smaller size of the 2, the absence of the
process of the 1st abdominal tergite in the ¢. Colour and venation
as in 7. fantastica. Supra-anal lamina (¢) subquadrate, not
strongly produced, apex emarginate, (?) triangular. Subgenital
lamina (¢) symmetrical, posteriorly concavely emarginate, two
minute styles, Cerci short, fusiform, very broad at base with 8
visible joints in ¢, narrower and longer in 9.
Total length (¢) 85 mm.,(?) 9 mm.; length of body (¢) 71
mm., (?) 7 mm.; length of tegmina (g) 7 mm., (?) 7 mm. ;
pronotum 2 mm. xX 3 mm.
Hab. S.E. KamMERuN (Conradt) (Berlin Mus., type 2;
coll. Bolivar, type 9).
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 649
Theganopteryx affines, sp. n.
g. Closely allied to T. fantastica, but tegmina with anal field
and a stripe on the discoidal field, castaneous; distance apart of
eyes on vertex of head greater than the breadth of the 1st antennal
joint; wings faintly suffused with castaneous, ulnar vein bifurcate,
the rami joining again at their extremities. Secondary sexual
apparatus of ¢ as in 7. fantastica, Posterior angles of 8th abdominal
tergite less produced; supra-anal lamina not sub-bilobate. Sub-
genital lamina symmetrical, apex concavely emarginate, two styles.
Cerci narrower, situated less close together, their bases not hidden
by the supra-anal lamina.
Total length 10°2 mm.; length of body 8:1 mm.; length of
tegmina 8 mm.; pronotum 2-2°5 mm. x 2°5-3 mm.
Hab. Conco STATE, W. of Kambove, 3,500’—4,500’ (8. A.
Neave) (British Mus., type).
Theganopteryx nitida, Borg. (Plate LXXIX, figs. 2, 3.)
Theganopteryz nitida, Borg. Bih. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.,
Handl. xxviii, Afd. 4, No. 10, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 8 (1904).
¢. Castaneous or rufo-castaneous, unicolorous, Antennae fuscous,
not incrassated. Tegmina with 19-21 costals, radial and anterior
ulnar veins simple, posterior ulnar 6-ramose. Wings suffused with
castaneous, mediastinal vein 4-ramose, 21 costals, the proximal 16
slightly incrassated, medio-discal area in the middle about four times
broader than the medio-ulnar area, crossed by 14 transverse venules,
ulnar vein bifurcate, flexuose, reaching the outer margin, lst axillary
vein 7-ramose, triangular apical area large, prominent. Posterior
margin of penultimate tergite sinuate; no scent-gland opening
visible. Supra-anal lamina very asymmetrical, its posterior angles
produced as two incurved hooks, the right overlapping the left.
Subgenital lamina surpassing the supra-anal lamina, produced,
asymmetrical, irregularly notched on the left side, apex with a blunt
style. Cerci moderate, 9-jointed. Legs testaceous.
Total length 11°5 mm. ; length of body 9 mm.; length of tegmina
9:8 mm.; pronotum 3 mm. x 3°1l mm.
Hab. KAMERUN (Sjostedt, Stockholm Mus. type; Con-
radt, coll. Bolivar); Brarra, Cabo S. Juan (Escalera,
Madrid Mus.).
650 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
Theganopteryx obscura, Shelf.
Theganopteryx obscura, Shelford, Rev. Zool. Afric. i,
fasc. 2, p. 199 (1911).
¢. Uniform flavo-testaceous. Head castaneous, antennae fuscous ;
eyes piceous, their distance apart on vertex of head nearly equal to
lst antennal joint. Pronotum posteriorly produced very obtusely.
Tegmina with 23 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple,
7 discoidal sectors. Wings faintly suffused with ochreous, media-
stinal vein simple, 15 costals, medio-discal area in middle about
four times broader than medio-ulnar area, crossed by about 15
transverse venules, ulnar bifurcate, the rami joining at their apices,
a prominent triangular apical area. Scent-gland openings on the
2nd and 7th abdominal tergites ; supra-anal lamina trigonal, sur-
passed by the subgenital lamina which is produced, symmetrical,
posteriorly emarginate and furnished with 2 minute styles. Cerci
short, sub-acuminate, situated close together at base.
?. Tegmina with the discoidal field and the disc of the abdomen
beneath castaneous, supra-anal lamina triangular, cerci longer and
more slender.
Total length (¢) 11:1 mm.,(9) 11°5 mm.; length of body (¢)
10 mm., (2) 85 mm. ; length of tegmina (¢) 9:1 mm., (?) 9°1
mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. X 3°5 mm.
‘
Hab. Conco StatE, West of Kambove, 3,500'-4,500)
(S. A. Neave) (British Mus.), S.E. Katanga (S. A. Weave
(British Mus., Oxford Mus.), Kapema-Kipaila (Sheffield
Neave) (Musée du Congo); N.E. Ruopesta, Serenje Dis-
trict (S.A. Neave) (British Mus.), Chisinga plateau (Oxford
Mus., types); PorTuGuEsE KE. Arrica, Kurumadzi River
(C.F. Swynnerton, Oxford Mus.).
Theganopteryx gambiensis, Shelf. (Plate LX XIX, fig. 4.)
Theganopteryx gamliensis, Shelford, Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 1906, p. 236.
d¢. Head castaneous; antennae fuscous, ciliate. Pronotum cas-
taneous, anteriorly and laterally margined with testaceous. Tegmina
and wings exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina flavo-
hyaline, outwardly margined with hyaline, 10 costals the last two
ramose, radial vein simple, anterior ulnar 3-ramose, 8 discoidal
sectors. Wings with anterior part faintly suffused with castaneous,
mediastinal vein 4-ramose, radial vein simple, 8-9 costals, slightly
incrassated, ulnar vein bifurcate, the rami reuniting at apex, not
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blatiidae. 651
reaching the margin of the wing, medio-discal area a little more than
twice as broad as medio-ulnar area crossed by a few transverse
venules, triangular apical area very large, the vena dividens crossing
it in the lower half, 1st axillary 3-ramose. Abdomen above piceous
in basal half, the tergites margined laterally and posteriorly with
testaceous, rufous in apical half ; scent-gland opening on 7th tergite;
supra-anal lamina trigonal. Abdomen beneath piceous, laterally
margined with testaceous ; sub-genital lamina asymmetrical bordered
on either side by lappets, thé inflexed margins of the 9th tergite, the
left lappet with apex slightly produced, the right style minute, the
left stout, hirsute, more or less concealed beneath the lamina, Cerci
fuscous, moderate, 9-jointed. Coxae castaneous at base, testaceous
at apex ; femora castaneous; tibiae flavo-testaceous tipped with
castaneous.
Total length 13 mm. ; length of body 10°5 mm. ; length of tegmina
ll mm. ; pronotum 4mm. x 4°38 mm.
Hab. Gamptia (Oxford Mus., type).
Theganopteryx rhodesiae, sp. 0.
&. Testaceous. Head flavo-testaceous; antennae fuscous. Pro-
notum with two broad castaneous vittae, lateral margins hyaline.
Tegmina with 20 costals, 6 longitudinal discoidal sectors, anterior
ulnar simple. Wings with marginal field infuscated, mediastinal
vein 3- 4-ramose, 13 incrassated costals, medio-discal area about twice
as broad as the medio-ulnar, crossed by 12 transverse venules, ulnar
vein bifurcate, upper half of triangular apical area crossed by two
veins, Ist axillary 3-ramose. Abdomen fuscous with pale lateral
margins. Supra-anal lamina rounded, surpassed by the subgenital
lamina which is produced and symmetrical ; styles absent. Cerci
piceous, situated close together at base. Legs testaceous.
Q. Similar, but in some examples the tegmina and wings do not
extend beyond the apex of theabdomen. Supra-anal lamina trigonal,
sub-genital lamina semi-orbicular ample.
Total length (¢)9mm., (?) 7-9 mm.; length of body (¢) 8
mm., (2) 8 mm. ; length of tegmina (¢) 9 mm., (2) 7-9 mm.;
pronotum 2-5 mm. x 3 mm.
N.E. Ruopesia, shores of L. Bangweolo and Upper
Kalunegwisi valley (S. A. Neave) (Oxford Mus., types).
Theganopteryx notata, sp.n. (Plate LX XIX, fig. 5.)
¢. Head testaceous, antennae fuscous, setaceous, distance apart of
eyes on vertex of head less than length of 1st antennal joint, Pro-
652 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
notum testaceous with 2 broad fuscous vittae. Tegmina and wings
exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina castaneous, the
marginal field and the apex of the anal field testaceo-hyaline, 14-16
costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 6 longitudinal dis-
coidal sectors. Wings suffused with castaneous, mediastinal vein
3-ramose, 14 costals the first 8 incrassated, medio-distal area in
middle about 3 times broader than medio-ulnar area, crossed by 12
transverse venules, ulnar vein bifurcate, the rami sometimes reunit-
ing at their apices, triangular apical area large and conspicuous, 1st
axillary 4-ramose. Abdomen castaneous above, laterally margined
with testaceous, beneath testaceous, laterally margined with castane-
ous. Scent-gland opening on 7th abdominal tergite ; supra-anal
lamina bullate, apex emarginate with a small tuft of rufous hairs on
either side of the notch ; surpassed by the sub-genital lamina which
is symmetrical, produced, with the apex emarginate, right style
minute, left style stouter, curved, median in position. Cerci
moderate, 8-jointed. Legs testaceous.
. Similar, supra-anal lamina trigonal.
Total length 9-10 mm, ; length of body 9 mm. ; length of tegmina
8-85 mm. ; pronotum 3-5 mm, x 4mm.
Hab. FRENCH Conco, Ndjole, Lambarene, Fernand Vaz
(L. Fea) (Genoa Mus., types; Oxford Mus.).
Theganopteryx lucida, Br. (Plate LX XIX, figs. 6 and 7.)
Ectobia [Theganopteryx] lucida, Brunner von Wattenwyl,
Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 62 (1865).
¢. Rufo-testaceous. Distance apart of eyes on vertex equal to
length of 1st antennal joint. Pronotum with 2 broad fuscescent
vittae, occasionally obsolescent. Tegmina and wings exceeding the
apex of the abdomen, Tegmina suffused with castaneous near the
base, 17-20 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 5-6 longi-
tudinal discoidal sectors. Wings with the veins castaneous, media-
stinal vein 4-ramose, 12—14 costals, all but the last 2 or 3 incrassated,
medio-discal area in middle 3 times broader than the medio-ulnar
area crossed by about 15 transverse venules, ulnar vein bifurcate,
the rami reuniting at their apices, triangular apical area large and
prominent its upper half crossed by 2 venae spuriae, Ist axillary
5-ramose. Opening of scent-gland on 7th abdominal tergite ; supra-
anal lamina triangular, sub-truncate at apex; sub-genital lamina
asymmetrical, notched to the left of the middle line, left style long
and slender, right style absent. Femora as in the preceding species.
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 658
@. Similar ; supra-anal lamina trigonal ; tegmina more heavily
suffused with castancous.
Oétheca chitinous, carried with the suture uppermost, sides and
base multicarinate, the carinae produced posteriorly to form minute
teeth.
Total lengths 10 mm. ; length of body (¢) 9 mm., (?)8 mm. ;
length of tegmina 8°5 mm. ; pronotum 3mm x 35 mm,
Hab.? KAMERUN (Stettin Mus., type; coll. Bolivar ;
Berlin Mus.); FRENCH GUINEA, Kouroussa (Paris Mus.) ;
PORTUGUESE GUINEA, Bolama, Rio Cassine (Fea) (Genoa
Mus., Oxford Mus.); FERNANDO Po, Basilé (Fea) (Genoa
Mus.); Brarra, Cabo 8. Juan (Hscalera) (Madrid Mus.) ;
ConGo SraTE, Kasenga Kalumba (Sheffield Neave) (Musée
du Congo).
One of the Portuguese Guinea examples was found in
a Termites’ nest. The Biafra specimens are much darker
than those from other localities ; in the Kamerun examples
the pronotal vittae tend to become obsolete.
iil, DiAGNOsIs OF HEMITHYRSOCERA, Sauss. (Sub-
family Pseudomopinae).
Sexes similar or dissimilar.
Vertex of head not covered by the pronotum. Antennae setaceous
but occasionally incrassated or plumose. Pronotum trapezoidal,
posteriorly produced obtusely. Tegmina and wings in ¢ always
exceeding the apex of the abdomen; in the ? the tegmina and
wings resemble those of the ¢, or in a few species the tegmina are
reduced to quadrate lobes and the wings are rudimentary. Discoidal
sectors of tegmina longitudinal. Ulnar vein of the wing simple,
bifurcate, or rarely trifurcate ; apical triangle variable but usually
much longer than broad and with ill-defined boundaries, not cutting
off the apex of the ulnar vein from the outer margin of the wing.
Medio-discal and medio-ulnar areas narrow. Subgenital lamina of
the g and styles usually very asymmetrical. Femora strongly
armed, front femora armed after Type A. Odtheca a membranous or
coriaceous capsule carried with the suture on one side.
Type of the Genus: Thyrsocera histrio, Burm.
Geographical distribution—The tropical and sub-tropical
regions of the world.
Every variation of which the apical triangle of the wing
seems capable is presented in this genus; it may be very
narrow and almost inconspicuous (e.g. Aistrio, Burm.,
654 Mr. R, Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidac.
Jallax, Sauss., massuae, Sauss. and Z., sabauda, Giglio-Tos),
and when in this form the type of wing-structure approaches
that of Blattella very closely. The other extreme causes
the wing-structure to resemble that of Theganopteryz (e. g
circumeineta, R. and F., weavei, sp.n.) and every gradation
may be found between the two extremes if a large enough
number of species is examined. As a matter of fact the
apical triangle is not a character of the first importance,
its form appears to be correlated with the relative length
and breadth of the wing, which again depends largely on
the body-length; the longer the wing the narrower and
the more ill-defined the apical triangle is a general rule,
with of course many exceptions, and the converse holds
true also.
The species described below are either new to science or
else of considerable interest as having long occupied very
precarious situations in classification; the synonymy of
HT, circumeincta, R. and F., is a good example of the latter.
Finally I give a list of the species of Hemithyrsocera, and
it will be noted that I have transferred to it some species
from the old “portmanteau” genus Phyllodromia, Serv.,
and also some species which in my “Genera Insectorum”’
memoir (Hetobiinae) I placed in Theganopteryx. Concern-
ing these latter species I shall doubtless be accused of
chopping and changing, but in palliation of my offence can
only urge that my predecessors appear to have held as
vague and uncertain views of the limits of the two puzzling
genera discussed in this paper as I did until recently. It
was not till I had critically examined a large number of
type-specimens that I was able to gain a clear picture of
the two genera. That being done I now hope that the views
expressed here are quite final and decisive, and that there
will no longer be confusion between the two genera.
A word may be said in passing on the genus Pseudectohia,
Sauss. Originally erected to include the species with a
conspicuous apical triangle and multiramose vena ulnaris
alarum as opposed to the simple ulnar vein of Theganopteryzx,
it gradually came to include a number of most diverse
species and its boundaries became so elastic that they
could not be defined with accuracy. Later, de Saussure,
in his work on the Orthoptera of Madagascar, regarded
Pseudectobia as a mere sub-genus of Theganopteryx, but to
adopt this view involves the removal of the type species
P. luneli, Sauss., from the genus! P. luneli is unfortunately
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 655
known from but a single specimen in a shocking state of
preservation. I have made as careful an examination of
the dilapidated type as is possible, and find that the apical
triangle is not at all conspicuous, and its boundaries are ill-
defined ; the femora are sparsely armed and the discoidal
sectors of the tegmina so far as can be seen are longitudinal,
but this latter point is exceedingly doubtful, owing to the
damage sustained by the tegmina. In my opinion none of
the other species included by different. authors in this
genus are congeneric with /wneli, and for the present I
prefer to regard Pseudectobia as a monotypic genus.
iv. DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME SPECIES OF HEMITHYRSOCERA.
Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss. and Zehntner. (Plate
LXXIX, fig. 8, LX XX, fig. 9, compare also fig. 10.)
Blatia massuae, Saussure and Zehntner [in] Grandidier’s
Hist. Madagascar, Orth. i, p. 28 (1895).
qd. Flavo-testaceous. Head rufo-castaneous, eyes on vertex wide
apart; antennae testaceous. Pronotum anteriorly and laterally
margined with sub-opaque testaceous. Tegmina and wings barely
exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina with 14-16 costals,
radial-vein bifurcate from the middle, anterior ulnar bifurcate, 6-7
longitudinal discoidal sectors. Wings hyaline, veins flavous, media-
stinal vein 2- or 3-ramose, 10 incrassated costals, radial vein bifur-
cate from middle, medio-discal area about 3 times broader than
medio-discal, ulnar vein simple, triangular apical area moderately
distinct, 1st axillary 3-ramose. Supra-anal lamina triangular,
exceeded by the sub-genital lamina ; opening of scent-gland on 7th
abdominal tergite. Sub-genital lamina symmetrical, produced at
apex to form a rounded and slightly deflected lobe, right style
minute, left style large and shaped like a horseshoe. Cerci moderate,
9-jointed. Femora rather sparsely armed.
Total length 10°5 mm. ; length of body 9 mm.; length of tegmina
85 mm. ; pronotum 3mm. x 3°2 mm.
Hab. ABYSSINIA, Massowa (Geneva Mus., type); Ery-
THRAEA, Mt. Geleb (Geneva Mus.). .
Through the kindness of Dr. J. Carl of the Geneva
Museum I have been permitted to examine one of de
Saussure’s specimens; it is evident that the learned Swiss
entomologist overlooked the very remarkable genital styles
of this species.
656 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
Hemithyrsocera circwmcincta, Reiche and Fairm. (Plate
LXXX, figs. 11-13.)
Blatta cirewmeincta, Reiche and Fairmaire, [in] Ferret
and Galinier, Voy. Abyss., iii, p. 241, pl. 27, £ 3 (1847).
Blatta senegalensis, Saussure, Rev. Zool. (2), xx, p. 854
(1868).
Lictolia (Theganopteryx) senegalensis, Saussure, Mém. Soc.
Se. Phys. Nat. Geneve, xx, p. 231 (1869).
Blatta fulvipes, Walker, Cat. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 105
(1868).
Blatta amoena, Walker, t.c., p. 220 (1868).
Phyllodromia pulchella, Gerstaecker, Mitt. Ver. Neuvor-
pomm. u. Rugen, xiv, p. 61 (1888).
Theganopteryx senegalensis, var., Saussure, Ann. Mus.
Civ. Genova, xxxv, p. 71 (1895).
Theganopteryx aethiopica, Saussure, t.c., p. 72 (1895);
Shelford, Gen. Insect. 55™° fasc., Blattidae, Ectobinae,
plate, f. 1 (1907).
?Temnopteryx abyssinica, Saussure and Zebntner, [in]
Grandidier, Hist. Madagasc., Orth. i, p. 51 (1895);
Saussure, Abh. Senckenb. Ges, xxi, p. 576 (1899);
Shelford, Gen. Insect., 73™° fase. Blattidae, Phyllodromiinae,
pl. 2, f. 3 (1908).
Temnopteryx saussuret, Bolivar, Ann. soc. ent. France,
Ixvi, p. 292 (1897).
Theganopteryx saussuret, Shelford, Gen. Insect., 55™°
fasc. Blattidae, Ectobinae, p. 8 (1907); Shelford, [in]
Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped., xvii, 2, Blattodea,
p. 14 (1907).
6. Head piceous; distance apart of eyes on vertex of head
equal to length of 1st antennal joint; antennae fuscous to piceous.
Pronotum castaneous, margined anteriorly and laterally with testa-
ceous, the margins inwardly sinuate. Teomina and wings extending
beyond the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina rufo-testaceous to
castaneous, outer margin hyaline, radial vein bifurcate at its middle
or in the distal third, 10-13 costals, anterior ulnar simple or bifur-
cate, very rarely 3-ramose, 7-8 longitudinal discoidal sectors.
Wings hyaline, costal margin faintly suffused with testaceous,
mediastinal vein 4-ramose, radial vein bifurcate, 9-10 costals more
or less incrassated, medio-discal area about twice as broad as the
medio-ulnar and crossed by several transverse venules, ulnar vein
simple, triangular apical area moderate, well-defined, lst axillary
vein 3- to 4-ramose, Abdomen above and beneath piceous to cas-
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 657
taneous, margined laterally with flavo-testaceous, 7th tergite more
or less testaceous and bearing the scent-gland opening. Supra-anal
lamina trigonal. Sub-genital lamina asymmetrical, margined pos-
teriorly with flavo-testaceous, on either side of it a lappet formed
by the inflexed margins of the 9th tergite, the lappets are
asymmetrical, the left being produced into a dentiform process
beset with spiniform setae, the right obliquely truncate ; right style
minute, left style stout, covered with long hairs and more or less
hidden beneath the lamina. Cerci castaneous, moderate, 9-jointed.
Coxae piceous tipped and outwardly marginal with testaceous, femora
castaneous or testaceous in basal % and eastaneous in apical third,
tibiae rufo-castaneous tipped with castaneous, tarsi fuscous, with
basal joints rufous; femoral and tibial spines rufous. Femora
moderately armed, front femora armed according to Type A.
?. Long-winged form (aethiopica) ; tegmina and wings extending
beyond the apex of the abdomen; tegmina castaneous, outwardly
margined with testaceous ; supra-anal lamina trigonal ; apical half
of the coxae, basal 2 of the femora, the tibiae except at extreme
base and apex, testaceous, remainder of legs castaneous. Medium-
winged form (circwmcincta); tegmina lanceolate, castaneous to
rufous, together with the wings not extending beyond the 5th
abdominal tergite ; fore femora usually piceous, otherwise the legs
are coloured as in the long-winged form; supra-anal lamina
occasionally faintly emarginate. Short-winged form (abyssinica) :
tegmina quadrate not extending beyond the Ist abdominal tergite,
castaneous or rufous ; wings squamiform ; the legs vary in colour
from that described for the medium-winged form to testaceous with
traces of castaneous markings at bases of coxae and femora.
gd. Total length 12-13°5 mm. ; length of body 10 mm. ; length
of tegmina 10°5-11°5 mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. x 4 mm.
?. Total length 10-13 mm.; length of body 10-10°5 mm. ;
length of tegmina 3-4, 7,10 mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. x 4 mm.
Hab. ERYTHRAEA, Asmara (Oxford Mus.), Bogos (Bec-
cart) (Genoa Mus.); AByssInraA (Ferret and Galinier)
(Paris Mus., type of circwmcincta), Massowa (Geneva Mus.,
type of abyssinica); SHOA, Let Marefia (Beccar?) (Genoa
Mus.); GALLA LAND, various localities (Bottego) (Genoa
Mus., Geneva Mus.); GERMAN E. Arrica, Kilimandjaro,
Meru (Sjdsted¢) (Stockholm Mus.; Oxford Mus.); “ W.
AFRICA” (British Mus. type of amoena); SENEGAL
(Geneva Mus., type of senegalensis) ; PORTUGUESE GUINEA,
Bolama (fea) (Genoa Mus.); SrERRA LEONE (British Mus.,
type of fulvipes); GoLD Coast (Geneva Mus., type of
658 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
aethiopica); Toco, Bismarckburg (Bittner) (Berlin Mus.) ;
BriAFRA, Cabo S. Juan (Lscalera) (Madrid Mus.); KAMERUN,
(Griefswald Mus., type of pulchella) ; CONGO, Buta (Ribottt)
(Genoa Mus.).
This is a most variable species which I am unable to
split up even into constant local varieties. The West
African male specimens have the tegmina rufo-testaceous
and the anterior ulnar vein of the tegmina usually bifur-
cate, but specimens from Shoa also have the tegmina
rufo-testaceous, and the East African males in general
sometimes have the anterior ulnar vein simple sometimes
branched, so that these characters cannot be employed
for subdividing the species. The form of the terminal
segments of the abdomen in the male also varies within
small limits, but the variations are quite independent of
the geographical distribution and in some cases I believe
that the variations are really due to distortion of the
parts after death. The long-winged females (aethzopica)
occur only on the West Coast, but they are found side by
side with the medium-winged forms (/fwlvipes) which occur
also in East Africa; the short-winged forms occur in
Abyssinia (abyssinica) and also in Togo.
In Dr. Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro collections was found a
short-winged female with the odtheca protruding from the
end of the abdomen; this odtheca was a thin-walled
membranous sac, carried with the suture directed to one
side and transparent so that the eyes of the contained
embryoes could be seen through the walls. The ootheca,
which thus differs very markedly from that of 7. lucida,
Br., is probably deposited but a few hours before the
emergence of the young, and is thoroughly characteristic
of the sub-family Pseudomopinae.
Hemithyrsocera neavei, sp.n. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 14.)
¢. Differs from 7. circwmcincta in larger size, antennae testaceous
at base ; tegmina rufo-castaneous sometimes darker at base, 15-18
costals, otherwise venation the same; left inflexed angle of 9th
abdominal tergite not dentately produced; legs testaceous, the
extreme base of the coxae and tibiae and the apex of the tibiae
castaneous. .
9. Very similar to short-winged E. African form of T. cirewm- ~
cincta (abyssinica) but larger and pronotum not bordered posteriorly
with testaceous.
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 659
Total length (¢) 15 mm.; length of body (¢) 12 mm., (?)
13°2 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 13 mm.,(?) 4 mm.; pronotum
4mm. x 4:8 mm.
Hab. Conco State, S.E. Katanga, 4,000’ (S. A. Neave)
(British Mus., Oxford Mus.); N.E. Raopesta, Serenje
district, 4,500’ (S. A. Neave) (British Mus., types; Oxford
Mus.).
This is quite distinct from the preceding species.
Hemithyrsocera vinula, Stal.
Blatta vinula, Stal, Oefv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., xiii, p. 166
(1865).
Blatta amoena, Walker, Cat. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 229
(1868) (part).
¢. Head and antennae piceous; distance apart of eyes equal to
length of 1st antennal joint ; antennae slightly incrassated. Pro-
notum piceous, margined all round with flavo-hyaline. Tegmina
and wings exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina castaneous,
the marginal area hyaline, the disc with a darker streak or the base
darker than the apex, radial vein bifurcate in posterior third, the
lower branch frequently multiramose, 12-15 costals, anterior ulnar
vein bifurcate, 7 longitudinal discoidal sectors. Wings suffused
with castaneous, mediastinal vein 5-ramose, 7-8 costals which with
the mediastinal rami are incrassated, radial vein bifurcate, anterior
ulnar vein simple, medio-discal area more than twice as broad as
medio-ulnar and crossed by 7 or 8 transverse venules, triangular
apical area moderate, divided only by the vena dividens, Ist axillary
4-ramose. Abdomen piceous, margined laterally with testaceous ;
supra-anal lamina trigonal; scent-gland opening on 7th tergite ;
sub-genital lamina rather asymmetrically produced, bordered with
lappets as in the two preceding species, the left lappet produced.
Cerci moderate, piceous. Legs piceous, apices and lateral margins
of coxae testaceous, all the spines rufous. Front femora armed
according to Type B.
Q. Similar to ¢, but sub-genital Jamina semi-orbicular, ample,
supra-anal lamina triangular.
Total length (¢) 11 mm., (2) 12 mm.; length of body (¢)
9 mm., (?) 10 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 8:9 mm., (?) 10°2
mm. ; pronotum 2°8 mm. x 3'4 mm.
Hab. Nava (Stockholm Mus., type; British Mus.);
PorTUGUESE E. Arrica, Beira (S. African Mus.); N.E.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) YY
660 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.
RyoveEsia, Loangwa R. (S. A. Neave) (Oxford Mus.)
ConGo, Katanga and Lualaba R. (S. A. Weave) (British
Mus.), Umangi ( Wilwerth) (Brussels Mus., Oxford Mus.).
Hemithyrsocera nigerrima, sp. 0.
¢. Closely allied to H. vinula, but the antennae not incrassated ;
tegmina uniform piceous except for a narrow marginal band which
is testaceous and extends throughout the entire length of the teg-
mina ; radial vein of wing simple ; tarsi testaceous.
Total length 10°5 mm.; length of body 9:2 mm.; length of
tegmina 9 mm. ; pronotum 2°8 mm. x 35 mm.
Hab. KAMERUN, Jaunde-Stat (Berlin Mus., type).
Hemithyrsocera ridleyi, sp.n. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 15.)
¢. Flavo-testaceous. Antennae setaceous, testaceous; eyes
widely separated on vertex of head. Pronotum widely trapezoidal,
margins hyaline. Tegmina and wings exceeding the apex of the
abdomen. Tegmina with 19 costals, radial vein bifurcate from the
middle, anterior ulnar bifurcate, 7 discoidal sectors, Wings hyaline,
mediastinal vein 4-ramose, 16 costals slightly incrassated, radial
bifurcate from the middle, medio-discal area about 25 times broader
than medio-ulnar, ulnar vein simple, discal area crossed by numerous
transverse venules, triangular apical area moderate, distinct. Ab-
domen above banded with fuscous, no scent-gland visible, supra-
anal lamina shortly triangular, apex sub-truncate. Sub-genital
lamina extremely asymmetrical, on the extreme left a blunt curved
process, on the inner side of this another blunt process tufted with
stiff brown hairs, the rounded apex of the lamina fimbriate, the left
style small situated to the right of the apex, the right style a large
sinuose structure, In addition there appear under the supra-anal
lamina a pair of bifurcate and denticulate processes which apparently
are not connected with the gonapophyses. Cerci 12-jointed, of
moderate lengths, apex acuminate. Femora very strongly armed
(front femora missing).
Total length 13 mm, ; length of body 12 mm. ; length of tegmina
12 mm.; pronotum 3mm, x 4mm.
Hab. StncaprorE, Botanic Gardens (H. N. Ridley),
(Oxford Mus., type).
The complicated nature of the secondary sexual ap-
paratus of this species is highly remarkable.
Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 661
v. LIST OF THE SPECIES OF HEMITHYRSOCERA.
ORIENTAL SPECIES. A, vinula, Stal.
H. histrio, Burm. » H. nigerrima, Shelf.
H. palliata, Fab.( = nigra, Br.). H. testacea, Shelf.
H, soror, Br, Hi. sabauda, Gig. Tos,
H. suspecta, Bol. —~y H. massuae, 8. & Z.
H. ferruginea, Br. Hi. brachyptera, Adel (from
AI. communis, Br, Mallotoblatta).
H. lateralis, Walk. HI. kraussi, Adel (from Mal-
H. ignobilis, Shelf. lotoblatta).
H. vittata, Br. H, patricia, Gerst (from Phyl-
H. fuliginosa, Br, (from Phyl- lodromia).
lodromia),
*H. curvinervis, S.& Z. (from | NeorropicaL SpEcIEs.
Ay Ses P. hyllodromia). H. fallax, Sauss, (from T'he-
HT, irrequlariter-vittatu, — Br. ganoptery.c).
(from Phiyllodromia.) H. pilosella, S. & Z. (from
*H. marmorate, Br. (from Theganoptery:x).
Phyllodromia).
—~ H, ridleyi, Shelf. DovustFuL SPECIES,
ErHIoPIAN SPECIES. Hi. tessellata, Rehn.
—» H. cireumcincta, R. & F. H. australis, Tepp.
— H. neavei, Shelf. H. apicigera, Walk.
* Tf eventually the genus Hemithyrsocera becomes overcrowded,
these species can be put into a separate genus, the diagnostic character
being the tri-ramose ulnar vein of the wings.
EXPLANATION OF PLates LXXIX, LXXX
[See Explanation facing the PLATES. |
Vo Z
( 662 )
XII. An wnrecognised European Lycaena, identified as
Agriades thersites (Boisd. JLSS.) Cantener. By
T. A. CHAPMAN, M.D.
[Read June 5th, 1912.]
PuaTEs LXXXI—LXXXV,
NEARLY two years ago Mr. P. P. Graves (of Con-
stantinople) sent me some specimens of a blue butterfly
taken by him in Syria on the Cedar Mountains, asking
me to determine it. It was somewhat puzzling and I
finally decided to declare it a new species under the
name of Agriades gravest, with description and figures
in the Ent. Mo. Mag., p. 159 (1912).
In investigating gravesi, I came across some Asiatic
(Tianshan and Amasia) specimens supposed to be tcarus
ab. zcarinus, but found that they were not a Polyommatus,
which tcarwus is, but an Agriades.
Whether Tutt’s division of certain Plebeiid butterflies
between these two genera be accepted or not, it is certain
that the most typical species of each group have very
decided structural differences from those of the other.
What were these Asiatic Agriades passing as forms of
a Polyommatus? A new species possibly, with which I
could do little or nothing, having no great supply of
material and that of somewhat vague origin. It was
clearly related to gravest, but by no means certainly the
same species. It finally, as it ought to have done sooner,
occurred to me to examine European icarinus, and I found
at once that they agreed with these Asiatic examples.
There were of course genuine icarinus, i.e. icarinus that
were forms of icarus, also. No English specimen of the
new species has so far come before me and I believe
there are none, all English icarinus are varieties of
icarus.
I think it is probably the case that icarinus, the
aberration of tcarws, is as scarce on the Continent as it
is in England and that the great majority of specimens
that are accepted as that aberration are in reality
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.)
Dr. T. A. Chapman on a European Lycaena. 663
thersites. It so happens that I have obtained ¢hersites
from various continental localities, but have not received
from any continental dealer a genuine European icarinus,
although I have several Asiatic specimens.
Having obtained possession of Tutt’s series of “icarus,”
or most of them, I found I had amongst them a sufficiency
of the new species (thersites) to enable me to reach some
very definite conclusions and to find several structural
details differentiating it from icarus.
Tutt’s habit of taking long series of each species from
each locality he visited, and especially devoting time to
this, wherever much variation occurred, has resulted in
this accumulation of material and it would have gratified
him to have found it so useful in this instance.
Tutt, in his account of wcarus ab. icarinus, no doubt
refers to our species, when he says (Brit. Butts., iv,
p. 159) in some places “as common as the typical form,
whilst in others again it is much more common and
almost racial”; “in the lower valleys of the Dauphiny
Alps—Bourg d’Oisans, Bourg d’Aru, La Grave, Clelles,
etc., the form is abundant and almost racial in both sexes.”
“Tt is very abundant in some seasons at Gresy-sur-Aix
(July 21, 1897, August 21,1906); at Bourg St. Maurice
(August 1-7, 1898, August 1-5, 1905).” “Commonly
between Vex and Useigne on August 13, 1903.” Other
references may be to thersites or to genuine icarws ab.
UArinus.
That Tutt did not appreciate the full meaning of these
facts, was no doubt largely due to the circumstance that
in most cases there is absolute mimicry between thersites
and the form of zcarus with which it occurs.
This peculiarity of the species no doubt goes a very
long way to account for the refusal of Entomologists to
recognise it as distinct. When it occurs with zcarus, it,
in each instance, imitates very closely the particular form
of icarus that occurs in that locality. This is very marked
in some specimens I have from the Tutt collection, of
which I may mention a large form from Pré St. Didier,
in which both species attain to 38 and 39 mm., a rather
less large one from Trelex of 86 to 37 mm. in both
species; the whole tone of colouring, intensity of orange
marginal spots, and other markings, make each such
association identical throughout in both species, except
of course as regards one or two distinctive points. There
664 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an
are, however, other localities in which the two species
seem to be quite independent.
The definite distinction between thersites and icarus,
which first attracted my attention, was in the male
appendages. No doubt the chief reason that the species
has for so long been refused recognition is that apart
from the genitalia (both sexes) and the androconia, no
character can be stated that absolutely and certainly
distinguishes thersites from icarus, though there are some
points that are very useful for that purpose.
It would appear that no one has chosen hitherto to
examine either the genitalia or the androconia of the
species, certainly not comparatively with those of icarus,
The whole of the Plebeiid blues have a very similar
form of appendages in the male, and in some species
there is a considerable range of variation in some par-
ticulars, so that there is, in such cases, a difficulty in
seizing constant points by which to separate allied species.
In the present case, however, no such difficulty arises, as
the differences between the two species are such as are
not only of decided specific value, but actually of generic,
or at any rate of subgeneric importance, placing tcarus in
the genus Polyommatus, Latr., and thersites in Agriades,
Hb., accepting these genera as adopted by Tutt, who
distinguished between them before the differences in the
genitalia were noted.
I have made camera sketches of the most important
(for differential purposes) structures in icarus, thersites
and in escherv.
The form of the Aedeagus is very different in icarus
(Polyommatus) from that in thersites and escheri (Agriades).
It will be noted that thersites and eschert are almost
identical except in size, eschert being decidedly larger as
6 to 5. The dorsal hooks also differ notably, the portion
that is upright in the sketches is broader basally and
tapers more regularly in dcarus and is fairly straight
terminally. In thersites and eschert it is comparatively
narrow basally, tapers more slowly, and has a hooked
curve at the end, it is and looks longer and more slender
than in zcarus, As in the aedeagus, thersites is here dis-
tinctly smaller than escheri, as it is in the other portions
of the appendages.
What is the relation of thersites to escheri? The genitalia
appear to be the same except in a constant difference in
unrecognised Huropean Lycaena. 665
size, which holds so far as I have examined them through-
out the range of both species independently of the actual
size of the specimens, so that it is impossible to accept
them as one species, though that thersites is a derivative
of escheri is extremely probable (a form that somehow
found its living could best be got by mimicking zcarws ?).
T now accept gravest as a form of thersites, The genitalia
appear to prove this, though it has a very different facies
from the icarus of the district in which it occurs and is
not quite identical with any thersites I have seen.
J
i
—— =
a
Zz
Camera outlines of the Aedeagus and dorsal hook x 30 of—
1. Polyommatus icarus. 2. Agriades escheri (Gavarnie).
3. Agriades thersites (Pré St. Didier). 4. Agriades thersites (Trelex).
5. Agriades thersites (Altai).
Photographs of the ¢ appendages of thersites (var. gravesi) and escheri
will be found in the E.M.M. 1912, pl. VII and VIII.
Gravesi is therefore a local race of thersites.
Having got so far the question arose, did the name
icarinus belong to this new species or to the variety of
icarus. Scriba’s original note and the figure in Esper
to which he refers give us really no assistance in deciding
the point, and there seems therefore every reason to
leave the name icarinus to apply to the variety of ccarus,
as it has been supposed to do for a hundred years or so.
Thersites, Boisd., appeared to be a nomen nudum, and
it seemed highly probable that it referred to sarinus,
accordingly, I wrote and presented this paper to the
666 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an
Society with Agriades alewius, Frr., in the title. I have,
however, since (November) met with a reference to the
butterfly in Cantener.* On plate XI he figures upper
and underside of “Argus Alexis f,’ the text deals with
“33. Argus Alexis, (4) Fab. God. Boisd., pl. XI, fig. 1
et 2,” followed by twenty-one lines, referring only to
Alexis (icarus), but the note (*) says, “ L’individu figuré
ici est le véritable Thersites, Boisd. (collection). Cet
Argus a été confondu jusqu’a présent avec | Alewis, et
n’en differe que par l’absence de deux points ocellés placés
pres de la base des ailes supérieures. On le rencontre
aussi communément dans le midi de la France que
P Alexis.”
So far as the description goes it does not rescue the
insect from being confused with icarws, var. icarinus. But
when we refer to the figure we find the underside shown
is that of our insect (¢hersites or alexius) and not of icarus,
var. icarinus, that is, the two last spots at the tornus of
the upper wing are in line with the preceding one, and
the first orange spot of the lower wing is advanced
basally ; both these characters no doubt occur in tcarus,
but rarely, and the two combined more rarely still. I
don’t think I have such a specimen, certainly not in the
icarinus form, and when we take this with the statement
that it occurs freely in the South of France, there is no
room for doubt as to what the insect is.
This circumstance illustrates in a remarkable way M.
Oberthiir’s demand that all descriptions should be accom-
panied by good figures. The figure (otherwise of no par-
ticular excellence) shows us two items which Cantener did
not see and indeed, by implication, denied the existence of,
and enables us to know what species he was dealing
with. Very possibly some of the claims set forward for
icarinus being a good species may have been founded on
thersites, but in the absence of figures, no conclusion can
be reached as to them, except to assume that they are
icarinus, a name that can only be accepted as the variety
of icarus.
Boisduval’s type specimens (f and ) of thersites are in
the collection of M. Oberthiir, and he has very kindly
* Histoire Naturelle des Lepidopteres Rhopalocéres ou Papillons
diurnes des départemens des Haut et Bas-Rhin, de la Moselle, de
la Meurthe et des Vosges, Par L. P. Cantener, Avocat, ex-Professeur
& Pécole de Sordége. Paris, 1834,
unrecognised Huropean Lycaend. 667
sent them to me for examination. These are of the
species that has been the subject of the inquiries that I
report in this paper. As regards size and setting, the
male specimen might very well be the one from which
Cantener’s figure is drawn, neither of these specimens has
any label as to locality. There are also two specimens
from the Bellier collection, the male labelled “ thersites,
Boisduval,” and also “ Digne,” the female “ Autriche” and
“thersites 2 secundum bBellier”—the latter apparently
in M. Oberthiir’s writing. This female has the first
orange spot less advanced than is at all usual in thersites,
and apart from dissection may be open to a little doubt.
There is a further specimen from the Guenée collection,
labelled by Guenée, “6. var. ¢, hybridata, Gn., Gn. Ind.”,
with locality “Hautes Alpes.’ The label also carries a
note by Guenée, “Cette variété tres remarquable surtout
par la disposition des pointes, est, en dessus, d’un bleu
plus sombre, presque comme sur acis. Nul doute, que si
jen eusse trouvé plusieurs et autre sexe, je ne leusse
considéré comme espéce distincte.”
IT have no doubt that this specimen is one of thersites,
but it is remarkable in having on both wings the post-
discal row of spots, removed outwards so far, that most
of them are in contact with the marginal row, a circum-
stance that sometimes occurs with one or two spots, most
frequently that between veins 4 and 5 of the forewing.
The spots are also, accordingly, in a very continuous line,
curved, of course, but not angled, and straight in the
sense of all being close to the marginal series. This
specimen is, no doubt, a very unusual aberration. The
upperside has a lilac colour, much as in many tcarus or
thersites. 'The specimen is set as an underside and cannot
have faded much, but certainly has not now the dark
semiargus colour noted by Guenée.
As my knowledge of the species is mostly based on
material from the South of France, where also it is
probably more plentiful than elsewhere, it is appropriate
that its name should be that given by a French Naturalist,
but this does not detract from the merits of Herr
Schreiner, its German discoverer.
Boisduval does not mention thersites in the “ Index”
(1829), nor in the “Icones”; in the “Index” (1840) he
merely notes under “89. Alexis, F., etc.,” “var.? thersites,
B., Gallia,”
668 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an
Accepting thersites therefore as the name of my butterfly,
I may in other respects resume my paper as first written.
The only name that I found to require consideration
was alewius of Freyer. The name is founded ona butterfly
taken at, or near, Weimar, and studied for many years,
some two-and-twenty apparently, by Herr Ministerial-
Registrator Schreiner, and asserted by him to be a good
species and to have nothing to do with icarus, icarinus,
thersites, etc. Some of his grounds for this opinion do not
appeal to me, such as the darker ground-colour beneath,
the brighter marginal spots, and so on, though on the
authority of so close an observer as Herr Schreiner
obviously was, these differences no doubt marked the
local race of alexiws, in comparison with the local form
of tcarus, and were not without value. The circumstances
tbat led me, however, to believe that Herr Schreiner’s
species was not icarinus, but one we are considering, is
first, the fact that it occurred in some numbers, not as
a sporadic variety of anything else; then, the fact that
Herr Schreiner often found alexius paired with alexius,
but never with warus. That our species occurs at
Weimar is most probable, as I have a specimen labelled
“Saxe,” which is practically the same district.
Herr Schreiner notes one fact that does not accord
with the, certainly somewhat meagre, information I have
as to other areas, he says that alexius does not appear in
either the first or second brood, till the corresponding
brood of alexis has been long on the wing.
We must also attach some little weight to the opinion
of Herr Schreiner who was unquestionably a good student,
who considered the species to be distinct, after noting it
for fifteen years, and after seven years’ further observations
in view of Freyer’s scepticism and doubts, felt sure his
opinion was correct.
I cannot resist the conclusion that this butterfly of
Schreiner’s is the same species as the one I find to be
unrecognised, and confounded with P. icarus ab. icarinus,
Herr Schreiner’s grounds for believing it to be distinct do
not seem to have convinced entomologists since, because
of course the facts he brings forward were by no means
conclusive ones to any one who had not a belief in Herr
Schreiner’s intuition in such matters.
Freyer’s figure is not unquestionably distinctive of the
species in one point, I shall allude to later, the position
——
unrecognised European Lycaena, 669
of the apical orange spot of the hindwing, though it is
rather thersites than icarus, the butterfly represented
might be icarus, though there is a certain roundness of
wing, which is more marked in the smaller forms of alexius
(mihi) than in any icarus,
Though I was ignorant of Herr Schreiner’s name, until
this investigation led me to look up Freyer’s account of
alexius, | must express a certain satisfaction, in, so far
as I do do so, showing that the work of this keen
Entomologist is sound, although it has been treated with
contempt for more than half a century.
It is remarkable that Boisduval named our insect
thersites, but seemed to be sufficiently doubtful about it
to refrain from publishing it. This fell to Cantener, who
appears to have had no doubt about it. And later,
Freyer, though he got so far as publishing for it the
name alexiws, seemed very much in doubt about it,
Schreiner being the real author.
Thersites is arather ungrateful name, and one is tempted
to imagine that Boisduval gave it grudgingly and in-
effectively, to be rid of the badgering of some one, possibly
Cantener himself, who wished the species to be recognised.
I had hoped this summer to have obtained eggs of
thersites and observed the larval stages. I was, however,
rather too early on the ground and so failed, but I made
one observation of value, though the species was rather
scarce where I found it, icarus being fairly common, and
I only saw three females of thersites altogether, but I
found a pair of thersites in cop. confirming Herr Schreiner’s
observation.
As regards spotting otherwise than as to the want of
the basal marks, it may be noted that the spots are always
quite as strongly marked as in icarus, whereas in ab.
warimus there is nearly always a tendency for the other
spots as well as the basal ones to be weak or wanting.
It may also be noted that the two (often conjoined) small
spots at the anal angle of the forewing are in thersites
quite in line with the one above them, whilst in écarus
they are not, the lower being nearer the hind margin.
This is subject to exception in individual cases, due to
the variation in position of all the spots to which this
section of “blues” is so prone.
As illustrating that these distinctions are only general
and have many exceptions I may note specimens of icaru
670 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an
ab. wcarinus from the North Downs taken by Mr.
Grosvenor that look like thersites rather than zcarus and
are strongly marked and coloured, and that as regards
the post-discal row of spots, Freyer’s figures of icarus,
pl. 616, have this row of spots more in the disposition
usual in ¢hersites than is shown in his figure of aleaxius,
pl. 676.
The point as to which Freyer’s figures are indecisive
has reference to the apical spots of the hindwing. This is
not referred to in the text, and its precise representation
may easily have been left to the artist.
One important result of having obtained such an
accession of material as the Tutt series, is that I am
able to point out those differences in markings between
thersites and icarus (with its var. icarinus) that are fairly,
if not quite constant, and will perhaps enable the
entomologist, who likes something he can easily see, to
appreciate the specific distinctions of the two insects.
One very obvious difference in the markings of icarus
and of thersites that is sufficiently constant to enable the
great majority of thersites to be distinguished from wcarus,
apart from the basal spots, is the relation of the apical
orange spot of the hindwing beneath to the two first spots
of the post-discal row.
In thersites, the black line bounding this spot basally,
is level with the second post-discal spot, and it results
that its distance from the first post-discal spot is about
equal to that between the first and second spots. It may
even be rather nearer the first spot than the second is.
It is rarely further away and never markedly so.
In tcarus, the black line of the apical orange spot is
further from the base than the second discal spot, and so
is obviously further from the first discal spot than the
second one is. The position of the orange spot varies
more in icarus than in thersites; and so specimens are not
rare in which it occupies much the average position that
it does in thersites, and may be even nearer the base.
Nevertheless few errors would be made in separating the
two species by this character without reference to the
basal spots of the forewing (pl. LX XX1).
In none of our other common blues does this orange
spot take up the position it has in thersites. In thetis,
corydon, eros, hylas, escheri, etc., it is as far or further from
the base than in warus,
unrecognised Huropean Lycaena. 671
The other difference in markings already alluded to is
in the double spot of the post-discal row at the tornus of
the forewing. In thersites these two spots are in line with
the one above them; in wcarus the lower one is moved
outward and often has the form of an oblique line. In
this, as in the disposition of the orange spots, ¢hersites 1s
much more constant than zcarus. Thersites does not vary
to the icarus disposition, though icarus may be found with
the arrangement that obtains in thersites.
These distinctions in markings may well be useful in
the field, but of course have no such weight in deciding
the specific question as the structural differences.
There is another definite distinction between thersites
and icarws, viz. in the androconia. One may imagine this
to be connected with a difference of scent, a desirable
quality in view of the resemblance of the species otherwise.
These androconia present a considerable difference. One
might select one androconial scale of each species such
that it would be difficult to say which was which. But
with as few as half a dozen of each the discrimination
would be easy.
The typical number of rows of dots is five in icarus and
four in thersites. Icarus may have four or six, thersites may
have three or five. Jcarws usually has a row down the
middle of the scale in line with the shaft, in thersztes the
two central rows are usually one on either side of this line.
The distinction between the ribs of the androconial
scales might be described as thersites having four ribs, and
when it has five one is a trace of a rib along the margin.
Icarus almost always has some trace of a marginal rib, and
when it has only four strong ribs it has always a marginal
one on each side making six. This is a very common
form in icarus, whilst it is rare for thersites to have quite
marginal ribs. In size and form the two scales are much
alike, but that of thersites is shorter. The amount and
constancy of these differences will be better appreciated
by a reference to pl. LXXXIII. The ordinary scales
‘also differ in the two species. The two photographs,
pl. LXXXII, show the scales and androconia in situ, in
corresponding portions of the wings of both species. The
actual position is immediately in front of the basal portion
of vein 6 of the forewing.
The scales in tcarus are broader, flatter across their
ends; in ¢hersites their hind margin is full and rounded,
672 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an
or even produced into a blunt point. The rule in both
species seems to be for each scale to be accompanied by
two androconial scales, but in icarus it is not uncommon
for there to be three, a circumstance that is comparatively
rare in thersites, no doubt in accordance with the narrower
scales.
The female genitalia present equally marked differences
with the male. There is in the female of these Lycaenids
a remarkable tube that in preparing the specimen can be
protruded from the orifice between the eighth and ninth
segment of the abdomen. Iam not now concerned with
the anatomy and function of this organ, but here only
note that it usually terminates in a chitinous plate or
button, that differs more or less in each species.
In A. thersites this terminal portion of chitin has a very
special form; in P. icarus it is wholly wanting, or repre-
sented by a very minute chitinous plate, the only species
(of the few I have examined) in which it is absent. There
are other minor differences, but this one is very obvious
and very decisive as to the two species being well
separated.
P]. LX XXIV, fig. 1, represents these parts in thersites,
fig. 2 those in zarus,
A. thersites, notwithstanding its close resemblance to
P. warus, is really much more closely allied to A. eschera.
I don’t think any one is likely to confound these two
species, although, before I knew much about it, I queried
whether Zhersites var. gravest was not an Eastern form of
eschert, and though a leading authority on the Lycaenids
agrees, so far as the genitalia are concerned, thersttes is
escher't.
In this latter respect there is the constant difference
of size. It seems desirable nevertheless to figure the ¢
genitalia of A. escheri, which shows a small but definite
and constant difference, especially in size, from those of
thersites, and especially photographs of the androconia
which differ from those of thersites more than do those of
warus (pl. LXXXV).
Of the few other species I have examined, damon
approaches most nearly to eschert and thersites in the
structure of this portion of the female appendages. Apart,
therefore, from its behaviour in the field as observed by
Herr Ministerial-Registrator Schreiner, by Mr. Tutt and
by myself, and from such evidence from the early stages
unrecognised European Lycaena. 673
as has yet to be gathered, we may summarise the following
points, of which the first four are very definite structural
ones, of distinction between thersites and icarus.
1. Male appendages belong in thersites to genus A griades.
Male appendages belong in icarus to genus Polyom-
matus.
. Very marked differences in the female appendages.
. Forms of ordinary scales upper side of wings differ.
. Androconia have different forms and ribbing.
. Basal spots forewing always absent in thersites, rarely
(ab. wearinus) in rcarus.
6. Advanced position of apical spot hindwing in thersites
constant, rare in wcarus,
7. Different alignment of tornal spots forewing.
Or ee O98 bo
The series of icarus from the Tutt collection, which had
been inaccessible for a couple of years, throws a good deal
of light on the distribution of ¢hersites, and enables one to
recognise as referring to thersites a number of the locali-
ties noted under wcarus ab. icarinus in Tutt’s “ British
Butterflies,” vol. iv, p. 158 et seq.
This circumstance illustrates the great value of Tutt’s
practice of taking and preserving long series from as
many localities as possible, a practice which he always
endeavoured to impress on others as one that ought to be
adopted.
The Tutt series contains specimens of thersites from all
the localities I have referred to above. In addition, there
are specimens of the spring brood from Digne in April.
These specimens are remarkably small and pale in coloration,
very like some small weakly coloured icarus. A specimen
from Draguignan in May is much smaller than var. centro,
but of average coloration. These appear to be the only
examples of the first brood. The other examples are
almost all taken in August: Via Mala, Ollon, Santa Maria
(Miinster Thal), Barcelonnette, Stalden, Pfynwald, La
Batiaz, Allos (the last four localities 2? 2? only), Albarracin,
Tragacete (of my capturing), Fontainebleau (one specimen
only), Digne (a full-sized and normally coloured example),
Lans-le-Bourg, Susa. Trelex (near Lausanne) provided
some large specimens similar to var. centro.
Specimens I have from other sources include Siena,
identical in general appearance and size with an warus
674 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an
from same locality, both taken by the Rev. Geo. Wheeler ;
Autun, Saxe Csolnok, “Wien,” “ Wallis,’ Tianshan,
Ongadai, Amasia, Piceno Central Italy.
The series of P. wcarus at the British Museum is very
meagre; there are amongst them only some half-dozen
var. icarinus, and of these I am not sure that even one
is thersites.
In the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum are a number of specimens of 4. thersites.
1 gf taken by Prof. Poulton at Montserrat (Barcelona),
about 4000 feet, on July 15, 1901.
10 specimens, 9 f 1 2, taken July 21-25, 1898, by
Miss Cora B. Sanders and by Prof. Poulton, between Visp
and Stalden, Upper Echelberg, opposite Visp on the
south slopes of the Rhone Valley, and on the Simplon
Road near Brieg, 2155 to 2650 ft. the latter (greater)
elevation being on the warmer north slopes. The speci-
mens in this series average 32 to 34 mm., one being
36 mm., as large as var. centro.
A series of 919 from N.W. Persia, Seir, 8 miles
west of Urumiah, captured August 16 (one August 19),
1898, by R. T. Gunther. These specimens are very
similar to var. orientalis but are rather more brightly
coloured, without being so bright and rich as var. gravest ;
they expand 24 mm. to 30 mm.
The distribution of the species is only to be vaguely
outlined by the material I possess. It seems to be com-
paratively a southern species—southern, that is, in the
same sense that damon, admetus, and eschert are southern,
as distinguished from icarus, argus, ete. that extend
further north. The most northern localities I have are
Weimar (Schreiner) and Saxony. From France I have
specimens only from the south-east, Savoy, Dauphiny and
Provence, except one specimen from Fontainebleau. From
Italy, Piedmont, Piceno and Siena. Spain affords speci-
mens from Tragacete, Albarracin and Barcelona. Syria,
Persia, Central Asia probably imply a wide Asiatic
distribution.
In the Rhone Valley it occurs at Trelex (near Nyon on
Lac Leman), at Ollon. From here, past Martigny and
through the most fully examined portion of the valley,
there is no evidence of its existence till we find it in
Prof. Poulton’s series at Visp, unless perhaps specimens
taken by Mr. Tutt and myself, not in the Rhone Valley
unrecognised European Lycaena. 675
but a short way up the Val d’Herens* be, as perhaps
they should be, credited to the Rhone Valley. Prof.
Poulton’s series presents it at Visp on July 21 and 22;
Visp to Stalden, July 22; Brieg, Simplon Road, July 24;
on the north slopes opposite Visp, July 25—all 1898.
The dates probably mark an itinerary rather than dates
of appearance.
By way of bibliography and synonymy there are, no
doubt, many references to this species under the name
of icarinus; but it is hopeless to try to unravel these,
except that quite recent one by Tutt with which I have
already dealt.
THERSITES (Boisd. MSS.), Cantener, Papillons diurnes
(1834), p. 35, pl. XI, figs. 1 and 2.
Alexius, Frr. Neu. Beit., vu, p. 133, pl. 676, figs. 1
and 2 (1858).
Alexis, var. Herrich-Schaeffer, Schm. Eur., fig. 246
(1843).
Icarus ab. icarinus, pars, Auct. & Tutt, Brit. Butt., iv,
p. 158.
Var. gravest, Chpm., E. M. M., xlviii, p. 159 and pl. VII,
VEE Xx.
Var. centro, Chpm., a large form (86-38 mm.) occurring
in the Tarentaise and surrounding districts.
Var. orientalis, Chpm., an Asiatic form of about size of
type and of paler coloration.
The Persian specimens in the Hope collection are
much closer to var. gravest.
ab. hybridata, Gn. (MSS.).
I have not satisfied myself that other references really
belong to our butterfly, e.g. Meigen’s ¢hersites, pl. XX VIII,
fig. 2. @ and ¢ may be icarus, the underside, 2b, which
is more definite, is almost certainly that of medon.
Gerhard is equally indefinite.
EXPLANATION OF PLateE LXXXI.
Underside of 1. thersites, 2. icarus, to show the approximation
of apical spot of hindwing (marked 1) to first post-discal spot
* Between Vex and Euseigne (3150 ft.), counting elevation as
latitude, this is perhaps the most northern habitat of the species.
TBANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) ZZ
676 Dr. T. A. Chapman on a Huropean Lycaena.
(marked 2) in thersites, making it nearer to 2 than the second
post-discal spot (marked 3) is. The reverse being the case in icarus.
Magnified. It shows also the different alignment of the tornal
members of the post-discal series of spots. Photo by A. E. Tonge.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXII.
Showing scales and androconia of 1. thersites, 2. icarus, from
identical spots (costal to base of vein 6, forewing) in each species
x 300. Photo by F. N. Clark.
EXPLANATION OF PLaTE LXXXIII.
Androconia of 1. thersites, and 2. icarus, showing differences of
size, shape and ribbing x 500.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXIV.
Showing terminal segments of abdomen of 1. thersites Q and
2. icarus @ x 25 and the differences in the curious eversible
structure with a chitinous termination in thersites, which is hardly
represented in icarus.
The everted ventral organ is not fully stretched in either specimen.
In 1. the view is exactly lateral for the basal half, so that the two
chitinous areas are superposed ; in 2. the view is ventral, showing
both areas. In neither is it fully extended. The terminal half
being still slightly sheathed in the first and the end of the chitinous
loop is still doubled back. This does not prevent it being obvious
that the whole basal process is larger, wider and more chitinised in
icarus than in thersites, and that in the terminal half thersites is much
narrower and more slender than is icarus. Nevertheless there is a
chitinous termination to this portion in thersites, of very definite
form and outline, while in icarus there is merely a chitinous point.
This final chitinous armature seems to be of definite peculiar form
in each species. A. damon is the only species examined in which
this armature resembles that of A. thersites.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXV.
Agriades escheri. Androconia x 500 and 9 appendages x 25,
the latter showing great similarity to those of thersites but markedly
larger. The androconia are larger than in either thersites or icarus
and have 6 or 7 ribs instead of 4 and 5.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XX7J.
Photo, A. E. Tonge. C. Hentschel,
Undersides of (upper) thersz¢es and (lower) zcarus, showing different alignments
of spots marked 1, 2, 3.
.
2)
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXXTIT.
: EF
en
coe
Oss,
pits
Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.
Scaling of forewing of (upper) ¢Aerszves and (lower) zcarus, x 300.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX XIII
Photo, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel.
Androconia (x 500) of (upper) ¢hersztes and (lower) zcarus.
Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XXIV.
7 a
Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel,
Female appendages of (upper) ¢hersétes and (lower) zcarus, x 25.
.
bd
be
N)
8
x
er
Ny
len
~
~
S
is)
N)
S
Y)
N
Q
ee
&
fe
&
oe
Hentsche
CG:
FN. Clark.
Photo,
, female appendages x 25
ia X 500
androcon
chert,
és
A.
@1.677.7)
XIV. The Colowr-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By
R. C. L. Perkins, D.Sc, M.A., Jesus College,
Oxford.
[Read October 16th, 1912.]
[In the autumn of 1911 I had the opportunity of discussing
the subject of this memoir with Dr. Perkins during a too
brief visit paid by him to Oxford. The discussion, thus
begun, was continued with some energy on both sides, in
a correspondence which only ended when Dr. Perkins sailed
for Honolulu in November 1911. In the course of our
correspondence he sent me a manuscript note-book, written
about 1907-8, as part of his Introduction to the ‘ Fauna
Hawaiiensis,” now in the press. The facts and inferences
concerning the present condition and past history of these
Colour-groups seemed to me of such fundamental import-
ance in the study of mimicry and indeed of evolution, that
it appeared most desirable to publish the supplementary
information and the further conclusions scattered through
the letters. Dr. Perkins consented, and the foilowing
paper is the result. In order to understand the nature of
the discussion, it has been necessary to quote passages
and sometimes consecutive paragraphs from the note-book
which will soon be published as the Introduction. For this
free use of the manuscript I received the kind consent of
Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., Editor of the “ Fauna Hawaliensis.”
It must be clearly understood that the quotations are
from the manuscript and not from the printed pages of
the Introduction itself, and that some slight difference
between the two accounts is to be looked for, owing to
Dr. Perkins’ final revision for the press. I have limited
these quotations to the minimum quantity necessary to
preserve continuity and to explain the letters, bearing in
mind the inconvenience of printing the same passages
twice over in two publications. No quotations from the
note-book appear later than page 690, and in all the
earlier part of the paper, where they occupy a large propor-
tion of the pages, they are clearly discriminated from
passages extracted from the letters, the latter being
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1912.— PART IV. (FEB.) ZZ2
678 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
between inverted commas and dated. I have not neces-
sarily kept the extracts from the note-book in their original
order and have ventured to condense certain parts. Beyond
the point where extracts from the note-book cease, the
quotations from the correspondence are no longer placed
between quotation marks and are dated at the head
instead of at the foot as in the earlier parts of the paper.
In the concluding pages the passages are grouped under
three separate heads. The few slight additions of my
own are placed between the square brackets. Species
quoted without an author's name were described by Dr.
Perkins himself.—E. B. PouLron.]
EUMENIDAE.
[This family is considered first because of the number
of the Hawaiian species and the dominant position taken
by them in the Colour-groups of these islands. ]
The whole of the species, to the number of 102, belong
to the almost ubiquitous genus Odynerus, sensu latiori.
From this interesting complex I have split off three small
groups of species and considered them as distinct genera,
as indeed they are, although they appear to be derivations
of the same stock as the Hawaiian Odynerus proper. The
Hawaiian Eumenids are, I now think, clearly descendants
of two quite distinct forms of original immigrants, one
of which, a yellow-banded form, gave rise to the bulk
of the species, as well as to the endemic genera that I
have separated from these, while the other has pro-
duced but four distinct species, as at present discovered,
viz. O. nigripennis, Holmgr., and its three allies. This
little group has now been traced to an Asiatic ancestor
which is, I suspect, an ancient or primitive type, showing
some affinity to the genus Rhynchiwm, in which nigripennis
itself was originally placed by Holmgren.
“T have not yet identified the Oriental species (just
lately discovered while mounting some insects) that is
allied to the O. nigripennis group. It is the closest
approach I know to the genus Rhynchiwm, but it is not
that genus.” Nov. 13th, 1911.
Species of Odynerus are almost ubiquitous throughout
the islands, though some of the densest and wettest boggy
forests are absolutely devoid of them. At the same time
a slight change in these, made by the incursion of cattle,
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 679
is sufficient to allow of some species becoming established
where previously they could not exist.
“Practically speaking, the cattle open up the dense
forest, letting in sunlight and making it much drier. It
is remarkable that no species of Odynerus should have
been able to enter our densest and wettest virgin forests,
because it would have found there such a vast store of
(Lepidopterous) food, without other species to compete
with it. Some of the bees have occupied such forests, in
spite of the sun-loving habits of the group.” Nov. 13th,
1911.
The prey of Hawaiian Eumenidae, so far as is known,
consists entirely of caterpillars. On the whole it may
be said that Pyralid and Microlepidopterous caterpillars
are the favourite prey and that Geometridae are rarely
utilised. It is most remarkable, seeing that the latter are
occasionally taken (e.g. by O. montanus, Sm., eucharis, etc.),
that this should occur so rarely, for the Geometrid cater-
pillars are so very numerous that they could be often
obtained in any quantity.
In many localities at favourable seasons the number of
individuals that are seen isextraordinary. On one occasion
I visited a mountain gulch on Molokai nearly every day
for three weeks, and I estimated that in a length of a
couple of miles (below the line of forest) the population of
adult wasps was at least one million. Five or six species
were represented, but two or three were much more
numerous than the others. I have noticed an almost
similar abundance in other localities. It is probable that
very few of the large number of species are really rare.
With experience and close attention in the field, it is
fairly easy to discriminate between species that are exactly
alike superficially, owing to indescribable differences in
appearance, due to mode of flight and posture.
Only in exceptional cases do the Hawaiian Kumenidae
exhibit important variation, and in very few cases is this
more than of a trifling character, affecting the colour. A
common variation, which occurs again and again and in
the most diverse species, is the occasional assumption of a
feeble yellow band or traces of such a band on the first
and second abdominal segments in species which typically
have an entirely black body. Examples of this are
Nesodynerus rudolphi, Dalla Torre, Odynerus venator, and
O. heterochromus, to instance only species very widely
680 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
separated in structure. Sometimes the yellow band
appears only on the ventral surface. The phenomena are
precisely identical with those observed in the Crabronidae
(see p. 688), and, I think, are explicable in the same way.
The blackness of so many Hawaiian Eumenids has been
produced in the islands and the abnormal individuals are
reversions to a former general condition in colouring. The
Eumenids, furthermore, like the Crabronids, have retained
in some species the original yellow-banded coloration.
The general tendency to blackness of the Hawaiian
Aculeata, as a whole, is one of their most remarkable
features. The blackness of these insects is increased by
the dark colour of their wings, which, in a large number
of the species, exhibits striking blue or purple reflections.
“ My original paper * on colour of Hawaiian wasps was
written too early to have much value. I treated only the
Kauai species as conspicuous on account of the pale bands.
This was an error; all the things I send as examples are
conspicuous in life: they are ¢he conspicuous feature among
the day-flying insects in the islands and about the only
one, except at special times and places.” Nov. Sth, 1911.
The following Colour-groups—entirely different from
the groups based on structure and real aftinity—are
distinguished in the Introduction.
On Kauai are two Colour-groups, one of which contains
only two known species.
Group I. Insects with much red marking, wings
shining fuscous, when spread.
O. blackburni, Kirb., and soror : allied species.
Group II. Black insects with two conspicuous whitish
or yellow bands+ on abdomen; wings dark and with
conspicuous blue or purple reflections. Fourteen species
of diverse structure.
“Kauai is the most northern of the forest-bearing
islands, and it has by far the widest channel between it
and its next neighour—Oahu. The specific characters of
its species are usually the most striking’of those exhibited
on any island, but it lacks representatives of many ‘ groups ’
* Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, Pt. VII (1897), p. 378.
The examples alluded to were exhibited to the Entomological
Society, May lst, 1912 (Proceedings, pp. lvi-Ixv).
+ “When the insects are on the wing, these bands are clearly
seen.”-R. OC. L. Perkins, in Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix,
_ Pt. VII (1897), p. 378.
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 681
of species in big genera. We have found no representative
so far of Chelodynerus, none of the ‘nautarum,’ de Sauss.,
group of Odynerus (probably one of the most ancestral),
and it has no peculiar structural group, so that probably
the groups of Odynerus in the islands were already formed
before the genus chanced to reach Kauai, and some have
not yet reached it. This is likely to be the case from a
consideration of the beetles; for the Carabid Cyclothorax
(s. 1.), now split into several genera, is unknown on Kauai,
very poor on Oahu, the next island, very rich on the inter-
mediate islands, and rather rich on Hawaii at the other
extremity. This fact alone, without appealing to the geo-
logical reasons, is sufficient to disprove Lord Walsingham’s
conclusion that the islands were once a larger continwous
land-area. (See also p. 697.)” Nov. 15th, 1911.
In Oahu are four Colour-groups, two of which (II and
IIT) may be said to be peculiar to this island.
Group I. Black insects with dark wings, showing
conspicuous blue or purple reflections.
O. ngripennis, Holmgr., epipseustes, erro, iopteryx, mont-
anus, Sm., konanus, wnicus; Nesodynerus optabilis and
rudolphi, Dalla Torre.
Group II. Generally small species, black with shining
fuscous wings: no blue reflections. In this group some
species show feeble and variable pale abdominal bands,
and others some red markings apparently tending to
disappearance, and not conspicuous.
0. dubiosus, Sm., threnodes, pterophaennes, waianaeanus,
paludicola, paranaias ; Nesodynerus oblitus and acyanus.
“The differences between species of the same genus
which enter different Colour-groups are well seen in
Nesodynerus. Thus N. rudolphi (1) is very common and
ubiquitous, frequenting both forest and open country,
while JN. oblitus (II) is also abundant, but only occurs in
localities—never forests—in which the very common
species of Odynerus, viz. dubiosus, etc. (II), are found.”
Nov. 15th, 1911.
Group III. Insects usually much marked with red,
and the body with appressed fuscous tomentum. Wings
to a large extent hyaline and with no blue reflections.
0. pseudochromus, pseudochromoides, leiodemas, homoe-
ophanes, eucharis, oahwuensis, Dalla Torre.
On one occasion all the six members of this group were
taken in the same spot and on the same day.
682 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
“The species fall into three very distinct structural
groups :—(1) 0. oahwensis: isolated structurally and in
habits: common in all suitable localities, but less so than
O. pseudochromus : affinity with other Hawaian Odynerus
is not clear, but requires far more study; (2) O. psewdo-
chromus, pseudochromoides, leiodemas: allied species, the
first. two ubiquitous and common in their proper localities :
the third is probably generally to be found with them, but
is much less numerous; (3) O. euwcharis, homoeophanes :
allied species, of which one is found with species of the
structural group (2) in some localities, the other with them
in other localities. They are probably always relatively
rare.” Nov. 15th, 1911.
Group IV. Insects with usually two pale abdominal
bands, the wings more or less infuscate and with blue
reflections, body generally with pale tomentum.
O. xerophilus, nautarwm, de Sauss., acoelogaster ; Pseudo-
pterocheilus relictus.*
* [I was particularly anxious to see the members of Colour-groups
which had been captured at the same time and place, in order to be
able to estimate the relative numbers and obtain conclusive evidence
as to the predominant species. Dr. Perkins very kindly collected
for me on three occasions the specimens which are tabulated in the
following extract from his letter, written May 20th, 1912, from
Honolulu. The captures of each date are kept together in the Hope
Department, where they may be studied at any time. They were
exhibited, in illustration of Dr, Perkins’ paper, at the Second
Entomological Congress at Oxford during the past summer. ]
I have been out in the country on three occasions lately to catch
Odynerus, and had Kershaw to help me. It is a bad season on the
lowlands, as we have had no winter rains and the country most
favourable for Hymenoptera is parched up. It is interesting to see
what is dominant under these conditions.
On the first day (April 26th, 1912, Makiki, Oahu, below 400 ft.)
caught only one species, O. nigripennis (88 specimens), but I saw
one individual either of Nesodynerus rudolphi or Od. montanus.
On the second day (May 3rd, lowlands near coast, east of Honolulu)
we caught of the same all-black, blue-winged Group I :—
O. nigripennis (21)
O. montanus (1) | 3 structural groups in these 4
O. iopteryx (2) species !
Nesodynerus rudolphi (6) |
Of the white-banded Group IV :—
O. acoelogaster (10),
O. nautarwm (1).
Ps. relictus (1).
Colour-groups of the Hawatian Wasps, etc. 683
On Maui, Molokai and Lanai, the fauna of each of which
is largely the same, we have three groups :—
Group I. Identical with I on Oahu.
O. nigripennis, Holmer., purpurifer, instabilis, ecostatus,
laevisulcatus, camelinus, brevicostatus, aprepes, lanaiensis,
konanus; Nesodynerus ewpteryx, paractias ; Pseudoptero-
cheilus congruus, Sm.; Chelodynerus chelifer.
Group II. Identical with IV on Oahu.
O. molokaiensis, sociabilis, smithvi, Dalla Torre, inslicola,
Blackb., nubicola, nivicola.
Of the small shining-fuscous winged Group II :—
O. dubiosus (7).
OV. threnodes (3).
Nesoprosopis assimulans (2).
Had it been a good season, of I there would have been many more
montanus, otherwise proportion as above.
Of IV we should have found O. xerophilus numerous locally and
Pseudopterocheilus relictus abundant, otherwise proportion as we
found above.
Of II we should have also found Nesodynerus oblitus, local, not
general like the two above-named species of this group. <
The third day (May 10th, Palolo) we collected at 1200-1500 ft.
in forest.
Of the curious clear-winged Oahu Group III, with dull red marks
we got only :—
O. pseudochromus (16).
O. oahuensis (3).
On a good day we might have found the closely allied O. pseudo-
chromoides nearly as common as pseudochromus, with one or two
individuals each of the three rare species, O. eucharis, leiodemas, and
one other closely allied to ewcharis, viz. homoeophanes. All these
occur in the very spot where we collected.
Of Group I we got O. rudolphi (10), O. nigripennis (4), and
O, montanus (1): also Hylocrabro twmidoventris (5), Xenocrabro
unicolor, Sm. (1).
Group I was also represented by the Ichneumonid, Echthromorpha
Ffuscator (maculipennis, Holmgr.) (5).
The little endemic flycatcher, Chasiempis, was fairly common,
young and old, and as tame as usual, but was clearly not paying any
attention to Hymenoptera. The chief interest to me of the whole
collection is the evidence as to what species are most abundant under
circumstances unfavourable for Hymenoptera. From long experience
I know exactly what one would, or might expect to get under
favourable circumstances.
684 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
Group III. Insects with red thoracic or abdominal
markings, or both, the wings dark and with blue reflections.
O. frater, Dalla Torre, monas, cephalostictus, navadum,
tempe, dryas, potamophilus, microdemas, monobius, erythro-
stactes, montivagus, sandwichensis, de Sauss., petrobius,
deinogaster, homocogaster.
On Hawaii there is a general tendency of the above
three groups to become fused into one large group, all
representing I on Oahu, and on Maui, Molokai and Lanai.
O. obscurepunctatus, Blackb., and rubropustulatus, Blackb.,
and one or two others may be recognised as obscure mem-
bers of Group III, of Maui, etc. O. newelli, sociabilis, and
scorvaceus represent I1.*
Speaking generally of these groups, I find that in the
field, the members of each are easily enough distinguished.
There are, as might be expected, some cases of species that
are intermediate in appearance and might be placed in
either of two groups, but these are very few. On Kauai
Group II stands out remarkably from all others, since
nearly all the Kauai species belong to it, while it is only
approached in appearance by a few species in Group IV on
Oahu. The tendency of the species to become red-marked
on the three intermediate islands (Maui, etc.) is very
* [At this point it is convenient to print Dr. Perkins’ comments
on the abstract of this paper and the lists of specimens sent by him
for exhibition when it was read (Proceedings 1912, pp. lvi—Ixv).
Dr. Perkins arranged the specimens and wrote the lists in the midst
of the preparations for his departure from this country, and he had
no opportunity of revising the MSS. On his return to England he
wrote, September 17, 1912, stating that my footnotes on pp. viii, lix
are correct, and that N. pubescens, var. in B (p. lvili), and N. fuse?-
pennis in E (p. lix) should be transposed. He turthermore explained
that the common typical N. pubescens placed in E (lix) does not in
reality fit into any group on Hawaii. Dr. Perkins wrote :—
“T suppose I sent a specimen for comparison with the rare blue-
winged form, which we should expect to be dominant, and if selective
processes were going on now, would surely become so, this being a
grand chance for natural selection to work upon. The rare variety
is the one that fits the colour-scheme of Hawaii, the very abundant
typical form does not.”
Concerning QO. molokaiensis, referred to in the footnote on p. lix,
Dr. Perkins remarked that “the female never has bands and is a
perfect representative of the dominant Colour-group (E=1). O. molo-
kaiensis male may have two fairly good pale bands (as in II of
Molokai, etc. =IV. of Oahu), or one may be entirely obliterated and
the other faint.” ]
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 685
striking, nearly half the known species being so coloured.
Group IV on Oahu (= II of Maui, etc.) is not very clearly
marked off from its Group I, when the insects are seen in
flight, but, as they usually have a characteristic grey or
hoary appearance, they may be kept apart, especially as
they represent species mostly peculiar to open country or
open spaces in forest country. When their representatives
on Hawaii are considered, they become much less distinct
from those representing Group I on that island.
Groups II and III on Oahu are peculiar to itself, the
dull red markings, clear wings and body clothing of the
former giving them, dead or alive, an appearance unlike
anything else, and the shining fuscous wings of the latter
rendering these equally unmistakable.
In a few cases, isolated species have been found on
islands, where they ill accord with the groups there repre-
sented, but one cannot overlook the probability of these
being recent immigrants. Thus 0. frater, Dalla Torre, a
widely distributed species, has been found very rarely on
Oahu, where it does not fit into any Colour-group, as it
does on Maui, where it abounds. Excepting on Kauai, the
Group I of Oahu is well represented on every island,
besides tending to absorb all others on Hawai, so that
nearly half the known species of the wasps may be referred
to it. The dominance of this group increases the black-
ness of our series, for it contains species almost or entirely
black and with dark iridescent wings; and, when other
groups of Hymenoptera are considered, is swelled by
species of bees, of fossorial wasps, and even of parasitic
Ichneumonoids.
‘In these associations of Aculeates, the Eumenidae are
probably dominant, although both the Fossores and bees
are extremely ancient. In the Crabronidae several genera
have been evolved probably from a single ancient immi-
grant species (see p. 688). Over fifty species of Nesoprosopis
fall into structural groups of which one has become para-
sitic (inquiline) on the others and has lost the special
pollen-sweeping apparatus on the front tarsi. Five of these
inquiline species have been produced, of course from one
original, The three most yellow-spotted species of Crubro,
which always have a yellow-banded abdomen, are found on
Kauai with the yellow-marked Odyneri. Two of these
Crabros extend to the other islands, or some of the other
islands, but one of these, on Oahu, is tending towards
686 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
black, while the female is sometimes entirely black. The
yellow-banded Crabros on islands other than Kauai are
generally found in the open country where the yellow-banded
Odynert occur.” November 15, 1911.
It is clear that the colour phenomena exhibited by our
Hawaiian Hymenoptera are similar to those seen in other
countries (whether in the Hymenoptera or in other orders)
where such colour groupings are explained as being associ-
ations of inedible species, which are easily recognised by
predatory enemies from their similarity of colour, Whether
this explanation is true of the Hawaiian case is I think
very doubtful, though I do not doubt that a satisfactory
explanation of the latter would also explain the others.
The Australian Eumenidae, Prosopidae and Fossorial wasps
furnish instances very similar to the Hawaiian, and in the
same groups, as I have myself observed in the field, in
that country.
If we assume that these Colour-groups are formed by pro-
cesses of natural selection and are indicative of inedibility,
we are perplexed as to the immunity of insignificant forms,
which do not attain notably iridescent wings or other
markings and yet fly round in company with the others
and are equally or sometimes more plentiful.
“Tf the Miillerian theory be correct, wing coloration is of
paramount importance in the Hawaiian groups. It appears
to be very suggestive that most of the clear-winged species
of bees and wasps are open-country insects. Of course
many of the dark-blue iridescent-winged ones mix with
these, but then they are also common in the woods too—
I mean individuals of a single dark-winged species are
common in both situations.
“There are (with reference to colour of wings) distinct
evidences in some Hawaiian Crabronidae, of sexual selec-
tion being operative. This again, in connection with
Miillerian grouping, might start another distinct line of
investigation!” November 13, 1911,
The writer collected series of nearly every land-bird on
each island and so was able to examine the stomach con-
tents of a large number of birds in all, and the finding of
but asingle Mimesa (in the stomach of the thrush Phaeornis
lanaiensis) would not tend to show the Hymenoptera, as a
favourite food, in any shape or colour. Asa matter of fact, ©
an Aculeate Hymenopterous insect (with rare exceptions)
is so unlike that of any other Order by its general appear-
Colowr-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 687
ance in life, that one can hardly credit any vertebrate
enemy with sense enough to distinguish between Colour-
groups of these and without the sense to distinguish the
class as a whole.
If Colour-groups in Hymenoptera have arisen as a mark
of inedibility, the latter quality can I think have nothing
to do with the possession of a sting.*
At one time t I supposed that the Hawaiian Colour-groups
might be the result of the action of climatic differences, at
least in so far as these groups were special to certain of the
islands. This seems very doubtful, for we find the nearest
approach to the Colour-group of wasps living in the forests
of Kauai, in those living on the driest coasts of Oahu, and
quite absent from its very similar forests. In fact a satis-
factory explanation of the Colour-groups of Hawaiian
Hymenoptera is wanting, and, when found, will no doubt
explain some of the similar phenomena elsewhere.
It is interesting to trace the structurally allied forms on
different islands and see how their superficial appearance
is changed by entering different Colour-groups.
Odynerus eutretus of Hawaii is a black insect with dark-
blue iridescent wings; on Maui, it is represented by 0.
homoeogaster, a red-marked wasp; on Kauai, by 0. mimus,
a conspicuously white-banded species. The obscure-punc-
tatus group on Hawaii is replaced by the redder species
O. sandwichensis and its allies on the intermediate islands ;
on Oahu, the blue iridescence of the wings is lost as well
as all the red markings (0. dubiosus and allies), while on
Kauai, the red markings remain, but the wings are of a
shining fuscous (0. blackburn and soror),as in the Oahuan
allies. Odynerus nigripennis, ubiquitous over all the other
islands, is replaced on Kauai by the equally common, pale-
banded O. radula, F.
PrRosopiDAE.—All the fifty-three species belong to the
single genus Nesoprosopis based on the island forms but
* Compare Trans. Ent. Soc., 1904, pp. 645-6.—E. B. P.
+ Dr. Perkins is evidently alluding to his paper in Proc. Phil.
Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, Pt. VII, 1897, p. 380, where he argued
that the colours are due to “climate or some such cause.” He also
wrote, November 10, 1911, in reference to the above paragraph in
the text :—
“‘T did not state other reasons against the ‘climate’ view because
I hardly thought it worth considering—there are too many impossi-
bilities in such a view !”
688 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
subsequently found to contain a European species, Prosopis
kriechbaumeri, Forst., and later a Chinese one. Thus an
Asiatic origin is highly probable. The MNesoprosopis are
almost the most ubiquitous of any Hawaiian insects.
CRABRONIDAE.—The Hawaiian Crabronidae are repre-
sented by eighteen described species, which I have dis-
tributed in four genera. All these forms appear to be
closely allied, and, as it appears to me, might well be the
descendants of one original immigrant yellow-spotted form,
allied to the British Crabro vagus, L. 'To this latter there
are closely allied species in China, if it does not occur
there itself, and for this reason an Asiatic origin for the
Hawaiian forms may be suspected. Of the eighteen species,
three represent each one a distinct genus, while another
genus, Nesocrabro, contains four species, so that the greater
part of the known forms fall into one genus Xenocrabro, of
which the others appear to be simply derivatives, and it is
to the least remarkable of the Hawaiian species of Xeno-
crabro that the European Crabro vagus is most nearly
related. None of the other diverse groups of Crabronidae
are represented in the Hawaiian Islands.
Some of the species are much and conspicuously marked
with yellow on all parts of the body, the yellow markings
becoming reduced in others, until, in XY. mandibularis, Sm.,
we have an entirely black insect. There is, in the yellow-
marked species, much variety in the coloration, and the
variation exhibited is often of an interesting character.
C. distinctus, described by Smith from a Crabro obtained
from Hawaii early in the last century, was at first unknown
to me, and I suspected a mistake in the locality. Later
on, however, I found that Smith’s species is an extreme
and rare variety of C. notostictus, which is typically a black
insect with small yellow thoracic markings. Intermediate
specimens between the extremes are much commoner than
typical distinctus. This brightly marked form has so far
only been found at or near the coast, where the intermedi-
ate forms also occur, as well as the variety I called noto-
stictus. In the mountains in the forest region the latter is
predominant and intermediates are rarely met with. From
these facts one might suspect that the hot dry climate of
the coastal regions was productive of the conspicuously
marked varieties. The following considerations make such
an explanation improbable. In the genus Nesocrabro I
LL. ae
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 689
described a species, gaily marked with yellow as NV. bidecor-
atus, adding a remark to the effect that “In spite of its
extremely distinct appearance I suspect it may prove to
be a variety of the following,” viz. V. rubrocaudatus, Blackb.,
and Cam. (“ Fauna Hawaiiensis,” vol. i, Pt. I, Hymenopt.
Acul., p. 27, 1899). This now proves to be the case, inter-
mediate varieties having been secured. The variation in
this case is even more extreme than in the other, since
typical rubrocaudatus is an entirely black-bodied insect,
whereas the variety notostictus of distinctus has at least
yellow thoracic markings. It is interesting to observe
that the markings of the most highly coloured WN. rubro-
caudatus (var. bidecoratus) almost entirely resemble those
of Xenocrabro distinctus. Looking at the localities where
these highly marked varieties of Nesocrabro occur, we find
that, far from living in the hot and dry places, they are
found in the wet woods near Kilauea (4,000 ft.), in the still
wetter district of Olaa, and other localities of Windward
Hawaii. I think that these highly coloured varieties are
“reversions ” to an ancestral style of coloration, and I
believe this is borne out by an examination of the varieties
of other Hawaiian species. In these there is a general
tendency to blackness of coloration, some few retaining
conspicuous yellow markings, while most have these re-
duced to inconspicuousness or they are entirely absent.
Xenocrabro hawaviensis and fulvicrus, Oreocrabro abnormis,
Blackb. and Cam., and Hylocrabro tumidoventris, species
with normally black abdomen, all become spotted as
exceptional and sometimes very rare varieties. Species
like Nesocrabro stygius, Kirb., and daemonius, with immac-
ulate abdomen above, frequently retain yellow pigment
spots beneath, where they are concealed from view.
Generally speaking yellow markings, especially thoracic,
are less easily lost in the female than in the male. The
general blackness of the Hawaiian Crabronids, as now
manifested, has I think been produced within the islands,
and while some still retain more or less the colour of their
ancestors the majority have greatly departed therefrom,
though many of them in exceptional individuals reproduce
that coloration to a greater or less extent. Further, a
study of the case cited of Nesocrabro rubrocaudatus and
Xenocrabro distinctus lends strong confirmation to the
community of descent that is suggested by the considera-
tion of their structural characters. At least I find it diffi-
690 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
cult to understand how two species of these distinct genera
can under totally different conditions of climate and en-
vironment produce remarkable colour varieties, totally
dissimilar from their usual forms, yet almost identical
with each other, unless they be reversions to a former
style of coloration.
[No further quotations from the Introduction will be
found beyond this point, but it has been necessary in the
preceding paragraphs to quote from it somewhat exten-
sively, in order that the discussion in the following letters
may become clear. After reading the statements repro-
duced above, I asked Dr. Perkins, among other questions
bearing on a possible Miillerian interpretation of the facts,
whether the reversion to an ancestral pattern—or more
probably the persistence of an ancestral pattern—in the
form distinctus, might not be associated with the presence
of the pale-banded Odyneri which are also found in the open
country. He replied, Nov. 15, 1911, as follows :—]
A. notostictus, the black-bodied form of distinctus, seems
to be the only form in the forest region where are no pale
banded Odynerus, except occasional reversional individuals.
Typical distinctus of Smith is essentially an open country,
sublittoral form, but the notostictus form may occur with
it, aud intermediates. There is a number of pale-banded
Odynerus, belonging to this open country, or sublittoral,
and only belonging to this country. Several species of the
predominant black group of Odynerus are common both in
this open country and forest alike. This would be very
suggestive to the Miillerian.
The case of var. bidecoratus is quite different, for instead
of being coastal, it inhabits very wet forest districts, mixed
with the typical form but rarer, and probably less widely
distributed. Before I knew this, I thought the pale
marked Crabronid vars. might be produced by the dryness
and heat of the coast region—they average smaller in size
also : bidecoratus upsets this view.
Miillerians would say that ‘notostictus’ persisted in the
coastal regions because of the presence of the pale-banded
Odynerus (or, at least, for the same reason that the latter
do, viz. absence of enemies), and would cite the fact that
all Crabronids on Kauai are yellow-banded, the black-
bodied group of Odynerus being absent there. Obviously
the colour of the var. bidecoratus is quite out of place in
wet forests on Hawai, where are no yellow-banded Odynerus,
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 691
except rare varieties that have reverted to the ancestral
pattern. No male form of didecoratus has yet been found,
the male rubrocaudatus only existing with these so far as
is known, and this male is in perfect harmony with the
Odyneri of the woods. On the Millerian theory I should
say that the more easily changed male of rubrocaudatus
arrived at a very perfect and stable state of mimetic
resemblance to the Odyneri of the woods, but that the
more conservative female had never reached so perfect a
condition—as shown also by its hyaline wings—and that,
owing to its conservativeness, it had not reached the stable
condition of the male abdominal colouring, when the
causes leading to the mimicry (viz. bird attacks) were
removed or much abated. I should look on it as a species
of which the ancestrally coloured bidecoratus form might
easily in future times become dominant again.
I have made a crude sketch of a distinctws female, from
which you can judge how different it appears from an all-
black-bodied notostictus var., and the brightest female
Nesocrabro rubrocaudatus bidecoratus has almost a yellow
abdomen, the black is so reduced.
[The accompanying drawing of the 2 X. distinctus showed
that the following structures and markings are yellow :
the pronotal collar, a transverse spot on the scutellum and
another on the post scutellum, a curiously shaped spot on
the Ist abdominal segment, a band on the 2nd, 4th and
5th, a minute lateral spot on the 38rd, not really visible in
a strictly dorsal view. The var. notostictus possesses the
above-described thoracic markings, but is without the
abdominal, although intermediates occur. Another draw-
ing, of the basal abdominal segment of Nesocrabro rubro-
caudatus var. bidecoratus, showed the similar character of
the variable yellow spot to that of Y. distinctus.
Dr. Perkins added :—]
The typical rubrocaudatus is entirely black, but in some
examples the thorax may have the yellow markings of the
var. lidecoratus, without any abdominal markings. If ab-
dominal markings are present, thoracic ones are invariably
developed.
{Concerning the tendency of the females to lose the
white or yellow bands on the abdomen, Dr. Perkins wrote,
Nov. 15, 1911 :—]
In Odynerus, the species of the structural group of
O. sociabilis and the group of O. nautaruwm have always
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3A
692 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
the bands more faint or altogether absent in the female.
In the Crabronidae the females seem harder to shift
from the normal, and I believe that this kind of ‘ con-
servatism’ is really true of the female sex among insects
in general, For instance, in JV. rubrocaudatus, the male
has characteristically dark wings with blue irdescence,
but the female has clear wings. In many of the species,
the male wings are darker than the female, as though it
were hard for the latter to become changed, and this is the
same with the thoracic spots, which in three species of
Nesocrabio with black abdomen are altogether wanting or
reduced in size in the male, while they are in two species
always, or nearly always, present in the female, and in the
third are present in some varieties. They seem to give
up these characters with great difficulty.
I should think it much more probable on the Millerian
theory that ‘the predominance of female mimicry in
butterflies’ is due to the necessity of a long life (for egg-
laying) for the females, and not to ‘a greater female
variability in features associated secondarily with sex.’
On the Millerian theory, I should say that the presence
of numerous reversional examples in the Hawaiian species
is likely to be due to the fact that nowadays the bird
competition has become ineffective. These reversion
colours, in Odynerus at least, are more often found in
males than females; I should say because the females,
having once arrived at a stable condition, are less easily
changed, 1. e. more ‘conservative.’ There is a war between
the greater need to change in the female and the ‘con-
servatism, doubtless, in producing Colour-groups, just as
sexual selection may cause interference. There is not the
least doubt that in Hymenoptera generally, the males are
of very transitory appearance compared with the females,
the difference in length of life often being one of months.
Facrs AND ARGUMENTS FOR AND AGAINST MULLERIAN
MIMICRY AS THE INTERPRETATION OF THE COLOUR-
GROUPS OF HAWAIIAN ACULEATES.
[From this point the passages from Dr. Perkins’ letters
are grouped under heads. |
Nav SpA Ol 1,
I have myself for years considered the Batesian theory
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 693
of little moment compared with Fritz Miller’s: possibly
all of Bates’s examples are simple Miillerian ones.
Nov. 10, 1911.
I am unable to suggest any explanation whatever for
the Colour-groups other than the Miillerian one; but I
could not get any definite evidence that this is true.
I have examined vast quantities of young birds in the
islands—they are always present at all seasons owing to
the equable climate, but what I have examined is nothing
to the numbers I have watched at close quarters. Camp-
ing entirely alone, as I so often did in untrodden forests—
for weeks together during some six years—where the birds
had never seen a human being, the young were often so
tame, they could even be knocked down with a switch !
It was often impossible to shoot a bird, as they would come
so close out of curiosity and one could not get away from
them, especially young birds.
Nov. 14, 1911.
I should say the present-day Hawaiian birds are very
well educated by the parents in the matter of choice of
food. It was always a marvel to me why the parents
should tend them so long. I have doubtless remarked on
it often, but may here quote at random, from “ Fauna Haw.”
I, p. 404, of that common species, Vestvaria coccinea, “ the
yellow, black-spotted young follow the parents sometimes
till they are far advanced in their red (i.e. mature)
plumage, but they very early learn to obtain nectar for
themselves, even at a time when the parents are still
feeding them on caterpillars.” Again, p. 406, of Palmeria:
“The young follow the parents often until they have
arrived at almost their full plumage, and after they have
acquired their full song, but in the winter months these
companies are disbanded. In February and March they
are generally paired.”
I think similar remarks might be made on almost every
insectivorous Hawaiian bird, certainly all the common
ones. I noted even of the rare and extraordinary Pseudo-
nestor, p. 432, “they are unwearying in supplying their
full-fledged young with food, and when the latter are
soliciting this from their parents they form a most comical
group.”
I do not think any one will ever again see Hawaiian
3A2
694 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
birds as I did from fifteen to twenty years ago. Some
that I found commonly seem now quite extinct, and others
greatly reduced in number. It would be almost impossible
to duplicate the observations I then made.
Nov. 10, 1911.
What troubles me as to Hymenoptera is, that any bee
or wasp in life is so utterly unlike anything else, that the
veriest duffer of a bird can hardly mistake it for anything
else, and it is clear that in the islands those which remain
small in size with no colour of any sort (i.e. no pattern
and ordinary wings) are not now eaten and are fully as
successful as any belonging to the Colour-groups. Why
then on one little island (Oahu) should a lot of species
associate themselves in several Colour-groups for protective
purposes? It would appear much more advantageous for
all to belong to the dominant black-coloured blue-winged
group on the one island, as one would say it would be
much easier for birds only to have to learn one colour
pattern than several. One tasting might do for the whole
lot, if they were one colour, but a number of tastings
might be necessary for a lot of groups; and then I come
back to the old doubt, why is not the fact that all are
characteristically Hymenopterous (whatever be the colour)
sufficient in itself ?
Nov. 15, 1971.
If birds can select between very slight colour variations
so as to produce the closest mimetic resemblance, it seems
strange that they should not recognise any Hymenopterous
insect as such quite apart from colour and pattern. That
they do recognise Hymenopterous characters other than
colour, seems to be proved by a mimetic Australian Man-
tispa. Although superficially quite unlike a Hymeno-
pterous insect, this Mantispa is, from its behaviour and
attitude, a perfect mimic—in fact the best known tome. No
Syrphid with all its wasp-like coloration can approach it.*
* The mimicry of Mantispa was observed by W. M. Wheeler in
Nebraska (1888), G. A. K. Marshall in Natal (1896), and R. Shelford
in Borneo (1898-1900) and Singapore (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, pp.
536-7 ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902, pp. 235-7). Both Marshall and Shel-
ferd speak of the excellence of the mimicry on the wing. At the
same time Shelford’s Plate (P. Z. S. 1902, XIX, figs. 22-7),and both
his and Wheeler’s descriptions show that colour may enter largely
into the mimetic resemblance in certain species of Mantispa.—E. B. P.
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 695
Nov. 13, 1911.
If I could see the very ordinary-looking Hawaiian species
—just like those one may see anywhere in the world—at
the least disadvantage as compared with those of the
special groups, I should have little doubt of the Miillerian
theory—though I should still say that in our islands the
groups were formed in the past, by causes no longer opera-
tive—but the insignificant forms, like many Nesoprosopis,
are extraordinarily successful in life. Yet we have to admit
that those coloured to fit special groups have originated
from such forms. The general tendency for the latter to
belong to open country and the changed condition of the
Avifauna are the points that the Millerian must lay the
greatest stresson. I could make the case stronger for him
by going into minute detail at considerable length. It
would be quite easy to fill a volume with facts concerning
these Hymenoptera, dealing with their variations, colours,
structures, etc. The true affinities of the species, one to
another, becomes very important, when considering the
Colour-groups.
Nov. 10, 1911.
With the Hawaiian wasps (Odynerus) it must be
remembered that, excluding one group of 4 species
which are derived from some fairly ancient immigrant
from Asia, all the rest are apparently the descendants of
a single very ancient immagrant species, though by exces-
sive evolutionary change the descendants have now formed
distinct genera and structural groups within the islands.
There is evidence for the conclusion that the original
ancestor was black with yellow bands, such as one now
sees all over the world. One must regard all these Colour-
groups as having been formed (i. e. started) actually within
the islands.
CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE HAWAIIAN COLOUR-
GROUPS MAY HAVE ARISEN,
Nov. 10, 1911.
If the Miillerian theory is the right one in this case, I
am sure that we must look back toa long past time for the
formation of the Colour-groups and the causes are no
longer operative. I have in the “Fauna Haw.”, under
“ Aves,” given a good deal of detailed information about
696 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
birds, insects and plants, and have shown how in the birds
themselves the causes which developed the weird forms of
the peculiar family Drepanididae no longer exist. Nothing
but the severest competition for food could ever have
produced such birds as Pseudonestor, Heterorrhynchus and
Chloridops, the main food of which consists of a single
article of diet, to obtain which as a regular diet a very
special and grotesque structure has been acquired in each
case. Such forms are the tips of twigs in a tree of descent
—and they can give rise to nothing further. It might
almost be said they are the tips of twigs which, having
produced a terminal blossom, themselves die back. A
comparatively easy and successful living is possible for a
time, but with a slight change of conditions there only
remains extinction. They have no chance to adapt
themselves to new conditions. It is, I think, noteworthy
how often one finds the ‘ finest’ things to be very rare in
islands, and I think this is clearly due to the fact that
what a systematic student calls ‘fine,’ is usually a form
peculiarly specialised in some particular way, and this
means a very particular mode of life. Such ‘fine’ things
are rare, because the conditions suited to their mode of
life are few. They are unfortunately the first things to
become extinct in Oceanic Islands.
Nov. 8, 1911.
I ought to say I have not finished with the ‘colour’
question yet, because I have a still more ‘ general’ part
than that which I am sending, dealing with ‘species
formation, ‘variation,’ etc., in a general and more com-
prehensive way, considering the whole fauna together,
birds, land-shells, insects and plants.
One who has a wide systematic knowledge of the whole
fauna can picture a very different condition of affairs from
the present—when the vegetation of the islands formed no
true forest, but the islands were covered by a shrubby
growth of woody Composites, Lobeliaceae, etc., with few or
no trees; when the birds were of less specialised forms
like Himatione and Chlorodrepanis of to-day, with no
wonderful developments like Psewdonestor and Heteror-
rhynchus, and there were only a few types present, which
were numerous in individuals and wandered from shore
(where now they are absent) to the mountain tops, and
there was a competition for food between individuals, not
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 697
to be seen nowadays. There were only a few species of
Lepidoptera, mostly Pyralids and Micros., and the wasps,
which necessarily came later than these, had no such field
for securing food as at present. If the Miillerian theory
is correct for these Hawaiian Hymenoptera, then the
separation of the Colour-groups began and was developed
gradually in past ages and the efficient causes are not
observable now.
I stick out absolutely for the formation of all the genera
of Drepanid birds within the islands—and what a time it
must have taken to produce the extraordinary variety of
forms, now seen in this exclusively Hawaiian family!
Looking at the birds, one ceases to wonder at the hundreds
of species of peculiar Achatinellidae in shells; at the fifty
odd species of bees (Nesoprosopis) with their wonderful
variety; at the 100 or more Odynerus, so varied in
structure ; at the vast genera in various groups of beetles ;
the (doubtless) hundreds of existing and very varied
species of the fly genus Drosophila, etc. I doubt whether
any but a systematist could rightly appreciate this wonder-
ful fauna, or even a systematist who confined himself to a
special group.
It has been a great advantage to me that I was able to
work out all the Hymenoptera, Orthoptera and Neuroptera,
a large part of the Coleoptera, practically all the Hemi-
ptera (after Kirkaldy) as well as having largely studied
many groups of the Lepidoptera and Diptera. Then I
made a very large and perfect collection of the birds and
wrote upon these also, made special studies in the land-
shells, and have a moderate knowledge of the Botany.
Guppy, who wrote on the latter, could never have had
his ideas, if he had studied the insects; and the conclusions
of specialists like Lord Walsingham, who monographed
the Micros., are in my opinion quite untenable (see p. 681).
Nov. 13, 1911.
If the Miillerian theory is true of the Hawaiian wasps,
what probably happened is this :—
1, There was a very ancient immigrant Odynerus
(? whence) which gave rise to the vast majority
of the forms now present.
2. It was a black-bodied insect with 2 (or more) narrow-
ish pale abdominal bands.
3. The descendant species of this Odynerus may have
698
10.
Ld.
Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
formed some Colour-groups (e.g. those with red
markings) amongst themselves.
. A later immigrant species from Asia arrived, a black
species with dark blue iridescent wings (like and
allied to nagripennis of to-day).
. It became the most abundant and widespread of all
species occupying all localities (as nigripennis does
to-day, excepting in Kauai) on all the islands,
except Kauai.
. On Kauai only, nigripennis did not remain specifically
the same, but gave rise to an equally common,
allied species O. radula, with two yellow bands.
. This became and is the dominant species on Kauai,
and (a) may have formed the model for the chief
(and almost only) Colour-group on that island, or
(b) it is likely that the pale-banded group may
have previously been a feature of Kauai, and
absorbed the immigrant nigripennis-like insect
(which became also structurally modified), or (¢)
the large series of Kauai forms may have at least
developed their dark blue iridescent wings after
the pattern of the nigripennis-like insect, and it
acquired their bands.
. In the open country of all the islands (excepting
Kauai) whether above or below the forest, a large
number of species remain, which probably most
nearly show the superficial appearance of the
original immigrant Odynerus.
. This open country is that which would always
(from the nature of the avifauna) have been either
devoid of insectivorous birds or very sparsely
frequented by them.
On Hawaii, the big island, the tendency is decidedly
to one uniform condition of blackness and the
formation of a single group—the pale-banded
forms tending to lose the bands, or having quite
lost them in the female sex ; the red-marked species
having the red marks diminished, faint or dull,
as compared with the nearest allied species on the
neighbouring islands. Hawaii is very rich in birds.
Except on Kauai, the ancestral character of the
yellow bands is confirmed by their retention by
those species which are least peculiar as compared
with foreign forms, and by the fact that almost
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 699
any species is, as a very rare variety, liable to
produce such a form, the band in such case being
often very faint and fine, only found on one seg-
ment, sometimes fragmentary, or represented only
on the ventral surface, where it is, of course,
invisible in life.
12. Though the nigripennis group is probably of much
later origin in the islands than the other, which it
is to be noted has produced within the islands
distinct genera (Nesodynerus, Pseudopterocheilus,
Chelodynerus), yet it also is ancient; for it is
represented by a highly modified species O. localis
in Kauai, and by a second distinct one on Oahu,
O. epipseustes. In Yocalis such important structures
are modified that much time would be required.
13. Consequently the arrival of the ancestor of the
nigripennis group may well have happened at a
time when the condition of the avifauna was very
different.
14, The nigripennis group of Odynerus might possibly
have become much more numerous in species had
not the islands been already occupied by a great
number of forms developed from the earlier im-
migration. We may compare the case of the bird
family Drepanididae, with that of the later-arriving
Meliphagidae.
IMPORTANCE OF THE HAWAIIAN FAUNA IN THE STUDY
OF EVOLUTION.
Nov. 4, 1911.
I believe the Hawaiian islands are for the solving of
many most important problems, without any equal else-
where as at present known. The excessive complications
of great continental faunas or continental islands are
absent, yet the fauna is itself large enough to present
many of the same phenomena. I saw this many years
ago and referred to 1t in my paper on the “ Vertebrata”
(under the Birds) in the “ Fauna Hawaiiensis.”
Nov. 13, 1911.
I cannot follow the de Vries people at all. Their
mutations and fluctuations are distinctions without any
particular difference to me. They know nothing about
the instability of the latter, For instance, suppose we
700 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the
get by selection a melanic form from a pale creature. If
it is then placed under exactly similar conditions to those
of the parent pale form, it is certainly likely to revert, but
if it is, as probably would be the case in nature, maintained
for generations, it seems to me the whole life of the
creature would be profoundly modified, and germ-cells
and many other parts would be affected. Many import-
ant external agencies would be changed, absorption of
heat, e.g. They seem to expect to see everything revert,
because it 1s known to do so in a limited number of
examples and after a few generations.
One of the most important parts of my introduction
will deal with insects known to have been introduced.
Some of these produce a brood every three weeks or so
throughout the year. Is it not remarkable that after
years in the islands, and having come from very different
countries, we do not find these producing varieties under
such new conditions, and after so many generations ?
It seems that it ordinarily takes a great time to start a
variable condition, but it does come in the end, for, if we
look at the species which are peculiar to the islands, but
are comparatively recent arrivals (i.e. not very peculiar
and which have not yet given rise to allied species), we
see that these are almost always excessively variable. Con-
sider how constant are the undersides of Vanessa atalanta,
cardui, ete., yet our V. tammeamea, Ksch., allied to these,
presents the most remarkable variations constantly.
Hypenodes altivolans, hardly different from a species found
in England, New Zealand, etc., is extraordinarily variable
with us, and the same is true of many other Hawaiian
species.
Nov. 15, 1911.
I am much impressed with the stability of species for
many generations under changed conditions—to which I
have referred previously.
Of course a species already in a highly plastic condition
would presumably be more likely to exhibit change in a
short time. But—
(a) In Blackburn’s collection (of which I have a large
part), formed thirty years ago, variable species
exhibited the same varieties then as now.
(b) Introduced species from other very diverse countries
have not altered after many generations, This
Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 701
applies to species which are known as being plastic
outside the islands, i.e. ones which have formed
marked varieties or races in countries different
from the one whence they were imported to
our islands, but which they, no doubt, reached
naturally, and at a much more remote period.
From my knowledge of insects generally I should say
that species we call very variable are usually really con-
stant in their varieties, i.e. the varieties themselves are of
regular occurrence in nature—some rarer some commoner,
like species. It evidently requires much time to alter
either species or varieties. What a time it must have
taken to produce the eighteen genera of Drepanididae, a
family peculiar to the islands! This and the extreme
specialisation of so many of the genera seem to point to
an ancient excessive competition, unrealisable on present
conditions.
I suspect that some day a widespread cause inducing
plasticity will be discovered. It must be remembered
that many of our commonest imported insects have no
enemies at all to keep them constant by selection, but they
have not begun to vary yet.*
* [The following contribution to this discussion was contained in
a letter written by Dr. Perkins from Honolulu, May 20, 1912 :—]
I am astonished after my experience here at the permanency of
specific characters. When I see the enormous changes in climate
and general conditions produced by the white man’s destructive
work, and compare examples of all sorts of insects collected to-day
with those taken over 75 years ago by old collectors, or 30-40 years
ago by Blackburn, I should have expected to have found at least
some perceptible difference between the individuals after so many
generations (things breed all the year here, many of them average a
brood to a month or six weeks).
Again, the conspicuous dominant wasps of the genus Polistes
introduced nearly half a century ago—more conspicuous and fierce,
and more numerous than any Odyneri—might have been expected
to influence the more plastic of the indigenous species, viz. those
which have a coloration that could be easily changed to resemble
the new arrivals. In general it appears that an enormous time
must be allowed for specific change, unless it occurs abruptly and
suddenly. We have lately had a tropical American Odynerus
introduced here, of quite a different type from our groups; but its
appearance could easily be arrived at by some of the native species.
This new species (no doubt, imported by man) is already, after a
year or so, @ most dominant species. Theoretically it should be
badly off, as it would be unknown to our endemic birds, etc., and it
is not very startling in colour.
XV. Synaposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae.
By G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.),
F.E.S., Member of the Royal Society’s Sleeping
Sickness Commission.
[Read October 16th, 1912. ]
WHEN breeding Acraeine larvae I have on several occasions
been deceived by the very close likeness existing between
larvae of different species. In May 1911, on Damba
Island, Victoria Nyanza, I found a company of Acraeca
larvae, and reared them to maturity. These were sent
to Prof. Poulton, who identified them as Acraeca terpsi-
chore, L. Subsequently I found more larvae which I took
to be the same as the former. The imagines bred from
them were, however, identified by Prof. Poulton as
Acraca alicia, EK. M. Sharpe. The larvae were light green,
shining, with head and legs black, with a transverse row
of six rather long spinose spines across each segment, the
four central ones being black, the lateral ones green and
directed downwards. ‘The pupae also appeared to be
similar, but I did not take a written description.
The second instance is of some interest.
About the middle of June, 1911, on Damba Island, I
found a company of small larvae feeding in the jungle on
one leaf of the food-plant which appeared to be a species
of nettle, stinging very feebly. I reared them, and the
imagines supplied the first epigonic proof that Acraca
alciope, Hew., and Aecraca awrivillw, Staud., were male and
female of the same species. These larvae were dull
yellowish, with a lateral line of a more pronounced yellow,
above which was a black line; from the latter, at right-
angles, narrow black streaks ran dorsalwards, but not so
far as the mid line. Head and legs black. Of the six
spines on each segment the one on each side arising from
the lateral line was yellowish, the rest black,
About two months later I found another company of
similar larvae on a leaf (of the same plant) and reared
them. To my astonishment the imagines were a totally
different Acraea, whose name I knew not. Mr. Eltring-
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IV, (FEB.)
Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on Acraeine larvae. 7038
ham identified them as Acraea humilis, E. M. Sharpe, and
Acraea orestia, Hew., so that these two were shown to be
forms of one species. Both larvae and pupae had been so
like those of A. alciope that no suspicion had crossed my
mind that they were of a different species.
The third instance of resemblance concerns larvae of the
genus Planema. On August 17th, in the jungle of Damba
Island, about 5 p.m., I saw a female Planema macarista,
E. M. Sharpe, sitting on the leaf of a creeper, apparently
just completing oviposition. I saw her lay the last egg,
and then captured her. The eggs were laid all together on
the upper surface of one leaf, but each distinct from the
others. They were barrel-shaped, rather elongated, lemon
yellow, attached to the leaf in an upright position by one
extremity. Under a low power of the microscope the
surface was seen to be longitudinally ribbed, with faintly
marked cross bars between adjacent ribs. They were
twenty in number. All except one hatched on August
25th ; and the dates of the successive ecdyses of the larvae
were Aug. 31st, Sept. 7th, Sept. llth, and Sept. 16th.
Unfortunately the majority of them died after this from
an infectious disease, but one or two, though dwarfed
pupated on Sept. 21st, these pupae subsequently dying.
The larvae were of a bright, shining, claret colour, with
black head, legs and spines, the latter being rather long.
Until more than half grown these larvae congregated
together in a mass, whereby, under natural conditions,
their conspicuousness would of course have been greatly
accentuated. Though I obtained no imagines from this
brood, the parent was undoubtedly Pl. macarista. [The
parent was exhibited to the Society on Oct. 16th, 1912.—
E. B. Poulton. ]
The description of the pupa was as follows :—
Pinkish white, with black veins on the wings, and small
black linear markings on the ventral surface. On the
head are two widely separated pointed processes of the
same colour as the body. From the dorsal surface of the
abdomen project four pairs of long thin black spines,
hooked at the tip, arising each from an orange pink
tubercle, on each side of the outer aspect of the base of
which is a black line; except the anterior tubercle which
has only a short black line anteriorly to its base.
In October, one of my boys brought me from the Damba
jungle on the leaves of a creeper of a different species from
704 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the
the former, three larvae of identically the same appear-
ance as recorded above. These pupated almost immedi-
ately, and the pupae also corresponded with the above
description. TInaturally concluded they also were Pl. maca-
rista ; and when the imagines emerged on Oct. 18th, and
showed the orange band on the forewings and white on the
hindwings, I concluded they were all males, and put them
away without a careful examination. They were sent to
Prof. Poulton in due course, who, to my great interest
and astonishment, pronounced them to be two males and
a female of Planema poggei, Dewitz., and not Pl. macarista.
At the beginning of 1912 I moved to Bugalla Island,
forming one of the Sesse group in the N.W. corner of the
Victoria Nyanza.
In April I found in the forest a larva which exactly
corresponded with the description previously given—
claret-coloured with head, spines and legs black. It
pupated on April 19th. I carefully looked at the pupa,
and saw no difference in it from those of Pl. macarista ani
pogget. However, when the imago came out on May Ist,
it was neither macarista nor pogget, but Pl. arenaria, EH. M.
Sharpe. I have since reared other specimens of this
species from larvae found in the forest.
Here, then, we have larvae and pupae of three common
and very conspicuous Planemas so closely resembling
each other that I have not been able to distinguish any
difference ; though I have not had specimens of each to
compare side by side.
July, 1912.
Note—Later in the year Dr. Carpenter sent spirit
specimens of some of the species referred to above. Con-
cerning the larvae and pupae of Pl. arenaria he wrote
Now. 26, 1912,:-—
“The very young larvae are dull green with black
auterior segments. After the first ecdysis the black
becomes claret colour, and the green a sort of vague
dull pink, which gradually becomes darker owing to the
anterior claret tint spreading backwards, until the whole
larva is of that tint. Its colour is then indistinguishable
from that of macarista or poggei. Inasmuch as the larva
of macarista is from birth onwards always the same, I
think the facts show that the arenaria larva mimics that
Synaposematic resemblance between Acracine larvae. 705
of macarista. (I have only just discovered this, or would
have told you when I made my remarks on Acraeine
larvae.) The two pupae of Pl. arenaria, which might
equally well be macarista or poggei, are very remarkably
resistant to the cyanide bottle—even more so than the
imagines! I put them in one evening; next morning I
took them out and they were still, literally, kicking.
Next evening I repeated the experiment with the same
result! I had to chloroform them eventually.”
(8706S)
XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi,
Neave. By G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M.,
(Oxon.), F.E.S.
[Read November 6th, 1912. ]
WHEN I came out to Uganda as a member of the Royal
Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission, I obtained per-
mission from the Society to send the Lepidoptera which
I might collect to Prof. Poulton; and it is to frequent
correspondence with him that the following interesting
result is due, which confirms the suggestion made by
Dr. Karl Jordan that several forms of Pseudacraeca,
hitherto regarded as distinct species, would be found to
be only polymorphic forms of one species.
At the beginning of 1912 my investigations into the
bionomics of Glossina took me to Bugalla, one of the
Sesse Islands—-a group lying in the N.W. corner of the
great Lake Victoria, some twenty-five miles S.W. of
Kntebbe. Here I soon found that Pseudacraeae of the
three forms terra, hobleyi, and obscura, together with
intermediate forms, were extremely abundant; teva being
more numerous than the other two put together. Every-
thing was favourable for testing Dr. Jordan’s suggestion.
I obtained many females in succession, and put them in a
large box with gauze front, hoping they would oviposit on
the leaves which I put in; but none would lay. I was
not at this time aware of the specific food-plant, and had
not been able to find the food-plant of Psewdacraea lucretia
which Prof. Poulton suggested would probably be the
food-plant of the hobleyi forms. Thinking that the atmo-
spheric conditions in my hut, on top of an open grassy hill
about 150 feet above the lake, were not suited to the
forest-loving butterflies, I took the box down into the
forest in which the Pseudacraeas fly, and stood it on
supports in a large basin of water. Still the Pseudacraeas
would not lay, and I was beginning to despair. However,
on Sunday, June 16th, 1912, in the forest on the lake
shore, I saw a Psewdacraea which I had been following
about, and vainly trying to catch, settle on the under surface
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.)
Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi. TOT
of a leaf of a sapling, remain motionless, hanging from it
with wings closed, and then fly away quickly. On looking
at the leaf, to my intense pleasure, I found an egg on the
iniddle of the under surface, still glistening with the
secretion affixing it to the leaf, and of a dull yellow colour.
Let me here briefly state the main facts of the life-
history. The parent was one of the intermediate forms
so plentiful in the locality, being an “ obscura” with large
pale areas, and a reddish suffusion strongly marked on the
under surface of the base of the hindwing, indicating an
admixture of the “ hobleyi” form.
The egg was laid on June 16.
The egg hatched. June 25.
Ist larval ecdysis. July 1.
2nd do. July 7.
3rd do. July 14.
4th do. July 21.
Larva pupated. August 1.
Imago emerged. August 16.
The imago was a male, of the form “ terra.”
This in itself was sufficient to prove the identity of the
forms “obscura,” “hobleyi” and “terra.” Further, the
larva and pupa corresponded exactly with the coloured
drawings of those of Ps. imitator, Trim., as drawn by
Miss Margaret E. Fountaine, and published in the Trans-
actions of the Ent. Soc., Part I, 1911 (pp. 57-59, and
Pl. X), thus bringing this form into the same category.
Miss Fountaine, however, makes no mention of the great
difference in the appearance and habits of the young
larva before and after the first ecdysis.
I will now proceed with the detailed description of the
varlous stages.
The Ovum.—When freshly deposited on the 16th June,
at noon, was of a uniform dull yellow colour. In shape
it was spherical, but slightly flattened at point of attach-
ment to the leaf: the surface being of a shagreen texture
and deeply sculptured into hexagonal cells. On June 18th
the periphery became clearer and less yellow, the centre
opaque and dull pinkish. On the 24th the centre became
black, and the outer parts white and semi-transparent.
The Larva.—Finally, without further change in the
appearance of the ovum, at 9.15 am. on June 25th the
young larva ate its way through the shell, and at once set
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3B
708 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the
to work to consume the rest, which it accomplished in
half an hour. The larva was rather “ maggotty looking,”
being of a dull greenish white, and quite smooth, with no
processes whatsoever on body or head, which was smooth
shining black. In a very short while the larva took up
its position along the edge of the leaf: and within a few
hours, before it had eaten any of the leaf, had affixed to
its back one or two pellets of excrement. The way in
which it subsequently ate the leaf was interesting. It
ate a small hole out of the edge, and then continued this
down the side of a lateral rib of the leaf, subsequently
doing the same on the other side of the rib, which was
cut out from the rest of the leaf tissue but attached by
its base. On this bare rib the young larva rested, and
very soon had accumulated a large number of light brown
pellets of excrement on its back and on the leaf around
it. It always returned to rest at the same spot after
feeding.
First Ecdysis—The first ecdysis occurred on July Ist,
with a complete change in appearance and habits. The
larva no longer covered itself with pellets; and the
appearance it took on persisted until after the fourth
ecdysis; the characters acquired at the first being merely
accentuated by the second and third ecdyses. The de-
scription of the larva after the third ecdysis is as follows.
(See also Miss Fountaine’s drawing.)
From first to fourth Hedysis. Dorsally—From behind the third
segment to the posterior margin of the tenth, of the same green hue
as the leaf, bordered with a pale brownish lateral line. Along this
line, from each segment arises a spine, beset with smaller spines.
The former are quite small except on segments two, three, eleven,
and twelve, while that on segment two is the largest of all, and the
pair diverge outwards and forwards like antlers, reaching the level
of the front of the head. The pair on the third segment is similar
but smaller. On segments two and three the dorsal green colour is
much marked by pale brown areas continued inwards and backwards
from the bases of the “horns” to meet mid-dorsally, making the
hinder sides of a triangular area whose base is formed by a simi-
lar line extending transversely between the bases of the “horns.”
The first segment, dorsally, is mostly blackish, with a narrow
antero-posterior mid-dorsal white line.
Posteriorly, there are two more pairs of enlarged spines, those on
the eleventh segment being a little larger than those in the middle
life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyr. ‘709
of the body; and those on the twelfth midway in size between
those of the second and third segments, and curved upwards and
forwards. The colouring of the last two segments dorsally is ashy
grey, dotted and mottled with blackish.
Laterally.—From behind the head until the eighth segment the
larva is greenish black, but on the eighth segment this is bevelled
off and gradually replaced by ashy grey, which is continued to the
end of the body and there becomes continuous with the same colour
dorsally. On the seventh segment the dark colour is interrupted
by a large, raised, triangular whitish flap, with its base at the lateral
line, and its apex running on to the base of the clasper, and there
ending in a spine which points almost directly outwards at right
angles to the body. There is a similar, dark, spine, on the base of
the clasper of the seventh segment.
Head.—Greenish black, slightly bifid at top, beset with numerous
small white spines. A narrow whitish band bordered with blackish
starts on each side of mid-line at the crown, nearly meets its fellow
in the middle of the front of the head, and curves away again
below.
As regards its habits the larva has the same “ homing”
instinct as when much younger, always resting at the tip
of a bare rib, and returning there after feeding. In the
resting position the head and first five segments are raised
off the leaf, and also all that part of the body behind the
fourth pair of claspers, this being held up at quite a sharp
angle, thus bringing more into evidence the lateral ashy
colour of that part of the body. The larva is very
sluggish and rarely moves except in connection with
feeding.
The fourth Ecdysis.—This took place on July 21st and
brought great change in appearance. The general colour
was now a velvety purplish brown, and under a lens the
whole integument was seen to be finely dusted with
minute green dots. Here and there the purplish tint was
replaced by greenish mottling. The flap on the side of
the 7th segment, and the formerly grey area behind it,
now became light pinkish brown, and just anterior to the
flap were two raised circular dots of pure white. The
first segment still bore a short white mid-dorsal line.
With this ecdysis the spinous processes are considerably
developed, those on segments four to nine, inclusive, being
trifid at the extremity, the central prong slightly the
largest. The pair on the second segment are even larger
3B2
710 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the
than before, very thick, slightly flattened at the extremity,
and are set with minute spines along the edges. They
diverge upwards and outwards, and then turn forwards at
an angle. The spines on the third segment are only a
little larger than those on the middle segments.
The processes on the tenth segment are a little larger
than those on the third, and flattened from side to side.
The last pair of processes (on eleventh segment) are very
large, and almost leaf-like, owing to the great flattening
from side to side: the anterior and posterior edges have
a frayed appearance, owing to their being set with small
spines close together. These processes curve forwards
and upwards.
The head is very spiny, ash-coloured in front, dark
brown at sides. .
Pupation—On July 29th the larva spent the day curled
up on a leaf eating nothing, and on the evening of the
30th suspended itself by the last pair of claspers from
the tip of a leaf. On the 1st August, very early in the
morning, before daybreak, it pupated. After this first ex-
perience I have reared numbers of these larvae, and it is
very interesting to note that the preparations for pupation
always occur in the same way. During one night, after
remaining motionless in a curled-up posture on the leaf
for some twelve hours, the larva will suspend itself from
the leaf tip; and pupation takes place during the next
night. Presumably by this adaptation the pupa gains by
not being exposed to daylight till the protective green
colour is fully developed, which takes some hours. The
pupa corresponded exactly with the figure and description
of that of Ps. imatator (loc. cit.), save only that the long
processes from the head were not twisted but quite
straight and parallel to each other.
The pupa in colour was leaf green, but the lower surface of the
dorsum, and head, was slightly tinted with a light bluish grey
bloom, as if to neutralise shadow. From the top of the head project
a pair of flattened stalk-like processes, soldered together along
adjacent edges except at the extreme tips, which are square. These
processes immediately after the shedding of the larval skin are
separate from each other, short, and curved dorsally. They appear
to be straightened out to their final position and shape by the forcing
into them of fluid, and the triangular processes on the abdomen
are similarly distended, being very small at first. The cephalic
Life History of Pseudacraea ewrytus hobleyi. 711
processes are about one-third of the length from top of head to end
of abdomen. They make a large obtuse angle with the ventral
surface of the body, but are in the same longitudinal plane. The
body is very much flattened from side to side: each abdominal
segment is slightly ridged in the mid-ventral line, the edge of the
ridge being outlined in dark brown. From the dorsal surface of
the abdomen project two large triangular processes, very thin from
side to side, with edges outlined in dark brown. One, near the tip
of the abdomen, is only half the size of that arising from the base
of the abdomen, which has on its posterior edge a secondary
triangular eminence.
Emergence of the Imago.—On Aug. 18 the antennae and
limbs became very distinct through the pupal skin, and on
Aug. 15 two dark patches showed on the forewing. These
dark areas were the future tawny areas on the forewing of
the imago, and soon assumed that colour, the rest of the
wing then becoming black. On the morning of the 16th
I was able to see how the wings were separated from the
pupal skin by the secretion of air between the two, and
very shortly the imago emerged; a male of the form
hitherto described as a distinct species under the name
Pseudacraea terra, Neave.
The fortunate observation that showed me the food-
plant has enabled me to recognise it in the forest: it is
the tree which serves as food for Ps. lucretia, but I have
been unable to get full botanical specimens of flower, etc.,
for identification. I have now had no difficulty in getting
captive females to oviposit on food-plant in the box in the
forest, and up to the time of writing have secured one or
more ova from six females of all three forms. The young
larvae are rather delicate, and sometimes exhaust them-
selves so much by wandering about, spinning a silk foot-
hold as they go, that they are unable to eat the hard dry
leaf, and die. I have lost some of each brood save one,
from this cause. Of one brood of four which all hatched
on one day, the members all seemed equally thriving,
when one, for some reason unknown, ceased feeding and
shrivelled up. The food-plant being so dry, has to be
renewed every other day, in spite of being kept in water.
In spite of these disappointments, however, I hope to
provide Prof. Poulton with specimens of each form reared
from the other.
August 1912.
712 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the:
APPENDIX.
[I have thought it well to add to this paper an account
of specimens subsequently bred by Dr. Carpenter from
three known females of the obscura form. All three were
captured in the neighbourhood of Dr. Carpenter’s camp on
the east side of the centre of Bugalla Island. Having had
the opportunity of comparing the whole of the “set”
material, I have added a few notes to Dr. Carpenter’s
descriptions of the three parents and their offspring, but
it has not been deemed necessary to indicate the slight
additions.—K. B. PouLton.] |
Series B.—Parent obscwra, captured in the forest just
above lake level, June 30, 1912 (laid four eggs).
Hatched. 1st Moult.| 2nd. 8rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago.
1. July 12 July 20 | July 26 Aug.1 | Aug. 7 | Aug. 1S | Sept. 3
2. July 12 July 21 | July 26 Aug. 1 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 21 | Sept. 6
3. July 13 July 21 | July 26 Aug.2 | Aug.10 | Aug. 23 | Sept.8 |
Remarks.—The female parent has a pronounced pale
forewing bar and the hindwing towards the base is paler
than usual. The umber brown marking on the hindwing
under surface is rather more developed than is usual in
obscwra.
1 is a 2 terra with pale fulvous forewing bar which on
the under side is nearly white.
2. A particularly interesting ? specimen. I do not think
I have caught one quite like it. It would take very little
to make it into imitator. The subapical bar is white, the
inner marginal forewing pale area is very faintly marked,
and a very little would cause it to disappear altogether ;
and to make the hindwing like imitator you only want a
concentration of the pale colour into a band. The speci-
men bears much resemblance to the female parent, differ-
ing in the more pronounced forewing bar and the less
pronounced pale areas on the rest of the expanse of both
wings.
3. A? terra, with rather more white suffusion on the
forewing bar than in 1.
Traces of the umber marking appear in all three
offspring, faintly in 1 and 8, distinct in 2 which resembles
the parent in this respect.
Life History of Pseudacraea ewrytus hobleyi, 718
Series C.—Parent a pale obscwra, captured in the
forest just above lake level, July 9, 1912 (only laid one egg,
on July 9).
4th.
Aug. 10 | Aug. 22
Pupated. | Imago.
IstMoult., 2nd. | 8rd,
Sept. —
July 24 |
|
Hatched.
July 17
July 30 | Aug. 4
Remarks.—The parent is more worn than B, but
apparently the chief pale area of both wings was much
less pronounced than in the latter. The basal area of
hindwing under surface is free from the umber brown
marking.
1. Imago a f obsewra tending in the direction of terra.
No umber marking on under surface.
Series D.—Parent obscwra-hobleyi, captured on flowers
at the edge of the forest, July 15, 1912 (laid 13 ova).
One egg shrivelled, one failed to hatch, one larva died
before first moult, another was a “ wanderer ” and died from
exhaustion, another died during first moult and one after.
Result seven pupae only.
Hatched, 1st Moult. 2nd, 3rd. 4th. Pupated.| Imago.
1, July 25 July 30 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 15 | Aug, 26 | Sept.\10
2. July 25 July 30 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 16 | Aug. 28 | Sept. 11
%. July 26 July 31 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 10 | Aug. 16 | Aug. 28 | Sept. 12
4, July 26 July 31 | Aug. 5 | Aug. 10 | Aug.17 | Aug. 29 | Sept. 138
5. July 27 Aug.1 | Aug. 9 | Aug.14 | Aug. 26 | Sept. 4 | Sept. 20
6. July 28 Aug.4 | Aug.11 | Aug.17 | Aug.26 | Sept.6 | Sept. 21
7. July 28 Aug.5 | Aug.12 | Aug. 20 | Aug. 29 | Sept.7 | Sept. 23
Remarks.—The parent is worn like C, but its pale areas
had been apparently much like those of B, showing like
the latter a tendency towards the female hodleyi in the
emphasis of the white bar. The umber marking is
present, but faded, and it is difficult to estimate the
original development of this marking.
1. 2 terra tending towards hobleyi ? in the paleness of
all the forewing markings, especially on the under surface
(where they are white), in the distinct umber marking on
the under surface and the traces of a white bar along its
outer margin.
2. 2 terra with a trace of obscura. The umber marking
barely visible.
3. 2 terra with white forewing subapical bar. In this
and the umber marking and the white areas on the under
714 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the
surface of the forewing this specimen exhibits the same
tendencies as 1.
4. 2 terra, dark, with faintest trace of obscura; very
similar to 2.
5, g obscura, much like C 1, but tending rather more
strongly in the direction of ¢terva. Umber marking barely
visible,
6. 2 similar to 5, only tending rather more strongly
towards ¢er7'a on the hindwing upper surface.
7. g similar to 5, but tending slightly more strongly
towards terra. Sept. 21, 1912.
[The two families tabulated below, together with the
notes upon them, were received in a letter from Dr.
Carpenter, dated October 17, 1912.]
Series E.—Female parent a typical 2 hobleyi, captured
at the edge of the forest, July 24, 1912.
|
' Hatched. Ist Moult,} 2nd. 3rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago.
1. Aug, 4 Aug. 11 | Aug.17 | Aug.27 | Sept. 2 | Sept. 14 | Sept. 28
2. Aug. 4 Aug. 11 | Aug. 20 | Sept.2 | Sept. 9 | Sept. 21} Oct.4
3. Aug. 4 Aug. 13 | Aug. 21 | Sept.3 | Sept.11 | Sept.22 | Oct.6
Remarks.—1. A typical (dwarfed) ? hobleyi,
2. 2, approach to imitator like B 2.
3. g, a combination of hobleyi, terra and obscura, showing
early stage towards No. 2.
The hobleyi influence is shown in both 2 and 3 by the
strong development of the umber triangle on the hind-
wing under surface.
Two other ova shrivelled up without hatching.
Series F.—Female parent a typical terra, captured
Aug. 2, at the edge of the forest.
| Hatched. |1st Moult. Ondeea|peeords | 4th, | 5th.
Sept. 14 | Sept. 23
Pupated. | Imago.
Oct. 18
Oct. 4
| Aug. 11 | Aug. 25 | Sept.1 | Sept. 7
Remarks.—For some reason this larva grew slowly and
put in an extra ecdysis on Sept. 23 (the 5th). The
butterfly is a typical ¢ terra, except for the presence of
a strongly marked indication of the umber triangle. The
female parent was cut to pieces by ants which got into
the cage, but the wings show no trace of the umber
marking,
Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyt. 715
Series G—Female parent a typical 2 hodleyi, captured
on flowers at the edge of the forest, Aug. 6, 1912.
Hatched. 1st Moult.; 2nd. | 3rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago.
Ty Auge lz Aug, 26 | Sept.1 | Sept.S | Sept.14 | Sept.25] Oct. 9
2. Aug. 18 Aug. 27 | Sept. 1 | Sept. 8 | Sept.15 | Sept. 26] Oct. 10
3. Aug. 18 Aug. 27 | Sept. 1 Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept. 27 | Oct. 11
4, Aug. 18 Ang. 27 | Sept. 2 | Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept. 27] Oct. 11
5. Aug. 18 | Aug. 27 | Sept.2 | Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept.27 | Oct. 11
6. Aug. 18 | Aug. 27 | Sept. 3 Sept.S | Sept.16 | Sept. 27 | Oct. 12
Remarks,—No, 2 a typical $ hobleyi. All the others
typical female hobleyi except No. 4 and No. 6, in which
the white bar of the hindwing is continued on to the fore-
wing so as to meet, or nearly meet, the subapical white
bar. This latter feature is seen in the parent.
There were, alas, seven other eggs, but six young larvae
died soon after hatching, one as a result of 3rd moult.
All the survivors were pure hobleyi, 5 292,1 2.
From the results I have obtained so far, it appears that
form hobleyi has a very strong influence and it is the most
distinct form (dominant in the non-Mendelian sense).
Let me tabulate the following reasons,
I. An enormous number of otherwise more or less
typical terra and obscura have a reddish tint at
base of the hindwing under surface, and this
applies still more to a large number of inter-
mediates strongly tinted with hobleyz.
II. But though terra-hobleyi, and obscura-hobleyi are
common enough, yet I have not yet, so far as I
am aware, sent you a single specimen of hobleyr-
terra or hobleyi-obscura—i. e. a form which you
could say was hobleyi tainted with obscwra or
terra.
IIL. I have not bred a pure hobleyi from terra or obscura.
IV. Lastly (which seems most important) from two
hobleyi parents I have bred, on the one hand, in
series EK, a typical hobleyi and two intermediates
(no typical terra or obscwra), on the other, in series
G, six offspring, of which not one was anything
but typical hobleyi! This seems extremely interest-
ing, and I suppose indicates that hodleyi is the
longest established form in Uganda at any rate.
716 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on Pseudacraea hobleyi.
I should, a day ago, have said that I supposed hodleyi
had nearly become a true species—but yesterday I read
Dr. Jordan’s paper, and at the end he dealt with this very
fallacy !
So hobleyt seems dominant over both terva and obscura ;
the former of the last two being also stronger than the
latter. Hobdleyi, thus, is the most interesting form to breed
from, and I have now got another in confinement.
ix aie?
XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By
E. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. Entomologist,
Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya,
[Read November 6th, 1912. ]
PLATE LXXXVI.
Harmatelia bilinea, Walk.
A short note on the occasional luminosity of this beetle
was published in “ Spolia Zeylanica,” vol. vii, Part XX VITI,
p. 212, Aug. 1911.
At that time I had not personally noticed any luminous
phenomena connected with this insect, although many
living examples of Harmatelia had been under observa-
tion. But, in September 1911, two specimens, caught in
the Peradeniya Gardens, exhibited a distinct light when
examined in a dark room.
It was seen at once that the light was not confined to a
single area, as in most other Lampyridae, but was emitted
from several distinct foci on each side of the body.
These luminous spots appeared to be closely connected
with the spiracles. Eight luminous foci could be dis-
tinguished on each side of the abdomen, and one on each
side of the thorax—the latter apparently situated beneath
the shoulder of the elytron. When emitting the light,
the abdomen was slightly depressed, to expose the dorso-
lateral area, and, when at its brightest, the whole abdomen
appeared to be irradiated internally. The luminous spots
were more brilliant on the dorsum, but could be plainly
distinguished (by transmission) on the venter of the
insect.
The accompanying figure (Plate LX X XVI, Fig. 1) shows,
diagrammatically, the position of the phosphorescent foci
as seen from below, the luminous spots being represented
in red.
Ihave not yet succeeded in determining the female of
this beetle, and it remains uncertain whether the other
sex is an apterous grub-like creature, or whether it is in
the form of a normal beetle.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.)
718 Mr. E. Ernest Green on
Doptoma adamsi, Pascoe.
Of this insect, Dr. Sharp remarks (Camb. Nat. Hist.,
Insects, Part II, p. 252): “Nothing is known as to the
habits of this curiosity, not even whether it is luminous
in one or both sexes.”
I am now in a position to state definitely that Dioptoma
is luminous, in both sexes. On the 12th of this month
(Sept. 1912) I observed a glow-worm displaying its light
and evidently signalling for the male. The hinder part
of her body was recurved over the back, so that the large
sub-terminal photogenic organ was fully exposed. While
examining the female (without disturbing her) I witnessed
the advent of the male. His approach was not heralded
by any display of fireworks on his part; but his arrival
caused a partial eclipse of the luminous disc on the female,
and her tail was immediately turned down to the normal
position. On boxing the specimens, I found the male
in coitu, and discovered that I had captured the two sexes
of Dioptoma adamsi,
Later, when examining my captures in the dark, I was
interested to observe that the male Dioptoma (hitherto sup-
posed to be non-luminous) displays—under sexual excite-
ment—a brilliant series of lights of an emerald green colour.
There is a transverse series of 4 luminous spots along the
posterior margin of the prothorax; a marginal abdominal
series of 8 on each side ; and two converging dorsal series
(of 3 points) on the hinder segments of the abdomen. It
is possible that this dorsal series may extend towards the
base of the abdomen, but the other spots would be eclipsed
by the opaque elytra. When viewed from below, inter-
mittent flashes appeared to emanate from the ventral area
of the thorax, but I was unable to locate their exact
position.
The accompanying diagram (Plate LXXXVI, Fig. 2)
represents a dorsal view of the male Dioptoma, with
elytron and wing removed on one side, to show the
position of the luminous spots. I cannot guarantee the
absolute accuracy of the position of each spot, as it is
difficult to determine the segments of the living insect—
when examined in the dark; but the number of visible
luminous points was verified several times.
The female Dioptoma is an elongate apterous grub-like
insect; the body sub-cylindrical, slightly broader than
deep; the segments approximately of equal width, except
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Pl. LXXXVI.
LUMINOUS COLEOPTERA FROM CEYLON.
some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. 719
the first which is narrowed in front. Posterior segment
truncately rounded. Photogenic organ roundly quadrate,
almost completely occupying the venter of the penulti-
mate segment ; emitting an intense greenish-yellow light.
Colour brownish ochreous, the basal half of each dorsal
segment dark brown.
Length 30 mm. Breadth 7 mm.
Although, in the example under observation, the light
was confined to the area of the large photogenic organ,
two examples of what appear to be the same species, from
Kandy, were reported by the collector to have exhibited —
when freshly caught—a supplementary series of luminous
points along each side. He describes them as being situ-
ated intersegmentally, and states that there were two
luminous points (one dorsad, the other ventrad to the
lateral line) at each junction of the segments. He did
not count the number, but thinks that the series extended
along the whole length of the abdomen. When I received
them, the insects were more or less moribund, and displayed
light from the terminal ventral organ only. Some eggs
laid by these examples did not exhibit any luminescence.
Lamprophorus tenebrosus, Walk.
The males of this species, though ordinarily exhibiting
a very brilliant light, invariably approach a “ calling ”
female with their light shut off. JI have frequently
observed the advent of the male, when watching a female
that was displaying its signal. The first intimation of the
arrival of the other sex is the partial eclipse of the
luminous discs of the female. Several males are often in
attendance upon a single female.
The male of this species apparently seeks the female
solely by sight, for I have found them visiting females of
other species, including that of what I now know to be
Dioptoma. They are also constantly attracted to lamps at
night.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXVI.
Fic. 1. Harmatella bilinea, Walk. (diagrammatic) x 13 (p. 717).
2. Dioptoma adamsi, Pasc, ( 1 xO, TLS),
CineZ00) }
XVIII. On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from
Africa, mostly KHlidinae. By Row Lanp E.
TURNER, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
[Read November 6th, 1912. |
Dr. BRAuNS has forwarded to me a number of species of
Myzine, mostly unique specimens, the types of the new
species remaining in his collection.
Although a considerable number of males have been
described from 8. Africa, and some are still undescribed
in various collections, very few females have hitherto come
to hand. The collection is therefore of great interest,
containing several undescribed females. These show much
variety both in the length and neuration of the wings,
from the fully developed wings of rujfifrons, Fabr., to the
very short wings of perniciosa, Turn., in which there is
only one cubital cell. For the species with short wings
the name Pseudomeria, Saund., may be conveniently
retained, but should not be treated as of more than sub-
generic importance, at all events until the males are
known. At present both sexes are known in only two
or three of the §. African species of Myzine, and it is
quite possible that some of the short-winged females may
have quite ordinary males, though probably the only
known male with strongly reduced neuration, JZ. stigma,
Turn., will prove to have a female of the small Pseudomeria
type.
ia also append descriptions of a few species of other
families recently received by the British Museum from
East Africa.
Family SCOLIIDAE.
Sub-family ELIDINAE,
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF BRAUNSOMERIA, TURN.
RN Females.
1. Punctures coarse and often confluent
longitudinally; abdomen black
marked with creamy white; length
12 mm., robust . .-. . . « B. mutilloides, Turn.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912. —PART Iv. (FEB.)
Mr. Rowland E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 721
Smooth or finely and evenly punctured ;
abdomen more or less red, without
white marks ; slender, length about
CUI, Nee ee ce, tee ett oe 2.
2. Finely and evenly punctured ; ferru-
ginous, head and abdominal seg-
ments 3-5 black... . +.’ . . BJ perpinctata, Turn.
Almost entirely smooth and shining . 3.
3. Head red ; pronotum as broad as long. B. quadraticeps, Turn.
Head black; pronotum longer than
DYOAG ag cote eis teh) 2 ye ase BY abriceps; tin,
Lraunsomeria perpunctata, sp. n.
Q. Aptera, punctata, ferruginea; capite fusco-ferrugineo ; seg-
mentis dorsalibus 3-5 nigris.
Long. 7 mm.
Q. Head rectangular, a little broader than long, almost flat ;
mandibles not narrowed to the apex, bidentate at the apex, the
teeth of about equal size, the inner tooth bent abruptly inwards.
Antennae scarcely longer than the head, inserted close together, the
tubercles above the base of the antennae well developed and distinctly
separated. Eyes almost round and rather flat; ocelli absent, their
position indicated by large punctures. Head, thorax and abdomen
closely and rather finely punctured, most finely on the abdomen.
Pronotum narrower than the head, longer than broad; tegulae
absent ; scutellum short, broadly rounded at the apex; median
segment a little shorter and narrower than the pronotum, obliquely
sloped posteriorly, Petiole about as long as the first joint of the
posterior tarsi, first abdominal segment broadly rounded at the base
beyond the petiole ; second and third dorsal segments no longer
than the others and slightly constricted at the base, sixth dorsal
segment smooth and shining at the apex and in the middle, broadly
rounded at the apex. Ventral surface shining, very sparsely and
finely punctured.
Hab. CaPE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brawns).
Easily distinguished from B. quadraticeps and atriceps
by the close and even puncturation.
Braunsomeria mutilloides, sp. n.
Q. Nigra; thorace segmentoque mediano ferrugineis ; tarsis
testaceis ; mandibulis flagelloque fusco-ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali
secundo maculis tribus magnis apicalibus; quarto fascia lata
722 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
apicali utrinque emarginata, quinto macula apicali utrinque pallide
flavis.
Long. 12 mm.
9. Mandibles broad, not narrowed to the apex, bidentate, the
teeth of about equal size, the inner tooth bent abruptly inwards.
Clypeus very short, broadly arched ; the labrum slightly exposed.
Antennae longer than the head, the first joint of the flagellum con-
cealed in the apex of the scape; interantennal prominence well
developed, truncate at the apex. Head rectangular, half as broad
again as long, very slightly convex, coarsely punctured, the punctures
more or less confluent longitudinally ; eyes large, oval; ocelli
absent. Thorax and median segment coarsely punctured reticulate ;
tegulae very small ; pronotum a little longer than broad ; scutellum
short, broadly rounded at the apex; median segment as long as the
pronotum and a little narrower, obliquely sloped posteriorly, the
sides of the segment almost smooth. Abdomen petiolate, the petiole
narrow and about as long as the second joint of the posterior tarsi,
the basal segment abruptly widened from the petiole and sub-
truncate anteriorly, more than half as wide at the base as at the
apex, closely punctured, the sculpture somewhat concealed by
close black pubescence ; second and third segments longitudinally
punctured striate, not larger than the other segments ; fourth and
fifth closely punctured; sixth shining and sparsely punctured,
smooth in the middle and at the apex, broadly rounded at the apex.
Intermediate coxae widely, posterior narrowly separated ; legs short ;
tarsal ungues small, with one tooth near the middle.
Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall),
Type in Coll. Brauns.
In general appearance this curious insect resembles
some of the Mutillidae, the pale markings of the abdomen
representing the patches of pale pubescence so common in
that family. Although differing much in size and sculpture
from other known species of Brawnsomeria, I do not
consider the structural differences sufficient to remove it
from that genus.
Key To THE ETHIOPIAN SPECIES OF MYZLNE.
owes Females.
1. Stigma situated before one-fifth from
the base of the forewing ; second
dorsal segment with a_ broad,
white, transverse band. Wings
very short... . . . . . . M. neavei, Turn.
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 723
Stigma situated at or beyond one-
third from the base of the fore-
wing; second dorsal segment
without a white band. Wings
sometimes short, usually of
normal length
2. Second cubital cell absent .
Second cubital cell present . . . 10.
3. Third cubital cell absent, the neura-
tion not extending peor the
29 bo
stigma . . . . . M. perniciosa, Turn.
Third cubital ea ander fee 4,
4, Entirely black; size 17 mm. or
more, very robnat Migs hes 5.
More or less marked with red or
ferruginous, smaller and _ less
BOOUSG! 20 a2 Pah 6.
5. Forewing scarcely fae seth the
thorax and median segment com-
bined, mandibles with a tooth
bent sharply inwards close to
the apex; apical dorsal segment
siciculates) 2.) vs . . M. infradentata, Turn.
Forewing as long as Se Wiest
thorax and median segment com-
bined; mandibles without a
tooth bent inwards; apical dorsal
segment smooth . . . . . . M. klugii, Westw.
6. Median segment with a median
sulcus or carina. . . . tie
Median segment without a Auleis
or carina... 9.
7. Head and pronotum a sabdomen
black ; size about 15 mm. ; wings
ofnormal length .... eh Gee
Head and thorax ferruginous, A
domen ferruginous at the base
with white lateral spots; size
about 10 mm.; wings short . . M. perornata, Turn,
8. Legs red; apical dorsal segment
smoothies 2%: . M. semirufa, Gerst.
Legs black; apical dorsal ceuinbat
punctured-striate. . . . . . M. rufosplendida, Turn.
9. Pronotum red. . . . M. sublevis, Turn.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—ParRv Iv. (FEB.) 3C
°
724
10.
11.
12:
13.
14,
15.
Pronotum black .
Black, without any ferruginous
colour .
Black, with more or ee Fenteeiniatie
aallerae eee eee ete
Frontal sulcus almost obsolete ;
pubescence on median segment
dark . Peo st sare ts
Frontal sulcus well defined ;
pubescence on median segment
white
Pronotum red
Pronotum black .
Head black, mesonotum red ; opus
Head red, mesonotum black ;
slender . A asich ie a See
Abdomen ferruginous, head black
or ferruginous
Abdomen black, sometiies seal ut
the apex; head more or less
ferruginous
Wings fuscous, fuged mt bide’
median segment iene
striated on the posterior slope
and on the sides of the dorsal
surface, smooth only in the
middle .
Wings fusco-hyaline ; peda seg-
ment smooth, shaliowly punc-
tured on the posterior slope
Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
M. limata, Sm.
Wile
M. umbratica, Turn.
M. inconspicua, Turn.
13.
14,
M. multipicta, Turn.
M. quadrata, Turn.
M. abdominalis, Guer.
15.
M. rufifrons, Fabr.
M. rufitarsis, Cam.
I have not seen Myzine (Meira!) immaculatus, Cam.,
and the description is not sufficiently good to include tl.e
species in the key.
o Ge Males.
Ue
2.
Neuration beyond the stigma obso-
lete, only one cubital cell .
Neuration continued beyond the
stigma, three cubital cells.
Cubital and discoidal nervures of
forewing not continued ‘ei
the cells
Cubital and discoidal nervures af
M., stigma, Turn.
2.
Or
10
11.
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa.
forewing continued beyond the
cells, almost reaching the margin.
. Basal abdominal segment nodose,
longer than broad 3
Basal abdominal segment not no-
dose, as broad as long
. Antennae stout, thickened to the
apex ; third cubital cell as long
as the second on the radius
Antennae slender, not thickened to
the apex; third cubital cell very
short, not more than half as long
as the second on the radius
. Entirely black
Abdomen and pronotum more or
less banded with yellow .
. The yellow bands on the abdomen
emarginate or interrupted on
each side . fey ee ee
The yellow bands on the abdomen
entire, not emarginate or inter-
rupted laterally 3 21+.) 4
. Basal abdominal segment at least
REC yg Oe ee eet yecie st. 4 4
Basal abdominal segment black
. Basal abdominal segment only red.
Two basal abdominal segments red.
. Yellow abdominal bands emarginate
laterally ; median segment smooth
posterioriy |. -.. saben mid ow 6
Yellow abdominal bands interrupted
laterally ; median segment punc-
tured-rugose throughout .
Posterior margin of the pronotum
without a yellow band .
Posterior margin of the pronotum
with a yellow band . ...
Anterior margin of the pronotum
without a yellow band; basal
abdominal segment globular.
Anterior and posterior margins of
the pronotum, both banded with
yellow ; basal abdominal segment
not globular.
M. swalei, Turn.
4,
M. braunsi, Turn.
M. diffinis, Turn.
M, klugii, Westw.
6.
=~!
16.
8.
10.
M. rufinodis, Turn,
9.
M, rufonigra, Bingh.
725
M. consanguinea, Turn,
M., kristenseni, Turn.
11.
M. constrictiventris, Turn
12.
zC2
726
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
18,
Second recurrent nervure inter-
stitial with the second transverse
cubital nervure Air
Second recurrent nervure received
by the third cubital cell
Basal abdominal segment tubercu-
late at the apex beneath ; apical
abdominal segment red except at
the base .
Basal abdominal seotnentt a tober.
culate beneath ; apical segment
black, sometimes marked with
yellow . 4
Apical segment Fuolly nee ae
dominal bands an ae lbten.
ally :
Apical segment ral a gelling apt
on each side; abdominal bands
emarginate laterally .
Pronotum shallowly emarginate an-
teriorly ; emargination of the
apical dorsal segment broader at
the apex than deep
Anterior margin of pronotum
straight ; emargination of the
apical dorsal segment. as deep as
the apical breadth
The apical processes of the seventh
dorsal segment broadly truncate
at the apex .
The apical processes oe pemrieats
. Pronotum as long as the meso-
notum, distinctly narrowed an-
teriorly
Pronotum much Doves ein the
mesonotum, not rey nar-
rowed anteriorly ‘
Abdomen very closely sani fel
punctured, subopaqueand strongly
pubescent, with slight blue gloss.
Abdomen rather sparsely and less
finely punctured, withcut blue
SIGS fm en ae
Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
M. basutoruwm, Turn.
13,
M. capicola, Turn,
14.
M. interrupta, Cam.
15.
M. abdominalis, Guér.
(= M. continua, Cam.).
M. rufifrons, Fabr.
M. semirufa, Gerst.
17.
M. politissima, Turn.
18.
M. meruensis, Cam.
M. -impetwosus, Turn.
Pd
P pe
t
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 727
The following males are not described with sufficient
«accuracy to enable me to identify them,
1, Myzine haemorrhoidalis, Guér.
Myzine haemorrhoidalis, Guér., Dict. Pitt. Hist. Nat. V,
p. 581 (1837), ¢.
Myzine capensis, Sm., Cat. Hym. B, M., IIT, p. 74 (1855), gf.
“Téte, antennes et corselet noirs, ponctués et velus, abdomen plus
étroit 4 la base, noir, a Pextremité rouge; deux petites stries au
premier segment et une bande aux quatres autres jaunes, ailes
incolorés, pattes fauves.
“Tong.12mm. Du Cap de Bonne Esperance.”
2. Myzine servillei, Guér.
Myzine servillei, Guér., Dict. Pitt. Hist. Nat. V, p. 582
SET) yd:
“Téte et antennes noires, sans taches. Thorax noir avec deux
petites stries jaunes interrompues sur le prothorax. Ailes trans-
parentes, incolorés ; pattes fauves avec les cuisses noires ; abdomen
noir avec le bord fauve ; le premier segment ayant une bande et les
autres trois taches postérieures jaunes. Dessous sans taches avec le
bord postérieur des segments brunatre.
“Long. 16mm. Du Cap.”
3. Myzine pacificatriz, Cam.
Plesia pacificatriz, Cam., Ann. Transvaal Museum, II,
p. 118 (1910), 2.
4, Myzine transvaalensis, Cam.
Plesia transvaalensis, Cam., Ann. Transvaal Museum, II,
joel aS LS BUD) ee
Myzine (Pseudomeria) neavei, Turn.
Myzine (Pseudomeria) neavei, Turn., Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. (8), VIIT, p. 614 (1911), 9.
This is the only Ethiopian species known to me in
which the stigma is as near to the base of the wings as
in M. (Pseuwdomeria) graecca, Saund. But so many inter-
mediate forms occur between this and the ordinary species
with wings fitted for flight that I do not think that any
728 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
satisfactory distinction can be drawn from this character.
In &. infradentata, Turn., and M. perornata, 'Turn., the
wings are too short to be used for flight, also in MV. per-
niciosa, Turn., in which the third cubital cell is absent.
Myzine perniciosa, sp. 0.
2. Nigra, nitida; pronoto rufo; mandibulis, antennis tarsisque
fusco-testaceis ; alis subhyalinis, brevissimis, thorace brevioribus,
cellulis cubitalibus secundo tertioque obliteratis.
Long. 5 mm.
@. Mandibles with a blunt tooth on the inner margin before the
apex. Head slightly convex, a little broader than long, slightly
rounded at both the anterior and posterior angles, smooth and
shining; eyes elongate ovate; ocelli very small, situated in a
triangle on the vertex ; the posterior margin of the head with a
fringe of short whitish hairs; interantennal prominence bilobed.
Thorax narrower than the head, smooth and shining, pleurae very
minutely punctured ; pronotum longer than broad, slightly narrowed
and rounded anteriorly ; scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex,
longer than the mesonotum. Median segment a little longer than
the scutellum, smooth, subopaque, the sides microscopically striated,
steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen smooth and shining, the
petiole as long as the second joint of the posterior tarsi, the apical
segment narrowly rounded at the apex. Sting when exserted nearly
as long as the abdomen. Wings very short, the forewings no
longer than the thorax without the median segment; the stigma
situated at about two-fifths from the base of the wing, the neuration
beyond the stigma absent, so that the second and third cubital and
second discoidal cells are missing.
Hab, Care Cotony, Algoa Bay (Dr. Brauns), January.
Myzine perornata, Turn.
Myzine (Pseudomeria) perornata, Turn., Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8), I, p. 499 (1908), ff.
Hab. ORANGE FREE STATE, Dewetsdorp (Dr. Brauns).
The type is from Piet Retief.
Myzine infradentata, sp. n.
?. Nigra, politissima ; segmento mediano opaco, crasse punctato; _
mesopleuris rugosis; alis fusco-cyaneis, brevissimis; mandibulis
apice bidentatis, apice subtus dente verticali instructis.
Long, 17 mm,
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 729
?. Mandibles rather stout, bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth
short and blunt ; a strong tooth on the outer side of the mandibles
and at right angles to them originating from the base of the outer
tooth. Palpi fairly stout, maxillary palpi six jointed, labial palpi
four jointed. Head rectangular, more than half as broad again as
long, shining, with a few scattered punctures; the eyes elongate
ovate, touching the base of the mandibles, ocelli in a broad triangle
on the vertex ; the frontal tubercles above the base of the antennae
well developed, separated by a shallow, short, longitudinal sulcus.
Antennae twelve jointed, the first joint of the flagellum almost
concealed in the apex of the scape. Thorax smooth and shining,
mesopleurae rugose, propleurae punctured-rugose ; pronotum fully
half as broad again as long, narrower than the head ; mesonotum
scarcely as long as the scutellum. Median segment scarcely longer
than the scutellum, subopaque, closely and coarsely punctured; the
posterior slope steep, smooth at the base, coarsely punctured at the
apex. Abdomen smooth and shining, sixth dorsal segment finely
aciculate, rounded at the apex. Wings short, the costa of the fore-
wing about equal in length to the thorax and median segment
combined, the stigma situated at one-third from the base.
Hab, ORANGE FREE STATE, Bothaville (Dr. Brauns),
October.
This fine species may be easily distinguished by the
structure of the mandibles. Superficially it resembles
Myzine klugii, Westw., but in that species the wings are
very much longer and less brilliant. The large third
cubital cell is present in this species as in typical Myzine,
but the nervures are rather ill defined; the second cubital
cell is absent.
Myzine klugi, Westw.
Meria klugu, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, III, p. 53
(1835), 9.
Myzine nigrita, Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 391
(1910), 2.
According to Dr. Brauns these are sexes of one species,
appearing early in September before other species of the
group.
Myzine rufosplendida, sp. n.
. Nigra, nigro-pubescens, nitida, sparse punctata; fronte, vertice
pronotoque antice late rufis; alio fusco-caeruleis; segmento mediano
730 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
dense punctato; pygidio tenuiter punctato-striato; tibiis tarsisque
anticis fusco-ferrugineis.
Long. 16 mm.
. Mandibles stout, simple, without teeth. Head subrectangular,
about half as broad again as long, shining and almost smooth, the
clypeus and the space between the eyes and the base of the antennae
closely punctured; the prominences above the base of the antennae
well developed, a short, shallow, longitudinal sulcus on the front.
Pronotum more than half as long again as broad, smooth and
shining, the pleurae sparsely punctured; mesonotum and scutellum
smooth and shining; median segment coarsely and closely punctured,
with a short carina from the base, the posterior slope almost smooth
in the middle. Petiole as long as the penultimate joint of the
posterior tarsi; abdomen smooth and shining, the apical dorsal
segment finely longitudinally punctured striate. The neuration is
not quite as in normal Myzine, the usual petiolate second cubital
cell being absent, owing to the loss of the second transverse cubital
nervure. Beyond the stigma the forewing is brightly glossed with
blue; the base of the forewing and the hindwing are more feebly
glossed with purple.
Hab. ORANGE FREE STATE, Bothaville (Dr. Brawns),
January.
Myzine multipicta, sp. n.
?. Nigra, nitida, nigro-pubescens ; pronoto,.mesonoto, propleu-
risque rufo-ferrugineis; segmentis dorsalibus 2-5 macula magna
transversa utrinque, segmentis primo quintoque macula parva
laterali utrinque albido-flavis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris. |
Long. 12 mm.
?. Mandibles stout, without teeth ; clypeus transverse at the apex.
Interantennal prominence well developed and strongly bilobed ;
antennae not very stout, the third joint of the flagellum distinctly
longer than the second, the first concealed. Head subrectangular, dis-
tinctly broader than long, smooth and shining, the cheeks as broad as
the eyes, ocelli in a wide triangle, the posterior pair at least as far from
the posterior margin of the head as from each other. Thorax smooth,
a few large punctures on the scutellum and pleurae ; pronotum twice
as broad as long, narrower than the head. Median segment smooth
and shining, steeply sloped posteriorly, with a sulcus from the base
to the apex, the sides and extreme apex of the segment striated.
Abdomen smooth and shining, with afew scattered punctures on
the ventral surface ; apical dorsal segment broadly rounded. Wings
large, reaching to the fifth dorsal segment, the costa of the forewing
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 731
fully half as long again as the thorax and median segment combined ;
second cubital cell present, triangular, petiolate ; stigma situated just
before the middle of the costa,
Hab, CarE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns).
Allied to erythrocephala, Fabr., but differs in the greater
length of the head; the colour of the pubescence, also of
the head and thorax; the more arched slope of the median
segment and the sparser puncturation.
Myzine limata, Sm.
9. Nigra, nitida, albido-pilosa; mandibulis basi antennisque
fusco-ferrugineis ; abdomine pallide ferrugineo, segmentis secundo
tertioqgue macula parva albida utrinque; pedibus fuscis, tarsis
testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis tegulisque testaceis ; cellula cubitali
secunda obliterata,
Long. 4-5 mm,
@. Mandibles without teeth, acute at the apex; head rather
small, about one quarter broader than long, slightly rounded at the
angles, scarcely convex, smooth and shining, the cheeks no broader
than theeyes. Antennae not slender, the third joint of the flagellum
no longer than the second, Thorax shining, very sparsely punctured ;
pronotum a little broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly,
the posterior margin broadly smooth. Median segment smooth and
shining, with a few long hairs springing from punctures on the
lateral margins, the sides of the segment smooth and shining, the
dorsal surface slightly convex and without a sulcus. Abdomen
shining, very sparsely punctured, segments 2~5 with a raised curved
mark on each side at the base. Wings much longer than the thorax
and median segment combined ; the second cubital absent owing to
the loss of the second transverse cubital nervure ; the stigma not
very large, situated at about two-fifths from the base of the wing,
Hab. AucoA Bay (Dr. Brawns), November; Caia,
Zambesi River (Dr. Swale), July.
A variety has the segments of the abdomen clouded
with black in the middle.
Myzine inconspicua, sp. 0.
@. Nigra, albopilosa, nitida; segmentis dorsalibus secundo
tertioque macula albida utrinque ; mandibulis tarsisque brunneo-
errugineis ; calcaribus albidis ; alis pallide fusco-hyalinis,
Long. 6 mm.
?. Mandibles with a very small tooth on the inner margin near
(i373 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
the apex. Head a little broader than long, rounded at the angles,
smooth and shining, with a distinct frontal sulcus and a few large
punctures near the eyes ; the tubercles at the base of the antennae
moderately developed, the third joint of the flagellum very little
longer than the second. Thorax smooth and shining, the pronotum
nearly twice as broad as long, rather closely punctured on the
anterior margin, pleurae sparsely punctured. Median segment
shining, sparsely and finely punctured, with a shallow median sulcus,
the sides of the segment shining and microscopically striated.
Abdomen shining, with a few minute punctures. Wings a little
longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined ; second
cubital cell very small, only half as high as its petiole, stigma
situated just before the middle of the costa.
Hab. Care Conony, Port Elisabeth (Dr. Brawns),
March.
Near MW. umbratica, Turn., but differs in the reduced
size of the second cubital cell, in the colour of the
pubescence, in the distinct frontal sulcus, and in the
different sculpture of the pronotum and median segment.
Myzine quadrata, sp. n.
9. Nigra, nitida, nigro-pilosa ; capite, prothorace tegulisque rufis ;
segmentis abdominalibus 2-4 macula laterali utrinque albida ;
pedibus fuscis, tarsis rufo-testaceis ; alis fusco-hyalinis; venis nigris,
basi fusco-testaceis,
Long. 10 mm.
Q@. Mandibles without teeth ; head subquadrate, slightly rounded
at the posterior angles, a little broader than long, smooth and shining,
the posterior ocelli as far from the posterior margin of the head as
trom each other, the tubercles at the base of the antennae moderately
developed, the third joint of the flagellum scarcely longer than the
second, Thorax very sparsely punctured, the pronotum a little
broader than long, pleurae sparsely punctured ; median segment
smooth and shining, longer than the scutellum and postscutellum
combined, obliquely sloped posteriorly, the dorsal surface with a
well-marked median sulcus, the surface of the posterior slope sub-
opaque and not quite smooth, a few very fine and indistinct striae
on the sides of the segment. Abdomen smooth and shining.
Second cubital cell present, the stigma situated a little before the
middle of the costa, the forewing about as long as the head, thorax
and median segment combined.
Hab. Care Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), January.
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 738
Myzne rufifrons, Fabr.
Larra rufifrons, Fabr., Ent. Syst., II, p. 222 (1798), &.
Myzine (Meira) (sie!) violaceipennis, Cam., Rec. Albany
Mus., I, p. 301 (1904), 9.
Myzine (Meira) (sie!) erythrostomus, Cam., Ann. Transv.
Mus,, II, p. 117 (1910), 9.
6. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto margi-
nibus, segmentis ventralibus 2-6 fasciis apicalibus late emarginatis,
dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus bisinuatis; septimo macula magna
utrinque, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque flavis; alis hyalinis, venis
nigris, stigmate testaceo.
Long. 19-21 mm.
¢. Clypeus narrowly and shallowly emarginate at the apex.
Antennae shorter than the head, thorax and median segment com-
bined, of even thickness throughout. Eyes widely and not very
deeply emarginate. The whole insect closely and not very finely
punctured. Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, the anterior
margin straight. First dorsal segment more than twice as broad as
long, rounded anteriorly, not globular: the other segments slightly
constricted at the base, the yellow apical bands less strongly
punctured than the base. Incision of the seventh dorsal segment
triangular, about as deep as the breadth at the apex. Second and
third abscissae of the radius about equal in length, the fourth much
longer ; position of the second recurrent nervure rather variable,
sometimes almost interstitial with the second transverse cubital
nervure, sometimes received as far as one-quarter from the base of
the third cubital cell.
Hab. S. Arrica, as far north as Salisbury.
The males in the British Museum are from Johannes-
burg and Salisbury. They are very near J. abdominalis,
Guér. (= continua, Cam.), but the incision of the apical
segment is a little deeper and the anterior margin of the
pronotum is straight.
Although the sexes have not been taken in copula, I
think there can be little doubt that they belong to one
species. In females from Willowmore the usual red
colour of the head is considerably obscured. In J.
abdominalis, Guér., 2, the colour of the head varies from
black to ferruginous red.
734 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
Myzine capicola, sp. n.
6. Niger, robustus, albopilosus ; pronoto linea utrinque margine
anteriore, fascia angusta margine posteriore, tegulis macula, segmento
dorsali primo macula apicali utrinque, segmentisque 2-6 maculis
tribus transversis apicalibus flavis ; segmento dorsali septimo apice
lateribusque late rufo; mandibus fusco-ferrugineis ; tibiis tarsisque
rufo-testaceis, flavo-variegatis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate
fusco-testaceo.
Long. 18 mm.
d. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex, closely
punctured, Antennae stout, of even thickness throughout, a little
longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined, Eyes
widely and very shallowly emarginate on the inner margin. The
whole insect closely and not very finely punctured, more coarsely
on the front thanelsewhere. Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum,
not much narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin emarginate, the
posterior margin widely arched. Median segment steeply sloped
posteriorly. First abdominal segment broad, obliquely sloped
anteriorly to the petiole, the surface of the slope slightly concave.
First ventral segment with a distinct tubercle beneath at the base
of the oblique apical truncation. Abdomen broad, the segments
strongly depressed at the base; seventh dorsal segment flattened on
the apical portion, the incision as deep as its apical breadth, the
lateral processes pointed. Second abscissa of the radius long, a little
longer than the third ; second recurrent nervure received at about
one-eighth from the base of the third cubital cell.
Hab. CAPE OF GoopD Hope.
Type in B. M.
This fine species may be distinguished by the tubercles
on the first ventral segment, the black clypeus, the red
apical segment and the short first dorsal segment with the
slightly concave anterior slope. The colour somewhat
resembles M. haemorrhoidalis, Guér., but the description
does not altogether agree.
Myzine kristensent, sp. n.
¢. Niger, sparse albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, pronoto macula
utrinque margine anteriore, tegulis basi, segmentis dorsalibus 2-6
maculistribus transversis apicalibus, tarsisqueflavis ; antennis fuscis;
alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate fusco,
Long. 7 mm,
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 735
gd. Clypeus narrowly and very shallowly emarginate at the apex,
closely punctured. Antennae stout, a little thickened towards the
apex, the third joint of the flagellum longer than the second. Eyes
widely, but very shallowly, emarginate. The whole insect closely
and rather deeply punctured, rather more sparsely on the abdomen
than elsewhere. Pronotum not narrowed anteriorly, shorter than
the mesonotum, the anterior margin straight. Median segment short,
very steeply sloped posteriorly, the dorsal surface marked with a
shallow longitudinal groove. First dorsal segment short and broad,
obliquely sloped anteriorly to the petiole. Abdominal segments
distinctly constricted at the base ; the incision of the apical segment
much broader at the apex than deep, the lateral processes short and
pointed. Third cubital cell small, less than half as long as the
second both on the radius and on the cubitus; second recurrent
nervure received at the middle of the third cubital cell.
Hab. 8. AsyssintA, Harar (G. Kristensen).
Type in B. M.
Myzine consanguinea, sp. n.
¢. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto
margine anteriore fascia late interrupta, margine posteriore fascia
arcuata, tegulis, segmento dorsali primo macula parva apicali, seg-
mentis 2-5 maculis tribus transversis apicalibus, sexto fascia bisinuata
apicali, segmentis ventralibus 2-5 macula parva angulis apicalibus,
femoribus apice, tibiis anticis intermediisque extus tarsisque pallide
flavis ; segmentis abdominalibus primo secundoque rufis ; alis hyalinis,
venis nigris, stigmate testaceo,
Long. 9 mm.
d. Clypeus shallowly emarginate at the apex ; antennae stout, of
even thickness throughout, as long as the head, thorax and median
segment combined. Eyes widely and rather shallowly emarginate
on the inner margin; the frontal prominence between the antennae
shallowly emarginate. Head, thorax and median segment closely
and rather finely punctured ; pronotum a little shorter than the
median segment, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin
straight, the posterior margin widely but not deeply emarginate.
Median segment rounded, the dorsal surface slightly convex. First
abdominal segment subglobular, slightly constricted at the apex,
the portion beyond the short petiole broader than long. All the
segments shining and rather sparsely punctured. Incision of the
seventh dorsal segment triangular, a little wider at the apex than
deep, the lateral processes narrowly rounded at the apex. Second
abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third, second recurrent
736 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
nervure received just before one quarter from the base of the third
cubital cell.
Hab. ZAMBESI, Caia (Dr. Swale), August.
Type in B. M.
In colour this approaches JZ rufonigra, Bingh., but is a
smaller and much less robust species.
Myzine basutorum, sp. n.
dg. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto
margine anteriore fascia anguste interrupta, margine posteriore fascia
arcuata, tegulis, mesopleuris macula magna subtriangulari antice,
segmentis dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus profunde bisinuatis,
septimo macula magna utrinque, segmentis ventralibus 2-6 fasciis
apicalibus bisinuatis, femoribus subtus, tibiis tarsisque pallide flavis ;
alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo.
Long. 13 mm,
6. Clypeus short and broad, widely and shallowly emarginate at
the apex; antennae stout, of even thickness throughout, a little
shorter than the head, thorax and median segment combined. Eyes
broadly and not very deeply emarginate. Head, throrax and median
segment very closely punctured and rather thickly clothed with long
white pubescence, Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, scarcely
narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin widely emarginate, the
posterior margin broadly arched. Median segment steeply sloped
posteriorly, the dorsal surface slightly convex, First abdominal
segment beyond the petiole nearly twice as broad as long, not
swollen or constricted at the apex. Abdomen finely and not very
closely punctured, slender, the incision of the seventh dorsal segment
as deep as the apical breadth. Third abscissa of the radius longer
than the second; second recurrent nervure interstitial with the
second transverse cubital nervure, which is strongly curved inwards
near the radius.
Hab, BASUTOLAND (K. Crawshay). Three males.
‘Type in B, M.
Myzine impetuosus, sp. 0.
é. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis, clypeo, pronoto marginibus,
anteriore anguste interrupto, tegulis, mesopleuris macula magna
triangulari antice, segmentis dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus lateri-
bus dilatatis, septimo macula magna utrinque, ventralibus 3-5
fasciis latis, secundo sextoque fasciis bisinuatis, femoribus apice,
tibiis tarsisque flavis.
Long. 13 mm.
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 737
g. Clypeus very shallowly emarginate at the apex. Antennae
stout, of even thickness throughout, as long as the head, thorax
and median segment combined. Eyes rather strongly emarginate.
Pronotum short, the anterior margin straight. Head, thorax and
median segment closely punctured and rather closely clothed with
long greyish white pubescence. Abdomen shining and very sparsely
punctured, thinly clothed with white-pubescence ; the first segment
about three times as broad as long on the dorsal surface, somewhat
rounded anteriorly ; the other segments very slightly constricted at
the base ; the incision of the seventh dorsal segment as deep as the
apical breadth, the lateral processes rounded at the apex. Second
abcissa of the radius a little shorter than the third, second recurrent
nervure received at about one-sixth from the base of the third cubital
cell,
Hab. British East AFRrica, foot of Kikuyu Escarpment,
near Naivasha, 7,300 ft. (S. A. Neave), March.
Type in B. M. Described from two specimens.
Elis (Mesa) donaldsoni, Fox.
Cosila donaldsoni, Fox, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, p. 549
(1896), 9.
Elis aliciae, Turn., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 704
(1912), 9.
From information received from Prof. Fernald of Massa-
chusetts, I have no doubt that Fox was quite mis-
taken in placing his species in Costa. As noticed in my
remarks on the species in my paper quoted above, the
description agrees well with H/zs aliciae, which must sink
as a synonym. Fox was probably not acquainted with
any of the Old World species of Elis.
Elis (Mesa) coerulerpennis, sp. n.
9. Nigra, albopilosa, crasse punctata; alis fuscis caeruleo-tinctis.
Long. 14 mm,
. Clypeus short, finely punctured, with a low carina from the
base not reaching the apex. Head deeply, but not very closely,
punctured, the space round the ocelli shining and very sparsely
punctured. Scape sparsely punctured, flagellum clothed with very
fine greyish pubescence. Thorax deeply, but rather sparsely
punctured ; median segment scabrous, with a distinct median groove
the edges of which are raised into distinct carinae, the apex of the
segment margined, the surface of the posterior truncation coarsely
738 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
punctured, the sides of the segment finely striated. Abdomen
shining, rather closely punctured, more finely at the base of the
segments than at the apex, the sixth dorsal segment finely longitudi-
nally striated. Basal joint of the posterior tarsi with a scopa of
white hair beneath. Third abscissa of the radius about twice as
long as the second; first recurrent nervure received just beyond
the middle of the second cubital cell, second just beyond the middle
of the third cubital cell.
Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, between Kumi and N. E.
shore of Lake Kioga, 3,400-8,600 ft. (S.A. Neave), August.
Type in B. M.
Nearly allied to xanthocera, Gerst., from which it differs
in the colour of the antennae, the rather more sparse
puncturation and the finer puncturation of the abdomen.
Elis (Mesa) nyanzae, sp. n.
3. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus ; tibiis anticis extus, tarsis anticis,
tegulis basi, segmentisque dorsalibus 2-5 fasciis angustis apicalibus
late bisinuatis pallide flavis; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.
Long. 17 mm.
¢. Clypeus and front clothed with long silvery pubescence.
Front rugosely punctured, vertex coarsely punctured, a deep trans-
verse sulcus above the posterior ocelli. Eyes very widely and
shallowly emarginate. Antennae longer than the head, thorax and
median segment combined, the apical joints a little more slender
than the basal. Pronotum a little shorter than the mesonotum, the
anterior margin straight and slightly raised, rather finely and closely
punctured. Mesonotum and scutellum more coarsely punctured
than the pronotum ; median segment punctured-rugose. Scutellum
with an obscure median carina. Abdomen slender ; first abdominal
segment about twice as long as the second, the petiole with a median
groove occupying the basal third of the segment, which is con-
siderably swollen on the apical portion, but not nodose or strongly
constricted at the apex. The whole abdomen closely and finely
punctured; second segment about one-third longer than the third,
as broad at the apex as long, narrowed to the base. Seventh dorsal
segment with a distinct elongate oval pygidial area, very shallowly
emarginate at the apex. Third abscissa of the radius longer than
the second, more than twice as long as the fourth; second recurrent
nervure received just beyond one-quarter from the base of the third
cubital cell.
Hab. East Victorta Nyanza, Lusinga Island (S. A.
Neave), April 25, 1911.
Specres of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 739
Type in B.M.
Allied to ametalla, Turn., and asmarensis, Turn., but
the first abdominal segment is distinctly shorter and more
robust. In ametalla there is no distinct pygidial area, and
in asmarensis it is less clearly defined and marked with a
very strong longitudinal carina.
Sub-family TIPHIINAE.
Tiphia tegularis, sp. n.
@. Nigra, robusta, crasse sed haud dense punctata ; antennis
dimidio basali fulvo-brunneis ; alis fusco-caeruleis; tegulis maximis,
elongatis ; segmento mediano brevi; segmento dorsali primo basi
carinato.
¢. Feminae simillimus.
Long. 9,15 mm.; ¢, 13 mm.
@. Mandibles with a very ill-defined blunt tooth on the inner
margin near the apex. Clypeus short, sparsely punctured, narrowly
and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Antennae very stout, not
strongly curved, the three basal joints of the flagellum broader than
long, the scape short and stout, the apical joint of the flagellum
elongate conical, almost pointed, longer than the penultimate. Head
and thorax shining, coarsely but not very closely punctured; the
posterior margin of the pronotum narrowly smooth ; dorsulum very
sparsely punctured. Tegulae large and long, reaching beyond the
middle of the scutellum, the base smooth and shining, the apex sub-
opaque and punctured. Median segment more than twice as broad
as long, scarcely longer than the scutellum, opaque, the three carinae
in the middle strongly marked, the middle one not reaching the
apex, the outer ones nearly parallel, a little further apart in the
middle than at the extremities, the sides and apex of the segment
distinctly margined, the sides of the segment finely striated.
Abdomen strongly but not closely punctured; the first segment
broadly truncated at the base, with a strong, transverse, basal
carina; second segment with a broad, transverse, longitudinally.
striated groove at the base ; sixth dorsal segment closely punctured
at the base, the punctures more or less confluent longitudinally,
smooth and broadly rounded at the apex ; second ventral segment
very sparsely punctured. Spur of posterior tibia half as long as
the basal joint of the posterior tarsus. Second recurrent nervure
received just before two-thirds from the base of the second cubital
cell, The tarsal ungues are bifid and also havea blunt lobe near the
base. The posterior margin of the pronotum is broadly and almost
regularly arched, but rather more deeply indented in the middle.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3D
740 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
6. The four apical joints of the antennae only are black ; the
abdomen is more closely punctured than in the female; the two
outer carinae on the median segment converge a little towards the
apex. The radial cell does not extend beyond the second cubital
cell and is obliquely truncate at the apex.
Hab, TRANSVAAL, Lichtenberg (Dr. Brawns), January.
Near scabrosa, Gerst., but is much less densely punctured.
Tiphia incrassata, sp. 0.
2. Nigra, albopilosa, punctata; mandibulis fuscis; antennis
fusco-ferrugineis ; alis fuscis, obscure caerulescentibus ; segmentis
abdominalibus albofimbriatis.
Long. 11-12 mm.
?. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Head
and mesopleurae closely and coarsely punctured. Pronotum rather
closely punctured, broadly smooth and shining posteriarly, the arch
of the posterior margin almost transverse in the middle ; mesonotum
and scutelluin sparsely punctured. Median segment short, nearly
twice as broad as long, widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex,
the sides and apex distinctly margined, subopaque, finely and in-
distinctly punctured, with the usual three longitudinal carinae, the
middle one not quite reaching the apex, the outer two strongly
convergent towards the apex, almost twice as far from each other at
the base as at the apex, the sides of the segment closely striated, the
surface of the posterior truncation finely shagreened and slightly
concave. Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured on the two
basal segments, more closely on the others; the basal segment short,
truncate at the base and with a distinct transverse carina ; the apical
dorsal segment irregularly longitudinally striated, broadly rounded
and testaceous at the apex. Spur of the hind tibia fuscous, sharply
pointed, and nearly as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.
The tegulae are long, reaching beyond the middle of the scutellum,
smooth at the base, finely punctured at the apex. Second recurrent
nervure received just before two-thirds from the base of the second
cubital cell ; second transverse cubital nervure with a double curve.
Hab. TRANSVAAL, Johannesburg (Kobrow). In coll.
Brauns.
Tiphia montivaga, sp. n.
?. Nigra; antennis mandibulisque fusco-ferrugineis ; femoribus,
tibiis tarsisque laete ferrugineis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis fuscis.
Long. 13-14 mm.
?. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, punctured at the base,
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. T41
the apical margin narrowly smooth. Apical joint of the flagellum
no longer than the penultimate. Head finely and sparsely punctured,
more closely on the front than on the vertex. Pronotum very
sparsely punctured, shining, broadly smooth posteriorly, the arch
of the posteriorly margin almost transverse on the median portion ;
propleurae smooth and shining. Mesonotum and scutellum shining,
very sparsely punctured, mesopleurae finely and more closely
punctured. Median segment less than twice as broad as long,
shining, very shallowly and sparsely punctured, the three longi-
tudinal carinae parallel and rather low, the two outer ones separated
by a distance equal to about two-fifths of their length ; the sides of
the segment shining and indistinctly striated. Abdomen shallowly
and sparsely punctured ; the fourth and fifth segments more closely
punctured ; the basal segment broadly rounded at the base, without
a carina; the second segment transversely depressed at the base ;
pygidium punctured rugose on the basal half, ferruginous and very
minutely punctured at the apex. Second recurrent nervure received
at about three-fifths from the base of the second cubital cell.
Tegulae large, longer than broad, smooth and shining.
Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, Mt. Kokanjaro, S.W. of
Mt. Elgon 6,400 ft. (S. A. Meave), August 7-9.
Type in B. M. 4 2 9.
Allied to 7. massaica, Cam., in the sparse puncturation,
but in that species the wings are hyaline and very
iridescent, with black nervures and the details of the
sculpture are different.
Sub-family ANTHOBOSCIN AE.
Anthobosca rufocuudata, sp. n.
Q. Nigra, albopilosa, punctata; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis ;
segmentis dorsalibus quinto sextoque, ventralibus quarto, quinto
sextoque rufo-ferrugineis ; calcaribus albis; alis hyalinis, venis
nigris ; cellula radiali apice subacuta.
$. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, margine interiore
oculorum anguste, pronoto margine posteriore, tegulisque pallide
flavis ; pedibus nigris, flavo-variegatis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus,
venis nigris ; clypeo apice acute bidentato ; unguiculis bifidis.
Long. 9,6-8 mm.; ¢, 7-8 mm.
9. Clypeus short, with a low median carina, the apical margin
depressed. Head rather sparsely punctured, more deeply on the
front than on the vertex. Thorax rather sparsely punctured,
median segment very finely and closely punctured. Abdomen
minutely punctured, seventh dorsal segment finely aciculate, smooth
ebe
742 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
and broadly rounded at the apex. Sides of the median segment
smooth. Apical half of the posterior femora broadly rounded
beneath ; basal joint of posterior tarsi with a comb of about ten
short bristle-like spines beneath. Tarsal ungues bifid. Radial cell
subacute at the apex, no longer on the costa than the large stigma ;
third abscissa of the radius longer than the first and second com-
bined ; first recurrent nervure received a little beyond the middle
of the second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third cubital
cell, which is longer on the radius than on the cubitus.
¢. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth shorter than
the outer. Clypeus with two strong black teeth at the apex.
Antennae stout, of almost even thickness throughout, shorter than
the thorax and median segment combined. Head finely punctured ;
thorax very finely and closely punctured; abdomen finely sha-
greened. Posterior tibiae with five spines on the outer margin;
tarsal ungues bifid. Third abscissa of the radius longer than the
first and second combined, third cubital cell longer on the radius
than on the cubitus ; recurrent nervures as in the female. First
abdominal segment nearly half as long again as the second.
Hypopygium rather narrowly linguiform.
Hab. CAPE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), Sep-
tember and October.
The female is the type.
The male resembles the species for which Caren
formed the genus Odontothynnus. I have no doubt, how-
ever, that he is mistaken in the statement that the
ungues of the hind tarsi are simple. In colour the female
resembles “ Plesta” melanaria, Cam., which will probably
prove to be the female of one of the males described by
him under Odontothynnus.
Anthobosca natalica, Turn.
Anthobosca natalica, Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p.
85 (1908), 9.
This species also occurs at Willowmore, Cape Colony,
in January.
Sub-family SCOLIINAE.
Scolia (Trielis) brawnsi, sp. n.
2. Nigra, cinereo-pilosa ; mandibulis basi, flagello, tibiis subtus
tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis, alis fuscis, venis nigris; segmentis
abdominalibus nigro-ciliatis.
Long. 17 mm.
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 743
Q. Clypeus short, very broadly rounded at the apex, punctured
at the sides, the middle raised and flattened, marked with three
very strong longitudinal carinae, with one or two lower carinae
between them. Head sparsely punctured, antennae inserted almost
as far from each other as from the eyes ; the frontal prominence
between them very broadly triangular, bounded laterally by well-
marked carinae, at the base by a smooth transverse groove which
almost reaches the eyes. Vertex very sparsely punctured, a large
smooth space round the anterior ocellus, Pronotum closely and
rather coarsely punctured, mesonotum and scutellum sparsely
punctured ; median segment closely and coarsely punctured, the
surface of the posterior truncation smooth. Pubescence black on
the dorsal surface of the thorax and abdomen, more or less cinereous
on the sides, very sparse. Abdomen finely and rather sparsely
punctured, the dorsal segments with sparse ciliae of black hairs at
the apex ; the sixth dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex,
coarsely punctured and clothed with short fulvous setae. Ciliae
of the ventral segments sparse and whitish. Third cubital cell
pointed on the cubital nervure, the length on the radial nervure
equal to nearly two-thirds of the length of the second transverse
cubital nervure. Radial cell extending beyond the third cubital
cell. Spines of the hind tibiae pointed.
Hab. Cape Cotony, Willowmore (Dr, Brauns),
December.
Allied to Scolia (Trielis) punctum, Sauss., but differs
much in the colour of the wings and pubescence, and in
the less closely striated clypeus. It differs from techowz,
Turn.,in the same points of colour, also in the sculpture
of the median segment and sixth dorsal segment.
Scolia (Dielis) clotho, Sauss.
Elis (Campsomeris) clotho, Sauss., Stett. Ent. Zeit., XX,
p. 263 (1859), 9.
Dielis masaica, Cam., Sjéstedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru
Exp., IT, p. 229 (1910), 9.
In Cameron’s type the wings are somewhat paler than
is usual, but it is undoubtedly identical.
Scolia (Dielis) coelebs, Sich.
Elis (Dielis) coelebs, Sich., Cat. Spec. gen. Scolia, p. 184
(1864), 2. |
Dielis erionotus, Cam., Trans. S. Afric. Phil Soc., XV,
pashli ss:
T44 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
Family POMPILIDAE.
Cyphononyx basalis, Sm.
Pompilus basalis, Sm.,Cat. Hym. B. M., III, p. 138 (1885), 9
Cyphononyx car oli- waterhousei, Cam., Sjastedt’s Kilimand-
jaro-Meru Exp., II, p. 241 (1910).
Family CRABRONIDAE,
Sub-family PHILANTHINAE.
Philanthus histiio, Fabr., Syst. Piez., p. 301 (1804).
Philanthus flavolineatus, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-
Meru Exp., II, p. 271 (1910).
It is singular that Cameron should describe this common
and wide-ranging East African species as new, without
any note of comparison.
Cerceris vigilans, Sm., sub-sp. pervigilans sub-sp. n.
9. Differs from Indian specimens in having the postscutellum
yellow instead of black ; the enclosed area at the base of the median
segment is finely granulate instead of finely and closely punctured ;
the pygidial area is more strongly narrowed towards the apex ;
the petiole of the second cubital cell is a little longer; and the
wings are sub-hyaline at the base, with a distinct fuscous apical
border.
¢. The differences in the male are the same as in the female, but
the pygidial area is narrower throughout than in typical vigilans.
Hab, British East Arrica, Kirja Valley, 8. Kavirondo,
4,000 ft., April 30—May 1; Simba, 3,500 ft, May 8
(S. A. Neave).
Type in B.. Mod. 933 2 a:
The differences seem to me to be too small to be of
full specific value, the most important being in the shape
of the pygidial area. The rather remarkable form of the
clypeus is identical. Yet wigilans is an Indian species,
not recorded from intermediate localities.
Cerceris yalensis, sp. 0.
Q. Nigra; clypeo, fronte sub antennis, macula pone oculos,
femoribusque anticis infra flavis ; abdomine, segmento basili excepto,
flavo-ochraceo ; alis fusco-hyalinis ; segmento ventrali secundo area
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 745
basali elevata nulla ; segmento mediano area basali longitudinaliter
striata.
¢. Feminae similis; segmento mediano area basali obscure
transverse striata, segmento ventrali sexto angulis apicalibus valide
dentato.
Long. 9,14mm.; ¢, 11 mm.
Q. Clypeus broad, the middle lobe more than half as broad again
as long, the anterior margin almost transverse, very feebly quadri-
dentate, the distance between the base of the clypeus and the
antennae equal to about half the length of the clypeus; inter-
antennal carina high and narrow, triangularly truncate at the apex ;
antennae rather stout, the second joint of the flagellum distinctly
longer than the third. Cheeks nearly as broad as the eyes;
posterior ocelli more than half as far again from the eyes as from
each other. Clypeus and front below the base of the antennae
sparsely punctured ; front above the antennae irregularly longi-
tudinally striated, vertex closely punctured. Pleurae coarsely
punctured striate; thorax very sparsely punctured in the middle,
the punctures more or less confluent on the sides of the mesonotum.
Median segment strongly, but not closely, punctured, the triangular
area at the base coarsely longitudinally striated. Abdomen almost
smooth, the fifth segment shallowly and sparsely punctured, first
dorsal segment more than twice as broad as long, the segments not
strongly constricted ; pygidial area granulate, gradually narrowed
from the base, narrowly rounded at the apex, less than twice as
long as the basal breadth, with a fringe of short hairs on the sides.
First recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the
second cubital cell, second at one-quarter from the base of the third
cubital cell.
¢. Head and thorax closely and rather deeply punctured,
sparsely on the clypeus and front below the base of the antennae ;
middle lobe of the clypeus longer than broad, with three indistinct
teeth at the apex. Apical joint of the flagellum slightly curved
and truncate at the apex. Basal area of the median segment
shining, with a median groove and very obscurely and transversely
striated. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the basal segment not quite
twice as broad as long; sixth ventral segment with a broad tooth
on each side at the apical margin; pygidial area sparsely and
coarsely punctured, twice as long as broad, the sides almost
parallel, truncate at the apex. First recurrent nervure received
close to the middle of the second cubital cell, second close to the base
of the third cubital cell.
Hab. British East Arrica, Yala River, S. edge of
746 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
Kakunga Forest, 4,800-5,300 ft., May 21-28; Uganda
Protectorate, between Seziwa River and Kampala, 3,500 ft.,.
August 27-31; Banks of the Nile near Kakindu, 3,400 ft.,
August 24 GS. A. Neave); Entebbe, Uganda, August 22
(C. C. Gowdey).
The difference in the sculpture of the enclosed area at
the base of the median segment in the sexes is greater
than is usual in the genus.
Sub-family SPHECINAE.
Sphex (Chlorion) xanthocerus, Il., var. wnicolor, Sauss.
Sphex unicolor, Sauss., Reise d. Novara, Zool., II, p. 37
(1867).
Sphex xcanthocerus var. wnicolor, Kohl, Ann, naturh. Hofmns.
Wien, V, p. 185 (1890).
Sphex massaicus, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,
II, p. 262 (1912),
Sub-family BEMBECINAE.
Bembex compedita, nom. nov.
Bembex kohli, Turn., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), IX,
p- 415 (1912), 3 (mec Morice, 1897).
The name kohli is preoccupied and must sink, as has
been pointed out to me by Mr. Rohwer.
Bembex ugandensis, sp. n.
6. Niger; mandibulis apice excepto, clypeo late marginibus,
labro, orbitis oculorum, macula parva transversa utrinque sub ocello
antico, pedibusque plus minusve nigro-variegatis flavis; segmento
mediano linea arcuata angulisque, segmentis dorsalibus primo
secundoque, apice maculisque duabus transversis nigris, segmentoque
tertio macula transversa arcuata utrinque pallide flavo-olivaceis ;
oculis versus clypeum paulum divergentibus, segmento ventrali
secundo tuberculo longitudinali parvo, sexto apice acute prcducto.
@. Mari simillima.
Long. ¢ 9, 23 mm.
¢. Clypeus subcarinate at the base, triangularly flattened at the
apex ; the eighth and ninth joints of the flagellum short and with a
spine beneath, the tenth and eleventh joints concave beneath, but
not broadened, the apical joint much longer than the penultimate,
moderately curved, narrowed to the apex and slightly hollowed
beneath at the base. Basal joint of the anterior tarsi with six spines
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 747
on the outer margin, the outer half of the joint black. Femora not
serrate. Second ventral segment with a very low median carina,
which is produced into a very small tubercle near the apex ; sixth
ventral segment strongly produced at the apex and almost pointed.
Seventh dorsal segment narrowed before the apex, the sides undu-
late. Thorax closely and evenly punctured. Cubital cell of the
hindwing emitting one vein from the apex. Angles of the median
segment rather prominent.
2. Second ventral segment shining and sparsely punctured in
the middle ; sixth dorsal segment strongly punctured and clothed
with short black pubescence, the extreme apex smooth and narrowly
rounded. ‘
Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, Eastern Mbale district,
S. of Mt. Elgon, 3,700 ft.; Mbale-Kumi Road, S. of Lake
Salisbury, 3,700 ft. (S. 4A. Meave), August; Entebbe
(C. C. Gowdey).
Type in B. M.
Allied to B. diversipennis, Sm., but differs from that
species in the much narrower apical joints of the male
antennae and in the shape of the seventh dorsal segment.
The sixth dorsal segment of the female is broader than in
diversipennis. In both sexes the antennae are black, not
ferruginous as in diversipennis, and the colour is otherwise
different, though diversipennis is so variable in this respect
that little importance can be attached to colour differences.
The male antennae are somewhat intermediate between
diversipennis, Sm., and monedula, Handl.
Bembex lobatifrons, sp. n.
¢. Niger; clypeo, labro, mandibuilis dimidio basali, scapo supra
nigro-lineato, fronte supra basim antennarum macula magna bilobata
nigra, genis, linea transversa interrupta occipitali, pronoto, lateribus
dorsuli strigisque parvulis in disco, scutello, postscutello, segmentoque
mediano fasciis curvatis apicalibus, lateribus thoracis plus minusve
nigro-lineatis, segmento dorsali primo fascia lata sinuata, secundo
tertio quartoque fasciis latis bisinuatis, quinto sextoque fere totis,
septimo apice anguste, segmentis ventralibus tribus basalibus fere
totis, quarto, quinto sextoque fasciis latis apicalibus, pedibus,
thoraceque subtus, mesosterno excepto, pallide flavis ; alis hyalinis,
venis bruneis.
Q. Mari simillima, fasciis segmentorum dorsalium secundi
tertiique maculas nigras binas includentibus.
Long. ¢ 9, 14mm.
748 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
$. Eighth and ninth joints of the antennae with a minute spine
beneath, tenth to twelfth slightly excavated beneath, apical joint
longer ‘than the penultimate, distinctly curved and rounded at
the apex. Fore tarsi normal, the basal joint with six spines on the
outer margin, fore femora not serrate, intermediate femora with one
or two small spines beneath near the apex, not distinctly serrate,
basal joint of intermediate tarsi normal, intermediate tibiae not
produced at the apex. Seventh dorsal segment broad, narrowly
truncate at the apex, the sides not sinuate. Second ventral segment
with a longitudinal carina which is gradually raised into a rounded
tubercle at the apex, the surface of the segment closely and evenly
punctured ; sixth ventral segment with a small, low, rounded
tubercle in the middle; seventh ventral segment with three longi-
tudinal carinae placed rather far apart. Wings rather short, not
reaching when closed much beyond the apex of the third dorsal
segment ; cell of the hindwing emitting only one distinct vein from
the apex.
?. Similar to the male except in the usual sexual characters ;
the sixth dorsal segment with a very large yellow apical spot, the
sides not sinuate, the apex narrowly rounded. Second ventral
segment evenly punctured. The colour of the female is a deeper
yellow than in the male.
Hab. British East Arrica, Uchweni Forest, March
1-2; Lake Mpeketomi near Kipini (S. A. eave),
March 4-5.
Type in B. M.
This species approaches the oculata group, but differs
in only having one vein at the apex of the cell in the
hindwing, and the carinae of the seventh ventral segment
(3g ) are far apart.
Sub-family NYSSONINAE,
Gorytes silverlocki, sp. 0.
?. G. monstroso, Handl., affinissima. Nigra; pronoto in medio
interrupto, callis humeralibus, segmento dorsali secundo fascia
angusta apicali, tibiis tarsisque macula basali pallide flavis; alis
subhyalinis, cellula radiali obscuriore.
Long. 5 mm.
?. Eyes strongly convergent towards the clypeus, separated at
the base of the clypeus by a distance scarcely exceeding half the
length of the scape; clypeus very short, the anterior margin dis-
tinctly raised. Antennae short, about as long as the thorax without
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 749
the median segment, the five basal joints of the flagellum very
short and not stout, the five next longer and stouter, the apical
joint longer and slenderer than the penultimate and slightly curved.
Ocelli situated in a very wide triangle on the vertex, the posterior
pair nearly half as far again from each other as from the eyes.
Thorax short and stout, a distinct groove in front of the mesopleurae
for the reception of the anterior femora, the mesosternum notched
at the sides close to the groove and produced into two short teeth.
Intermediate trochanters without a tooth ; posterior tibiae thickened.
Abdomen petiolate, the first segment gradually broadened from the
base, nearly twice as wide at the apex as at the base, distinctly
longer than the apical breadth, not constricted at the apex ; second
segment large and globose, constricted at the base; sixth segment
broadly triangular, with a narrow pygidial area. Closely and rather
strongly punctured ; the punctures longitudinally confluent near
the apex of the mesonotum ; scutellum and postscutellum longi-
tudinally striated, basal area of the median segment obliquely
striated, a smooth opaque space on each side near the apex of the
basal area, the posterior slope of the median segment with a deep
median groove; ventral surface of the abdomen almost smooth
except on the coarsely punctured second segment; the extreme
apex of the sixth dorsal segment smooth. Both recurrent nervures
received by the second cubital cell; second abscissa of the radius
shorter than the first; third cubital cell entirely absent on the
right side, on the left side the third transverse cubital nervure is
present on the cubitus, but does not reach half way to the radius.
Hab. N. RHODESIA, Sinapunga (Silverlock), February.
Type in B. M.
Differs from monstrosus, Handl., in colour, in the
sculpture of the scutellum, postscutellum and median
segment, in the absence of a spine on the intermediate
trochanters, in the shape of the petiole and in the
absence of the third transverse cubital nervure. The
latter character may be an individual aberration.
Sub-family CRABRONINAE.
Dasyproctus aurovestitus, sp. n.
Q. Nigra, opaca; scapo subtus, pronoto angustissime antice,
petiologue macula utrinque apicali pallide flavis; pedibus nigris
fusco-ferrugineo variegatis ; abdomine dense auro-piloso ; alis hya-
linis, costa anguste infuscata, venis nigris ; tegulis fusco-ferrugineis.
Long. 12 mm.
750 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
@. Clypeus with a median carina. Head large, the eyes on the
front separated by a distance not quite equal to half the length of
the scape ; second joint of the flagellum twice as long as the first
and fully half as long again as the third. Cheeks as broad as the
eyes ; posterior ocelli much further from each other than from the
anterior ocellus, as far from the eyes as from each other, and more
than half as far again from the posterior margin of the head as from
each other; the whole head minutely punctured and clothed with
fine brownish gold pubescence, a deep sulcus on the inner margin of
the eyes near the summit. Pronotum deeply transversely grooved,
the anterior margin higher and broader than the posterior. Median
segment with a deep median sulcus, the basal triangular area strongly
obliquely striated, with fine punctures between the striae; the
posterior slope of the segment finely rugulose. Abdomen petiolate,
the first segment a little shorter than the second and third combined,
as long as the posterior femur and trochanter combined, the apex
not nodose, the apical breadth equal to about two-fifths of the
length of the segment; the remainder of the abdomen densely
clothed with short brownish gold pubescence.
Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 13.
Type in B. M.
Easily distinguished from other African species by the
golden brown pubescence and the almost complete absence
of yellow markings on the abdomen. The sculpture of
the median segment differs from kibonotensis, Cam., in
which there are no yellow markings, and in that species
the pubescence is whitish.
Sub-family LARRINAE.
Liris diabolica, Sm.
Larrada diabolica, Sm., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XII,
p. 294 (1878), 2.
Liris violaceipennis, Cam., Sjostedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru
Exped., II, p. 285 (1910), 9.
Larra (Liris) opipara, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien.,
IX, p. 297 (1894), 2.
Notogonia pseudoliris, sp. 0.
@. Nigra, dense aureo-sericea tomentosa; mandibulis basi, an-
tennis, tegulis, pedibus, segmentisque abdominalibus quinto sextoque
ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus 1-4 margine apicali testaceis ;
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 751
alis flavo-hyalinis, limbo late infuscato; venis basi testaceis, apice
fuscis.
Long. 16 mm.
. Clypeus almost transverse at the apex, with a very shallow
and narrow emargination in the middle. Second joint of the
flagellum equal in length to the third, about three and a half times
as long as broad. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal
to the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Median segment
finely transversely aciculate, with a low median carina on the basal
half, much longer than the breadth at the base, the sides of the
segment striated. Sixth dorsal segment closely punctured and
without much pubescence. Comb of the anterior tarsi very short
and with few spines, only five spines on the basal joint. Tarsal
ungues long, without a tooth. Third abscissa of the radius nearly
half as long again as the second. The-whole dorsal surface, except
the middle of the median segment and the sixth dorsal segment,
clothed with short golden pubescence.
Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 15,
Type in B. M.
This closely resembles a small specimen of Liris hae-
morrhoidalis, Fabr., but is a true Notogonia. N. primania,
Kohl, resembles the same species, but is larger, and differs
in the proportionate length of the second joint of the
flagellum compared with the distance between the eyes on
the vertex, in the comb of the anterior tarsi, and in the
sculpture of the median segment. The antennae of prv-
mania are much shorter and stouter than in the present
species.
Notogonia gowdeyt, sp. 0.
2. Nigra, mandibulis basi, clypeo apice, scapoque fusco-ferru-
gineis ; tarsis anticis fuscis ; alis nigro-violaceis ; segmento mediano
transverse rugoso-striato.
¢. Feminae simillimus.
Long. 9,21 mm.; g, 14mm.
2. Clypeus almost transverse at the apex, with a shallow and
narrow emargination in the middle, the apical half strongly, but
sparsely, punctured, the basal half finely shagreened. Second joint
of the flagellum as long as the third, more than three times as long
as its breadth in the middle. Eyes separated on the vertex by a
distance equal to about three-quarters of the length of the second
joint of the flagellum. Median segment longer than the basal
breadth, coarsely transversely rugose-striate, without a median
T52 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new
carina, the sides of the segment finely and very obscurely striated.
Sixth dorsal segment clothed with stiff blackish bristles. Comb of
the anterior tarsi fairly long and stout, six spines on the basal joint ;
tarsal ungues long, without a tooth. Third abscissa of the radius
about half as long again as the second, first recurrent nervure
received very near the base of the second cubital cell, more than
twice as far from the second recurrent nervure as from the angle of
the cell. A little silver pubescence on the face and cheeks, abdomen
bare.
¢. Antennal joints shorter than in the female, the eyes separated
on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the two basal
joints of the flagellum; apex of the dorsal segment with a very
indistinct marginal band of greyish pubescence; apical dorsal
segment closely punctured, shallowly emarginate at the apex.
Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 19-28.
Two 2?Pandl f.
Type in B. M.
Superficially this species resembles the oriental Liris
ducalis, Sm.
Notogonia sericosoma, sp. Nn.
?. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo apice, antennis, tegulis, pedibus,
abdomine, segmentis dorsalibus secundo tertioque modice infuscatis,
ferrugineis; alis pallide flavo-hyalinis, limbo apicali . pallide
infuscato, venis testaceis, capite, thorace, abdomineque pallide
aureosericeis,
Long. 13 mm.
2. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex, not emarginate in the
middle. Second joint of the flagellum equal in length to the third,
about two and a half times as long as its breadth in the middle.
Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance half as great again as the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Comb of the fore tarsi
long and stout, six spines on the outer margin of the basal joint.
Median segment finely transversely striated, the apex almost smooth,
the sides finely striated, the segment longer than its breadth at the
base, slightly convex, and without a median carina. Sixth dorsal
segment closely punctured and covered with very fine pale golden
pubescence. Tarsal ungues long, without a tooth. Second abscissa
of the radius nearly as long as the third; first recurrent nervure
received distinctly nearer to the basal angle of the second cubital
cell than to the second recurrent nervure. The whole dorsal surface
except the middle of the median segment is covered more or less
Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa 753
closely with very fine pale golden pubescence, which in some lights
becomes almost silvery.
Hab. British East AFRIcA, near Wangi, coast of main-
land (S. A. Neave), February 21-22.
Type in B. M.
Motes lrrovdes, sp. n.
9. Nigra, pallide aureo-pilosa ; tarsis tegulisque fusco-ferrugineis ;
alis flavis, apice late fuscis ; segmento mediano transverse striato.
Long. 16 mm.
Q@. Clypeus short, very feebly rounded at the apex, with an
obscure carina from the base not reaching the apex. Second joint
of the flagellum twice as long as the first and distinctly longer than
the third. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Closely and very
minutely punctured, the median segment distinctly transversely
striated, longer than broad. The whole dorsal surface of the head,
thorax, median segment and abdomen more or less densely clothed
with very delicate pale golden pubescence ; the apical dorsal segment
closely covered with short fulvous setae, the sides of the segment
converging strongly towards the apex, which is rather broadly
rounded and less than half as wide as the base of the segment. All
the tarsal ungues have a small but distinct tooth close to the middle.
The two recurrent nervures are received close together more than
twice as far from the basal angle of the second cubital cell as from
each other.
Hab. British East Arrica, Witu (S. A. Weave),
February 25-28.
Type in B. M.
This is another case of close resemblance to JLizris
haemorrhoidalis, Fabr., but the structure is different. It
may be easily distinguished from the West African species
M. odontofora, Kohl, and M. cyphononyx, Kohl, by the
strongly convergent sides of the pygidial area and the
different colour of the wings, which are quite as dark
as in the most highly coloured specimens of iris
haemorrhordalis.
Tachytes mira, Kohl.
Tachytes mira, Kohl, Ann. naturh. Hofmus. Wien, IX, p.
293 (1894), 9.
754 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.
Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru
Exp., IT, p. 284 (1912), 2.
This differs from velox, Sm., in the narrower pygidial
area.
Gastrosericus neaver, sp. n.
2. Nigra, albopilosa ; orbitis interioribus verticem versus haud
convergentibus, genis pone oculos spina magna obtusa instructis ;
alis fusco-hyalinis ; tibiis posticis intus pallide flavis.
Long. 7 mm.
@. Head broad, the eyes not converging towards the vertex, their
inner margins parallel, separated on the vertex by a distance equal
to about two-thirds of the length of the flagellum ; the third joint
of the flagellum fully as long as the second. Clypeus very broadly
rounded at the apex, covered with short white pubescence ; head
very closely and distinctly punctured, a short longitudinal sulcus
above the base of the antennae ; posterior ocelli oblique, situated on
a rounded prominence which is not divided by a sulcus, a narrow
curved groove behind the posterior ocelli. Cheeks more than half
as broad as the eyes, armed with a short, strong, blunt spine.
Pronotum depressed below the mesonotum ; the latter closely and
rather strongly punctured, slightly depressed in the middle on the
anterior margin. Mesopleurae and scutellum closely punctured ;
median segment shorter than the mesonotum, transversely rugulose
and rounded posteriorly. Abdomen very minutely punctured ; the
first segment subpetiolate, the second slightly constricted at the base.
Anterior coxae armed with a long seta. Second abscissa of the
radius scarcely half as long as the first ; the two recurrent nervures
unite before their junction with the cubitus at one-third from the
base of the second cubital cell, so that the second discoidal cell is
distinctly petiolate.
Hab, British East Arrica, Upper Kuja Valley, S.
Kavirondo; 4,200 ft. (S. A. Weave), May 5-8.
iype.in Bb. Mey i
This species is easily distinguished by the great distance
between the eyes on the vertex and by the spine on the
cheeks.
Fes. 11, 1913.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON
For’ THE YEAR 1912,
Wednesday, February 7th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Nomination of Vice-Presidents.
The PRESIDENT announced that he had nominated as Vice-
Presidents for the present session Mr. A. H. Jongs, Dr.
Matcotm Burr, and Mr. J. H. Durrant.
Dates of Meetings.
The Rev. G. WHEELER said that he had received, as
Secretary, a large number of applications for cards of the
dates of meetings for this year, and explained that as these
always contained the names of the Vice-Presidents, which
could not, by the bye-laws, be announced until the February
meeting, the cards could never be issued till after that date.
He added that the date of the February meeting for next year
would be given on this year’s card, a precedent which he hoped
would always be followed in future.
Letters of Thanks.
The Rev. G. WHEELER read letters of thanks for their
election as Hon. Fellows from Prof. J. H. Comsrock and
Fr. Erich Wasmany, and on behalf of the latter presented
PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., 1, 1912. A
eg)
to the Society a copy of all his Entomological books and
pamphlets, for which a special vote of thanks was unanimously
passed to Fr. Wasmann on the motion of the President.
Exhibitions.
Rake Co.LeopTera.—Mr. W. E. Suarr exhibited specimens
of Carpophilus 6-pustulatus, F., and C. obsoletus, Kr., taken
under bark of beech trees near Doncaster in October 1911;
the former having been recorded from the same locality only
on a few occasions during recent years, and the latter never
having been known to occur under natural conditions in
England previously.
Mr. SuHarp having explained that both species had been
previously found in England amongst bad raisins, a discussion
arose as to the means by which they might possibly have been
transferred to such a locality as that in which they were found,
Mr. J. E. Conn observed that raisins unfit for human consump-
tion were a well-known bait for attracting pheasants, and the
PRESIDENT suggested a picnic party as the possible cause ; the
exhibitor, however, said that the wood in which these beetles
had been found had been for many years a fox-cover, and that
it was not a place to which picnic parties came. The Rev.
G. WHEELER observed that in any case it was obvious that
Entomologists had access to the wood, and said that he him-
self frequently took raisins as a part of his lunch when out for
the day, and that some one else might have done the same
thing, and if he found his raisins bad would naturally have left
them behind. Mr. WAtrrHousE thought it probable that the
natural habitat of the insects was under bark, and that they
merely came to raisins aS so many insects come to sweet
substances, but Mr. Campion was of opinion that they
naturally fed upon fruit.
Birps As A Cueck on Insect Prsts.—Mr. CHampion called
attention to a paper by Mr. H.C. Bryant, recently published
in an ornithological periodical, the ‘‘ Condor,” for November -
1911, entitled ‘‘ The relation of birds to an insect outbreak in
northern California during the spring and summer of 1911.”
The insect in question was a butterfly, Hugonia californica (an
ally of £. polychloros), and five species of birds were found to
(Omit)
feed on it, one of which, the Brewer blackbird (Huphagus
cyanocephalus) took 95 per cent. of all the butterilies eaten by
the birds. The birds, in feeding on the butterfly were stated
to attack the insect at a critical point in its life-history, and
were therefore of more value as a check than they would have
been had they fed on the larva or pupa. The smaller birds
probably had a more intimate relation to the outbreak when
the insect was in the larval or pupal stage. The data col-
lected showed of what value birds may be in the checking of an
insect outbreak rather than their value in the prevention of
such an outbreak.
GroMEeTRID MotTHS OF THE GENUS ALETIS, AND THEIR MIMICS
FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ENTEBBE. — Prof. Poutton
exhibited a large but not quite complete series of the members
of this important combination collected, between May 23,
1909 and September 14, 1910, by Mr. C. A. Wiggins,
D.P.M.O. of the Uganda Protectorate. The specimens had
been collected just as they were met with, and in sufficient
numbers to give some indication of the proportions. By far
the most abundant species was Aletis (Leptaletis) erici, Kirby
(56 examples). A. helcita, Clerck, although much commoner in
collections, was comparatively a rare insect (4). The explanation
of its prominence in collections is probably to be found in the
fact that helcita is rather larger and of aricher colour than erici
and has been mistaken by collectors for fine specimens of the
common species. There are in the British Museum two rows
of helcita, but only three examples of evict. Another common
species of Adetis—paler and smaller than either of the above—
was Aletis (Leptaletis) forbesi, Druce (11). The following
mimics were also present, all of them in very small numbers :
the Hypsid moth Phaegorista similis, Walker (2), the female
Agaristid moth Xanthospilopteryx poggei, Dewitz (1), the
Nymphaline butterfly Luphaedra ruspina, Westwood (2), the
Lycaenid butterfly Zelipna nyanza, Neave (1). The propor-
tions of the three species of Alet¢is seem to be about the same
in the Lagos district, where Mr. W. A. Lamborn has bred
erict and helcita, and finds that their caterpillars have different
patterns, and that erici is gregarious and helcita solitary in the
larval state,
A 2
a
Hypontimnas (Evuratia) pusius, Beauv., A MENDELIAN
DOMINANT, AND H. (E) ANTHEDON, Borsp., RECESSIVE.—
Prof. Poutton exhibited part of an all-anthedon family
recently bred by Mr. Lamborn at Oni Camp seventy miles
east of Lagos, from an anthedon female parent, and part of
an all-dubiwus family also bred from an anthedon female.
Both families were amply large enough to preclude the
possibility of accident. The facts indicate that in the first
family a recessive female had paired with a recessive male, in
the second that a recessive female had paired with a dominant
male. There can be little doubt that the pattern of anthedon
conforms more closely to that of the genus than the pattern
of dubius and that the dominant form is therefore the more
recent development.
Burrerrities A Naturat Foop or Monkeys. — Prof.
Poutton read the following note received in a letter from
Mr. W. A. Lamborn, November 17, 1911 :—
“ Our District Commissioner, Captain Neal, who occasion-
ally spends a few days with us [at Oni Camp] tells me
that he has several times seen ‘dog-faced monkeys,’ (not
baboons but probably mangabeys), squatting beside mudholes,
such as butterflies of some kinds resort to in large numbers
in the dry season, and catching them one after the other and
eating them. It occurred to me that this evidence might be
valuable as showing that butterflies may be a natural food
of monkeys.”
‘THE URTICATING HAIRS OF A LaSIOCAMPID LARVA DISSEMINATED
THROUGH THE AIR.—Prof. Pou.ton exhibited specimens of the
Lasiocampid moth Mimopacha gerstaeckeri, Dewitz, bred from
the caterpillars referred to by Mr. Lamborn in the quotation
from his letter printed below. Prof. Pounron said that
although the subject had been extensively discussed he
thought it was important to show that the hairs were a
powerful defence against natural enemies, and also that they
were spread through the air—a fact he had himself observed
in studying the cocoons of Porthesia similis, Fuessly. Although
he had been careful to touch the cocoons only with the tips
of the forceps he well remembered the irritation which had
been caused, especially on the neck beneath the collar,
Cows)
‘A very large company of these larvae was pointed
out to me by the native clerk, on the trunk of a tree
in the village 13 miles away [from Oni] on October 18. I
had the tree felled and collected them and they formed
cocoons between October 20 and 24. The hairs on the
larvae are intensely urticating, and, as they come off readily,
float in the air if there is any draught. They get into one’s
eyes and produce a troublesome conjunctivitis. The cocoons
are massed together side by side and are covered with the
downy hairs from the caterpillars so that an even surface is
produced, and the hair comes off them very easily too. As
I kept feeling skin irritation as a result of hairs blowing
about, I placed the boxes outside, and the female Mona must
have gone to investigate the cocoons, for I found one torn
open and lying on the ground, the pupa being there but
damaged. The monkey suffered very badly for her curiosity,
for her eyes became so swollen and inflamed that she could
hardly see out of them, and the hairs were so urticating to
her skin that she rolled on the ground trying to scratch
herself with all four feet at the same time, and it was some
days before she was herself again. JI still left the boxes
outside but none of the other monkeys went near them. Nov.
lao’
THE ANAL TUFTS OF THE FEMALE GLUTOPHRISSA PROTRUDED
DURING CoURTSHIP.—Prof. PouLTton drew attention to the
following observation recently made by Mr. Lamborn at
Oni :—
“On December 27 I saw a male Glutophrissa saba courting
a female. She was resting on a leaf with wings expanded.
Her abdomen was raised to an angle of rather more than
45° to the thorax and two little tufts very similar to those
possessed by male Danainae protruded from the anal ex-
tremity. The male fluttered round her very closely, occa-
sionally settling on her wings, though he still continued
fluttering while touching her. He eventually became alarmed
at my presence and flew away. Dec. 29, 1911.”
A NEW SPECIES OF VxEsPERUS. — Dr. Matcotm CAMERON
exhibited a new species of Vesperus from Lagos, Portugal,
a description of which appears in the March number of the
4
WV,
(ee; )
E.M.M. as V. reittert, and for comparison a specimen of
Vi bolivari, Rtt. These two are the only dark-coloured
species of the genus at present known. In both cases the ?
are unknown,but are probably only furnished with rudimentary
wings as is usual in this genus.
Hysrip Oporapras.—Mr. E. A. Cockayne exhibited the
following specimens of this genus: O. christyi from Ireland
and Scotland, hybrid 0. christyi ¢ x O. dilutata 9, and 0.
dilutata ¢ x O. christyi 9; O. dilutata from Scotland and
Epping Forest, hybrid O. dilutata 3-x O, autumnaria ?, and
larva; O. wutumnaria, hybrid O. autumnaria g x O. filigram-
maria °, and Q. filigrammaria gx O. autumnaria 9; O.
filigrammaria from Yorkshire and Scotland. Most of the
hybrids were bred by Mr. J. E. R. Allen. He remarked that
the species fall naturally into two groups—
(1) O. dilutata and O. christyi.
(2) O. autumnaria and O. filigrammaria,
and that hybridisation is easy between the members of each
group, but very difficult between the members of the different
groups, though probably all are good species. The hybrid
dilutata and autumnaria showed the dull grey of dilutata, a
colour never met with in autwmnaria whose melanic forms
are brown, but has the markings of the latter, the sharp
angle in the elbowed line and the central spot far from the
line,
Paper's.
The following papers were read :—
“On some hitherto imperfectly known South African
Lepidoptera,” by Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S.
“On the Comparative Anatomy of the Genital Tube in ¢
Coleoptera,” by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S.
“Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera
from south-east Brazil,” by F. Dukinrietp Jongs, F.Z.S.,
F.E.S.
“The Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus,”
by F. M. Howtert, B.A., F.E.S.
“On the Genera Liothrips and Hoodia,” by Dr. H. Karny,
of Elbogen, Austria; translated by E. A. Exuiorr, F.ES.,
and communicated by R. 8. Baenatt, F.L.S.
(° eeart.')
“On the Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, a Myrmecophilous
Plebeiid Butterfly,” by T. A. Cuapman, F.Z.S.
‘«The Food-plant of Callophrys avis,” by T. A.CHapman, F.Z.S.
“ An Experiment on the Development of the Male Append-
ages in Lepidoptera,” by T. A. Cuapman, F.Z.S.
“The Study of Mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by
Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies,” by
Lieut.-Col. N. Manprrs, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S.
A long and important discussion arose on many points in con-
nection with the last paper, of which a full report is appended.
Prof. Poutron said that Col. Manders was much to be
congratulated on the positive results that he had obtained
in both D. chrysippus and H. misippus, female. Furthermore
the indication that the female of D. chrysippus was more
sensitive than the male was of the highest interest. When
Col. Manders first expressed the intention of making these
experiments the speaker thought they were rather in the
nature of “a forlorn hope” and the results were as surprising
to him as they were interesting. He felt that Col. Manders
had made out a case for reconsidering the conclusion (which
Prof. Poulton had published in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, pp.
475-6, 482-4) that the type form of chrystppus was older
than the dorippus form. ‘rhe reasons for this conclusion still
appeared to him to be strong as well as numerous, but the
whole subject required to be reinvestigated in the light of
these new results,
When we compared chrysippus with its form dorippus and
the female misippus with the form inaria, it was quite clear that
both forms differ from their types by the omission of a part of
the pattern, and in no other way. Hence the type should be
a Mendelian dominant in both species, as Rev. K. St. Aubyn
Rogers had shown to be probably the case in H. misippus
(Proc, Ent. Soc. 1911, p. xliv). But Mendelian dominance
did not help towards the phylogenetic solution ; for, accept-
ing the generally received “ presence or absence’’ hypothesis,
it was obvious that a newer form may arise from an older by
the addition (= dominance) or the omission (= recessivity) of
a factor.*
* Bateson, ‘‘ Mendel’s Principles of Heredity,” Cambridge, 1909, p. 278.
(P) vit)
The results of Col. Manders’ experiments upon misippus did
not seem to point uniformly towards inaria as the older form ;
for although the replacement of black by fulvous in the
apical region of the forewing, and the overspreading by
fulvous of the subapical white bar, supported this interpreta-
tion, the form and increased size of the bar itself suggested an
opposite one. It was to be observed that the bar is unusually
developed in the specimens which had been exposed to heat,
and that its basal margin (viz. that turned towards the cell)
possessed a remarkably bold zigzag outline. The shock of
the experiment had therefore in some respects carried the
individuals towards inaria, but in other respects had carried
them further away from it.
With regard to Col. Manders’ conclusion that the mimicry
was simply an accidental resemblance of no bionomie signi-
ficance, Prof. Poulton said that, if this were found to be
true of the female forms of H. misippus he did not see how the
theory of mimicry could be sustained at all. If these females,
in departing soimmensely from the ancestral pattern preserved
by their male, had undergone these changes without relation
of any kind to the corresponding forms of the Danaine butter-
fly regarded as their model, he would be prepared to look on
all mimicry as accidental. He thought that Col. Manders
and those writers who agreed with him, expected too much
when they sought for evidence of the preferences of insecti-
vorous birds. Such inquiries were extraordinarily difficult and
wearisome, and a large proportion of the labour must inevit-
ably lead to negative results. Prof. Poulton felt convinced
that mimicry was an advantageous resemblance, not because
of the direct evidence but on account of the enormous and
ever-increasing mass of facts which received an interpreta-
tion on this hypothesis—for the same reasons, in fact, which
justified a belief in evolution itself. No other hypothesis as
yet proposed could be reconciled with the facts, and it was
extremely improbable that any hypothesis as yet unknown
would supply the interpretation of resemblances so numerous,
so wide-spread, so well known, and so much studied and dis-
cussed. At the same time he was always urging his corre-
spondents to seek for direct evidence on every possible
( ix )
opportunity. Although he disagreed with Col. Manders’ opinion
on this point, he wished, in concluding his remarks, again
to congratulate him on the solid results he had obtained and
shown to the meeting.
The Rev. G. WueeE er challenged the position referred to in
the paper that, because shock has been shown in some cases to
produce atavistic results, there is anything inherently improb-
able in its producing in other cases an impetus in the direction
in which development is tending. He maintained that this
might be expected to depend on two factors, one internal the
other external to the organism affected; first whether the
organism subjected to the shock had reached a stage in which
the tendency to new development was stronger than the
atavistic tendency, and secondly whether the nature of the
shock was in the direction of the forces (whatever they might
be) tending to produce the newer form, or in the direction of
those tending to check such development.
Mr. MerriFizLD said that his experiments on Rumicia phlaeas,
to which Col. Manders had referred, were on the pupae, not the
larvae. He had not at that time realised, as he had done
since, the important effect of temperature in the larval stage.
Applied to pupae it had an effect on the general colouring of
the imago, very marked in the case of many of the ‘‘ Thorn”
moths, and other Geometridae; a high temperature in the
later part of the pupal stage tended to produce a chestnut
colouring, verging on orange, a low temperature, darker
colouring approaching chocolate. But in these species, which
were double-brooded, and in the double-brooded butterfly
Araschnia levana, the most complete effects, not merely in
colouring but in habits, were produced in the larval stage,
and especially in its earlier instars; larvae of either of the
two broods of A. levana could thus all be converted by the
appropriate temperature into the other seasonal form—into the
winter phase with its long fixed pupal period, producing in
spring a butterfly resembling in appearance a small “ fritillary,”
or into the summer phase (prorsa) with its very brief pupal
period, resembling a small Z. sibylla. As regards ‘‘ shock” it
appeared to be in favour of that view that when the tempera-
tures to which the pupae were subjected were extreme—below
(ie)
freezing point, or considerably above 100° F.—the effects in
appearance produced by such cold and heat were very similar.
Prof. Standfuss and Dr. E. Fischer had both, he believed,
suggested that as regards these different temperatures the
one brought out past atavistic features, the other developed
future anticipatory ones. That was a point on which he
could form no opinion, so he must be content with the word
“shock,” without being able to enter on the question of the
rationale of its operation.
He could not refrain from thanking Col. Manders for his
paper and for its judicial tone, recording observations, which,
from their impartial character would be of so much assistance
to all in arriving at due conclusions on the probable explana-
tion of the facts observed.
Dr. CuapMAN congratulated Col. Manders on his success in
carrying out a valuable and difficult experiment. He said
that in interpreting the result as showing that dorippus is the
ancestral form, we overlooked certain considerations, or
hypotheses, that, though unprovable, like mimicry itself as
Prof. Poulton had just told us, still similarly enabled us to
form a connected picture of otherwise isolated and even con-
tradictory phenomena. The hypothesis, as applied tochrysippus,
pictured it and dorippus as having in their past history (no
matter which be the older form) frequently crossed with each
other, ‘and as subjected to alternative conditions either by
migration or by change of climate, so that at the present day
an individual, say of chrysippus, had ancestors that were often
pure chrysippus, often pure dorippus, and though it may be
in an area where dorippus does not occur, it still possesses,
inherited in its tissues, the materials for producing under a
suitable change of environment the race dorippus, deeply
recessive though the dorippus inheritance may be—recessive
of course not in any strictly Mendelian sense.
This view of the relation of dimorphic forms to each other
seemed to afford the only possible explanation (not of why,
but) of how melanic races appear in a very few years, on a
change of conditions. A. betularia, when apparently a pure
race, had probably had in its ancestry very many, not only
crosses with doubledayaria, but actual changes from betularia
eee)
to doubledayaria and back again. Such an alternation of
inheritance probably went back not to the beginning of
betularia as a species, but much further, to a time when the
present genus, subfamily, or even family, was represented by
one ancestral species, or even further.
All dimorphic or polymorphic forms might be represented
as two (or more) forms combined together, as dominant
and recessive, the dominance not being conditioned as in
the Mendelian relation purely by inheritance, but by the
environment.
Levana and prorsa had been shown by Mr. Merrifield to
be quite interchangeable at an early larval stage. As the
change of conditions necessary had an annual cycle, there
was the appearance, without the fact, of an alternation of
generations. The regular change however kept each form
ready to appear at once; but in the case of our melanic
forms, or of chrysippus, the changes of environment were not
annual but rather secular, so that in the intervals the form
that is for the moment recessive receded more and more, and
conceivably might be eliminated, but in the result a change of
conditions operated gradually in bringing it to the front again.
That this semi-Mendelian character of dimorphism goes
back far into the ancestry of dimorphic species was clear from
the circumstance that seems fairly obvious, that each form of
a dimorphic (or polymorphic) group is naturally selected apart
from its associate, and (by selection) resents the natural
tendency for the two forms to coalesce by inheritance from
each other. Sexual dimorphism might possibly be the most
ancestral form of dimorphism, and from it other forms might
have arisen. At any rate, it fell in with the same views of
dimorphism that he had attempted to sketch, but which
doubtless would need a long essay to illustrate clearly, and
without which it would not perhaps be easily appreciated
that the same mechanism exists whether the dimorphism be
apparently alternative or secular, whether the distinct forms
occur together in one race or in different localities as different
races, though in the latter instance it might be difficult to say
whether we have a dimorphic species, or two distinct geograph-
ical races either of which should present traces of the common
\
(¢ xr °)
ancestor but not of the other form. The conclusion from
Col. Manders’ experiments therefore was that if chrystppus and
dorippus are geographical races and not dimorphic forms
dorippus is the essential form, if they are dimorphic forms
similar experiments with dorippus should yield specimens with
some definite chrysippus aspect.
Wednesday, March 6th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the
Society :—Messrs. HaroLp Hopce, Chapel Place Mansion, 322,
Oxford Street, W.; SamarenpA Mavuik (Calcutta), c/o
Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate Circus, E.C.; Rotanp T.
Smitu, 54, Osbaldeston Road, Stoke Newington, N.
Exhibitions.
A CoLEOPTERON NEW TO Britain.—Mr. DonistHorPE ex-
hibited a specimen of Catops montivagus, Heer, new to the
British list, taken at Nethy Bridge, on June 27 last, under a
dead squirrel. Also C. tristis, Panz, for comparison, the nearest
species previously known as British.
THREE FAMILIES OF P. DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED FROM
HIPPOCOON, F., FEMALES IN THE LaGos bistricr By W. A.
LamBporn.—Professor Povutton exhibited the first of these
families and a part of the second. He stated that these three
families were the first successful attempt, outside Natal, to
breed P. dardanus from a known female parent. In the
Durban district the form cenea had always predominated in
the female offspring bred from a Aippocoon parent, while in
the Lagos district the female offspring of hippocoon were
themselves always hippocoon in all three families bred by
Mr. Lamborn,—a result which harmonised with the presence
of Amauris niavius, L.,the model of hippocoon, and the absence
on the Nigerian coast of all the other Natalian Danaine
models of the female dardanus, except Danaida chrysippus, L.
( xiii)
The following notes and observations on the three families
of dardanus had been extracted from letters written by Mr.
W. A. Lamborn to Professor Poulton :—
*‘Oni Camp, 70 miles E, of Lagos,
“© Nov. 27, 1911.
“T send all that remains of the female parent of my second
dardanus family, for I took the female Mona with me while I
was doing some gardening, and she ran off when my attention
was occupied and took the butterfly out of its box before I
could get near her. However I expect the fragments will
serve their purpose, and I have quite a good number of larvae.
I am catching all these female dardanus in the same neigh-
bourhood near three native villages close together 1} miles
off. This is doubtless because lime-trees are plentiful there
and not elsewhere in the bush.”
&*Decs-4, V911.
“My visit to Lagos was as usual disastrous from an
entomological point of view ; for most of my Planema larvae
died, 4 new Psychid moths (males) died and were eaten by
ants, and my dardanus males have lost their ‘tails’ and are
otherwise damaged. However all the first family of dardanus
are out, save 3, and all the females are of the hippocoon form.
There are enough undamaged males for show specimens. The
man who volunteered to look after them explained their
damaged condition on the ground that they had emerged and
were flying before he was up in the morning.
“T watched all the others come out. They did so almost
uniformly at about 8 a.m. and were ready, both males and
females, to fly at about 9.30. None came out later in the
day.
‘“‘T am satisfied that the freshly emerged males were more
on the alert against possible danger than the females; for if
one approached, even when the wings were wet and flaccid,
the males dropped down and attempted to crawl away, whereas
the females did not betray alarm.
“The imagos were able to emerge and develop, whatever
the attitude of the pupa. Some having an insufficient girdle
were suspended head down, and two or three were on the floor
of the box,”
( miv )
*¢ Dec. 17, 1911.
‘“*My two other families of P. dardanus are now pupating.
I am disposed to think that the females oviposit more readily
when confined in a large box than when cramped up in a small
one. In common with such other female Papilios as I have
observed ovipositing,—nireus, demodocus, menestheus, and
policenes—they do so while still fluttering on the wing, and I
think that if their movements are hampered, they get
frightened and exhausted by coming into constant contact
with obstacles.
“You will have seen by now the truth of your prophecy
that all females would be hippocoon.
“‘ By the way I find difficulty in getting captive females to
feed, but they will sometimes take weak sugar solution off the
petals of flowers and one fed freely on sugar stirred up in
muddy earth.”
*" Dec. 29, 1910.
“1 notice that the first signs of colour in the pupal wings
are visible at from 7 to 8 p.m. on the day preceding emer-
gence. Changes go on so rapidly that by 9 p.m. it is possible
to determine the sex of the pupa from colour alone, and all
these imagos came out early in the morning like those of the
first family. Before the change in colour the pupa is green
and is so well harmonised with its leafy surroundings that
in cutting off twigs bearing pupae to pin up I accidentally cut
into a pupa which [ had not perceived.
“T imagine that this late appearance of pigment must be
of great value as tending to ensure the safety of the pupa. I
have never found dardanus pupae in natural surroundings, but
I feel sure that when pigment has developed, they must be
ever so much more apparent to enemies.
“ By the way all females so far are hippocoon.”
«Jane 1, LON
** All are hippocoon.”
The Aippocoon female parent of the first family tabulated
below had been captured Oct. 19, 1911, oviposited Oct. 21-23,
and died Oct. 27.
The parent of the second family had been captured Nov. 17,
oviposited Nov, 19-21, and was killed by the Mona Nov, 21.
( xv )
The parent of the third family had been captured Nov. 24,
and was found dead and eaten by ants Nov. 30. Oviposition
was observed Nov. 26.
The dates of emergence of all the offspring and of pupation
of the first family are printed below :—
[
2 No. of
Date of Pupation. | Date of Emergence. 5; me a Q offspring.
} PIE All hippocoon.
| é ie = =
1911, | TM) Ae |
November 17 November 30 5) 2
; 35 18 December 1 3 3
— = Ss » = aes
2 mia eat 2
2 eg en) i 2 3 4
” 20 ” Bh 1
a 20 Ae 3 3
" 24 AF 6 2 1
Totals 15 14
No. of 9 offspring.
Date of Emergence. {| No.of 6 offspring. Ill pencoon.
1911.
December 24
» 25
26
27
28
I
—
>
+e)
-_
=
=
i SS = cc aes So
4 | &3| 8 2) 1/88) | tenes
: ONS} = S | =
= 3 Pseudacraca terra, | 3H 3 ES 3 2 Sue 3 Es Sa
a Se Neave. Re So | S ae 5,2 car
zg |3 Sener yh cs a Geatlleee ee se
3 3 so S | 8 S go i 38
a ae SERIA SIs eal (ie fee Z i
S s | Sh ae
q | x
Dec. 3 | 26 16 206, || Lig 1¢@ 46 1 2 the |195° 259
| 39: first with 3 9: one fiw. sub-
pale, second with with the apical pale
white —sub-apical colour and bar dis-
bar to f.w.: the to a large | tinct: the
second with clear extent the | h.w. basal
trace of brown tri- pattern of | triangle
angle at base of the male. | | faintly in-
h.w. under side. | dicated on
Third 9? has the | under side.
upper surface pat-
tern of the ¢ A.
alciope. Markings
are the pale fulvous
of terra. Pattern
of hw. that of
terra, of f.w. com-
bined terra and ¢
hobleyi. On under
side the white f.w.
bar of 9 hobleyi and
the umber _ basal
triangle of h.w.
are distinct, the
latter remarkably
so.*
Dec. 10| 3 6 29: one with LG Li] 1 Q,simi-|2 ¢
the umber triangle | lar to the
nearly equal to that | above ¢.
ofthe specimen last
mentioned,
Dec. 17| 2 1g 3 9: one \2g19 126 | 2:9 | woe jogs oneeleeaere
with very pale | with the
/nearly white f.w. | uniber tri-
| | bar. | angle re-
| | markably
distinct
and deeply
| tinted.
Totals | 76 |26 89 Da i ese ag [as 4$19 sar9 |s¢ 72
* K. Griinberg, writing on the Lepidoptera of the Sesse Islands in the Victoria Nyanza, describes a
male of this obviously intermediate form as Pseudacraca impleta. In the same paper (Sitzungsber,
d. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Nr. 4, 1910) Planema macarista, E. M. Sharpe, is redescribed as vendita
and Pseudacraca hobleyi, Neave, identified as Ps. togoensis, Bartel.—E. B. P. ;
(sae °)
Professor Pounron pointed out that the specimens captured
on Dec. 3, 10, and 17 confirmed the conclusions derived
from a study of Dr. Carpenter’s earlier captures in the same
island (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, pp. xci-xev). Although Dr.
Carpenter had found that the Planema models were more
abundant in the central forest area of Damba Island, yet even
here all except Planema paragea were outnumbered in his
collection by the respective mimetic forms of Pseudacraea.
The proportions of these mimetic forms differed, as they did
in the jungle, from those of the mainland only twenty miles
away ; while on the island, in the forest as well as in the
jungle, transitional forms were far more numerous as well
as more truly intermediate than on the mainland. It was
also noteworthy that out of four female Ps. hobleyi one
should have borne the colouring of the male. The examples
of Pl. paragea were all dark forms with the pale markings
greatly reduced.
BaARONIA BREVICORNIS, Satv.—Mr. A. E. Grpps exhibited two
specimens of the scarce butterfly Baronia brevicornis, aud read
the following note :—
“In our Transactions for 1893 the late Mr. Salvin de-
scribed a butterfly which had been captured in Mexico. To
receive it he erected a new genus which he called Baronia
after the captor of the insect, Mr. O. T. Baron. It belongs
to the Papilionidae, but is distinguished by its short antennae
and peculiar neuration from Papilio. It seems to come nearest
to Parnassius The insect was figured and again described
by Mr. F. Du Cane Godman in the Supplement to the Rhopa-
locera in Biologia Centrali Americana. It is also figured by Seitz
in the volume on American butterflies now in course of pub-
lication, and Dr. Jordan who writes the text says: ‘Mr. O. T.
Baron discovered this peculiar insect in the neighbourhood
of the town of Chilpancingo, recently destroyed by an earth-
quake, where the butterflies were flying in June and July, at
a height of 4,500 ft. He only took five specimens which are
in the collections of Godman, Rothschild, and the Californian
Academy.’
‘*T have recently acquired a pair from the same locality as
the Salvin type specimens come from—the Sierra Madre district
of Mexico —at an elevation of 1,000 metres—and as the insect
( any)
seems to be rather rare in collections I thought they might
be of interest to-night.”
ABERRATIONS OF CENTRAL EuropEAN Ru#opaLocerRa.—Mr.
Doveias Pearson exhibited a drawer of aberrations of the
genera Melitaea and Hrebia, amongst which were some striking
forms of Z. stygne, EL. ceto, and M. varia, as well as a remark-
ably variegated 9 of MW. aurelia, generally speaking the most
constant of the group.
A New Susorper or DErMAPTERA.—Dr. JorDAN exhibited
on behalf of Dr. Matcotm Burr, a pair of Avixenia n. sp.,
found in vast numbers in a cave in Java, on bats’ guano.
These creatures are remarkable in that they differ in several
essential features from the true earwigs, so that it has been
necessary to form a new suborder for their reception. The only
other known species was found in the gular pouch of a flying
fox, but itis not certain that they are parasites.
DIFFERENCE OF Foop anp HABIT IN CLOSELY RELATED Saw-
FLIES.—The PresipENt drew attention to a note in the Zeit-
schrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insekten-biologie by Dr. E. Enslin, on
closely related species of sawflies one of which was partheno-
genetic and the other not. He said that Croesus varus and
latipes have very similar yet distinguishable imagines, but
quite different larvae, and live on different plants; the larvae
of varus is green and lives on alder, that of latipes is black
and lives on birch. Von Rossum reared varus imagines (all
2?) from alder, which produced a parthenogenetic next
brood of larvae. These were fed on birch and became brown,
and the resulting imagines showed a tendency to the coloration
of latipes. The ¢ of varus is almost if not quite unknown,
that of latipes is not rare. Von Rossum suggests that varus
and latipes may be races of one species varying in characters
according to their diet in the larval stage. It is curious that
very many saw-fly larvae feeding on alder are almost exclu-
sively known in the ? sex, while closely similar species living
on birch (when bred artificially ) always produce numerous males.
A discussion on the effects of food arose, in which Messrs.
WATERHOUSE, CockayNE and Fenn took part. Dr. CHapman
observed that among the Psychids there are several cases of
closely related forms, perhaps of the same species, of which
(sexy -)
one is parthenogenetic and the other (usually the more
southern) is not so.
Wednesday, March 20th, 1912.
Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the Society :
—Messrs. T. W. Auten, M.A., 30, Blenheim Gardens, Crickle-
wood, N.W.; Epwarp Sruart AvcusTINeE Bayness, 120,
Warwick Street, Eccleston Square, 8.W.; Greratp Beprorp,
Entomologist to the Union of South Africa, Dept. of
Veterinary Science, Churchfelles, Horley, and Ondestepoort,
Transvaal; Capt. Kenneth ALAN CrawrorpD Dore, R.A.M.C.,
M.R.CS., F.R.C.P., Villa Sorrento, York Road, Woking ;
Messrs. Herpert L. Earu, 35, Leicester Street, Southport,
Lanes.; C. Jemmett, Ashford, Kent, and South-Eastern
Agricultural College, Wye, Kent; R. D’A. Morrett,
Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall Court, S.W.; CHartes A.
Scuunck, Ewelme, Wallingford.
Notice from Natural History Museum.
The Rev. G. WurtteR, one of the Secretaries, read a letter
received from the Natural History Museum, 8. Kensington,
announcing officially that the Boundaries had been now fixed
in accordance with the settlement of 1899.
Decease of a Fellow.
The death was announced of Mr. H. J. ApAms, of Roseneath,
Enfield.
Exhibitions.
A CoLEoPTERON NEW TO Brirain.—Commander J. J.
Waker exhibited specimens of Claviger longicornis, Miill.
(with C. testaceus, Preyssl., for comparison), a species of
Coleoptera new to the British list. They were taken under
stones near Kirtlington, Oxfordshire, in May, 1906, and April,
1907, in nests of a small black ant of a species not determined,
but suggested by Mr. Donisthorpe to be possibly Lasius
umbratus, Nye.
(hr saevi. )
Ants AND Dipterous Larvar.—Mr. DonistHorPE exhibited
specimens of J/tcrodon mutabilis bred in his observation nest
of Formica fusca from Porlock, also the nest itself with the
ants anda live larva of Microdon taken at Porlock, April
27th, 1911, and pupa cases and lavae of the fly in spirit. He
explained the food of the larvae which was unknown heretofore,
and gave some account of the life history; he also showed a
map of its distribution in Britain.
Mr. W. C. Crawtety said that he had found one larva in a
nest of Myrmica ruginodis instead of the usual host Formica
fusca. This larva, which was only one-third grown when
found, lived from April to August inclusive and reached full
size. It was then attacked by the ants when its underside
was exposed, and devoured by them.
LEPIDOPTERA WITH THE ‘‘NEPTIS” PATTERN, COLLECTED BY
C. A. WigGiIns NEAR ENTEBBE IN 1909.—Professor PouLTon
exhibited 120 of the 130 insects in the following list—10
examples of V. ophione having been omitted for the sake of
convenience. The exhibit had been arranged by Professor
Poulton and Mr. C. A. Wiggins, during his visit to England
in 1911. All the specimens had been captured in forests
within a few miles of Entebbe, between May 23 and July 25,
1909. The captures were indiscriminate, so that the following
list gives a fair idea of the true proportions in the period
under review.
Neptidopsis ophione, Cram. . ; s Sc)
Neptis melicerta, Drury 30
,, agatha, Stoll 11
» metella, Dbl.Hew. vs
» mecomedes, Hew., var. eres Wee 5
» nemetes, Hew. 2
» saclava, Boisd. 2
» nysiades, Hew., ab. Ee, Holl. 2
» puella, Auriv. 1
Deilemera leuconoe, Hopf. 14
ES transitella, Strand 1
Total 130
Professor Pounton said that the most astonishing thing
Ci mevil * |)
about the list was the predominance of the WNeptis-like
Euryteline, WV. ophione. Considering the overwhelming
numerical superiority over all the species of Neptis except
and this contributed but little over half the
number of ophione—together with the existence in Hayti of
an allied Euryteline with a somewhat similar pattern, Pro-
fessor Poulton, in opposition to his former view (Trans. Ent.
Soc., 1902, p. 468), was inclined to think that the patterns of
African species of Meptis had been influenced by NVeptidopsis.
There was no doubt about the resemblance between the two
genera on the wing. In support of this conclusion Professor
Poulton exhibited a specimen of ophione taken by Mr. C. F. M.
Swynnerton, April 18, 1911, on the outskirts of Chirinda
Forest (3,800 ft.), in South-east Rhodesia. The “paper” bore
the note “Taken for V. saclava on the wing. Mistake not
discovered till in the net.—C. F.M.8.” Mr. W. A. Lamborn
had also written as follows on the same subject :—
melicerta
“*Oni Camp, Sept. 19, 1911.
‘“When writing of WVeptis last week I might have said
that I always find it difficult to distinguish large forms on
the wing from Veptidopsis, and I still catch Veptidopsis under
the impression that it is Veptis, from time to time. Both
have the same floating and apparently leisurely flight, but
it is quicker than one thinks, and I find both equally elusive
and difficult to catch.”
Comparing the patterns of the species in this combination
from Entebbe, at first sight, agatha appeared to present the
nearest approach to ophione. On the other hand, the mark-
ings of agatha differed in their purer white from those of
ophione, which were faintly tinged with yellow, as in saclava,
nemetes, and other species of Neptis. The two first-named
species, especially saclava, also resembled ophione in the
prominence of the black submarginal markings on both
surfaces of the hind wings (see also above). Among the
other species, metella was an evident mimic of melicerta,
although an even closer one of those species of Meptis—
unrepresented in the exhibit—in which the white stripe
running through the fore wing cell was continuous, and not,
(- mxvail °)
as in melicerta, divided at its distal extremity. There could
be no reasonable doubt that metella was a mimic. To one
unfamiliar with the species, it was a great surprise to see
the under surface for the first time, and then to realise that
the pattern of the upper side had given an entirely false
impression of affinity. The three remaining species, nico-
medes, nysiades ab. continuata, and puella, were closely similar,
and would be indistinguishable upon the wing. The two
Hypsid moths presented a rough approximation to the pattern
of agatha.
NeEptTis SWYNNERTONI, A NEW SPECIES FROM S.E. RHODESIA
—Professor Poutton exhibited the male and female types,
described below by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.8., together with
a specimen captured in the garden at Chirinda (3,800 ft.)
on March 28, 1911, by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton. The
‘paper ” bore the note ‘‘continually settling on the ground.—
C.F.M.S.” Two specimens of the closely allied .V. incongrua,
Butler, captured by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers on Feb. 16,
1911, at Chawia, British East Africa (5,000 ft.), were also
exhibited, so that they might be compared with the new
form from the south. The far narrower bar of the hind wing
of incongrua, together with the much smaller size of the
principal fore wing marking, at once served to distinguish
the two forms.
** Neptis swynnertoni, sp. nov. A near ally of V. incongrua,
Butl.* Exp. al.( 3d) 1" 8"; (9) 2” OL". Brownish-black,
with pure-white markings.
‘©. Fore wing : Four minute spots in discoidal cell and three
extra-cellular ones beyond its extremity, disposed as in incon-
grua; in the interrupted discal series of spots of unequal
size—the first (minute subcostal) spot is wanting, the second
is smaller and narrower, but the third larger and rounder
than in incongrua; the fourth and fifth are very much
enlarged and confluent into a single conspicuous oblique
elongate marking bisected by second median nervule; the
* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 112, pt. VI, f. 2(¢), and p. 826.
This species was originally described from Nyassaland (é g) examples,
but has since been found in British East Africa, two examples in the
Hope Department having been taken by Rev. K. St. A. Rogers at Taita
and Tuso (Kikuyu Co.) respectively (see also above).—R. T.
() =aEx **)
sixth is wanting; and the seventh (on inner margin) is very
much smaller and not so sharply defined. Hind wing: median
band considerably broader—especially in its median part—
its inner edge much nearer to base, and curved instead of
almost straight, and its first (subcostal) spot wanting. Cilia
in both wings white between nervules. UNpERsIDE.—Warm
ferruginous-brown, of a redder tint than in incongrua, with
the fuscous neuration and linear internervular streaks more
pronounced ; white markings as on upperside, but discocellular
and subcostal spots larger in the fore wing, where the inner
marginal subcellular area is shining grey, much more glossy
than in incongrua.
«0, Like ¢, but with all white markings larger, and the
first spot of discal series—subcostal, small, and sublinear in
fore wing, but of moderate size and conspicuous in hind wing
—present as in incongrua. UNDERSIDE.—Ground-colour paler
and brighter than in 6, with an ochreous-yellow tinge ;
white markings as on upperside,
“The differences pointed out, and especially the large oblique
medio-discal single marking formed in the fore wing by the
enlargement and complete union of the two largest spots of
the discal series, and the much broader and somewhat un-
evenly curved (instead of straight) band in the hind wing,
give this form a thoroughly distinct aspect from that of J.
incongrua, and to a considerable extent approximate it in
pattern, as far as the upperside is concerned, to WV. mampessa,
Hopff. [= saclava, Boisd.], a congener of very wide Ethiopian
range; but the similarity does not extend to the hind-
marginal areas, which in swynnertoni (as in incongrua) are
of the simple unvaried black of the ground-colour, but in mar-
pessa are marked with a series of darker spots succeeded by
two series of indistinct whitish lunules. As regards the
underside, swynnertont and incongrua differ widely both from
marpessa and from the rather numerous African group repre-
sented by WV. agatha, Cram., in the complete want (except in
the case of the minute discocellular and subcostal spots of the
fore wing) of the numerous and elaborate minor paler and
darker markings, and also in the rufous—or ferruginous—
ochreous ground-colour ; in both which respects, but especially
(morse, -)
in the latter, the two forms under notice, together with JV.
exaleuca, Karsch,* from Camaroon, and WV. woodwardi, KE. M.
Sharpe,j from British East Africa, constitute a section apart
from the other known Ethiopian ones, and approaching the
group represented by the well-known Palaearctic species J.
lucilla, Fab., ranging from Central Europe to Japan. It is
remarkable that of these four forms, the extreme West
African species, V. exaleuca, is, in the shape, disposition, and
longitudinal extension of the markings, more like than any
of the others to NV. lucilla.
“The g and 9? of the new form here described were presented
to the Hope Department by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who
kindly informs me that both were taken—the 9 by himself,
and the 6 by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton—in a remarkable
isolated patch of heavy forest on the top of Mt. Chirinda
(about 4,500 ft.), in the Melsetter District (formerly known
as ‘Gaza-land’) in 8.E. Rhodesia, situated quite close to the
Portuguese border and about 150 miles by road south of
Umtali. The 3d was captured in March, and the 9 on,18th
October, 1905.
‘“‘Tt is a pleasure to associate with this interesting new form
the name of Mr. Swynnerton, a naturalist who is a fellow-
worker with Mr. Marshall in the richly productive region of
Rhodesia.
“There is an obvious similarity between the narrow-banded
NV. incongrua and the common Hurytela hiarbas, Drury, § a
* Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxxix, p. 10, f. 5 (1894).
+ Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. (7), iii, p. 243 (1899).
t Since the above was written the Hope Department has received from
Mr. Swynnerton 3 6 g and 2 @ 9, taken in the same locality, but at a
lower elevation, viz. 3,800 ft. The dates of capture of the 6 ¢ are
noted as respectively 1st to 6th March, 5th April, and 10th April, 1907,
and of the @ @ respectively as 25th March and 13th April, 1907. These
additional examples of both sexes agree very closely on both surfaces of
the wings with the individuals above described—the only noticeable
difference being in the smaller size of the inner-marginal white spot on
the upperside of the fore wings. As regards size, however, the three g 6
have a rather larger expanse of wings, viz. 19-103’, and one of the
? 9 arather smaller expanse, viz. 1’ 113’”.—R. T.
§ This resemblance was pointed out by Rey. K. St. Aubyn Rogers in
Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908, p. 507. It is worthy of remark that the eastern
and southern hiarbas bear a much narrower white bar than the western.
Although the Entebbe specimens are western in character, as in so many
other species, the forms of hiarbas from the parts of British East Africa
(\aeesh }
Nymphaline of a group not remote from that represented by
the genus Weptis. £. hiarbas has a very wide Ethiopian
range; and, as I have noted in ‘South-African Butterflies’
(I, pp. 260 and 270), it and the two commoner species of
Neptis occurring in the same districts of South Africa, have
much the same flight and habits, hovering rather slowly about
the lower trees and shrubs, and often settling—the Hurytela
being more partial to the stems and the Neptzs to the leaves.
I also called attention (op. cit., p. 258) to the much closer
resemblance existing between the Tropical-African Hurytela
(Neptidopsis) ophione, Cram., and Neptis melicerta, Drury ;*
and in view of the mimetic relations which probably obtain
between the two genera, it is interesting to bear in mind that
Mr. Marshall some years ago found some evidence of the
distastefulness of the conspicuous JV. agatha. +
R. TRIMEN.”
Two AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE DANAINE GENUS TIRUMALA
(MetinpA) as Mopets, anD oNE AS A Muimic.—Professor
Poutton «exhibited 7. formosa, Godman, and its mimic
Papilio rex, Oberth., from the Kikuyu Escarpment, near
Nairobi, British East Africa; the same Danaine, and the
transitional Papilio commixta, Auriv., from Nyangori, at
the N.E. corner of the Victoria Nyanza; 7. mercedonia,
Karsch,.and Papilio mimeticus, Rothsch, from Buddu on the
W. shore of the lake; and 7’. morgeni, Honrath, with three
of its Amauris models—psyttalea, Plétz, hecate, Butler, and
an undetermined species, probably new, from the Cameroons.
The specimens of formosa, mercedonia, and their models were
those figured in Plates XI and XII accompanying Mr. S. A.
Neave’s paper in Ent. Soc. Trans., 1906, p. 207, and it was
where Neptis incongrua was taken by Mr. St. Aubyn Rogers, are thoroughly
eastern in the narrowness of the bar. Chirinda is remarkable in the
possession of a local form of hiarbas in which the bar is again broader,
approaching, although without equalling, the western type. MW. swyn-
nertont is, at the same time, distinguished from N. incongrua by its
broader white markings. The western affinity of other Chirinda forms
has been observed by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall.—E. B. P.
* See, however, p.xxvii, where other species of Meptis are associated
with Neptidopsis. The stripe running through the fore wing cell of
melicerta appears to separate its pattern from that of ophione.—K. B. P.
+ Trans. Ent. Soe, Lond., 1902, pp. 384, 386, 387.
(xan)
explained that, in the Hope Department, figured specimens
illustrating the problems of bionomics were as far as possible
always arranged side by side with copies of the respective
plates. Professor Poulton said that, although the examples
were well known, he had ventured to exhibit them, because
the bionomic history of the three African species of the
Oriental genus Zirwmala, had never been so completely
illustrated as in the drawer which he had brought to the
meeting. There was something arresting in the sight of the
actual species with their mimics and models, which was
inevitably lost in descriptions and figures, however good. He
drew attention to the fact that the deep reddish-brown
colour of mercedonia was preserved, but little darkened, on
that part of the under surface of the fore wing of morgeni
which is covered by the hind wing in the attitude of rest,
although elsewhere, on all visible parts of both surfaces, the
tint had so far deepened as to present the closest likeness to
the Amauris models. The pattern of the undetermined
species of Amawris was more closely resembled than that of
any other, although, in the form of the fore wings, hecate
appeared to be the principal model. Professor Poulton
pointed out that Zirwmala passed from the condition of a
model to that of a mimic at the point where it had left its
original country furthest behind, and had penetrated most
deeply into the area where the black and white species of
Amauris were dominant.
A LARGE LEPIDOPTEROUS PUPA, PROBABLY LYCAENID, FOUND
IN THE LEAF-NEST OF OECOPHYLLA, IN THE LAGOS DISTRICT.—
Professor Poutton exhibited the pupal shell and the dead
pupa referred to by Mr. W. A. Lamborn in the following
note upon the tree-ant Oecophylla smaragdina, F., race
longinoda, Latr. Both pupae, which were evidently of the
same species, were attached to the leaf by an expanded sucker-
like base, similar to that of a much smaller pupa found in
March, 1910, by Mr. Lamborn on the under side of a leaf 3 ft.
from the ground, in the forest, 1} miles E. of Oni. This
pupa produced, on March 11, 1910,a male Argiolaus, of which
the species has not as yet been identified. This specimen and
its pupal shell were also exhibited.
(, seexigt ~)
‘*Oni Camp, Feb. 10, 1912.
‘‘T have seen the ants using their larvae to weave silk in
the manner described by Mr. H. N. Ridley, F.R.S., at Singa_
pore (1890). They grip them dorsally and carry them to and
fro, applying the larval mouth-parts to various points to fix
the silk.
“ When slightly alarmed these ants quiver violently so as
to produce a rustling sound on leaves, and when still more
alarmed the abdomen is uplifted and a drop of fluid is ejected
to a distance of 5 or 6 inches.
«19/2/12.
“The ants are not thriving in captivity, and, as many of
their larvae have died, I decided to ‘board out’ my Lepido-
pterous larvae all in one large nest. On opening one up
last night, I found remains of a pupal shell and one large
pupa dead—undoubtedly Lycaenid I should think from its
resemblance to one sent last year. I am, however, puzzled
on account of its large size; for I do not call to mind any
Lycaenids large enough to correspond with the pupa, and if
the larvae in my possession are of the same species, they cannot
be a quarter grown. I send this dead pupa. The silk at the
edge of the leaf bound it to the ants’ nest.”
The larvae referred to above were found by Mr. Lamborn
in the leaf-nests of Oecophylla. Their form and habits were
very remarkable, and Professor Poulton hoped to bring Mr.
Lamborn’s account before the Society when the imagines have
been bred and identified.
THE SLUGGISHNESS OF Two W. Arrican LYCABNIDAE OF
THE GENERA EpiroLa anD HewitTsonta.—Professor Poutton
exhibited the three largest Lycaenidae captured by Mr. W. A.
Lamborn, and suggested that the undetermined pupae in the
nest of Oecophylla might possibly belong to one of them. He
pointed out, however, that all three were placed among the
Lipteninae, while the problematical pupa bore much resem-
blance to a smaller one which produced an imago of the genus
Argiolaus, belonging to the Lycaeninae. The three large species
were Eypitola honorius, F., male and female, Z. posthumus, F.,
male, and Hewitsonia boisduvali, Hew., male and female.
PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., 1. 1912. c
(. xara: ©.)
Mr. Lamborn’s notes on the two females showed a remarkable
degree of sluggishness.
Epitola honorius, F., female. ‘ Observed 5 p.m. Jan. 18,
1912, feeding on secretion of Homoptera on green stem near
Oni clearing ; seen again at same spot on Jan. 19, about
8 a.m. and 3.30 p.m., and at the same hours on Jan. 20 and
21. Captured 3.30 p.m. Jan, 21.”
Hewitsonia boisduvali, Hew., female. ‘This particular
insect observed on twig, 1 mile E. of Oni, Oct. 21, 1911,
feeding. It was seen each day in precisely the same position
up to Oct. 26, when I took it, It was identified by the
damage to the hind wings. The twig on which it was feeding
bore a number of Homopterous insects, most of which fell off
when I took the butterfly, but two remain on the twig now
sent.”
The twig, still bearing the two Homoptera, was exhibited
with the butterflies. The specimen of honorius was perfect,
while both hind wings of boisdwvali were symmetrically torn.
It was evident that the closed wings had been seized at the
anal angle, and a wide and deep notch, ending in a narrow
chink, cut in each of them. The form of the chink seemed to
be inexplicable except on the supposition that the injury had
been inflicted by the beak of a bird.
The remarkable sluggishness of these immense Lycaenids
suggested strongly that they were specially protected, and
that the under surface of honorius—beautifully mimetic of
Planema—was to be explained on the Miillerian hypothesis.
The same conclusion was supported by the extraordinary
under surface of H. boisduvali, and by the position of the
butterflies on twigs and stems, Although not specially
referred to in these cases, Mr. Lamborn had frequently spoken
of the striking conspicuousness of the Lipteninae when fol-
lowing their characteristic habit of feeding—probably always
on the secretions of Homoptera—in an~exposed position on
twigs, etc. Professor Poulton had suggested that the Lipte-
ninae were a specially protected group in Trans. Ent. Soc.,
1902, p. 500.
AMAURIS EGIALEA STROKING THE BRANDS OF THE HIND WINGS
WITH ITS ANAL TUFTS.-—Professor PouLTon exhibited a male
( texxy )
Am. egialea, Cram., recently received from Mr. W. A. Lamborn.
The ‘“ paper ” enclosing the specimen bore the following note :—
“8am. Half mile [from Oni clearing]; Jan. 30, 1912.
Observed flying up and down. It then settled on upper
surface of leaf and started to pass its brushes to and fro over
its scent-patches, exactly as Amauris niavius did. Wings
were rather over-flexed.”
The latter statement was illustrated by a diagrammatic
section which showed that the hind or outer margins of both
wings were in contact with the surface of the leaf and thus
below the level of the body. The observation was a most
interesting confirmation of the conclusions to be inferred
from Mr. Lamborn’s earlier account of the behaviour of
Am. niavius, L. (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, pp. xlvi, xlvii). Together
with Mr, Lamborn’s specimen, was exhibited a male of Am.
egialea in which the brands of both hind wings had been
entirely eaten out by ants, and a male of Am. niavius in
which the right brand had been partially eaten. The injury
was probably inflicted on the dead specimens by house ants.
The egialea had been previously exhibited to the Society
(Proceedings, 1907, p. x), but in view of this recent observa-
tion it was thought well to show it again.
These observations on the relationship between the anal
brushes of male Danainae and the brands on their hind wings,
were confirmatory of Fritz Miiller’s remarkable inference,
published in the year 1877 (‘‘ Butterfly-hunting in many
Lands.” G. B. Longstaff, 1912, p. 619).
Dr. F, A. Drxry said that among Professor Poulton’s series
of exhibits, that illustrating Dr. Lamborn’s valuable observa-
tion on Amauris egialea, confirming as it did a previous obser-
vation by the same naturalist, had for him a special interest.
It was well known that the scent-distributing apparatus in
Rhopalocera took the form sometimes of specialised scales
scattered broadcast over the surface of the wings, as in many
Pierines and Lycaenids ; sometimes of scales or hairs collected
into definite patches, as in other Pierines and in the sub-
family to which Dr. Lamborn’s Amauris belonged. That the
patch near the costa of the hind wing in Colias edusa was
really a scent-patch, the speaker knew from personal obser-
CZ
( xvi’)
vation. In certain Pierines, as for instance Catopsilia jflorella,
in addition to a Colzas-like patch on the hind wing, there
existed a tuft or fringe of hair-like scales near the inner edge
of the fore wing. The close proximity of the latter to the
former structure suggested that it might be used in some
such way as the terminal tuft of the butterfly exhibited by
Professor Poulton. The speaker had observed, as mentioned
in his Presidential Address in 1910, that the scent-patches in
Pierines were furnished with a special distribution of tracheae.
The ultimate branches of these were difficult to trace, but in
some instances they appeared to have an unmistakable con-
nection with the sockets by which the scent-scales were
articulated with the membrane of the wing. He thought at
the time that he was the first to observe this peculiar con-
nection of tracheae with the scent-patch, but had since found
that he had been anticipated by Fritz Miiller, who saw every-
thing. Lt.-Col. Manders had also noticed it, though his
observations on the point were at present unpublished. Dr.
Dixey went on to say that he had put forward the suggestion
that by the means of this tracheal supply, the products of the
special secreting cells which had been observed (though not in
actual connection with the scales of a scent-patch) by Weis-
mann, Giinther and others, might be propelled, as it were by
a vis a tergo, into the scent-scale, and so, in a volatilised
condition, into the outer air. In many cases of isolated
scent-scales furnished with a proximal disc, an evident aper-
ture existed in that part of the dise which was included in
the socket. Through this the interior of the scale might be
put into communication with the secretory apparatus lodged
in the membrane of the wing. In these cases the escape of
the odour into the open air doubtless took place through the
distal fimbriae with which scales of this type were usually
provided ; but Dr. Lamborn’s observation suggested that the
anal tufts acted as mechanical dispersers of an odour produced
elsewhere, rather than as themselves directly connected with
a secretory apparatus. The fact that-in Catopsilia not only the
Colias-like patch, but also the tuft or fringe, possessed a special
supply of tracheal branches, seemed adverse to the idea that the
fringe, in this instance, acted as a mere scent-sprinkler ; that
( :exxvit }
is, if the speaker’s interpretation of the presence of tracheae
were correct. It would be interesting, in view of Dr. Lam-
born’s observations, to know whether the anal tufts in Amauris
were in connection with any secreting cells or other similar
apparatus, Jor this purpose no information could be expected
from dried specimens, and it would be most desirable to have
fresh material treated with proper reagents on the spot, and
so sent home in a condition fitted for microscopic examination. *
Professor Krtioce of California, who was present as a
visitor, called attention, in connection with Dr. Dixey’s
remarks, to a paper by Mr. B. Thomas, of Cornell University,
on the scent-glands in the wings of butterflies. In this paper
Mr. Thomas described certain unicellular glands at the base
of the androconia, which presumably could be interpreted as
the producers of the scent-stuff given off by the androconia.
Professor Kellogg added that in sections of wings made by
himself he had noticed similar glands. It would be difficult
to prove the actual continuity of the glands and scales,
because of the peculiar mode of attachment of the scales to
the wings, viz. by the insertion of a bulb-like expansion of
the pedicel of the scale into a small pocket or cup in the
membrane, the base of the scale and the membrane being
quite discontinuous.
Dr. Drxey, in thanking Professor Kellogg for his interest-
ing observations, observed that the expansion of the pedicel
was not really a bulb, but a disc.
Wednesday, April 3rd, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the
Society :—Mr. Henry Hacker, Queensland Museum, Bowen
Bridge Road, Brisbane, Queensland; Mr. Cyrrt, ENGELHART
Latour, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies ; Signor
OrAzI0 QuERcI, Macerata, Marche, Italy.
* Many of these points were more fully dealt with in Dr. Dixey’s
Presidential Address of 1910. [Ep.]
(| xxxviii )
Appointment of Delegates.
At the request of the President, the Rev. G. WHEELER
announced that the Council had been invited to elect Delegates
to represent the Society at various functions, and that the
following had been elected :—for the Centenary Celebration of
the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Professor
Comstock and Dr. Houtianp; Professor FERNALD, who had
also been elected, was unable to attend ; for the First Eugenic
Congress, in July, Professor Barrson ; for the 250th Anni-
versary of the Royal Society, in July, the PresipEnt ; for the
International Congress of Entomology, in August, the Prest-
DENT, the Rev. G. WHEELER, Secretary, and Messrs. G. T.
Beruunet-Baker, H. Rownanp-Brown, and the Hon. W.
RovHscHILp.
Exhibition.
Parasites ON A Parasite.—Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baker ex-
hibited a specimen of Cyclopodia hopei, Westw., a parasite on
the Indian Flying-fox; this was itself parasitised by an
Acarid of the genus Gamasus, there being no less than 17 of
this small species on one specimen of C’. hopet.
Discussion on Nomenclature.
There being no other exhibits and no papers to be read, the
PreEsIDENT said that he thought it would be a good opportunity
to discuss the important subject of Nomenclature, and asked
Mr. Durrant to give an account of certain generic names pro-
posed by the late Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy for Hemiptera, to take
the place of other pre-occupied names. Mr. Durrant gave
them to the President to read, which he did amidst much
laughter, the names, though disguised under such Greek-
looking forms as Ochisme, Marichisme, etc., being in reality
merely composed of the words ‘‘ Florry kiss me,” ‘ Peggy
kiss me,” and so forth. The President observed that such
names were impossible of acceptance, and merely tended to
make Entomological nomenclature the laughing-stock of the
scientific world. He feared also that if the strict law of
Priority were to be insisted upon in names, it might soon be
also in anatomical and kindred nomenclature ; he mentioned a
(seer)
recent publication in which insects were divided into groups
having two calcaria and one calcaria(!), and in which such
expressions as “ metapostscutum,” ‘“‘metaepimeron,” etc., were
employed, and said that it was monstrous that educated
persons should for ever be bound by such forms of words,
simply because the original giver of the names did not know
what he was talking about. At the same time he counselled
patience, saying that we could not expect in one generation to
arrive at a permanent solution of so difficult a problem.
Mr. J. H. Durrant concurred with the President in the
absolute impossibility of accepting such names; he then
spoke of Mr. Kearfott’s nonsense alphabets, bana, cana,
dana, ete., ete., and congratulated Mr. Meyrick on his valiant
attempt to dispose of them at a stroke.
The Rev. G. WHEELER said that it was a relief to hear two
such eminent Entomologists agree that the laws of Priority
must not over-ride everything. He said that while he
admired and sympathised with Mr. Meyrick’s attempt,
published in the Hntomologist’s Monthly Magazine, he teared
it was beyond the power of any individual to reject a series
of names of this kind, and said that he intended, unless some
one else was already going to do so, to move at the coming
International Congress for the appointment of a permanent
International Committee, such as Mr. Turner had already
advocated before the Society, who should have power to deal
with the question, and to whom all names should be submitted
before they were held to have achieved publication.
Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baxker, though strongly upholding the
law of Priority on all ordinary occasions, was quite in favour
of the idea of such a Committee, who should have power to
alter the International Code if necessary.
Mr. C. O, WATERHOUSE gave, as an instance of the fatuity of
adhering too strictly to the law of Priority, Meigen’s paper on
Diptera, dated 1800, of which only three copies were known
to exist, which had remained unknown for more than a century,
and which would, if followed, change some of the most universally
employed names in the Order. Meigen had written much on
the Diptera later, and had never referred to this paper, which
it was in fact probable that he had wished to suppress, the
( xl )
three known copies having escaped suppression. Some German
writers had accepted this paper, which would, if the example
were followed, necessitate remembering a double set of names.
Mr. W. J. Kaye thought that Entomologists owed a certain
amount of gratitude to Mr. Kearfott and Mr. Kirkaldy,
because but for their reductio ad absurdum nothing definite
would ever have been done in the matter. He was of opinion
that an International Committee would be unworkable, and
considered that a British Committee would be sufficient,
leaving other nations to form their own.
The Presipent, Mr. Beraune-BAKkER and Mr. Durrant
pointed out, from different points of view, that no arrange-
ment which was not international would have any chance of
permanence. Mr. Durrant also remarked with regard to
Meigen’s paper on Diptera, that it was really unintelligible,
except in the light of his later writings, no species having
been mentioned in his genera, and on that account, if on no
other, it ought not to have been accepted.
Mr. A. Sicn, reverting to Mr. Kaye’s proposal, suggested
the possibility of an International Committee, with National
sub-committees, who should deal with questions arising in
their own country.
Mr. A. E. Cockayne pointed out a difficulty as to what
could be done when a native of one country discovered and
named a new species in another country. Which sub-
committee should exercise control ?
Mr. W. E. Suarp propounded a further difficulty, viz. that
the validity of a name might involve the validity of a species,
and asked Mr. Wheeler or Mr. Turner to explain how it was
proposed to deal with this much wider question.
The Rev. G. WHEELER replied that he would not propose to
deal with it at all; that such a Committee as he advocated
would deal with nomenclature pure and simple, leaving the
responsibility for the validity of the species with the specialists
as at present. He added that if Mr. Sich’s suggestion were
adopted, Mr. Cockayne’s difficulty could easily be met by a
hard and fast rule, in whichever direction the International
Committee thought well.
Mr. H. J. Turner said that it would be wiser, at first at
oS
(ae)
any rate, to narrow the field of operation of the Committee as
much as possible consistently with efficiency.
Dr. T. A. CHapman suggested that reference might be made
to the Committee only in those cases where a name was
challenged. He went on to refer to the suggestion which
M. Oberthiir proposed making at the Congress, that no name
should be held valid unless accompanied by a gocd figure.
While fully recognising the importance of a good figure, he
held that such a setting aside of generally accepted names was
out of the question.
Mr. G. T. Beraune-Baker fully agreed with Dr. Chapman
on this question, and pointed out that the acceptance of this
proposal would entail the sweeping away of a vast proportion
of recognised nomenclature.
Mr. J. H. Durrant observed that the main point really
resolved itself into the question ‘‘ What is a name?”
The PResiDENT suggested that the question should be re-
opened at the June meeting, with a view to some definite
step being taken by the Society.
Mr. TuRNER proposed that a small Committee be appointed
to consider the subject of Nomenclature and report to the
June meeting, with a view to the coming International Con-
gress. This was seconded by Mr. A. E. Gipps, and carried
nem. con.
The following Fellows were proposed as forming the Com-
mittee, and the names being put from the Chair were
unanimously accepted:—Mr. G. T. Beruune-Baxer, Dr.
T. A. CHapman, Messrs. J. H. Durrant, H. J. Turner,
C. O. WatTrrHousE and Rev. G. WHEELER, with power to add
to their number.
Wednesday, May Ist, 1912.
Mr. A. H. Jones, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
The Rev. E. Aprran Wooprurre-Peracock, F.LS., F.G.S.
Cadney Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire, was elected a Fellow
of the Society.
(eel 1)
The Seal.
In accordance with the vote of the Council, the CHArrRMAN
announced that impressions of the Seal of the Society in wax
could be obtained by Fellows at a cost of half a guinea.
Exhibitions.
ABERRATIONS IN AGLAIS URTICAE, VAR. ICHNUSA.—Mr. A. H.
Jones exhibited three examples of Aglais urticae, var. ichnusa,
out of about 100 bred specimens from larvae found in Corsica,
showing the absence of scales in the centre of the wings,
where the central spots are present in the type. These spots
appeared also in one only of the Corsican examples.
VARIATION IN EHuCHLOE DaMonE.—Mr. Jonegs also exhibited
examples of Huchloe damone from Asia Minor, showing the
difference in the depth of colour of the transverse black streak
on fore wings and in the tone of colour of undersides; the
Sicilian specimens, taken by Mr. J. Platt Barrett, being of a
greenish-yellow, whereas the Asia Minor specimens are
distinctly yellow.
A very scaRcE Eayprian Pierip.—Dr. G. B. Lonestarr
exhibited a series of twelve specimens (five males and seven
females) of the rare white butterfly, Pinacopteryx doxo, Godart
(venatus, Butler), from the White Nile, Lat. 7° N. to
5° N. Dr. Dixey had informed him that he knew of but
four specimens in collections, viz. Godart’s type, a female, at
Edinburgh, taken in ‘ Africa,” two females in the British
Museum, both from the White Nile district, one of them being
Butler’s type of venatws, and Dr. Dixey’s type of the male in
the Hope Collection, also from the White Nile.
Birps AND INSECTS AT THE EDGE OF FIRE.—Dr. G. B. Lone-
sTAFF stated that large areas of the reeds and papyrus on the
White Nile which constitute “the Sudd” are annually burned.
Many birds are attracted to these fires, amongst others Mr. A.
L. Butler of Khartum had especially noticed various species
of swallow. Dr. Longstaff had, on more than one occasion,
seen a number of kestrels in the smoke to the leeward of a
fire, and had once watched for some time a pair of bee-eaters
(Merops nubicus) perch within a few feet of a fire on the wind-
ward side. He saw them fight for a large Orthopterous
( xliii )
insect which was driven out. This Jerops, a beautiful copper-
red bird with peacock-blue head and rump, was locally called
the “ fire-bird.” The picture postcards exhibited showed four
kites (J/dlvus aegyptius) hawking in the smoke.
Commander Waker observed that he had seen the same
thing occur in Australia, birds waiting for insects at the edge
of a bush-fire and seizing them as they came out.
Dr. F. A. Dixry congratulated Dr. Longstaff on his series
of P. doxo, and observed that there was no doubt of the
specific value of this insect, its scent-scales being quite
distinctive.
Scarce CoreopHorips.—Mr. Autrrep Sicu exhibited two
specimens, with their cases, of Coleophora trigeminella, Fuchs.,
and one specimen of C. baditipennella, Dup., with its case for
comparison. He said that C. trigeminella, first described in
1881, had lately been described as British by Mr. Bankes.
Though it had been an inhabitant of Britain for many years
it was not brought to light till 1906. This species resembles
C. badiipennella, but is paler, and the case differs in having
three valves and in being almost entirely formed of silk, spun
by the larva; while that of C. badiipennella has only two
valves and is composed of leaf cuticles joined by silk.
Brazitian IrHomirnes.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited three
small groups of Ithomiine butterflies that had been taken by
himself in 8. Brazil. One group consisted of /eterosais nephele
edessa, Ithomia drymo, and Leucothyris aquata, all of which
had been taken at Guaruja, near Santos, at the end of February
and beginning of March 1910. On February 27 all three of
the above species were caught in quick succession, but the
total catch of all the species was very limited, and neither
species was common nor could be said to be more dominant
than another. The Heterosais nephele edessa was, however,
usnally looked upon as considerably rarer than the other two.
The actual numbers of each secured (and every specimen was
caught where possible) were H. edessa 3, I. drymo 4, and
L. aquata 2, Another similar group but consisting of different
species, and all belonging to different genera, was one made
up of Pseudoscada adasa, Pteronymia sylvo, and Hymenitis
andromica andania, all of which had been secured at Castro,
( xlty — 5)
in Parana, at close on 3,000 feet elevation. In this case also
none of the species were found in abundance, the actual num-
bers being P. adasa 3, P. sylvo 1, H. andania 6. On March
11-12 all three species were secured in the same locality, and
the Hymenitis continued to occur singly till the latter part of
the month. Both the Pseudoscada and the Pteronymia are, how-
ever, frequently to be found in abundance, while the Hymenitis
appears to be always decidedly less common. Mr. Kaye re
marked that these groups of black and transparent Ithomiine
species were always found in rather dark forest country, and
it was possible that they were simply cases of syncryptic
resemblance, rather than mimetic examples of a Miillerian
Association, for these species were invisible at a very short
distance, and they were all equally adapted to that end. A
third small group that was exhibited consisted of a Danaine,
Ituna ilione, and two Ithomiines, Thyridia (Methona) themisto *
and Dircenna devo. All these were also from Castro. The
D. dero was by far the commonest, but getting worn, while
P. themisto, of which five were taken, was very fresh. Only
two of the Danaine, J. ilione, were secured. The insects of
this group were found on the margins of woods amongst
rough scrub, and the causes of the resemblances were pro-
bably of a different nature. Natural selection here doubt-
less was at work to make these insects conform to a uniform
pattern. While the small transparent Ithomiines were all
but invisible at a short distance, these insects were con-
spicuous even at a considerable distance.
Professor E. B. Poutroy, commenting on the exhibit, was
of opinion that the forest species as well as the others were
connected as members of a mimetic group.
Dr. Lonestarr, speaking from personal experience, empha-
sised the invisibility of these Ithomiines on the wing, at a
very short distance, in their native haunts.
New Mimacrarzas.—Mr. Hamitron H. Druce exhibited
dg and ? of the new A/imacraea eltringhami, captured by Mr.
S. A. Neave in the Bugoma Forest, Unyoro, Uganda, and
* One Aprotopos (Thyridia) psidii, identical with the lower Amazonian
form, and not at all like the usual S. Brazilian 4. hippodamia (= pytho),
was taken at Itarari, in similar country to Castro, but about 120 miles
farther east, and 500 ft. lower elevation.
( xlv )
pointed out that the 2 was almost an exact copy of Planema
pogget, Dewitz ; also another new M/imacraea which he proposed
to name costleyi, after its discoverer Mr. Costley-White at
Mlanji, Nyasaland, and which appeared to be allied to JZ.
marshalli, Trimen, a specimen of which was also shown for
comparison.
Mr. 8. A. Neave described the capture of these specimens.
This species in common with several others flies very high,
and he said that it was often necessary to employ small native
boys perched at the top of the trees and armed with nets.
Several Fellows commented shortly on this exhibit.
ButrerFuies FROM British HonpurAS aND GUATEMALA.—
Mr. A. E. Gippgs exhibited a drawer of butterflies from these
localities, and made the following observations :—I recently
received from Dr. Davis, of Belize, a small collection of butter-
flies collected in British Honduras and the neighbouring
Republic of Guatemala, and I have brought up a few of the
most interesting of them, with regard to some of which I have
received valuable notes from the sender.
Papilio philolaus, Bsdv.—There are four specimens of this
Papilio which exhibit considerable differences, two of them
having the yellow transverse bands, common to both wings,
very much more pronounced than in the other two specimens,
which were altogether darker. It is well known that this
variation exists in this species, and Rothschild and Jordan,
in their “ Revision of the American Papilios,” suggest that
the dark and pale specimens belong to different broods, and
that it is a parallel case to the seasonal variations exhibited
by the allied Papilio marcellus, Cr. (ajax auct.), of North
America. It is an interesting point, and I wrote to Dr.
Davis to see if he could clear the matter up, and he replied
that he hardly thought that the differences could be seasonal,
for, as far as he knew, the perfect insect only appears during
the dry months of the year, Feb.-April. He had never seen
a specimen when the rains became well established, 7.e. at
the beginning of June. ‘in this colony,” he says, “it is a
somewhat local species, but, where found, always in abund-
ance, the favourite locality being the drying sands of rivers,
close to the water’s edge. Here they settle in myriads, each
( xlvi_ )
one with proboscis extended, and wings raised and incessantly
vibrating. In company with various species of Cuallidryas,
especially C. philea, C. agarithe and C. argunte, and Papilio
androgeus, P. thoas, P. macrosilaus, P. salvini, and P. epidaus,
they settle in thousands all together, and the quivering of all
these wings and the wonderful colours is a sight never to be
” Papilio philolaus is a purely
Central American insect, being found from Mexico to Nica-
ragua. In the Godman collection at South Kensington there
forgotten for beauty. ...
is a long series showing a great amount of variation. A
melanie form of the female is sometimes produced which is
almost completely black, the pale bands being only visible as
the faintest shadows.
Caligo memnon, Feld.—There is a specimen of this well-
known Central American species. Dr. Davis writes: ‘‘ There
is another very handsome species, C’. wranius, which is fairly
common, and I hope to be able to send you one or two of
these at no very distant date. The habit these have of settling
on trunks of trees makes them very difficult to capture, and
I usually find that they do not remain very long in good
condition, owing, I suppose, to their large size and the
extremely thick forest which is their usual habitat.”
The collection embraced six species of the genus Heliconius,
vizi—H. ismenius telchinia, Doubl.; H. cydno galanthus,
Bates ; H. doris transiens, Stgr.; H. sapho leuce, Doubl. ; H.
petiveranus petiveranus, Doubl.; H. charithonia, L. The first
named, H. telchinia, is a brown species, with a striking resem-
blance to several other insects which fly in the same region.
I have associated with Dr. Davis’s specimen a JJechanitis (M.
doryssus, Bates), also sent by him, and likewise Melinaea
imitata, Eueides zorcaon, and the Danaine Lycorea atergatis,
which, although not included in this collection, are found in
Central America, the tint and pattern of the wings being
very similar in these and other species, the general colour
scheme having been called by Haensch the “‘ Lycorea habitus.”
These butterflies afford a familiar illustration of Miillerian
mimicry.
But to return to the species of Heliconius sent by Dr.
Davis, I should like again to quote his letter. He says: “TI
( xlvii )
am very glad that you were so pleased with HY. doris and H.
lewce. ‘These are both rather difficult insects to capture, as
their flight, though not rapid, is usually out of reach of the
net. H. petiveranus is the common species here and varies
most remarkably in size. I have seen specimens scarcely
3 in. in expanse of wing, and again others 24 in. to 3 in. in
expanse.”
One other insect in the drawer calls for attention, namely
the Lycaenid, Humaeus minyas. It is a delightful little
butterfly, and I wrote to my correspondent expressing my
pleasure at receiving it. He replied: “It is a beautiful
Lycaenid, I think, with its dark velvety-blue reflections. It
is common enough where it does occur, but it is very local,
and being weak on the wing is easily captured.”
There are one or two notes in Dr. Davis’s letter with regard
to the localities in which he collects which may be of interest.
“ Belize itself,” he tells us, ‘‘is a most wretched place as far
as collecting goes. It is situated right in the centre of a huge
swamp in which nothing grows but mangroves and a species
of button-wood. The Lepidoptera are for this reason very
badly represented in this locality. I always like to go into
Guatemala for my annual vacation, for this is certainly a
naturalist’s paradise. From Puerto Barrios, the Atlantic
port for Guatemala city, up the railway line one sees hundreds
of varieties of the most interesting butterflies an the flowers
by the side of the line. Of course it is impossible to leave
the track and enter the forest, for there are no roads, and
without an axe or machete no one could pass through the
dense and thorny undergrowth.”
I think we shall agree that it is most interesting and
instructive to receive such notes as Dr. Davis has sent. They
record the experiences gained in the field by a competent
naturalist who has made careful observations on the insects
about which he writes.
I append a list of the species received from Dr. Davis,
B. H. signifying British Honduras, and G. Guatemala.
Danais plexippus, L., (B. H.); D. cleothera, Godt., (B. H.) ;
D. berenice, Cr., (B. H.); Aeria pacifica, G. and 8., (G.) ;
Mechanitis lycidice, Bates, (G.); dM. doryssus, Bates, (G.) ;
( -xivili: -)
M. “utemaia,” Reak., (G.); Dircenna euchytma, Feld., (G.) ;
Pteronymia cotytto, Guér., (Caledonia, B. H.) ; Hymenitis oto,
Hew., (G.); H. sosunga, Reak., (G.); Morpho peleides, Koll.,
(Caledonia, B. H.); Opsiphanes tamarindi, Feld., (G.); O.
cassina fabricti, Boisd., (Caledonia, B. H.); HLryphanis aesacus,
H.-Schaff., (Caledonia, B. H.); Caligo memnon, Feld., (G.);
Heliconius ismenius telchinia, Doubl., (Caledonia, B. H., and
G.); H. cydno galanthus, Bates, (G.); H. doris transiens, Stgr.,
(G.); H. sapho leuce, Doubl., (G.); H. petiveranus petiveranus,
Doubl., (B. H.); H. charithonia, L., (B. H., and G.); Hueides
aliphera, Godt., (G.); Colaenis phaerusa, L., (B. H.); C. julia
delila, F., (B. H.); Agraulis juno, Cr., (G.); A. vanillae insu-
lavris, May, (B. H.); Huptoieta hegesia, Cr., (B. H.); Phyciodes
theona, Mén.,(B. H.); P. fragilis guatemalena, Bates, (B. H.);
Junonia caenia, Hb., (B. H.); Anartia jatrophae, L., (B. H.);
A. fatima, F., (B. H.); Catagramma lyca, D. and H., (G.);
Gynoecia dirce, .., (Caledonia, B. H.); Peridromia guatemalena,
Bates, (G.) ; Pyrrhogyra otolais, Bates, (G.); Mesosemia telegone,
Boisd., (Caledonia, B. H.); Humaeus minyas, Hb., (B. H.);
Pieris josepha, Salv. and G., (G.); P. margarita, Hb., (B. H.) ;
Callidryas philea, L., (B. H.); Phoebis argante, F., (G.);
Aphrissa statira, Cr., (B. H.); Tertas albula, Cr., (B. H.);
Papilio iphidamas, F., (Caledonia, B. H., and G.); P. poly-
damas, L., (B. H.); P. philolaus, Boisd., (B. H.); P. thoas, L.,
(Caledonia, B. H.).
A scarce Pxiecoprrron.—Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited
specimens of Vemouwra dubitans, Morton, taken by Colonel
Nurse at West Stow, Suffolk, in June last, and for comparison
specimens of Vemoura inconspicua, Pict., from Aviemore.
Lire History or Nonacria nexA,—Mr. H. M. Epe.sten
exhibited stems of Carex riparia (received from the Hon.
N.C. Rothschild from Berlin) to illustrate the life-history of
Nonagria nexa, Hb., and made the following remarks :—
The Hon. N. C. Rothschild very kindly sent me last year
some stems of Carex riparia which had contained larvae of
NV. nexa. It is very interesting to study the early stages of
this species as it may have been overlooked in Britain. I
do not know how the egg is laid, but probably in the same
way as that of V. typhae, that is, placed within the cuticle
( xlix )
of the leaf or stem. The @ is furnished with two spines or
cutters very similar to those of V. typhae.
The first exhibit shows a stem of Carex split down the
centre to show where larva has been feeding. The second
shows entrance hole of larva just above the root; the
withered and yellowish central leaves denoting the presence
of the larva should be noticed. The third shows the
puparium with an empty pupa case; just above the pupa, the
spot where the larva has eaten away the inner lining of
the stem, leaving a transparent ‘‘bruise” where the insect
would emerge.
The pupa is of the usual Nonagriid type, but with a very
slight “beak.” The cremaster is furnished with two spines
turning downwards and outwards.
Wilde describes the early stages as follows: ‘“ Lives from
April to June in stems of Carex close to the root, ascends
in July higher up the stem, and changes in a lightly spun
puparium. The imago emerges in August and September.”
A Scarce Turrpes.—Mr. C. B. Writiams exhibited a
specimen of the male Megalothrips nobilis, Bagnall Thysano-
ptera), from Wicken Fen, taken April 11, 1912. This is
the largest European species and, since first taken by Dr.
Sharp in 1894, has not been recorded.
East ArricaAn TABANIDAE, WITH MANY HITHERTO UNKNOWN
Mates.—Mr. 8. A. Nrave exhibited some of the Zabanidae
collected during his recent tour in East Africa, on behalf of
the Entomological Research Committee of the Colonial Office.
He called attention to the male individuals exhibited, and
expressed the opinion that their rarity in collections was
perhaps due to the fact that they were short-lived. Both
sexes of the following species were represented: Zubanus
ustus, Walk.; 7. biguttatus, Wied.; JT. nyasae, Ric.; 7.
taeniola, P. de B.; 7. fraternus, Macq.; 7’. fascinatus, F. ;
T. africanus, Gray ; 7. leucostomus, Lw.; 7. atrimanus, Lw. ;
7. velutinus, Sure.; 7., sp. nov.; 7. sharpei, Aust.; T. par,
Walk. ; 7. thoracinus, P. de B.; 7. macwlatissimus, Macq. ;
T. pertinens, Aust.; 7. gratus, Lw.; 7. ditaeniatus, Macq. ;
T. sp. nov.; Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust.; Therioplectes,
sp. nov.; Haematopota, sp. nov. ; H. wnicolor, Ric. ; iT, sp
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11. 1912. D
Caer}
nov.; H. denshamu, Aust.; H. decora, Walk.; H. hirta, Ric.;
H. mactans, Aust.; H. similis, Ric.; H. fusca, Aust.; H.
brunnescens, Ric.; Chrysops brucei, Aust.; C. centurionis,
Aust. ; C. distinctipennis, Aust.; C. funebris, Aust.
Mr. G. A. K. Marsuaui observed that probably many of
the Fellows present would hardly realise the importance of
Mr. Neave’s exhibit. Even amongst the English Jabanidae
by no means all the males were known, and this sex was
hitherto unknown in the large majority of the species then
exhibited.
Mr. G. C. Cuampion and Mr. J. E. Cott also commented
on the value of Mr. Neave’s discoveries, the latter observing
that, with the knowledge of the habits of the male Zabanidae
now placed at their disposal, it would be a more hopeful task
to discover that sex in other species in which it was still
unknown,
A CLusTER or Ova or GonEPTERYX RHAMNI.—Mr. R. M.
Pripgaux brought for exhibition seventeen ova of G. rhamni
found in a cluster at Brasted Chart, on April 28, on a shoot
of Rhamnus frangula, on a fairly large bush, whereon were
a few other ova, singly or two or three together ; but, close
by, were other bushes of R. frangula, on which no ova at all
could be found. Some of these bushes were in a more
advanced stage of leafage than the one shown.
Mimicry IN THE TROPICS CHIEFLY CHARACTERISTIC OF
Forest Argas. THE Brrps anp LizarpDs oF THE FOREST AND
THE Open.—Professor PouLton said that he had long been
struck, especially in the collections of butterflies received from
Uganda and British East Africa, with the immense develop-
ment of mimicry in Lepidoptera from the forest as compared
with the open country. It was, in fact, quite rare to find
any examples of mimicry at all among the species that
frequent the open. A few examples were known among the
woodland species, while a large proportion both of individuals
and of species were mimetic in the forests. It occurred to
him that probably this difference was to be accounted for by
the difference between the insect-eating animals in these two
types of locality, lizards being probably the great vertebrate
insect-eaters of the open, birds of the forest. When, there-
ea,
fore, he found that Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, in his correspond-
ence, suggested the same association between mimicry and
forest areas, he determined to write at once to Africa and
make special inquiry.
Mr. C. A. Wiaeins of Entebbe replied, on Dec. 18, 1911,
saying that he did not remember ever seeing a lizard in the
true forest, but only in the glades, and that he had consulted
with the Governor, Mr. F. J. Jackson, and found that their
experience agreed. Mr. Jackson had kindly written the
following letter on the subject :—
‘*GOVERNMENT Housr, UGANDA,
sec US uO.
“ Regarding lizards, I should say for every one you find in
a forest, you find ten out in the open.
‘“‘ Regarding insectivorous birds: the great majority, which
include Shrikes (Dryoscopus and Laniarius), Trogons (Hapalo-
derma), Cuckoo-shrikes (Campephaga and Graucalus), Fly-
catchers (various), Warblers(various), Robin-chats (Cossyphus),
Bulbuls (Xenocichla and Andropadus), are found in open
forests, on the outer edge of thick forests, or forest glades.
Most of the birds that are found in thick forest, 7. e. well
inside, frequent the tall tree-tops rather than the under-
growth. The Bee-eater (MJerops albicollis), very common
here, frequents tall trees in thick forests, rather than the
open like most of the family.
“Exclusive of grain-eaters (Weavers, etc.), which feed
their young mostly on insects, there are very many more
species, at least fifteen to one, probably more, of insectivorous
birds found in the forest than there are in the open.
‘¢PREDERICK J. JACKSON.”
Mr, C. F. M. Swynnerron replied, December 22, 1911,
describing the conditions in Chirinda forest, Gazaland, 8.E.
Rhodesia :—
‘You ask whether birds are specially partial here to forest
and lizards to open country.
“Our lizards are specially partial, apparently, to the sparse
wooding of our open country, not but that there may be purely
D2
(in 2)
arboreal species in Chirinda (apart from Rhampholion marshalli)
that have not yet come within my ken.
“‘ Birds, however, are abundant in both types of country.
Bird species are more plentiful in the open country, bird-
population to the acre greater, probably, in the forest ; but
in this connection it must be remembered that the forest-
birds have several ‘upper storeys’ to work, the forest trees
running from 100 to 180, and exceptionally, 200 feet in height,
against the 30 feet or so of the open woodlands,—and the
view to take of this sort of thing must be a ‘cubic’ not a
‘square’ one! Again, owing to the greater density of the
cover in the forest, the insect population is probably, taking
the year round, relatively greater.
‘“‘T should imagine that there may be very little to choose
between the forest and the veld in the matter of severity of
selection. And that the veld-factors are capable of producing
as good mimicry as the forest ones seems to be well shown in
the Danaida combination.
“May not the phenomenon you refer to be, in part, depend-
ent on the larval food-plant ?
“Thus Danaida’s food-plant here consists of various species
of Asclepias, a genus that I have not found inside the forest.
On the other hand the food-plant of A. albimaculata occurs
only in forests or in dense thickets. I do not know those of
our other Danainae, but, seeing that these belong to the same
genus as 4. albimaculata, it seems just possible that they may
feed on the same or some closely allied plant with, perhaps,
the same habitat. That is to say, each of the ‘ models’ of
our main local associations is perhaps confined toa large extent
to its particular type of country by the fact that its larval food-
plant is found there and there only, and it is natural to
suppose that its future mimics may have been determined on
the same basis.
“Tt is also interesting to note, in this connection, that
Danaida here never enters the forest, while the various
species of Amauris constantly wander away from it. All our
Danainae appear to be sun-loving insects, none are shade-
loving as are Alertca and Huphaedra; obviously therefore it
is not this consideration that causes Amauwris to make the
( kv)
forest their head-quarters. P. dardanus also often wanders
far afield :—one of the best places I know for it 1s a Bougain-
villia bush, a good 1,200 yards from the forest—and it is
interesting that it can do this without entirely losing the
protection of its Amawris models while at the same time
invoking, in the person of its trophonius female, that of the
dominant Danaine of the territory it is invading.”
Tue Power or Sieur im Brrvs.—Professor Pouttron said
that he had come across a few observations which supported
the conclusion that birds possessed the extraordinarily acute
and far-reaching vision required by the Batesian and Miillerian
theories of Mimicry.
1. The distant appreciation of the colour of small insects
appeared to be shown by—“ An Experimental Investigation
on the Range of Flight of Flies” by Dr. Copeman, Mr.
Howlett and Mr. Merriman (Report Loc. Gov. Bd. on Public
Health and Medical Subjects: New Ser., No. 58. Further
Reports on Flies (No. 4), 1911, p. 8). In these experiments,
conducted in 1910 at Postwick, about five miles east of
Norwich, flies were liberated after being marked with various
colours so that they could afterwards be identified. Yellow
chalk was found to give the most satisfactory results, and under
favourable circumstances remained perfectly recognisable for
a week or, on occasion, for as long as ten days. As soon as
these flies were liberated many of them were devoured by
swallows, and the authors.remark “it is interesting from the
biological point of view, that they should readily take flies of
a brilliant canary-yellow colour such as they can never have
seen before. A few of these coloured flies that happened to
drop into the water were also seen to fall a prey to fish.”’ Dr.
S. Monckton Copeman, F.R.S., had kindly sent a few further
details concerning the behaviour of the swallows :—
*‘TocaAL GOVERNMENT BoARD, WHITEHALL, S. W.,
** February 9, 1912.
‘The swallows seemed to know when we were going to
let loose the coloured flies ; for although on our arrival there
might not be a swallow to be seen over the river, no sooner
had we Jet loose one lot of flies than there were usually a
number to be seen, flying up and down in front of the
© div? )
wharf-staging from which we dispatched our flies. When the
second lot was loosed the swallows at once proceeded to
retrieve the flies while the latter were crossing the river
in various directions ;—the swallows never seeming to pause,
but retrieving the flies unerringly while themselves in full
flight.”
These interesting experiments showed the danger of a
conspicuous colour when associated with palatability.
2. The far-reaching distance of birds’ vision was indicated
in an article to which his attention had been called by Dr.
F. G. Penrose :—“ Hawk-catching in Holland, I.” in ‘“ Country
Life” for August 7, 1909 (p. 185). The article described the
ancient methods which are still practised at the Dutch village
of Valkenswaard (Falcon’s Heath). One important element
was the use of a tethered great grey shrike to act as a sentinel.
“« Now as soon as any bird of prey appears
even far beyond the
ken of any human observer—this sentinel shows evident signs of
terror, which increase if the enemy should come nearer. Old
Adrian Mollen, father of the great master of the art, used to
say, that, by the gestures and sounds of alarm of the shrike,
he could sometimes form a pretty correct guess as to the size
and species of the hawk...” (p. 187). The words here
printed in italics were good evidence of the great distance at
which birds could recognise the details of form and movement.
3. The following observation was recorded by Professor
Poulton :—“ On July 29, 1910, at Wykeham House, Oxford,
my daughter and I saw a flycatcher, sitting on the branch of
an elm, rather over 30 ft. distant, make a dash after a
specimen of Tryphaena pronuba that was flying inside a room
towards and on to the inside of the window. We were stand-
ing inside the room and saw the bird dash itself against the
glass within a few feet of us. The pair of small windows, the
only ones in the room, are somewhat deeply recessed in the
side of the house, and the observation offers convincing
evidence of the power of a bird’s sight in penetrating shadow
at a distance,”
4. The following observation, also made by Professor PouLTon,
shows that small birds will attack insects of great relative
@ ay)
size :—“ Towards the end of June 1910, I saw a small robin
flying with what was evidently a heavy load across the path
of the Parks Road, Oxford, from the elm-trees on the west
towards the Parks railing on the east. Just outside the
railing it put the load down and began to peck it. I came
near gently, and saw that it had captured a specimen of
Smerinthus tiliae, L. IL watched the bird peck the moth to
pieces and eat the whole of it, except the wings. The observa-
tion was made just after heavy rain, which may have caused
the moth to flutter or fall, and thus to attract the bird’s
attention.”
Mr. S. A. NEAve said with reference to Professor Poulton’s
interesting remarks on the prevalence of insectivorous birds in
Uganda, that he had recently had an instructive experience
near Entebbe. On January 12, 1912, at Gabunga’s, near
Entebbe, he had watched a wagtail, most probably Motacilla
capensis, catching butterflies on a small patch of damp sand
in the bed of a forest stream. The bird was so tame that
he stood within 3 or 4 yards of it. In less than half-an-hour
this bird captured and ate 19 butterflies and failed to catch
many others. The butterflies eaten were nearly all small
Lycaenidae, including Tarucus telicanus, Polyommatus baeticus,
Azanus spp.. many individuals, Lycaenesthes spp. (2 indi-
viduals), Uranothauma (4) poggei (1 individual), and a single
Terias, probably 7’. senegalensis. The bird also seized, but
rejected after tasting, a specimen of Acraea pelasgius. This
‘individual, with one hind wing torn off, was subsequently pro-
cured. Except for the loss of the wing it appeared to be
uninjured.
Mr. G. A. K. Marsuatt and Dr. G. B. Lonesrarr also
spoke on the subject, the latter giving an account of a
struggle he had witnessed between a bird and a large grass-
hopper, in which the latter was eventually successful.
Nepris and Nepriporsis in THE Lagos District.—Refer-
ring to his recent communication (in these Proceedings 1912,
p. XXvi) on the proportion of the species belonging to these two
genera in the neighbourhood of Entebbe, Professor Pounron
called attention to a statement received in a letter from Mr.
W. A. Lamborn, dated March 22, 1912 :—* Neptidopsis would
(ibe)
I am sure outnumber all the species of Neptis put together
at any season. I have not taken any more because I thought
I had probably sent enough.”
Euryteta Hrarsas Aanp E. Dryope.—Professor Pounton
said that his friend Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., had pointed
out to him that Mr. Lamborn’s results published in these
Proceedings (1912, p. xviii) are ‘‘confirmatory of Miss Foun-
taine’s experience in Natal, given in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1911, p. 59. She records that although she had bred both
forms indiscriminately from every variety of the larva, she
nevertheless found that ‘the ova laid by #. hiarbas always
produced hiarbas, whereas those of a dryope 9 invariably
produced dryope.’”’
Paper.
The following Paper was read :—
“On the Colour-Groups of the Hawaiian Wasps,” by Dr.
R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se., F.Z8., F.ES.
Prof. Poutron, in introducing the paper, said that Dr.
R. C. L. Perkins had illuminated a problem of the most
fundamental interest and importance for the student of
evolution. His work was of equal interest to the follower
of systematics and of bionomics.
Dr. Perkins had inferred that the 102 species of Odynerus,
the only indigenous wasps of the islands, had been derived
from the ancient immigration from some unknown country, of
a single yellow-banded species, and from the much later but
still very ancient immigration of a single dark Asiatic species
allied to O. nigripennis, Holmgr. The latter became extremely
dominant, but it found the islands already occupied and only
produced a group of 4 allied species, as against the 3 genera,
the important structural groups and the 98 species which
Dr. Perkins recognised in the descendants of the original
immigrant. All the species attacked the larvae of Lepido-
ptera, and the immigration of these must of course have
preceded the advent of the earliest ancestor of Odynerus.
Dr. Perkins showed in his paper how the 102 species had
formed Colour-groups in which the constituent members were
associated quite independently of affinity. Thus the species
C (lv)
of a genus, or of a definite Structure-group within the
genus, were found in different Colour-groups in the different
islands, and sometimes even within the limits of a single
island.
Although the species of Odynerus were the dominant
members, some of the Colour-groups also contained bees, of
which the 53 species in the single genus Nesoprosopis, were
traced to a probable single Asiatic immigrant, allied to
Prosopis kriechbawmeri, Férst ; and Fossores (Crabronidae), of
which the 18 species and 3 genera were believed to have arisen
from a single Asiatic invader, allied to Crabro vagus, L. The
main Colour-group also included Ichneumonids.
In illustration of the paper, Prof. Poulton exhibited the
specimens referred to in the following letters written to him
by Dr. Perkins, Nov. 2 and Nov. 4, 1911, but here combined.
The Colour-groups were arranged in the order of the islands,
from Kauai in the N.W. to Hawaii in the 8.E. The authors’
names had been added by Prof. Poulton.
“ Herewith I am sending a small box of Hawaiian Hymeno-
ptera, showing the main colour-effects.*
“Colour-group A [= II of Kauai in Dr. Perkins’s memoir. |
—Black, wings dark, blue reflections, two white or yellow
bands, second always broad. ‘The examples selected are :—
Odynerus kirbyi, Dalla'Torre — . : : . Kauai.
Nesodynerus vittativentris, Perkins. : . Kauai.
“ Allthe Kauai species, whether open country or forest insects,
belong to this group, excepting one or two apparently recent
arrivals from other Hawaiian islands, which are only slightly
different in structure and appearance from Odynerus sand-
wichensis, de Sauss., of Group D.
‘Group A is not exactly represented on the other islands,
but a sub-group of pale-banded species on Oahu approaches
it, and it is curious that the insects so coloured on all the
islands except Kauai belong to the lowlands (open), or to the
open country above the forest line, or to open spaces in forest
regions.
* Dr. Perkins wrote Nov. 13, 1911 :—‘‘ The characteristic appearance of
the various groups is far more remarkable in masses of specimens, such as
I have in my cabinet drawers, than in a few isolated specimens.”
( lviii_ )
“ Kauai is remarkable for its distinctively marked species,
practically all belonging to the one Colour-group.
‘“‘ Colour-group B [= 11 of Oahu].—Black, peculiar shining
fuscous wings, almost brassy, distinctive appearance in life,
not blue. Examples :—
Odynerus dulnosus, Sm. . 1 ; , . Oahu.
Nesodynerus oblitus, Perkins. : : . “Oahu
Nesoprosopis pubescens, Perkins, var., with blue
iridescence. Rare . . 4 : . Hawaii.
“Peculiar, as an extensive group, to Oahu. It is to be
noted that NV. pubescens is a unique case of dichromatism of
the wings.*
‘“‘Colour-group C [= III of Oahu].—Sombre red markings,
much appressed tomentum on body, wings nearly clear hyaline.
Appearance very distinctive in life, having a peculiar fuscous
look. Example :—
Odynerus oahuensis, Dalla Torre . , ; . Oahu.
‘All the species are Odynerus proper, but very diverse
in structure, the little Colour-group of six species, all peculiar
to Oahu, representing three very distinct structural groups.
There is nothing like them in colour on any other island. I
have taken all six at the same spot and time on one occasion,
and generally three or four are flying together.
‘Oahu is remarkable for the diversity of its Colour-groups,
all being represented, except that the pale-banded forms are
not quite like those of Kauai, and the sandwichensis, Group
D, has become the distinct dubiosus, Group B, above.
‘“‘Colour-group D [= III of Maui, etc.].—Species very
numerous and diverse in structure but all are Odynerus.
“Black, with red markings, wings dark, blue reflections.
I have sent two examples :—
Odynerus petrobius, Perkins ' : : . Molokai.
Odynerus sandwichensis, de Sauss. : , . Maui.
* Judging only from this limited number of examples it appears that
the typical VV. pubescens more closely resembles the Odyneri of Group b,
and the blue-iridescent var., those of KE. Furthermore the example of
NV. fuscipennis, from Oahu, in Group KE, might be more suitably placed in B.
Both this specimen and pubescens (typical) are rather clearly distinguish-
able by the ‘‘ brassy”’ appearance of their wings from the other members
of K.—E. B. P.
le 9)
‘The wings of the latter are not so blue in some species,
but the colour is much deeper when they are folded.
“Molokai, Lanai, and Maui are rich in these red-marked
forms with dark wings.
‘‘Colour-group E [= I of all the islands except Kauai].—
This, the most dominant Colour-group, is black, wings infuscate,
with blue, purple or steely reflections. 7'o see the iridescence
at its best the insects should not be looked at in the box over
white paper, but held in the hand and viewed from above and
in front. The colour of the wings is always conspicuous in
life in this group, @. e. when the insect is flying, but in some it
is less apparent after death.
“For this group I have selected :—
“ Diptoprera (Humenidae).
Odynerus montanus, Sm. . : : ; . Oahu.
“A nigripennis, Holmer. . : , . Oahu.
Nesodynerus rudolphi, Dalla Torre — . : . Oahu.
Odynerus molokaiensis, Perkins* ‘ : . Molokai.
Pseudopterochetlus congruus, Sm. : : . Molokai.
Odynerus peles, Perkins. J ; ; . Hawaii.
o heterochromus, Perkins : : . Hawaii.
“ Fossores (Crabronidae).
Hylocrabro tumidoventris, Perkins. : 5) ss
" | Hawaii.
var. leucognathus, Perkins J
Xenocrabro atripennis, Perkins . : ‘ . Hawaii.
Nesocrabio rubrocaudatus, Blackb. and Cam. . Hawaii.
‘* ANTHOPHILA (Prosopidae).
Nesoprosopis fuscipennis, Perkins : ‘ . Oahu.
ms caeruleipennis, Perkins . s. 2 Molokat.
Ne pubescens, Perkins, typical. . Hawaii.
i setosifrons, Perkins 3 4 . Hawaii.
* This species is placed by Dr. Perkins in Group II of Molokai, Lanai
and Maui (= IV of Oahu), but it certainly seems to fit extremely well
into Group E, sent for exhibition (Group E = I of Molokai, Oahu, etc.).
The particular specimen of O. molokaiensis exhibited was captured in Maui
(Wailuku, Sept. 1901), the species having reached that island, Dr. Perkins
considers, about 1896.—E. b. P.
ae)
“This large dominant Colour-group is not only exemplified
by Odynerus montanus, but also by four other species, each of
which represents a quite different Structure-group, and if
there was any good classification of the heterogeneous mass
forms called Odynerus, each would, in my opinion, repre-
sent a distinct genus. In addition to these and many other
species the group contains Vesodynerus rudolphi and others,
Pseudopterocheilus congruus and others, Chelodynerus chelifer,
Perkins (not sent to you), various species of the three
Fossorial genera, and of the Anthophilous genus Nesoprosopis
—consequently representatives of nearly all the existing
Hymenoptera of the Hawaiian islands.
‘‘ Hawaii appears to be tending to total blackness, owing to
the predominance of this single Colour-group, the red of the
red forms becoming duller or diminished, the bands of the
banded forms more or less obsolete.”
Prof. Poutton said that he had but few comments to make
on Dr. Perkins’s interesting and valuable paper, and, in fact,
he felt considerable diffidence in making any suggestions at
all on the work and conclusions of such a master of the
Hawaiian fauna as the author had proved himself to be.
Nevertheless he ventured to make a few remarks bearing
upon the origin and present distribution of the Colour-groups
in the islands and on one or two other points. Dr. Perkins
had brought forward strong evidence for the conclusion that
the first immigrant Odynerus was an ordinary-looking yellow-
banded species—viz. one that had previously been an insigni-
ficant member of one of the largest and most widely dis-
tributed of the Aculeate combinations, containing many of
the most formidable and dominant species, and bearing pro-
bably the simplest and most effective of warning patterns.
The immigrant ancestor had behind it endless generations in
the course of which its pattern had been rendered stable by
selection ceaselessly exercised on some unknown continental
area. Thus it was possible to understand the remarkable fact
that so much of the original pattern should have survived or
should still be revealed by reversion, at the close of a period
long enough to have produced all the Eumenid Structure-
groups in the islands except that associated with the later
( lxi )
immigrant O. nigripennis. Prolonged isolation, in the
Hawaiian islands, from all the other dominant bearers
of the yellow-banded pattern also helped us to understand
the ultimate loss of the original pattern in so many of the
species.
The mention of this great dominant Aculeate pattern made
it appropriate to refer at this point to a question raised by
Dr. Perkins in his paper—‘ Why should Colour-groups be
formed at all? Why is not the fact that an insect belongs
to the Aculeates sufficient warning by itself?” It might be
replied that the Aculeates themselves are probably avoided
for different reasons and in different degrees, and that, for
securing the advantages of Miillerian association, colour
and pattern are probably the most easily recognised and
remembered of all the characters that can be seen at a little
distance when an insect is at rest. There was furthermore
much, but not nearly enough, experimental evidence that
insect-eating animals were greatly impressed by the patterns
mimetic of the Aculeates. The methods of mimetic resemb-
lance were varied—sometimes the likeness was in pattern and
not in movement, sometimes in movement and not in pattern,
but in the most perfect examples there was likeness in both,
Returning to the history of the Colour-groups in the islands,
we probably found, in the effects of occasional and accidental
inter-island migration, an answer to Dr. Perkins’s further
difficulty based on the number of the Colour-groups, especially
on Oahu. Whatever may happen in the vast complexity of a
tropical continental area, we should certainly have expected, as
Dr. Perkins maintains, the persistence or formation of single
Miillerian Colour-groups on each of these small islands,
although we ought to be prepared for possible exceptions in
groups of specially associated species, such as the six forming
Colour-group IIT (= C) on Oahu, all of which were captured
at one time and in one spot by Dr. Perkins. Such special
associations may have all the effect of geographical isolation in
encouraging the growth of special warning patterns. Leaving
such possible exceptions on one side, we should expect a single
Colour-group on a single island, but we should not expect the
same group to be formed independently in different islands,
( Ixii_)
and the mixture of groups was probably to be explained by
accidental transport from one island to another,
This was, in fact, Dr. Perkins’s interpretation of the
existence of two Colour-groups on the most isolated of all the
islands, Kauai; for he remarks that “ excepting two species
(. . . probably recent derivations from similar forms on other
islands) the Kauai wasps have become superficially all alike.”
Such complications are of course far more likely to occur in
the central islands of the chain—nearer together and liable to
receive immigrants from both directions.
The following was an attempt to reconstruct the history of
the Colour-groups within the islands. It, in the main, followed
Dr. Perkins’s account, but included a few suggestions bearing
on the mixture of the groups.
(1) The original yellow-banded pattern persisted at any rate
in Oahu (the island nearest to Kauai), and probably through-
out the islands, until after the Structure-groups had been
formed and Kauai had received the immigrants which have
produced its dominant banded Colour-group II (= A).
(2) The black Group I (= E) then arose in Hawaii, perhaps
in consequence of the arrival from Asia of the second immi-
grant ancestor, O. nigripennis. On the other hand, in the
specimens sent by Dr. Perkins, the wings of some of the
Odyneri were so much darker and more iridescent than those
of the nigripennis as to throw some doubt upon the hypothesis
that the latter had acted as the model. After the group was
formed, Hawaii became a centre for the occasional accidental
dispersal of black species to Maui and further north-westwards
to other islands ; or the spread of Group I may have followed
the dispersal of the black-bodied, dark-winged O. nigripennis,
which Dr. Perkins described as the most dominant and wide-
spread species on all the islands except Kauai. That the
black Group I is oldest on Hawaii was indicated by its almost
complete dominance in that island,
(3) On Kauai, O. nigripennis became absorbed into the
dominant Colour-group, giving rise to the yellow-banded
O. radula, F. This species is as abundant on Kauai as
nigripennis on the other islands, and Dr. Perkins suggests the
possibility (among others) of a diaposematic relationship, the
( Isiii_)
other Kauai species gaining the dark iridescent wings of 0.
radula, the latter gaining their yellow bands.
(4) The red-marked Group III (=D) arose in Lanai,
Molokai or Maui, soon became common to all three, and, by
accidental transport, was carried to all the other islands. The
members that reached Hawaii have been nearly absorbed into
its one dominant black group. The two allied species on
Kauai are the result of an inter-island immigration so recent
that neither of the Colour-groups has affected the other.
(5) In Oahu, nearest to Kauai, traces of the original banded
pattern were more evident (in members of Colour-group II
(= B), and especially in IV) than on any other island except
Kauai. The red-marked Group III arose under the influence
of immigrants from Molokai, etc., while in other species (in
Group II) the same character has tended to disappear,
probably under the influence of the black Group I (= §),
derived from Hawaii.
(6) It was not to be expected that the members of a Colour-
group formed on any island, would, after reaching another
island, always produce a group exactly like that in which they
originated. The immigrants would be working upon different
material, and would also be likely themselves to undergo
changes of pattern. 'The»peculiarity of the red-marked
Group III (=C) on Oahu may perhaps be thus explained.
Especially may changes be expected to occur in an appear-
ance, like that of the wings, due to a uniform dark pigment
combined with the “ structural colours” of thin plates.
That there was undoubtedly a strong tendency to produce a
single group on a single island was shown by the condition of
Hawaii and Kauai, at opposite ends of the chain, and it was
suggested that the same tendency existed in the other islands,
but had been masked by the effect of accidental inter-island
immigration,
Certain classes of facts established by Dr. Perkins, and
described in his paper, were only intelligible on the hypothesis
of mimetic approach due to selection by enemies attacking by
the aid of sight.
(1) The persistence, in certain individuals belonging to the
black Group I, of yellow bands on the under-surface where
( law %)
they could not be seen. The same phenomena were found
independently in the Humenidae and the Crabronidae.
Dr. Perkins,'with whom these observations had been discussed,
entirely agreed that, as evidence, they were very important
indeed. He also stated that the yellow bands of the Kauai
Group II are clearly visible in flight.
(2) Species belonging to the same Structure-group, and
therefore closely related, were distributed among different
Colour-groups. In like manner the Kauai Crabros resembled
its dominant, banded EKumenids, and the Hawaii Crabros its
black Eumenids.
These facts fell into line with those which had been
observed in the mimetic associations of the same and other
groups of insects in other countries ; and this was equally true
of the fact that the Hawaiian Colour-groups were especially
characteristic of the forests. The difference between the
development of mimetic patterns in Lepidoptera of the open
country and those of the forest areas of Africa was extremely
striking, and Professor Poulton had already been driven to
the only hypothesis which Dr. Perkins could suggest as a
possible explanation of the facts, viz. differences between the
insect enemies in the two types of country (see pp. l-hii).
The only point in which his experience differed from that of
Dr. Perkins was in the relative prevalence of variability and
of mimicry in the two sexes of insects.
Dr. Perkins was by no means convinced of the validity of
the Miillerian interpretation, and felt many difficulties, but, at
any rate, he stated that he was unable to suggest any other
explanation, and he had definitely abandoned the climatic
solution, which many have found so alluring.
Prof. Poulton said, in conclusion, that he wished to make
one remark on the bearing of the whole body of facts recorded
in Dr. Perkins’s memoir. He was aware that it was dangerous
to limit the possibilities of future discovery, and to argue
from the unknown to the non-existent. He realised that
nearly every great discovery in Biology revealed something
that lay close at hand although it was unseen. But, allowing
for all this, he ventured to affirm that, if, in these little
islands—closely examined as they had been for so long a
¢ ikw)
period by so keen and discriminating a naturalist and one who
had shown a life-long devotion to the Aculeates, not only as
specimens, but as living beings—nothing except the Miillerian
principle could be suggested as the cause of the Colour-groups,
then it was far more reasonable to conclude that the in-
sufficiency of the evidence was due to changed conditions
brought about by man,* than to suppose that there existed in
these restricted areas some set of. causes hitherto unsuspected
and unknown.
Wednesday, June 5th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Moricsr, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. Henry Francis Carrer, Assistant Lecturer and
Demonstrator in Medical and Economic Entomology, Liver-
pool School of Tropical Medicine, University of Liverpool,
was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Procedure.
The PRESIDENT announced that it was requested that for
the future the names of intending exhibitors should be handed
in at the beginning of the meeting, in order that they might
be called upon from the Chair.
Report of the Committee on Nomenclature.
The Rev. G. WHEELER read the following Report :—
“Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen,
‘‘The Committee appointed on April 3rd, 1912, ‘to
consider the subject of nomenclature, and report to the June
meeting with a view to the coming International Congress,’
has endeavoured to deal carefully and minutely with the
matter entrusted by you to its attention.
‘In accordance with the powers conferred on the members
* Dr. Perkins describes the immense changes that have taken place in
the bird fauna within his own memory, and argues that, if the Colour-
groups were formed by the Miillerian principle, it was under conditions
that do not now exist.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11, 1912. E
(i ‘eval
by resolution of the Society, they added Mr. L. B. Prout to
their number after their first meeting.
‘‘Your Committee probably thus represented almost every
form of divergent opinion on the subject of nomenclature,
but nevertheless arrived at a unanimous report which they
recommend to the Society for presentation to the International
Congress.
“It will be evident that if these recommendations are
adopted by the Society, and the suggestions of the Society
by the International Congress, an opportunity will be afforded
for putting before the International Committee the different
views on matters of detail held by the members of your
Committee, or by any other Entomologists.
“The Report, which is signed by every member of the
Committee, is as follows :—
‘“‘The present independent and irresponsible methods of giv-
ing and adopting names having resulted in much unnecessary
synonymy, and even graver abuses, the Entomological Society
of London feels that the time has arrived when some check
should be placed upon the practice, of more weight than that
which can be exercised by any single individual, society, or
publication, and would urge upon the International Congress
the establishment of a permanent International Committee to
deal with questions of nomenclature as affecting Entomology ;
to consider what elucidations, extensions or emendations, if
any, are required in the International Code, and to confer
with the International Commission of Zoological Nomencla-
ture. The Entomological Society of London recommends that
the International Entomological Committee, when formed, shall
take such action as to ensure the adequate representation of
Entomology on the International Zoological Commission.
The Society also recommends that, considering the difficulty
of frequent International meetings, the leading Entomological
Society of each country be invited to appoint a Committee
whose duty it shall be to deal with all questions arising in
their own country, subject to reference to the International
Committee ; and suggests that the International Committee
be composed of two, or three, members of each of the National
( Ixvii_ )
Committees, elected either by the Committees, or directly by
the electing Societies.
‘““Coas. O. WATERHOUSE, Chairman.
(Signed) G, T. Bernune-BakeEr.
T. A. CHAPMAN.
Jno. HartLeEy DvuRRANT.
Louis B. Prout.
Hy. J. TuRNER.
GEORGE WHEELER.”
The PresipEnT took exception to the form in which the
Report was drawn up, as being in the name of the Society
and not of the Committee. It was explained by several members
of the Committee that as there was only one meeting of the
Society before the Congress, it had been thought best to put
it in such a form that the Society could adopt and present it
without alteration in the wording, if they thought well to do
so, in order to avoid unnecessary waste of time. Eventually
Mr. G. A. K. Marsuati proposed and Mr. H. Rowtanp-
Brown seconded that the Report be adopted.
Dr. G. B. Lonesrarr proposed and Mr. R. W. Lioyp
seconded as a preliminary amendment that the Report be
received. This was carried, and the Report having been read
again, the original motion was also carried almost unanimously.
Mr. Bersune-Baker then proposed and Mr. Durrant
seconded that the Report be printed; this, and a further
motion proposed by Dr. K. Jorpan and seconded by Prof.
E. B. Poutron, that it be sent to Dr. Malcolm Burr, the
General Secretary of the Congress, were carried unanimously.
Exhibitions.
A scarce DiprEron.—Mr. J. E. Cotuin exhibited a series
of thirteen specimens of Physocephala nigra, De G., the
largest British species of the Conopidae, caught on Studland
Heath (Dorsetshire), during the last week in May, when
Colonel Yerbury, Mr. C. J. Wainwright and himself took
some 24 specimens. He remarked upon the wide distribution
of the species over almost the whole of Europe, while in
Britain Colonel Yerbury had taken it in the extreme north-
west of Scotland; though widely distributed, however, the
E2
(levi)
species was always considered a great rarity, and its occur-
rence in such numbers had never before been recorded. The
majority of the specimens were taken on the flowers of
rhododendron, but others were found singly over a large area
of the heath.
A nEW Hyprorcia.—Dr. T. A. CHapman exhibited a
specimen of /Hydroecia burrowsi, Chpn., a new species that
has turned up (from Vladivostock) since Mr. Burrows’s paper
on the group (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1911, p. 738); see Ent.
Record, 1912, p. 109.
A BRED ALBULINA PHERETES.— Dr. CHAPMAN also showed a
specimen of Lycaena (Albulina) pheretes, 2, bred at Reigate
from the egg, supposed to be the first (and only) bred
specimen of the species (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1912).
Two uncommon Supangse Burrerriies.— Dr. G. B. Lone-
STAFF exhibited Calopteris ewlimene and Teracolus pleione, and
read the following notes :—
Both sexes of Calopieris eulimene were described by Klug
in 1829, from specimens taken at Ambukol by Dr. Hemprich
and Dr. Ehrenberg. Kirby gives its habitat as Arabia, but
Ambuk6él is on the Upper Nile, about half-way between
Dongola and Abi Hamed, in Lat. 18° N.
In 1896 Mr. A. J. Cholmley, who was attached to Theodore
Bent’s expedition to the Red Sea, took five specimens at
Ambaia Erba, north of Suakin.
In 1900 or 1901 a single example was taken by a member
of the Hon. N. C. Rothschild’s expedition at Shendi, between
Berber and Khartim.
These are the only records that I have come across.
In February 1909 I picked up a single specimen in the
western outskirts of Khartim, and a few days later took
seven others at Soba, on the Blue Nile, about fourteen miles
above Khartim. These were all males.
In February of the present year I took between Soba and
Kharttiim six more, three of each sex, mostly in indifferent
condition. I did not meet with it south of Lat. 15° 30’ N.
Meanwhile, during the past winter, Mrs. Waterfield had
been taking it from time to time at Port Sadan, on the Red
Sea, getting altogether perhaps a dozen. At the end of
( Ixix -
February I myself visited Port Sadan, and in the course of
a week was fortunate enough to secure eighteen males and
nine females. Unless I am greatly mistaken the larva should
turn up on the desert Caper (Capparis aphylla, Roth.).
The purple gleam on the yellow apical spot, which adds so
much to the beauty of the butterfly, is only present in the
male.
It will be observed that the specimens from the Red Sea
are larger and more strongly marked than those from the
Blue Nile. The discal spot is in most cases larger, and there
is more black about the apex. Moreover, the yellow nervures
on the under-side of the hind wings are edged with black,
this black edging being often visible on the upper surface.
Klug makes no mention of this black edging, which I am
disposed to associate with the heavy rainfall at Port Stidan
a few weeks before my visit, whereas Khartim was suffering
from drought. Mrs. Waterfield wrote to me when I was at
Khartiim saying that butterflies had been much more plentiful
since the rain, and more strongly marked.
Teracolus pleione is another of Klug’s species, the types
coming from “ Arabia Felix,” whatever that geographical
expression may mean.
Petherick took it on the White Nile, and Mr. W. §. L.
Loat in 1901 took a female at Kaka on the same river in
Lat. 10° 40’ N. In February last I myself took two females
near the same village. Colonel Yerbury found it at Aden,
apparently in some numbers. Colonel Swinhoe (Proc. Zool.
Soc., Lond., 1884, p. 436), says: “Of this very rare species
I have a series from Aden.” However, Mrs. Waterfield looks
upon it as one of the commonest butterflies in the Park, at
Port Sidin. This park is little more than a piece of the
desert scrub which has been railed in. On and about certain
shrubs, a species of Cleome (Nat. Ord. Capparidaceae), 7.
pleione was so plentiful that I repeatedly had several in my
net at once. A few turned up north of the harbour near the
shore, but I did not meet with it in the desert to the west or
south of the town. It is evidently a far more local insect
than its near ally 7’. halimede, Klug.
It should be noted that the females from the White Nile
C Tee )
differ from those taken on the shore of the Red Sea by
approximating in colour to the males,
Colonel YERBuRy observed that the yellow 99 of 7Zeracolus
pleione were much brighter at Aden than those now exhibited.
Kast Arrican AsILips AND RaopaLocnra.—Mr. 8. A. NEAVE
exhibited some specimens of the Asilid genus Hyperechia,
representing three, perhaps four, species, all taken during his
recent tour in Kast Africa. He also showed for comparison
four common species of Xylocopa, bees to which the flies bore
a marked superficial resemblance. These flies were usually
found only in forested, or at least well-wooded localities,
and usually settled on tree trunks, often high up on them, in
contradistinction to many other Asilidwe which usually settle
on the ground. He thought that the great rarity of these
insects in collections was due partly to their actual scarcity
in nature, and partly to the fact that they were extremely
difficult to capture on account of their wariness and powerful
flight.
He also exhibited a remarkable new Nymphaline Butter-
fly, probably belonging to the genus Psewdacraea, taken on
Mt. Mlanje, Nyasaland. He pointed out that it bore a
marvellous superficial resemblance to Amawris lobengula whytet,
Butler, the Danaine which occurred in the same place.
He further exhibited a number of unnamed Lycaenidae,
principally from Uganda. Apart from the fact that many
rare or unknown species were included amongst them, their
chief interest was that they demonstrated the marked
dominance of the Liptenine section of the Lycaenidae from
that region, and thus accentuated the resemblance of the
Uganda fauna to that of the Tropical West Coast of Africa.
Mr. 8. A. Nrave also referred to some interesting points,
to which Prof. Poulton had called his attention, occurring
amongst the butterflies recently collected by him in Eastern
Uganda, particularly in the neighbourhood of Mount Elgon.
The specimens of Pseudacraea hobleyi from this locality were
remarkable for the fact that a large proportion of the females
were coloured like the male, 2.¢. with an orange band in the
fore wing instead of a white one, as in the typical form of the
female common at Entebbe. He pointed out the extreme
( Ixxi)
interest of this when coupled with the fact that one of the
two Planema models, P. macarista, which has a black and
white female, is not known to occur east of the River Nile,
whereas the other, P. poggei, which has an orange band in
both sexes, does so. It is true that in the present case no
Planema of any species was actually taken during three days’
collecting in a patch of forest on the Siroko River to the west
of Mount Elgon, where the majority of the male-coloured
females of Psewdacraea hobleyi were taken. At the same
time Mr. Neave had recorded P. poggei from the Tiriki Hills
and Nyangori near Kisumu, in the C. A. Wiggins collec-
tion at Oxford, and had himself taken the same species on
the east side of Elgon, and also in North Kavirondo, where
it was not uncommon. Dr. Jordan had also been kind
enough to inform him, through Prof. Poulton, that there are
Kavirondo specimens of P. pogget in the Tring Museum, but
no P. macarista.
The following are the details of the Uganda localities, the
full particulars of the country further east on the East African
side of the border not being available at the moment.
August 1, 2, 1911, Busia, near the Sio River (the boundary
between British East Africa and Uganda)—
2 Planema poggei, 19 Pseudacraea hobleyi (male coloured).
1 3 ” ”
August 12-14, 1911, Siroko River, west of Mount Elgon—
16 3 Pseudacraea hobleyt
se % - (male coloured)
5? 8 95 (typical).
Prof. Poutron commented on the importance of the colour
change of these Pseudacraeas in this locality, tending as they
did to become monomorphic.
Dr. Lonestarr drew attention to the difference between
the fauna of this locality and that of the White Nile.
Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatt also commented on the exhibit,
especially on the Asilids,
PIERIS NAPI AND VAR. BRYONIAE.—Mr. H. Marn exhibited
series of P. napi and var. bryoniae, and read the following
note :—
( Glxsai:, 7)
In June 1911, ova were sent me from Lapland by Mr. W. G.
Sheldon from P. napi var, bryoniae females. The resulting
pupae produced two males in August last, and the rest of the
specimens emerged this spring. The two which emerged last
summer have the green veinings on the under sides much less
marked than in the spring ones. The others show a fair
amount of variation both on the upper and under sides.
Dr. T. A. Chapman found in June 1911, in Glarus,
Switzerland, typical P. napi, and also the var. bryoniae, flying
together on the same ground in the Lintthal, and kindly sent
me females of both forms.
From the typical females nothing but P. napi emerged
from a large number of resulting pupae. Some emerged last
August and the remainder this spring, the series showing the
usual seasonal dimorphism.
From the bryoniae females a large number of pupae
resulted, and three of them produced, last August, very
strongly-marked specimens (females), very different from
those which emerged this spring. I had always considered
this form to be single-brooded, and had frequently bred large
numbers with my late friend Mr. Harrison, all of which always
emerged in the spring. These three have the same shape of
wings as the summer emergence of the P. napi, the markings
on the upper sides are also more pronounced, and the veinings
on the under sides less pronounced than in the corresponding
spring emergence specimens, as in the case of the two series of
the typical P. nap.
Some of the males show a black spot on the dise of the
fore wing. ‘They can be separated roughly into two series,
those with no yellow and those with more or less yellow on
the under side of the wings. A parallel variation of the under
sides occurs in the females, and their upper sides show a con-
siderable amount of variation in the proportion of the dark
scales on the area of the wings and along the nervures.
CoLEOPTEROUS LARVAE.—Mr. K. G. Brair exhibited larvae
of Cebrio sp. (! gigas, Fabr.) from Sicily, received from Mr.
J.P. Barrett, per Mr. H. Main.
The larvae were dug up in a patch of potatoes in a garden
at Messina, and he heard from Mr. Barrett that this patch
( lxxiii_ )
alone, out of many others, was unhealthy and appeared dis-
eased, as was the case also with some tomato plants which
occupied the same ground last year; and it is probable that
these larvae were the cause of the ‘‘ disease.” The 9 beetle is
apterous and subterranean in habit, which no doubt accounts
for their very much localised occurrence.
The larvae show considerable resemblance to those of
Elateridae, but are more cylindrical, and the prothoracic seg-
ment is much elongated in front of the first pair of legs. In
addition, between the chin and the prosternum is a large
membranous portion, which is folded in, out of sight, when
the head is in the normal position, but the larva can throw its
head right back, at the same time puffing out this membrane
in a most peculiar manner. The actual use of this structure
is uncertain ; but it has been suggested that it is of use to the
larva in burrowing in the earth.
HEREDITY IN THE FEMALE FORMS OF HyPOLIMNAS MISIP-
Pus.—In continuation of the breeding experiments referred
to in the Proceedings, 1911, p. xliv, Prof. Poutron exhibited
females of two families, reared in 1911, from female parents
of the type form, by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, M.A.,
F.E.S. The first parent was captured at Rabai, near Mom-
basa, April 17: the emergence of the large family of nearly
200 butterflies took place while Mr. Rogers was away from
home, and when he returned, on May 23rd, the great majority
were irretrievably damaged. All the females were of the
type form, and of these Mr. Rogers had sent the specimens
which were in good condition, viz. the 16 exhibited to the
meeting. At the same time it was to be noted that all 16
bore labels in Mr. Rogers’s handwriting indicating emergence
on May 16,1911. In three of these the white patch on the
hind wing upper surface, just beyond the cell, was distinct ; in
six it was slightly indicated ; in two represented by scattered
white scales. ‘he patch was not borne by the parent. The
second female parent was captured in the same locality on Nov.
29, 1911 ; the males were liberated, and the dates of emergence
and forms of the females were shown in the following table, in
which no mention is made of the white patch when represented
only by scattered scales :—
( xiv })
DATES OF |
EMERGENCE Misippus FORM OF 9. } Inaria FORM OF @. 3
mw 1911, |
Dec, 22 . | 1 [escaped]| 3
i bbe ale [12 specimens received | 5 31
| Patch distinct in 4, slight in 3 | Patch very slight in 1
S| aby, | 5 13
| Distinct in 2
ops) fhe = Ye fe bel f i u : ths
” 25 Ape : 8 : 3 16
Distinct in 3, slight in 1 Shght in 1
261. 5 2
”
Slight in 1 10
st OTT <1 3
Distinct in 1
BLOB 3
Totals. 38 18 7
Two or three males died, but are put down for the dates on
which they changed colour preparatory to emergence.
These experiments confirmed the conclusions drawn from
Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers’s earlier work and stated in the
Proceedings of 1911, p. xliv, that misippus was dominant and
inaria recessive, although the proportions of the last family
were neither 1:1 nor 1: 3, but, on the contrary, very nearly
1:2. It was possible, as Mr. L, Doncaster had suggested, that
the female had paired with more than one male.
The white patch which so commonly appeared, represented
a patch of variable size which seemed to be always present on
the under surface of the hind wing of the female. This under
surface marking again represented the central part of the
broad white bar crossing the middle of the male hind wing with
which also corresponded the white patch on the upper surface,
as might be seen by holding the insect up to the light. The
white patch of the female appeared therefore to represent a
marking that was very ancestral in the genus Hypolimnas
and common to many of its species, including the remarkable
H. dexithea of Madagascar.
( ‘ise: )
THe TSETSE-FLY GLOSSINA CALIGINEA, AUSTEN, REJECTED BY
A Monxry.—Prof. Poutron exhibited the fragments of a
Glossina identified by Mr. E. E. Austen as a female of
G. caliginea, Aust. The specimen had been bitten and re-
jected by a monkey under the circumstances described by Mr.
W. A. Lamborn in the following paragraph written from Oni,
March 24, 1912 :—
‘‘Good breezes are now blowing, and so this afternoon we
ran across the lagoon in the sailing boat and had tea in one
of the creeks. Two Glossina were rather a nuisance, and one
settled on the leg of one of the men, who killed it with a
sharp slap so that it fell into the bottom of the boat. I was
too busy to pick it up just then, but the female Mona picked
it up, smelt it and put it in her mouth. She took it out very
shortly, pulled off one wing and then bit the insect in two.
She dropped the thorax, but put the abdomen in her mouth.
It was only kept there a few seconds, and then she took it
out, smelt it, deposited it on the seat, and ran away. I send
the specimen. The Mona is very fond of Zabanidae, and had
caught and eaten several in the house before we went out.”
Mr. Guy Marshall had suggested to Prof. Poulton that the
presence of fresh blood in the fly may have been distasteful to
the monkey.
FAMILIES OF BUTTERFLIES BRED BY W. A. LAMBORN IN THE
Lacos District.—Prof. Poutton exhibited the following
families, and referred to the strong light which was thrown
by them upon different biological problems :—
1. Salamis cacta, F.—The Oriental Kallimas were well known
to exhibit the most remarkable variation in the colours and
patterns of the under surface. It was generally believed that
these individual differences, which appeared in the broods of
both wet and dry seasons, would be found in the butterflies
raised from the eggs laid by a single female, but so far as
Prof. Poulton was aware this conclusion had never been
tested by breeding. It was therefore very satisfactory that
Mr. Lamborn had succeeded in rearing from a batch of small
larvae found upon the upper surface of a single leaf, a family
of S. cacta, allied to Kallima and showing the same kind of
individual variation. The larvae were found in the forest
(i exat 7)
two miles E. of Oni Camp, on October 5, 1910, and the whole
cycle of development evidently lay well within the limits of
the wet season, which extended from about April 25 to
November 15, 1910. The position and uniform size of the
larvae, together with the dates of emergence, showed that
Mr. Lamborn was dealing with a company hatched from a
single batch of eggs. The twenty-nine butterflies exhibited
the most remarkable differences of under surface—differences
which could be grouped in four main classes, according to the
tint of the ground-colour and according to the presence or
absence of a large white patch covering in great part the basal
half of the hind wing. There was furthermore in all four
classes great variation in the mottling and in the development
of the oblique veining on the basal side of the midrib-like
stripe The pattern of the upper surface was remarkably
uniform, and there was no doubt that all the appearances
presented by the under were procryptic, as in Kallima. The
dates of emergence, sexes and main classes of the twenty-nine
individuals were set forth in the following table :—
PURPLISH UNDER SURFACE. GREENISH UNDER SURFACE,
DATES OF zude:
nae ASLO. With 1 hit With 1] hit
IN 1910. vith large white} yy. ith large white) ,,.
patch on H. W. Bathonup aed: patch on H. W. Without pateh:
Males.) Females., Males.) Females.| Males.| Females,| Males.) Females.
Oct..27..7 4 2 4 2 5
» 28 1 2 | nee 2s awl 3
Fag 1 | 1
Totals. ] 2 Ba as Die | ual 5 6
The table showed that the thirteen males emerged on the
average rather earlier than the sixteen females, that the colour
differences were unconnected with sex, that the two main
classes were as nearly as possible equal, viz. fifteen purplish
to fourteen greenish, but that the white patch was far more
frequently associated with the purplish than with the greenish
ground-colour—viz. seven out of fifteen to three out of
fourteen.
(| lsxvirt)
2. Hypolimnas (Kuralia) anthedon, Boisd., and dubia,
Beauv.—The small family exhibited to the meeting had been
bred by Mr. W, A. Lamborn from the eggs laid February 9,
1912, by a female dubia, with a pattern somewhat transitional
towards that of anthedon. The parent, which was also ex-
hibited, had been captured half a mile from Oni Camp on
February 6, and died February 11. Of the seven offspring,
three dubia and one anthedon emerged at about 11.30 a.m.,
March 8, having pupated March 2: one dubia and two
anthedon, emerged March 10. The proportion, as nearly as
possible half and half, was most reasonably explained by
supposing that the female parent was a heterozygote and the
male a recessive (anthedon). The three anthedon offspring
were all typical, while the four dwbia were intermediate like
the female parent. In order to appreciate the result it was
necessary to state that the ordinary heterozygote of this
species bore the pattern of the dominant dubia, and was not
intermediate.
Further work was needed, but it appeared probable from
the facts at present known that the intermediate pattern,
which behaved in heredity just as a typical dubia, was not
itself cf composite origin, but rather a true intermediate which
threw light on the origin of the dimorphism.
3. Amauris psyttalea, Plétz, and A. bulbifera, Grose-Smith.
—Examples bred by Mr, Lamborn from-two families of larvae
were exhibited and both sets showed the most perfect transi-
tion between these two so-called “ species” which have only
been separated because the spots in the fore wing of one are
connected by a bridge in the other. Both series showed a
gradation from the complete bridge to its entire absence.
One series consisted of four males and four females reared
from eggs seen to’be laid at 5 p.m. December 7, 1910,in an open
space bya native village 1} miles E. of Oni. The eggs hatched
December 12, and four of the exhibited specimens pupated
December 25, and emerged January 4, 1911; the other four on
December 26 and January 5 respectively. The whole cycle
fell well within the dry season, from about November 15,
1910, to March 15, 1911. The other series consisted of three
males and one female bred from a company of larvae found
( lxceviir )
August 14, 1911, in Oni clearing. One imago emerged
August 30, three on August 31, and the cycle evidently fell
well within the wet season, from about March 15 to December
S,191a.
THE BREEDING OF EURYTELA HIARBAS, Drury: A CoRREC-
TtIon.—Prof. Poutron said that he had sent a proof of the
Proceedings for 1912, pp. xviii, xix, to Mr. W. A. Lamborn,
who had pointed out that #. hiarbas had been bred by him
from scattered larvae and not, as stated, from a known female
parent. Prof. Poulton wished to correct the mistake he had
inadvertently made.
Tue Irriratinc Harrs or THE Mota ANAPHE INFRACTA,
WatsincHaM.—Prof. Poutton exhibited a specimen of the
Eupterotid, or, as Aurivillius considers, the Notodontid moth
Anaphe infracta, concerning which Mr. W. A. Lamborn had
written from Oni Camp, April 22, 1912 :—
‘‘T cannot say when the common cocoon was formed other
than it was in July, 1911. The moths undoubtedly possess
urticating hairs. The female Mona was allowed to steal one.
She smelt it, rubbed off the hairs and scales, then dropped it
and in a few minutes was rubbing all four feet on the ground.
I made some sympathising remarks with the result that she
suddenly sprang on to my bare neck, and I have been troubled
with skin irritation all the evening. I found too that an
urticating line on my arm followed exactly where I allowed a
moth to crawl up a few days ago. It came and settled there
when I was reading.”
Prof. Poutron said that Mr. A. H. Hamm had found hairs
from the anal tuft of the exhibited specimen produced irrita-
tion on his hand and face. Mr. Eltringham had found that
the hairs of the female but not of the male tuft were covered
with minute excessively fine spicule-like teeth.
Mr. H. Exrrinexam contributed the following notes on this
subject :—
In the first volume of “ Lepidoptera,” in ‘ Allen’s Naturalist’s
Library,” there isa translation by Kirby of a paper by Piepers
which originally appeared in the Proceedings of the Dutch
Entomological Society. Kirby there states that his translation
appeared in the Entomologist for November 1875, though I
( lxxix )
cannot find it in that publication. In the paper referred to,
Piepers describes a small white moth which he refers to the
genus Scirpophaga, alluding to it as one of the pests of S.W.
Celebes, since, attracted by light it comes into houses, and
frequently settles on the inhabitants. Wherever it touches
the naked skin it leaves an intolerable itching. The author
further states that this moth attaches to the walls of rooms
masses of eggs covered with yellow down. This is the earliest
reference I have been able to find to urticating hairs occurring
in the perfect insect. I am indebted to my friend Commander
Walker for kindly pointing it out to me. On hearing of Mr.
Lamborn’s discovery, or rather I should say of his monkey’s
discovery, I naturally thought of examining the moths Por-
thesia similis and P. chrysorrhoea, Reference is made to the
urticating properties of these moths in Barrett’s British
Lepidoptera, where the author states that the irritation has
been thought to arise from the long hair-like scales of the
fore wing inner margin as well as from those of the anal tuft.
In the case of the larvae of these species the urticating
properties are of course well known, and in order to appreciate
the structure of the hairs in the moths I should first point
out that in the case of the larva of P. stmilis there are two
kinds of hairs, the first long and not very numerous, the
second short, very minute, and exceedingly numerous. The
long hairs are provided with irregularly placed, slightly curved
spines. The small hairs are of a quite different and very
peculiar structure. They vary in length from about ‘18 to
‘08 of a millimetre; they are very finely tapered towards the
end by which they are attached, and the outer end, which is
much thicker, is furnished with three or four large sharp
barbs, similar projections of gradually decreasing size being
profusely arranged along the whole length of the hair, or
spicule, as it may be termed. These spicule hairs, which in
the case of the processionary caterpillars have been described
by Judeich and Nitsche, occur in enormous numbers, and I
believe that to them is mainly due the inflammation which
ensues from contact with the larva.
Now in the female moth, P. similis, microscopic examination
of the hairs in the anal tuft shows that there are present three
(xe?)
kinds of hairs. First, long thick hairs, having a smooth and
innocuous surface. These are most numerous on the peri-
pheral portion of the tuft, in fact all the hairs here seem to be
of the smooth kind, but they occur also in considerable
numbers throughout.
Secondly, there are great masses of very fine hairs which
for a portion only of their length are covered with irregular
sharp jagged processes. A bundle of these hairs, when highly
magnified, presents much the appearance of a tangle of
brambles. These hairs are quite different from the large
hairs of the larva. Also it is to be noted that it is the basal
end of the hair which is spiny, so that when the moth has
made a tuft over its eggs the spiny part will be uppermost,
and so in the position to be first touched by an enemy.
Thirdly, and this seems the most remarkable fact, there are
amongst the two kinds of hairs already described, great
numbers of little spicule hairs apparently precisely similar to
those found in such profusion on the larva. One is at first
tempted to suppose that these may in fact be derived from
the larval skin in the cocoon, but unless the moth in emerging
deliberately thrusts aside the pupal skin and brushes that of
the larva with its tail, it seems difficult to understand how it
can acquire them from any external source, and it therefore
seems probable that the moth can grow these spicules just as
the larva does. [Iam taking measures to find out how these
spicule hairs are acquired, but meanwhile there is no doubt
that any small bird attempting to pick out the eggs from the
tuft which protects them would first get a mouthful of some
thousands of these irritating little objects.
The anal tuft of P. chrysorrhoea differs, in that there is in
it a much larger number of smooth and inoffensive hairs, but
as if to make up for the greater leaven of innocence, the long
urticating hairs are covered with prickles over nearly their
entire length, whilst the spicule hairs are lurking amongst
them just as in P. similis. As one would expect, the analogous
structure in the male moth contains neither spiny hairs nor
spicules.
To return to Anaphe infracta, the urticating hairs of the
female are of quite different structure to those in the two
Cpisxt .)
moths which I have described. They are of about three times
the thickness of those in similis and chrysorrhoea and they
appear to be covered with projections which may be described
as resembling saw-teeth regularly arranged along their entire
length.
There are no spicules so far as I have been able to discover.
I may say that I am going into the whole matter more
minutely and hope to have something more to say about it on
a future occasion. ;
THE cocoons OF THE AFRICAN LAsIocAMPID MOTH CHRYSO-
PSYCHE VARIA, WaLk.—Professor Poutton exhibited the
imagines and cocoons of C. varia sent to him by Dr. G. D. H.
Carpenter from Damba Island, 20 miles south-east of Entebbe.
The larval skin was still projecting from some of the cocoons,
and showing its blue spots. The larvae had spun up November
12, 1911, and the moths emerged December 13.
Dr. Carpenter had written, April 18, 1912, from Bugalla,
one of the Sesse Islands :—
“The cocoons of Imago D 137 [Chiysopsyche varia] are par-
ticularly interesting. The larvae are gregarious, resting freely
exposed on the tree trunk by day, at sunset going up in a proces-
sion to feed. When full-grown they are chocolate brown with
blue patches and patches of glistening white short hairs—very
conspicuous. The cocoon, when finished, has a hole at one end,
through which the larval skin is partly pushed out at pupation,
and projects, showing the bright blue patches. Now as the moth
makes a hole at the other end for its exit, the only explanation
is that the aposematic larval skin is made use of to protect the
pupa! I know of no other cocoon in which a hole is left
especially for the extrusion of the larval skin. The cocoons
are not especially exposed, in fact I had to search to find
them: they were in a sheltered nook under fallen branches
and amongst projecting roots. I left the larvae on the tree
as they would not eat in confinement, but just wandered round
and round the box in single file, head to tail, forming a com-
plete ring, and looking very absurd! Evidently they wanted
the stimulus of climbing up the tree to make them eat.”
Professor Poutton said he had no doubt that Dr. Car-
penter’s interpretation was correct. It required a very
PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., 111. 1912. F
Co ixxxn )
definite adaptation of instinct to produce the result. The
cocoon had a very dense appearance, but it would be satis-
factory to examine it before the extrusion of the larval
skin and to watch the larva when spinning. It was by no
means uncommon for procryptic colouring and habits to be
combined with an aposematic second line of defence. He
suggested that the use of the old larval skin might be com-
pared with the still more elaborate instinct described by
Portchinsky in a species of Lina (Melasoma)—he believed
L. tremulae, ¥. The larva of this Chrysomelid beetle, when
disturbed, extruded a spherule of milk-white fluid at the
aperture of each gland-duct opening on the skin, and when
disturbance ceased the fluid was again withdrawn into the
body. Professor Poulton said that he had witnessed this
procedure in the larva of a species of Lina at Lake Louise,
in the Canadian Rockies, in the autumn of 1897, and had
found it to be precisely as described by the Russian
naturalist. Portchinsky stated that a store of the same
fluid is contained in the old larval skin after pupation and
that, when the pupa is irritated, it ‘‘sits up” and brings
pressure to bear on the skin which still envelops its posterior
segments. This pressure causes the fluid to appear at the old
apertures, to be presently withdrawn by the recovery in the
shape of the skin when the pupa sits down again. Professor
Poulton said that he owed the translation of this observation
from the monograph of the distinguished Russian naturalist
to the late Professor W. R. Morfill, of Oxford.
Dr. T. A. CHapman remarked that the hairs covering the
eggs of Porthetria dispar are also urticating. He also observed
that there are other species of moths which extrude the larval
skin, but in these cases it was from flimsy cocoons. Mr. J. H.
Durrant also gave instances of this fact.
THE WARNING COLOURS OF THE Hypsip moTH “ CALLIORATIS ”
PACTOLICUS, BuTL., IN ALL ITs sTaGEs.—Professor PoULTON
exhibited the larvae, pupae and imagines of “ pactolicus,” sent
by Dr. G. D, H. Carpenter. Two species belonging to the genus
Callioratis had been recently recognised as Geometridae, and
had carried off the genus into this family, leaving the true
Hypsidae, pactolicus and its allies, at present without a generic
( teri )
name. The 2 black-and-white-ringed larvae and the 2 orange
black-marked pupae has been collected on April 17, 1912, by
Dr. Carpenter on the shore of Bugalla, Sesse Islands: the 32
imagines had been bred (June 1, 1911) from scattered larvae
found on Damba Island. There was much variation in the
development of the black bars crossing the fore wing, which,
in the darkest specimen, were far more completely fused into
a single band on the right side than the left. Dr. Carpenter
wrote concerning the specimens, April 18, 1912 :—
‘‘Tam sending you bottled specimens of the Hypsid moth
‘pactolicus’ larvae and pupae. They are common on the
shore, where their yellow papilionaceous food-plant grows very
plentifully. They are splendid examples of conspicuousness :
the larvae are visible from far. The white is the purest
Chinese white I have ever seen on a live creature! The pupae
are freely exposed, hanging in a few threads just enough to
support them. It is difficult to imagine an insect more con-
spicuous in all its stages. The moth has a very slow, heavy
flight (like a “ Cinnabar”), and if handled exudes a strong-
smelling, rather bitter-tasting fluid from behind each side of
‘the collar’ of the thorax. I thought you might like to have
these ; they are in dilute alcohol with a little glycerine. I
will try and photograph some aw naturel next time the larvae
appear in numbers. ‘The brood of moths is just over.”
The species pactolicus sent by Dr. Carpenter was closely
allied to bellatrix, Dalm., which Mr. G. A. K. Marshall had
seen caught and rejected by a young drongo (Trans. Ent.
Soc., 1902, pp. 358-9). The specimen, which had lost most of
its head, was now in the Hope Department.
DIURNAL MOVEMENTS OF ACRAEINE PUPAE.—Prof. PouLTon
said that he had received from Dr. G, D. H. Carpenter an
account of curious changes of attitude observed in Acraeine
pupae. The following statement formed part of the letter of
April 18, 1912, already referred to :—
‘‘Acraeine pupae (at least all that I have had) have a curious
habit which I do not remember to have seen mentioned any-
where. They bend their body from side to side at more or
less regular intervals of a day. Thus one day you see a pupa
bent towards one side, and next day it is bent towards the
F 2
( laxxiy )
other, remaining motionless in these positions. Perhaps, as
some Acraeine pupae at any rate are of aposematic colours, it
is an advantage to show by change of position that they are
animate objects, and drive home the warning. I have never
seen any other pupa that hangs by the tail adopt changes of
attitude,”
PSEUDACRAEAS OF THE HOBLEYI GROUP ON THE SessE IsLuanps
IN THE Vicror1s Nyanza.—Prof. Poutron said that Dr.
G. D, H. Carpenter had left Damba in December 1911, and
after spending Christmas at Entebbe had gone in January
to Bugalla Island in the Sesse Archipelago. The following
extracts were printed from a letter written in February :—
“Tam now quite settled, and am going to remain on Sesse.
The fly have become very much more numerous lately, and are
quite as numerous as I want. The change from Damba is
very welcome, the scenery here being quite different. The
island is mostly open grass land, rising some 200-350 feet
above the lake, with patches and belts of forest here and there,
and a belt of forest all along the coast. I went into this last
Sunday, January 28th, and to my great delight found there
representatives of all the Planema-Pseudacraea associations !
So neither you nor I need regret that I have left Damba.
Ps. obscura seemed almost more abundant than on Damba, and
its model [P/. paragea] too (by the way, this seems to have
more yellow on it than the Damba specimens) ; and on the
very first time I went there I caught the most lovely specimen
of a Psewdacraea intermediate between Ps. terra and Ps. obscura
—far better than anything I ever got on Damba. In what
I now regard as my apprenticeship to the Pseudacraeae I
certainly was misled, as you suggest, by the rudimentary vein
closing the hind cell. But now I can, with a certain degree -
of confidence, distinguish them from their models on the wing
and at rest. Pseudacraeas are very much more alert, and
rarely rest with the complete ‘abandon’ of the Planemas.
Moreover, Ps. obscwra and terva have acurious shiny appear-
ance about them, especially on the under surface, as if they had
been varnished ; and, in the ‘ cadaver,’ I find very many points
of difference. Pseudacraeas have much thicker bodies; the
palpi are larger ; the antennae have practically no club, only
( “Eexev’ )
a gradual thickening; and the shape of the wings is slightly
different.”
The following notes were written February 25th :—
“T think you will be delighted that I have left Damba ;
for the disproportion between Planema and Pseudacraea is
even greater here, so much so that I look on Pseudacraeas
as nothing, but consider it an event to catch a Planema! Of
Pseudacraeas ; terra abounds, obscwra is not quite so plentiful,
but lovely intermediates between the two are nearly as
common as the types. Hobleyi is, I think, the scarcest—at
any rate the female. I have only seen three Pl. paragea (two
of which I caught and send you), no Pl. pogget or macarista,
and very few ¢ellus. I have seen no A. alciope at all, but
Precis rawana occurs though I have not succeeded in catching
it. On February 25th I saw two male hobleyi pursuing a
terra in a very suggestive manner, and a terra pursuing a
female hobleyi which fluttered stationary in the air also very
suggestively.”
[The following sentence was extracted from a later letter
written from Sesse on May Ist: ‘“‘I have already told you
that I have seen male Ps. hobleyi flirting with female Ps. terra,
and vice versi—both hovering flutteringly in the air. Since
then I have seen a male Ps. obscura paying court to a female
Ps. terra in the same way. This makes the observations com-
plete! They were some 10-15 feet above the ground, and
out of reach in every case. I am quite convinced that copula-
tion and oviposition take place quite high up among the tree
tops.” |
“So far I have not succeeded in getting eggs, though I
have kept four females full of ova: three have died without
result, the fourth I have had for a week, and it is still living
though it has hardly any wings left !”
Dr. Carpenter had also written in confirmation on April
27th :—‘‘ You will have seen from the first few I sent—which
I hope to hear about in a week or so—how splendidly Sesse
confirms the Damba records, the results being still more
striking. Iam so proud that I can supply such grand proof
of the reality of the power of Natural Selection.”
Prof, Pounron said that the Bugalla specimens of PI,
(( bexxvi )
paragea, Grose-Smith, a male and a female, were of great interest
because of the extended pale markings, resembling those of
the most extreme varieties obtained by Mr. Wiggins in the
neighbourhood of Entebbe. ‘The five specimens from Damba
Island, mentioned in these Proceedings (1912, p. xxiii), were
on the contrary very dark forms. Mr. Wiggins’s darkest and
lightest examples were exhibited December 6, 1911 (Proceed-
ings, p. xci). An account of the Sesse Pseudacraeas would
be given at a later meeting when more material had arrived,
but in the meantime it might be stated that the intermediate
varieties between obscwra and terra were a large proportion of
the whole, and that they formed the most complete transition
from the one pattern to the other. Dr. Carpenter’s observa-
tions on the courtship of the Pseudacraeas of the hobleyi group
afforded interesting confirmation of Dr. Jordan’s conclusions
based on the structure of the male armature. Pseudacraea
kuenowt hypoxantha, Jord., was present in Dr. Carpenter’s
captures on Bugalla, although absent from those on Damba.
Prof. Poulton had now received the whole of the butterflies
collected on this latter island, and explained that a few addi-
tions would require to be made to the lists of Pseudacraeas
and Planemas published in these Proceedings (1911, pp.
xci-xev ; 1912, pp. xix—xxili). He hoped to bring a complete
statement before a later meeting.
Papers.
The following papers were read :—
‘Studies in the Blattidae,” by R. SHetrorp, M.A., F.E.S.
‘“* Polyommatus alexius, Freyer, a good Species,” by T. A.
CuaprmaNn, M.D., F.Z.S., F.E.S.
Wednesday, October 2nd, 1912.
Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Miss Lity Hur, Hollywood, Colinton Road, Edinburgh, was
elected a Fellow of the Society.
(. ‘heey
Death of Fellows.
The death was announced of the Hon. Fellow, Prof. L.
GANGLBAUER, of Vienna, and also of Messrs. R. SHELFORD,
M.A., F.Z.8., E. A. Frreu, F.L.S., and G. H. Grosvenor, M.A,
Exhibitions.
An ABERRATION NEW TO Britarn.—Dr. Nicwotson showed
three specimens of Adalia obliterata, L., ab. sublineata, Weise,
an aberration not as yet recorded from Britain. It differs
' from the type form in possessing black lines on the elytra,
and is intermediate between the type, which is unspotted, and
the ab. fenestrata, Weise, in which the elytra are almost
entirely black. These specimens were taken on Box Hill.
DaRK ABERRATIONS OF ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA.—Mr. G. T.
Porritt exhibited various forms of the variety nigrosparsata,
together with the type specimen of var. nigra of Abraxas
grossulariata, all bred, with some two dozen other more or
less similar specimens, from larvae and pupae collected from
one garden at Huddersfield during the present year.
CoLEOPTERA FROM OxFrorD.—Commander J. J. WALKER ex-
hibited series of the following rare species of British Coleoptera,
recently taken in the Oxford district :—
Lathrobium pallidum, Nord., found in flood-refuse of the
River Cherwell at Water Eaton, Oxon.
Apion annulipes, Wenck., g and ? taken by sweeping road-
side herbage (red clover, Zvifolium pratense, predominating)
near Enslow Bridge, Oxon.
Psylliodes luteola, Mill., by sweeping grass on the outskirts
of Kirtlington Park, Oxon.
“ TNSECT-CATCHING GRAss.’’—Commander WALKER also ex-
hibited on behalf of Mr. A. M. Lea, Govt. Entomologist at
Adelaide, S. Australia, a specimen of the so-called Insect-
catching grass (Cenchrus australis) from Cairns, N. Queensland,
with several Coleoptera, belonging to various genera, adhering
to the spinous awns.
ABERRATION OF PyRAMEIS CARDUI.—Mr. R. M. Pripgaux
brought for exhibition a beautiful aberration of P. cardui,
closely resembling one figured by Newman (‘ British Butter-
( Ixxavin )
flies,” p. 64), bred from a pupa found spun up on a thistle,
July 16th, 1912, and which emerged the following day.
Mr. C. J. GAwan exhibited a small series of Phromnia
superba, Melich, a dimorphic species of Homoptera of the sub-
family Flatinae, taken by Dr. A. C. Parsons in Northern
Nigeria, and read the following letter received from Dr.
Parsons to explain the great interest attaching to the
specimens :—
“ Haldon Terrace, Dawlish, S. Devon,
26th August, 1912.
“DeAR Sir,—With reference to my interview with you
last June and our conversation at the Museum concerning
certain Homoptera that I brought from N. Nigeria.
“The following is an extract from a letter that I wrote to
my wife on the subject.
«¢ . . I sat down at once to describe to you an extra-
ordinary instance of protective mimicry that came under
my notice. You must know that this last trip I have
been in the habit of collecting new flowers and then
trying to paint them when [ get into a camp. One
afternoon I found that the particular flower which I
wanted to paint was dead, so I went into the “jungle”’
to try and find another specimen. But my attention was
soon arrested by a most beautiful dove-coloured pea flower
of sorts. ‘‘I will not bother about that other flower” I
said to myself “‘ but pick this one instead.” On suiting
the action to the word all the blossoms of my “ flower”
flew up in a cloud of fluff about my head and then re-
settled individually among the brushwood. To use one
of your favourite expressions, my “flower ” was composed
of several very pretty moths ‘‘on tiptoe for a flight.” I can-
not call to mind another instance of insects combining in
that sort of way for mutual protection. These moths,
whose folded wings are the exact shape of the keel part
of a pea flower, were all arranged on the bare stem of
some darkish bush ; their heads were all pointing in the
same direction and the colour graduated from green ati
(a lesa) }
the top of the twig to a deep dove colour that would
indicate the oldest blossoms below. I was never so com-
pletely and so wonderfully taken in during my life, I
well believe. J was able to catch about fifteen of the
insects which I am sending to the Nat. History Museum,
and I hope they will be able to reproduce what I saw.’
‘‘The insects were taken in a village called Panpa, which
lies about 40 miles north of Kerri in the Nassarawa province
of Northern Nigeria. The place cf capture was a patch of
dense undergrowth at the edge of a jungle stream and close
to the village ford. It was in the month of October that I
saw the insects, and the time of day was about 5 p.m. The
insects had selected a branch which was apparently leafless
except at its extremity, and on this branch they occupied a
length of some 9 inches : all the heads were pointing in one
direction and that an upward one. I suppose that there were
between 30 and 40 insects settled on the branch when I first
saw it. After they had been disturbed they admitted of easy
capture with a cap and all showed a tendency to re-assemble
in the place where I first saw them, while none ventured far
into the open.
“‘T have no recollection of seeing any flowers resembling in
colour this pattern of insects, but racemes of leguminous
flowers are a common feature in N. Nigeria.
“‘T could get no information on the subject from the natives.
“ Finally, I should say that the insects have faded since
their capture.
‘‘ Believe me,
“Yours truly,
(Signed) “ Atztan C. Parsons, W.A.M.S.,
“Med. Officer, N. Nigeria.”
Mr. Gahan said that Dr. Parsons’ observations on this species
were a strong confirmation of the account given by Prof. J. W.
Gregory of a nearly related East African species in his book
“The Great Rift Valley.” He passed round a copy of the
plate on which that species had been represented, and re-
marked that though it was undoubtedly inaccurate in showing
( xe)
the green insects at the top of the stem as being much smaller
than the pink ones below, we now had no reason to doubt
that these insects are at times to be found arranged in the
manner shown on the plate, notwithstanding that Mr. S.
Hinde had never seen them so arranged during the time he
had them under observation (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902,
p. 695). Prof. Poulton’s suggestion that the insects are only
arranged in the definite way described by Dr. Gregory, just
at the period when they have reached the final stage, was in
all probability correct, but it had yet to be proved correct ;
and in a matter so interesting it was greatly to be desired
that someone on the spot would carry out further observations
with a few to settling that point. Mr. Distant had described
as a distinct species the pink form shown on Dr. Gregory’s
plate ; but knowing what we did of the close association of
the two forms, he thought it was quite evident the two were
merely forms of a single species, especially as no difference in
structure had been pointed out.
West Arrican Homorrera.—Mr. W. A. Lamporn exhibited
a series of twelve Homoptera of the genus Flata, all taken feed-
ing on one plant, 70 miles E. of Lagos, on Dec. 1, 1912. The
insects were dimorphic, and he stated that the pink and green
forms were mixed as they rested on the plant. He had
not observed in these the definite arrangement according to
colour mentioned by Mr. Gahan, although he was acquainted
with the same species.
Prof. Poutton observed that the insect probably had the
instinct for congregating, though not of colour-arrangement,
and that in the two known instances in which the green
specimens were found above and the pink below they had
probably come out in that order, and had not yet flown, and
that when once disturbed they congregated again, but
promiscuously. ;
EUCHELIA JACOBAEAE, L., CAPTURED AND THEN ABANDONED
By A Rosin.—Prof. Poutron exhibited an apparently un-
injured example of EL. jacobaeae given him by Mr. Roland
Trimen, F.R.S., who had made the following observation on
June 20,1912. The moth was flying slowly at midday in his
garden at Fawley, Onslow Crescent, Woking, when a robin
(- set °)
captured it on the wing and flew with it behind a bush.
After about three minutes the bird flew away, and Mr. Trimen
found the moth lying upon the ground. Although there was
no obvious injury, except that one fore-wing was bent over
and slightly rubbed, the insect seemed paralysed or almost
dead. JL. jacobaeae being, however, one of those moths that
readily ‘‘feign death,’ and Mr. Trimen being anxious to
preserve the specimen just as it was left by the assailant, he
placed it without delay in a killing-bottle.
ABERRATIONS OF ALPINE LycAEnips.—Dr. T, A. CHAPMAN
exhibited several unusual forms of some common “ Blues ” taken
this year in the Valley of the Isere and at Courmayeur
(country of the Centrones).
(1) Polyommatus icarus, 3, from Courmayeur, in which the
upperside makes a nearer approach to P. escheri than he had
seen in the species. The colour of the blue, its variation of
tint towards the margin, the encroachment of the black
marginal line as in P. escheri, and the black lines along the
veins were all marked.
(2) A specimen of Agriades thetis (bellargus), 3, from Cour-
mayeur, that had black spots round all four wings, being a
marked example of the var. punctifera, an African form.
(3) An example of Polyommatus hylas, 3, from Courmayeur,
that was very pale, the blue becoming white against the
marginal line.
(4) A specimen of Hirsutina damon, g, that was very
possibly really a hybrid with A. corydon; the underside had
marginal spots and lunules, much in excess of the faint traces
sometimes present in damon; it was taken at Bourg St.
Maurice.
(5) A specimen of Polyommatus escheri, ¢, in which the
ground-colour of the underside was white, so that the white
circles round the spots were lost in it. It might easily pass
for a distinct species.
He said that the “blues” of this region are generally large
and more than usually variable ; and that it is also the head-
quarters in Western Europe of Agriades alexius, Frr.
Scarce Ants.—Mr. DonistHorPe exhibited a number of
3 g of Ponera coarctata which he had swept at Box Hill, and
( xex )
remarked that no one living appeared to have taken ¢ ¢ in
Britain. There were none in the British Museum or Oxford
Museum collection, but one or two in the Saunders and Chitty
collections. Also ¢ 3, 9 9,and 9 G of Formicoxenus niti-
dulus, taken in a nest of F. rufa at Weybridge. Mr. Bagnall
had recorded the ¢ first for Britain in 1906 from Corbridge-on-
Tyne. Subsequently Arnold and Hamm took the species in the
New Forest in 1909. Adlerz discovered and described the 4,
which is wingless, in 1884. There is a specimen, however, in
the Rothney Collection at Oxford, taken by Dr. Power in 1864,
standing under the name of Stenamma westwoodi, 9. He
remarked that the food was not known, but that he had
started a small colony in an observation nest, and found they
would eat honey and devoured the larvae of Leptothorax acer-
vorum, which came from the same nest. Also g 4, 9 9, and
3 9 of Leptothorax tubero-affinis, a form new to Britain, taken
in some numbers in the New Forest by Mr. Crawley and
himself in July.
Mr. DonistHoRPE much regretted that his friend Mr. Crawley
was not present to exhibit Anergates, but feared he was ill.
He then showed a 4, and winged and deilated 2? ? of Aner-
gates atratulus, which had been found in the New Forest in
July by Mr. Crawley and himself, the former having found
the first specimens. He gave a short account of the habits of
this interesting ant, which lives in the nests of Tetramorium
caespitum.
CELASTRINA ARGIOLUS ON A NEW Foop-pLant.—Mr. Hy. J.
TurRNER exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows,
a long series of bred Celastrina argiolus. He stated that
the larvae had occurred each year for some time past in the
garden at Mucking, feeding on Portugal laurel, attacking the
flower buds in the early summer. The whole of the specimens
were unusually large, and the females had the black border on
the fore-wings, in most of the specimens, very considerably
developed and of a deep black. Many of the females had a
strong development of whitey-blue on the basal half of the
costal area, and there was a tendency to develop a whitish
suffusion in the discal area of the fore-wing. In one specimen
this latter feature had developed into a bluish-white discal
( xcili )
blotch definitely terminated by the black border exteriorly,
but vanishing into the general blue area interiorly. The
form closely resembled the Nearctic form pseudargiolus.
He believed that the food-plant had not hitherto been
recorded.
A CURIOUS ENTOMOLOGICAL Picture.—Mr. TurNER also ex-
hibited a curious colour-print of an “ Entomologist” pub-
lished in 1830 in London, in which the whole of the figure was
ingeniously made up of various species of the Insecta, only the
face being human,
THe Genus DiantHorcra.—Mr, L. W. Newman exhibited
specimens of Dianthoecia, bred from North Kent wild larvae,
resembling exactly, both in size and coloration, Dianthoecia
capsophila from the Isle of Man. This appeared to confirm
the opinion of several leading men that D. capsophila and D.
carpophaga are the same species. He also showed for com-
parison varied series of D. carpophaga ; a pair of D. capsophila
and D. capsincola.
CoLIAS HECLA FROM Finmark.—Mr. W. G. SHELDON ex-
hibited a series of C’. hecla, from the Porsanger Fjord, Arctic
Norway, with specimens of the other orange species occurring
in Europe for comparison.
A uivinc Earwic.—Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited a living ¢
of Labidura riparia (the Giant Harwig), taken on the shore
near Christchurch, Hants. They appeared to be getting
scarce. He had visited the locality three times in August, and
in all found a dozen specimens—d, ?, and nymphs. The one
exhibited was taken on August 31, and had been fed on raw
meat. As these earwigs change colour very much after death
he also exhibited a drawing giving the colour of the living
insects, and demonstrating how well they are protected by
resemblance to the pale sand of the Hampshire coast.
Pyrenean Lepipoprera.—Mr.G. T. Betaune-BaKker showed
specimens of Hepialus pyrenaicus, a species found not un-
commonly on the higher parts of Mount Canigou, with the
apterous female. Also a fine form of Lycaena arion, and
a specimen of Heodes hippothoe that was at once radiated,
obsolescent and asymmetrical.
AwPINE Burrsrriins.—Mr, Dovaias Pzarson exhibited a
( jxeiv ))
drawer of Rhopalocera from the Black Forest and the Swiss
Alps, including an albinistic specimen of Hrebia lappona, an
unusually large 2? of Melitaea varia, the large Black Forest
form of Colias palaeno, Brenthis pales from Pontresina with
underside hind-wings of a deep purple-red, and others.
Eee-Layine or Erepia Guaciatis.—Mr. J. A. Simes read
the following note :—“ On the 15th July, 1912, I came across
Erebia glacialis in some numbers on a scree slope below the
summit of the Colette de Gily, Dauphiny, and sat down for a
while to watch them. Shortly afterwards I saw a 9 alight
on a piece of loose rock on the slope, sun itself for a time and
then proceed to walk slowly backwards until it reached the
lower end of the rock. It then bent its abdomen underneath
the slab of rock and deposited an egg on the lower surface of
it. The slab measured roughly 9 inches by 4 inches and the
broken part at the lower end was only about half an inch
thick, although the bulk of the slab was considerably thicker.
The only vegetation in the neighbourhood was a very fine-
leaved grass, tufts of which grew here and there on the
screes. The nearest plant was about a foot and a half distant
from the slab on which the egg was deposited. I subsequently
observed a second female behave in precisely the same manner,
and eventually deposit an egg on the underside of a detached
slab of rock on the scree slope.”
Mr. H. Rownanp-Brown observed that if the larva were
not hatched till the spring the egg might be placed in this
way for protection, but as the larva had been known to hatch
quickly and hibernate in that state this could not be the
cause.
Mr. Dovetas PEARSON suggested that possibly the fact that
they had to hatch quickly was the reason for their position, as
the heat obtained from the sun beating on the slab might
hasten them.
Dr. CHAPMAN was of opinion that this was quite possible,
but thought it also possible that the species, unlike most of
the genus, might hibernate as an egg, since they had only
been known to hibernate as larvae in captivity, and so under
unnatural conditions.
DELAYED EMERGENCE OF A BeExs-ImMaco (Osmia sp.) — The
@ 120% ©)
PrestDENtT exhibited a species of Osmia and its cell, and read
the following note :—“ Three and a half years ago, in the early
spring of 1909, I picked up beside a little stream at Jericho,
and afterwards brought to one of these meetings for exhibi-
tion, a hollow stem of Zizyphus spina-Christi, containing a series
of mud-cells which I conjectured to be the work of some
rather large Osmia sp., possibly tridentata. I opened one and
found in it a fat white larva, so I put the stem into a muslin
bag, hung it up on a nail, and hoped that imagines would
emerge in the coming summer. Nothing however occurred
either in 1909, 1910, or 1911; and I took it for granted that
the grubs had all perished. However to my surprise and
pleasure I found on returning from the Oxford Congress this
year, that one of the cells had produced an Osmia 92 of a
species which I had never seen before, but which, I think,
must be the Osmia indiyotea of Morawitz. I have brought
the cell and the insect with me; but you will hardly be able
to see by this light the pretty iridescent or sub-metallic color-
ation of its abdomen. It is known that Osmia spp. will
sometimes wait through a year or more before emergence.
F. Smith once received some Osmia cells from Scotland which
produced nothing for some time; but ultimately bees appeared,
after a year or so in the British Museum. This Osmia, how-
ever, has been extraordinarily patient ; and I do not despair
of finding something more in the bag next year.”
Mr. C. O. WarerHouseE observed that in cases of delayed
emergence in bees, it was in the larval, not in the pupal state
that they passed the interval, and that the larva was capable
of existing thus for years without food.
ABERRATION OF BRENTHIS SELENE.—Mr. H. Baker Sty
exhibited a very dark example of Brenthis selene, having the
under-wings clouded with dark brown all over, except for a
slightly lighter shaded spot in the middle, and the upper-
wings very heavily clouded with dark brown ; it was taken in
Worth Forest, Sussex, May 26, 1912. He also showed a
specimen of Hpinephele janira, one upper-wing having a white
blotch at the tip, the under-wing on the same side also
having a white streak, taken at Box Hill, August 1],
1912,
( xem }
Papers.
The following papers were read :—
“The Life History of Lonchaea chorea,” by A. E. Capron,
M.A., B.Sc. ; communicated by H. 8. Lerten, F.E.S.
‘““A few Observations on Mimicry,” by W. J. Kays, F.E.S.
Wednesday, October 16th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Morics, M.A., President, in the chair.
Portraits of Ex-Presidents.
The PresipEent stated that in pursuance of a suggestion
approved by the Council, he had written to most of the sur-
viving ex-Presidents of the Society for their portraits, and had
already received several, viz. those of Lord Avesury, Dr.
Davin SHarp, Dr, Atrrep Russe, Wautace, Mr. Ro.anp
Trimen, and Mr. C. O. Warernouse. Photographs of the
Presipent and of the late Mr. G. H. Verratt had also been
received, and Mr. J. H. Durrant had kindly presented
portraits of Messrs. W. Kirpy, W. Spence and H., T.
Srarinton, Presidents of an earlier day.
Thanks were voted to the donors.
Election of Fellows.
The following were elected Fellows of the Society :— Mrs.
Evten M. Warerrietp, The Hospital, Port Sudan; Messrs.
Patrick ALFRED Buxton, M.B.O.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and
Trinity College, Cambridge; Atrrep Noaxes, The Hill,
Witley, Surrey ; Norman Densicu Rixey, 94, Drakefield-road,
Upper Tooting, S.W., and British Museum (Natural History),
S. Kensington, 8.W. ; and Henry 8. Watuace, 17, Kingsley-
place, Heaton-on-Tyne.
Exhibitions.
European Burrrrriies.—Mr. E. B. Asupy exhibited a case
of Rhopalocera from the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps and
from Britain, including a specimen of Gonepteryx cleopatra,
bred in captivity from an egg laid in England.
Ci 'xevit, )
THe Orper Protura.—Mr. C. B. Wituiams exhibited a
specimen of an unascertained species of the Protwra which he
had taken in some numbers in peat from Hampshire by means
of a Berlese funnel. This order of primitive insects, which
was only discovered about six years ago, and was first recorded
from England by Mr. R. 8. Bagnall at the beginning of this
year, is chiefly remarkable for the absence of antennae. In
a few specimens which were kept alive for some days he had
been able to confirm the interesting observation of Berlese,
that they use their front pair of legs not as locomotive but as
tactile organs, holding them out in front of the head when
walking, as if to take the place of the missing antennae.
Mr. C. J. Ganan asked whether anything was known of the
feeding habits of this Protwra, and Mr, Williams replied that
he had only taken three alive, and these had only lived for two
days, so he had not been able to make any further observa-
tions. The insects had some hairs on the front legs which
were probably sensitive, and helped these limbs to take the
place of antennae. Various other instances of similar adapta-
tion were mentioned. Mr. J. E. Cotiin referred to the use
of legs as feelers among the Diptera ; Mr. DonistHorpE to the
mites found on the chins of ants, which wave their front pair
of legs before their heads as if to take the place of antennae
and are called Antennophori; Dr. Lonastarr to the Arachnid
whip-scorpions which use their front pair of limbs as feelers.
The Presipenr observed that the antennae were really a
highly complicated structure, and that it was hardly correct
to speak of limbs taking their place, though they were doubt-
less capable of performing some part of their functions.
Arctic Dragonriizs.—Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited a speci-
men of Somatochlora alpestris from Porsanger Fjord, east of
North Cape, taken at the end of June 1912. It occurs in the
Swiss Alps, as well as in Scandinavia. Also a specimen of
Aeschna caerulea (= borealis), from the same locality, taken
July 13th. This species is British, occurring, but not
commonly, in the Highlands of Scotland. Both specimens
shown were taken in this northern latitude at sea-level. They
were captured by Mr. W. G. Sheldon.
OcCASIONAL MIGRATION DUE TO EXCESSIVE DROUGHT AS A CAUSE
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. G
(~ xeyi )
OF THE SPREAD OF BUTTERFLIES INTO NEW LOCALITIES.— Professor
Pou.ton brought forward the following note on behalf of the
Rev. K. St. Ausyn Rogers, and exhibited the two Libythea and
the five Asterope (Crenis) therein mentioned :—
“The migration of butterflies is a subject of perennial
interest and one on which many more observations are
needed. It may perhaps be worth while to record a migra-
tion which took place at Rabai during the early part of 1911.
‘The first species to be observed was Catopsilia florella, a
species which is one of the best known migrants. The date
on which the migration was first observed was March 12th,
and it continued for some three weeks. At no time during
this period were the migrants conspicuous for their large
numbers, but every specimen of C. florella seen, appeared to
have important business to the north, which urged it to keep
moving steadily in that direction.
‘Towards the end of this period I noticed that there were
other butterflies joining in the movement, and on March 31st,
I spent an hour in my garden capturing these. I found that
Atella phalantha and the skipper Andronymus neander, the
latter also previously recorded as a migrant, were represented
in some numbers. However, the most interesting butterflies
seen, as far as I was concerned, were Libythea laius, Trim.,
and Asterope (Crenis) natalensis, Boisd. Of these I captured
two of the former and five of the latter in about an hour, and,
as they were flying fast and high, it is evident that they must
have been present in considerable numbers. The two species
resemble one another on the wing, and when travelling fast
are not easy to discriminate, but I am under the impression
that the Asterope was proportionately more numerous than
these figures would indicate. Now it is worth observing that
neither of these species is common in the coast district of
British East Africa, and I had not seen the Libythea since
1899, after a period of very prolonged and severe drought—
conditions which were present, although to a lesser degree, in
1911. The Asterope I had only once previously taken in the
district, although I think I saw it on another occasion. I
have twice taken the Asterope in 1911, since March 31st, and
have seen others, and I have also seen what I took to be a
€ / xc, )
specimen of the ZLibythea. It remains to be said that the
migration throughout was from 8.8.W. to N.N.E., the wind
being light from the E.N.E. Five days after March 31st the
wind went round to the 8.S.W. and blew strongly, the first
heavy rains falling two days afterwards. This observation
seems to indicate that butterflies which are usually non-
migrants may be stimulated by abnormal conditions to become
migrants, and that these occasional movements may enable
the species to occupy new ground.”
THE SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT OF MIMICRY IN FOREST BUTTER-
FLIES.—Professor PouLtton brought forward a _ suggestion
received from Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton as to one of the
causes which may have operated in the special development of
mimicry in forest areas. The suggestion, which may be con-
sidered as a supplement to Mr. Swynnerton’s earlier state-
ment published in the Proceedings, 1912, pp. li-liii, was made
in a letter written by him on May 25th of the present year.
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who was familiar with the locality
(Chirinda, 8.E. Rhodesia) from which Mr. SwynnERTon wrote,
and to whom the paragraph had been submitted, regarded it
as quite plausible and also novel :—
“T believe you are right in your view that the forest struggle
for life ‘is of a different kind.’ Thinking it over after
sending you my suggestion as to the possible dependence of such
phenomena on the habitat of the model’s food-plant, it struck
me that a very frequently repeated observation of mine had
perhaps a direct bearing on the point. It is that flying insects
are often exceedingly difficult to recognise in forest as against
veld. It is by no means easy at once to decide on the colora-
tion of an insect seen flying in a blaze of light against a deep
shadow or vice versd : also they so frequently disappear behind
foliage after having been in view for a few seconds only.
Under those circumstances a mere trick of flight, or the
smallest splash of colour in common, have often caused me to
take the insect for something that is otherwise utterly unlike
it, and such a hesitation would usually cost a bird the insect.
In this way incipient mimics should stand a better chance in
forest than in open country and be more likely to survive
beyond the incipient stages. I had previously applied the
G2
Grey)
observation in thinking out the value of merely incipient
likenesses, but had not thought of its bearing on the ‘forest
versus veld’ problem when I replied to your question.” |
EuryTELA HIARBAS, Drury, AND E. pRyopE, CRAMER.—Pro-
fessor Pouttron drew attention to a letter he had received
nearly two years ago from Mr. G. F. Leigh, describing the
breeding of H. dryope and drawing the inference that the
species was distinct from hiarbas. Mr. Leigh had thus been
led by his own observations to revise his earlier conclusions
on the subject (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1909, p. xxxv). The letter,
dated Nov. 26th, 1910, was written from Durban :—
“‘T have to report that, breeding Hurytela dryope from a
wild female (I cannot give the form of the male), I reared 22
offspring, all of which were dryope. Apparently, therefore,
the two species H. hiarbas and H. dryope are different. Mr.
A. D. Millar has a captured specimen, intermediate between
these two butterflies, and such a form may, I think, be the
result of a pairing between dryope and hiarbas.”
MULLERIAN MIMICRY BETWEEN AUSTRALIAN Bers.—Pro-
fessor Poutton exhibited on behalf of Dr. R. C. L. Perkins
a male of Prosopis nubilosa, Ckll., (Prosopidae), and of a
species of Halictus (Andrenidae), captured by him in the Cairns
district of North Queensland (July 1904). Dr. Perkins had
pointed out to the speaker the extremely interesting manner
in which the resemblance had been brought about, the hard
glistening yellow mark on the black scutellum and _post-
scutellum of the Prosopis, and that on its lateral prothoracic
tubercles being mimicked by a yellow pubescence occupying
the same positions in the VH/alictus. The latter, having
departed from the general appearance of its group, was clearly
a mimic of the Prosopis, which bore a pattern also found in
many allied species. The males and females of both model
and mimic were alike, so that the resemblance would be equally
striking between the females. Dr. Perkins had suggested
that a resemblance brought about in this remarkable manner,
by means entirely different from those employed in the model,
was certainly inexplicable on the hypothesis of climatic
influence.
This mimetic resemblance had been fully described by
ee ae
Cockrell (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 201, 1910) who
stated that certain species of the Australian Paracolletes also
resembled the same Prosopis models. ‘‘ The yellow dorsal patch
in the Prosopis is tegumentary, in the Paracolletes due to hair,
but the superficial effect is the same. To my astonishment I
find also an Halictus with the same coloration (the patch due
to hair), so similar to Paracolletes flavomaculatus that I had
no doubt of its being a close relative until I came to examine
it in detail.” This species was described (/.c., pp. 201, 202) by
Cockrell from three 2 specimens, from Macleay, Queensland,
as Halictus paracolletinus, and it was probable that the
specimen exhibited was the d of the same species.
A short discussion on the mimetic signification of this
exhibit took place, in which the PresrpEnt, Prof. Poutron,
Messrs. C. O. WatTerHousE and G. A. K. Marsuatt took part.
A NEW spEcigs oF ArGyNNIS.—The Rev. G. WHEELER
exhibited two specimens of a new Argynnis, discovered in
June last by Mr. Harold Powell, F.E.S., at Lambessa in
Algeria. He stated that during a recent visit to Mons.
Charles Oberthiir at Rennes he had seen a drawer of this
species in which there was only one slightly aberrant specimen.
Mons. Oberthiir had given him four specimens of this species
which on the underside somewhat resembled A. adippe, var.
chlorodippe (shown for comparison) but the ¢s were entirely
without the broad androconial patches on the nervures of the
forewings on the upper side, present in all forms of A. adippe.
Mons. Oberthiir named it auresiana.
Cocoons or NorasumA koutea, H. Drucr, spun UNDER
NATURAL CONDITIONS.—Dr. W. A. Lamsorn observed that
some cocoons formed by larvae of this species in captivity had
been previously exhibited by Professor Poulton, which, how-
ever, did not present quite the same appearance as those
formed under natural conditions. The specimens now ex-
hibited were formed by wild larvae under leaves and were
found in the clearing at Oni Camp. They gave a better idea
as to the mimicry of Braconid cocoons by the formation of
little bosses of yellow silk. He remarked that it is the rule
to find several cocoons under one leaf frequently as many as
twelve.
«(: ch. }
ANTS, AND A NEW MYRMECOPHILOUS spEctES.—Mr. Donis-
THORPE exhibited (1) a small incipient colony of Camponotus
ligniperdus taken at Yvorne, Switzerland, October 8th, 1912.
(2) Specimens of a Proctotrupid new to science, Loxotropa
donisthorper, Kieffer, taken in a nest of Lasius flavus at Black-
gang Chine, Isle of Wight, September 9th, 1912. (3) A specimen
of Camponotus abdominalis var. atriceps, Smdt., an American
species, captured alive in his room on his return from
Weybridge, September 6th, 1912. It seemed probable
that it had come from the hotel at Weybridge, as he
was told of the capture of other specimens there on his
next visit.
Commander WaLkeEr observed that one of the Australian
species of Camponotus occurred constantly in houses, ‘and was
familiarly known as the “sugar ant.”
Mr. DonistHorre also handed round a photograph of
Professor Foret, and of his house, where he had lately
been Professor Forel’s guest.
Hysrips and SEeconp Broops.—Mr. L. W. Newman ex-
hibited (1) a long and varied series of the Hybrid Smerinthus
ocellatus $ x Amorpha populi 2, bred September 1912, out-of-
doors, from pairing obtained June 1912, the larvae pupating
in July and early August. There was considerable variation
in the eye-spots, some being very pronounced and others
obscure ; several having a washed-out appearance and others
being very brilliant, two or three being well flushed with
pink scaling. (2) Living specimens of the Hybrid Zonosoma
pendularia $ X omicronaria 2 (annulata). Pairing took
place July 1912; the larvae were sleeved out-of-doors on
growing birch till September 15th, when they were not half
fed, then brought into a hot-house (temperature 60° to 70°)
and fed in glass-topped metal boxes ; they at once grew very
rapidly, pupating October Ist to 12th, and started to emerge
on October 8th and continued to emerge every day since.
The specimens showed characters of both species well, and
vary somewhat in the quantity of pink coloration. (3) A
living 2 specimen of Metrocampa margaritaria, taken at rest
in Bexley Woods October 14th, 1912, which points to a
second emergence of this species. (4) A 9? specimen of
Gccitiy:)
S. ocellatus bred out-of-doors, on September 14th, from larva
which pupated in June 1912.
Matacoperm Larvar.—Mr. K. G. Buarr exhibited larvae
of two allied species of Malacoderm from Borneo, brought to the
Natural History Museum by Mr. J. C. Moulton. The species
to which these larvae belong are not yet known, although pro-
bably belonging to the family Lycidae. The larvae are found
amongst moist rotten wood, but the nature of their food is
uncertain.
Mr. C. J. Gawan observed that from the mouth-parts it
was probable that these larvae belonged to the Family Lycidae.
Several attempts had been made to breed them but they had
never developed, and it was possible that the ? at any rate
never gets beyond this condition ; the ¢ is quite unknown.
Prof. Pouuron remarked that Mr. Shelford had once had a
larva which reached a soft stage apparently preliminary to
some change, but that it had fallen a victim to an unfortunate
accident.
Nonacria pissotutra.— Mr. H. M. Epegnsren exhibited
specimens of Wonagria dissoluta and var. arundineta from
East Kent, bred during August 1912, 75 per cent. from this
locality being dissoluta,
Papers.
The following papers were read :—
‘* Notes sur quelques espéces des Lucanides dans les collec-
tions du British Museum et de |’Université de Oxford,” par
M. Henri Boileau, F.E.S.
“‘Synaposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae,’ by
G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., M.B., F.E.S.
Prof. Poutron, in giving an account of Dr. Carpenter’s
paper, exhibited the specimens referred to by the author, and
drew attention to the fact that there were considerable differ-
ences between the females in the different families of Acraea
alciope, Hew., bred on Damba Island. A large proportion of
the females in some of the families exhibited a strong develop-
ment of fulvous pigment along the outer border of the white
bar crossing the hindwing, rendering them conspicuously
different from the females in which this feature was absent
( ‘elv, )
or nearly absent. There could be no doubt that the develop-
ment of this colour in the hindwing was due to the
appearance, by persistence or reversion, of the more ancestral
pattern preserved in the females of the West Coast.
Wednesday, November 6th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of an Honorary Fellow.
On the nomination of the Council, Dr. EmitE Frrey-GEssNer.
La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland, was elected to the Honorary
Fellowship rendered vacant by the death of Prof. GANGLBAUER.
Election of Fellows.
Messrs. G. C. Bonin, Govt. Entomologist, George Town,
British Guiana; OC. Tatsor Bowrine, Acting Commissioner
of Customs, Wenchow, China; Freprrick Lionet Davis, J.P.,
M.R.C.S. (Eng.), L.R.C.P. (Lond.), Belize, British Honduras ;
Dr. Jonun Dewirz, Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine ; Howarp
Movuntyoy Hatierr, 13 Earl Road, Penarth, Glamorgan ;
A. D. Inns, D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt.
of India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India ;
Nicet JARDINE, 2 Castle Street, Ashford, Kent; Haroup
H. Kine, Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum,
Sudan ; Jan ParrozsHan Mutian, M.A., Asst. Professor of
Biology, St. Xavier’s College, Chunam Kiln Road, Grant
Road, Bombay, India; Epwarp J. Paterson, Fairholme,
Crowborough; W. Rair-Smiru, 86 Gladstone Street, Aber-
tillery, Monmouthshire; and Dr. ADALBERT Seitz, 59 Bismarck-
strasse, Darmstadt, Germany, were elected Fellows of the
Society.
Portraits of Ex-Presidents.
The PRESIDENT announced that he had received portraits of
Professor RapHarL Menpona, and Mr. F. Merrririetp since
the last meeting, and thanks were voted to the donors.
(* ex, ')
Report of the Royal Society Celebrations.
The PrestpEnT read a report of the Royal Society’s Celebra-
tion of their 250th Anniversary, which he had attended as
the Delegate of the Entomological Society.
Exhibitions.
The Rev. G. WHEELER exhibited on behalf of the Rev. F. E.
Lowe a series of Brenthis pales taken in the Heuthal, Bernina
Pass, on June 24th, 27th and 28th, 1912. Some were of the
var. ists and some of the @s of the ab. napaea, but the most
remarkable were very pronounced examples of the ab. suffusa,
Wh., both ¢ and 2, some of the latter being almost completely
black. The greater part of the Heuthal is damp, much of it
marshy, and the ab. suffwsa is found only in the wettest part.
The fact that this ab. bears no resemblance to B. arsilache,
which is also a marsh form, appeared to the exhibitor a strong
confirmation of his opinion that B. pales and B. arsilache are
distinct species. Mr. Wheeler had added the type specimen
of ab. suffusa, and a ¢, 9, and underside of B. arsilache for
comparison. One of the ¢ specimens in Mr. Lowe's series
corresponded with the ? ab. cinctata, Favre, the type specimen
of which was taken by the late Mr. A. J. Fison on the Dent
du Midi.
Buve Femautes or Potyommatus 1cARus.—Mr. WHEELER
also exhibited on behalf of Mr. R. M. Prrpgavx a series of
unusually blue 9? of Polyommatus icarus, taken in the spring
of this year in the Westerham district.
A short discussion took place on the cause of this extreme
coloration, in which Dr. T. A. CHapman, Messrs. G. T, BetHune-
Baker and A, H. Jones, Commander Waker, Prof. Poutron,
Rev. G. WaeeLEer and Mr. T. H. L. Grosvenor (who was
present as a Visitor) took part, but it was postponed for the
exhibition of further examples.
ME.LiTarA AURINIA.—Mr. L. W. Newman exhibited a long
series of M. aurinia bred from two batches of ova laid by North
Cornwall ? 2; the series comprised several hundred specimens
and was exhibited to show the very small variation in such a
large number of this variable species. Mr. Newman also
("ews '})
exhibited on behalf of Mr. G. B. Oxtver a picked series of
M. aurinia bred by the latter also from North Cornwall larvae,
one specimen having the forewings almost devoid of scales so
that the markings were obliterated, the hindwings melanic and
well scaled ; there was one albino specimen very lightly scaled;
and several specimens with an abnormal amount of white
markings on the forewings, producing a rayed appearance.
Both series were bred this year.
A MYRMECOPHILOUS AFRICAN LycaENID.—Mr, W. A. LamBorn
exhibited two larvae and two bred imagines with corresponding
pupa-cases of the Lycaenid butterfly Huliphyra mirifica, Holl.
The larvae were found in a nest of the ant Oecophylla smarag-
dina, var. longinoda, no less than 19 being obtained from three
nests close together. Numerous other nests were examined
but no more larvae came to light. The pupae were similar
to those exhibited by Professor Poulton at the meeting of the
Society held on March 20th this year.
THE VALUE OF PHOTOGRAPHS, EVEN WHEN GREATLY REDUCED,
AS A Recorp or Hasits, ATTITUDES, Etc.—Prof. PouLToNn ex-
hibited a photograph of Vanessa kaschmirensis, Koll., taken in
1911 by Dr. C. William Beebe of New York at 12,000 feet
on the Nepal-Sikkim boundary line in the Eastern Himalayas.
Although the butterfly was reduced to an expanse of wing
measuring one-tenth of an inch, it was quite possible, with
the aid of a lens, to make out the pattern and to determine
the species. The result showed that useful work, especially
for bionomic purposes, might be done with a good camera
even when reduction was carried to an extreme degree,
THE PRODUCTION OF THE SPHERICAL STRUCTURES ON THE
Cocoons oF THE TinerD MorH EpicePHALA CHALYBACMA,
Meyr.—Prof. Povutron read the following letter, written
May 27th, 1912, from Peradeniya, Ceylon, by Mr. E. E. Green,
and exhibited the cocoons referred to therein :—
“Your note, on p. xcv of the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, has
prompted me to send you the enclosed small cocoons of
Epicephala chalybacma, Meyr. The curious little bubble-
shaped structures along the dorsum of the cocoon may perhaps
be produced in the same way as the bodies on the cocoons of
Deilemera antinori, viz. ab ano.
(‘evn .)
“ Though the cocoons are extremely abundant in my garden,
being attached to leaves of many kinds, to dead twigs, and
even to sawn posts, I have never seen the larva at work or
identified it in any stage. It is presumably a leaf miner at
some part of its existence. I can only suppose that it migrates
at night. I must have a search with a lantern.”
Prof. Poutron in replying had expressed the hope that
Mr. Green would study the subject further and try to find
out the method by which the bubbles were produced. The
observation was of all the more importance and interest
because this species of Tineid was closely allied to Marmara,
which produces similar structures upon its cocoon, as described
in the Proceedings, pp. xcvili, xcix, 1911. There could be no
doubt that the solution of the problem in Epicephala would
provide the solution in Marmara also. Within the last few
days Prof. Poulton had received the following paper and
accompanying illustrations, dated August 16th, 1912, from
Mr. E. E. Green.
Note on the construction of the cocoon of the Tineid
moth Hpicephala chalybacma, Meyrick.
By E. Ernest Green, F.ES.
The remarkable little cocoons of Hpicephala chalybacma have
been abundant in my compound at Peradeniya, Ceylon, for
many years. They are attached to the leaves and stems of
many different plants, to posts and railings, or to any material
that may happen to be in the neighbourhood, These white
cocoons are elongate, with a median ridge or crest composed
of minute glistening globules, the nature of which has hitherto
puzzled me. I could never find the caterpillars that were
responsible for the structures. One particular post, that was
constantly ornamented with the cocoons, has been watched—
day and night—for some time. I naturally expected to find
the caterpillars making the ascent. The ground at the base of
the post was scanned minutely, but no wandering caterpillars
were to be found. It really seemed that, if they did not come
up from below, they must come down from above. One morning,
after concluding my search, I instinctively glanced upwards,
« evili ))
and there—sure enough—were several minute larvae, hanging
by long silken threads from the overspreading branches of
an “ Inga-saman” tree (Pithecolobiwm saman). They had let
themselves down from a height of 30 or 40 feet, and were
swinging in the breeze. This part of the mystery was now
solved. They hung suspended until the wind drove them
against something solid, and there they immediately attached
themselves and constructed their cocoons.
The caterpillar is small, but robust, measuring—when ex-
tended—about 6 mm. It is of a dull, pale, translucent
green colour, with an irregular crimson band completely
encircling each segment.
The construction of the cocoon is commenced immediately
the caterpillar obtains a foothold. The position appears to be
SS
Pee.
(ih ‘ uu
pein) f
| 3
| Sa | ’
y
Cocoon of Epicephala chalybacma, A single globule and silken
dorsal view; x 3. cords x25:
a matter of no consequence. The work is completed within
two hours, which accounts for my failure to find uncovered
larvae. After weaving a thin silken covering, the creature
rests for a few moments, and a convulsive movement of the
posterior segments is noticeable. Very soon a globular pellet
—apparently composed of dried bubbles—is voided whole.
The caterpillar then turns round inside the cocoon, rapidly
attaches the globule to the roof of the cocoon by a stout
silken cord, bites a small hole close to the point of attachment,
and pushes the globule and cord up through this aperture.
The rent is then quickly repaired. This is followed by another
short pause, the evacuation of a second pellet, and a repetition
of the previous performance, the second pellet being placed at
the opposite extremity of the cocoon, in consequence of the
caterpillar having reversed its position in the cocoon, The
( er ’)
same movements are continued, until the complete crest of
globules is in position, when the labours of the little animal
are over, and it composes itself for pupation. The number of
pellets probably varies, but—in one cocoon—I have counted
more than forty of these little objects. :
Peradeniya, Aug. 16, 1912.
Prof. Poutton said that it was extremely interesting
that Mr, Lamborn’s original discovery of the structures in
the cocoons of the Hypsid moth Detlemera antinori, Oberth.,
had thus led to the further discovery of this still more
elaborate method of producing similar results. He pointed
out the curious optical effect whereby, when the cocoons were
looked down upon from above, the bubbles appeared to be
inside the silken wall although they were really resting on the
outside of it.
Mr. Green’s account differed in several important par-
ticulars from that given by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and
quoted by Mr. E. Meyrick, F.R.S., in his ‘“ Exotic Micro-
lepidoptera,” vol. i, pp. 21-22. Among other differences
Fletcher described the spheres as “apparently . . . found
in the mouth” of the larva,
Mr. Durrant made a few observations with regard to the
allied genera Marmara and Epicephala (Gracilariadae). The
life-history of Marmara salictella was discovered by Dr.
Brackenridge Clemens so long ago as 1859 or 1860, but the
genus had not been recognised until a few years since, when
it was re-discovered by Mr. August Busck. Five species of
Marmara are now known from the United States. It was in-
teresting to find a similar habit in the same family in Ceylon.
THe West ArricaAN AGARISTID MOTH MESSAGA MONTEIRONIS,
ButLer, A MIMIC oF THE HeEsSPERID PYRRHOCHALCIA IPHIS,
Drury.—Mr. J. A. bE Gaye, who was present as a visitor,
showed examples of the above-named model and mimic cap-
tured by him under the following circumstances. One speci-
men of Messaga monteironis, Butl., from the Ikoyi Plain, Lagos,
S. Nigeria, was caught at 6.20 p.m. on Jan. 30th, 1911,
hovering over the flowers of Anacardium occidentale. On the
same day and on the flowers of the same plant were caught
two males of Pyrrhochalcia iphis, Drury, whose larvae feed
( ex )
on the leaves of Anacardium occidentale. The moth is a far
better mimic of the female than the male Hesperid, the
increased perfection of the likeness to the female being
brought about by the white fringe at the apex of the fore-
wing and the pale streaks which mark a sub-marginal section
of all the nervures of both wings. The latter colouring pro-
bably produces on the wing a superficial likeness to the pale
iridescent radiate streaks by which both wings of the female
Hesperid are characterised. It is also noteworthy that the
ends of the palpi of the Messaga stand out in front of the
red head in a manner which strongly suggests the very
characteristic appearance of the Hesperid. A similar differ-
ence in size between model and mimic is well known in many.
examples of mimicry.
A. MYRMECOPHILOUS CoLEopTERON.—Mr. DoNISTHORPE ex-
hibited a specimen of Thorictus foreli, var. bonnairei, Wasm.,
a small beetle, fastened on to the antenna of an ant,
Myrmecocystus licolor, F. He remarked that all the
Thorictidae were Myrmecophilous. They chiefly lived with
Myrmecocysti and a few other ants. They fastened them-
selves by the mandibles to the scape of the antennae of their
hosts with the head directed towards its base. Some species
had yellow hairs and were licked by their hosts. An ant
might have one or more Zhorictus on each antennae, but
only the ants in the interior of the nests had the beetles
attached, asin the case of the Acari of the genus Antennophorus
and their hosts.
Mr. Donisthorpe also exhibited a specimen of the Culicid
Harpagomyia splendens, Meig., with the ant Cremastogaster
difformis, Smith, from Batavia, where Jacobson had observed
the fly being fed by the ant, and photographs of the living
flies being fed by the ants.
He mentioned that both these myrmecophilous species had
been kindly given to him by Prof. Forel.
Living CoLzoprrrous Larva.—Mr. H. M. Epe.stEen ex-
hibited a living Buprestid larva (species uncertain) which had
been found in Messrs. Allen and Hanbury’s works at Ware
in roots of sandalwood.
THE PierRInE Genus Pinacopreryx.—Dr. F. A. Dixry
( ea.)
made some remarks on the Pierine genus Pinacopteryx,
illustrating them by exhibiting male and female specimens of
most of the species, side by side with which were shown drawings
made to scale of the plumules characteristic of each form.
He said: Pinacopteryx may be regarded either as a separate
genus, or as a section of Pzeris, the latter being the course
adopted by Mr. Trimen in his work on South African
Butterflies. It is a perfectly natural and circumscribed
group, of which all the members are confined to the African
Continent, with a species or two in Madagascar. The plume-
scales with which the males are provided show a general
family resemblance, together with interesting specific differ-
ences. Their most characteristic feature is the expanded
base, either rounded or angulated, of the lamina. In the
distal portion of the lamina, the sides run nearly or quite
parallel. Some of the species of Pinacopteryx are not easily
distinguished, and in certain public collections there is a good
deal of confusion between different forms. In cases of
difficulty, much help is afforded by an examination of the
plume-scales.
In West Africa we have the large pale-yellow form P.
cebron, Ward, which inhabits the Gold Coast, 8S. Nigeria and
the Camaroons. Its scent-scale is long and tapering, with an
angulated base. Further south comes P. falkensteini, Dewitz
(Angola ; Congo), also large, but white instead of yellow.
The plume-scale is much like that of P. cebron, but shorter.
It has an unusually large accessory disc.
P. orbona, Hiibn., also from the W. Coast, looks like a
small specimen of the last, but has a quite distinctive scent-
scale, in which the basal expansion is much diminished.
P. vidua, Butl. (Upper Nile and Br. East Africa) is somewhat
like the last species. Its scent-scale, however, is very short,
broad in proportion, and with a widely-expanded angulated
base.
B. pigea, Boisd. (Natal), of which P. alba, Wallgrn., is the
dry-season phase, has a plume-scale with regularly rounded
base and rather small accessory disc. In N.E. Rhodesia,
Nyassaland and German E. Africa occurs a form closely
allied to pigea, but generally larger, and frequently showing
( ‘exit )
in both sexes, but especially in the female, a considerable
resemblance to Mylothris agathina; so much so that Mr.
Neave says that he has often mistaken the females, when on
the wing, for females of that species. This is the form
referred to in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. lxv, though
some of the statements there made require modification in
the light of subsequent knowledge. A pair of this form
from Fwambo are the types of Mr. Butler’s P. astarte. The
scent-scales are of the general pigea character, but longer and
narrower than in the Natal representative of that species.
Forms of the pigea group from British E. Africa and Uganda
depart from the Central African type and approach the Natal
pigea in size, in general aspect, and in the character of their
scent-scales, though the latter have usually a more marked
basal expansion. ‘The resemblance to J/. agathina also tends
to disappear in specimens from these more northern regions.
But in a pigea form from Toro (Uganda), which is perhaps to
be identified with P. rubrobasalis, Lanz, the resemblance to
M. agathina is once more considerable. That this is distinct
from the ordinary pigea-form (which also occurs at Toro) is
made probable by the fact that its scent-scale is peculiar
in the attenuation of its basal expansion, thus contrasting
markedly with the scent-scale of the allied insect inhabiting
the same district. The basal flush and black marginal spots,
so characteristic of Mylothris, are in this Toro rubrobasalis
especially well marked. In these particulars it corresponds
with Butler’s P. astarte, but is readily separable from that
insect by its inferior size and distinctive scent-scale.
P. dixeyi, Neave, also from Toro, is in both sexes very like a
Phrissura. It is, however, clearly shown to be a Pinacopteryx
both by its neuration and also by its scent-scales. These have
the usual Pinacopteryx character, but are larger and longer
than any in the pigea group, having a widely-expanded and
rounded base, much lke that of P. liliana shortly to be
noticed. The outline recalls that of a chemist’s flask with a
very long neck.
In the small yellow species, P. spilleri, Spill. (Natal and
British E, Africa), the scent-scale is rather short, with a
widely-expanded and angulated base.
(exit) )
There remains the group of species headed by P. charina,
Boisd. In all of these the accessory disc is large, the base is
abruptly expanded, and the distal portion of the lamina has
its sides parallel. The species of this group may be said to
be geographical representatives. In P. charina, Boisd. (Cape
Colony and Natal), the scent-scale is like a chemist’s com-
bustion-tube. In P. simana, Hopff. (N.E. Rhodesia; Portuguese,
German and British E. Africa, and Uganda), the scent-scale is
of similar character, but larger and also broader in proportion.
P. venata, Butl., from the White Nile, has a shorter and
broader scent-scale of the like pattern. ‘The scent-scale of
P. liliana (coast region of Mombasa) is very peculiar. It
resembles in outline the thin glass flasks used in chemical
laboratories, but its neck (which is much shorter than in
P. diveyi) has a decided list. The accessory disc is figure-of-
eight shaped and unusually large. Some specimens of P.
liliana are not easily separable from P. simana, though the
latter is usually a smaller insect. A glance, however, at the
scent-scales is sufficient to distinguish them at once.
The ordinary scales in Pinacopteryx are very often spatu-
late.
A word may be said in conclusion about the interesting
butterfly named by Godart Pieris doxo. Godart’s actual
specimen was included in the Dufresne Collection, and is
now in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art. The
locality from which it came is quite unknown. An examina-
tion of the specimen, which I have lately been enabled to
make by the kindness of Mr. Eagle Clark and Mr. Percy
Grimshaw, has convinced me that it is certainly a female
Pinacopteryx, but not, as has been thought, P. venata. It
appears to me to be most probably a somewhat pale specimen
of P.simana. It is very like examples of the latter from
Uganda.
I may here draw attention to Mr. Grimshaw’s paper
on Godart’s Lepidopterous and Olivier’s Coleopterous types
in the Dufresne Collection at Edinburgh. The paper, which
is to be found in the Transactions of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh, vol. xxxix, Part I, 1897, is perhaps not so widely
known as it might be. It is accompanied by a plate in which
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. H
( exiv )
are figured eight of Godart’s and two of Olivier’s types; the
former including a representation of the type of P. doxo. A
photograph of this specimen, now exhibited with specimens
of P. simana 2 for comparison, I owe to the kindness of
Mr. Grimshaw.
Protective ReEsemMBLance.—Mr. A. Bacor exhibited an
Acridiine Orthopteron from the Benguella Plateau, taken
by Dr. Chas. H. Martin, F.R.S., which bore a very perfect
resemblance to the scorched grass stems, on one of which it
was resting, the grass in this region being burnt off each
season by the natives leaving charred tufts and stubble. Mr.
Bacot also exhibited specimens of the Dipteron Glossina
palpalis, var. wellmani, Austen, from Catumbella River.
Gigantic Larvaz.—Mr. ExitrineHam exhibited two speci-
mens of an unusually large Lasiocampid larva which had
been presented to the Hope Department by Mr. C. A. Foster,
who took them in Sierra Leone. A similar larva had been
illustrated in the “ Entomologist” for May 1886, though this
specimen was stated to have come from South Africa. It was
unfortunate that Mr. Foster only obtained the larvae on the
eve of his departure for England, so that he could not keep
them alive. They were covered, in addition to the hairs,
with long sharp spines, which made them very unpleasant to
handle. The spines were quite smooth but very sharply
pointed. Each larva was about seven inches in length.
Prof. Pou.ton suggested that the larvae might perhaps
be Gonometa subfascia, Walk., or G. regia, Auriv. The
females of both these species had enormous bodies, and
although the moths looked small beside the caterpillars,
such apparent want of proportion was common among the
Lasiocampidae.
Papers.
Commander WALKER communicated a paper by RowLanp
E. Turner, F.E.S., on New Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera
from 8. Africa, chiefly Hlidinae. ;
Prof. Poutron read a paper by G. H. D. Carpenrer,
B.A., B.M., B.Ch., F.E.S., on The Life-History of Psewdacraea
eurytus hobleyi, Neave, and in giving an account of Dr.
( exer 3
Carpenter’s work read the following letter written by the
author on June 16th, 1912, from Bugalla in the Sesse Islands.
“T feel I can almost say, as did Charles Kingsley, ‘ At
Last!’ To-day, being a sunny morning after many wet
mornings (this month so far has been as wet as any of the
three preceding, which is unusual) I went butterflying. I
saw a few freshly emerged Pseudacraeas, and secured three
terra which I send, hoping you will be able to set them in
time for the Congress. Just as | was coming away I saw
a beautiful obscura, whose large very pale areas indicated
more than a touch of the female hobleyi. It was fluttering
about from bush to bush, and was too shy to let me get near
to catch it. At last it settled and hung from the underside
of a leaf, and I was able to see it had a fairly distinct basal
triangle. It remained motionless a few seconds, and though
this attitude is exceptional for a Pseudacraea (they always
rest on the upper side of a leaf with wings usually expanded),
it never struck me what was up! I tried to catch it, but it
flew off before I got within striking distance. It then occurred
to me to look at the leaf and, to my inexpressible joy and
excitement, there was a freshly-laid egg on the middle of the
under surface, still moist with the secretion which fastened
it to the leaf. The tree was a very small young specimen,
only about six feet high, but it was the same species as that
on which Ps. lucretia fed on Damba; and there was a small
colony of these trees at that spot, which had hitherto escaped
my notice. So if this egg produces a Ps. terra (and the
chances are in favour of this, as teva is much the commonest
here), you will have the proof you so ardently desire, seeing
that the parent was a mixture of hobleyi and obscura! Any
how, now that I know and have found the food plant, I may
have better luck in getting a captive Pseudacraea to lay.
There is just time for the egg, larva and pupa to develop
before the Congress at Oxford is over, so that should the
offspring be terra or hobleyi I will let you know. As of course
there will be no time to write I will cable, just the one word,
either hobleyi or terra. If it is obscura I won’t cable, but will,
of course, write. I feel that it will be such a splendid oppor-
tunity for making this result known, when you will be showing
H 2
((sexvi)
the Pseudacraeas with especial intent to prove their con-
specificity by the intermediate forms.”
Prof. Pouttron explained that the cable with the word
“terra” reached him on Aug. 19, nine days after the Congress
had come to an end, and that he had published the discovery
in a letter to “ Nature ” (Sept. 12, 1912, p.36). The specimen
itself had since arrived and was exhibited to the meeting,
together with all the other bred specimens referred to in the
paper, including the parents of families B, C and D. The
pupal cases of. the bred Pseudacraeae were also exhibited
beside the butterflies which had emerged from them, and, for
comparison, there was included a series of the pupal cases of
Pseudacraea imitator, Trim., from Natal, presented to the
Hope Collection by the late Mr. A. D. Millar, of Durban. It
was seen that the two flat dorsal processes were rather less
pronounced and the cephalic processes distinctly shorter in
the pupae of the Natal form. Comparing Dr. Carpenter’s
pupae with the whole series of 31 Natal specimens, it was
also seen that the apices of the two dorsal processes of the
Uganda pupae tended to be directed backwards more strongly,
and that the contour of the processes and of the segments
between them formed a festooned outline instead of one that
was nearly smooth. ‘The cephalic processes of the Uganda
pupae tended to turn upwards (viz. dorsally) at the tip, those
of imitator downwards, while the two processes of the latter
were more frequently separated. The Uganda pupae showed
the darker pigmentation, but this effect was probably due to
conditions. It was highly probable that this procryptic pupa
is susceptible to the colours and degrees of illumination of its
normal environment. The method of suspension from the
edge, near the leaf-tip or near some angle of a partially eaten
leaf, was similar in both forms.
It was not necessary to assume that differences of the kind
described above imply specific distinction. Dr. Carpenter’s
description of the way in which the hollow cephalic and dorsal
processes gained their shape in the fresh pupa was an indica-
tion that they were of no morphological significance but
merely an adaptation which promoted the concealment of the
pupa by making it more leaf-like.
( oxvir )
The synonymy of the Pseudacraeae required considerable
modification if we might assume from Dr. Jordan’s researches
and Dr. Carpenter’s breeding experiments that the close
allies of Ps. ewrytus., L., were an interbreeding community.
Prof. Poulton had consulted Dr. Jordan on the subject and
he had agreed that it would be desirable to introduce the
term “f. mim.” (“forma mimetica”) for the diverse forms of
such a species as ewrytus or the females of Papilio dardanus.
The following names would now express the relationship
between the forms of ewrytus in the Uganda district.
|
PsEUDACRAEA EURYTUS HOBLEYI, CHiEFK MopELs
Neave.
| ———— —_—_~— _ — ae ——
3 f. mim. hobleyi, Neave. é Planema macarista, E. M.
Sharpe.
@ f. mim. tirikensis, Neave. 9 Planema macarista, E. M.
Sharpe.
9 f. mim. poggeoides, f. nov. | 3 2 Planema pogget nelsoni, Grose-
Smith.
3 ? f. mim. terra, Neave. | 62 Planema tellus platyxantha,
Jord.
$9 f. mim. obscura, Neave. | 6 9 Planema epaca paragea, Grose-
| Smith.
The name poggeoides was suggested for female forms with
the pattern of tirikensis, but a forewing colouring approxi-
mating to that of hobleyi. It would probably be found, when
a long series was examined, that the orange. bar of poggeoides
was paler than that of hobleyi, just as pogged nelsoni was, in
this respect, paler than macarista ¢. In addition to the above
mimetic forms there were many intermediates, but these were
usually so transitional that it was undesirable to give them
names. ‘To one of them, with a rather more definite pattern
than usual—connecting terra with hobleyi and tirikensis—the
( exvin )
name impleta had been given by Griinberg (see Proceedings,
19172, sp. xox, nb):
A paper on ‘‘Some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon,” by
EK. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., was read by Mr. C. J. Ganan,
who in illustration of the paper exhibited male examples of
Harmatelia bilinea, Walk., and males and a female of Dioptoma
adamsi, Pasc., two of the species referred to. Also both sexes
of a new species of Dioptoma which he proposed to name
Dioptoma greeni. This species was found at higher altitudes
in Ceylon than D. adamsi, and was distinguished from it by
the colour and form of the elytra, these organs being entirely
black in colour, and more elongate and less narrowed behind
than in D. adamsi. The species had been obtained by Mr.
Green at Maskeliya, and by Mr. Lewis at Dikoya and
Bogawantalawa.
Wednesday, November 20th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Mortcr, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
The following were elected Fellows of the Society: Miss
Marcery H. Brices, B.Se., 7 Winterstoke Gardens, Mill
Hill, N.W.; Messrs. Epwarp Batuarp, Zomba, Nyassaland ;
GEORGE TREVOR LyLe, Bank House, Brockenhurst ; Rev. J. W.
Mercatre, The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary; Kurt Baron
Rosen, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich.
Nomination of Officers.
The Rev. G. WHmELER, one of the Secretaries, announced
that the Council had nominated the following Fellows as
Officers and Council for the Session 1913-1914: President,
GerorGE T. BetHune-BakeEr, F.L.S., F.Z.S. ; Treasurer, ALBERT
Hucu Jones; Secretaries, Commander J. J. Watker, M.A,,
R.N., F.L.8., and the Rev. Grorce WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. ;
Librarian, Goren CHARLES Cuampion, A.L.S., F.Z.8, ; Other
Members of the Council, Ropert ApKIN, JAMES E. CoL.in,
JoHN Hartigy Durrant, StanLEY Epwarps, F.L.S., F.Z.8.,
(ean)
Harry Entrincuam, M.A., F.Z.S., A. E. Grpss, F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., Gitpert W. NicHoLson,
M.A., M.D., Hon. NatHanreL CHaries Rorascuinp, M.A.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., W. E. Saarp, J. R. ue B. Tomurn, M.A., CoLBran
J. WAINWRIGHT.
Exhibitions.
West AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA AND HymMENopTerRA.—Mr. W. A.
LamBorn exhibited (1) a small company of the Nymphaline
butterfly Huphaedra ravola, Hew., which he had bred in August
last from larvae found together under one leaf near Oni Camp,
Lagos. He said that he had bred up altogether five other com-
panies from larvae of this species, and all the imagines turned
out to be precisely the same. The larvae were purple-coloured,
with a broad horizontal fringe of hairy yellowish white bristles,
He showed also a single bred Huphaedra themis, Hiibn.,
and stated though this butterfly looks almost exactly the
same as /. ravola except for scarlet patches at the base of the
wings, so that there has been some speculation as to whether
the two might not be forms of the same species, yet the larva
was quite different in colour from that of £. ravola, being
pale green with the same fringe of horizontal bristles, and it
fed on a different food-plant.
Other larvae which he had bred up presenting similar general
characteristics were those of Huphaedra ruspina, Hew.,
Euryphura plantilla, Hew., Catuna oberthiiri, Karsch, C.
angustata, Feld., and Dvestogyna feronia, Staud., all of
which, except #. ruspina, with which he had not been success-
ful, changed to a bright green colour about twenty-four hours
before pupation.
In the case of the gregarious larvae, EL. ravola and both
species of Catuna, this colour change must have a procryptic
effect. The bright purple larvae of £. ravola, the brown
larvae of Catuna angustata, and the bluish white larvae of
Catuna oberthiiri were always found hidden to some extent
under leaves, and the change in colour should be of great
value as a means whereby they were rendered less conspicuous
when it became necessary for them to wander in search of a
spot suitable for pupation.
The pupae of all these butterflies were light green.
( seem)
These various facts, indicating a close relationship between
these species, afforded interesting confirmation of the sound-
ness of their grouping by systematists, which was originally
based on a study of the anatomical features of imagines.
(2) Two bred families of the Pierine butterfly, Leuceronia
argia, Fabr., with the ? parent in each case. The ? parent of
the first family was yellow without any orange flush at the
base of the forewing. This family consisted of three males and
nine females, five of which were yellow and four white, and
all these females exhibited an orange flush at the base of the
forewing on the upper and under sides. In the second family
the female parent again was yellow without orange flush.
There were only two female offspring, one of which resembled
the parent exactly, whereas the other, a white variation, showed
the orange flush.
The results in tabular form were as follows :—
Family I :—
Parent, captured May 26th, 1912, yellow without orange
flush, laid ova May 26th, died May 27th.
Pupated. Emerged.
June 14 June 24 i 2 @ white
” 15 ” 25 2 hs 1 g | 2 yellow
da we 26 3 @ 2 @ yellow, 1 ? white
arly reel 16,498 2 2 yellow, 2 ? white
All the females, white and yellow alike, with orange flush.
Family Il :—
Parent, captured April 16th, 1912, yellow without orange
flush, laid ova April 17th to 19th, died April 20th.
| Pupated. Emerged.
| May 9 May 18 ere ? white
| et jatp Me ee Be @ yellow
One female white with orange flush, one female yellow
without orange flush,
( ‘emxi’ )
(3) An instance of the relentless war of species against
species noticed so particularly in the Tropics. On February 2nd,
1912, he noticed a large Diplopteron hovering over a large
ant, as if about to attack it, and the ant seemed prepared to
give battle. The wasp discovered his presence and flew off
before he could catch it, and thereupon the ant put its head
inside the rolled-up leaf on which it had been crawling when
threatened by the wasp and dragged out the pupa of a small
moth. The ant was secured and the pupa was kept in the
hope that the moth would appear, as only one wing-case had
been punctured, but on February 7th a Tachinid fly emerged
from the pupa, The pupa-case of the moth was so transparent
that the puparium of the Tachinid could be seen within it.
Another possible interpretation of the action of the wasp was
that it had discovered the pupa at the same time with the
ant. These predaceous wasps had a wonderful instinct for
discovering the whereabouts of their prey. In the course of
last year a wasp was seen to alight on a rolled-up leaf
containing a larva of the Hesperid Rhopalocampta forestan,
Cram. It bit into the leaf at once, without any preliminary
investigation as far as could be seen, and proceeded to drag
its victim out through the hole, shifting its grip from time to
time so as to obtain a more convenient hold.
A Scarce Hemipreron.—Mr. bE. C. Bepweri exhibited
specimens of Lasiosomus enervis, H.S., one of the rarest of
the British Lygaeidae. The species had been recorded from
very few localities, and had only occurred singly hitherto.
On September 25th last he discovered sixteen specimens at
the roots of coarse grass in a very restricted space on the
Culver Cliff near Sandown, Isle of Wight, and if he had not
mistaken the species for an extra fine race of Styynus
pedestris he could easily have obtained more. Mr. E. A.
Butler informed him that it must be a rare species on the
Continent also, as he had never been able to obtain speci-
mens. This species is an addition to the Isle of Wight fauna.
Saunders (Hemiptera Heteroptera, p. 92) records the species
from Darland Hill, near Chatham (Champion), and Weybridge
(Billups).
Mantip OodrHEcar,—Mr. O, E. Janson exhibited specimens
( (éxxii )
of a remarkable Mantid odtheca from Delagoa Bay that had
been described by the late Mr. Shelford and figured in
part iv of the Society’s Transactions for 1909, from speci-
mens from the Pascoe collection and now in the Oxford
University Museum. Mr. Shelford appeared to have over-
looked the fact that these same specimens had been exhibited
by the late Mr. Pascoe at the Society’s meeting on, Decem-
ber 5th, 1883, and that they are figured in the Journal of
Proceedings of that date (p. xxxv). On that occasion the
late Prof. Wood-Mason expressed doubt as to their being
Mantid egg-cases, and it was also suggested that the bladder-
like outer covering was a protection against attacks of parasitic
insects. The interest of the present exhibit was in the
definite settlement of both these points of doubt, for these
specimens were received in closed boxes, and during transit
many of the eggs had hatched and the young larval Mantids
were found dead in the boxes. In other cases the eggs had
produced Chalcids, which Mr. C. Morley believes to be an
undescribed species of the genus Podagrion, having an ovi-
positor of sufficient length to reach the eggs from the outer
covering of the odtheca.
Those odthecae from which the young had emerged had
irregular, jagged-edged apertures having the appearance of
being made by gnawing or rasping, as Mr. Shelford suggested,
as a means of escaping from the tough, parchment-like
envelope.
Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatt observed that he had seen Mantid
odthecae being formed entirely by the abdomen of the 9
without aid from the legs; they were amorphous when first
formed, and had a frothy appearance. The larvae on emerging
drop by a thread to the ground.
ABERRATIONS oF CoLias EDUSA.—Mr. E. C. Joy exhibited
two aberrant specimens of C’. edusa, bred in October last from
Folkestone ; the discoidal spot in the forewings of the male
being orange instead of black; in the female specimen the
black outer marginal border of the forewings is very deep,
and entirely without the usual yellow spots.
RemMarRKABLE Larvat Nests.—Dr. K. Jorpan exhibited two
nests of Hucheira socialis recently: received from Western
( exxii )
Mexico. The caterpillars of this Pierine butterfly live
gregariously in an opaque web of silk, which has an aperture
at the lower end. Pupation takes place in the cavity of the
nest, the pupae being suspended by the tail, as in the case
of Nymphalidae. The species and its nest were described by
Westwood in the Transactions of this Society in 1836,
and the first description of the larva was published in 1901
by Dyar in the Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, iv, p. 420,
where the food-plant is stated to be a species of Arctostaphylos.
The original nest was exhibited by Dr. Dixey some years ago
at a meeting of this Society. Hucheira socialis is the only
butterfly whose larvae are known to make a nest in which
pupation takes place. (Cf. Trans. 1905, p. xix.)
Col. YerBury observed that Synchloé glauconome occasion-
ally pupates within an envelope, though not of so elaborate a
construction.
Papers.
The following Papers were read :—
“Notes on Various Central American Coleoptera, with
Descriptions of New Genera and Species,” by G. C. CHampion,
A.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S.
“The Butterflies of the White Nile, a Study in Geo-
graphical Distribution,” by G. B. Lonestarr, M.A., M.D.,
F.E.S.
A considerable discussion took place on the subject of Dr.
Longstaff’s paper. Col. YerRBurY observed that the Desert
Region really extended from Cape Verd to Delhi, and
that its insect fauna was much more closely connected with
its flora than with its vertebrate fauna. Many of the Pierines,
whose larvae fed on desert species of Capparis, were, as Dr.
Longstaff had found on the White Nile, abundant where they
occurred, but their distribution was patchy. He also observed
that the desert fauna was not drawn from one region only,
but from all those that surrounded it, and that all became
modified on settling in the Desert Region.
The Hon. W. Roruscuitp said that he had lately been
working through a large collection of desert insects, and that
he could thoroughly endorse Col. Yerbury’s observation that
€ cxxir) )
the Desert Region extends from W. Africa to India. He
also remarked that the Egyptian flora was dependent on
the Nile, and had consequently wandered out of its proper
region. This would partly account for the presence of a
desert fauna so far up the Nile as Dr. Longstaff had found it.
Several other Fellows also gave instances of species which
had been found at widely different points of this extensive
desert range.
Dr. F. A. Dixny remarked that a second species of Papilio
had been taken on the White Nile.
Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatu observed with regard to the great
number of specimens of Zeracolus in comparison with the
scarcity of individuals of other groups, that wherever this
genus was abundant, even in other than desert areas, he had
always found that there was very little else in the way of
Rhopalocera.
Wednesday, December 4th, 1912.
The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. C. A. Foster, Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood,
Iffey, Oxford, was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Obituary.
The PresipeNT announced in a few sympathetic words the
death of Mr. W. F. Kirpy, formerly Honorary Secretary of
the Society.
Nomination of Auditors.
The PresiDENT announced that he had nominated as Auditors
for this year’s accounts the following six Fellows : Members
of Council, Messrs. R. Apxin, H. Str. J. K. DonistHorps,
and Stanutey Epwarps; Fellows not on the Council, Messrs.
J. E. Contin, R. W. Luoyp, and C. O. WATERHOUSE.
Prof. Schulze’s ‘‘ Nomenclator.”
The PresipENnT read a letter forwarded from the Linnean
Society asking for subscriptions towards the expenses of Prof.
( \exxv )
Schulze’s “ Nomenclator animalium generum et subgenerum.”
He explained that the Society had no funds that could be
drawn on for such a purpose, but pointed out the importance
of the subject in case any individual Fellows should be willing
to support the undertaking.
Offer from University College.
The Secretary read a letter from Prof. J. P. Hrii1 of
the Zoological Department of University College, London,
saying that the Collection of British Lepidoptera formed by
the late Mr. Joun A. Fiyzti, F.E.S., had been presented to the
College, and that he would be glad to afford facilities to any
Fellow of the Entomological Society who wished to consult it,
on presentation of a card signed by one of the Secretaries,
between 2 and 5 p.m., on any day except Saturday when the
College was in Session.
The SECRETARY was instructed to return thanks to him on
behalf of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mantip O6THECAE.—Mr. WaTERHOUSE exhibited a diagram
of the odtheca of a Mantis and read the following note :—
At the last meeting of this Society Mr. Janson exhibited
and made some remarks on one of the spherical semitrans-
parent odthecae of a Mantis from Africa. Having since
examined similar ones in the Natural History Museum, I
thought some notes on them might be useful. The structure
of the odtheca of Mantis religiosa has been very fairly described
by Giardina (Naturalista Siciliano n.s., ii, p. 141), and Kershaw
has given an excellent account of a Chinese species, Hierodula
saussuret (Psyche xvii, p. 136). This latter consists of a
number of flask-shaped sacks each containing a number of
eggs. These sacks are placed alternately right and left, and
in part one bebind the other, the whole enclosed in a mass of
frothy matter forming an outer case as shown in my diagram.
At first sight the African one appears to be differently
constructed, but on closer examination is found to be very
similar. When viewed in transverse section the eggs are
seen to be at right angles to the septum to which they are
( -exxni t)
attached, but this is somewhat misleading. As a fact the
separate egg receptacles are narrowed at the inner end and
directed obliquely upwards towards the openings. The young
Mantids unquestionably make their way out by these openings,
but some doubt has been expressed as to this being possible
in the African species, as the septum is as thin as a sheet of
paper.
Shelford, in his description of these odthecae in our Trans-
1. Section of an ojtheca(Amazons). 2. Side view of African odtheca. 3. Transverse
section of same. 4. A single egg-sack from same, showing connection with openings.
5. Larva of Mantid just emerging from odtheca (China). 6. Cast pellicle taken from
opening of African odtheca.
actions (1909, p. 513), assumes that it is impossible, and has
in consequence fallen into several errors. I find that the
septum, thin though it be, is really double, and I could pass a
pin between the two sheets and separate them. When the
young Mantis is in the egg the head and prothorax are
doubled down on the metasternum and abdomen. When it is
ready to emerge it wriggles its way upwards to the opening,
and it is not till it protrudes some way out of the opening
that it unfolds itself, very much in the same way as an insect
> Mexxval, .’)
emerges from the pupa. It appears to me that the young
larva of the African species would have no difficulty in
making its way between the two sheets that form the septum,
and that they really do so is proved by specimens in the
Museum. In one of these cases in the Museum there is with
it a batch of young Mantids, and there is no sign of any exit
except by the top openings. In another similar odtheca a
young Mantis which died on emerging has three of its legs
still in the opening.
According to Brongniart the young Mantids, enclosed in a
delicate pellicle, emerge from the openings and hang by two
threads, and remain so for a day or two before they throw
this off. I rather doubt this being so in all species. I believe
many species throw off this pellicle as soon as they get to the
openings. It may be that those in the Museum where this is
the case are so because they have emerged under strange cir-
cumstances, but certainly the pellicles are often seen left in the
openings. Some empty pellicles that I took from the openings
of one of these transparent African odthecae had a long single
thread. The presence of these pellicles in the openings proves
conclusively that the young Mantids make their exit there.
How these transparent odthecae are formed is a great
mystery. They are not uncommon, and perhaps if attention
is called to them some one who may be fortunate enough to
see one formed will write an account of it.
A short discussion followed with regard to the formation of
the odtheca, in which Mr. Ganan, Dr. CHapman, Mr. Janson,
and the Presipent took part.
MULLERTAN AssocraTIONs FROM Costa Rica, VENEZUELA
AND Brazit.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited a number of butter-
flies with one moth belonging to the principal Miillerian
Association as found in Costa Rica, Attention was especially
drawn to the moth, a species of Castnia only recently dis-
covered, and named by Mr. Schaus—C. carilla. This Castnia
was particularly interesting from its small size and general
Heliconine or Ithomiine outline. In colouring, while in some
respects it was like the Pierine Dismorphia sororna 9, in others -
it was more like the Nymphaline of the group Hresia alsina. It
was pointed out that in Costa Rica the centre of this associa-
( exxviii )
tion was not a Melinaea such as was to be found northwards but
an Hirsutis, viz. H. pinthias. It was true that Melinaea imitata
and Melinaea scylax both occurred together with the accom-
panying forms of Heliconius telchinia and clarescens, as well
as one or two others of the common members of the Northward
Association, such as Mechanitis doryssus and Dismorphia
praxinoe, but numerically Hirsutis pinthias was far commoner,
and with the two Heliconius species zuleika and jformosus
together exerted a strong influence for the general scheme
of colour of these three insects. It was further pointed out
that the two actually closest species in outline and coloration
were Heliconius formosus and Dismorphia sororna ?, and these
two species were both usually found in the heavier, darker
forest, while all the other members of the group frequented
the more open places. Besides the species already mentioned,
the following were also shown: Mechanitis isthmia, Ceratinia
decumana, Dircenna klugii, Ithomia heraldica, Napeogenes
amara, NV. tolosa, Callithomia hezia, Hyposcada adelphina and
Thyridia melantho.
A number of specimens, both set and unset, of the principal
Miillerian group from Caracas, Venezuela, were also shown,
to exhibit the far closer resemblance of the undersides than
the uppersides, as was pointed out to be the case by the
exhibitor in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1907, p. 434, when dealing
with the British Guiana group. The species exhibited were:
Lycorea atergatis, Heliconius anderida, H. metalilis, Melinaea
lilis, Tithorea furina, Hueides huebneri, Mechanitis doryssus,
Dismorphia broomeae and Charonias eurytele, n, sub-sp.* In all
of these, save in the Dismorphia, where it was only rudimen-
* Charonias ewrytele caraca, n. sub-sp.
Forewing rich fulvous, with a marginal row of large yellow spots,
which become smaller and more fulvous towards the inner margin.
large rectangular fulvous patch at end of cell, margined with black,
except inwardly at centre where the black is formed into triangular
patches. Beyond the cella large square black pateh, succeeded by a
fulvous row of spots forming a band. Between veins 2, 3 and 3, 4 are
two large fulvous spots surrounded with black. Hindwing fulvous, with
a fulvous row of marginal spots set in a black band. An elongated black
mark above cell. Underside of hindwing as above, but the marginal
spots are white and much larger than above. Black patch above cell
very large. Underside of forewing as above.
Habitat, Caracas, Venezuela.
( Gexiz )
tary, there were present on the undersides a marginal row of
white spots to the hindwing, which on the upperside only
showed clearly in Lycorea atergatis. In other respects the
appearance was very similar above and below.
From the same locality but forming a small subsidiary
group were: Olyras crathis, Dircenna olyras and Athesis
clearista. The two former had been recognised as remarkably
like one another from the time of their discovery, but the last
of the three in the 9?, with wings closed, made a closer re-
semblance than the other two to one another, when also at
rest. The case was especially interesting in that the Athesis
on the upperside could hardly be called mimetic, particularly
in the g, while the Olyras and the Dircenna were very much
alike above. All these three species, as well as the species
already mentioned in the principal group, occurred together.
From Santos, 8S. E. Brazil, were shown the principal members
of the synaposematic group to call attention to a member of
the group that had neither been mentioned by Mr. W. F. H.
Blandford in the Proceedings of the Society for 1897, p. xxiv,
nor had Mr. J. C. Moulton included it in his paper in the
Transactions for 1909, pp. 591 e¢ seg. The species was Peri-
copis wsse, 2 Hypsid moth. Hiibner’s figure does not show
the broad yellow streak in cell of hindwing, and as he gave
no locality it is possible the insect from 8. E. Brazil may be
distinct. The insect has all the characteristics of the group,
and on the wing the exhibitor mistook it for Lycorea halia,
the slow flight coupled with the very similar coloration making
them quite indistinguishable. The specimen was caught
February 27th, 1910, and on the same day in the same place
he also took Heliconius narcaea, Eueides dianasa and Lycorea
halia. Included with these was a specimen of Melinaea ethra
and one of Z'ithorea pseudethra. It was remarkable that both
the last, aithough members of the Jthomiinae, were quite rare
and very decidedly mimics and not models. Mention was
made of the fact that Burchell, who spent about two years
in Southern Brazil, only took one M. ethra and no specimens
of either 7. pseudethra or the moth P. isse.
In reply to a question from Prof. Pounton, Mr. Kaye said
that the Heliconius was quite as common as the Lycorea.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. I
( ems, 4
Meratiic CoLour In Curysips.—Dr. G. B. Lonestarr
exhibited a small box of Chrysids, and started an interesting
discussion on the means by which the metallic coloration was
produced, observing that coloration of this kind was probably
always due to structure and not to pigment.
Prof. Poutron remarked that this metallic coloration in the
Chrysids was always situated in chitin, that it was more
probable that it was produced by thin plates than by fine
lines, but might possibly be due to interference of light by
extremely minute particles.
The PRESIDENT said that there were many more Hymeno-
ptera besides the Chrysids which displayed metallic colouring ;
he had made many experiments on the subject and found that
by transmitted light the actual colouring was, in all cases
that had come under his notice, of a testaceous red, without
any metallic appearance.
Mr. C. J. Gawan, Mr. F. Merrirrevp and Dr, T. A. CHap-
MAN also joined in the discussion, the two latter referring to
M. Pictet’s experiments on the subject.
Series OF MELANARGIA JAPYGIA AND M. GALATEA FROM
Srcity.—Mr. J. Prarr Barrett exhibited series of these two
species from Sicily. He read Kirby’s and Lang’s descriptions
of M. japygia, and pointed out that the former made no men-
tion of a marginal black border on the hindwing and that the
latter expressly stated that there was none, whereas in all his
Sicilian specimens this black border was prominent. His
specimens of WV. galatea, var. syracusana, Zell., were taken at
the same time and place, the most striking difference being
that in galatea there were three and in japygia four white
blotches between the base and apex of the forewings.
Mr. A. H. Jonuzs observed that the specimens of M. japygia
were very near the Hungarian var. swwarovius, Hiib.
Mr. H. Rowxianp-Brown expressed a doubt whether the
specimens were japygia at all, but the Rev. G. WHEELER
pointed out the difference in the darker band crossing the
underside of the hindwing, the upper and lower parts of
which are only joined by a corner in Jf, galatea, while the
band is continuous in J/. japygia.
A scARCE OrtHopTERON.—Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited a
(° exxxa )
series of Platycleis roeselii taken by himself at Trusthorpe, on
the Lincolnshire coast, this year.
THE FORMS OF LEUCERONIA ARGIA, F., IN THE Lagos
pistRIict oF West Arrica.—Mr. W. A. Lamporn supple-
mented his previous account of two families of bred LZ. argiu
by referring to a short series of females taken at Oni between
April 1st, 1910, and January 25th, 1911, a period including
a whole wet season and a part of two dry seasons.
Of the series, seven were captured in the wet season and
three in the dry; but the orange flush, sometimes found at
the base of the hindwing, was not due to climatic influence,
as was demonstrated by the following ‘table :—
April 1, 1910. Dry season. 1 female, yellow, with orange
flush,
May 31 ,, Wetseason. 1 female, yellow, without orange
flush.
June Dd » 4 2 females, both white, without
orange flush.
hy de yg s 1 female, white, with orange
flush.
By aes i exly.,.)
The meetings have been very largely attended, the room on
many occasions having been quite full, and the exhibits and
discussions have reached a high level of importance ; the
latter, except when on matters of only momentary interest,
have generally been fully reported in the Proceedings, the
statements of speakers, where not supplied by themselves,
being always submitted to them for correction before
publication.
In the List of Fellows, published in Part V of the Trans-
actions for 1911, a new departure was made by inserting
after the names of Fellows a list of any Offices they have
held in the Society, with dates. It is hoped that this will add
materially to the interest of the list.
During the past session a collection of the portraits of former
Presidents has been initiated, and a considerable number have
already been received.
The Council has been invited during the past year to
appoint Delegates for the International Congress of Eugenics,
the Centenary of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences, the 250th Anniversary of the Royal Society, the
2nd International Congress of Entomology, and the Interna-
tional Congress of Comparative Pathology. On the last of
these occasions the Society was not, however, actually repre-
sented, neither Prof. Newstead nor Prof. Theobald being able
to attend, and the short notice given by the Congress to the
Council making it impossible to find other delegates in their
place.
The Society is also invited to be represented at the 9th
International Congress of Zoology, which is to take place at
Monaco in March next, from the 25th to the 29th. Reports
from the delegates to the Royal Society’s Celebrations and the
International Congress of Entomology are appended.
The Treasurer reports as follows :—
The year ending 3lst December, 1912, has been a very
prosperous one, the total receipts being £971 4s. 11d., against
£699 12s. 11d. in 1909, £805 Os. 11d. in 1910, and £847 7s.
in 1911 respectively. This continued prosperity arises from a
general increase in all the items, especially in Admission Fees
and sales of Transactions. On the other hand, the cost of
K 2
(. Mexlvay =)
valuable Papers published has been correspondingly heavy, but
it must be borne in mind that £75 for 5 Life Compositions
has been invested out of the above sum of £971 4s. l1ld.,
adding £102 12s. 2d. Stock to the sum already held.
The Librarian reports that forty volumes, the usual periodicals
and publications of Societies, and an unusually large quantity
of separata have been added to the Library during the past
year, a list of which will be included in Part V of the Transac-
tions. Four hundred and seventy-eight volumes have been
issued for home use, as against a total of two hundred and
ninety-five volumes the previous year. As usual, the Library
has been well used for the purpose of reference.
Report of the Second International Congress ot
Entomology at Oxford, August 1912.*
The second International Congress of Entomology assembled
on August 4th, and in the evening members were invited to
an informal Reception given by Oxford entomologists in the
Hall of New College, at which guides, badges (designed by
Prof. Selwyn Image, M.A., F.E.S., Slade Professor of Fine
Arts), and programmes for the sessions and excursions were
issued.
The Congress was formally opened on Monday morning at
10.30, in the theatre of the Oxford University Museum which
was placed at the disposition of members throughout the week
by the kind permission of the Delegates, and besides rooms’
for the separate sections, a most convenient and comfortable
writing-room was arranged for the use of members, and for
the Press.
In his opening address the President, Prof. E. B. Poulton,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. etce., Hope Professor of Zoology, wel-
comed the Congress, laying special stress on the claim of the
Oxford University Museum as a place of meeting, as the
special scene of early encounters between “ Darwinians’”’ and
the disciples of the older schools of thought; of Ruskin’s
teaching and of Westwood’s labours in the cause of Entomology.
He then proceeded to trace the evolution of the female
* A detailed Report of the Congress appeared in The Times of
Wednesday, August 15th (by H. Rowland-Brown).
( exlvii )
Papilio dardanus from Madagascar across the continent of
Africa.
The address was followed hy a paper by the Hon. N. C.
Rothschild, M.A., F.E.S., on the subject of ‘‘ Nature Reserves,”
in which he advocated the co-operation of naturalists and
all nature-lovers to secure and maintain the fast-vanishing
primitive areas of the United Kingdom.
In the afternoon, in the Economic and Pathological Section
(President, Prof. L. O. Howard, U.S.A. ; Vice-Pres., Prof. R.
Newstead, F.E.S.; Secretary, Mr. H. Scott, M.A., F.E.8.), Sir
Daniel Morris read a paper for Mr. W. A. Ballou, dealing
with “Some Entomological Problems in the West Indies,”
and especially with the introduction of predaceous insects
as the natural enemies of insect pests, etc., on cotton and
sugar-cane. In the same section,on Wednesday, August 7th
(President, Herr J. Jablonowski (Hungary); Vice-Pres., Mr.
R. L. Perkins, F.E.S.; Secretary, Mr. J. C. Moulton, F.E.S.),
the president gave a long and illuminating account, with
lantern slides, of the methods employed for ‘‘ The destruction
of Stauronotus maroccanus in Hungary,” and ‘‘The destruc-
tion of Cochylis and Hudemis in vineyards”; Mr. A. G. L.
Rogers, M.A., F.E.S., outlined a scheme for “The necessary
investigation with relation to Insect and Fungus Enemies
of Plants, preliminary to Legislation,” and Prof. F. V.
Theobald, M.A., F.E.S., gave an account of the “ Aphides
attacking cultivated Peas, and the allied species of the genus
Macrosiphum.” On Thursday, the section sitting under the
presidency of Dr. Gordon Hewitt (Canada), B.Sc., F.E.S.
(Vice-Pres., M. V. Ferrant; Secretary, Mr. H. Rowland-
Brown, M.A., F.E.S.), listened to an extremely interesting
paper by Dr. Stephen A. Forbes, U.S.A., on “ Simulium and
Pellagra in Illinois,” a summary of his studies of the species
in relation to new cases of pellagra in asylums. An amusing
discussion followed on a paper apparently designed to demon-
strate the virtues of a new commercial specific for killing flies.
The second day’s proceedings of the General Meeting and
the Section devoted to nomenclature (President, Prof. E. B.
Poulton, F.R.S. ; Vice-Pres., Herr K. Kertész ; Secretary, Dr.
K. Jordan, Ph.D., F.E.S.) drew perhaps the largest and most
( exlviii )
interested audiences of the Congress. In the morning the
Rev. G. Wheeler, M.A., F.E.S., and Mr. G. T. Bethune-
Baker (delegates of our Society, with the President, the Hon.
Walter Rothschild, F.R.S., and Mr. H. Rowland-Brown)
introduced the subject of ‘‘ Nomenclature with a communica-
tion from the Entomological Society of London,” Mr. Bethune-
Baker’s remarks being as follows :-—
“This question—having disturbed the minds of many
entomologists here—was brought to a head by the publication
of a paper in the E.M.M. for February 1912, by Meyrick, in
which he published a list of no less than ninety-four new
names as substitutes for a long series of new species described
by Kearfott in 1907, and published in the Trans. American
Ent. Soc., Vol. 33 (1907), and in the Canadian Entomologist for
the same year ; he also included three names of Busck’s. The
matter was discussed very fully at two meetings of the Ent.
Soc. Lond., who appointed a sub-committee to consider the
whole question and to report, and after the report the
resolution I have moved was carried practically unanimously.
Without considering the propriety of Meyrick’s substitutions
it was strongly felt that Kearfott’s names were untenable,
primarily for the reason that to the ordinary person they are
quite unmemorable. It would not be possible for the ordinary
worker to memorise ninety plays on the syllable ‘‘ana,”
without very serious effort and constant reference to the
originals; in addition to this there are names such as
Enarmonia vana and wana; Eucosma sandana, xandana,
zandana, vandana, wandana ; Phalonia foxana, voxana ; Eucos-
ma vomonana and womonana, and others somewhat similar.
The sound of Lucosma sandana, spelt with an s, « or 2, is
absolutely indistinguishable in English and other languages,
those beginning with v and w are indistinguishable in some
languages, and it was felt some steps ought to be taken to
prevent the recurrence of such a list of names. Besides these,
Kirkaldy published a series of what many consider objection-
able names, such as Polichisme, Ochisme, and it was considered
that such names could only bring Entomological science into
disrepute if they did not make it a laughing-stock to the
scientific world. The resolution I have moved does not in
( gale -)
any way conflict with those already passed at the first Con-
gress. It will be seen that there is no desire to oppose the
International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, but
rather a desire to strengthen their hands and to prevent, if
possible, that Commission from departing from their own
Code. I speak as an upholder of the Code, but I want it
improved. It consists of rules and recommendations; the
former are binding, the latter are not. I would like to
eliminate many of the latter, and to make some new rules,
but I do desire the Commission to adhere to their rules.
This they do not do. For instance, Art. 25, The Law of
Priority, runs as follows :—‘“ The valid name of a genus or
species can be only that name under which it was first
designated on the condition: (a) That this name was pub-
lished and accompanied by an indication, or a definition, or
a description; and (b) That the author has applied the
principles of binary nomenclature.” I would ask the members
of the Congress to remember (6). With this law before them
the question of Meigen’s genera of 1800 came under their view,
when instead of settling the question absolutely, as it is really
settled by Art. 25), the Secretary of the Commission sent a
letter to the members of the Commission asking whether the
Nouvelle Classification of Meigen of 1800 should be given
precedence over his Versuch of 1803, and the decision was that
precedence should be given where valid. I submit, sir, that
that decision is contrary to Art. 25. Meigen’s 1800 classifica-
tion is absolutely uninominal, and is, therefore, entirely
contrary to section 6, and consequently cannot be accepted.
According to the Code Meigen’s names can only be accepted
from the date when the author applied the principles of binary
nomenclature, i.e. 1803. This decision is therefore entirely
contrary to the Code and cannot be accepted until Art. 25 is
altered. At the present time there is a somewhat widespread
movement to restrict the Law of Priority. This is not alto-
gether unnatural from one point of view, but from the point
of view of the Systematist I sincerely hope it will not be done.
It is not unnatural for the pure biologist and general zoologist
to desire to retain names that he remembers from his student
days; the question, however, that I would ask is, Is it
(tel)
Scientific? The Code was formed in order to obtain a stable
nomenclature, and it is steadily working in that direction,
but the end cannot be obtained in a decade. Nature works
slowly and we had better follow her example. We have
to deal with a vast amount of literature extending over one
hundred and fifty years, and it is only as the Systematist in
his monographs or other work investigates this mass of
literature that stability will be obtained, for it should be
remembered that it is the Systematist who must be in the end
the final court of appeal, at least in the elucidation of species,
and, therefore, in the elucidation of the names of species. It
is said that changes of names bother those who are not
specialists, but I have little doubt that the suggestion of
‘nomina conservanda’ in combination with the Law of Priority
would be infinitely more perplexing, and it would be an open
door for endless changes. The fact that the number of species
and genera in Entomology far outweighs the number of living
forms that belong to all other classes of the animal kingdom,
is ample justification for the considerable extension of the
powers and status of the Commission formed at our first
International Congress as suggested by my resolution, and I
trust this second Congress will approve of the Resolution * of
the Ent. Soc. of London that I have the honour to move.”
The Rev. G. Wheeler followed with a paper entitled
‘‘Suggestions for securing Simplification and Permanency in
Nomenclature.”
In the afternoon, M. Charles Oberthiir, Hon. F.E.S., who
was enthusiastically welcomed on his first visit to England, in
a speech of glowing eloquence developed his proposition—
“Pas de bonne figure a l’appui d’une description, pas de nom
valable ”’—
and after this was read a paper by Mr. L. B. Prout, F.E.S.,
“On the place of figures in descriptive Entomology,” and an
interesting and sustained discussion of the best means
whereby something like order might be evolved out of the
existing chaos of entomological nomenclature. Finally, after
the question had been referred back to a special committee
the following resolution was adopted—
* For the Resolution see Proceedings, p. lxvi.
( cli)
(i) The Congress has elected the following International
Committee on Nomenclature: N. Banks, C. J. Gahan,
K. Kertész, F. Ris, 8S. Schenkling, H. Schouteden,
Y. Sjéstedt, and K. Jordan (as Secretary).
The Executive Committee, in conjunction with
the National Committees mentioned hereafter, is
empowered to elect additional members.
(ii) The Congress commissions the International Entomo-
logical Committee on Nomenclature—
(a) to enter into communication with the Entomological
Societies of the world with a view to forming
National Committees on Entomological Nomen-
clature ;
(6) in co-operation with the National Committees, to
collect the opinions of Entomologists on questions
of Nomenclature as affecting Entomology, and to
consider what elucidations, extensions, or emenda-
tions, if any, are required in the International
Code ;
(c) to confer with the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature and—
(d) to lay a report before the next Congress of Entomo-
logy.
(iii) The Congress further commissions the International
Entomological Committee on Nomenclature to commu-
nicate these resolutions to the Secretary of the Inter-
national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature,
and to take such action as to ensure the adequate
representation of Entomology on the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.
Other papers read, or communicated to the Congress by
Fellows and Hon. Fellows of our Society were :—
Prof. E. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.—
‘Messrs. C. A. Wiggins, and Dr. G. H. Carpenter’s
researches in mimicry in the forest butterflies of Uganda.”
Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se.—
“The colour-groups of Hawaiian Wasps.”
€ tele?)
The Rev. K. St. A. Rogers, M.A.
‘‘Mimicry in the two sexes of the E. African Lycaenid
Alaena picata, E. M. Sharpe.”
Dr. F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.—
“ Scent Organs in the Lepidoptera.”
The specialised scales which serve to distribute scent in
many species may be either generally scattered over the
wing-surface, or collected into patches. In the latter case
there is a special supply of air tubes to the sockets of the
scales.
Mr. G. H. Carpenter, B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch.—
“The Presence of Maxillulae in Beetle Larvae.”
Demonstrates the presence of paired appendages (maxillulae)
connected with the hypopharynx in certain larvae of the
Coleoptera.
Dr. M. Burr, D.Sc., and Dr. K. Jordan, Ph.D.—
“On Ariwenia, an aberrant genus of Earwigs, its habits,
morphology and anatomy.”
Mr. R. 8. Bagnall.
(1) The Order Thysanoptera.
(2) The British Protwra, a primitive and recently diagnosed
order of Insects.
(3) A synopsis of the family Aeolothripidae of the order
Thysanoptera.
(4) Exhibition of New British Thysanura, Collembola,
Thysanoptera, Mallophaga, and Myriapoda.
(5) Exhibition of the Zhysanoptera of the Hawaiian Islands.
Prof. R. C. Punnett, M.A., F.R.S.—
‘‘The Polymorphism of Papilio polytes.
Mr. E. E. Green.
“A plea for the Centralisation of Diagnostic Descriptions.”
Mr. H. St. J. K. Donisthorpe and Mr. W. C. Crawley—
“On the founding of Colonies by Ants.”
Dr. K. Jordan, Ph. D.—
“On the viviparity of Polyctenidae.”
Dr. T. A. Chapman, M.D.—
‘Regeneration of the Legs in Lymantria dispar.”
Effects of the parts being lost at different stages, and
tendency to reduplication of parts.
( cliii_ )
Mr. Leonard Doncaster, M.A.—
‘“‘ Sex-limited Inheritance in Insects.”
An account of the inheritance of characters which show sex-
limited transmission in the Moth Abraxas grossulariata, and
the Fly Drosophila ampelophila.
Prof. J. H. Comstock—
“The Silk of Spiders and its Uses.”’
A description of the different kinds of silk spun by spiders
and of the use of each kind. [Illustrated by lantern slides
made from photo-micrographs of silk and from photographs
of webs.
Dr. Ernest Olivier—
“The necessity for the Latin tongue for Entomological
descriptions.”
During the session also the following exhibits were on view
in the University Museum :—
Dr. F. A. Dixey.—Pierinae. Mr. H. Eltringham.—The
African Species of the Genus Acraea. Prof. Poulton and Mr.
A. H. Hamm.—Insects and their prey, with special reference
to the Courtship of the Empidae. Prof. Poulton.—Mimetic
Groups.
At the final General Meeting on the afternoon of Friday,
August 9th, after Dr. Adalbert Seitz had discussed the
problem, “ How does the Insect see the World?” and Prof.
V. L. Kellog (U.S.A.) had read a paper on “ Distribution and
Species-forming among Ectoparasites,” the PRESIDENT reviewed
the whole proceedings of the Congress, and was given a hearty
and unanimous vote of thanks for his address, and for his
services. It was then resolved that the next meeting of the
Congress should be held at Vienna with Dr. Anton Handiirsch
as President.
Meanwhile, during the week members of the Congress were
entertained by Wadham, New College, Magdalen, and
Merton, and an excellent café was erected in a large tent in
the Warden’s garden at the first-mentioned College, where
luncheon, tea and light refreshments were served. On
Wednesday, August 7th, the Congress was entertained by
the Rt. Hon. L. V. Harcourt, M.P., at Nuneham House,
the party proceeding thither by river ; while another party of
( cliv )
members, at the invitation of the President and Fellows of
St. John’s College, explored, and enjoyed an afternoon picnic
in Bagley Wood, though both expeditions were to some extent
marred by the rain.
The Banquet on Friday evening, in the Hall of Wadham
College, was largely attended by members and their friends.
On Saturday, August 10th, the Hon. Walter Rothschild,
F.R.S., entertained the entire Congress at luncheon, and in
the Museum at Tring.
Of the sixty-six British and Foreign Government Depart-
ments, Universities, Institutions and Societies which sent
Delegates to the Congress, twenty-eight were wholly or in
part represented by Fellows of our Society.
The following Fellows of our Society were also present
during the week: Mr. G. Arrow, Mr. A. Bacot, Mr. R. S.
Bagnall, Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, Dr. M. Burr, Dr. M.
Cameron, Prof. G. H. Carpenter, Mr. G. C. Champion, Dr.
T. A. Chapman, Mr. J. E. Collin, Prof. J. H. Comstock, Mr.
W.C. Crawley, Mr. E. M. Dadd, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. L.
Doncaster, Mr. H. St. J. Donisthorpe, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr.
J. H. Durrant, Mr. H. Eltringham, Miss M. E. Fountaine,
Mr. C. J. Gahan, Mr. J. Gardner, Mr. A. T. Gillanders,
Mr. G. C. Griffiths, Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, Dr. (Gage
Hewitt, Mr. T. F. P. Hoar, Prof. 8. Image, Mr. O. E. Janson,
Mr. A. H. Jones, Dr. K. Jordan, Mr. E. G. Joseph, Mr.
W. J. Kaye, Sir G. Kenrick, Dr. G. B. Longstaff, Mr.
G. Lyle, Mr. H. A. Lyman, Dr. R.S8. Macdougall, Mr. G. A. K.
Marshall, Mr. G. Meade-Waldo, Rev. F. D. Morice, Mr.
J. C. Moulton, Mr. S. J. Neave, M. Ch. Oberthir, Dr. E.
Olivier, Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, Prof. E. B. Poulton, Prof. R. C.
Punnett, Rev. K. St. A. Rogers, Hon. L. W. Rothschild,
Hon. N. C. Rothschild, Mr. H. Rowland-Brown, Mr. H. Scott,
Mr. N. S. Sennett, Dr. D. Sharp, Mr. A. Sich, Prof. F. V.
Theobald, Prof. I. Trigardh, Mr. C. J. Wainwright, Comm.
J.J. Walker, Rev. G. Wheeler, Mr. C. B. Williams ; accom-
panied by the following ladies: Mrs. Bagnall, Mrs. Cameron,
Mrs. Champion, Mrs. Comstock, Mrs. Dixey, Miss Jordan,
Mme. Oberthiir, Mrs. Perkins, Mrs. and Miss Poulton, Miss
Rowland-Brown, Miss Swaine, Miss Walker, Mrs. Wheeler.
Gh “elv?)
Prof. Poulton (the President), Dr. Burr, D.Sc. (General
Secretary of the Congress), and Mr. H. Eltringham, M.A.,
and the late Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, M.A. (Asst.-Secretaries),
gave invaluable assistance to promote the success of the
Congress in their several departments.
H. R.-B.
Report of the Two Hundred and Fiftieth
Anniversary of the Royal Society.
Proceedings at the 250th anniversary of the Royal Society
were as follows :—
Monday, July 15.—The President, Council, and Fellows of
the Royal Society held a preliminary and informal reception
of the Delegates from 8.50 to 11 p.m. at Burlington House.
Tuesday July 16.—A short Commemorative Service was
held at midday in Westminster Abbey, and the Dean (Bp.
Ryle) delivered an address.
At 2.30 p.m. the formal Reception of Delegates and pre-
sentation of Addresses took place in the Great Library at
Burlington House.
At 7 p.m. a Banquet was held in the Guildhall, the President
of the Royal Society (Sir A. Geikie) in the chair. Speeches were
delivered by the Prime Minister, the Archbishop of Canterbury,
and others.
Wednesday, July 17.—The Duke and Duchess of Northum-
berland received the Fellows of the Royal Society, and the
Delegates, at a Garden Party from 4 to 7 at Syon House.
At 9 p.m. a Conversazione was held in the Rooms of the
Royal Society.
Thursday, July 18.—The Council and the Delegates were
conveyed by special train from Paddington to Windsor,
arriving at 2 p.m. They were met by Lord Esher and suite,
and conducted through the State apartments and St. George’s
Chapel. Afterwards at 3.15 they were presented individually
to their Majesties the King and Queen, and then joined the
company assembled for the Royal Garden Party in the gardens
of the Castle.
In the evening Delegates who were accompanied by their
( elvi_ )
wives or daughters were entertained privately by Fellows
of the Royal Society, and the others were invited to dine
with the Royal Society Club (founded 1743).
Friday, July 19.—Two parties of Delegates visited re-
spectively Oxford and Cambridge at the invitation of the
Universities.
During the week much private hospitality was extended to
Delegates and ladies accompanying them ; arrangements were
made enabling them to visit various places of interest in
London and the neighbourhood ; and the Royal Automobile
Club invited them to become temporary honorary members
for a period of fourteen days.
The Entomological Society of London was represented by
the President as its Delegate, and others of its Fellows who
were Delegates representing other learned Societies were—
Prof. Comstock (Honorary Fellow), the Duke of Bedford,
Prof. Meldola, and Prof. Poulton.
F..D2M:
Mr. A. Bacor proposed that the Council’s Report be adopted.
This was seconded by Dr. T. A. CHapman, and carried
unanimously.
The PresIpENT stated that since his decision last year he
had come to the conclusion that the latest edition of the Bye-
laws required some form of election of Officers and Council at
the Annual Meeting, though it seemed impossible to follow
them out exactly, as they apparently neither provided for nor
contemplated an unopposed return of the Council’s nominees.
He would therefore put the Council’s list to the Meeting and
ask for a show of hands. The following were then declared
elected unanimously: President, G. T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.8.,
F.Z.8.; Treasurer, Albert H. Jones; Secretaries, Commander
J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S., and Rev. G. Wheeler, M.A.,
F.Z.8S.; Librarian, G. C. Champion, A.L.S., F.Z.8.; Other
members of the Council: R. Adkin, James E. Collin, J.
Hartley Durrant, Stanley Edwards, F.L.S., F.Z.S., H. Eltring-
ham, M.A., F.Z.S., A. E. Gibbs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Rev. F. D.
Morice, M.A., G. W. Nicholson, M.A., M.D., Hon. N. C.
Rothschild, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., W. E. Sharp, J. R. le B,
Tomlin, M.A., Colbran J, Wainwright.
( elvii_ )
The President, the Rev. F. D. Moricz, then delivered an
Address, at the close of which Mr. C. J. GaHan proposed a
vote of thanks to him for his services as President and for his
Address, at the same time asking for its publication as a part
of the Proceedings of the Society ; this was seconded by Mr.
C. Fenn, and carried unanimously.
The Presrpent having replied with a few words of thanks,
Mr. G. Merapz-Watpo proposed and Prof. Senwyn ImaceE
seconded a vote of thanks to the Officers of the Society for
their work during the past year, which was also carried
unanimously.
The TREASURER and both the SzecreTaRIEs returned thanks,
the former referring to the generosity with which Dr. Chapman
had for years contributed towards the expense of the plates
published in the Transactions.
( clviii_ )
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Balance Sheet for the Year 1912.
RECEIPTS.
By th
Balance in hand, Ist Jan.,
1912,and at Bankers ... 32 5 11
Subscriptions for 1912 ... 474 12 0
Arrears... yee 260 59L0
Admission Fees | nee ews 63, 20510
Donations. cee ss OO oO
Sales of Transactions og L4Sie2) 23
Interest on Investments :—
Consols ... . $26 11 11
Westwood Bequest :—
Birmingham 3
per cents. 615 4
33 7 3
Subscriptions in Advance 29 8 O
5 Life Compositions ... 7815 0
£971 4
ASSETS.
“3 O Uh
Subscriptions in arrear
considered good ... 65 0 0
Cost of £1,207 3s. 5d.
Consols. Present value
at the price of 75} on
3lst December, 1912,
£908 7s. 11d. ono) cool ley
Cost of £239 12s. 4d.
Birmingham 3 per cents.
Present value at the
price of 82 on 31st
December, 1912, £196
Os Gds ke cea ier) eeet200) 060
Balance in hand 1618 9
Grant from the Royal
OCIGUY, ancjmeec reese nntrs 0 0
£1,514 16 9
Additional Assets :—
Contents of Library, and
unsold Stock.
PAYMENTS.
| £ sd;
Printing Transactions, etc. 409 13 1
Plates, etc. deey Yosery pore prot e LenG
Rent and Office Ex-
penses ... sities Lioeromed
Books and Binding .. 66 8 5
Investment in Consols as
per contra 3110 0
Subscriptions in Advance
as per contra carried to
1913 : 29 8 0
954 6 2
Balance in hand and at
Bankers 1618 9
£971 4 11
LIABILITIES.
Cost of printing Parts 3, 4 and 5,
and 3 Life Compositions (£47 5s.)
received at the close of the year to
to be invested.
Audited, compared with vouchers and
found correct—
Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE.
R. W. Lioyp.
JAs. E. CoLiin.
HorACE DoNISTHORPE.
R. ADKIN.
STaNLEY EDWARDS.
Less total depreciation of £268 Os. 4d. in the value of the Securities.
A. Hue Jones, Treasurer.
3rd January, 1913.
( ehx »)
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,
I THINK it might be reasonably questioned, whether
I am bound, or even entitled, to deliver this Address at all.
The wisdom of our ancestors, as embodied in our venerable
Bye-Laws, has undoubtedly directed, that annually, on this
occasion, the Society shall hear from its Council a “ Report on
its general concerns.” But as to the further infliction on
you, either now, or at any other time, of an Address from the
occupant of this chair, I can find no enactment whatever,
which either directs it, or even alludes to it as permissible.
I dare not, however, be the first to break a custom, to which
my predecessors have invariably conformed. You have been
told that this Address shall be delivered; and, accordingly,
delivered it shall be!
I am glad—though the practice is becoming monotonous—
to begin with a word of congratulation to the Society on
another year of undiminished activity, and an increasing
Fellowship-roll. I doubt if its meetings have ever been better
attended, or better supplied with interesting Exhibitions:
and there can be no doubt that the Transactions for the
Session 1912-13 will rank among the most important that
have ever been issued. Still more do I congratulate you, that
in this record there is nothing abnormal ; it merely repeats
that of many previous years, and there is every hope that it
will continue to be repeated. The Society, in fact, may say
with the Merchant of Venice—
**Nor is my whole estate
Upon the fortunes of this present year.”
It is pleasant to think that in my last year of Office the
ranks of the Society have had a remarkable accession of new
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912. L
( ele)
Fellows, and I am silly enough rather to envy my successor
the pleasure, which I just miss, of congratulating you on an
aggregate of six hundred. But it is a fact of much greater
significance, that few of us can remember a year of retrogres-
Sion in our numbers, and that they have increased since the
beginning of the present century by more than forty per
cent.
To myself and to others of our body the past year will be
ever memorable in connection with one or more of the many
important Scientific Congresses and Celebrations which have
occurred in it, in this country, and also in America, Several
of these drew together representatives of one branch or all
branches of knowledge from every part of the world. Others
were national only and so far (but only so far) less important,
but otherwise hardly less interesting, and having the same
general object of rendering service to Learning and honouring
it in the persons of its representatives.
The coincidence within a single year of so many such
gatherings—e. g. that the Royal Society, and also the time-
honoured Academy of Sciences in Philadelphia, should have
celebrated their respective foundations in the same summer—
may probably have been more or less an accident. But the
increasing frequency of scientific assemblages, and the interest
which they create (and that not only in scientific circles), are
surely symptomatic—indicating a growing sense of “soli-
darity’’ and community of interests among scientific workers,
and a strengthening (not unconnected with this) of their
position and influence as a “caste”? in the civilised world.
At each of these gatherings held last year the Entomological
Society was invited to be represented. At five of them I was
present myself, either as your appointed delegate, or by
invitation addressed to me as your President: at another
you were represented by distinguished Transatlantic Fellows:
and at another by Professor Bateson. It was a remarkable
experience to me to foregather, as your representative, with
men of world-wide renown in every department of learning ;
and to be received in that capacity, not with consideration
merely, but even—if I may say so—like an Ambassador of
some Great Power! Looking back on these interesting recol-
(*- elxi, ‘)
lections, I find that two facts stand out as having forcibly
impressed themselves on my mind, and both must, I think, be
as gratifying to you as to myself: (1) that, whatever may
once have been the case, Entomology is now taken seriously
outside Entomological circles ; it is ridding itself of the stigma
of Dilettantism, and winning recognition among the acknow-
ledged Sciences; and (2) that the Entomological Society of
London is looked upon, as having attained a position far
above that which is suggested by its unpretentious title; as
no mere local association of fellow-townsmen—even though
the town be the capital of an Empire—but as representing,
for practical purposes, the entire fraternity of British Ento-
mologists. To how large an extent this is really the case,
was brought home to many of us in another way at the
Oxford Congress; where, from the Presidency downwards,
practically all responsible positions committed to Englishmen
were occupied by Fellows of the Entomological Society of
London—and the same remark might be made, as to at least
a very large majority of the exhibitors and the readers of
Papers.
An announcement very recently made confirms the two
points to which I have just alluded. Entomology has hitherto
been treated by the authorities of the National Museum as
a subdivision only under the Keepership of the Zoological
Department. We are glad now, as Entomologists, to hear
that in future it is to receive autonomy, and be elevated into
the rank of a separate Department with an Entomologist as
its chief ; and as members of this Society we are glad to note
also that the first occupant of the new office, Mr. C. J. Gahan,
is a present Fellow and former Officer of our own.
Happily for myself and for you, it is no longer expected
that a Presidential Address (according to the ideal recom-
mended by one of my predecessors) should “review the
Entomological work of the whole world for the past year.”
It is impossible for me to “review” (or even to acquaint
myself with) all contributions made to it by our own Fellows—
there is much that does not happen to reach me, and much
that professedly confines itself to subjects with which I am
wholly unacquainted. But it happens that this year I have
L 2
m=
( clxii_ )
read and re-read, and (for a wonder) could thoroughly appre-
ciate, two works published by Fellows of our own, and each
stating the author’s connection with our Society on its title-
page, and these works, I dare to say boldly, reflect credit on
our Society. They are not only most important and original
contributions to specialist knowledge, relating experiences
uniquely possessed by their respective authors—so that neither
could possibly have been produced by any other living writer
—but fill also places in standard Literature, which were
previously quite unoccupied, and which I believe they will
permanently hold. Ido not think I shall abuse the freedom
of speech which is conceded to me by custom on this occasion,
if I congratulate both the authors and the Society on the
appearance within the year of two such works—calculated to
interest not specialists only, but even the general public, in
the subjects with which. they deal, as Butterfly-Hunting in
Many Lands, by G. B. Longstaff, and Zhe Humble Bee, by
F. W. L. Sladen,
I must now turn to a graver and less welcome topic. Since
our last Annual Meeting death has removed from our Society
Fellows who have left a name, and more than a name, behind
them ; and these losses must not be left unnoted to-night.
OBITUARIES.
Honorary Fellow.
Lupwie GANGLBAUER, the eminent Viennese Coleopterist,
Director since 1906 of the Zoological Department of the
k.k. Hofmuseum, was elected in the same year an Honorary
Fellow of our Society. For many years he had been con-
spicuously zealous and successful as a curator of the Hof-
museum’s splendid collection of Coleoptera. In that Order
(and especially in its Palaearctic representatives) he was an
expert of the highest rank and celebrity. He enriched its
literature with many important memoirs; and the four
Volumes, which were all that he lived to issue, of his great
work on The Beetles of Central Europe are universally recog-
nised as the standard authority on the Families with which
they deal.
( clxiii_)
The Ent. Mo. Mag. of last September gave many interesting
details of the life and labours of this distinguished Naturalist,
supplied largely by his colleague, Anton Handlirsch, and
illustrated by a portrait, which revives in me pleasing recol-
lections of the sole occasion on which I had the honour of
meeting him, that of a brief visit paid in 1899 to his
Department in the Hofmuseum.
Ordinary Fellows.
SamMuEL JAmEs Capper, who died at Liverpool on Jan. Ist
of last year, at the great age of 87, became a Fellow in 1890,
and was also a Fellow of the Linnean Society ; but his record
as an Entomologist is more particularly connected with the
progress of our science in the North of England, and especi-
ally with the Lancashire and Cheshire Entomological Society, '
which was practically founded by him in 1877,and over which
he presided from that year till his death. To an earlier
generation he was widely known as an energetic and most
successful collector of British Lepidoptera. He is described
by such as knew him personally—I regret that I had not that
advantage—as a learned and enthusiastic naturalist, with
personal qualities which contributed to the esteem and respect
which he enjoyed.
THomas Boyp, who died (aged 83) on Feb. 2nd, was, with
one exception, our “ senior Fellow,” elected in 1852. Thence-
forth for some years his name figured repeatedly and promi-
nently in the entomological serials of the day. Between
1853 and 1858 he added at least 11 n.spp. (all I believe
Micro-Lepidoptera) to the British List, some of which were
also ‘‘new to science.” Why exactly an entomological career,
which had commenced so brilliantly, should have closed (as
appears to have been the case) abruptly and entirely, from
that time forth, I do not know. Perhaps, as I have seen it
suggested, his entomological pursuits were simply crowded
out by other interests:—he was an expert also in Botany,
Conchology, Microscopy, etc. But possibly it is more than a
mere coincidence, that he closed his career as a writer in
Entomological journals with a vigorous defence of Darwin,
published in the Weekly Intelligencer, and protesting earnestly
( clxiv )
against the “scant measure of fair play’ with which Darwin
had been treated in that organ. The Origin of Species had very
recently appeared: and a defender of Darwin might—though
I know not if it was so in this case—have felt somewhat ill at
ease in his relations with colleagues, who at that time, almost
without exception, seemed to regard it as a duty to compass
about the new doctrine with words of hatred, and shoot out
their arrows (even bitter words) against its author. ‘No
body of men,” wrote Darwin some years later, ‘were at first
so much opposed to my views as the London Entomological
Society.” Indeed, I fear it must be acknowledged, that the
part taken in that great controversy by Entomologists in
general, and the then representatives of our Society in par-
ticular, was not one on which we can look back with satis-
faction ; but it is a comfort to feel that, even in those days,
there were a few (and not the least noteworthy) among our
Fellows, who refused to join the ‘‘common cry.’’ One of
these we are now called upon to remember ; let us remember
him with respect, and not without a sense of gratitude!
Herpert JorpAN Apams, together with his brother, the
well-known Dipterist, became a Fellow in 1877. I regret
that in this case, again, I cannot speak with the authority of
personal acquaintance. But we probably all know that he
formed a magnificent Collection of Lepidoptera, which is now
treasured separately, as “The Adams Collection,” in the
Natural History Museum at South Kensington. An earlier
formed British collection of the same Order was bequeathed
to the Enfield Entomological Society, which he had helped to
found. He was born in 1838, and died on March Ist last
year.
Ropert WALTER CAMPBELL SHELFORD became a Fellow in
1901, and served on our Council in 1907 and 1908. After
obtaining Honours in the Schools of Natural Science at
Cambridge, and teaching Biology for two years in the York-
shire College at Leeds, he became Curator of the Sarawak
Museum. The seven years spent by him in that capacity
were a period of great importance both to the development of
the latter institution, whose collections he greatly improved,
and to his own education as a Naturalist. Returning to
( elxv )
England in 1905, he accepted employment in the Oxford
University Museum, and undertook the much-needed re-
organisation of its extensive collections of Orthoptera. Up
to this time, both as an investigator and a writer, his activity
had been distributed over a wide range of subjects; but
thenceforth he was chiefly known as an expert on the
Systematics of Orthoptera, on which (and especially on the
Blattidae) he published, in our own Transactions and elsewhere,
many important Memoirs. He also commenced a Monograph
of these insects for the Fauna of British India, and another
for Genera Insectorum. Five “fasciculi” of the latter have
appeared ; but of the former I understand that only a small
portion was completed even in MS.
Before his death on June 22nd last, he had been engaged
also with notes for a projected “‘ Natural History of Borneo,”’
and it is hoped that some of this work may yet appear
posthumously.
Epwarp ArtHur Fitcu was born in 1854, Of late years
he appears to have relinquished interest in Entomology.
But he was formerly a very active and prominent member of
our Society, elected Fellow in 1874, Secretary from 1881 ‘to
1885, and member of the Council in 1879 and 1886. About
the same period he joined the late Mr. Bridgman in compiling
a useful Revision of the British Jchnewmonidae; but for some
reason the work stopped short after considerable progress
had been made in its publication, and it was never resumed.
Mr. Fitch was a Fellow also of the Linnean Society, and
President for ten years of the well-known Essex Field Club.
He died on June 28th.
GrorGE HERBERT GROSVENOR, elected Fellow in 1909, was
Demonstrator in Zoology at Oxford, and Teacher of Economic
Entomology in the School of Forestry. On September 4th, at
the age of thirty-two, he was drowned on the coast of Cornwall
while endeavouring to save the life of a companion. Scarcely
a month before I had seen him, I believe for the first time,
at the Oxford Congress, full of life and energy, assisting our
colleague Mr. Eltringham in the Secretarial department.
What I saw of him, little as it was, impressed me; but it
would have done so more, if I had known that the bright and
( celxvi )
pleasant young Assistant-Secretary had already achieved a
conspicuous place among scientific workers; that he had not
only won the highest Honours that Oxford can bestow on a
Science-student, but shown himself worthy of them by dis-
tinguished work in original research at Naples; and that he
was organising a new and important branch of nature-study
at Oxford, after personal investigation of its latest develop-
ments in America. All this, and much more, I have now
learnt from a profoundly interesting account of his career and
character—which, I hope, will be read as widely as it deserves
to be—in the Entomologist’s Record of October last.
The picture there given could only be marred, if 1 attempted
to retouch it: and it is best that such lives should be
chronicled by those who have been in closest contact with
them. I will say merely that, as I read, I was reminded of
certain lives, pronounced (it is said) by the wisest of the
Greeks to have been entirely happy, yet not till they had been
made perfect by a noble death. (redXevty Tod Biov Aapmrpotaryn
. TO avOpurw TrvxEiv apiotov éott.—Herod., Hist. i. 30-31.)
WituiaAM ForseLtt Kirsy was born in 1844, and passed
away on November 20th last. Having completed thirty
years of conscientious and industrious service in the Insect
Room of the Natural History Museum, South Kensington,
he retired, according to its Regulations, in 1907. Previously,
for twelve years, he had occupied a similar post in Dublin.
He published at intervals (commencing so long ago as 1863
with a well-known and useful Manual of Kuropean Butterflies),
a long succession of careful works on Insects of almost every
Order, some of which arose directly out of his departmental
duties, while others seem to have been labours of love. I am
incompetent, even if I thought this a fitting occasion, to
discuss these publications in detail. The Zist of the British
Museum Tenthredinidae is almost the only one which bears
(and that only to a limited extent) on my own particular
studies. From a competent judge I hear that the Revision of
the Libellulina (Odonata) was probably the best of Kirby’s
entomological works. The latest of them, I believe, was a
Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera.
Most of the above details, and also a remarkable notice of
( elxvii )
Kirby’s distinction in quite other fields of knowledge than
that of Entomology, appeared—two days after his death—in
the Times newspaper. He explored, and wrote as a specialist
on, a great variety of subjects, ranging from Natural Theology
and Biblical criticism, to the primitive Epic poetry and folk-
lore of Finland and Esthonia, and the bibliography of the
Arabian Nights. To think of him simply as an Entomologist
gives a very one-sided and inadequate idea of his manifold
activities, or of the position really held by him in the learned
world. That, however, is the capacity in which he was known
to most of us, and in which it is natural that he should be
chiefly remembered to-night.
I pass on, therefore, to speak of his actual connection with
our Society. It lasted over half a century, since his election
as a Fellow was in 1861. Twenty years later he became
Secretary ; and after holding that responsible and laborious
post till 1885, served for a year more on the Council. To the
last, as many here will remember, he was a frequent and
interested attendant at our Meetings.
His knowledge of entomological books was wonderful ; and
this (together with his interest in many branches of the
science, and his position in the Museum) gave him frequent
opportunities, of which he gladly took advantage, for rendering
friendly help to all and sundry. I am tempted to dwell on
recollections of my own—commencing with the day on which -
I first made acquaintance with the Insect-room, and received
from Kirby precise and useful suggestions as to the books
most likely to assist me in continuing a certain study, whose
initial difficulties had almost inclined me to abandon it. But,
instead, I will venture to quote an instance of his kindness
towards a worthier recipient. Mr. Trimen allows me to tell
you, that, when he published at Capetown the first Part of
his Rhopalocera Africae Australis, Kirby (whom he had never
met) wrote informing him of two new and important Conti-
nental books on African Butterflies, and enabled him to pro-
cure these works (which were afterwards of much service to
him) on specially favourable terms. ‘‘ And,” adds Mr, Trimen,
“this kindly act was the prelude to a long series of others,
and to personal acquaintance of a cordial kind ever since.”
( clxviii )
Yet again—A young French naturalist, commencing a work,
which is now the standard authority on its subject, wrote to
Kirby, and asked—in ignorance of the Museum regulations—
the loan of certain ancient ‘‘types.” This of course was
impossible; but what did Kirby? He replied, offering him-
self to examine and diagnose all the specimens; and to look
specially into any question of their “characters,” as to which
his correspondent might wish information. And this he did—
greatly assisting the author, and conferring also an obligation
on all who use the book.
On these, and doubtless on many other like occasions,
Kirby was thinking simply how he might best serve a col-
league, but I believe that in some cases he may also have
done real though undesigned and unsuspected service to the
Museum itself. It is in every way to the advantage of such
institutions that they should attract to themselves the interest
and goodwill of a wide clientéle of outsiders, including experts,
describers, travellers, explorers, and owners of great private
collections (containing, it may be, authors’ “types,” unique
specimens, and rarities of all kinds). And I say this, having
in mind actual instances where cordial relations between
officials of a Museum and an individual outside it have resulted
in serious benefit to the Collections ; and instances also of the
reverse !
Epovarp Brasant died at his native place, Cambrai, Nord,
France, on November 29th, in his sixty-fourth year. He was
an ardent Lepidopterist from his boyhood, and interested also
—as I hear—in every branch of Natural History. He pub-
lished several descriptions of Noctwidae from New Guinea.
He was elected to our Fellowship in 1893.
Outside our own body the following Entomologists have
passed away within the year, as well as others, doubtless,
whose names have escaped my notice.
The Rev. Canon THomas Buiackpurn of Adelaide, in 8.
Australia, but born in England, and one of the five original
Editors of the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. He was a
foremost authority on Australian Coleoptera, and described
many new forms. His “type”-specimens have recently been
acquired by the Natural History Museum.
( “elzix: '')
Peter CAMERON, author of the celebrated Monograph of the
British Phytophagous Hymenoptera, published in four volumes
by the Ray Society. He was formerly a pioneer in the study
of British Hymenoptera, and almost the sole investigator of
certain obscure and difficult groups. His later writings have
been very copious, but consist, I believe, almost exclusively
in descriptions of new genera and species of Exotic Insects.
GeoreceE Masters, a well-known Anglo-Australian coleo-
pterist, Curator of the University Museum at Sydney. ALBERT
James Fison, an English resident in Switzerland, and collector
of Swiss Lepidoptera. Wittiam RickMAN JEFFREY, a veteran
Lepidopterist, whose name appears in the Supplement to the
first published List of English Entomologists (Ent. Ann.
1857), and who aided Buckler in his study of Lepidopterous
Larvae. Professor JoHn BERNARD SmitH, New Brunswick,
U.S.A.—distinguished in Economic Entomology, and also as
an expert on the Noctuidae. H. E. Rupoir vy. BEnnicsen of
Berlin, Coleopterist. Professor Mrinrert of Copenhagen, who
had been in charge of the Arthropoda in the Collections of the
University. Professor TH. GortscHMann of Breslau, Micro-
lepidopterist. Dr. SHuGuRoFF, a young Russian Ortho-
pterist. ArNoL~p WULLSCHLEGEL of Martigny, a well-known
Lepidopterist.
The remainder of this Address I devote, as has been usual
of late years, to a “Special” subject, and entitle it—
SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF EUROPEAN AND
MEDITERRANEAN ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA.
Secondary sexual characters have been defined by Darwin *
as those which are “attached to one sex, but not directly
connected with the act of reproduction.” On this occasion I
* Origin of Species (Popular Edition), p. 111, also Descent of Man,
(Second Edition), p. 207.
() cba 5)
shall ask leave to use the term in a somewhat narrower sense,
excluding (1) all concealed or internal characters, 7. e. such as
cannot be examined without dissection of specimens, and
(2) characters which, though “attached to one sex ”—in the
sense that, in a particular species or group of species, one
sex only exhibits them—seem clearly not to have been
developed independently in it as an adaptation to its special
bionomy, but to have come to it by Inheritance simply—
as may be inferred from the possession of like characters
by most other organisms of the same ancestry whatever be
their surroundings and habits. Thus, inasmuch as Insects
of all kinds and both sexes normally possess wings and
ocelli, I shall not treat as a sexual character the presence of
these structures in a ¢ Insect whose ? lacks them. To take
an actual instance of this—Mutilla europaea $ has wings
and ocelli, not because it is a male—not, therefore, as a
character arising out of its sex, but simply because it is a
normal Insect. Contrariwise, the absence of wings and
ocelli in the @ of the same species is strictly a seawal
character, an actual modification and alteration of the
structures normally inherited in the group to which it
belongs, and one which we have reason to think is adapted to
the habits of that particular sex in that particular species.
On the other hand, a spur-like appendage which is attached
to the hind femur in ¢¢ only of Panurgus calcaratus (a
Bee), which is not normally characteristic either of the Class
or the Order or the Family or the Genus including that species,
and which may be reasonably thought to serve a useful
purpose in that sex exclusively of that particular insect—this
and similar structures, attached to one sex only and demon-
strably not merely inherited by it, may be set down without
hesitation as simply and solely sexual characters, I do not
think that this is a “distinction without a difference,” but
one always to be borne in mind in reasoning on the significance
of characters in which the sexes differ. Such characters may
be in any particular case either sexual in their origin, or
sexual only in the sense that they are in fact limited to one
sex because the other sex has lost them.
Among Aculeate Hymenoptera some of the best modern
(. Sebo”)
authorities include the Chrysids, and I should not have been
sorry to do so here; but I find that the four groups universally
reckoned as Aculeate (namely Ants, Fossors, Wasps, and Bees)
will more than occupy all the time at our disposal. Indeed I
am not sure that it would not have been wiser for me to
exclude the Ants also, and limit myself to the more homo-
morphic trio of Fossors, Wasps, and bees. But I did not
realise this until my work had proceeded so far that it seemed
too late to start afresh on a new plan. Accordingly, by
** Aculeate Hymenoptera” I mean, for present purposes,
(1) Ants, (2) Fossors, (3) Wasps, and (4) Bees.
It may make what I have to say more intelligible on a
first hearing if I reverse the order which I should have pre-
ferred if this had been, not an Address, but a Monograph, and
state first the general impressions left on my mind after as
complete a survey as I have been able to make of the various
ways in which the sexes of Palaearctic Aculeates differ, and
afterwards some of the facts—not, of course, all, but such as
seem to me the most curious or otherwise interesting—on
which those impressions depend. Few, if any, of these facts
are actually new, though at present they are for the most
part recorded only in systematic works which none but
specialists are likely to have consulted. And I may add that
though I can claim no originality for my observations, at
least they rest upon “ Autopsy,” 7. e. except where I state the
contrary, you may take it that I have examined the phenomena
in actual specimens, and generally in long series of specimens,
and that I am acquainted with almost all the Insects to be
mentioned, in nature, and generally in life, and not merely in
literature.
(1) I remark, first, that, whenever we know the life-history
of both sexes of an Insect belonging to any of these groups,
there is generally an obvious probable explanation, on the ground
of Utility, to be given of the characters of one sex ; and that
the sex —whichever it be—which shows the useful characters,
is the sex which, in that respect, has departed furthest from
what Darwin calls “the type,” ¢.e. from the normal characters
of its ancestors and nearest relatives. Accordingly, the
phenomena, as I interpret them to myself, quite support
( cla)
what I suppose to be the orthodox view—namely, that the
“characters ” of an organism are partly a simple (practically
unmodified) inheritance from its ancestors, and partly modi-
fications of that inheritance which are beneficial to it in
view of its bionomic requirements.
(2) My next generalisation is, that male and female modifica-
tions of structure usually differ in their apparent object. Those
of the ¢ most commonly indicate adaptation to one single duty
of that sex, viz. pairing, or rather to the preliminaries of pair-
ing. But I never receive such an impression from examining
secondary ¢ characters. These seem always adapted towards
the subsequent activities of an insect which has “ paired ”
already—as oviposition, preparation of a receptacle for the egg,
provision of aliment for the larva, ete. They are beneficial to
her, not as a candidate for matrimony, but as a mother and
nurse by anticipation ; in short, for certain post-nuptial duties
peculiar to her sex.
When I first began to think of the matter I had no
expectation that I should find any such regular distinction
between the characters of the two sexes. But, on reflection,
the thing seems likely a priori. There is, perhaps, just one
Activity which (except in the case of some Social species, e. g.
Apis mellifica *) is practically quite identical and provided for
by similar “ characters’ in both sexes of every Aculeate. Its
males and females feed themselves alike, visiting the same
favourite flowers and extracting their juices in the same
manner, any differences that may exist in this respect being
generic (or occasionally specific), but not sexual, Hence, though
the mouth-parts of all Aculeates are much modified for this
activity, and the modifications differ considerably in different
genera, and to a less extent in different species of the same
genus, they hardly ever yield a Sexual character. But
almost all their other instincts belong to one sex only. It is
the g only—and this is almost his only duty !—-which seeks
* Describing the difference between a Hive-bee Drone and his Queen
and Worker-sisters, Mrs. Comstock remarks: ‘‘His tongue is so short
that he must needs eat from honey stored in a cell or be fed by his sisters,
since he could not possibly extract honey from a deep flower.” —How to
keep Bees, p. 35. (An exception which may be said to prove the general
rule !)
(. ‘clea >)
and courts a mate: it is the 2 only which oviposits, nidificates,
and procures and stores food (animal or vegetable) for its young.
So it seems quite natural that the sexual modifications of g
structures should point as a rule to pairing, and those of the
2 to the duties which are subsequent to it.
(3) Protection of the individual (e. g. Cryptic and Aposematic
Coloration, etc.) seems to account for a few, but only a very
few, of the strictly sexual characters of Aculeates. Wallace
appears to go further than this, and to imply that in this
_ group there is no need and no development of protective
characters at all ; for he remarks that ‘‘the two sexes of the
stinging Hymenoptera are equally well coloured,” * and, again,
that “there is not a single instance recorded in which any one
of them is coloured so as to resemble a vegetable or inanimate
substance.” + Neither of these statements, as it seems to me,
and as I shall presently try to show, is true without exception.
But the exceptions (at any rate as far as Sexual characters
are concerned) are undoubtedly few; though one at least,
which I shall discuss later, appears to me both certain and
striking.
(4) Not only in their apparent purpose, but in several other
respects, the secondary sexual modificatiéns of structure of
Aculeate ¢ differ remarkably, as it seems to me, from those
observable in ? 2 of the same group.
They differ (a) in being more diversified, less restricted to
particular parts of the body, and more various in themselves :
(0) in being more paradoxical, i. e. departing further from the
normal characters of the group: (c) in being more sporadic,
i.é. appearing (so to speak) suddenly, here and there, in
particular species or small groups, and often (when they occur
similarly in more cases than one) shared by this or that
species, not with its nearest congeners, but with insects much
more distantly related to it ; whereas characters distinctive of
females generally run more or less uniformly and continuously
through whole genera or even larger groups, and are very
seldom peculiar to the ? 2 of a single species: (d) in being for
the most part altogether unrepresented in the other sex ; whereas
? characters are mostly little more than augmentations of some
* On Natural Selection, p. 114. TelUtOleupe dae
( elxxiv )
feature existing, rudimentarily at least, in the ¢ ¢ also, and
some of the few 9? characters which can really be called
paradoxical, and which stand in evident relation to definitely
female activities, appear, after development in that sex, to
have been transmitted more or less completely to the other
sex also.
(5) A rule which Darwin has described * as one of “ high
generality,” and as ‘‘applying very strongly to Secondary
Sexual characters,” is stated by him as follows :—‘“ A part
developed in any species in an extraordinary degree or
manner in comparison with the same part in allied species
tends to be highly variable.” I cannot satisfy myself that
this rule applies, at all generally, to the Sexual characters
of the Aculeates. Some of the most paradoxical ¢ characters
of antennae, legs, etc., are anything but variable:—they agree
through long series of specimens literally to a hair. Nor can
I see, that the excessively developed pollen-bearing ? apparatus
in certain genera of Bees (LVasypoda, Bombus, Apis, etc.) is
at all more variable than the corresponding parts in Prosopis,
Sphecodes, etc., which are scarcely modified at all for that pur-
pose. Exceptionally, I admit, certain paradoxical characters,
both of ¢g and 29 (as the genal spines in some Andrena 6 4
and the abnormally developed mandibles of Osmia latreillet 9),
are extremely variable. But, on the whole, I do not find
that there is any correspondence, in this group, between the
greater or less abnormality of secondary sexual characters and
their variability in individual specimens.
(6) Nor do the sexual characters of Aculeates appear to
me to follow another rule laid down in the Origin of Species,
viz. that “‘the secondary differences between the two sexes
of the same species are geneially displayed in the very same
parts of the organisation in which the species of the same
genus differ from each other.” For instance, the most obvious
secondary difference between the sexes of any Vespa or Halictus
species is the much greater length of the g antennae. But in
separating species of Vespa or Halictus from one another the
antennae scarcely help us at all: the characters useful for
* Origin of Species (Popular Edition), p. 111.
t Zbid., p. 115.
( ‘dkzxv -)
that purpose are such as are common to both sexes (colour,
pilosity, puncturation, etc.). Again, in many species of
Anthophora, Eucera, etc., the middle legs of the ¢¢ differ
extraordinarily from those of their females; but in other
$d, and in all the ? 9, the characters of the middle legs are
in no way remarkable, and are seldom, if ever, employed to
distinguish one species from another.
I do not mention these apparent exceptions to Darwin’s
rules with any idea of questioning the general applicability
of the rules themselves to the Aninial Kingdom as a whole.
But it certainly seems to me, that the case of the characters
now under consideration presents a remarkable exception to
them, and one which I ought not to leave unnoticed.
I have now to attempt such a description as the time at
our disposal will permit, of the phenomena—or rather of some
of the phenomena—summarised in the above generalisations.
Merely for the sake of convenience I shall divide them roughly
into Structural and Coloration-characters, and subdivide the
latter according as they appear in the integument, or the
pilosity, or elsewhere ; but I do not attach importance to this
classification, for Colour is really dependent in many cases
on facts of Structure, and even where actual pigment is
present (which is not always the case) the colour-effect
produced does not always entirely depend upon it.
However, commencing with characters independent of colour,
such as would generally be reckoned as Structural in the
strictest sense of the word, let us take, first, one which
runs throughout the whole group, and, in fact, appears to
have originated before the separation of the Hymenoptera
from other Arthropodous animals,—the greater size of the
Female.
Female Aculeates are almost always larger than their males,
but (except in some Ants) hardly paradoxically so. In fact,
in many genera the difference is slight, and hardly to be
appreciated except in long series of both sexes.
This general rule has become well known, because it had
the good fortune to attract the notice of Darwin, to whom
it was communicated (as he tells us) by Frederick Smith.
He cites (also on Smith’s authority) four cases of exceptions
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1912. M
( elxxvi )
to it among the Aculeates:—viz. Apis mellifica (the Hive
Bee); Anthidium manicatum, Anthophora acervorwm (Solitary
Bees) ; and Methoca ichneumonides (a Fossorial Wasp, which
was formerly reckoned among the Ants). He then proceeds
as follows:—“ The explanation of this anomaly is that a
marriage-flight is absolutely necessary with these species, and
the male requires great strength and size in order to carry
the female through the air.” *
For the credit of Hymenopterists I am sorry to say that
the specialist consulted by Darwin did not state the facts cor-
rectly. The ¢ 4 of the Hive Bee and of Anthophora acervorum
are not larger than their 99!7 The premises being partly
wrong, it is not surprising if the conclusion be unsatisfactory :
and I must own that Darwin’s explanation—if indeed it be
Darwin’s, and not, like the premises, received by him from
F. Smith—appears to me quite untenable. If he had had
the complete facts before him, I feel sure he would have
concluded, that—certainly in Anthidiwm and almost certainly
in Methoca—the character selected by Nature was not large-
mess in the male but smallness in the female: and that the
explanation of these exceptions to the general rule had
nothing to do with the so-called “ marriage-flight.”
First let me state the actual facts.—In two Fossorial
Genera, viz. Methoca and Myrmosa, and also in several
species of the allied genus Mutilla, the size of both sexes
(but the ¢¢ especially) differs much in individuals, but the
¢ ¢ on an average are certainly far larger than their ? 9, and
the latter (as compared with average ? ? in the same Family)
are generally rather dwarfish insects. Again, in Anthidium
manicatum, and also in most of the larger (but N.B. not in
the smaller) species of the same genus, the ¢¢ vary in size
enormously, but the 9? very little ;—the largest ? 2 are
about as large as the smallest ¢ 4, but their maximum size
never reaches the average size of the other sex.
Prima facie these facts seem to me to suggest, that great
* Descent of Man (Second Edition), p. 279.
+ Of course the Hive-bee Drone is larger than the Worker, but his
true Female (the Queen) is larger still. The sexes of A. acervorum (i.e.
pilipes) differ little in size, but on comparing a long series of both sexes
I find the ? ¢ on an average a little larger than their ¢ ¢.
( elxxvii )
size is undesirable in the Females, but that the size of the
Males is unimportant.
Now as to the “ marriage-flight.” This is certainly not a
monopoly of these particular species. The phenomenon com-
monly known as a “ marriage-flight ’’—the soaring together
of both sexes high into the air—has often been observed and
described, more especially in the case of social Hymenoptera
(e.g. Formica, Myrmica, etc. (Ants), Vespa (Wasps), Bombus
and Apis (Bees), but we do not find that it involves in any
such case an increase of size in the ¢. Take the Ants—the
33 in some Genera, e.g. Formica, are about as large as
their 9 2, but more often smaller—sometimes (e.g. in Lasius)
paradoxically so, and in no Genus (I believe) larger. Take
the Wasps and Bees—the ? is the larger sex both in Vespa
and Bombus: of Apis I have already spoken. If it be
assumed that a ‘ marriage-flight” lke that of the Social
Aculeates is an absolute necessity to Myrmosa, Methoca, etc.,
then, since the 99 of these insects are apterous, great size
and strength might no doubt be an advantage to their ¢ 4.
But (1) we have almost no evidence as to the details of pairing
in these comparatively rare insects ; (2) in many of the species
nearest to them the ? 9, though apterous, are as large and
strong as their gg, and (3) a “ marriage-flight ” cannot be
necessary to Mutillidae as such, for in some of them both
Sexes are apterous! Again, in Anthidiwm there seems no
more reason why the ¢ should be specially adapted to carry
the ? ? through the air, than in any of the Genera nearest to
it (Osmia, Megachile, etc.) where certainly no such adaptation
occurs. Anthidiwm ? ? are strong and rapid flyers, and if a
“flight ” were necessary, they could quite well take their
share in it. But I even doubt if such a “flight” occurs at
all! I have never seen anything like it, though I have often
seen Anthidiwm spp. pairing. The ? hovers in the air like
a Syrphid : the g pounces on her, and the two generally come
tumbling into the herbage, and remain there (unless my
memory deceives me) till they part. There is absolutely, so
far as I know, nothing of so special and distinctive a character
about the pairing of Anthidiwm, as to necessitate a reversal of
the normal proportion in size between the sexes.
M2
( elxxviii )
But in the special nidificatory habits of Anthidium ? I see
a very good reason why (in the larger species especially)
there should be a limit to the magnitude of the 29. These
insects nidificate, not in holes excavated by themselves, which
might be of any size, but at the bottom of ready-made tubes
of more or less equal and fixed dimensions,—the empty shells
of certain particular snails, or the hollow stems of certain
particular plants (e.g. A. manicatwm has been recorded as
utilising the hollow stems of Heraclewm for this purpose, and
lining their interior with down scraped from some woolly
plant). It would clearly be convenient for a 2 with such
habits not to exceed a certain size: but for the ¢ this would
matter less, since he need never enter such tubes again after
his first emergence from one as an imago. His possible size
is probably only limited by that of the particular stem in
which he has been reared! If the species were naturally
a large one, a reduction in the average size of the ? ? might
well arise by Variation and become fixed by- Selection. But
in the smaller species such reduction would probably be
needless, and would therefore not occur. And this is exactly
what seems to happen. (It may be noted, also, that in the
various spp. of Stelis, which seems to be a smallish parasitic
offshoot of the Anthidiwm stock, the 29 are usually larger
than their ¢¢.) So I believe that here we have, not a
d-character, but a 9?-character to be explained, and that, as
usual, it is to be explained by the post-nuptial duties of
that sex,
Probably the case is not very different with the 9? of
Methoca, etc. These insects generally occur running among
sand, broken ground, stones, roots of plants, etc., and dis-
appearing suddenly into any crack or crevice that they meet
with, as though in search of some hidden object. They are
believed to feed their young with larvae which they find
in their researches underground. Methoca, I am assured on
good evidence, attacks the larva of the Tiger-Beetle Cicindela.
Such habits would be favoured by the absence of wings and
somewhat diminutive size, as they are in the Worker Ants,
among which the Mutillidae were formerly reckoned. But
to the ¢4¢, who visit flowers and need never traverse narrow
C ‘eho )
passages, Wings would be an advantage not to be surrendered,
and Size comparatively a matter of indifference,
I will now ask your attention to a number of ¢ characters,
all of which seem to me explainable as facilitating the pre-
liminaries of pairing. These preliminaries are summed up
under four chief heads in a passage in Darwin’s Descent of
Man, which I will try—retaining as nearly as possible his
actual words—to condense into a single sentence. Throughout
the highest sub-kingdoms of animals, the Arthropoda and the
Vertebrata, we find males provided with special organs for Dis-
covering, Reaching, Charming, and Securing the females. Of
these four categories I think that the first and third (Dis-
covering and Charming) have played by far the most important
part in modifying the structures of g Aculeates. It may be,
and it probably zs the case, that the extreme swiftness of
flight and general agility and mobility of many ¢¢ in this
group has been developed as an advantage to them in Reach-
ing their partners ; but I can quote no instance in which the
characters either of their legs or their wings show any obvious
special modification for that purpose. There are a few instances
of $4 in the Scoliidae and Tiphiidae (Fossors) whose alar
neuration is slightly more complete than that of their ? 9.
But the mechanical consequences, if any, of these differences
are quite uncertain ; and I have reasons for thinking, that in
these cases the 9 neuration has been reduced, rather than that
of the g augmented. Some ¢ legs, again, are abnormally long
—front-legs in a group of Gorytes spp. (Fossors), middle legs
in many Anthophora spp. (Bees), etc., etc.—but I do not
believe that in any of these cases they enable the ¢ to “ Reach”
his 2 more quickly. Secwring the 9?—+.e. seizing her, and
retaining her when seized—may perhaps (as Darwin has sug-
gested) account for certain paradoxical leg-characters, e.g. the
extraordinary front-legs of Crabro cribrarius. But I confess
to grave doubts whether these and many similar eccentricities
(not to say malformations) of particular leg-joints in ¢ Bees
and Fossors would not rather diminish than increase their
efficacy as grappling-instruments. And besides, all that I
have seen or heard from other eye-witnesses convinces me
that it is normally not with the legs, but with the mandibles,
( elxxx, )
that a ¢ Aculeate seizes and secures his mate. Now, if we
examine the various forms of ¢ mandibles in Aculeates, we
find that they are sometimes more or less paradoxical ; but it
is generally difficult to recognise in them any clear special
adaptation to the function of seizing a9. It is true that in
some cases, e.g. Ammophila, the great length and sharpness
of the g mandibles might suggest such an adaptation ; and I
have in my collection a ¢ Ammophila actually holding a ? in
this manner. But the Ant Formicoxenus g grasps his mate
exactly in the same way; and his mandibles are, on the
contrary, quite absurdly short and truncate. (When they
are closed, their tips scarcely meet across the mouth!) So
that the suitability of these organs to act as a forceps cannot
apparently be measured by their length or sharpness. Again,
a “tooth” or spinose process on the lower side of the mandibles
is sometimes a ¢ character (Andrena apicata, fucata, lapponica,
etc.), and this might conceivably improve their grip in certain
cases. But the phenomenon is not a very common one, and,
as well as the cases of unusually long and sharp ¢ mandibles,
may possibly be connected (as Darwin explains the latter in
Ammophila) with the pugnacity of rival ¢¢ (cf. stags’ horns,
boars’ tusks, etc.). I do not, however, remember to have
myself ever seen them so used, but only for holding the 9.
Charming, taken in a very wide sense, as including all ways
in which a ¢ may dazzle, or fascinate, or attract, or establish
an understanding with a 9, by appealing to some sense or
susceptibility peculiar to that sex in a particular species,
might account (as it seems to me) for almost any one of the
¢ characters hereafter to be described. Some of them, however,
consisting in exceptional size or complexity of structures which
are known to be sense-organs, might come more naturally
under the category of Discovering.
For instance (1) the eyes of ¢ Aculeates are generally larger
than those of their ¢ 9, e.g. in most Ants, in several Bombus
spp. as confusus and mendax (Bees), in Tachytes and Tachysphex
spp. (Fossors). They, consequently, sometimes appear very
prominent and convex in the frontal view; sometimes they
approach very near to each other at the top of the head
(making the so-called ‘“frons” or forehead much narrower
( choi )
than in the ?); and sometimes they actually meet there, form-
ing (in the frontal view) a complete arch. This occurs in the
d of Apis (the Hive Bee) and also in those of two Fossorial
Genera, viz. Astata and Homogambrus. The ? eyes of all
these insects are normal.
(2) The ¢ antennae (also, of course, sense-organs) are gener-
ally longer than those of the 99, and have further almost
always one more joint (13, as against 12, in Fossors, Wasps,
and Bees; but the numbers vary in various Ants). It is, by
the bye, rather curious that neither in the Sawflies, nor the
Chrysids, and perhaps in no Hymenopterous groups outside
the Aculeates, is a difference in the number of these joints a
Sexual character.*
In several cases, e.g. Scolia (Fossors), Vespa (Wasps),
Ewcera and Halictus (Bees), the antennae of the ¢, though
not otherwise abnormal, are inordinately long as compared
with those of the ?, distinguishing the two sexes of most
species at a glance. But many ¢ antennal-characters are
thoroughly paradoxical. The last joint is sharply enjlewed and
becomes a sort of hook in some Wasps (Odynerus spp. of the
Groups “ Ancistrocerus’’ and “ Lionotus,” also Eumenes, etc ) ;
it is sickle-shaped in Sphecius, and some spp. of Bembex and
Stizus, also in Didineis (Fossors), and in certain Osmia spp.
(Bees). Three or more joints at the apex of the ¢ antenna
are rolled up into a knot-like entanglement in Dinetus (Fossors),
Odynert of the group “ Hoplopus” (Wasps), and Systropha
(Bees) ; again the middle joints, or some of them, are strangely
excavated, denticulated, produced into spinose processes, tuber-
culate, clothed with curious pilosity, or otherwise eccentric,
in 3 ¢ of various Genera or Species, these peculiarities being
so constant in each species as to be absolutely relied upon by
systematists. Such phenomena are prevalent both in Bees
and Fossors, but especially in the latter. Again, in many
Prosopis §3 (Bees) the “scape” or basal antennal-joint is
extravagantly dilated, and often (as though to call attention
to it) peculiarly coloured, in front, but not behind! Lastly,
one Pompilid Genus or Subgenus, viz. Clavelia, has the ¢
antennae “ pectinate,” a character almost unparalleled among
* See Note A. at the end of the Address.
( clxxxii )
Aculeates, but not rare in Sawflies, and occurring also in cer-
tain gg of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, which (I am told) are
known to have extraordinary powers of discovering their ? 9.
In these, and indeed in all cases, the antennae of 9 Aculeates
are practically quite simple; or, if in the least abnormal,
their characters are evidently not Sexual but Generic.
There can be little doubt that most, if not all, of these g
antennal-characters increase the efficiency of the antennae as
sense-organs, and enable their possessors to discover the ??
at a greater distance. The latter never seek their ¢4, and
therefore neither require nor possess antennae or eyes specially
adapted for discovering them.
But inasmuch as some Hymenoptera (e.g. Ants) certainly
use their antennae not only to receive sensations but to impart
them, it seems not impossible that paradoxical formations of
these structures might also render communications made
through them more persuasive to 99 possessed of certain
specific sensibilities, just as some peculiarity in the larynx of
a ¢ Vertebrate might give his voice a particular quality or
timbre which might be agreeable to the ear of his 9. (Cf. the
Songs of Male Birds.)
(3) Now as to characters in the ¢ legs. These in the Ants
are not conspicuous. But in many species of all the other
families they are so diversified, and often so extraordinary,
that it is quite impossible to discuss them adequately when
time is limited.
We find that in ¢¢ of one species or another of Bees,
Wasps, or Fossors, and sometimes pretty similarly in species
belonging to different groups, practically every joint of every
leg may be distorted into some eccentric but unvarying shape,
twisted, flattened, paradoxically lengthened or shortened,
armed with tooth-like tubercles, spurs, spines, etc., excavated
beneath, drawn out at the apex into a sort of tongue- or finger-
like process, etc., etc. In connection with these phenomena,
or apart from them, really startling pilosity-characters appear
in many cases, making even normal structures look quite
monstrous. I can only pick out a few examples at random,
and leave the rest to be imagined.
Several spp, of Crabro and Bembex (Fossors), Megachile
( elxxxili )
(Bees), etc., have some of the middle joints of the front legs
(tibiae, metatarsi, etc.) extravagantly dilated (often ‘“shield-
like”), they may be also curiously fringed, and are often
coloured very strangely, or so thinned as to become almost
membranous. The front coxae in some Cerceris spp. (Fossors),
and likewise in various spp. of Megachile and other genera of
Bees, are produced spinosely at the apex. The same is the
case with the middle coxae of certain Odynerus spp. (Wasps).
In other Odynerus spp. the middle femora are excavated
beneath so as to appear in certain positions tridentate; the
middle tibiae in some Fossors and Wasps are eccentrically
narrow at the base and dilated near the apex. The middle
metatarsus in Sphecius (a Fossor) appears, in all known species,
outrageously deformed. The same joint, and the middle tibia
also, are most eccentrically constructed in one group of Hucera
spp. (Bees). Bembex spp. have often the middle femora sharply
denticulate along the lower margin. In Vomia and Anthophora
(Bees) the hind legs often show monstrous dilatations, in-
crassations, and distortions of particular joints. Certain
Stizus spp. have a fine hair-like spine depending from the hind
femur. Panurgus calcaratus has a stout spur-like appendage
under the same joint, and its congener P. dentipes is similarly
armed, but on the hind trochanter. Thorn-like teeth or
tubercles occur on the front femora of one Odynerus (carolt),
the hind tibiae of another (probably undescribed), and one or
other of the leg-joints in various Bees (e.g. Hucera and
Anthophora spp.). Some Anthophora spp. again have the
middle tarsi very elongate, and either their basal or apical
joint, or both (but never any other), carries in front or behind
(or both in front and behind) a sort of fan formed of rigid
hairs, recalling in its outline and general appearance the tip of
a peacock’s tail-feather. There is asomewhat similar character
in the apical joint of the front tarsi in Gorytes fairmairer 3
(a Fossor).
In many Genera, and perhaps in some species of all Genera,
this strange group of characters is entirely unrepresented.
But whenever they occur, their forms are so constant and
characteristic in every case, that they are practically infallible
guides to a specific “determination.”
( elxxxiv )
How exactly each of these characters is beneficial, can often
only be conjectured. But as none of them exist, or are even
indicated, in the ? @, I feel little doubt that they all relate
to the one specially male duty, viz. Pairing.
I have long been convinced that haws of insects are
frequently sensitive, and that, accordingly, limbs exhibiting
pilosity-characters which would otherwise seem inexplicable,
may probably be not locomotive* organs simply, but receptive
of sense-impressions, and communicative of information sub-
sidiary to that received from eyes, antennae, palpi, ete. In
that case many 6 leg-characters would come under Darwin’s
Category of “ Finding the ?.” Others, as the tooth-like and
thorn-like processes, might help to grapple 7 and “ secure ” her.
But this, as I have said, appears to be mainly the work of the
mandibles. And I suspect that both antennae and legs may
be much employed in (and adapted for) various caressing or
invitatory actions, which are agreeable to the @, or at any
rate have influence over her, somewhat as an Aphid stroked
by an Ant’s antennae consents to produce her honey-dew—
whether charmed or pestered into consenting, who shall say?
Not knowing what may be the special susceptibilities of this
or that ? Aculeate, I can only offer vague conjectures. But
it seems possible, at least, that some paradoxical feature in the
antennae or legs of the ¢ might appeal persuasively to the ?’s
sense of sight, or touch, or to some other sense, which we
Vertebrates do not possess and cannot definitely conceive.
And if so, the character would come under the Category of
“ Charming.”
Male Aculeates have certainly in some cases a power of
influencing their @ @ by appealing to special sensibilities in
the latter. It has long been observed that the ¢4 of some
Bees (e.g. Bombus and Psithyrus spp.) emit agreeable and
characteristic scents, and Mr. Sladen’s recent observations
make it clear that these odours are recognised and enjoyed by
* That legs of insects are not always merely locomotive organs seems
certain. It is stated on good authority that some Orthoptera have auditory
organs in the legs ; that some Diptera undoubtedly use their front-legs as
feelers ; that some Coleoptera have amazingly long front-legs, unsuitable
for walking and not applied to that purpose, but held aloft and brandished
about like antennae, as the insects move: etc.
+ See Note B. at the end of the Address.
( clxxxy, )
“9 of their own species. He finds * that this fragrance
proceeds from the head ; but its use is no doubt analogous,
though the manner of production differs, to that of the
scent-scales in certain ¢ Lepidoptera, which have been made
familiar to most of us by the investigations of Dr. Dixey and
Dr. Longstaff.
(4) Another curious group of ¢ characters occur in the
ventral-plates, and the apical and subapical dorsal-plates, of
the abdomen. Some of these, however, are not external
characters, the plates exhibiting them being ‘telescoped”’
out of sight ; and others are so evidently connected with the
structure and position of the Reproductive organs that I will
not now discuss them. But some even of the basal ventral-
plates are paradoxically formed in many Aculeate ¢ 4, eg.
spp. of Palarus, Stizus and Bembex (Fossors), Masaris (Wasps),
Osmia, Eriades, and Halictoides (Bees). Also, the apical
dorsal-plates show strange characters (teeth, spines, excisions,
foveations, etc.) in some ¢ ¢ of Bees and Fossors, as Cerceris,
Anthidiwm, Osmia, Megachile, Eriades, and especially Coeliowys.
Their 2 2 show no such characters. (But it may be remarked
that in the Chrysids we find similar characters occurring as a
rule in both sexes equally, a fact for which, so far as I know,
no explanation has ever been suggested—nor can I suggest
one.)
The ¢ abdomen in Aculeates normally shows one more
fully chitinised dorsal-plate than that of the ? (7 against
6). This, like the corresponding difference in the number of
antennal joints, is not characteristic of Hymenoptera generally.
For in Sawflies the @ shows one more dorsal-plate than
the ¢ (8 against 7), and in Chrysids there are generally
three such plates only in both sexes, except in Cleptes ($5, ? 4)
and Parnopes ($4, 93). This is rather a question of the
“telescoping” of segments one within another than of their
actual number, and can hardly be discussed without reference
to internal characters and the structure of the Reproductive
System, so I pass it over, and proceed to consider external
characters peculiar to females.
(1) Their sense-organs (eyes and antennae) generally show
* Sladen, The Humble Bee (Macmillan, 1912), p. 13.
( .clxxxvi )
no such characters at all, except in a negative sense, 7. e. in
being obsolete or obsolescent. Some ? Ants (as Dorylus) have
neither oculi nor ocelli, and the latter are wanting in many
workers (= imperfect females) of this group, and in the ? 9? of
most Mudtillidae. All these creatures are apterous and live
much underground, so that partial or even total blindness may
be no great disadvantage to them. The antennae of most ?
Pompilidae curl up in a peculiar fashion after death ; but so,
to some extent, do those of the ¢, though less so—perhaps
only because they are stouter and less tapering at the apices.
The actual joints which curl thus are perfectly simple, and
cannot be called paradoxical in either sex.
(2) In the mandibles, however, we find certain more or less
striking special developments, which may be called real sexual
characters of a positive kind, and in these we can often recog-
nise a probable adaptation to duties which the idle ¢ escapes.
Some ? Aculeates have to excavate burrows in substances at
least as hard as wood, chalk, and sandstone—it is even
recorded that one Bee has been known to perforate a leaden
bullet. In such cases one would expect and one finds
mandibles developed for strength and sharpness, and occasion-
ally reinforced by special ‘‘ processes” either on themselves,
or on the parts adjoining (genal horn-like projections, dilata-
tions of the mandibles at their base, ‘etc.). Again 99? of
Scolia spp. have enormous jaws, which at first sight might
seem raptorial—designed to carry off the large Cetonia-larvae
on which they feed their young. Fabre, however, tells us that
in fact these insects do not carry off larvae, nor form burrows
for their reception. But the strong development of their
mandibles becomes quite intelligible, when we learn from the
same author, that Scolia 9 9, though they do not make burrows
of their own, perform even severer work of a similar kind, by
boring (almost like moles) in various directions through hard
soil in search of buried Cetonia-larvae, and ovipositing on
them when and where they find them. Other Aculeate ? ?
use their mandibles raptorially, dragging about victims often
much larger than themselves, and in a few cases (Bembex)
crushing and mangling them to some extent with the same
organs, Leaf-cutting Bees which also excavate hard wood
( elxxxvii )
(Megachile spp.) need and possess jaws modified to act as
“ scissors” and also as “‘chisels” or “ gouges.” Wasps procure
material for the “ paper” of which they form their cells by
gnawing off and carrying away fragments of wood from posts
and palings, etc., etc. Many of these entirely 9? occupations
require not only special development of the mandibles, but of
the muscles which move them, and consequently of the size of
the whole head: and of this we find frequent instances both
in Bees and Fossors (spp. of Osmia, certain Halicti, many
Scolia and Cerceris and Philanthus spp., etc.). It is, however,
only by exception that the characters actually become
paradoxical,
Another cause tending perhaps in some cases to increase
the size of the ? head, is a greater development of the brain
in that sex, corresponding to the much greater complexity
and variety of the ? instincts. Ants, whose ¢ ¢ (as compared
with their ? 2) are generally ‘“‘ microcephalous idiots,’ may be
a case in point. The following fact is curious and apparently
isolated. I cannot explain, but ought not to ignore it. The
JSemale only of a single Cerceris (komarovi) has the back of
the head, behind the eyes, armed with a thorn-like tooth.
Something similar occurs in males only of a Crabronid sp.
(a Lindenius), and in both sexes of another Crabronid
(Hoplocrabro quadrimaculatus).
The curious elevation and projection of the clypeus in
certain Cerceris 2 2 (ferrert, labiata, conigera, etc.), suggesting
sometimes a pick and sometimes a spade or shovel, seem
likely, as well as the adaptations of mandibles already men-
tioned, to assist the insects in their digging operations. The
same may explain the so-called “‘ horns” on the faces of some
2 Osmiae (rufa, tricornis, etc.).
(3) The legs of ? Aculeates show in various groups
characters which obviously indicate the special industries of
2 ¢ in that group, but generally consisting rather in modifica-
tions of the pilosity (‘‘spines” as well as “hairs” being
included in that term) than of the actual shapes of joints,
such as we have encountered in the case of many males.
Beginning with Industrious Bees, we have a number of
Genera in which the actual leg-joints differ little in the sexes,
( (claxteviil’)
but the pilosity of certain of these joints is immensely
developed in 99 only to form a brush or “scopa” for
accumulating pollen. In the highest of such Bees (the Social
Genera) we find also paradoxical modifications of the joints
themselves (especially the tibiae and metatarsi of the 3rd
pair) which would be unintelligible, if we did not know that
they were employed for this particular industry. But,
strange to say, many of these latter characters appear in
both sexes, though they must be almost useless except to
the 9 9. H. Miiller asserts that in Bombus the pollen-collect-
ing apparatus developed in the 9 is transmitted from that
sex to the ¢, and this statement greatly interested Darwin
who wrote * to him, ‘What an admirable illustration you
give of the transference of characters acquired by one sex—
namely, that of the ¢ of Bombus possessing the pollen-
collecting apparatus.” Really, however, the transference is
incomplete ; for Bombus g does not possess what Mr. Sladen +
has recently shown to be an essential part of the ? and g
pollen-collecting apparatus, viz. the so-called “auricle,” or
dentiform process which arms the base of the metatarsus.
The case of the Hive Bee Apis is more curious still. For
here neither the Male nor the Female leg, but only that of
the Worker, possesses an auricle, or a true pollen-basket
(corbicula). In this Genus the Division of Labour has been
carried further than in Bombus. Its Queen is, as Mr. Sladen
puts it, a “mere machine for laying eggs,” and never gathers
pollen at all. Her legs, which are practically identical with
those of the male, are in fact, just as in the latter sex, a
fraud! They have the general appearance of a ‘“ pollen-
collecting apparatus,” but lack details which are essential
to it. The Workers, however, have such an apparatus,
differing hardly at all from that of Lombus: which, being
normally sterile, they cannot have developed for themselves,
but must have received from their parents (Drones and Queens).
From these facts a curious conclusion appears to follow,
namely that (a) a structure was developed in the ? ?, and after-
wards transmitted in part to the ¢ 4, of the stock from which
* More Letters of C. Darwin, Vol. II., p. 97.
t The Humble Bee, p. 22.
( (clezax } )
both Bombus and Apis are offshoots ; (0) the ¢ 4 of both the
latter Genera have inherited the imperfect structure of the
3 ¢ in the parent-stock ; (c) the 2 of Bombus has retained the
complete structure, and transmits it to her Worker offspring ;
and (d) the ? of Apis has ceased to develop it in herself, but
retains it as a datent character, since she transmits it to her
offspring.
The legs of 9 and g Ants and Wasps show no striking
characters. ‘T'heir sole use seems to be for locomotion, and
if modified at all (as by abnormal elongation) the advantage
gained no doubt is simply speed. But in Fossors the @ legs
are often evidently indicative of their habits. Species which,
like Pompilids, fly little, but run and skip over herbage in
pursuit of wingless prey (spiders, etc.), which they afterwards
drag into their burrows, often have the legs (especially the
hind-pair) remarkably elongated. Others which prey on
flying or leaping victims (Diptera, small Lepidoptera, Ortho-
pterous and Hemipterous “nymphs,” or even other Hymeno-
ptera), fly more, and run less, both in seeking and bearing
home their prey. In such (e.g. Bembex, Tachytes, Oxybelus,
Astata, etc.) the legs are mostly short, but stout and armed
with many short stiff spines which may act perhaps as grap-
pling-instruments. Again, practically all Fossorial 99 have
much work to do in clearing sand, sawdust, and débris of
all kinds, out of their burrows; and many of them are
assisted in this work by possessing a sort of ‘‘rake”’ of long
subequal spines (called the ‘“ pecten”) on their front-tarsi ;
and other spines, or serrations, or rasp-like denticulations, on
the hind-tibiae especially, but also on these and other parts of all
the legs. Ammophila 2? at work can be seen to carry out
armfuls (as it were) of sand; and wood-boring Crabronidae
kick out backwards a stream of fine sawdust, as they penetrate
into a stump or a paling. Thus, in one way or other, all
these leg-characters in the ? 2 seem accommodated to maternal
industries ; and if present (as sometimes happens) in the ¢ 4,
are attributable, probably, either to Inheritance simply, or
to Transmission, or to Adaptation for Pairing.
(4) The @ abdomen presents few conspicuous Sexual
characters in Aculeates of any kind. Its dorsal apex will
( scxe*ty)
sometimes distinguish a 9? as belonging to a particular genus
or species (e. g. Coelioxys); but when it differs conspicuously
from that of the 4, it is generally because it is simpler
(nearer the “type” of its group), so that it is really the g
which shows the Sexual character.
Probably the clearest and most important case of a true
sexual ? character in the abdomen is the development in
certain Bees (Osmia, Megachile, Anthidium, etc. = the sub-
family of the ‘‘Gastrilegidae”) of extreme pilosity on tts
ventral surface, which answers the same purpose as_ the
pilosity of the hind-legs in other Bee-genera—viz. to form
a brush for accumulating pollen. But even this is only an
augmentation of the specific pilosity inherited by both sexes.
I know no case of paradoxical teeth, spines, ete., such
as often occur in ¢ g, on the dorsal apex of any ?
Aculeate ; and only one (which I have read of but not seen)
of such characters being conspicuously developed on the
ventral surface of a @ abdomen. This is the case of a Fossor
(Stizus gynandromorphus, Handlirsch); and as only a single
specimen seems to have occurred, and its ¢ is unknown,
one is tempted to suspect it may be a monstrosity.
The difference as to the number of visible segments in the
g and the 9 abdomen has been mentioned already ; and if
this difference, and the simpler structure of the dorsal and
ventral apical segments of the ?, be excluded, I do not know
that any important Secondary Sexual character occurs in the
abdomen of any ? Aculeate, except the ventral pollen-brush
of the Gastrilegidae, and possibly the spine-like last ventral
segment of Coelioxys 2, which perhaps facilitates its para-
sitical ovipositions.
(5) Apterous Aculeates occur only among the Ants (whose
workers are always in this condition), and in one group of
Fossors (the JJutillidae). All European and Mediterranean
Mutillidae have wingless ? 9; and I have already given
reasons for thinking that this character, as is usually the case
with ? characters, is an advantage to the ?9, in fulfilling
their duties as mothers-in-prospect. Very rarely ¢ ¢ of this
group (in certain spp.) exhibit the same character, and I
suppose that, in such cases, the character has probably been
€ gexec)
transmitted to them from 9? ancestors, just as Bombus and
Apis g 3 have assumed to a certain extent the leg-characters
originally developed in their ? 9.
But this will not explain the winglessness of certain ¢ Ants,
viz. the rare and curious parasitic Genera )
Euchloé damone, variation in, exhibited, xlii.
Europe, aberrations of Rhopalocera from Central, exhibited, xxiv; butterflies
from, exhibited, xcvi.
European Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites, an unrecognised, 662.
EKurytela dryope shown to be distinct from E. hiarbas, exhibited, xviii, lvi,
xxviii, ¢,
Ex-Presidents, portraits of, xcvi, civ.
Fellows, election of, xii, xxv, xxxvii, xli, lxv, ]xxxvii, xevi, civ, exvili, exxiv.
», letters of thanks on election as Hon.,, i.
Finmark, Colzas hecla from, exhibited, xciii.
Fire, birds and insects at edge of, xlii.
Fitch, E. A., notice of the death of, lxxxvii.
Forest areas, mimicry in the Tropics chiefly characteristic of, 1.
Ganglbauer, Prof. L,, notice of the death of, Ixxxvii.
Geographical distribution, the butterflies of the White Nile, a study in, cxxiii,
Geometrid moths of the genus A/etis, and their mimics from Entebbe,
exhibited, iii.
Gigantic larvae, exhibited, cxiv.
Glossina caliginea (Tsetse-fly) rejected by a monkey, exhibited, Ixxv.
Glutophrissa, anal tufts of female protruded during courtship, v.
Gonepteryx rhamnt, cluster of ova of, exhibited, 1.
Grosvenor, G. H., notice of the death of, lxxxvii.
Guatemala, butterflies from British Honduras and, exhibited, xlv.
Habits, attitudes, etc., the value of photographs, even when greatly reduced
as a record of, exhibited, cvi.
Hairs, of Lasiocampid larva disseminated through the air, exhibited, iv; of
the moth Anaphe infracta, irritating, exhibited, lxxviii.
Hawaiian wasps, on the colour-groups of the, lvi.
Heredity in the female forms of Hypolimnas misippus, exhibited, Ixxiii.
Homoptera, West African, exhibited, xc.
Honorary Fellow, death of, Ixxxvii; election of, civ.
Hoodia, on the genera Liothrips and, vi, 470.
Hybrids and second broods, exhibited, cii.
Hydroecia, new, exhibited, ]xviii.
Hymenoptera, from South Africa, chiefly Elidinae, on new species of Fossorial,
exiv, 720; from West Africa, exhibited, cxix.
Hypolimnas (Euralia) dubius, and H. (E.) anthedon, exhibited, iv; heredity
in the female forms of H. mistppus, exhibited, lxxiii.
Insect pests, birds as a check on, ii ; -catching grass, exhibited, lxxxvii.
Insects and birds at edge of fire, xlii.
Ithomiines, Brazilian, exhibited, xliii.
Kirby, W. F., notice of the death of, cxxiv.
Lagos district, three families of P. davdanus bred from hippocoon females in
the, exhibited, xii, cxxxi; large Lepidopterous pupa, probably Lycaenid,
found in the leaf-nest of Oecophylla, in the, exhibited, xxxii; Meptzs and
Neptidopsis in the, lv; families of butterflies bred in the, exhibited Ixxv ;
forms of Leuceronia argia in the, exhibited, cxxxi.
Larval nests, remarkable, exhibited, cxxii.
Lasiocampid larva, urticating hairs of, disseminated through the air, exhibited,
iv.
{ xcey -)
Lepidoptera, on some hitherto imperfectly known South African, vi, 384;
-Heterocera from South-East Brazil, descriptions of new species of, vi,
419; an experiment on the development of the male appendages in,
vii, 407 ; with Weptis pattern, collected near Entebbe, exhibited, xxvi;
probably Lycaenid, found in the leaf-nest of Oecophylla, in the Lagos
district, large pupa of, exhibited, xxxii; Pyrenean, exhibited, xciii.
Leuceronia argia in the Lagos district of West Africa, forms of, exhibited, cxxxi.
Liothrips and Hoodia, on the genera, vi, 470.
Lonchaea chorea, the life-history of, xcvi.
LIucanides dans les collections du British Museum et de |’Université de
Oxford, notes sur quelques espéces des, ciil.
Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites, an unrecognised European, 662.
Lycaenid, a myrmecophilous African, exhibited, cvi.
Lycaenidae, of the genera Epitola and Hewittsonia, the sluggishness of two
West African, exhibited, xxxiii; aberrations of Alpine, exhibited, xci;
with a revision of the Thecline genus Thamala, on some new and little-
known Bornean, cxlii.
Malacoderm larvae, exhibited, ciii.
Male, appendages in Lepidoptera, an experiment on the development of the,
vii, 407; genital tube in Coleoptera, the comparative anatomy of the,
vi, 477.
Mantid oothecae, exhibited, exxi, exxv.
Meetings, notice as to cards of the dates of, i.
Melanargia japygia and M. galatea from Sicily, series of, exhibited, cxxx.
Melitaea aurinia, exhibited, cv.
Messaga montetronis, a mimic of Pyrrhochalcia tiphis, the West African,
exhibited, cix.
Metallic colour in Chrysids, exhibited, cxxx.
Micro-Lepidoptera, descriptions of South American, exlii.
Migration due to excessive drought as a cause of the spread of butterflies into
new localities, occasional, xcvii.
Mimacraeas, new, exhibited, xliv.
Mimicery, of genus 4letis from Entebbe, instances of, exhibited, iii; (Batesian
and Millerian) by temperature experiments on two tropical butterflies,
the study of, vii, 445; two African species of the Danaine genus T7?2ru-
mala (Melinda) as models, and one as a mimic, exhibited, xxxi; in the
Tropics chiefly characteristic of forest areas,1; a few observations on,
xevi; in forest butterflies, the special development of, xcix; between
Australian bees, Miillerian, exhibited, c; protective resemblance,
exhibited, cxiv.
Monkeys, butterflies a natural food of, iv, xvii; Tsetse-fly Glossina caliginéa
rejected by a, exhibited, lxxv.
Myrmecophilous, Plebeiid blue butterfly, on the early stages of
XXX1
inconspicua (Myzine), 724, 731
_ (Nemoura), xlviii
incrassata (Tiphia), 740
incurvata (Rifargia), 429
indentatus (Tarphiomimus), 516, 517
indigotea (Osmia), xev
induna (Acraea), 198
inflata (Physa), 509, 510
infracta (Anaphe), lxxviii, lxxx
infradentata (Myzine), 723, 728
inornatus (Halictis), 382
insignis (Acraea), 23, 78, 81, 82, 353
insignis (Acraea), 81
f. siginna (Acraea), 81, 82,
353
instabilis (Odynerus), 683
insularis (Acraea), 14, 40, 845, 353
», (Cossyphus), 548, 549
insulicola (Odynerus), 683
intermedia (Acraea), 27, 31, 32, 159,
353
intermedius (Liothrips), 472
interrupta (Myzine), 726
iopteryx (Odynerus), 681, 682
iphidamas (Papilio), xlvili
iphis (Pyrrhochalcia), cix
Ipidae, 572
Ips, 515, 572
irregulariter-vittata (Hemithyrsocera),
661
irroratus (Mitophyllus), 573, 574
Ischiopsopha, 581, 598, 628
ismenius telchinia (Heliconius), xlvi,
xlvili
isse (Pericopis), cxxix
issoria (Acraea), 350
isthmia (Mechanitis), cxxviii
Ithomia, xliii, exxvili
Ithomiinae, cxxix
Ituna, xliv
iturina (Acraea), 5, 57, 58, 59, 305,
309, 353
iturina (Acraea), 21, 57
subsp. kakana (Acraea), 28,
57, 58, 358
jacobaeae (Euchelia), xc, xci
jamesoni (Eagris), 391
janira (Epinephele), xcv
japonica (Silpha), 502, 503
japonius (Ips), 515
japygia (Melanargia), cxxx
”
”?
29
>
( “Cemdii :)
8a) vygia var. suwarovius (Melanargia),
grai KXX
»» ga (Perophora), 436
grant. \s (Charaxes), 410
gratu: ,phae (Anartia), xlviii
‘na (Fruhstorferia), 581, 592
atta (Acraea), 3,14, 39, 254, 256,
322, 327, 330, 331, 332,
333, 336, 353
3 subsp. aethiops (Acraea), 328,
330, 354
= f, carmentis (Acraea), 327, 329,
353
5 f. castanea (Acraea), 328, 329,
354
»» £. dorotheae (Acraea), 327, 329,
331, 353
& f. inaureata (Acraea), 328, 330,
354
»» f. interjecta (Acraea), 327, 329,
354
», jodutta (Acraea), 328
»» f. subfulva (Acraea), 327, 329,
354
», (Papilio), 327
johnstoni (Acraea), 14, 39, 321, 339,
340, 341, 342, 354, 361,
. 865
eee subsp. butleri (Acraea), 341,
342, 343, 354
ne f. confusa (Acraea), 340, 342,
343, 344, 354
5 f. flavescens (Acraea), 340,
342, 343, 354
Rs f. fulvescens (Acraea), 340,
342, 348, 344, 354
53 johnstoni (Acraea), 341
3 f. octobalia (Acraea), 340,
342, 343, 354
z5 f. semialbescens (Acraea),
340, 342, 343, 354
jordani (Mesothrips), 470, 475
josepha (Pieris), xlviii
josephi (Amphizoa), 622
julia delila (Colaenis), xlviii
Juncorum (Bryaxis), 509, 510
juno (Stellidia), 425
»» (Agraulis), xlviii
Junonia, xlviii
Kallima, Ixxvy, lxxvi
kaschmirensis (Vanessa), evi
khara (Acraea), 107
kibonotensis (Dasyproctus), 750
kilimandjara (Acraea), 337
kirbyi (Odynerus), lvii
klugii (Dircenna), exxviii
»» (Meria), 729
»» (Myzine), 723, 725, 729
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912.
kohli (Bembex), 746
kolga (Norasuma), ci
kouanus (Odynerus), 681, 683
kraka (Acraea), 21, 52, 57, 354
kraussi (Hemithyrsocera), 661
kriechbaumeri (Prosopis), lvii, 688
kristenseni (Myzine), 725, 734
kuenowi hypoxantha (Pseudacraea),
lxxxvi
labiatus (Therates), 486, 487
Labidostomis, 558, 561
Labidura, xciii
Labienus, 579
Lachnaea, 558, 562
Laccobius, 494, 495, 604
lacordairei (Eucranium), 580, 582
lactea (Acraea), 156, 157
Laemosthenes, 488
laevisuleatus (Odynerus), 683
laeviuscula (Clythra), 558, 561
Lagria, 551
Lagriidae, 551
lais (Teracolus), exli, exlii
laius (Libythea), xeviii
Lamia, 608
Lamprophorus, 719
Lampyridae, 538, 717
Lampyris, 535, 537, 624
lanaiensis (Odynerus), 683
Langsdorfia, 432
lanocrispa (Megalopyge), 437
lappona (Erebia), xciv
lardarius (Lathridius), 527
laricis (Ips), 572
», (Tomicus), 572
Laricobius, 532
Lariidae, 557
Larra, 733, 750
Larrada, 750
Larrinae, 750
Lasia, 524, 525, 618
Lasiocampidae, cxiv, 433
Lasiosomus, ¢xxi
Lasius, xxv, cli
lateralis (Hemithyrsocera), 661
Lathridiidae, 527
Lathridius, 527, 617
Lathrobium, ]xxxvii, 496, 500, 501
Jaticollis (Anaides), 577, 581, 585, 586
Latiorina, 393, 394, 402, 403
latipes (Croesus), xxiv
leiodemas (Odynerus), 681, 682, 683
Leis, 524, 525
lemnae (Donacia), 558, 560
lemolea (Spalgis), xviii
leona (Acraea), 278, 280
Leperina, 516, 617, 618
Lepidoptera, 449
( ‘ecxxiv )
Leptaletis, ili
Leptaulacides, 579
Leptinidae, 506
Leptinus, 506
Leptochirus, 496, 501
Leptomastax, 508, 509
Leptoneura, 384, 387, 388
Leptothorax, xcii
Leptothrips, 470
lepturoides (Omophlus), 550
Leuceronia, cxx, ¢xxxi
leucofasciatus (Nodynus), 496, 501
leuconoe (Deilemera), xxvi
leucopyga (Acraea), 27,
354
leucosoma (Acraea), 169
leucostomus (Tabanus), xlix
Leucothyris, xliii
levana (Araschnia), ix, xi
lia (Acraea), 23, 67, 68, 354
liberia (Acraea), 239
Libythea, xeviii, xcix
ligniperdus (Camponotus), cii
liliana (Pinacopteryx), exii, cxili
lilis (Melinaea), exxvili
Limacodidae, 439
limata (Myzine), 724, 731
limbata (Rhagonycha), 624
limbatus (Rhagonycha), 535, 538
+ (Telephorus), 535, 538, 539
ie (Thymalus), 516
Limenitis, ix
Lina, lxxxii
Liodes, 502, 504, 626
Liodidae, 502
Lionotus, 379
Liothrips, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474,
475
157, 159,
Liparis, 407, 408
Liparochrus, 577, 580, 585, 586
Lipteninae, xxxili, xxxiv
Liris, 750, 751, 752, 753
liroides (Motes), 753
Lissomus, 546
liszti (Acraea), 157
Litolibrus, 514
livida (Helodes), 543
», (Microcara), 543
lobatifrons (Bembex), 747
lobengula whytei (Amauris), lxx
localis (Odynerus), 699
Lochmaea, 566
lofua (Acraea), 26, 127
Lomaptera, 581, 598, 628
Lonchaea, xevi
londinensis (Homalota), 496, 497
longicollis (Polyplocotes), 535
longicornis (Claviger), xxv
longicornis (Monohammus), 568, 569
longimana (Labidostomis), 558
longimanus (Euchirus), 581, 590
sf (Labidostomis), 561
longispinus (Dactylopius), xviii
longstaffi (Odynerus), 378
loripes (Mecocorynus), 570
lota (Orthosia), 410
Loxotropa, cli
lualabae (Acraea), 29, 155, 354
Lucanidae, 573, 577, 611
Lucanides, ciii
Lucanus, 482, 573, 575, 602, 607
lucia (Brontes), 518, 519
lucida (Ectobia), 652
», (Theganopteryx), 645, 647, 652,
658
lucilla (Neptis), xxx
Luciola, 535, 537
lucretia (Pseudacraea), exv, 706, 711
luctuosus (Microplidius), 581, 588
lugens (Phanaeus), 580, 582
lugubris (Tosale), 441
lumiri (Acraea), 33, 219, 354
luneli (Pseudectobia), 654, 655
luridus (Berosus), 494, 495
», (Parnus), 531, 532
luteola (Psylliodes), 1xxxvii
luteus (Cychramus), 515
luxi (Acraea), 137
lyca (Catagramma), xlviii
Lycaena, xviii, xciii, 393, 402, 667,
674, 675
Lycaenesthes, lv
| Lycaenidae, xxxiii, lv, lxx, cxlii, 393,
454
Lycaeninae, xxxiii
lycia (Acraea), 3, 210, 211
Lycidae, ciii
lycidice (Mechanitis), xlvii
lycoa (Acraea), 3, 13, 15, 39, 336, 341,
354, 361
», subsp. aequalis (Acraea), 337,
339
», subsp. bukoba (Acraea), 336, 338,
354
», ab. butleri (Acraea), 341
», subsp. entebbia (Acraea), 336,
338, 354
», subsp. fallax (Acraea), 15, 337,
338, 354 '
», subsp. kenia (Acraea), 337, 339,
354
», lycoa (Acraea), 42, 337
», subsp. media (Acraea), 336, 338,
354
», subsp. tirika (Acraea), 336, 338,
354
( eexxy }
lycoides (Acraea), 292, 295, 296
Lycorea, xlvi, exxviii, cxxix
Lycostomus, 535, 536, 623:
Lyctidae, 533
Lyctus, 533, 534
lydia (Macapta), 423
Lygaeidae, cxxi
lygus (Acraea), 190
Lymexylonidae, 542
lyncea (Othnius), 551
Macalla, 443
Macapta, 423
macarista (Planema), xx, xxii, 1xxi,
Ixxxv, cxvii, 13, 703, 704, 705
machequena (Acraea), 22, 65, 66, 67,
354
Macrochenus, 568
Macrolister, 512
Macronota, 581, 599
macrosilaus (Papilio), xlvi
mactans (Haematopota), |
macularia (Stigmodera), 547
maculatissimus (Tabanus), xlix
maculipennis (Echthromorpha), 683
maculiventris (Acraea), 303
madhela (Acraea), 71
Maechidius, 581, 588
mahela (Acraea), 22, 71, 72, 75, 354
mairessi (Acraea), 268, 286, 287, 289,
354
f. dewitzi (Acraea), 36, 286,
287, 354
»,» Mairessi (Acraea), 36
major (Liothrips), 471
makupa (Acraea), 42
Malachius, 535, 539, 624
Malacodermidae, 535
Malacodermoidea, 623, 634
malagassa (Theganopteryx), 644
Mallaspis, 568
Mallotoblatta, 644, 661
Malthinus, 539, 612, 624
Malthodes, 612, 624
manandaza (Acraea), 64, 65, 66
mandane (Acraea), 298
mandibularis (Xenocrabro), 688
manicatus (Repsimus), 581
manjaca (Acraea), 239, 243
mansya (Acraea), 27, 131, 134, 354
Manticora, 486, 487 ra
Mantis, cxxv
Mantispa, 694
marcellus (Papilio), xlv
margarita (Pieris), xlviii
margaritaria (Metrocampa), cii
marginalis (Dytiscus), 492
Kh (Figulus), 5738, 575
marginatum (Kuryptilium), 507
9?
marginipennis (Anomala), 590
maritimus (Anthicus), 553, 554
Marmara, cvii, cix
marmorata (Acraea), 105
ie (Hemithyrsocera), 661
marnois (Acraea), 30, 184, 185, 354
marpessa (Neptis), xxix
marshalli (Mimacraea), xlv
marsyas (Oniticellus), 580, 583
Ap (Radama), 580
masaica (Dielis), 743
masamba (Acraea), 41, 42, 312, 313,
314, 315, 354
f. boseae (Acraea), 312, 313,
314, 354
3 masamba (Acraea), 312
f. silia (Acraea), 312, 3138,
314, 354
Masaris, 381
masaris (Acraea), 532
masonala (Acraea), 50, 51
massaica (Tiphia), 741
massuae (Blatta), 655
», (Hemithyrsocera), 654,
661
mastersi (Balanophorus), 536, 539
5 (Hemiopsida), 546
matuapa (Acraea), 72
maximus (Macrolister), 512
we (Oxysternus), 512, 513
meconellii (Liothrips), 472, 474
Mechanitis, xlvi, xlvii, xlvili, exxviii
Mecocorynus, 570
Mecynodera, 558, 560
medialis (Echedorus), 433
mediorufa (Eriopyga), 422
medoa (Acraea), 107
5, (Papilio), 107
medon (Lycaena), 675
Megalodacne, 523
Megalopyge, 486, 437
Megalopygidae, 436
Megalothrips, xlix
Meira, 724, 738
meisteri (Rhynohopyga), 420
Melanargia, cxxx
melanaria (Plesia), 742
Melandrya, 552
Melandryidae, 552
melanocephalus (Othius), 496, 499
melanosticta (Acraea), 286
melanoxantha (Acraea), 36, 288, 354
melantho (Thyridia), cxxvili
Melasoma, 1xxxii
melicerta (Neptis), xxvi, XXVil, XXxviii,
XXx1
Melinaea, xlvi, cxxvill, cxxix
Melinda, xxxi
»?
”
655,
EZ
( cexxvi )
Melitaea, xxiv, xciv, cv, cvi
Meloidae, 556
Melolontha, 480, 482, 578, 581, 589
Melolonthinae, 581
Melyris, 536, 540
memnon (Caligo), xlvi, xlvili
menestheus (Papilio), xiv
mercedonia (Tirumala), xxxi, xxxil
Meria, 729
merope (Papilio), 365
meruensis (Myzine), 726
Mesa, 737, 738, 739
Mesomphalia, 559, 567
Mesosemia, xlviii
Mesothrips, 470, 472, 474, 475
Messaga, cix, cx
metalilis (Heliconius), exxviii
metella (Neptis), xxvi, XXVli, XXvViil
Methona, xliv
Metriorrhynchus, 535, 536, 607
Metrius, 487, 488
Metrocampa, cii
meyeri (Acraea), 6
mhondana (Acraea), 72
micans (Orchesia), 552
Microcara, 543, 544
microdemas (Odynerus), 684
Microdon, xxvi
Micropeplus, 496, 502
Microplidius, 581, 588
migrator (Bostrichus), 533
miles (Baryrrhynchus), 573, 612
Millingenia, 580, 584, 586
mima (Acraea), 31, 32, 167, 169, 354
Mimacraea, xliv, xlv
Mimela, 581, 591
Mimesa, 686
mimeticus (Papilio), xxxi
Mimopacha, iv
mimus (Odynerus), 687
,, (Pinophilus), 496, 499
minima (Acraea), 217
Minthea, 533
minutus (Clambus), 502, 505
minyas (Eumaeus), xlvii, xlviil
mira (Tachytes), 753
mirabilis (Acraea), 20, 216, 354
miranda (Dohrnia), 554
miriam (Mycalesis), 384, 385
mirifica (Acraea), 5, 19, 208, 354
$5 (Euliphyra), evi
misippus (Hypolimnas), vii, viil,
Ixxili, Ixxiv, 445, 449,
450, 452, 453, 457, 458,
466
449, 450, 451, 453, 454,
458, 459, 466, 468
f. diocippus (Hypolimnas), |
misippus f. inaria (Hypolimnas), vii,
vili, 448, 450, 451, 453, 454, 458,
459
Mitophyllus, 578, 574, 579
muniszechi (Cucujus), 518, 519
mnizechi (Proculus), 579
mollis (Ernobius), 534
molokaiensis (Odynerus),
684
molossus (Catharsius), 580, 582
moluccana (Acraea), 6, 347, 348
subsp. buruensis (Acraea),
346, 348
subsp. dohertyi (Acraea),
346, 348
i subsp. meyeri(Acraea), 346,
348
moluccana (Acraea), 346
subsp. parce (Acraea), 346,
348
subsp. pella (Acraea), 347,
348
lix, 683,
”
9
29
>)
monas (Odynerus), 684
monedula (Bembex), 747
monobius (Odynerus), 684
Monohammus, 568, 569, 608
Monomma, 552
Monommidae, 552
Monotoma, 514
Monotomidae, 514
monstrosus (Gorytes), 748, 749
montana (Hipparchia), 386
95 (Papilio), 386
montanus (Odynerus), lix, lx, 679, 681,
682, 683, 684
monteironis (Messaga), cix
montivaga (Tiphia), 740
montivagus (Catops), xii
Mordellidae, 555
morgeni (Tirumala), xxxi, xxxii
Mormolyce, 487, 489
Morpho, xlviii
mortuorum (Necrophorus), 502, 504
moschata (Aromia), 568
Motes, 753
mouhotus (Heliocopris), 580, 583
multipicta (Myzine), 724, 730
multipunctata (Blethisa), 487, 489
murcia (Acraea), 82
» (Papilio), 82
murinus (Dermestes), 529
mutabilis (Microdon), xxvi
mutans (Odynerus), 378
mutator (Geotrupes), 581, 587
| Mutillidae, 722
mutilloides (Braunsomeria), 720, 721
Mycalesis, 384, 385
| mycenaea (Acraea), 84
(
Mycetaea, 526
Mycetaeidae, 526
Mycetophagidae, 529
Mycetophagus, 529, 532
Mylothris, exii
Myrmecocystus, ex
Myrmica, xxvi
Mysia, 524, 525
mystica (Acraea), 171, 173
Myzine, 720, 722, 723, 724, 725, 726,
727, 728, 729, 730, 731, 732, 733,
734, 735, 736
naiadum (Odynerus), 684
nandensis (Planema), 321
Napeogenes, cxxvili
napi (Pieris), lxxi, Ixxii
», var. bryoniae (Pieris),
narcaea (Heliconius), cxxix
natalensis (Asterope), xeviii
Me, (Crenis), xevili
natalica (Acraea, 14, 190,
354
subsp. abadima (Acraea), 30,
192, 195, 354
var. dissociata (Acraea), 196
natalica (Acraea), 30, 193, 196
subsp. pseudegina (Acraea), 30,
192, 194, 195, 196, 354
f. umbrata (Acraea), 30, 192,
194, 354
», (Anthobosca), 742
nataliensis (Acraea), 120
Natalis, 541
natator (Gyrinus), 493
nautarum (Odynerus), 681, 682, 691
neander (Andronymus), xcviii
neavei (Gastrosericus), 754
(Hemithyrsocera), 654, 658, 661
(Myzine), 722, 727
»» (Pseudomeria), 727
Nebria, 487, 488, 490
nebulosa (Acraea), 347
Necrodes, 502, 503
Necrophorus, 502, 504
neita (Pseudonympha), 385
Neleus, 579
nemetes (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii
Nemognatha, 556
Nemoura, xlviii
neobule (Acraea), 72, 74, 75, 76, 78,
80, 348, 354
subsp. arabica (Acraea), 24, 73,
74, 354
neobule (Acraea), 23, 73
subsp. seis (Acraea), 28, 72, 74,
75, 76, 854
f. sokotrana (Acraea), 72, 74,
75, 354
ne
Ixxi, ]xxii
192, 195,
9?
te)
CCXXV1l1
)
Neolamprima, 573, 575, 629
nephele edessa (Heterosais), xliii
nephroleuca (Chabuata), 421
Neptidopsis, xxvi, xxvii, xxxi, lv
Neptis, xxvi, xxvii, XXVill, Xxix, Xxx,
Xxxi, lvi
Nesocrabro, 688, 689, 690, 691, 692
Nesodynerus, lvii, lviii, xe xs 1679)
681, 682, 683, 699
Nesoprosopis, lvii, lyiii, lix, lx, 683,
684, 685, 687, 688, 695, 697
newelli (Odynerus), 684
newtoni (Acraea), 14, 35, 285, 286,
354
nexa (Nonagria), xlviii
niavius (Amauris), xii, xxxv
», f. dominicanus (Amauris), xvi
Nicagus, 573, 576, 577, 630
nicomedes, var. quintilla (Neptis),
XXVi, XXVili
niger (Ceratognathus), 573
», (Pterostichus), 488
nigerrima ( Hemithyrsocera), 660, 661
nigra (Hemithyrsocera), 661
(Physocephala), Ixvii
», (Sagra), 558
nigricans (Telephorus), 585, 539
nigriceps (Orsodacne), 558, 559
nigricornis (Antherophagus), 522
nigripennis (Odynerus), Ivi, lix, ]xi,
Ixil, 678, 681, 682, 683, 687, 698
699
nigriplaga (Heterocampa), 428
nigrita (Myzine), 729
», (Sagra), 561
nigrolimbatum (Rhynchium), 380
nigropicta (Cephaloleia), 559
nigropunctatus (Notiophygus), 524
niobe (Acraea), 14, 20, 24, 344, 354
Niponiidae, 512, 513
Niponius, 512
nireus (Papilio), xiv
nitida (Theganopteryx), 647, 649
Nitidulidae, 515
nitidulus (Formicoxenus), xcii
rf (Saprinus), 512, 513
nitidus (Cis), 532
nivicola (Odynerus), 683
nivosa (Megalopyge), 436
nivosita (Stellidia), 425
nobilis (Megalothrips), xlix
noctiluca (Lampyris), 535, 537
Noctuidae, 421
Nodynus, 496, 501
nohara (Acraea),- 118, 128, 130, 131,
133, 136, 163, 354
chambezi (Acraea), 130, 131
132, 134
”
’
Ee)
( eexxvii )
nohara guillemei (Acraea), 131, 132
a subsp. halali (Acraea),
128, 130, 131, 133, 354
», nohara (Acraea), 27, 129, 132
subsp. pseudatolmis (Acraea),
27, 129, 130, 354
subsp. punctellata (Acraea), 27,
129, 131, 354
Nonagria, xlviii, xlix, cili
Norape, 439
Norasuma, ci
notata (Theganopteryx), 647, 651
Notiophygus, 524
Notodontidae, 426
Notogonia, 377, 750, 751, 752
notostictus (Crabro), 688, 689
BS (Xenocrabro), 690, 691
ntebiae (Acraea), 292
nubicola (Odynerus), 683
nubilosa (Prosopis), ¢
nucleorum (Caryoborus), 557, 558
nyanza (Telipna), iii
nyanzae (Elis), 738
», (Mesa) 738
nyasae (Tabanus), xlix
Nymphalidae, exxiii, 384
nysiades, ab. continuata
XXvl, XXVill
Nyssoninae, 748
oahuensis (Odynerus), lviii, 681, 682,
683
obeira (Acraea), 68, 69, 70, 71, 802, 354
subsp. burni (Acraea), 24, 68,
70, 71, 354
», Obeira (Acraea), 24, 68
oberthiiri (Acraea), 34, 249, 354
f. confluens (Acraea), 249,
251, 354
- oberthiiri (Acraea), 249
59 (Catuna), exix
obesus (Litolibrus), 514
21,
(Neptis),
”
”
obliterata, ab. fenestrata (Adalia),
lxxxvil
rs ab. sublineata (Adalia),
lxxxvii
oblitus (Nesodynerus), lviii, 681, 683
oblongo-guttata (Mysia), 524, 525
oblongopunctatus (Pterostichus), 488
obscura (Pseudacraea), xxi, xxii,
ikesongy Ikeed, Ikeoxval.
eXv, cxxxvii, 706, 707,
712, 713, 714, 715, 716
Ae (Silpha), 502, 503, 626
5 (Theganopteryx), 647, 650
obscurepunctatus (Odynerus), 684, 687
obscurus (Nicagus), 573, 576, 577
», (Sphenophorus), 570, 571,
608
obsoletus (Carpophilus), ii
ocellatus (Liothrips), 472, 474
5 (Smerinthus), cii, ciii
ochraceus (Phaenolis), 5385, 537
ochrascens (Acraea), 240
oculata (Bembex), 748
Ocypus, 496, 498
odontofora (Motes), 753
Odontothynnus, 742
Odynerus, lvi, lvii, lviii, lix, lx, 1xi,
Ixii, lxili, 378, 879, 678, 679, 680,
681, 682, 683, 684, 685, 686, 687,
690, 691, 692, 695, 697, 698, 699,
701
Oecophylla, xxxii, xxxili, evi
Oedemeridae, 554
Olibrus, 514
olivacea (Phytodecta), 565
olivieri (Anoplognathus), 581, 591
Olophrum, 496, 501
Olyras, exxix
olyras (Dircenna), cxxix
omacanthus (Trox), 577, 579, 580, 630
ombria (Acraea), 161
omicronaria (Zonosoma), cii
Omma, 521, 522, 615, 623, 631, 632
Ommadidae, 521
Omophlus, 550
omrora (Acraea), 124, 128, 354
omrora (Acraea), 26, 124, 127
9?
,, subsp. umbrata (Acraea), 26,
124, 125, 127, 354
Omus, 486
onagga (Cypherotylus), 523
oncaea (Acraea), 30, 159, 174, 176,
177, 181, 184, 185, 186, 354
,, f. alboradiata (Acraea), 174,
176, 354
», f. caoncius (Acraea), 174, 176
354
,, f. defasciata (Acraea), 174, 176,
354
5, subsp. liacea (Acraea), 174, 176,
354
,, f. modesta (Acraea), 174, 176,
354
var. neluska (Acraea), 161
f. obscura (Acraea), 174, 176,
354
5, oncaea (Acraea), 174
oncea (Acraea), 12, 14
Oncomera, 554
onerata (Acraea), 27, 132, 134, 135,
136, 354
,, f. umida (Acraea), 140
Oniticellus, 580, 583
Onthophagus, 580, 583
opacipennis (Proculus), 579
(. ‘cexzix —)
Opharus, 421
ophione (Eurytela), xxxi
(Neptidopsis), xxvi,
Xxxi
Ophonus, 488
opipara (Larra), 750
», (liris), 750
opis (Acraea), 298
Oporabia, vi
oppidia (Acraea), 279
Opsiphanes, xlviii
optabilis (Nesodynerus), 681
optilete (Vacciniina),
402, 408, 404
orbiculatus (Aspidiphorus), 533
orbitulus (Chrysophanus), 394
(Latiorina), 393, 402, 403
», (Plebeius), cxlii
orbona (Pinacopteryx), cxi
Orchesia, 552
oreas (Acraea), 15, 39, 298, 354
29
be)
», f. albimaculata (Acraea), 299,
300, 354
», f. angolanus (Acraea), 299, 300,
354
», oreas (Acraea), 299
Orectochilus, 493
Oreocrabro, 689
orestia (Acraea), 13, 40, 288, 305, 307,
309, 354, 708
f. humilis (Acraea),
306, 354
orestia (Acraea), 306
be)
bed
354
orestina (Acraea), 305
oreta (Acraea), 263, 264, 271
orientalis (Anoxia), 581, 589
55 (Hybosorus), 580, 585
Orina, 559, 563, 564, 568, 621
orina (Acraea), xxi, 40, 268, 265, 266,
267, 271, 354
f. nigroapicalis (Acraea),
265, 354
orina (Acraea), 39, 264
» ff
9
355
265, 266, 267, 355
orinata (Acraea), 264
Orphninae, 580
Orphnus, 580, 585
Orsodacne, 558, 559, 568, 620
Orsodacninae, 558
Orthopterus, 490
Orthosia, 410
Oryctes, 482, 581, 594, 595
Oryctomorphus, 581, 591
XXVil,
393, 394, 395,
21, 305,
f. transita (Acraea), 306, 307,
264,
orinata (Acraea), 264, 265,
subsp. orineta (Acraea), 40, 264,
oscari (Acraea), 17, 25, 91, 92, 355
osculans (Necrodes), 502, 508
Osmia, xcv
Osorius, 496, 501
Ostomidae, 516
Othius, 496, 499
Othniidae, 551
Othnius, 551
oto (Hymenitis), xlviii
otolais (Pyrrhogyra), xlviii
ovata (Anacaena), 494
Oxysternus, 512, 513, 636
Pachylister, 512
Pachypodinae, 581
Pachypus, 581, 587
pacifica (Aeria), xlvii
pacificatrix (Myzine), 727
56 (Plesia), 727
pacondiaria (Herbita), 432
pactolicus (Callioratis), Ixxxii, lxxxiii
Paederus, 496, 500, 501
palaeno (Colias), xciv
pales (Brenthis), xciv, cv
ab. cinctata (Brenthis), ev
var. isis (Brenthis), cv
ab. napaea (Brenthis), cv
ab. suffusa (Brenthis), ev
Palimbolus, 509, 511
palliata (Hemithyrsocera), 661
pallidum (Lathrobium), Ixxxvii
palmata (Lachnaea), 558, 562
palpalis, var. wellmani (Glossina),
cxiv
(Pelonomus), 531
paludicola (Odynerus), 681
Papilio, xii, xiii, xiv, xv, xvi, xvii,
Xxiil, XXxi, xly, xlvi, xlviii, iii,
CXVil, cxxiv, cxxxi, cxxxil, cxxxiii,
CXXEIV, © CXXK VE CXR VIGO HmlAanmDO:
76, 82, 83, 106, 107, 111, 182, 192,
210, 220, 221, 239, 277, 327, 346,
348, 349, 365, 386
Papilionidae, xxiii
par (Tabanus), xlix
Paracolletes, ci
paracolletinus (Halictus), ci
paractias (Nesodynerus), 683
paragea (Planema), xx, xxi,
Ixxxiv, lxxxv
paranaias (Odynerus), 681
Parandra, 568, 569, 616, 620, 622
Parastasia, 581, 591
Pardopsis, 4, 5
Pareba, 3, 349, 350
Parnassius, xxiii, cxxxiv, 7, 8, 9
Parnidae, 531
Parnus, 531, 532
Paropsis, 559, 564
9
9?
oN)
Xxiil,
(
parrhasia (Acraea), 42, 266, 267, 269,
275, 277, 279, 280, 281,
293, 355
f. leona (Acraea),
280, 281, 355
f. oppidia (Acraea), 40, 278,
279, 281, 355
parrhasia (Acraea), 41, 278
f. parrhoppidia (Acraea),
278, 279, 355
(Papilio), 277
parryanus (Mitophyllus), 574
parryi (Mitophyllus), 573
pascoei (Mesomphalia), 559, 567
pasiphiie (Acraea), 107
»» _ (Papilio), 107
Passalidae, 579
Passandra, 518, 519, 569
patricia (Hemithyrsocera), 661
paula (Antarctia), 421
paulina (Opharus), 421
Paussidae, 490
pavens (Homalota), 496, 497
pectinicornis (Ptilinus), 534, 535
ne (Pyrochroa), 553
pedestris (Stygnus), xxi
Pediris, 548, 549, 625
pelasgius (Acraea), lv, 269
Pelecotomoides, 555
peleides (Morpho), xlviii
peles (Odynerus), lix
Pelidnota, 581, 591, 628
Pelobiidae, 491
Pelobius, 491
Pelonomus, 531
pelopeia (Acraea), 42, 274, 275, 277,
355
Pelops, 579
pendularia (Zonosoma), cil
peneleos (Acraea), 13, 36, 268, 269,
DHE DUPE CUES OO PAULC
280, 285, 286, 287, 295,
355
subsp. gelonica (Acraea),
269, 278, 274, 355
f. helvimaculata (Acraea),
41, 269, 271, 355
f. lactimaculata (Acraea),
14, 41, 269, 271, 272,
355
subsp. pelasgius (Acraea), 40,
269, 272, 273, 274, 284
peneleos (Acraea), 41, 42,269
f. sepia (Acraea), 41, 269,
272, 355
penelope (Acraea), 14, 15, 268, 275,
281, 284, 285, 286, 288,
355
41, 278,
CCXXX
)
penelope f. argentea (Acraea),
281, 288, 355
subsp. derubescens (Acraea),
37, 281, 284, 355
f. exalbescens (Acraea),
281, 283, 355
f. penella (Acraea), 36, 281,
283, 355
penelope (Acraea), 36, 282
subsp. translucida (Acraea),
36, 281, 285, 355
subsp. vitrea (Acraea),
281, 284, 355
penicillatus (Trox), 577, 578
pentapolis (Acraea), 46, 47, 48, 49, 355
subsp. epidica (Acraea), 40,
46, 47, 355
or pentapolis (Acraea), 40, 46
percussa (Acraea), 50
perenna (Acraea), 26, 261, 263, 355
subsp. kaffana (Acraea), 262,
263, 355
», perenna (Acraea), 37, 262, 263
.. subsp. thesprio (Acraea), 37,
261, 2638, 355
Pericopis, ¢xxix
Peridromia, xlviii
periphanes (Acraea), 136, 139, 140,
142, 157, 355
f: acritoides (Acraea), 14,
29, 140, 142, 355
f. beni (Acraea), 29, 139,
141, 142, 355
f. marginata (Acraea), 140
f. melaina (Acraea), 29,
139, 141, 355
periphanes (Acraea),
140
f. umida (Acraea),
140, 141, 355
perniciosa (Myzine), 720, 723, 728
Perophora, 435, 436
Perophoridae, 435
perornata (Myzine), 723, 728
ss (Pseudomeria), 728
perpunctata (Braunsomeria), 721
perrupta (Acraea), 239
persephone ee 107
Af (Papilio), 107
persicae (Rivellia), 412
pertinens (Tabanus), xlix
pervia (Acraea), 301, 302
petiveranus petiveranus (Heliconius),
xlvi, xlvii, xlviii
petraea (Acraea), 11), 265114, 120, 355
petraea (Acraea), 115
fe
36,
36,
37,
”?
?
29,
29,
be)
”
114,
oy taborana (Acraea),
116, 355
(
petrina (Acraea), 114
petrobius (Odynerus), lviii, 684
Phaegorista, ili
Phaenolis, 585, 537
Phaeochrous, 581, 585, 586
phaerusa (Colaenis), xlviii
Phalacridae, 514
Phalacrus, 514
phalantha (Atella), xeviii
Phanaeus, 580, 582
Phanopeltis, 4
pharsalus (Acraea), 15, 256, 258, 260,
261, 355
ne f. nia (Acraea), 257, 259,
355
f, pallidepicta(Acraea), 257,
55
’
6 f. pharsaloides (Acraea),
15, 37, 256, 259, 261,
355
pharsalus (Acraea), 37, 257,
260
subsp. rhodina (Acraea), 257,
355
subsp. vuilloti (Acraea), 37,
257, 259, 261, 355
Phedosia, 419
pheretes (Albulina), vii, Ixviii, 393,
394, 399, 402, 403, 404
», (Lycaena), lxviii, 393, 402
pheretiades (Plebeius), cxlii
Pheropsophus, 487, 489
pheusaca (Acraea), 112
phiala (Chilades), exlii
Philanthinae, 744
Philanthus, 744
philea (Callidryas), xlvi, xlviii
Phileurus, 581, 597
philiberti (Callirrhipis), 545
philolaus (Papilio), xlv, xlvi, xlviii
Philonthus, 496
phlaeas (Chrysophanus), cxxxviii, 448
», _ (Rumicia), ix, cxl
Phloeobius, 570
Phloeophilus, 586, 541, 624
Phloeothrips, 474
Phloeotrya, 552
Phoebis, xlviii
phoenicopterus (Xantholinus), 496, 500
Phosphuga, 502
Phrissoma, 638
Phrissura, exii
Phromnia, lxxxviii
Phyciodes, xlviii
phyllis (Platysphinx), 891
Phyllodecta, 559, 565, 621
phyllodes (Mormolyce), 487, 489
Phyllodromia, 654, 656, 658, 661
CCXXXi
)
Phyllopertha, 581, 590, 592
Physa, 509, 510
Physocephala, Ixvii
Phytodecta, 559, 564, 565
Phytophagoidea, 479, 620, 634
piceum (Olophrum), 496, 501
piceus (Deretaphrus), 517
(Hydrophilus), 494
», (Hydrous), 494
Pieris, xlviii, Ixxi, Ixxii, cxi, cxiii,
cxiv
pigea (Pinacopteryx), cxi, cxii
pilosella (Hemithyrsocera), 661
Pinacopteryx, xlii, xliii, exi, exii, exiii,
cxiv
Pinophilus, 496, 498, 499, 607, 611
pinthias (Hirsutis), exxvili
Pissodes, 601, 610, 638
piva (Acraea), 68, 69
placida (Edibessa), 438
Plinema,, xilljveex, oxod, ExXxiy oexii
oo aher odie Ibook Ikooahh booq
CXVii, CXXXVil, cxxxviii, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 13, 254, 256, 321, 323, 325,
326, 327, 331, 337, 340, 703, 704,
705
planesium (Acraea), 221
plantella (Euryphura), cxix
planus (Leptaulacides), 579
Plateumaris, 558
Platycerus, 573
Platycleis, cxxxi
Platylesches, 384
Platypidae, 572
Platyprosopus, 496
Platypsylla, 506
Platypsyllidae, 506
Platypus, 572, 621.
Platysphinx, 384, 391, 392
Plebeius, exlii, 674
pleione (Teracolus), Ixviii, lxix, xx
Plesia, 727, 742
pleuralis (Brontopriscus), 518, 519
plexippus (Danais), xlvii
plumbeus (Polycleis), 570, 571
Podagrion, exxii
poggei (Planema), xx, xlv, lxxi, Ixxxv,
9
nelsoni (Planema), xxii, cxvii
325
(Uranothauma), lv
», (Xanthospilopteryx), iii
policenes (Papilio), xiv
Polistes, 700
politissima (Myzine), 726
politum (Sacium), 507
pollonia (Acraea), 347, 348
Polybothris, 547
9
”
( ¢exxx, ))
Polycleis, 570, 571
polychloros (Eugonia), li
polydamas (Papilio), xlviii
polydectes (Acraea), 261
Polyommatus, lv, Ixxxvi, xci, cv,
exxxix, exl, exli, 662, 663, 664, 665,
666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672,
673, 674, 675
Polyoptilus, 558, 560
Polyplocotes, 535
Pompilidae, 744
Pompilus, 744
pomponia (Acraea), 281
Ponera, xci
populi (Amorpha), cii
pees (Natalis), 541
oresta, 426
Porthesia, iv, lxxix, lxxx, Ixxxi
Porthetria, ]xxxii
posthumus (Epitola), xxxiii
potamophilus (Odynerus), 684
praxinoe (Dismorphia), exxviii
Précis, xx, xxii, lxxxv
pretiosus (Chrysochus), 559, 563
primania (Notogonia), 750
Procrustes, 482
Proculus, 579
profanus (Eumorphus), 525, 526
prolongatus (Camptocarpus), 523
pronuba (Tryphaena), liv
prorsa (Araschnia), ix, xi
Prosopis, lvii, c, ci, 381, 382, 688
Prosopidae, lix, c
Prostenus, 550
Prostomis, 521
protea (Acraea), 331
proteina (Acraea), 340
35 flavescens (Acraea), 340
50 fulvescens (Acraea), 340
‘ semialbescens (Acraea), 340
‘ semifulvescens (Acraea), 340,
343, 344
Proterhinidae, 528
Proterhinus, 528, 529
Protomocoelus, 579
Protura, xevii
Pselaphidae, 509
Pseudacraea, xx, XXi, xxii, xxiil,
xt, Ixexiv, Uixxy,) Ixoxxvi;, cxiv,
CXV, CXvVi, CXVli, CXVill, CxxXvi,
CXxxvii, exxxvili, 706, 707, 710, 711,
(Ay 7013s (Al, 7A, 7
pseudargiolus (Celastrina), xciii
Pseudectobia, 654, 655
pseudegina (Acraea), 4, 192
var. abadima (Acraea), 192
Pseudelateropsis, 630
pseudepaea (Acraea), 252
lexexes
pseudethra (Tithorea), cxxix
pseudochromoides (Odynerus),
682, 683
pseudochromus (Odynerus), 681, 682,
683
681,
pseudoliris (Notogonia), 750
pseudolycia (Acraea), 18, 101, 105, 106,
355
35 f. astrigera (Acraea), 16, 26,
101, 102, 104, 355
nh f. brunnea (Acraea), 16, 26,
102, 104, 355
a f. emini (Acraea), 102, 103,
104, 355
A pseudolycia(Acraea) ,16, 25,
102
Pseudomeria, 720, 727, 728
Pseudomopinae, 643, 644, 645, 653
Pseudonympha, 384, 385, 386, 387
Pseudopterocheilus, lix, lx, 682, 683,
699
Pseudoscada, xliii, xliv
psidii (Aprotopos), xliv
,, (Thyridia), xliv
Psilopleura, 419
Psilothrix, 536, 540
Psilotus, 515
Psylliodes, 1xxxvii
psyttalea (Amauris), xxxi, 1xxvii
Pteronynia, xliii, xliv, xlviii
pterophaennes (Odynerus), 681
Pterostichus, 488
Ptilinus, 534, 535
Ptiliolum, 507
Ptilodactyla, 542
Ptinidae, 524
Ptinus, 529, 534, 535
ptox (Labienus), 579
pubescens (Corticaria), 527
5 (Nesoprosopis), lviii, lix, 684
pudorella (Acraea), 20, 163, 166, 355
37 subsp: detecta (Acraea), 32,
164, 165, 355
5 pudorella (Acraea), 32, 164
puella (Neptis), xxvi, xxvili
pulchella (Gyrophaena), 496
ts (Phyllodromia), 656, 658
pulchrivestita (Tachytes), 754
pulverulentus (Inca), 581, 599
punctata (Pelidnota), 581, 591
punctatissima (Pardopsis), 5
punctato-sulcatus (Aphodius), 580, 583
punctulatus (Dytiscus), 492, 612
punctum (Copidita), 554
» (Scolia), 743
», (Sessinia), 554
5, (Trielis), 743
pungens (Aegophagamyia), xlix
(. Cexcodi )
purpurifer (Odynerus), 683
pygmaeus (Georyssus), 531
Pyralidae, 440
Pyrameis, Ixxxvii
pyrenaeus (Geotrupes), 581, 586
pyrenaicus (Hepialus), xciii
Pyrgus, 384, 388, 389, 390, 391
Pyrochroa, 553
Pyrochroidae, 553
pyrochroma (Axamora), 441
Pyronota, 581, 588
Pyrrhochalcia, cix
Pyrrhogyra, xlviii
Pythidae, 553
Pytho, 552, 553, 557
pytho (Aprotopos), xliv
quadrata (Myzine), 724, 732
quadraticeps (Braunsomeria), 721
quadricollis (Polybothris), 547
quadrimaculata (Aspidomorpha), 559,
567
quadrimaculatum (Scaphidium), 506
quadripustulatus (Mycetophagus), 529
quadrituberculatus (Homophileurus),
581, 597
Quedius, 496, 498
quinque-punctata (Phytodecta), 559,
564, 565
quirina (Acraea), 53, 59, 60, 355
quirina (Acraea), 22, 59
subsp. rosa (Acraea), 22, 59,
60, 355
», (Papilio), 59
quirinalis (Acraea), 40, 308, 309, 355
rabbaiae (Acraea), 43, 44, 355
», subsp. mombasae (Acraea), 21,
”?
9
43, 44, 355
,, Tabbaiae (Acraea), 21, 44
Radama, 580 ,
radula (Odynerus), I1xii, Ixiii, 687,
698
rahira (Acraea), 24, 202, 855
ranavalona (Acraea), 4, 22, 64, 65, 66,
67, 355
f. manandaza (Acraea), 64,
355
3a f, maransetra (Acraea), 64,
65, 355
5 ranavalona (Acraea), 64
raphani (Gastrophysa), 559, 564
rauana (Precis), xx, xxii, 1xxxv
ravola (Euphaedra), cxix
recaldana (Acraea), 161, 162
rectus (Pinophilus), 496, 498, 607
regalis (Acraea), 169
», (Macalla), 448
regia (Gonometa), cxiv
regina (Spilota), 581, 590, 607, 629
9
reitteri (Vesperus), vi
relictus (Pseudopterocheilus), 682, 683
religiosa (Mantis), exxv
Repsimus, 581, 591
rex (Papilio), xxxi
Rhagonycha, 535, 538, 539, 610, 612,
624
rhamni (Gonepteryx), 1
Rhinomalus, 617
Rhinosimus, 553
Rhipiceridae, 545
Rhipiphoridae, 556
Rhizophagus, 515, 518, 520, 633
Rhizotrogus, 581, 589
rhodesiae (Theganopteryx), 647, 651
rhodesiana (Acraea), 31, 32, 159, 160,
166, 167, 168, 169, 355
Rhopalocampta, cxxi
Rhynchium, 380, 678
Rhynohopyga, 419, 420
Rhysodes, 490, 491
Rhysodidae, 490
Rhysopausidae, 550
Rhysopaussus, 550
riachuela (Phedosia), 426
ridleyi (Hemithyrsocera), 660, 661
Rifargia, 429, 430
riparia (Labidura), xciii
riparius (Paederus), 496, 500, 501
Rivellia, 412
robustus (Baryrrhynchus), 573
= (Platylesches), 384
roeselii (Platycleis), exxxi
rogersi (Acraea), 61, 355
», subsp. lamborni (Acraea), 37,
62, 68, 355
», Yrogersi (Acraea), 37, 62
», f£. salambo (Acraea), 37, 61, 62,
355
», (Pseudacraea), exxxvi
rohlfsi (Acraea), 24, 186, 355
rosina (Acraea), 89
rubi (Callophrys), 410
rubrivena (Edibessa), 438
rubrobasalis (Pinacopteryx), cxii
rubrocaudatus (Nesocrabro), lix, 689,
691, 692
os var. bidecoratus (Neso-
crabro), 691
rubropustulatus (Odynerus), 684
rudolphi (Nesodynerus), lix, lx, 679,
681, 682, 683
rudolphina (Acraea), 107
45 (Papilio), 107
rufa (Coccidula), 524, 525
,, (Edibessa), 438
», (Formica), xcii
ruficollis (Rhinosimus), 553
(> cexxery )
ruficollis (Silis), 585, 538
rufifrons (Larra), 733
1, (Myzine), 720, 724, 726, 733
rufimanus (Bruchus), 557
rufinodis (Myzine), 725
rufipes (Phloeotyra), 552
rufitarsis (Myzine), 724
rufucaudata (Anthobosca), 741
rufonigra (Myzine), 725, 736
rufosplendida (Myzine), 723, 729
rugiceps (Cloeotus), 577, 580, 584
rugicollis (Lyctus), 533, 534
re (Minthea), 533
ruginodis (Myrmica), xxvi
Rumicia, ix, cxl
riippelli (Acraea), 312
ruspina (Kuphaedra), iii, cxix
Rutelinae, 581
rutilus (Chrysophanus), 397
saba (Glutophrissa), v
sabauda (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 661
sabulicola (Ophonus), 488
Sacium, 507
saclava (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii, xxix
safie (Acraea), 315, 355
,, f. antinorii (Acraea), 40, 316, 355
5, safie (Acraea), 40, 316
Sagola, 509, 510
Sagra, 558, 561, 621
Sagrinae, 558
Salamis, lxxv
salictella (Marmara), cix
saluspha (Acraea), 257, 259
salvini (Papilio), xlvi
sambavae (Acraea), 41, 812, 313, 355
sandwichensis (Odynerus), lvii, viii,
684, 687
sanguinea (Psilopleura), 419
sanguinolentus (Anthocomus), 536, 539
sapho leuce (Heliconius), xlvi, xlvii,
xl viii
Saprinus, 512, 513
Sarcophaga, 416
saronis (Acraea), 108
», (Telchinia), 108
sataspes (Pyrgus), 389
satis (Acraea), 23, 44, 45, 355
Satyrinae, 384
saucia (Saxinis), 558, 562
saussurei (Hierodula), exxv
Ap (Temnopteryx), 656
50 (Theganopteryx), 656
Saxinis, 558, 562
scaber (Trox), 577, 578, 579
scabrosa (Tiphia), 740
Scaphidiidae, 506
Scaphidium, 506
Scarabaeidae, 478, 580
Scarabaeoidea, 627, 634
scarabaeoides (Aesalus), 573, 576
Scarabaeus, 580
scaritides (Chaetosoma), 518, 520
schausiana (Sphinta), 434
Schistoceros, 533
Scirpophaga, Ixxix
Scolia, 742, 743
Scoliidae, 720
Scoliinae, 742
Scolytidae, 572
scoriaceus (Odynerus), 684
Scydmaenidae, 508
Scydmaenus, 508
scylax (Melinaea), exxviii
secessus (Pyrgus), 384, 389, 390, 391
selene (Brenthis), xcev
semiargus (Lycaena), 667
semicuprea (Donacia), 558, 560
semirufa (Myzine), 723, 726
semivitrea (Acraea), 39, 300, 355
senegalensis (Aphodius), 580, 584
oF (Blatta), 656
a (Ectobia), 656, 657
50) (Terias), lv
ne (Theganopteryx), 656, 657
serena (Acraea), 220, 239
», (Papilio), 220, 239
sericea (Donacia), 558, 559, 612
», (Plateumaris), 558
sericosoma (Notogonia), 752
serralta (Titya), 433
servillei (Myzine), 727
servona (Acraea), 5, 9, 15, 39, 42, 286,
288, 292, 295, 296, 297, 298,
355
», f. depunctella (Acraea), 292,
294, 355
», subsp. limonata (Acraea), 41,
293, 295, 356
», subsp. orientis (Acraea), 292,
294, 297, 355
», f. reversa (Acraea), 293, 294,
296, 297, 355
», subsp. rhodina (Acraea), 292,
293, 295, 297, 356
», £. rubra (Acraea), 41, 293, 295,
355
», f. semipunctella (Acraea), 293,
295, 355
»» servona (Acraea), 41, 298, 296,
297
», subsp. tenebrosa (Acraea), 293,
296, 297, 356
» f. transienda (Acraea), 293,
295, 355
», f. unipunctella (Acraea), 293,
295, 355
( ‘ccaxxv )}
Sessinia, 554
seticollis (Liothrips), 471, 473, 474
setifer (Aglycyderes), 528, 529
setinodis (Liothrips), 471, 474
os pragensis (Liothrips), 474
setosifrons (Nesoprosopis), lix
sexguttata (Anthia), 487, 489
sexpustulatus (Carpopbilus), ii
sganzini (Acraea), 3, 210
sharpei (Tabanus), xlix
sharpi (Chrysomela), 559, 564
sibylla (Limenitis), ix
signaticollis (Berosus), 494, 495, 496
Silis, 535, 538
Silpha, 502, 503, 505, 626
Silphidae, 502
silverlocki (Gorytes), 748
simana (Pinacopteryx), cxiii, cxiv
similis (Blaps), 548, 549
», (Haematopota), 1
», (Liothrips), 471
», (Phaegorista), iii
», (Porthesia), iv,
lxxxi
simplex (Prosopis), 381
simplicicollis (Anaides), 577
simplicollis (Anaides), 581, 586
Sinodendron, 573, 575, 576
sinualis (Macalla), 443
sinuatus (Brontopriscus), 518, 519
», (Cloeotus), 577, 579, 580, 584
smaragdina, race, longinoda (Oeco-
phylla), xxxii, cvi
Smerinthinae, 391
Smerinthothrips, 470, 472
Smerinthus, lv, cii, ciii
smithi (Orthopterus), 490
smithii (Acraea), 309
», (Odynerus), 683
sociabilis (Odynerus), 683, 684, 691
socialis (Eucheira), exxii, exxiil
Solenites, 4
solstitialis (Rhizotrogus), 581, 589
Somatochlora, xevii
soror (Diabrotica), 559, 566
», (Hemithyrsocera), 661
», (Odynerus), 680, 687
sororna (Dismorphia) exxvii, exxviil
sosunga (Hymenitis), xlvili
sotikensis (Acraea), 227, 229, 356
- f. katana (Acraea), 85, 227,
228, 356
subsp. rowena (Acraea), 35,
227, 229, 356
a sotikensis (Acraea), 35, 227
a f. supponina (Acraea), 35,
227, 228, 229, 356
Spalgis, xviii
Ibsobe = Ihees
speciosa (Orina), 559, 564
speculator (Stenus), 496, 501, 612
spencei (Ptiliolum), 507
Sphaerites, 511, 512
Sphaeritidae, 511, 513
Sphecinae, 746
Sphegidae, 375
Sphenophorus, 570, 571, 604, 608
Sphex, 746
Sphindidae, 533
hindus, 533
Sphingids, 391
Sphinta, 434
Spilispa, 559, 567
spilleri (Pinacopteryx), exii
Spilota, 581, 590, 607, 628, 629
splendens (Harpagomyia), cx
stanleyi (Omma), 521
Staphylinidae, 496
Staphylinoidea, 626, 633
Staphylinus, 496
statira (Aphrissa), xlvili
stebbingi (Teretriosoma), 512, 513
Stellidia, 425
Stenamma, xcii
Stenichnus, 508, 509
stenobea (Acraea), 30, 32, 190, 191,
192, 356
Stenosis, 548, 549, 552, 618, 625
Stenus, 496, 501, 612
stercorarius (Geotrupes), 581, 586
Stericta, 441
stictica (Cyclocephala),
599
stigma (Myzine), 720, 724
stigmatica (Platysphinx), 391, 392
Stigmodera, 547
Stomoxys, 416
strattipocles (Acraea), 41, 42, 311, 312,
318, 314, 356
striatus (Figulus), 573, 575
stygius (Nesocrabro), 689
stygne (Erebia), xxiv
Stygnus, cxxi
suavis (Dylomia), 431
Subcoccinella, 524
subdepressum (Dactylosternum), 494,
495
suberosus (Trox), 577, 578
subfascia (Gonometa), cxiv
sublevis (Myzine), 723
subterraneus (Tachinus), 496, 497
suffusa (Titya), 433
suleatus (Rhysodes), 490
sulcicollis (Trichonyx), 509, 510
sulcigera (Pediris), 548, 549
superba (Phromnia), lxxxvili
surinamensis (Eumolpus), 559, 562
581, 593,
( cexxxvi )
suspecta (Hemithyrsocera), 661
suturalis (Macronota), 581, 599
swalei (Myzine), 725
swynnertoni (Neptis), xxviii, xxix,
S560
sylvo (Pteronymia), xliii, xliv
Symmerista, 427
Synchloé, exxiii
Syndesus, 573, 574
Syntelia, 511, 512
Synteliidae, 511, 513
Syntomidae, 419
Systenus, 573, 575
Tabanidae, xlix, 1, lxxv
Tabanus, xlix
Tachinidae, 88, 224
Tachinoderus, 496, 497
Tachinus, 496, 497
Tachytes, 753, 754
taeniola (Tabanus), xlix
tamarindi (Opsiphanes), xlviii
tammeamea (Vanessa), 700
tanaceti (Galeruca), 566
tardus (Pelobius), 491
Tarphiomimus, 516, 517
tarsatus (Eumicrus), 508, 509
», (Scydmaenus), 508
tarsidens (Liothrips), 471, 474
Tarucus, lv
techowi (Scolia), 743
», (Trielis), 743
Tefflus, 488, 489
Tegrodera, 556
tegularis (Tiphia), 739
Telchinia, 3, 108, 349
telchinia (Heliconius), xlvi, exxvili
telegone (Mesosemia), xlvili
telekiana (Planema), 340
Telephorus, 535, 538, 539, 612, 624
telicanus (Tarucus), lv
Telipna, iii
tellus (Planema), xx, lxxxv, 254, 256,
331
», platyxantha (Planema), xxii
Temnochila, 516, 616
Temnochilidae, 516
Temnopteryx, 656, 657, 658
tempe (Odynerus), 684
tenebricosa (Chrysomela), 566
a (Timarcha), 558
Tenebrionidae, 548
Tenebrionioidea, 624, 634
Teracolus, lxviii, lxix, lxx, exxiv, exli,
exlii, 391, 455
terebrans (Apate), 533
teres (Aulacocyclus), 579
Teretriosoma, 512, 513
Terias, xlviii, lv
terpsichore (Acraea), 12, 239, 240, 244,
246, 247, 248, 249, 350,
356, 702
a var. bukoba (Acraea), 240,
245
- f. connexa (Acraea), 240,
244, 356
5 ab. excentrica (Acraea),
244
3 f. intermediana (Acraea),
34, 240, 244, 356
5 f. janisca (Acraea), 239, 243,
356
fe f. melas (Acraea), 239, 244,
356
7 subsp. ochrascens (Acraea),
34, 240, 246, 356
i rangatana = (Acraea),
240, 247, 356
* f. rougeti (Acraea), 12, 34,
239, 240, 241, 249, 356
5 f. subserena (Acraea), 34,
239, 244, 356
34,
a terpsichore (Acraea), 34,
241
is f. ventura (Acraea), 34,
240,244, 246,248, 249, 356
P f. venturina (Acraea), 240,
242, 356
s (Papilio), 3, 239
terra (Pseudacraea), xx, xxi, xxii,
Ixxxiv, Ixxxv, ]xxxvi, cxv, cxxxvi,
CXXXVIl, CXXXVIll,, (06; (07; @ule
712, 713, 714, 715, 716
tescea (Acraea), 84, 86, 88, 356
tessellata (Hemithyrsocera), 661
,, (Langsdorfia), 432
testacea (Hemithyrsocera), 661
testaceus (Cissites), 601
» (Claviger), xxv
», (Leptinus), 506
», (Rhagonycha), 535, 538
3 (Telephorus), 535, 538
Tetramorium, xcii
tetraspilotus (Eumorphus), 525, 526
Thais, 7, 9
thalia (Acraea), 8
;, (Actinote), 8
Thamala, exlii
Theganopteryx, 643, 644, 645, 646,
647, 648, 649, 650, 651, 652, 654
656, 657, 658, 661
thelestis (Acraea), 46, 47
themis (Euphaedra), exix
themisto (Methona), xliv
45 (Thyridia), xliv
theona (Phyciodes), xlvili
Therates, 486, 487
( \eexxavii )
Therioplectes, xlix
thersites (Agriades), 663, 664, 665,
666, 667, 668, 669, 670,
671, 672, 673, 674, 675
var. centro (Agriades), 673,
674, 675
var. gravesi (Agriades), 672,
674, 675
ab. hybridata (Agriades), 675
var. orientalis (Agriades),
674, 675
thetis (Agriades), xci, exl, exli, 402,
670
ab. coelestis (Agriades), cxli
var, punctifera (Agriades), xci
», ab, urania (Agriades), cxl
thoas (Papilio), xlvi, xlviii
thomsoni (Trictenotoma), 557
thoracicus (Metriorrhynchus),
536
thoracinus (Tabanus), xlix
thorica (Trichopteryx), 507
Thorictidae, ex
Thorictus, ex
threnodes (Odynerus), 681, 683
Thripidae, 470
Throscidae, 546
Throseus, 546
Thymalus, 516, 529, 617, 618, 619
Thyridia, xliv, exxviii
Thyrsocera, 653
Thysanoptera, xlix
tiliae (Smerinthus), lv
Timarcha, 558, 565, 568, 620, 621
Timarchinae, 558
timidus (Liparochrous), 577,
585
Tiphia, 739, 740, 741
Tiphiinae, 739
Tirumala, xxxi, xxxli
Tithorea, exxvili, cxxix
Titya, 433, 434
togoensis (Pseudacraea), xxii
tolosa (Napeogenes), cxxvili
tomentosus (Byturus), 515
Tomicus, 572
Tomoxia, 555
tortuosa (Cicindela), 486, 487
toruna (Acraea), 341
Tosale, 441
Trachea, 423
transitella (Deilemera), xxvi
transvaalensis (Myzine), 727
55 (Plesia), 727
tremulae (Lina), 1xxxii
Trichogramma, 446
Trichonyx, 509, 510
Trichopterygidae, 507
29
29
535,
580,
Trichopteryx, 507
Tricondyla, 486, 487
Trictenotoma, 553, 557
Trictenotomidae, 557
tridens (Acronycta), 407
tridentata (Osmia), xcv
Trielis, 742, 743
trigeminella (Coleophora), xliii
Tristaria, 533, 534
tristis (Catops), xii
Trochoideus, 525, 526
Trogidae, 577, 579
Trogodendron, 541
Trogositidae, 516
Trox, 577, 578, 579, 580, 589, 628,
629, 630, 631
Tryphaena, liv
tuberculata (Manticora), 486
tubero-affinis (Leptothorax), xcii
tumidoventris (Hylocrabro), lix, 683,
689
var. leucognathus (Hy-
locrabro), lix
turna (Acraea), 21, 26, 105, 106, 356
f. marmorata (Acraea), 26, 105,
106, 356
typhae (Nonagria), xlviii, xlix
Typhoeus, 581, 586, 587
typhoeus (Typhoeus), 581, 586
ugandensis (Bembex), 746
Ulidia, 416
umbratica (Myzine), 724, 732
umbratus (Lasius), xxv
umbripennis (Liothrips), 471, 474
undulata (Norape), 439
undulosa (Titya), 434
unicolor (Haematopota), xlix
es (Hexodon), 581, 592
(Sphex), 746
95 (Xenocrabro), 683
unicus (Odynerus), 681
uniformis (Antarctia), 421
unimaculata (Acraea), 21, 56, 57, 356
uranius (Caligo), xlvi
Uranothauma, lv
urinator (Gyrinus), 493
urticae, var. ichnusa (Aglais), xlii
usagarae (Acraea), 211
ustus (Tabanus), xlix
utemaia (Mechanitis), xlviii
uvui (Acraea), 33, 217, 219, 224, 356
», subsp. balina (Acraea), 34, 217,
219, 356
», uvui (Acraea), 33
uzeli (Gynaikothrips), 470, 475
Vacciniina, 398, 394, 395, 402, 403,
404
vafra (Notogonia), 377
bed
>
?
(. ecxxxvin )
vagus (Crabro), lvii, 688
valdiviensis (Atractocerus), 542
validus (Proterhinus), 528
Vanessa, cvi, 700
vanillae insularis (Agraulis), xlviii
varia (Chrysopsyche), Ixxxi
»» (Melitaea), xxiv, xciv
variegatus (Oryctomorphus), 581, 591
variolosa (Paropsis), 559, 564
varus (Croesus), xxiv
velox (Tachytes), 754
velutina (Eriopyga), 422
velutinus (Tabanus), xlix
venata (Pinacopteryx), cxili
venator (Odynerus), 679
venatus (Pinacopteryx), xlii
vendita (Planema), xxii
venosa (Abantis), 391
ventralis (Quedius), 496, 498
ventricosus (Cychrus), 487, 488
ventura (Acraea), 240
vesperalis (Acraea), 40, 48, 49, 356
55 subsp. catori (Acraea), 48,
49, 356
5 vesperalis (Acraea), 48
vespertina (Luciola), 535, 537
Vesperus, v, Vi
vesta (Acraea), 6, 346, 349, 350
», f. vestalina (Acraea), 350
»» subsp. vestita (Acraea), 350
f. alticola (Acrae.),
350
», subsp. vestoides (Acraea), 350
», (Papilio), 349
vestoides (Pareba), 350
vexans (Quedius), 498
vicinus (Leptaulacides), 579
vidua (Pinacopteryx), exi
vigilans (Cerceris), 744
», subsp. pervigilans (Cerceris),
744
9 )
», _ (Pseudonympha), 387
vigintiduomaculata (Leis), 524, 525
vigintiquatuorpunctata (Subcocci-
nella), 524
vinula (Blatta), 659
,, (Hemithyrsocera), 659, 660, 661
viola (Acraea), 349
violaceipennis (Liris), 750
- (Meira), 733
e (Myzine), 733
violaceus (Carabus), 487, 488
Violae (Acraea), 346, 348
», (Papilio), 348
violarum (Acraea),'26, 120, 122, 124, 356
A omrora (Acraea), 124
ss umbrata (Acraea), 124, 127
virescens (Temnochila), 516
viridiana (Heterocampa), 428
viridirena (Trachea), 423
vitellinae (Phyllodecta), 559, 565
vittata (Ceratina), 382
», (Cryptodaene), 523
,, (Hemithyrsocera), 661
vittativentris (Nesodynerus), lvii
viviana (Acraea), 34, 233, 234, 356
», f. karschi (Acraea), 230
vuilloti (Acraea), 257
vulgaris (Ancognatha), 581, 593
», (Melolontha), 480, 482, 578,
581, 589
vulgatissima (Phyllodecta), 559, 565
vulpes (Amphicoma), 581, 587
waianaeanus (Odynerus), 681
wakefieldi (Diagrypnodes), 518, 519
walkeri (Belionota), 547
welwitschii (Acraea), 95, 96, 97, 99
100, 101, 356
oe subsp.alboradiata (Acraea),
18, 25, 97, 99, 100, 101,
356
59 subsp. lobemla (Acraea),
25, 96, 97, 99, 101, 356
ie welwitschii (Acraea), 18,
25.) 97
westermanni (Diaphanops), 558, 560
westwoodi ( Bolax), 581, 591
re (Stenamma), xcii
wigginsi (Acraea), 28, 206, 356
wissmanni (Acraea), 89
wollastoni (Aglycyderes), 528, 529
woodwardi (Neptis), xxx
xanthaspis (Mallaspis), 568
xanthocera (Elis), 738
Pe (Mesa), 738
xanthocerus, var. unicolor (Chlorion),
746
(Sphex),
746
Xantholinus, 496, 499, 500, 605, 611,
626
xanthopus (Lomaptera), 581, 598
Xanthospilopteryx, iii
Xenocrabro, lix, 683, 688, 689, 690, 691
xerophilus (Odynerus), 682, 683
Xylocopa, 1xx
Xylotrupes, 581, 594, 595, 596, 628
’
” 29
« yalensis (Cerceris), 744
Ypthima, 385
ytenensis (Laccobius), 494, 495
zaire (Acraea), 291
zambesina (Acraea), 75, 356
zapotense (Chelonarium), 530
zebra (Pyrgus), 384, 388, 389
zetes (Acraea), 4, 14, 17, 18, 82, 83, 84,
86, 87, 88, 89, 93, 101, 356
( eexxxix—)
‘eg subsp. acara (Acraea), 14, 25, 84,
86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 356
var. acara (Acraea), 89
acara, f. caffra (Acraea), 26, 84
subsp. barberi (Acraea), 25, 84,
87
f. caffra (Acraea), 84, 86, 87, 88,
356
f, jalema (Acraea), 25, 84, 86, 88,
89, 356
f. menippe (Acraea), 25, 83, 84,
f. mhondana (Acraea), 84, 86,
356
subsp. sidamona (Acraea), 84, 87
ab. trimeni (Acraea), 84, 87
zetes (Acraea), 24
(Papilio), 83
zetes f. menippe (Papilio), 83
zethea (Acraea), 84
zethes (Acraea), 84
zidora (Acraea), 107
Zirophorus, 496, 501
zitja (Acraea), 24, 33, 204, 356
», f£. calida (Acraea), 204, 206, 356
,», f. fumida (Acraea), 204, 206, 356
», f£. radiata (Acraea), 204, 205, 206,
356
», f£. rakeli (Acraea), 204, 206, 356
zonata (Acraea), 21, 42, 43, 356
zonatus (Dacus), 412, 414, 415, 416,
417, 418,
Zonosoma, cii
Zopherosis, 548, 549, 552, 618, 625
zorcaon (Eueides), xlvi
zuleika (Heliconius), exxviii
Richard Clay & Sons, Limited, London and Bungay.
& ¢
hy
les
ey
te
ae,
NOGNOT 40